Quotations.ch
  Directory : The Well at the World's End
GUIDE SUPPORT US BLOG
  • The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Well at the World's End, by William Morris
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net
  • Title: The Well at the World's End
  • Author: William Morris
  • Release Date: June 9, 2008 [EBook #169]
  • Language: English
  • *** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE WELL AT THE WORLD'S END ***
  • Produced by John Hamm. HTML version by Al Haines.
  • The Well at the World's End
  • by
  • William Morris
  • Table of Contents
  • BOOK ONE The Road Unto Love
  • Chapter
  • 1 The Sundering of the Ways
  • 2 Ralph Goeth Back Home to the High House
  • 3 Ralph Cometh to the Cheaping-Town
  • 4 Ralph Rideth the Downs
  • 5 Ralph Cometh to Higham-on-the-Way
  • 6 Ralph Goeth His Ways From the Abbey of St. Mary at Higham
  • 7 The Maiden of Bourton Abbas
  • 8 Ralph Cometh to the Wood Perilous. An Adventure Therein
  • 9 Another Adventure in the Wood Perilous
  • 10 A Meeting and a Parting in the Wood Perilous
  • 11 Now Must Ralph Ride For It
  • 12 Ralph Entereth Into the Burg of the Four Friths
  • 13 The Streets of the Burg of the Four Friths
  • 14 What Ralph Heard of the Matters of the Burg of the Four Friths
  • 15 How Ralph Departed From the Burg of the Four Friths
  • 16 Ralph Rideth the Wood Perilous Again
  • 17 Ralph Cometh to the House of Abundance
  • 18 Of Ralph in the Castle of Abundance
  • 19 Ralph Readeth in a Book Concerning the Well at the World's End
  • 20 Ralph Meeteth a Man in the Wood
  • 21 Ralph Weareth Away Three Days Uneasily
  • 22 An Adventure in the Wood
  • 23 The Leechcraft of the Lady
  • 24 Supper and Slumber in the Woodland Hall
  • BOOK TWO The Road Unto Trouble
  • 1 Ralph Meets With Love in the Wilderness
  • 2 They Break Their Fast in the Wildwood
  • 3 The Lady Telleth Ralph of the Past Days of Her Life
  • 4 The Lady Tells of Her Deliverance
  • 5 Yet More of the Lady's Story
  • 6 The Lady Tells Somewhat of Her Doings After She Left the Wilderness
  • 7 The Lady Tells of the Strife and Trouble That Befell After Her Coming
  • 8 The Lady Maketh an End of Her Tale
  • 9 They Go On Their Way Once More
  • 10 Of the Desert-House and the Chamber of Love in the Wilderness
  • 11 Ralph Cometh Out of the Wilderness
  • 12 Ralph Falleth in With Friends and Rideth to Whitwall
  • 13 Richard Talketh With Ralph Concerning the Well at the World's End.
  • 14 Ralph Falleth in With Another Old Friend
  • 15 Ralph Dreams a Dream Or Sees a Vision
  • 16 Of the Tales of Swevenham
  • 17 Richard Bringeth Tidings of Departing
  • 18 Ralph Departeth From Whitwall With the Fellowship of Clement Chapman
  • 19 Master Clement Tells Ralph Concerning the Lands Whereunto They Were
  • 20 They Come to the Mid-Mountain Guest-House
  • 21 A Battle in the Mountains
  • 22 Ralph Talks With Bull Shockhead
  • 23 Of the Town of Cheaping Knowe
  • 24 Ralph Heareth More Tidings of the Damsel
  • 25 The Fellowship Comes to Whiteness
  • 26 They Ride the Mountains Toward Goldburg
  • 27 Clement Tells of Goldburg
  • 28 Now They Come to Goldburg
  • 29 Of Goldburg and the Queen Thereof
  • 30 Ralph Hath Hope of Tidings Concerning the Well at the World's End
  • 31 The Beginning of the Road To Utterbol
  • 32 Ralph Happens on Evil Days
  • 33 Ralph is Brought on the Road Towards Utterbol
  • 34 The Lord of Utterbol Will Wot of Ralph's Might and Minstrelsy
  • 35 Ralph Cometh To the Vale of the Tower
  • 36 The Talk of Two Women Concerning Ralph
  • 37 How Ralph Justed With the Aliens
  • 38 A Friend Gives Ralph Warning
  • 39 The Lord of Utterbol Makes Ralph a Free Man
  • 40 They Ride Toward Utterness From Out of Vale Turris
  • 41 Redhead Keeps Tryst
  • BOOK THREE The Road To The Well At World's End.
  • 1 An Adventure in the Wood Under the Mountains
  • 2 Ralph Rides the Wood Under the Mountains
  • 3 Ralph Meeteth With Another Adventure in the Wood Under the Mountain
  • 4 They Ride the Wood Under the Mountains
  • 5 They Come on the Sage of Swevenham
  • 6 Those Two Are Learned Lore by the Sage of Swevenham
  • 7 An Adventure by the Way
  • 8 They Come to the Sea of Molten Rocks
  • 9 They Come Forth From the Rock-Sea
  • 10 They Come to the Gate of the Mountains
  • 11 They Come to the Vale of Sweet Chestnuts
  • 12 Winter Amidst of the Mountains
  • 13 Of Ursula and the Bear
  • 14 Now Come the Messengers of the Innocent Folk
  • 15 They Come to the Land of the Innocent Folk
  • 16 They Come to the House of the Sorceress
  • 17 They Come Through the Woodland to the Thirsty Desert
  • 18 They Come to the Dry Tree
  • 19 They Come Out of the Thirsty Desert
  • 20 They Come to the Ocean Sea
  • 21 Now They Drink of the Well at the World's End
  • 22 Now They Have Drunk and Are Glad
  • BOOK FOUR The Road Home
  • 1 Ralph and Ursula Come Back Again Through the Great Mountains
  • 2 They Hear New Tidings of Utterbol
  • 3 They Winter With the Sage; and Thereafter Come Again to Vale Turris
  • 4 A Feast in the Red Pavilion
  • 5 Bull Telleth of His Winning of the Lordship of Utterbol
  • 6 They Ride From Vale Turris. Redhead Tells of Agatha
  • 7 Of Their Riding the Waste, and of a Battle Thereon
  • 8 Of Goldburg Again, and the Queen Thereof
  • 9 They Come to Cheaping Knowe Once More. Of the King Thereof
  • 10 An Adventure on the Way to the Mountains
  • 11 They Come Through the Mountains Into the Plain
  • 12 The Roads Sunder Again
  • 13 They Come to Whitwall Again
  • 14 They Ride Away From Whitwall
  • 15 A Strange Meeting in the Wilderness
  • 16 They Come to the Castle of Abundance Once More
  • 17 They Fall in With That Hermit
  • 18 A Change of Days in the Burg of the Four Friths
  • 19 Ralph Sees Hampton and the Scaur
  • 20 They Come to the Gate of Higham By the Way
  • 21 Talk Between Those Two Brethren
  • 22 An Old Acquaintance Comes From the Down Country to See Ralph
  • 23 They Ride to Bear Castle
  • 24 The Folkmote of the Shepherds
  • 25 They Come to Wulstead
  • 26 Ralph Sees His Father and Mother Again
  • 27 Ralph Holds Converse With Katherine His Gossip
  • 28 Dame Katherine Tells of the Pair of Beads, and Whence She Had Them
  • 29 They Go Down to Battle in Upmeads
  • 30 Ralph Brings His Father and Mother to Upmeads
  • 31 Ralph Brings Ursula Home to the High House
  • 32 Yet a Few Words Concerning Ralph of Upmeads
  • BOOK ONE
  • The Road Unto Love
  • CHAPTER 1
  • The Sundering of the Ways
  • Long ago there was a little land, over which ruled a regulus or
  • kinglet, who was called King Peter, though his kingdom was but little.
  • He had four sons whose names were Blaise, Hugh, Gregory and Ralph: of
  • these Ralph was the youngest, whereas he was but of twenty winters and
  • one; and Blaise was the oldest and had seen thirty winters.
  • Now it came to this at last, that to these young men the kingdom of
  • their father seemed strait; and they longed to see the ways of other
  • men, and to strive for life. For though they were king's sons, they
  • had but little world's wealth; save and except good meat and drink, and
  • enough or too much thereof; house-room of the best; friends to be merry
  • with, and maidens to kiss, and these also as good as might be; freedom
  • withal to come and go as they would; the heavens above them, the earth
  • to bear them up, and the meadows and acres, the woods and fair streams,
  • and the little hills of Upmeads, for that was the name of their country
  • and the kingdom of King Peter.
  • So having nought but this little they longed for much; and that the
  • more because, king's sons as they were, they had but scant dominion
  • save over their horses and dogs: for the men of that country were
  • stubborn and sturdy vavassors, and might not away with masterful
  • doings, but were like to pay back a blow with a blow, and a foul word
  • with a buffet. So that, all things considered, it was little wonder if
  • King Peter's sons found themselves straitened in their little land:
  • wherein was no great merchant city; no mighty castle, or noble abbey of
  • monks: nought but fair little halls of yeomen, with here and there a
  • franklin's court or a shield-knight's manor-house; with many a goodly
  • church, and whiles a house of good canons, who knew not the road to
  • Rome, nor how to find the door of the Chancellor's house.
  • So these young men wearied their father and mother a long while with
  • telling them of their weariness, and their longing to be gone: till at
  • last on a fair and hot afternoon of June King Peter rose up from the
  • carpet which the Prior of St. John's by the Bridge had given him (for
  • he had been sleeping thereon amidst the grass of his orchard after his
  • dinner) and he went into the hall of his house, which was called the
  • High House of Upmeads, and sent for his four sons to come to him. And
  • they came and stood before his high-seat and he said:
  • "Sons, ye have long wearied me with words concerning your longing for
  • travel on the roads; now if ye verily wish to be gone, tell me when
  • would ye take your departure if ye had your choice?"
  • They looked at one another, and the three younger ones nodded at Blaise
  • the eldest: so he began, and said: "Saving the love and honour that
  • we have for thee, and also for our mother, we would be gone at once,
  • even with the noon's meat still in our bellies. But thou art the lord
  • in this land, and thou must rule. Have I said well, brethren?" And
  • they all said "Yea, yea." Then said the king; "Good! now is the sun
  • high and hot; yet if ye ride softly ye may come to some good harbour
  • before nightfall without foundering your horses. So come ye in an
  • hour's space to the Four-want-way, and there and then will I order your
  • departure."
  • The young men were full of joy when they heard his word; and they
  • departed and went this way and that, gathering such small matters as
  • each deemed that he needed, and which he might lightly carry with him;
  • then they armed themselves, and would bid the squires bring them their
  • horses; but men told them that the said squires had gone their ways
  • already to the Want-way by the king's commandment: so thither they went
  • at once a-foot all four in company, laughing and talking together
  • merrily.
  • It must be told that this Want-way aforesaid was but four furlongs from
  • the House, which lay in an ingle of the river called Upmeads Water
  • amongst very fair meadows at the end of the upland tillage; and the
  • land sloped gently up toward the hill-country and the unseen mountains
  • on the north; but to the south was a low ridge which ran along the
  • water, as it wound along from west to east. Beyond the said ridge, at
  • a place whence you could see the higher hills to the south, that
  • stretched mainly east and west also, there was presently an end of the
  • Kingdom of Upmeads, though the neighbours on that side were peaceable
  • and friendly, and were wont to send gifts to King Peter. But toward
  • the north beyond the Want-way King Peter was lord over a good stretch
  • of land, and that of the best; yet was he never a rich man, for he had
  • no freedom to tax and tail his folk, nor forsooth would he have used it
  • if he had; for he was no ill man, but kindly and of measure. On these
  • northern marches there was war at whiles, whereas they ended in a great
  • forest well furnished of trees; and this wood was debateable, and King
  • Peter and his sons rode therein at their peril: but great plenty was
  • therein of all wild deer, as hart, and buck, and roe, and swine, and
  • bears and wolves withal. The lord on the other side thereof was a
  • mightier man than King Peter, albeit he was a bishop, and a baron of
  • Holy Church. To say sooth he was a close-fist and a manslayer; though
  • he did his manslaying through his vicars, the knights and men-at-arms
  • who held their manors of him, or whom he waged.
  • In that forest had King Peter's father died in battle, and his eldest
  • son also; therefore, being a man of peace, he rode therein but seldom,
  • though his sons, the three eldest of them, had both ridden therein and
  • ran therefrom valiantly. As for Ralph the youngest, his father would
  • not have him ride the Wood Debateable as yet.
  • So came those young men to the Want-ways, and found their father
  • sitting there on a heap of stones, and over against him eight horses,
  • four destriers, and four hackneys, and four squires withal. So they
  • came and stood before their father, waiting for his word, and wondering
  • what it would be.
  • Now spake King Peter: "Fair sons, ye would go on all adventure to seek
  • a wider land, and a more stirring life than ye may get of me at home:
  • so be it! But I have bethought me, that, since I am growing old and
  • past the age of getting children, one of you, my sons, must abide at
  • home to cherish me and your mother, and to lead our carles in war if
  • trouble falleth upon us. Now I know not how to choose by mine own wit
  • which of you shall ride and which abide. For so it is that ye are
  • diverse of your conditions; but the evil conditions which one of you
  • lacks the other hath, and the valiancy which one hath, the other lacks.
  • Blaise is wise and prudent, but no great man of his hands. Hugh is a
  • stout rider and lifter, but headstrong and foolhardy, and over
  • bounteous a skinker; and Gregory is courteous and many worded, but
  • sluggish in deed; though I will not call him a dastard. As for Ralph,
  • he is fair to look on, and peradventure he may be as wise as Blaise, as
  • valiant as Hugh, and as smooth-tongued as Gregory; but of all this we
  • know little or nothing, whereas he is but young and untried. Yet may
  • he do better than you others, and I deem that he will do so. All
  • things considered, then, I say, I know not how to choose between you,
  • my sons; so let luck choose for me, and ye shall draw cuts for your
  • roads; and he that draweth longest shall go north, and the next longest
  • shall go east, and the third straw shall send the drawer west; but as
  • to him who draweth the shortest cut, he shall go no whither but back
  • again to my house, there to abide with me the chances and changes of
  • life; and it is most like that this one shall sit in my chair when I am
  • gone, and be called King of Upmeads.
  • "Now, my sons, doth this ordinance please you? For if so be it doth
  • not, then may ye all abide at home, and eat of my meat, and drink of my
  • cup, but little chided either for sloth or misdoing, even as it hath
  • been aforetime."
  • The young men looked at one another, and Blaise answered and said:
  • "Sir, as for me I say we will do after your commandment, to take what
  • road luck may show us, or to turn back home again." They all yeasaid
  • this one after the other; and then King Peter said: "Now before I draw
  • the cuts, I shall tell you that I have appointed the squires to go with
  • each one of you. Richard the Red shall go with Blaise; for though he
  • be somewhat stricken in years, and wise, yet is he a fierce carle and a
  • doughty, and knoweth well all feats of arms.
  • "Lancelot Longtongue shall be squire to Hugh; for he is good of seeming
  • and can compass all courtesy, and knoweth logic (though it be of the
  • law and not of the schools), yet is he a proper man of his hands; as
  • needs must he be who followeth Hugh; for where is Hugh, there is
  • trouble and debate.
  • "Clement the Black shall serve Gregory: for he is a careful carle, and
  • speaketh one word to every ten deeds that he doeth; whether they be
  • done with point and edge, or with the hammer in the smithy.
  • "Lastly, I have none left to follow thee, Ralph, save Nicholas
  • Longshanks; but though he hath more words than I have, yet hath he more
  • wisdom, and is a man lettered and far-travelled, and loveth our house
  • right well.
  • "How say ye, sons, is this to your liking?"
  • They all said "yea." Then quoth the king; "Nicholas, bring hither the
  • straws ready dight, and I will give them my sons to draw."
  • So each young man came up in turn and drew; and King Peter laid the
  • straws together and looked at them, and said:
  • "Thus it is, Hugh goeth north with Lancelot, Gregory westward with
  • Clement." He stayed a moment and then said: "Blaise fareth eastward
  • and Richard with him. As for thee, Ralph my dear son, thou shalt back
  • with me and abide in my house and I shall see thee day by day; and thou
  • shalt help me to live my last years happily in all honour; and thy love
  • shall be my hope, and thy valiancy my stay."
  • Therewith he arose and threw his arm about the young man's neck; but he
  • shrank away a little from his father, and his face grew troubled; and
  • King Peter noted that, and his countenance fell, and he said:
  • "Nay nay, my son; grudge not thy brethren the chances of the road, and
  • the ill-hap of the battle. Here at least for thee is the bounteous
  • board and the full cup, and the love of kindred and well-willers, and
  • the fellowship of the folk. O well is thee, my son, and happy shalt
  • thou be!"
  • But the young man knit his brows and said no word in answer.
  • Then came forward those three brethren who were to fare at all
  • adventure, and they stood before the old man saying nought. Then he
  • laughed and said: "O ho, my sons! Here in Upmeads have ye all ye need
  • without money, but when ye fare in the outlands ye need money; is it
  • not a lack of yours that your pouches be bare? Abide, for I have seen
  • to it."
  • Therewith he drew out of his pouch three little bags, and said; "Take
  • ye each one of these; for therein is all that my treasury may shed as
  • now. In each of these is there coined money, both white and red, and
  • some deal of gold uncoined, and of rings and brooches a few, and by
  • estimation there is in each bag the same value reckoned in lawful
  • silver of Upmeads and the Wolds and the Overhill-Countries. Take up
  • each what there is, and do the best ye may therewith."
  • Then each took his bag, and kissed and embraced his father; and they
  • kissed Ralph and each other, and so got to horse and departed with
  • their squires, going softly because of the hot sun. But Nicholas
  • slowly mounted his hackney and led Ralph's war-horse with him home
  • again to King Peter's House.
  • CHAPTER 2
  • Ralph Goeth Back Home to the High House
  • Ralph and King Peter walked slowly home together, and as they went King
  • Peter fell to telling of how in his young days he rode in the Wood
  • Debateable, and was belated there all alone, and happed upon men who
  • were outlaws and wolfheads, and feared for his life; but they treated
  • him kindly, and honoured him, and saw him safe on his way in the
  • morning. So that never thereafter would he be art and part with those
  • who hunted outlaws to slay them. "For," said he, "it is with these men
  • as with others, that they make prey of folk; yet these for the more
  • part prey on the rich, and the lawful prey on the poor. Otherwise it
  • is with these wolfheads as with lords and knights and franklins, that
  • as there be bad amongst them, so also there be good; and the good ones
  • I happed on, and so may another man."
  • Hereto paid Ralph little heed at that time, since he had heard the tale
  • and its morality before, and that more than once; and moreover his mind
  • was set upon his own matters and these was he pondering. Albeit
  • perchance the words abode with him. So came they to the House, and
  • Ralph's mother, who was a noble dame, and well-liking as for her years,
  • which were but little over fifty, stood in the hall-door to see which
  • of her sons should come back to her, and when she saw them coming
  • together, she went up to them, and cast her arms about Ralph and kissed
  • him and caressed him--being exceeding glad that it was he and not one
  • of the others who had returned to dwell with them; for he was her
  • best-beloved, as was little marvel, seeing that he was by far the
  • fairest and the most loving. But Ralph's face grew troubled again in
  • his mother's arms, for he loved her exceeding well; and forsooth he
  • loved the whole house and all that dwelt there, down to the turnspit
  • dogs in the chimney ingle, and the swallows that nested in the earthen
  • bottles, which when he was little he had seen his mother put up in the
  • eaves of the out-bowers: but now, love or no love, the spur was in his
  • side, and he must needs hasten as fate would have him. However, when
  • he had disentangled himself from his mother's caresses, he enforced
  • himself to keep a cheerful countenance, and upheld it the whole evening
  • through, and was by seeming merry at supper, and went to bed singing.
  • CHAPTER 3
  • Ralph Cometh to the Cheaping-Town
  • He slept in an upper chamber in a turret of the House, which chamber
  • was his own, and none might meddle with it. There the next day he
  • awoke in the dawning, and arose and clad himself, and took his wargear
  • and his sword and spear, and bore all away without doors to the side of
  • the Ford in that ingle of the river, and laid it for a while in a
  • little willow copse, so that no chance-comer might see it; then he went
  • back to the stable of the House and took his destrier from the stall
  • (it was a dapple-grey horse called Falcon, and was right good,) and
  • brought him down to the said willow copse, and tied him to a tree till
  • he had armed himself amongst the willows, whence he came forth
  • presently as brisk-looking and likely a man-at-arms as you might see on
  • a summer day. Then he clomb up into the saddle, and went his ways
  • splashing across the ford, before the sun had arisen, while the
  • throstle-cocks were yet amidst their first song.
  • Then he rode on a little trot south away; and by then the sun was up he
  • was without the bounds of Upmeads; albeit in the land thereabout dwelt
  • none who were not friends to King Peter and his sons: and that was
  • well, for now were folk stirring and were abroad in the fields; as a
  • band of carles going with their scythes to the hay-field; or a maiden
  • with her milking-pails going to her kine, barefoot through the seeding
  • grass; or a company of noisy little lads on their way to the nearest
  • pool of the stream that they might bathe in the warm morning after the
  • warm night. All these and more knew him and his armour and Falcon his
  • horse, and gave him the sele of the day, and he was nowise troubled at
  • meeting them; for besides that they thought it no wonder to meet one of
  • the lords of Upmeads going armed about his errands, their own errands
  • were close at home, and it was little likely that they should go that
  • day so far as to Upmeads Water, seeing that it ran through the meadows
  • a half-score miles to the north-ward.
  • So Ralph rode on, and came into the high road, that led one way back
  • again into Upmeads, and crossed the Water by a fair bridge late builded
  • between King Peter and a house of Canons on the north side, and the
  • other way into a good cheaping-town hight Wulstead, beyond which Ralph
  • knew little of the world which lay to the south, and seemed to him a
  • wondrous place, full of fair things and marvellous adventures.
  • So he rode till he came into the town when the fair morning was still
  • young, the first mass over, and maids gathered about the fountain
  • amidst the market-place, and two or three dames sitting under the
  • buttercross. Ralph rode straight up to the house of a man whom he
  • knew, and had often given him guesting there, and he himself was not
  • seldom seen in the High House of Upmeads. This man was a merchant, who
  • went and came betwixt men's houses, and bought and sold many things
  • needful and pleasant to folk, and King Peter dealt with him much and
  • often. Now he stood in the door of his house, which was new and
  • goodly, sniffing the sweet scents which the morning wind bore into the
  • town; he was clad in a goodly long gown of grey welted with silver, of
  • thin cloth meet for the summer-tide: for little he wrought with his
  • hands, but much with his tongue; he was a man of forty summers,
  • ruddy-faced and black-bearded, and he was called Clement Chapman.
  • When he saw Ralph he smiled kindly on him, and came and held his
  • stirrup as he lighted down, and said: "Welcome, lord! Art thou come
  • to give me a message, and eat and drink in a poor huckster's house, and
  • thou armed so gallantly?"
  • Ralph laughed merrily, for he was hungry, and he said: "Yea, I will eat
  • and drink with thee and kiss my gossip, and go my ways."
  • Therewith the carle led him into the house; and if it were goodly
  • without, within it was better. For there was a fair chamber panelled
  • with wainscot well carven, and a cupboard of no sorry vessels of silver
  • and latten: the chairs and stools as fair as might be; no king's might
  • be better: the windows were glazed, and there were flowers and knots
  • and posies in them; and the bed was hung with goodly web from over sea
  • such as the soldan useth. Also, whereas the chapman's ware-bowers were
  • hard by the chamber, there was a pleasant mingled smell therefrom
  • floating about. The table was set with meat and drink and vessel of
  • pewter and earth, all fair and good; and thereby stood the chapman's
  • wife, a very goodly woman of two-score years, who had held Ralph at the
  • font when she was a slim damsel new wedded; for she was come of no mean
  • kindred of the Kingdom of Upmeads: her name was Dame Katherine.
  • Now she kissed Ralph's cheek friendly, and said: "Welcome, gossip! thou
  • art here in good time to break thy fast; and we will give thee a trim
  • dinner thereafter, when thou hast been here and there in the town and
  • done thine errand; and then shalt thou drink a cup and sing me a song,
  • and so home again in the cool of the evening."
  • Ralph seemed a little troubled at her word, and he said: "Nay, gossip,
  • though I thank thee for all these good things as though I had them, yet
  • must I ride away south straightway after I have breakfasted, and said
  • one word to the goodman. Goodman, how call ye the next town southward,
  • and how far is it thither?"
  • Quoth Clement: "My son, what hast thou to do with riding south? As
  • thou wottest, going hence south ye must presently ride the
  • hill-country; and that is no safe journey for a lonely man, even if he
  • be a doughty knight like to thee, lord."
  • Said Ralph, reddening withal: "I have an errand that way."
  • "An errand of King Peter's or thine own?" said Clement.
  • "Of King Peter's, if ye must wot," said Ralph.
  • Clement were no chapman had he not seen that the lad was lying; so he
  • said:
  • "Fair lord, saving your worship, how would it be as to the speeding of
  • King Peter's errand, if I brought thee before our mayor, and swore the
  • peace against thee; so that I might keep thee in courteous prison till
  • I had sent to thy father of thy whereabouts?"
  • The young man turned red with anger; but ere he could speak Dame
  • Katherine said sharply: "Hold thy peace, Clement! What hast thou to
  • meddle or make in the matter? If our young lord hath will to ride out
  • and see the world, why should we let him? Yea, why should his father
  • let him, if it come to that? Take my word for it that my gossip shall
  • go through the world and come back to those that love him, as goodly as
  • he went forth. And hold! here is for a token thereof."
  • Therewith she went to an ark that stood in the corner, and groped in
  • the till thereof and brought out a little necklace of blue and green
  • stones with gold knobs betwixt, like a pair of beads; albeit neither
  • pope nor priest had blessed them; and tied to the necklace was a little
  • box of gold with something hidden therein. This gaud she gave to
  • Ralph, and said to him: "Gossip, wear this about thy neck, and let no
  • man take it from thee, and I think it will be salvation to thee in
  • peril, and good luck to thee in the time of questing; so that it shall
  • be to thee as if thou hadst drunk of the WELL AT THE WORLD'S END."
  • "What is that water?" said Ralph, "and how may I find it?"
  • "I know not rightly," she said, "but if a body might come by it, I hear
  • say it saveth from weariness and wounding and sickness; and it winneth
  • love from all, and maybe life everlasting. Hast thou not heard tell of
  • it, my husband?"
  • "Yea," said the chapman, "many times; and how that whoso hath drunk
  • thereof hath the tongue that none may withstand, whether in buying or
  • selling, or prevailing over the hearts of men in any wise. But as for
  • its wherabouts, ye shall not find it in these parts. Men say that it
  • is beyond the Dry Tree; and that is afar, God wot! But now, lord
  • Ralph, I rede thee go back again this evening with Andrew, my nephew,
  • for company: forsooth, he will do little less gainful than riding with
  • thee to Upmeads than if he abide in Wulstead; for he is idle. But, my
  • lord, take it not amiss that I spake about the mayor and the tipstaves;
  • for it was but a jest, as thou mayest well wot."
  • Ralph's face cleared at that word, and he stood smiling, weighing the
  • chaplet in his hand; but Dame Katherine said:
  • "Dear gossip, do it on speedily; for it is a gift from me unto thee:
  • and from a gossip even king's sons may take a gift."
  • Quoth Ralph: "But is it lawful to wear it? is there no wizardry within
  • it?"
  • "Hearken to him!" she said, "and how like unto a man he speaketh; if
  • there were a brawl in the street, he would strike in and ask no word
  • thereof, not even which were the better side: whereas here is my
  • falcon-chick frighted at a little gold box and a pair of Saracen beads."
  • "Well," quoth Ralph, "the first holy man I meet shall bless them for
  • me."
  • "That shall he not," said the dame, "that shall he not. Who wotteth
  • what shall betide to thee or me if he do so? Come, do them on, and
  • then to table! For seest thou not that the goodman is wearying for
  • meat? and even thine eyes will shine the brighter for a mouthful,
  • king's son and gossip."
  • She took him by the hand and did the beads on his neck and kissed and
  • fondled him before he sat down, while the goodman looked on, grinning
  • rather sheepishly, but said nought to them; and only called on his boy
  • to lead the destrier to stable. So when they were set down, the
  • chapman took up the word where it had been dropped, and said: "So,
  • Lord Ralph, thou must needs take to adventures, being, as thou deemest,
  • full grown. That is all one as the duck taketh to water despite of the
  • hen that hath hatched her. Well, it was not to be thought that Upmeads
  • would hold you lords much longer. Or what is gone with my lords your
  • brethren?"
  • Said Ralph: "They have departed at all adventure, north, east, and
  • west, each bearing our father's blessing and a bag of pennies. And to
  • speak the truth, goodman, for I perceive I am no doctor at lying, my
  • father and mother would have me stay at home when my brethren were
  • gone, and that liketh me not; therefore am I come out to seek my luck
  • in the world: for Upmeads is good for a star-gazer, maybe, or a
  • simpler, or a priest, or a worthy good carle of the fields, but not for
  • a king's son with the blood running hot in his veins. Or what sayest
  • thou, gossip?"
  • Quoth the dame: "I could weep for thy mother; but for thee nought at
  • all. It is good that thou shouldest do thy will in the season of youth
  • and the days of thy pleasure. Yea, and I deem that thou shalt come
  • back again great and worshipful; and I am called somewhat foreseeing.
  • Only look to it that thou keep the pretty thing that I have just given
  • thee."
  • "Well," said the chapman, "this is fine talk about pleasure and the
  • doing of one's will; nevertheless a whole skin is good wares, though it
  • be not to be cheapened in any market of the world. Now, lord, go thou
  • where thou wilt, whether I say go or abide; and forsooth I am no man of
  • King Peter's, that I should stay thee. As for the name of the next
  • town, it is called Higham-on-the-Way, and is a big town plenteous of
  • victuals, with strong walls and a castle, and a very rich abbey of
  • monks: and there is peace within its walls, because the father abbot
  • wages a many men to guard him and his, and to uphold his rights against
  • all comers; wherein he doth wisely, and also well. For much folk
  • flocketh to his town and live well therein; and there is great recourse
  • of chapmen thither. No better market is there betwixt this and
  • Babylon. Well, Sir Ralph, I rede thee if thou comest unhurt to
  • Higham-on-the-Way, go no further for this time, but take service with
  • the lord abbot, and be one of his men of war; thou may'st then become
  • his captain if thou shouldest live; which would be no bad adventure for
  • one who cometh from Upmeads."
  • Ralph looked no brighter for this word, and he answered nought to it:
  • but said presently:
  • "And what is to be looked for beyond Higham if one goeth further? Dost
  • thou know the land any further?"
  • The carle smiled: "Yea forsooth, and down to the Wood Perilous, and
  • beyond it, and the lands beyond the Wood; and far away through them. I
  • say not that I have been to the Dry Tree; but I have spoken to one who
  • hath heard of him who hath seen it; though he might not come by a
  • draught of the Well at the World's End."
  • Ralph's eyes flashed, and his cheeks reddened as he listened hereto;
  • but he spake quietly:
  • "Master Clement, how far dost thou make it to Higham-on-the-Way?"
  • "A matter of forty miles," said the Chapman; "because, as thou wottest,
  • if ye ride south from hence, ye shall presently bring your nose up
  • against the big downs, and must needs climb them at once; and when ye
  • are at the top of Bear Hill, and look south away ye shall see nought
  • but downs on downs with never a road to call a road, and never a
  • castle, or church, or homestead: nought but some shepherd's hut; or at
  • the most the little house of a holy man with a little chapel thereby in
  • some swelly of the chalk, where the water hath trickled into a pool;
  • for otherwise the place is waterless." Therewith he took a long pull at
  • the tankard by his side, and went on:
  • "Higham is beyond all that, and out into the fertile plain; and a
  • little river hight Coldlake windeth about the meadows there; and it is
  • a fair land; though look you the wool of the downs is good, good, good!
  • I have foison of this year's fleeces with me. Ye shall raise none such
  • in Upmeads."
  • Ralph sat silent a little, as if pondering, and then he started up and
  • said: "Good master Clement, we have eaten thy meat and thank thee for
  • that and other matters. Wilt thou now be kinder, and bid thy boy bring
  • round Falcon our horse; for we have far to go, and must begone
  • straight-away."
  • "Yea, lord," said Clement, "even so will I do." And he muttered under
  • his breath; "Thou talkest big, my lad, with thy 'we'; but thou art
  • pressed lest Nicholas be here presently to fetch thee back; and to say
  • sooth I would his hand were on thy shoulder even now."
  • Then he spake aloud again, and said:
  • "I must now begone to my lads, and I will send one round with thy
  • war-horse. But take my rede, my lord, and become the man of the Abbot
  • of St. Mary's of Higham, and all will be well."
  • Therewith he edged himself out of the chamber, and the dame fell to
  • making a mighty clatter with the vessel and trenchers and cups on the
  • board, while Ralph walked up and down the chamber his war-gear jingling
  • upon him. Presently the dame left her table-clatter and came up to
  • Ralph and looked kindly into his face and said: "Gossip, hast thou
  • perchance any money?"
  • He flushed up red, and then his face fell; yet he spake gaily: "Yea,
  • gossip, I have both white and red: there are three golden crowns in my
  • pouch, and a little flock of silver pennies: forsooth I say not as many
  • as would reach from here to Upmeads, if they were laid one after the
  • other."
  • She smiled and patted his cheek, and said:
  • "Thou art no very prudent child, king's son. But it comes into my mind
  • that my master did not mean thee to go away empty-handed; else had he
  • not departed and left us twain together."
  • Therewith she went to the credence that stood in a corner, and opened a
  • drawer therein and took out a little bag, and gave it into Ralph's
  • hand, and said: "This is the gift of the gossip; and thou mayst take
  • it without shame; all the more because if thy father had been a worser
  • man, and a harder lord he would have had more to give thee. But now
  • thou hast as much or more as any one of thy brethren."
  • He took the bag smiling and shame-faced, but she looked on him fondly
  • and said:
  • "Now I know not whether I shall lay old Nicholas on thine heels when he
  • cometh after thee, as come he will full surely; or whether I shall
  • suffer the old sleuth-hound nose out thy slot of himself, as full
  • surely he will set on to it."
  • "Thou mightest tell him," said Ralph, "that I am gone to take service
  • with the Abbot of St. Mary's of Higham: hah?"
  • She laughed and said: "Wilt thou do so, lord, and follow the rede of
  • that goodman of mine, who thinketh himself as wise as Solomon?"
  • Ralph smiled and answered her nothing.
  • "Well," she said, "I shall say what likes me when the hour is at hand.
  • Lo, here! thine horse. Abide yet a moment of time, and then go whither
  • thou needs must, like the wind of the summer day."
  • Therewith she went out of the chamber and came back again with a scrip
  • which she gave to Ralph and said: "Herein is a flask of drink for the
  • waterless country, and a little meat for the way. Fare thee well,
  • gossip! Little did I look for it when I rose up this morning and
  • nothing irked me save the dulness of our town, and the littleness of
  • men's doings therein, that I should have to cut off a piece of my life
  • from me this morning, and say, farewell gossip, as now again I do."
  • Therewith she kissed him on either cheek and embraced him; and it might
  • be said of her and him that she let him go thereafter; for though as
  • aforesaid he loved her, and praised her kindness, he scarce understood
  • the eagerness of her love for him; whereas moreover she saw him not so
  • often betwixt Upmeads and Wulstead: and belike she herself scarce
  • understood it. Albeit she was a childless woman.
  • So when he had got to horse, she watched him riding a moment, and saw
  • how he waved his hand to her as he turned the corner of the
  • market-place, and how a knot of lads and lasses stood staring on him
  • after she lost sight of him. Then she turned her back into the chamber
  • and laid her head on the table and wept. Then came in the goodman
  • quietly and stood by her and she heeded him not. He stood grinning
  • curiously on her awhile, and then laid his hand on her shoulder, and
  • said as she raised her face to him:
  • "Sweetheart, it availeth nought; when thou wert young and exceeding
  • fair, he was but a little babe, and thou wert looking in those days to
  • have babes of thine own; and then it was too soon: and now that he is
  • such a beauteous young man, and a king's son withal, and thou art
  • wedded to a careful carle of no weak heart, and thou thyself art more
  • than two-score years old, it is too late. Yet thou didst well to give
  • our lord the money. Lo! here is wherewithal to fill up the lack in thy
  • chest; and here is a toy for thee in place of the pair of beads thou
  • gavest him; and I bid thee look on it as if I had given him my share of
  • the money and the beads."
  • She turned to Clement, and took the bag of money, and the chaplet which
  • he held out to her, and she said: "God wot thou art no ill man, my
  • husband, but would God I had a son like to him!"
  • She still wept somewhat; but the chapman said: "Let it rest there,
  • sweetheart! let it rest there! It may be a year or twain before thou
  • seest him again: and then belike he shall be come back with some woman
  • whom he loves better than any other; and who knows but in a way he may
  • deem himself our son. Meanwhile thou hast done well, sweetheart, so be
  • glad."
  • Therewith he kissed her and went his ways to his merchandize, and she
  • to the ordering of her house, grieved but not unhappy.
  • CHAPTER 4
  • Ralph Rideth the Downs
  • As for Ralph, he rode on with a merry heart, and presently came to an
  • end of the plain country, and the great downs rose up before him with a
  • white road winding up to the top of them. Just before the slopes began
  • to rise was a little thorp beside a stream, and thereby a fair church
  • and a little house of Canons: so Ralph rode toward the church to see if
  • therein were an altar of St. Nicholas, who was his good lord and
  • patron, that he might ask of him a blessing on his journey. But as he
  • came up to the churchyard-gate he saw a great black horse tied thereto
  • as if abiding some one; and as he lighted down from his saddle he saw a
  • man coming hastily from out the church-door and striding swiftly toward
  • the said gate. He was a big man, and armed; for he had a bright steel
  • sallet on his head, which covered his face all save the end of his
  • chin; and plates he had on his legs and arms. He wore a green coat
  • over his armour, and thereon was wrought in gold an image of a tree
  • leafless: he had a little steel axe about his neck, and a great sword
  • hung by his side. Ralph stood looking on him with his hand on the
  • latch of the gate, but when the man came thereto he tore it open
  • roughly and shoved through at once, driving Ralph back, so that he
  • well-nigh overset him, and so sprang to his horse and swung himself
  • into the saddle, just as Ralph steadied himself and ruffled up to him,
  • half drawing his sword from the scabbard the while. But the
  • man-at-arms cried out, "Put it back, put it back! If thou must needs
  • deal with every man that shoveth thee in his haste, thy life is like to
  • be but short."
  • He was settling himself in his saddle as he spoke, and now he shook his
  • rein, and rode off speedily toward the hill-road. But when he was so
  • far off that Ralph might but see his face but as a piece of reddish
  • colour, he reined up for a moment of time, and turning round in his
  • saddle lifted up his sallet and left his face bare, and cried out as if
  • to Ralph, "The first time!" And then let the head-piece fall again, and
  • set spurs to his horse and gallopped away.
  • Ralph stood looking at him as he got smaller on the long white road,
  • and wondering what this might mean, and how the unknown man should know
  • him, if he did know him. But presently he let his wonder run off him,
  • and went his ways into the church, wherein he found his good lord and
  • friend St. Nicholas, and so said a paternoster before his altar, and
  • besought his help, and made his offering; and then departed and gat to
  • horse again, and rode softly the way to the downs, for the day was hot.
  • The way was steep and winding, with a hollow cup of the hills below it,
  • and above it a bent so steep that Ralph could see but a few yards of it
  • on his left hand; but when he came to the hill's brow and could look
  • down on the said bent, he saw strange figures on the face thereof, done
  • by cutting away the turf so that the chalk might show clear. A tree
  • with leaves was done on that hill-side, and on either hand of it a
  • beast like a bear ramping up against the tree; and these signs were
  • very ancient. This hill-side carving could not be seen from the thorp
  • beneath, which was called Netherton, because the bent looked westward
  • down into the hollow of the hill abovesaid; but from nigher to Wulstead
  • they were clear to see, and Ralph had often beheld them, but never so
  • nigh: and that hill was called after them Bear Hill. At the top of it
  • was an earth-work of the ancient folk, which also was called Bear
  • Castle. And now Ralph rode over the hill's brow into it; for the walls
  • had been beaten down in places long and long ago.
  • Now he rode up the wall, and at the topmost of it turned and looked
  • aback on the blue country which he had ridden through stretching many a
  • league below, and tried if he could pick out Upmeads from amongst the
  • diverse wealth of the summer land: but Upmeads Water was hidden, and he
  • could see nothing to be sure of to tell him whereabouts the High House
  • stood; yet he deemed that he could make out the Debateable Wood and the
  • hills behind it well enough. Then he turned his horse about, and had
  • the down-country before him; long lines of hills to wit, one rising
  • behind the other like the waves of a somewhat quiet sea: no trees
  • thereon, nor houses that he might see thence: nought but a green road
  • that went waving up and down before him greener than the main face of
  • the slopes.
  • He looked at it all for a minute or two as the south-west wind went
  • past his ears, and played a strange tune on the innumerable stems of
  • the bents and the hard-stalked blossoms, to which the bees sang
  • counterpoint. Then the heart arose within him, and he drew the sword
  • from the scabbard, and waved it about his head, and shook it toward the
  • south, and cried out, "Now, welcome world, and be thou blessed from one
  • end to the other, from the ocean sea to the uttermost mountains!"
  • A while he held the white steel in his fist, and then sheathed the
  • blade, and rode down soberly over the turf bridge across the ancient
  • fosse, and so came on to the green road made many ages before by an
  • ancient people, and so trotted south along fair and softly.
  • Little is to be told of his journey through the downs: as he topped a
  • low hill whereon were seven grave-mounds of the ancient folk in a row,
  • he came on a shepherd lying amidst of his sheep: the man sprang to his
  • feet when he heard horse-hoofs anigh him and saw the glint of steel,
  • and he set his hand to a short spear which lay by him; but when he saw
  • nought but Ralph, and heard how he gave him the sele of the day, he
  • nodded his head in a friendly way, though he said nought in salutation;
  • for the loneliness of the downs made the speech slow within him.
  • Again some two miles further on Ralph met a flock of sheep coming down
  • a bent which the road climbed, and with them were three men, their
  • drovers, and they drew nigh him as he was amidst of the sheep, so that
  • he could scarce see the way. Each of these three had a weapon; one a
  • pole-axe, another a long spear, and the third a flail jointed and bound
  • with iron, and an anlace hanging at his girdle. So they stood in the
  • way and hailed him when the sheep were gone past; and the man with the
  • spear asked him whither away. "I am turned toward Higham-on-the-Way,"
  • quoth he; "and how many miles shall I ride ere I get there?"
  • Said one of them: "Little less than twenty, lord." Now it was past
  • noon two hours, and the day was hot; so whereas the faces of the men
  • looked kind and friendly, albeit somewhat rugged, he lighted down from
  • his horse and sat down by the way-side, and drew his bottle of good
  • wine from out of his wallet, and asked the men if they were in haste.
  • "Nay, master," said he of the pole-axe, while all eyes turned to the
  • bottle, "HE has gone by too long; and will neither meddle with us, nor
  • may we deal with him."
  • "Well then," quoth Ralph, "there is time for bever. Have ye ought of a
  • cup, that we may drink to each other?"
  • "Yea," said the carle with the anlace, "that have I." Therewith he drew
  • from his pouch a ram's horn rimmed with silver, and held it up, and
  • said as if he were speaking to it: "Now, Thirly, rejoice! for ye shall
  • have lord's wine poured into thy maw."
  • Therewith he held it out toward Ralph, who laughed and filled it up,
  • and filled for himself a little silver cup which he carried, and said:
  • "To you, shepherds! Much wool and little cry!" And he drank withal.
  • "And I," quoth the man with the horn, "call this health; Much cry and
  • little wool!"
  • "Well, well, how mean ye by that, Greasy Wat?" said the man with the
  • spear, taking the horn as he spake; "that is but a poor wish for a lord
  • that drinketh out of our cup."
  • Said Wat: "Why, neighbour, why! thy wit is none too hasty. The wool
  • that a knight sheareth is war and battle; that is wounding and death;
  • but the cry is the talk and boasting and minstrelsy that goeth before
  • all this. Which is the best wish to wish him? the wounds and the
  • death, or the fore-rumour and stir thereof which hurteth no man?"
  • Ralph laughed thereat, and was merry and blithe with them; but the
  • spearman, who was an old man, said:
  • "For all Wat sayeth, lord, and his japes, ye must not misdeem of us
  • that we shepherds of the Downs can do nought but run to ales and
  • feasts, and that we are but pot-valiant: maybe thou thyself mayst live
  • to see things go otherwise: and in that day may we have such as thee
  • for captain. Now, fair lord, I drink to thy crown of valour, and thy
  • good luck; and we thank thee for the wine and yet more for the blithe
  • fellowship."
  • So Ralph filled up the ram's horn till Dame Katherine's good island
  • wine was well-nigh spent; and at last he said:
  • "Now, my masters, I must to horse; but I pray you tell or we depart,
  • what did ye mean when ye said that HE had gone past? Who is HE?"
  • The merry faces of the men changed at his word, and they looked in each
  • other's faces, till at last the old spearman answered him:
  • "Fair lord, these things we have little will to talk about: for we be
  • poor men with no master to fleece us, and no lord to help us: also we
  • be folk unlearned and unlettered, and from our way of life, whereas we
  • dwell in the wilderness, we seldom come within the doors of a church.
  • But whereas we have drunk with thee, who seemest to be a man of
  • lineage, and thou hast been blithe with us, we will tell thee that we
  • have seen one riding south along the Greenway, clad in a coat as green
  • as the way, with the leafless tree done on his breast. So nigh to him
  • we were that we heard his cry as he sped along, as ye may hear the
  • lapwing whining; for he said: 'POINT AND EDGE, POINT AND EDGE! THE RED
  • WATER AMIDST OF THE HILLS!' In my lifetime such a man hath, to my
  • knowledge, been seen thrice before; and after each sight of him
  • followed evil days and the death of men. Moreover this is the Eve of
  • St. John, and we deem the token the worse therefor. Or how deemest
  • thou?"
  • Ralph stood silent awhile; for he was thinking of the big man whom he
  • had met at the churchyard gate, and all this tale seemed wonderful to
  • him. But at last he said:
  • "I cannot tell what there is in it; herein am I no help to you. To-day
  • I am but little; though I may one day be great. Yet this may I do for
  • you; tomorrow will I let sing a mass in St. Mary's Church on your
  • behoof. And hereafter, if I wax as my will is, and I come to be lord
  • in these lands, I will look to it to do what a good lord should do for
  • the shepherds of the Downs, so that they may live well, and die in good
  • hope. So may the Mother of God help me at need!"
  • Said the old shepherd: "Thou hast sworn an oath, and it is a good
  • oath, and well sworn. Now if thou dost as thou swearest, words can but
  • little thanks, yet deeds may. Wherefore if ever thou comest back
  • hither, and art in such need that a throng of men may help thee
  • therein; then let light a great fire upon each corner of the topmost
  • wall of Bear Castle, and call to mind this watch-word: 'SMITE ASIDE THE
  • AXE, O BEAR-FATHER,' and then shalt thou see what shall betide thee for
  • thy good-hap: farewell now, with the saints to aid!"
  • Ralph bade them live well and hail, and mounted his horse and rode off
  • down the Greenway, and as he rode the shepherds waved their weapons to
  • him in token of good-will.
  • CHAPTER 5
  • Ralph Cometh to Higham-on-the-Way
  • Nought more befell Ralph to tell of till he came to the end of the
  • Downs and saw Higham lying below him overlooked by a white castle on a
  • knoll, and with a river lapping it about and winding on through its
  • fair green meadows even as Clement had told. From amidst its houses
  • rose up three towers of churches above their leaden roofs, and high
  • above all, long and great, the Abbey Church; and now was the low sun
  • glittering on its gilded vanes and the wings of the angels high upon
  • the battlements.
  • So Ralph rode down the slopes and was brisk about it, for it was
  • drawing toward sunset, and he knew not at what hour they shut their
  • gates. The road was steep and winding, and it was the more part of an
  • hour ere he came to the gate, which was open, and like to be yet, for
  • many folk were thronging in, which throng also had hindered him soon
  • after he came into the plain country. The gate was fair and strong,
  • but Ralph saw no men-at-arms about it that evening. He rode into the
  • street unquestioned, and therein was the throng great of people clad in
  • fair and gay attire; and presently Ralph called to mind that this was
  • St. John's Eve, so that he knew that there was some feast toward.
  • At last the throng was so thick that he was stayed by it; and
  • therewithal a religious who was beside him and thrust up against his
  • horse, turned to him and gave him good even, and said: "By thy weapons
  • and gear thou art a stranger here in our burg, Sir Knight?"
  • "So it is," said Ralph.
  • "And whither away?" said the monk; "hast thou some kinsman or friend in
  • the town?"
  • "Nay," said Ralph, "I seek a good hostelry where I may abide the night
  • for my money."
  • The monk shook his head and said: "See ye the folk? It is holiday
  • time, and midsummer after haysel. Ye shall scarce get lodging outside
  • our house. But what then? Come thou thither straightway and have
  • harbour of the best, and see our prior, who loveth young and brisk
  • men-at-arms like to thee. Lo now! the throng openeth a little; I will
  • walk by thy bridle and lead thee the shortest road thither."
  • Ralph gainsaid him not, and they bored through the throng of the street
  • till they came into the market-square, which was very great and clean,
  • paved with stones all over: tall and fair houses rose up on three
  • sides of it, and on the fourth was the Great Church which made those
  • houses seem but low: most of it was new-built; for the lord Abbot that
  • then was, though he had not begun it, had taken the work up from his
  • forerunner and had pushed it forward all he might; for he was very
  • rich, and an open-handed man. Like dark gold it showed under the
  • evening sun, and the painted and gilded imagery shone like jewels upon
  • it.
  • "Yea," said the monk, as he noted Ralph's wonder at this wonder; "a
  • most goodly house it is, and happy shall they be that dwell there."
  • Therewith he led Ralph on, turning aside through the great square.
  • Ralph saw that there were many folk therein, though it was too big to
  • be thronged thick with them. Amidst of it was now a great pile of wood
  • hung about with flowers, and hard by it a stage built up with hangings
  • of rich cloth on one side thereof. He asked the monk what this might
  • mean, and he told him the wood was for the Midsummer bale-fire, and the
  • stage for the show that should come thereafter. So the brother led
  • Ralph down a lane to the south of the great west door, and along the
  • side of the minster and so came to the Abbey gate, and there was Ralph
  • well greeted, and had all things given him which were due to a good
  • knight; and then was he brought into the Guest-hall, a very fair
  • chamber, which was now full of men of all degrees. He was shown to a
  • seat on the dais within two of the subprior's, and beside him sat an
  • honourable lord, a vassal of St. Mary's. So was supper served well and
  • abundantly: the meat and drink was of the best, and the vessel and all
  • the plenishing was as good as might be; and the walls of that chamber
  • were hung with noble arras-cloth picturing the Pilgrimage of the Soul
  • of Man.
  • Every man there who spoke with Ralph, and they were many, was exceeding
  • courteous to him; and he heard much talk about him of the wealth of the
  • lands of St. Mary's at Higham, and how it was flourishing; and of the
  • Abbot how mighty he was, so that he might do what he would, and that
  • his will was to help and to give, and be blithe with all men: and folk
  • told of turmoil and war in other lands, and praised the peace of
  • Higham-on-the-Way.
  • Ralph listened to all this, and smiled, and said to himself that to
  • another man this might well be the end of his journey for that time;
  • but for him all this peace and well-being was not enough; for though it
  • were a richer land than Upmeads, yet to the peace and the quiet he was
  • well used, and he had come forth not for the winning of fatter peace,
  • but to try what new thing his youth and his might and his high hope and
  • his good hap might accomplish.
  • So when the supper was over, and the wine and spices had been brought,
  • the Guest-hall began to thin somewhat, and the brother who had brought
  • Ralph thither came to him and said:
  • "Fair lord, it were nowise ill if ye went forth, as others of our
  • guests have done, to see the deeds of Midsummer Eve that shall be done
  • in the great square in honour of Holy John; for our manner therein at
  • Higham has been much thought of. Look my son!"
  • He pointed to the windows of the hall therewith, and lo! they grew
  • yellow and bright with some fire without, as if a new fiery day had
  • been born out of the dusk of the summer night; for the light that shone
  • through the windows out-did the candle-light in the hall. Ralph
  • started thereat and laid his right hand to the place of his sword,
  • which indeed he had left with the chamberlain; but the monk laughed and
  • said: "Fear nothing, lord; there is no foeman in Higham: come now,
  • lest thou be belated of the show."
  • So he led Ralph forth, and into the square, where there was a space
  • appointed for the brethren and their guests to see the plays; and the
  • square was now so full of folk that it seemed like as if that there
  • were no one man in the streets which were erewhile so thronged.
  • There were rows of men-at-arms in bright armour also to keep the folk
  • in their places, like as hurdles pen the sheep up; howbeit they were
  • nowise rough with folk, but humble and courteous. Many and many were
  • the torches and cressets burning steadily in the calm air, so that, as
  • aforesaid, night was turned into day. But on the scaffold aforesaid
  • were standing bright and gay figures, whose names or what they were
  • Ralph had no time to ask.
  • Now the bells began to clash from the great tower of the minster, and
  • in a little while they had clashed themselves into order and rang clear
  • and tuneably for a space; and while they were ringing, lo! those
  • gay-clad people departed from the scaffold, and a canvas painted like a
  • mountain-side, rocky and with caves therein, was drawn up at the back
  • of it. Then came thereon one clad like a king holding a fair maiden by
  • the hand, and with him was a dame richly clad and with a crown on her
  • head. So these two kissed the maiden, and lamented over her, and went
  • their ways, and the maiden left alone sat down upon a rock and covered
  • up her face and wept; and while Ralph wondered what this might mean, or
  • what grieved the maiden, there came creeping, as it were from out of a
  • cranny of the rocks, a worm huge-headed and covered over with scales
  • that glittered in the torch-light. Then Ralph sprang up in his place,
  • for he feared for the maiden that the worm would devour her: but the
  • monk who sat by him pulled him down by the skirt, and laughed and said:
  • "Sit still, lord! for the champion also has been provided."
  • Then Ralph sat down again somewhat abashed and looked on; yet was his
  • heart in his mouth the while. And so while the maiden stood as one
  • astonied before the worm, who gaped upon her with wide open mouth,
  • there came forth from a cleft in the rocks a goodly knight who bore
  • silver, a red cross; and he had his sword in his hand, and he fell upon
  • the worm to smite him; and the worm ramped up against him, and there
  • was battle betwixt them, while the maiden knelt anigh with her hands
  • clasped together.
  • Then Ralph knew that this was a play of the fight of St. George with
  • the worm; so he sat silent till the champion had smitten off the worm's
  • head and had come to the maiden and kissed and embraced her, and shown
  • her the grisly head. Then presently came many folk on to the scaffold,
  • to wit, the king and queen who were the father and mother of the
  • maiden, and a bishop clad in very fair vestments, and knights withal;
  • and they stood about St. George and the maiden, and with them were
  • minstrels who fell to playing upon harps and fiddles; while other some
  • fell to singing a sweet song in honour of St. George, and the maiden
  • delivered.
  • So when it was all done, the monk said: "This play is set forth by the
  • men-at-arms of our lord Abbot, who have great devotion toward St.
  • George, and he is their friend and their good lord. But hereafter will
  • be other plays, of wild men and their feasting in the woods in the
  • Golden Age of the world; and that is done by the scribes and the
  • limners. And after that will be a pageant of St. Agnes ordered by the
  • clothiers and the webbers, which be both many and deft in this good
  • town. Albeit thou art a young man and hast ridden far to-day belike,
  • and mayhappen thou wilt not be able to endure it: so it may be well to
  • bring thee out of this throng straightway. Moreover I have bethought
  • me, that there is much of what is presently to come which we shall see
  • better from the minster roof, or even it may be from the tower: wilt
  • thou come then?"
  • Ralph had liefer have sat there and seen all the plays to the end, for
  • they seemed to him exceeding fair, and like to ravish the soul from the
  • body; howbeit, being shamefaced, he knew not how to gainsay the
  • brother, who took him by the hand, and led him through the press to the
  • west front of the minster, where on the north side was a little door in
  • a nook. So they went up a stair therein a good way till they came into
  • a gallery over the western door; and looking forth thence Ralph deemed
  • that he could have seen a long way had daylight been, for it was higher
  • than the tops of the highest houses.
  • So there they abode a space looking down on the square and its throng,
  • and the bells, which had been ringing when they came up, now ceased a
  • while. But presently there arose great shouts and clamour amongst the
  • folk below, and they could see men with torches drawing near to the
  • pile of wood, and then all of a sudden shot up from it a great spiring
  • flame, and all the people shouted together, while the bells broke out
  • again over their heads.
  • Then the brother pointed aloof with his finger and said: "Lo you! fair
  • lord, how bale speaks to bale all along the headlands of the
  • down-country, and below there in the thorps by the river!"
  • Forsooth Ralph saw fire after fire break out to the westward; and the
  • brother said: "And if we stood over the high altar and looked east, ye
  • would see more of such fires and many more; and all these bales are
  • piled up and lighted by vassals and villeins of my lord Abbot: now
  • to-night they are but mere Midsummer bale-fires; but doubt ye not that
  • if there came war into the land each one of these bales would mean at
  • least a half-score of stout men, archers and men-at-arms, all ready to
  • serve their lord at all adventure. All this the tyrants round about,
  • that hate holy Church and oppress the poor, know full well; therefore
  • we live in peace in these lands."
  • Ralph hearkened, but said nought; for amidst all this flashing of fire
  • and flame, and the crying out of folk, and the measured clash of the
  • bells so near him, his thought was confused, and he had no words ready
  • to hand. But the monk turned from the parapet and looked him full in
  • the face and said to him:
  • "Thou art a fair young man, and strong, and of gentle blood as I deem;
  • and thou seemest to me to have the lucky look in thine eyes: now I tell
  • thee that if thou wert to take service with my lord thou shouldest
  • never rue it. Yea, why shouldest thou not wax in his service, and
  • become his Captain of Captains, which is an office meet for kings?"
  • Ralph looked on him, but answered nought, for he could not gather his
  • thoughts for an answer; and the brother said: "Think of it, I bid thee,
  • fair young lord; and be sure that nowhere shalt thou have a better
  • livelihood, not even wert thou a king's son; for the children of my
  • lord Abbot are such that none dareth to do them any displeasure;
  • neither is any overlord as good as is Holy Church."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "doubtless thou sayest sooth; yet I wot not that I
  • am come forth to seek a master."
  • Said the brother: "Nay, do but see the lord Abbot, as thou mayst do
  • to-morrow, if thou wilt."
  • "I would have his blessing," said Ralph.
  • "No less shalt thou have," said the brother; "but look you down yonder;
  • for I can see tokens that my lord is even now coming forth."
  • Ralph looked down and beheld the folk parting to right and left, and a
  • lane made amidst the throng, guarded by men-at-arms mingled with the
  • cross-bearers and brethren; and the sound of trumpets blared forth over
  • the noises of the throng.
  • "If the lord Abbot cometh," said Ralph, "I were fain of his blessing
  • to-night before I sleep: so go we down straightway that I may kneel
  • before him with the rest."
  • "What!" said the monk, "Wilt thou, my lord, kneel amongst all these
  • burgesses and vavassors when thou mightest see the Abbot in his own
  • chamber face to face alone with him?"
  • "Father," said Ralph, "I am no great man, and I must needs depart
  • betimes to-morrow; for I perceive that here are things too mighty and
  • over-mastering for such as I be."
  • "Well," said the monk, "yet mayst thou come back again; so at present I
  • will make no more words about it."
  • So they went down, and came out amidst the throng, above which the bale
  • still flared high, making the summer night as light as day. The
  • brother made way for Ralph, so that they stood in the front row of
  • folk: they had not been there one minute ere they heard the sound of
  • the brethren singing, and the Abbot came forth out of the lane that
  • went down to the gate. Then all folk went down upon their knees, and
  • thus abode him. Right so Ralph deemed that he felt some one pull his
  • sleeve, but in such a throng that was nought of a wonder; howbeit, he
  • turned and looked to his left, whence came the tug, and saw kneeling
  • beside him a tall man-at-arms, who bore a sallet on his head in such
  • wise that it covered all his face save the point of his chin. Then
  • Ralph bethought him of the man of the leafless tree, and he looked to
  • see what armoury the man bore on his coat; but he had nothing save a
  • loose frock of white linen over his hauberk. Nevertheless, he heard a
  • voice in his ear, which said, "The second time!" whereon he deemed that
  • it was verily that same man: yet had he nought to do to lay hold on
  • him, and he might not speak with him, for even therewith came the Abbot
  • in garments all of gold, going a-foot under a canopy of baudekyn, with
  • the precious mitre on his head, and the crozier borne before him, as if
  • he had been a patriarch: for he was an exceeding mighty lord.
  • Ralph looked hard on him as he passed by, blessing the folk with
  • upraised hand; and he saw that he was a tall spare man, clean-shaven,
  • and thin-faced; but no old man, belike scarce of fifty winters. Ralph
  • caught his eye, and he smiled on the goodly young man so kindly, that
  • for a moment Ralph deemed that he would dwell in St. Mary's House for a
  • little while; for, thought he, if my father, or Nicholas, hear of me
  • therein, they must even let me alone to abide here.
  • Therewith the Abbot went forth to his place, and sat him down under a
  • goodly cloth of estate, and folk stood up again; but when Ralph looked
  • for the man in the sallet he could see nought of him. Now when the
  • Abbot was set down, men made a clear ring round about the bale, and
  • there came into the said ring twelve young men, each clad in nought
  • save a goat-skin, and with garlands of leaves and flowers about their
  • middles: they had with them a wheel done about with straw and hemp
  • payed with pitch and brimstone. They set fire to the same, and then
  • trundled it blazing round about the bale twelve times. Then came to
  • them twelve damsels clad in such-like guise as the young men: then
  • both bands, the young men and the maidens, drew near to the bale, which
  • was now burning low, and stood about it, and joined hands, and so
  • danced round it a while, and meantime the fiddles played an uncouth
  • tune merrily: then they sundered, and each couple of men and maids
  • leapt backward and forward over the fire; and when they had all leapt,
  • came forward men with buckets of water which they cast over the dancers
  • till it ran down them in streams. Then was all the throng mingled
  • together, and folk trod the embers of the bale under foot, and
  • scattered them hither and thither all over the square.
  • All this while men were going about with pitchers of wine and ale, and
  • other good drinks; and every man drank freely what he would, and there
  • was the greatest game and joyance.
  • But now was Ralph exceeding weary, and he said: "Father, mightest thou
  • lead me out of this throng, and show me some lair where I may sleep in
  • peace, I would thank thee blithely."
  • As he spake there sounded a great horn over the square, and the Abbot
  • rose in his place and blessed all the people once more. Then said the
  • monk:
  • "Come then, fair field-lord, now shalt thou have thy will of bed." And
  • he laughed therewith, and drew Ralph out of the throng and brought him
  • into the Abbey, and into a fair little chamber, on the wall whereof was
  • pictured St. Christopher, and St. Julian the lord and friend of
  • wayfarers. Then he brought Ralph the wine and spices, and gave him
  • good-night, and went his ways.
  • As Ralph put the raiment from off him he said to himself a long day
  • forsooth, so long that I should have thought no day could have held all
  • that has befallen me. So many strange things have I seen, that surely
  • my dreams shall be full of them; for even now I seem to see them,
  • though I waken.
  • So he lay down in his bed and slept, and dreamed that he was fishing
  • with an angle in a deep of Upmeads Water; and he caught many fish; but
  • after a while whatsoever he caught was but of gilded paper stuffed with
  • wool, and at last the water itself was gone, and he was casting his
  • angle on to a dry road. Therewith he awoke and saw that day was
  • dawning, and heard the minster clock strike three, and heard the
  • thrushes singing their first song in the Prior's garden. Then he
  • turned about and slept, and dreamed no more till he woke up in the
  • bright sunny morning.
  • CHAPTER 6
  • Ralph Goeth His Ways From the Abbey of St. Mary at Higham
  • It was the monk who had been his guide the day before who had now waked
  • him, and he stood by the bedside holding a great bowl of milk in his
  • hand, and as Ralph sat up, and rubbed his eyes, with all his youthful
  • sloth upon him, the monk laughed and said:
  • "That is well, lord, that is well! I love to see a young man so sleepy
  • in the morning; it is a sign of thriving; and I see thou art thriving
  • heartily for the time when thou shalt come back to us to lead my lord's
  • host in battle."
  • "Where be the bale-fires?" said Ralph, not yet fully awake.
  • "Where be they!" said the brother, "where be they! They be sunken to
  • cold coals long ago, like many a man's desires and hopes, who hath not
  • yet laid his head on the bosom of the mother, that is Holy Church.
  • Come, my lord, arise, and drink the monk's wine of morning, and then if
  • ye must need ride, ride betimes, and ride hard; for the Wood Perilous
  • beginneth presently as ye wend your ways; and it were well for thee to
  • reach the Burg of the Four Friths ere thou be benighted. For, son,
  • there be untoward things in the wood; and though some of them be of
  • those for whom Christ's Cross was shapen, yet have they forgotten hell,
  • and hope not for heaven, and their by-word is, 'Thou shalt lack ere I
  • lack.' Furthermore there are worse wights in the wood than they be--
  • God save us!--but against them have I a good hauberk, a neck-guard
  • which I will give thee, son, in token that I look to see thee again at
  • the lovely house of Mary our Mother."
  • Ralph had taken the bowl and was drinking, but he looked over the brim,
  • and saw how the monk drew from his frock a pair of beads, as like to
  • Dame Katherine's gift as one pea to another, save that at the end
  • thereof was a little box shapen crosswise. Ralph emptied the bowl
  • hastily, got out of bed, and sat on the bed naked, save that on his
  • neck was Dame Katherine's gift. He reached out his hand and took the
  • beads from the monk and reddened therewith, as was his wont when he had
  • to begin a contest in words: but he said:
  • "I thank thee, father; yet God wot if these beads will lie sweetly
  • alongside the collar which I bear on my neck as now, which is the gift
  • of a dear friend."
  • The monk made up a solemn countenance and said: "Thou sayest sooth, my
  • son; it is most like that my chaplet, which hath been blessed time was
  • by the holy Richard, is no meet fellow for the gift of some light love
  • of thine: or even," quoth he, noting Ralph's flush deepen, and his brow
  • knit, "or even if it were the gift of a well-willer, yet belike it is a
  • worldly gift; therefore, since thy journey is with peril, thou wert
  • best do it off and let me keep it for thee till thou comest again."
  • Now as he spake he looked anxiously, nay, it may be said greedily, at
  • the young man. But Ralph said nought; for in his heart he was
  • determined not to chaffer away his gossip's gift for any shaveling's
  • token. Yet he knew not how to set his youthful words against the
  • father's wisdom; so he stood up, and got his shirt into his hand, and
  • as he did it over his head he fell to singing to himself a song of
  • eventide of the High House of Upmeads, the words whereof were somewhat
  • like to these:
  • Art thou man, art thou maid, through the long grass a-going?
  • For short shirt thou bearest, and no beard I see,
  • And the last wind ere moonrise about thee is blowing.
  • Would'st thou meet with thy maiden or look'st thou for me?
  • Bright shineth the moon now, I see thy gown longer;
  • And down by the hazels Joan meeteth her lad:
  • But hard is thy palm, lass, and scarcely were stronger
  • Wat's grip than thine hand-kiss that maketh me glad.
  • And now as the candles shine on us and over,
  • Full shapely thy feet are, but brown on the floor,
  • As the bare-footed mowers amidst of the clover
  • When the gowk's note is broken and mid-June is o'er.
  • O hard are mine hand-palms because on the ridges
  • I carried the reap-hook and smote for thy sake;
  • And in the hot noon-tide I beat off the midges
  • As thou slep'st 'neath the linden o'er-loathe to awake.
  • And brown are my feet now because the sun burneth
  • High up on the down-side amidst of the sheep,
  • And there in the hollow wherefrom the wind turneth,
  • Thou lay'st in my lap while I sung thee to sleep.
  • O friend of the earth, O come nigher and nigher,
  • Thou art sweet with the sun's kiss as meads of the May,
  • O'er the rocks of the waste, o'er the water and fire,
  • Will I follow thee, love, till earth waneth away.
  • The monk hearkened to him with knitted brow, and as one that liketh not
  • the speech of his fellow, though it be not wise to question it: then he
  • went out of the chamber, but left the pair of beads lying in the
  • window. But Ralph clad himself in haste, and when he was fully clad,
  • went up to the window and took the beads in his hand, and looked into
  • them curiously and turned them over, but left them lying there. Then
  • he went forth also, and came into the forecourt of the house, and found
  • there a squire of the men-at-arms with his weapons and horse, who
  • helped him to do on his war-gear.
  • So then, just as he was setting his foot in the stirrup, came the
  • Brother again, with his face once more grown smiling and happy; and in
  • his left hand he held the chaplet, but did not offer it to Ralph again,
  • but nodded his head to him kindly, and said: "Now, lord, I can see by
  • thy face that thou art set on beholding the fashion of this world, and
  • most like it will give thee the rue."
  • Then came a word into Ralph's mouth, and he said: "Wilt thou tell me,
  • father, whose work was the world's fashion?"
  • The monk reddened, but answered nought, and Ralph spake again:
  • "Forsooth, did the craftsman of it fumble over his work?"
  • Then the monk scowled, but presently he enforced himself to speak
  • blithely, and said: "Such matters are over high for my speech or
  • thine, lord; but I tell thee, who knoweth, that there are men in this
  • House who have tried the world and found it wanting."
  • Ralph smiled, and said stammering:
  • "Father, did the world try them, and find them wanting perchance?"
  • Then he reddened, and said: "Are ye verily all such as this in this
  • House? Who then is it who hath made so fair a lordship, and so goodly
  • a governance for so many people? Know ye not at all of the world's
  • ways!"
  • "Fair sir," said the monk sternly, "they that work for us work for the
  • Lord and all his servants."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "so it is; and will the Lord be content with the
  • service of him whom the devil hath cast out because he hath found him a
  • dastard?"
  • The monk frowned, yet smiled somewhat withal, and said: "Sir, thou art
  • young, but thy wits are over old for me; but there are they in this
  • House who may answer thee featly; men who have read the books of the
  • wise men of the heathen, and the doctors of Holy Church, and are even
  • now making books for the scribes to copy." Then his voice softened,
  • and he said: "Dear lord, we should be right fain of thee here, but
  • since thou must needs go, go with my blessing, and double blessing
  • shalt thou have when thou comest back to us." Then Ralph remembered
  • his promise to the shepherds and took a gold crown from his pouch, and
  • said: "Father, I pray thee say a mass for the shepherd downsmen; and
  • this is for the offering."
  • The monk praised the gift and the bidding, and kissed Ralph, who clomb
  • into his saddle; and the brother hospitalier brought him his wallet
  • with good meat and drink therein for the way. Then Ralph shook his
  • rein, and rode out of the abbey-gate, smiling at the lay-brethren and
  • the men-at-arms who hung about there.
  • But he sighed for pleasure when he found himself in the street again,
  • and looked on the shops of the chapmen and the booths of the petty
  • craftsmen, as shoe-smiths and glovers, and tinsmiths and coppersmiths,
  • and horners and the like; and the folk that he met as he rode toward
  • the southern gate seemed to him merry and in good case, and goodly to
  • look on. And he thought it pleasant to gaze on the damsels in the
  • street, who were fair and well clad: and there were a many of them
  • about his way now, especially as he drew nigh the gate before the
  • streets branched off: for folk were coming in from the countryside with
  • victual and other wares for the town and the Abbey; and surely as he
  • looked on some of the maidens he deemed that Hall-song of Upmeads a
  • good one.
  • CHAPTER 7
  • The Maiden of Bourton Abbas
  • So went he through the gate, and many, both of men and maids gazed at
  • him, for he was fair to look on, but none meddled with him.
  • There was a goodly fauburg outside the gate, and therein were fair
  • houses, not a few, with gardens and orchards about them; and when these
  • were past he rode through very excellent meadows lying along the water,
  • which he crossed thrice, once by a goodly stone bridge and twice by
  • fords; for the road was straight, and the river wound about much.
  • After a little while the road led him off the plain meads into a
  • country of little hills and dales, the hill-sides covered with
  • vineyards and orchards, and the dales plenteous of corn-fields; and now
  • amongst these dales Higham was hidden from him.
  • Through this tillage and vine-land he rode a good while, and thought he
  • had never seen a goodlier land; and as he went he came on husbandmen
  • and women of the country going about their business: yet were they not
  • too busy to gaze on him, and most greeted him; and with some he gave
  • and took a little speech.
  • These people also he deemed well before the world, for they were well
  • clad and buxom, and made no great haste as they went, but looked about
  • them as though they deemed the world worth looking at, and as if they
  • had no fear either of a blow or a hard word for loitering.
  • So he rode till it was noon, and he was amidst a little thorp of grey
  • stone houses, trim enough, in a valley wherein there was more of
  • wild-wood trees and less of fruit-bearers than those behind him. In
  • the thorp was a tavern with the sign of the Nicholas, so Ralph deemed
  • it but right to enter a house which was under the guard of his master
  • and friend; therefore he lighted down and went in. Therein he found a
  • lad of fifteen winters, and a maiden spinning, they two alone, who
  • hailed him and asked his pleasure, and he bade them bring him meat and
  • drink, and look to his horse, for that he had a mind to rest a while.
  • So they brought him bread and flesh, and good wine of the hill-side, in
  • a little hall well arrayed as of its kind; and he sat down and the
  • damsel served him at table, but the lad, who had gone to see to his
  • horse, did not come back.
  • So when he had eaten and drunk, and the damsel was still there, he
  • looked on her and saw that she was sad and drooping of aspect; and
  • whereas she was a fair maiden, Ralph, now that he was full, fell to
  • pitying her, and asked her what was amiss. "For," said he, "thou art
  • fair and ailest nought; that is clear to see; neither dwellest thou in
  • penury, but by seeming hast enough and to spare. Or art thou a servant
  • in this house, and hath any one misused thee?"
  • She wept at his words, for indeed he spoke softly to her; then she
  • said: "Young lord, thou art kind, and it is thy kindness that draweth
  • the tears from me; else it were not well to weep before a young man:
  • therefore I pray thee pardon me. As for me, I am no servant, nor has
  • any one misused me: the folk round about are good and neighbourly; and
  • this house and the croft, and a vineyard hard by, all that is mine own
  • and my brother's; that is the lad who hath gone to tend thine horse.
  • Yea, and we live in peace here for the most part; for this thorp, which
  • is called Bourton Abbas, is a land of the Abbey of Higham; though it be
  • the outermost of its lands and the Abbot is a good lord and a defence
  • against tyrants. All is well with me if one thing were not."
  • "What is thy need then?" said Ralph, "if perchance I might amend it."
  • And as he looked on her he deemed her yet fairer than he had done at
  • first. But she stayed her weeping and sobbing and said: "Sir, I fear
  • me that I have lost a dear friend." "How then," said he, "why fearest
  • thou, and knowest not? doth thy friend lie sick between life and
  • death?" "O Sir," she said, "it is the Wood which is the evil and
  • disease."
  • "What wood is that?" said he.
  • She said: "The Wood Perilous, that lieth betwixt us and the Burg of
  • the Four Friths, and all about the Burg. And, Sir, if ye be minded to
  • ride to the Burg to-day, do it not, for through the wood must thou wend
  • thereto; and ye are young and lovely. Therefore take my rede, and
  • abide till the Chapmen wend thither from Higham, who ride many in
  • company. For, look you, fair lord, ye have asked of my grief, and this
  • it is and nought else; that my very earthly love and speech-friend rode
  • five days ago toward the Burg of the Four Friths all alone through the
  • Wood Perilous, and he has not come back, though we looked to see him in
  • three days' wearing: but his horse has come back, and the reins and
  • the saddle all bloody."
  • And she fell a-weeping with the telling of the tale. But Ralph said
  • (for he knew not what to say): "Keep a good heart, maiden; maybe he is
  • safe and sound; oft are young men fond to wander wide, even as I
  • myself."
  • She looked at him hard and said: "If thou hast stolen thyself away
  • from them that love thee, thou hast done amiss. Though thou art a
  • lord, and so fair as I see thee, yet will I tell thee so much."
  • Ralph reddened and answered nought; but deemed the maiden both fair and
  • sweet. But she said: "Whether thou hast done well or ill, do no
  • worse; but abide till the Chapmen come from Higham, on their way to the
  • Burg of the Four Friths. Here mayst thou lodge well and safely if thou
  • wilt. Or if our hall be not dainty enough for thee, then go back to
  • Higham: I warrant me the monks will give thee good guesting as long as
  • thou wilt."
  • "Thou art kind, maiden," said Ralph, "but why should I tarry for an
  • host? and what should I fear in the Wood, as evil as it may be? One
  • man journeying with little wealth, and unknown, and he no weakling, but
  • bearing good weapons, hath nought to dread of strong-thieves, who ever
  • rob where it is easiest and gainfullest. And what worse may I meet
  • than strong-thieves?"
  • "But thou mayest meet worse," she said; and therewith fell a-weeping
  • again, and said amidst her tears: "O weary on my life! And why should
  • I heed thee when nought heedeth me, neither the Saints of God's House,
  • nor the Master of it; nor the father and the mother that were once so
  • piteous kind to me? O if I might but drink a draught from the WELL AT
  • THE WORLD'S END!"
  • He turned about on her hastily at that word; for he had risen to
  • depart; being grieved at her grief and wishful to be away from it,
  • since he might not amend it. But now he said eagerly:
  • "Where then is that Well? Know ye of it in this land?"
  • "At least I know the hearsay thereof," she said; "but as now thou shalt
  • know no more from me thereof; lest thou wander the wider in seeking it.
  • I would not have thy life spilt."
  • Ever as he looked on her he thought her still fairer; and now he looked
  • long on her, saying nought, and she on him in likewise, and the blood
  • rose to her cheeks and her brow, but she would not turn her from his
  • gaze. At last he said: "Well then, I must depart, no more learned than
  • I came: but yet am I less hungry and thirsty than I came; and have thou
  • thanks therefor."
  • Therewith he took from his pouch a gold piece of Upmeads, which was
  • good, and of the touch of the Easterlings, and held it out to her. And
  • she put out her open hand and he put the money in it; but thought it
  • good to hold her hand a while, and she gainsayed him not.
  • Then he said: "Well then, I must needs depart with things left as they
  • are: wilt thou bid thy brother bring hither my horse, for time presses."
  • "Yea," she said (and her hand was still in his), "Yet do thine utmost,
  • yet shalt thou not get to the Burg before nightfall. O wilt thou not
  • tarry?"
  • "Nay," he said, "my heart will not suffer it; lest I deem myself a
  • dastard."
  • Then she reddened again, but as if she were wroth; and she drew her
  • hand away from his and smote her palms together thrice and cried out:
  • "Ho Hugh! bring hither the Knight's horse and be speedy!"
  • And she went hither and thither about the hall and into the buttery and
  • back, putting away the victual and vessels from the board and making as
  • if she heeded him not: and Ralph looked on her, and deemed that each
  • way she moved was better than the last, so shapely of fashion she was;
  • and again he bethought him of the Even-song of the High House at
  • Upmeads, and how it befitted her; for she went barefoot after the
  • manner of maidens who work afield, and her feet were tanned with the
  • sun of hay harvest, but as shapely as might be; but she was clad goodly
  • withal, in a green gown wrought with flowers.
  • So he watched her going to and fro; and at last he said: "Maiden, wilt
  • thou come hither a little, before I depart?"
  • "Yea," she said; and came and stood before him: and he deemed that she
  • was scarce so sad as she had been; and she stood with her hands joined
  • and her eyes downcast. Then he said:
  • "Now I depart. Yet I would say this, that I am sorry of thy sorrow:
  • and now since I shall never see thee more, small would be the harm if I
  • were to kiss thy lips and thy face."
  • And therewith he took her hands in his and drew her to him, and put his
  • arms about her and kissed her many times, and she nothing lothe by
  • seeming; and he found her as sweet as May blossom.
  • Thereafter she smiled on him, yet scarce for gladness, and said: "It is
  • not all so sure that I shall not see thee again; yet shall I do to thee
  • as thou hast done to me."
  • Therewith she took his face between her hands, and kissed him
  • well-favouredly; so that the hour seemed good to him.
  • Then she took him by the hand and led him out-a-doors to his horse,
  • whereby the lad had been standing a good while; and he when he saw his
  • sister come out with the fair knight he scowled on them, and handled a
  • knife which hung at his girdle; but Ralph heeded him nought. As for
  • the damsel, she put her brother aside, and held the stirrup for Ralph;
  • and when he was in the saddle she said to him:
  • "All luck go with thee! Forsooth I deem thee safer in the Wood than my
  • words said. Verily I deem that if thou wert to meet a company of
  • foemen, thou wouldest compel them to do thy bidding."
  • "Farewell to thee maiden," said Ralph, "and mayst thou find thy beloved
  • whole and well, and that speedily. Fare-well!"
  • She said no more; so he shook his rein and rode his ways; but looked
  • over his shoulder presently and saw her standing yet barefoot on the
  • dusty highway shading her eyes from the afternoon sun and looking after
  • him, and he waved his hand to her and so went his ways between the
  • houses of the Thorp.
  • CHAPTER 8
  • Ralph Cometh to the Wood Perilous. An Adventure Therein
  • Now when he was clear of the Thorp the road took him out of the dale;
  • and when he was on the hill's brow he saw that the land was of other
  • fashion from that which lay behind him. For the road went straight
  • through a rough waste, no pasture, save for mountain sheep or goats,
  • with a few bushes scattered about it; and beyond this the land rose
  • into a long ridge; and on the ridge was a wood thick with trees, and no
  • break in them. So on he rode, and soon passed that waste, which was
  • dry and parched, and the afternoon sun was hot on it; so he deemed it
  • good to come under the shadow of the thick trees (which at the first
  • were wholly beech trees), for it was now the hottest of the day. There
  • was still a beaten way between the tree-boles, though not overwide,
  • albeit, a highway, since it pierced the wood. So thereby he went at a
  • soft pace for the saving of his horse, and thought but little of all he
  • had been told of the perils of the way, and not a little of the fair
  • maid whom he had left behind at the Thorp.
  • After a while the thick beech-wood gave out, and he came into a place
  • where great oaks grew, fair and stately, as though some lord's
  • wood-reeve had taken care that they should not grow over close
  • together, and betwixt them the greensward was fine, unbroken, and
  • flowery. Thereby as he rode he beheld deer, both buck and hart and
  • roe, and other wild things, but for a long while no man.
  • The afternoon wore and still he rode the oak wood, and deemed it a
  • goodly forest for the greatest king on earth. At last he came to where
  • another road crossed the way he followed, and about the crossway was
  • the ground clearer of trees, while beyond it the trees grew thicker,
  • and there was some underwood of holly and thorn as the ground fell off
  • as towards a little dale.
  • There Ralph drew rein, because he doubted in his mind which was his
  • right road toward the Burg of the Four Friths; so he got off his horse
  • and abode a little, if perchance any might come by; he looked about
  • him, and noted on the road that crossed his, and the sward about it,
  • the sign of many horses having gone by, and deemed that they had passed
  • but a little while. So he lay on the ground to rest him and let his
  • horse stray about and bite the grass; for the beast loved him and would
  • come at his call or his whistle.
  • Ralph was drowsy when he lay down, and though he said to himself that
  • he would nowise go to sleep, yet as oft happens, he had no defence to
  • make against sleepiness, and presently his hands relaxed, his head fell
  • aside, and he slept quietly. When he woke up in a little space of
  • time, he knew at once that something had awaked him and that he had not
  • had his sleep out; for in his ears was the trampling of horse-hoofs and
  • the clashing of weapons and loud speech of men. So he leapt up
  • hastily, and while he was yet scarce awake, took to whistling on his
  • horse; but even therewith those men were upon him, and two came up to
  • him and laid hold of him; and when he asked them what they would, they
  • bade him hold his peace.
  • Now his eyes cleared, and he saw that those men were in goodly
  • war-gear, and bore coats of plate, and cuir-bouilly, or of bright
  • steel; they held long spears and were girt with good swords; there was
  • a pennon with them, green, whereon was done a golden tower, embattled,
  • amidst of four white ways; and the same token bore many of the men on
  • their coats and sleeves. Unto this same pennon he was brought by the
  • two men who had taken him, and under it, on a white horse, sat a Knight
  • bravely armed at all points with the Tower and Four Ways on his green
  • surcoat; and beside him was an ancient man-at-arms, with nought but an
  • oak wreath on his bare head, and his white beard falling low over his
  • coat: but behind these twain a tall young man, also on a white horse
  • and very gaily clad, upheld the pennon. On one side of these three
  • were five men, unarmed, clad in green coats, with a leafless tree done
  • on them in gold: they were stout carles, bearded and fierce-faced:
  • their hands were bound behind their backs and their feet tied together
  • under their horses' bellies. The company of those about the Knight,
  • Ralph deemed, would number ten score men.
  • So when those twain stayed Ralph before the Knight, he turned to the
  • old man and said:
  • "It is of no avail asking this lither lad if he be of them or no: for
  • no will be his answer. But what sayest thou, Oliver?"
  • The ancient man drew closer to Ralph and looked at him up and down and
  • all about; for those two turned him about as if he had been a joint of
  • flesh on the roasting-jack; and at last he said:
  • "His beard is sprouting, else might ye have taken him for a maid of
  • theirs, one of those of whom we wot. But to say sooth I seem to know
  • the fashion of his gear, even as Duke Jacob knew Joseph's tabard. So
  • ask him whence he is, lord, and if he lie, then I bid bind him and lead
  • him away, that we may have a true tale out of him; otherwise let him go
  • and take his chance; for we will not waste the bread of the Good Town
  • on him."
  • The Knight looked hard on Ralph, and spake to him somewhat courteously:
  • "Whence art thou, fair Sir, and what is thy name? for we have many foes
  • in the wildwood."
  • Ralph reddened as he answered: "I am of Upmeads beyond the down
  • country; and I pray thee let me be gone on mine errands. It is meet
  • that thou deal with thine own robbers and reivers, but not with me."
  • Then cried out one of the bounden men: "Thou liest, lad, we be no
  • robbers." But he of the Knight's company who stood by him smote the man
  • on the mouth and said: "Hold thy peace, runagate! Thou shalt give
  • tongue to-morrow when the hangman hath thee under his hands."
  • The Knight took no heed of this; but turned to the ancient warrior and
  • said: "Hath he spoken truth so far?"
  • "Yea, Sir Aymer," quoth Oliver; "And now meseems I know him better than
  • he knoweth me."
  • Therewith he turned to Ralph and said: "How fareth Long Nicholas, my
  • lord?"
  • Ralph reddened again: "He is well," said he.
  • Then said the Knight: "Is the young man of a worthy house, Oliver?"
  • But ere the elder could speak, Ralph brake in and said: "Old warrior, I
  • bid thee not to tell out my name, as thou lovest Nicholas."
  • Old Oliver laughed and said: "Well, Nicholas and I have been friends
  • in a way, as well as foes; and for the sake of the old days his name
  • shall help thee, young lord." Then he said to his Knight: "Yea, Sir
  • Aymer, he is of a goodly house and an ancient; but thou hearest how he
  • adjureth me. Ye shall let his name alone."
  • The Knight looked silently on Ralph for a while; then he said: "Wilt
  • thou wend with us to the Burg of the Four Friths, fair Sir? Wert thou
  • not faring thither? Or what else dost thou in the Wood Perilous?"
  • Ralph turned it over in his mind; and though he saw no cause why he
  • should not join himself to their company, yet something in his heart
  • forbade him to rise to the fly too eagerly; so he did but say: "I am
  • seeking adventures, fair lord."
  • The Knight smiled: "Then mayst thou fill thy budget with them if thou
  • goest with us," quoth he. Now Ralph did not know how he might gainsay
  • so many men at arms in the long run, though he were scarce willing to
  • go; so he made no haste to answer; and even therewith came a man
  • running, through the wood up from the dale; a long, lean carle, meet
  • for running, with brogues on his feet, and nought else but a shirt; the
  • company parted before him to right and left to let him come to the
  • Knight, as though he had been looked for; and when he was beside him,
  • the Knight leaned down while the carle spake softly to him and all men
  • drew out of ear-shot. And when the carle had given his message the
  • Knight drew himself straight up in his saddle again and lifted up his
  • hand and cried out:
  • "Oliver! Oliver! lead on the way thou wottest! Spur! spur, all men!"
  • Therewith he blew one blast from a horn which hung at his saddle-bow;
  • the runner leapt up behind old Oliver, and the whole company went off
  • at a smart trot somewhat south-east, slantwise of the cross-roads,
  • where the wood was nought cumbered with undergrowth; and presently they
  • were all gone to the last horse-tail, and no man took any more note of
  • Ralph.
  • CHAPTER 9
  • Another Adventure in the Wood Perilous
  • Ralph left alone pondered a little; and thought that he would by no
  • means go hastily to the Burg of the Four Friths. Said he to himself;
  • This want-way is all unlike to the one near our house at home: for
  • belike adventures shall befall here: I will even abide here for an hour
  • or two; but will have my horse by me and keep awake, lest something hap
  • to me unawares.
  • Therewith he whistled for Falcon his horse, and the beast came to him,
  • and whinnied for love of him, and Ralph smiled and tied him to a
  • sapling anigh, and himself sat down on the grass, and pondered many
  • things; as to what folk were about at Upmeads, and how his brethren
  • were faring; and it was now about five hours after noon, and the sun's
  • rays fell aslant through the boughs of the noble oaks, and the scent of
  • the grass and bracken trodden by the horse-hoofs of that company went
  • up into the warm summer air. A while he sat musing but awake, though
  • the faint sound of a little stream in the dale below mingled with all
  • the lesser noises of the forest did its best to soothe him to sleep
  • again: and presently had its way with him; for he leaned his head back
  • on the bracken, and in a minute or two was sleeping once more and
  • dreaming some dream made up of masterless memories of past days.
  • When he awoke again he lay still a little while, wondering where in the
  • world he was, but as the drowsiness left him, he arose and looked
  • about, and saw that the sun was sinking low and gilding the oakboles
  • red. He stood awhile and watched the gambols of three hares, who had
  • drawn nigh him while he slept, and now noted him not; and a little way
  • he saw through the trees a hart and two hinds going slowly from grass
  • to grass, feeding in the cool eventide; but presently he saw them raise
  • their heads and amble off down the slope of the little dale, and
  • therewith he himself turned his face sharply toward the north-west, for
  • he was fine-eared as well as sharp-eyed, and on a little wind which had
  • just arisen came down to him the sound of horse-hoofs once more.
  • So he went up to Falcon and loosed him, and stood by him bridle in
  • hand, and looked to it that his sword was handy to him: and he
  • hearkened, and the sound drew nigher and nigher to him. Then lightly
  • he got into the saddle and gathered the reins into his left hand, and
  • sat peering up the trodden wood-glades, lest he should have to ride for
  • his life suddenly. Therewith he heard voices talking roughly and a man
  • whistling, and athwart the glade of the wood from the northwest, or
  • thereabout, came new folk; and he saw at once that there went two men
  • a-horseback and armed; so he drew his sword and abode them close to the
  • want-ways. Presently they saw the shine of his war-gear, and then they
  • came but a little nigher ere they drew rein, and sat on their horses
  • looking toward him. Then Ralph saw that they were armed and clad as
  • those of the company which had gone before. One of the armed men rode
  • a horse-length after his fellow, and bore a long spear over his
  • shoulder. But the other who rode first was girt with a sword, and had
  • a little axe hanging about his neck, and with his right hand he seemed
  • to be leading something, Ralph could not see what at first, as his left
  • side was turned toward Ralph and the want-way.
  • Now, as Ralph looked, he saw that at the spearman's saddle-bow was hung
  • a man's head, red-haired and red-bearded; for this man now drew a
  • little nigher, and cried out to Ralph in a loud and merry voice: "Hail,
  • knight! whither away now, that thou ridest the green-wood sword in
  • hand?"
  • Ralph was just about to answer somewhat, when the first man moved a
  • little nigher, and as he did so he turned so that Ralph could see what
  • betid on his right hand; and lo! he was leading a woman by a rope tied
  • about her neck (though her hands were loose), as though he were
  • bringing a cow to market. When the man stayed his horse she came
  • forward and stood within the slack of the rope by the horse's head, and
  • Ralph could see her well, that though she was not to say naked, her
  • raiment was but scanty, for she had nought to cover her save one short
  • and strait little coat of linen, and shoes on her feet. Yet Ralph
  • deemed her to be of some degree, whereas he caught the gleam of gold
  • and gems on her hands, and there was a golden chaplet on her head. She
  • stood now by the horse's head with her hands folded, looking on, as if
  • what was tiding and to betide, were but a play done for her pleasure.
  • So when Ralph looked on her, he was silent a while; and the spearman
  • cried out again: "Ho, young man, wilt thou speak, or art thou
  • dumb-foundered for fear of us?"
  • But Ralph knit his brows, and was first red and then pale; for he was
  • both wroth, and doubtful how to go to work; but he said:
  • "I ride to seek adventures; and here meseemeth is one come to hand. Or
  • what will ye with the woman?"
  • Said the man who had the woman in tow: "Trouble not thine head
  • therewith; we lead her to her due doom. As for thee, be glad that thou
  • art not her fellow; since forsooth thou seemest not to be one of them;
  • so go thy ways in peace."
  • "No foot further will I go," said Ralph, "till ye loose the woman and
  • let her go; or else tell me what her worst deed is."
  • The man laughed, and said: "That were a long tale to tell; and it is
  • little like that thou shalt live to hear the ending thereof."
  • Therewith he wagged his head at the spearman, who suddenly let his
  • spear fall into the rest, and spurred, and drave on at Ralph all he
  • might. There and then had the tale ended, but Ralph, who was wary,
  • though he were young, and had Falcon well in hand, turned his wrist and
  • made the horse swerve, so that the man-at-arms missed his attaint, but
  • could not draw rein speedily enough to stay his horse; and as he passed
  • by all bowed over his horse's neck, Ralph gat his sword two-handed and
  • rose in his stirrups and smote his mightiest; and the sword caught the
  • foeman on the neck betwixt sallet and jack, and nought held before it,
  • neither leather nor ring-mail, so that the man's head was nigh smitten
  • off, and he fell clattering from his saddle: yet his stirrups held him,
  • so that his horse went dragging him on earth as he gallopped over rough
  • and smooth betwixt the trees of the forest. Then Ralph turned about to
  • deal with his fellow, and even through the wrath and fury of the
  • slaying saw him clear and bright against the trees as he sat handling
  • his axe doubtfully, but the woman was fallen back again somewhat.
  • But even as Ralph raised his sword and pricked forward, the woman
  • sprang as light as a leopard on to the saddle behind the foeman, and
  • wound her arms about him and dragged him back just as he was raising
  • his axe to smite her, and as Ralph rode forward she cried out to him,
  • "Smite him, smite! O lovely creature of God!"
  • Therewith was Ralph beside them, and though he were loth to slay a man
  • held in the arms of a woman, yet he feared lest the man should slay her
  • with some knife-stroke unless he made haste; so he thrust his sword
  • through him, and the man died at once, and fell headlong off his horse,
  • dragging down the woman with him.
  • Then Ralph lighted down from his horse, and the woman rose up to him,
  • her white smock all bloody with the slain man. Nevertheless was she as
  • calm and stately before him, as if she were sitting on the dais of a
  • fair hall; so she said to him:
  • "Young warrior, thou hast done well and knightly, and I shall look to
  • it that thou have thy reward. And now I rede thee go not to the Burg
  • of the Four Friths; for this tale of thee shall get about and they
  • shall take thee, if it were out of the very Frith-stool, and there for
  • thee should be the scourge and the gibbet; for they of that Burg be
  • robbers and murderers merciless. Yet well it were that thou ride hence
  • presently; for those be behind my tormentors whom thou hast slain, who
  • will be as an host to thee, and thou mayst not deal with them. If thou
  • follow my rede, thou wilt take the way that goeth hence east away, and
  • then shalt thou come to Hampton under Scaur, where the folk are
  • peaceable and friendly."
  • He looked at her hard as she spake, and noted that she spake but
  • slowly, and turned red and white and red again as she looked at him.
  • But whatever she did, and in spite of her poor attire, he deemed he had
  • never seen woman so fair. Her hair was dark red, but her eyes grey,
  • and light at whiles and yet at whiles deep; her lips betwixt thin and
  • full, but yet when she spoke or smiled clad with all enticements; her
  • chin round and so wrought as none was ever better wrought; her body
  • strong and well-knit; tall she was, with fair and large arms, and limbs
  • most goodly of fashion, of which but little was hidden, since her coat
  • was but thin and scanty. But whatever may be said of her, no man would
  • have deemed her aught save most lovely. Now her face grew calm and
  • stately again as it was at the first, and she laid a hand on Ralph's
  • shoulder, and smiled in his face and said:
  • "Surely thou art fair, though thy strokes be not light." Then she took
  • his hand and caressed it, and said again: "Dost thou deem that thou
  • hast done great things, fair child? Maybe. Yet some will say that
  • thou hast but slain two butchers: and if thou wilt say that thou hast
  • delivered me; yet it may be that I should have delivered myself ere
  • long. Nevertheless hold up thine heart, for I think that greater
  • things await thee."
  • Then she turned about, and saw the dead man, how his feet yet hung in
  • the stirrups as his fellow's had done, save that the horse of this one
  • stood nigh still, only reaching his head down to crop a mouthful of
  • grass; so she said: "Take him away, that I may mount on his horse."
  • So he drew the dead man's feet out of the stirrups, and dragged him
  • away to where the bracken grew deep, and laid him down there, so to say
  • hidden. Then he turned back to the lady, who was pacing up and down
  • near the horse as the beast fed quietly on the cool grass. When Ralph
  • came back she took the reins in her hand and put one foot in the
  • stirrup as if she would mount at once; but suddenly lighted down again,
  • and turning to Ralph, cast her arms about him, and kissed his face many
  • times, blushing red as a rose meantime. Then lightly she gat her up
  • into the saddle, and bestrode the beast, and smote his flanks with her
  • heels, and went her ways riding speedily toward the south-east, so that
  • she was soon out of sight.
  • But Ralph stood still looking the way she had gone and wondering at the
  • adventure; and he pondered her words and held debate with himself
  • whether he should take the road she bade him. And he said within
  • himself: "Hitherto have I been safe and have got no scratch of a weapon
  • upon me, and this is a place by seeming for all adventures; and little
  • way moreover shall I make in the night if I must needs go to Hampton
  • under Scaur, where dwell those peaceable people; and it is now growing
  • dusk already. So I will abide the morning hereby; but I will be wary
  • and let the wood cover me if I may."
  • Therewith he went and drew the body of the slain man down into a little
  • hollow where the bracken was high and the brambles grew strong, so that
  • it might not be lightly seen. Then he called to him Falcon, his horse,
  • and looked about for cover anigh the want-way, and found a little thin
  • coppice of hazel and sweet chestnut, just where two great oaks had been
  • felled a half score years ago; and looking through the leaves thence,
  • he could see the four ways clearly enough, though it would not be easy
  • for anyone to see him thence.
  • Thither he betook him, and he did the rein off Falcon, but tethered him
  • by a halter in the thickest of the copse, and sat down himself nigher
  • to the outside thereof; he did off his helm and drew what meat he had
  • from out his wallet and ate and drank in the beginning of the summer
  • night; and then sat pondering awhile on what had befallen on this
  • second day of his wandering. The moon shone out presently, little
  • clouded, but he saw her not, for though he strove to wake awhile,
  • slumber soon overcame him, and nothing waked him till the night was
  • passing, nor did he see aught of that company of which the lady had
  • spoken, and which in sooth came not.
  • CHAPTER 10
  • A Meeting and a Parting in the Wood Perilous
  • When the first glimmer of dawn was in the sky he awoke in the fresh
  • morning, and sat up and hearkened, for even as he woke he had heard
  • something, since wariness had made him wakeful. Now he hears the sound
  • of horse-hoofs on the hard road, and riseth to his feet and goeth to
  • the very edge of the copse; looking thence he saw a rider who was just
  • come to the very crossing of the roads. The new comer was much muffled
  • in a wide cloak, but he seemed to be a man low of stature. He peered
  • all round about him as if to see if the way were clear, and then
  • alighted down from horseback and let the hood fall off his head, and
  • seemed pondering which way were the best to take. By this time it was
  • grown somewhat lighter and Ralph, looking hard, deemed that the rider
  • was a woman; so he stepped forward lightly, and as he came on to the
  • open sward about the way, the new comer saw him and put a foot into the
  • stirrup to mount, but yet looked at him over the shoulder, and then
  • presently left the saddle and came forward a few steps as if to meet
  • Ralph, having cast the cloak to the ground.
  • Then Ralph saw that it was none other than the damsel of the hostelry
  • of Bourton Abbas, and he came up to her and reached out his hand to
  • her, and she took it in both hers and held it and said, smiling: "It is
  • nought save mountains that shall never meet. Here have I followed on
  • thy footsteps; yet knew I not where thou wouldst be in the forest. And
  • now I am glad to have fallen in with thee; for I am going a long way."
  • Ralph looked on her and himseemed some pain or shame touched his heart,
  • and he said: "I am a knight adventurous; I have nought to do save to
  • seek adventures. Why should I not go with thee?"
  • She looked at him earnestly awhile and said: "Nay, it may not be; thou
  • art a lord's son, and I a yeoman's daughter." She stopped, and he said
  • nothing in answer.
  • "Furthermore," said she, "it is a long way, and I know not how long."
  • Again he made no answer, and she said: "I am going to seek the WELL AT
  • THE WORLD'S END, and to find it and live, or to find it not, and die."
  • He spake after a while: "Why should I not come with thee?"
  • It was growing light now, and he could see that she reddened and then
  • turned pale and set her lips close.
  • Then she said: "Because thou willest it not: because thou hadst
  • liefer make that journey with some one else."
  • He reddened in his turn, and said: "I know of no one else who shall go
  • with me."
  • "Well," she said, "it is all one, I will not have thee go with me."
  • "Yea, and why not?" said he. She said: "Wilt thou swear to me that
  • nought hath happed to thee to change thee betwixt this and Bourton? If
  • thou wilt, then come with me; if thou wilt not, then refrain thee. And
  • this I say because I see and feel that there is some change in thee
  • since yesterday, so that thou wouldst scarce be dealing truly in being
  • my fellow in this quest: for they that take it up must be
  • single-hearted, and think of nought save the quest and the fellow that
  • is with them."
  • She looked on him sadly, and his many thoughts tongue-tied him a while;
  • but at last he said: "Must thou verily go on this quest?" "Ah," she
  • said, "now since I have seen thee and spoken with thee again, all need
  • there is that I should follow it at once."
  • Then they both kept silence, and when she spoke again her voice was as
  • if she were gay against her will. She said: "Here am I come to these
  • want-ways, and there are three roads besides the one I came by, and I
  • wot that this that goeth south will bring me to the Burg of the Four
  • Friths; and so much I know of the folk of the said Burg that they would
  • mock at me if I asked them of the way to the Well at the World's End.
  • And as for the western way I deem that that will lead me back again to
  • the peopled parts whereof I know; therefore I am minded to take the
  • eastern way. What sayest thou, fair lord?"
  • Said Ralph: "I have heard of late that it leadeth presently to Hampton
  • under the Scaur, where dwelleth a people of goodwill."
  • "Who told thee this tale?" said she. Ralph answered, reddening again,
  • "I was told by one who seemed to know both of that folk, and of the
  • Burg of the Four Friths, and she said that the folk of Hampton were a
  • good folk, and that they of the Burg were evil."
  • The damsel smiled sadly when she heard him say 'She,' and when he had
  • done she said: "And I have heard, and not from yesterday, that at
  • Hampton dwelleth the Fellowship of the Dry Tree, and that those of the
  • fellowship are robbers and reivers. Nevertheless they will perchance
  • be little worse than the others; and the tale tells that the way to the
  • Well at the World's End is by the Dry Tree; so thither will I at all
  • adventure. And now will I say farewell to thee, for it is most like
  • that I shall not see thee again."
  • "O, maiden!" said Ralph, "why wilt thou not go back to Bourton Abbas?
  • There I might soon meet thee again, and yet, indeed, I also am like to
  • go to Hampton. Shall I not see thee there?"
  • She shook her head and said: "Nay, since I must go so far, I shall not
  • tarry; and, sooth to say, if I saw thee coming in at one gate I should
  • go out by the other, for why should I dally with a grief that may not
  • be amended. For indeed I wot that thou shalt soon forget to wish to
  • see me, either at Bourton Abbas or elsewhere; so I will say no more
  • than once again farewell."
  • Then she came close to him and put her hands on his shoulders and
  • kissed his mouth; and then she turned away swiftly, caught up her
  • cloak, and gat lightly into the saddle, and so shook her reins and rode
  • away east toward Hampton, and left Ralph standing there downcast and
  • pondering many things. It was still so early in the summer morning,
  • and he knew so little what to do, that presently he turned and walked
  • back to his lair amongst the hazels, and there he lay down, and his
  • thoughts by then were all gone back again to the lovely lady whom he
  • had delivered, and he wondered if he should ever see her again, and,
  • sooth to say, he sorely desired to see her. Amidst such thoughts he
  • fell asleep again, for the night yet owed him something of rest, so
  • young as he was and so hard as he had toiled, both body and mind,
  • during the past day.
  • CHAPTER 11
  • Now Must Ralph Ride For It
  • When he awoke again the sun was shining through the hazel leaves,
  • though it was yet early; he arose and looked to his horse, and led him
  • out of the hazel copse and stood and looked about him; and lo! a man
  • coming slowly through the wood on Ralph's right hand, and making as it
  • seemed for the want-way; he saw Ralph presently, and stopped, and bent
  • a bow which he held in his hand, and then came towards him warily, with
  • the arrow nocked. But Ralph went to meet him with his sword in his
  • sheath, and leading Falcon by the rein, and the man stopped and took
  • the shaft from the string: he had no armour, but there was a little axe
  • and a wood-knife in his girdle; he was clad in homespun, and looked
  • like a carle of the country-side. Now he greeted Ralph, and Ralph gave
  • him the sele of the day, and saw that the new-comer was both tall and
  • strong, dark of skin and black-haired, but of a cheerful countenance.
  • He spake frank and free to Ralph, and said: "Whither away, lord, out of
  • the woodland hall, and the dwelling of deer and strong-thieves? I would
  • that the deer would choose them a captain, and gather head and destroy
  • the thieves--and some few others with them."
  • Said Ralph: "I may scarce tell thee till I know myself. Awhile ago I
  • was minded for the Burg of the Four Friths; but now I am for Hampton
  • under Scaur."
  • "Yea?" said the carle, "when the Devil drives, to hell must we."
  • "What meanest thou, good fellow?" said Ralph, "Is Hampton then so evil
  • an abode?" And indeed it was in his mind that the adventure of the
  • lady led captive bore some evil with it.
  • Said the carle: "If thou wert not a stranger in these parts I need not
  • to answer thy question; but I will answer it presently, yet not till we
  • have eaten, for I hunger, and have in this wallet both bread and
  • cheese, and thou art welcome to a share thereof, if thou hungerest
  • also, as is most like, whereas thou art young and fresh coloured."
  • "So it is," said Ralph, laughing, "and I also may help to spread this
  • table in the wilderness, since there are yet some crumbs in my wallet.
  • Let us sit down and fall to at once."
  • "By your leave, Sir Gentleman," said the carle, "we will go a few yards
  • further on, where there is a woodland brook, whereof we may drink when
  • my bottle faileth."
  • "Nay, I may better that," said Ralph, "for I have wherewithal."
  • "Nevertheless," said the carle, "we will go thither, for here is it too
  • open for so small a company as ours, since this want-way hath an ill
  • name, and I shall lead thee whereas we shall be somewhat out of the way
  • of murder-carles. So come on, if thou trusteth in me."
  • Ralph yeasaid him, and they went together a furlong from the want-way
  • into a little hollow place wherethrough ran a clear stream betwixt
  • thick-leaved alders. The carle led Ralph to the very lip of the water
  • so that the bushes covered them; there they sat down and drew what they
  • had from their wallets, and so fell to meat; and amidst of the meat the
  • carle said:
  • "Fair Knight, as I suppose thou art one, I will ask thee if any need
  • draweth thee to Hampton?"
  • Said Ralph: "The need of giving the go-by to the Burg of the Four
  • Friths, since I hear tell that the folk thereof be robbers and
  • murderers."
  • "Thou shalt find that out better, lord, by going thither; but I shall
  • tell thee, that though men may slay and steal there time and time
  • about, yet in regard to Hampton under Scaur, it is Heaven, wherein men
  • sin not. And I am one who should know, for I have been long dwelling
  • in Hell, that is Hampton; and now am I escaped thence, and am minded
  • for the Burg, if perchance I may be deemed there a man good enough to
  • ride in their host, whereby I might avenge me somewhat on them that
  • have undone me: some of whom meseemeth must have put in thy mouth that
  • word against the Burg. Is it not so?"
  • "Maybe," said Ralph, "for thou seemest to be a true man." No more he
  • spake though he had half a mind to tell the carle all the tale of that
  • adventure; but something held him back when he thought of that lady and
  • her fairness. Yet again his heart misgave him of what might betide
  • that other maiden at Hampton, and he was unquiet, deeming that he must
  • needs follow her thither. The carle looked on him curiously and
  • somewhat anxiously, but Ralph's eyes were set on something that was not
  • there; or else maybe had he looked closely on the carle he might have
  • deemed that longing to avenge him whereof he spoke did not change his
  • face much; for in truth there was little wrath in it.
  • Now the carle said: "Thou hast a tale which thou deemest unmeet for my
  • ears, as it well may be. Well, thou must speak, or refrain from
  • speaking, what thou wilt; but thou art so fair a young knight, and so
  • blithe with a poor man, and withal I deem that thou mayest help me to
  • some gain and good, that I will tell thee a true tale: and first that
  • the Burg is a good town under a good lord, who is no tyrant nor
  • oppressor of peaceful men; and that thou mayest dwell there in peace as
  • to the folk thereof, who be good folk, albeit they be no dastards to
  • let themselves be cowed by murder-carles. And next I will tell thee
  • that the folk of the town of Hampton be verily as harmless and innocent
  • as sheep; but that they be under evil lords who are not their true
  • lords, who lay heavy burdens on them and torment them even to the
  • destroying of their lives: and lastly I will tell thee that I was one
  • of those poor people, though not so much a sheep as the more part of
  • them, therefore have these tyrants robbed me of my croft, and set
  • another man in my house; and me they would have slain had I not fled to
  • the wood that it might cover me. And happy it was for me that I had
  • neither wife, nor chick, nor child, else had they done as they did with
  • my brother, whose wife was too fair for him, since he dwelt at Hampton;
  • so that they took her away from him to make sport for them of the Dry
  • Tree, who dwell in the Castle of the Scaur, who shall be thy masters if
  • thou goest thither.
  • "This is my tale, and thine, I say, I ask not; but I deem that thou
  • shalt do ill if thou go not to the Burg either with me or by thyself
  • alone; either as a guest, or as a good knight to take service in their
  • host."
  • Now so it was that Ralph was wary; and this time he looked closely at
  • the carle, and found that he spake coldly for a man with so much wrath
  • in his heart; therefore he was in doubt about the thing; moreover he
  • called to mind the words of the lady whom he had delivered, and her
  • loveliness, and the kisses she had given him, and he was loth to find
  • her a liar; and he was loth also to think that the maiden of Bourton
  • had betaken her to so evil a dwelling. So he said:
  • "Friend, I know not that I must needs be a partaker in the strife
  • betwixt Hampton and the Burg, or go either to one or the other of these
  • strongholds. Is there no other way out of this wood save by Hampton or
  • the Burg? or no other place anigh, where I may rest in peace awhile,
  • and then go on mine own errands?"
  • Said the Carle: "There is a thorp that lieth somewhat west of the
  • Burg, which is called Apthorp; but it is an open place, not fenced, and
  • is debateable ground, whiles held by them of the Burg, whiles by the
  • Dry Tree; and if thou tarry there, and they of the Dry Tree take thee,
  • soon is thine errand sped; and if they of the Burg take thee, then
  • shalt thou be led into the Burg in worse case than thou wouldest be if
  • thou go thereto uncompelled. What sayest thou, therefore? Who shall
  • hurt thee in the Burg, a town which is under good and strong law, if
  • thou be a true man, as thou seemest to be? And if thou art seeking
  • adventures, as may well be, thou shalt soon find them there ready to
  • hand. I rede thee come with me to the Burg; for, to say sooth, I shall
  • find it somewhat easier to enter therein if I be in the company of
  • thee, a knight and a lord."
  • So Ralph considered and thought that there lay indeed but little peril
  • to him in the Burg, whereas both those men with whom he had striven
  • were hushed for ever, and there was none else to tell the tale of the
  • battle, save the lady, whose peril from them of the Burg was much
  • greater than his; and also he thought that if anything untoward befel,
  • he had some one to fall back on in old Oliver: yet on the other hand
  • he had a hankering after Hampton under Scaur, where, to say sooth, he
  • doubted not to see the lady again.
  • So betwixt one thing and the other, speech hung on his lips awhile,
  • when suddenly the carle said: "Hist! thou hast left thy horse without
  • the bushes, and he is whinnying" (which indeed he was), "there is now
  • no time to lose. To horse straightway, for certainly there are folk at
  • hand, and they may be foemen, and are most like to be."
  • Therewith they both arose and hastened to where Falcon stood just
  • outside the alder bushes, and Ralph leapt a-horseback without more ado,
  • and the carle waited no bidding to leap up behind him, and pointing to
  • a glade of the wood which led toward the highway, cried out, "Spur that
  • way, thither! they of the Dry Tree are abroad this morning. Spur! 'tis
  • for life or death!"
  • Ralph shook the rein and Falcon leapt away without waiting for the
  • spur, while the carle looked over his shoulder and said, "Yonder they
  • come! they are three; and ever they ride well horsed. Nay, nay! They
  • are four," quoth he, as a shout sounded behind them. "Spur, young
  • lord! spur! And thine horse is a mettlesome beast. Yea, it will do,
  • it will do."
  • Therewith came to Ralph's ears the sound of their horse-hoofs beating
  • the turf, and he spurred indeed, and Falcon flew forth.
  • "Ah," cried the carle! "but take heed, for they see that thy horse is
  • good, and one of them, the last, hath a bent Turk bow in his hand, and
  • is laying an arrow on it; as ever their wont is to shoot a-horseback: a
  • turn of thy rein, as if thine horse were shying at a weasel on the
  • road!"
  • Ralph stooped his head and made Falcon swerve, and heard therewith the
  • twang of the bowstring and straightway the shaft flew past his ears.
  • Falcon galloped on, and the carle cried out: "There is the highway
  • toward the Burg! Do thy best, do thy best! Lo you again!"
  • For the second shaft flew from the Turkish bow, and the noise of the
  • chase was loud behind them. Once again twanged the bow-string, but
  • this time the arrow fell short, and the woodland man, turning himself
  • about as well as he might, shook his clenched fist at the chase, crying
  • out in a voice broken by the gallop: "Ha, thieves! I am Roger of the
  • Rope-walk, I go to twist a rope for the necks of you!"
  • Then he spake to Ralph: "They are turning back: they are beaten, and
  • withal they love not the open road: yet slacken not yet, young knight,
  • unless thou lovest thine horse more than thy life; for they will follow
  • on through the thicket on the way-side to see whether thou wert born a
  • fool and hast learned nothing later."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "and now I deem thou wilt tell me that to the Burg I
  • needs must."
  • "Yea, forsooth," said the carle, "nor shall we be long, riding thus,
  • ere we come to the Burg Gate."
  • "Yea, or even slower," said Ralph, drawing rein somewhat, "for now I
  • deem the chase done: and after all is said, I have no will to slay
  • Falcon, who is one of my friends, as thou perchance mayest come to be
  • another."
  • Thereafter he went a hand-gallop till the wood began to thin, and there
  • were fields of tillage about the highway; and presently Roger said:
  • "Thou mayst breathe thy nag now, and ride single, for we are amidst
  • friends; not even a score of the Dry Tree dare ride so nigh the Burg
  • save by night and cloud."
  • So Ralph stayed his horse, and he and Roger lighted down, and Ralph
  • looked about him and saw a stone tower builded on a little knoll amidst
  • a wheatfield, and below it some simple houses thatched with straw;
  • there were folk moreover working, or coming and going about the fields,
  • who took little heed of the two when they saw them standing quiet by
  • the horse's head; but each and all of these folk, so far as could be
  • seen, had some weapon.
  • Then said Ralph: "Good fellow, is this the Burg of the Four Friths?"
  • The carle laughed, and said: "Simple is the question, Sir Knight:
  • yonder is a watch-tower of the Burg, whereunder husbandmen can live,
  • because there be men-at-arms therein. And all round the outskirts of
  • the Frank of the Burg are there such-like towers to the number of
  • twenty-seven. For that, say folk, was the tale of the winters of the
  • Fair Lady who erewhile began the building of the Burg, when she was
  • first wedded to the Forest Lord, who before that building had dwelt, he
  • and his fathers, in thatched halls of timber here and there about the
  • clearings of the wild-wood. But now, knight, if thou wilt, thou mayest
  • go on softly toward the Gate of the Burg, and if thou wilt I will walk
  • beside thy rein, which fellowship, as aforesaid, shall be a gain to me."
  • Said Ralph: "I pray thee come with me, good fellow, and show me how
  • easiest to enter this stronghold." So, when Falcon was well breathed,
  • they went on, passing through goodly acres and wide meadows, with here
  • and there a homestead on them, and here and there a carle's cot. Then
  • came they to a thorp of the smallest on a rising ground, from the
  • further end of which they could see the walls and towers of the Burg.
  • Thereafter right up to the walls were no more houses or cornfields,
  • nought but reaches of green meadows plenteously stored with sheep and
  • kine, and with a little stream winding about them.
  • CHAPTER 12
  • Ralph Entereth Into the Burg of the Four Friths
  • When they came up to the wall they saw that it was well builded of good
  • ashlar, and so high that they might not see the roofs of the town
  • because of it; but there were tall towers on it, a many of them, strong
  • and white. The road led up straight to the master-gate of the Burg,
  • and there was a bailey before it strongly walled, and manned with
  • weaponed men, and a captain going about amongst them. But they entered
  • it along with men bringing wares into the town, and none heeded them
  • much, till they came to the very gate, on the further side of a moat
  • that was both deep and clean; but as now the bridge was down and the
  • portcullis up, so that the market-people might pass in easily, for it
  • was yet early in the day. But before the door on either side stood
  • men-at-arms well weaponed, and on the right side was their captain, a
  • tall man with bare grizzled head, but otherwise all-armed, who stopped
  • every one whom he knew not, and asked their business.
  • As Ralph came riding up with Roger beside him, one of the guard laid
  • his spear across and bade them stand, and the captain spake in a dry
  • cold voice: "Whence comest thou, man-at-arms?" "From the Abbey of St.
  • Mary at Higham," said Ralph. "Yea," said the captain, smiling grimly,
  • "even so I might have deemed: thou wilt be one of the Lord Abbot's
  • lily lads." "No I am not," quoth Ralph angrily. "Well, well," said the
  • captain, "what is thy name?"
  • "Ralph Motherson," quoth Ralph, knitting his brow. Said the captain
  • "And whither wilt thou?" Said Ralph, "On mine own errands." "Thou
  • answerest not over freely," quoth the captain. Said Ralph, "Then is it
  • even; for thou askest freely enough." "Well, well," said the captain,
  • grinning in no unfriendly wise, "thou seemest a stout lad enough; and
  • as to my asking, it is my craft as captain of the North Gate: but now
  • tell me friendly, goest thou to any kinsman or friend in the Burg?"
  • Then Ralph's brow cleared and he said, "Nay, fair sir." "Well then,"
  • said the captain, "art thou but riding straight through to another
  • gate, and so away again?" "Nay," said Ralph, "if I may, I would abide
  • here the night over, or may-happen longer." "Therein thou shalt do
  • well, young man," said the captain; "then I suppose thou wilt to some
  • hostelry? tell me which one."
  • Said Ralph, "Nay, I wot not to which one, knowing not the town." But
  • Roger close by him spake and said: "My lord shall go to the Flower de
  • Luce, which is in the big square."
  • "Truly," said the captain, "he goes to a good harbour; and moreover,
  • fair sir, to-morrow thou shalt see a goodly sight from thine inn; thou
  • mayst do no better, lord. But thou, carle, who art thou, who knowest
  • the inside of our Burg so well, though I know thee not, for as well as
  • I know our craftsmen and vavassors?"
  • Then Roger's words hung on his lips awhile, and the knight bent his
  • brow on him, till at last he said, "Sir Captain, I was minded to lie,
  • and say that I am this young knight's serving-man." The captain broke
  • in on him grimly, "Thou wert best not lie."
  • "Yea, sir," quoth Roger, "I deemed, as it was on my tongue's end, that
  • thou wouldst find me out, so I have nought to do but tell thee the very
  • sooth: this it is: I am a man made masterless by the thieves of the
  • Dry Tree. From my land at Hampton under Scaur have I been driven, my
  • chattels have been lifted, and my friends slain; and therefore by your
  • leave would I ride in the host of the Burg, that I may pay back the
  • harm which I had, according to the saw, 'better bale by breeding bale.'
  • So, lord, I ask thee wilt thou lend me the sword and give me the loaf,
  • that I may help both thee, and the Burg, and me?"
  • The captain looked at him closely and sharply, while the carle faced
  • him with open simple eyes, and at last he said: "Well, carle, thou wert
  • about to name thyself this young knight's serving-man; be thou even so
  • whiles he abideth in the Burg; and when he leaveth the Burg then come
  • back to me here any day before noon, and may be I shall then put a
  • sword in thy fist and horse between thy thighs. But," (and he wagged
  • his head threateningly at Roger) "see that thou art at the Flower de
  • Luce when thou art called for."
  • Roger held his peace and seemed somewhat abashed at this word, and the
  • captain turned to Ralph and said courteously: "Young knight, if thou
  • art seeking adventures, thou shalt find them in our host; and if thou
  • be but half as wise as thou seemest bold, thou wilt not fail to gain
  • honour and wealth both, in the service of the Burg; for we be overmuch
  • beset with foemen that we should not welcome any wight and wary
  • warrior, though he be an alien of blood and land. If thou thinkest
  • well of this, then send me thy man here and give me word of thy mind,
  • and I shall lead thee to the chiefs of the Port, and make the way easy
  • for thee."
  • Ralph thanked him and rode through the gate into the street, and Roger
  • still went beside his stirrup.
  • Presently Ralph turned to Roger and spake to him somewhat sourly, and
  • said: "Thou hadst one lie in thy mouth and didst swallow it; but how
  • shall I know that another did not come out thence? Withal thou must
  • needs be my fellow here, will I, nill I; for thou it was that didst put
  • that word into the captain's mouth that thou shouldst serve me while I
  • abide in the Burg. So I will say here and now, that my mind misgives
  • me concerning thee, whether thou be not of those very thieves and
  • tyrants whom thou didst mis-say but a little while ago."
  • "Yea," said Roger, "thou art wise indeed to set me down as one of the
  • Dry Tree; doubtless that is why I delivered thee from their ambush even
  • now. And as for my service, thou mayst need it; for indeed I deem thee
  • not so safe as thou deemest thyself in this Burg."
  • "What!" said Ralph, "Dost thou blow hot and cold? why even now, when we
  • were in the wood, thou wert telling me that I had nought at all to fear
  • in the Burg of the Four Friths, and that all was done there by reason
  • and with justice. What is this new thing then which thou hast found
  • out, or what is that I have to fear?"
  • Roger changed countenance thereat and seemed somewhat confused, as one
  • who has been caught unawares; but he gat his own face presently, and
  • said: "Nay, Sir Knight, I will tell thee the truth right out. In the
  • wood yonder thy danger was great that thou mightest run into the hands
  • of them of the Dry Tree; therefore true it is that I spake somewhat
  • beyond my warrant concerning the life of the folk of the Burg, as how
  • could I help it? But surely whatever thy peril may be here, it is
  • nought to that which awaited thee at Hampton."
  • "Nay, but what is the peril?" said Ralph. Quoth Roger, "If thou wilt
  • become their man and enter into their host, there is none; for they
  • will ask few questions of so good a man-at-arms, when they know that
  • thou art theirs; but if thou naysay that, it may well be that they will
  • be for turning the key on thee till thou tellest them what and whence
  • thou art." Ralph answered nought, thinking in his mind that this was
  • like enough; so he rode on soberly, till Roger said:
  • "Anyhow, thou mayst turn the cold shoulder on me if thou wilt. Yet
  • were I thee, I would not, for so it is, both that I can help thee, as I
  • deem, in time to come, and that I have helped thee somewhat in time
  • past."
  • Now Ralph was young and could not abide the blame of thanklessness; so
  • he said, "Nay, nay, fellow, go we on together to the Flower de Luce."
  • Roger nodded his head and grumbled somewhat, and they made no stay
  • except that now and again Ralph drew rein to look at goodly things in
  • the street, for there were many open booths therein, so that the whole
  • street looked like a market. The houses were goodly of building, but
  • not very tall, the ways wide and well-paved. Many folk were in the
  • street, going up and down on their errands, and both men and women of
  • them seemed to Ralph stout and strong, but not very fair of favour.
  • Withal they seemed intent on their business, and payed little heed to
  • Ralph and his fellow, though he was by his attire plainly a stranger.
  • Now Ralph sees a house more gaily adorned than most, and a sign hung
  • out from it whereon was done an image of St. Loy, and underneath the
  • same a booth on which was set out weapons and war-gear exceeding
  • goodly; and two knaves of the armourer were standing by to serve folk,
  • and crying their wares with "what d'ye lack?" from time to time. So he
  • stayed and fell to looking wistfully at the gleam and glitter of those
  • fair things, till one of the aforesaid knaves came to his side and said:
  • "Fair Sir, surely thou lackest somewhat; what have we here for thy
  • needs?" So Ralph thought and called to mind that strong little steel
  • axe of the man whom he had slain yesterday, and asked for the sight of
  • such a weapon, if he might perchance cheapen it. And the lad brought a
  • very goodly steel axe, gold-inlaid about the shaft, and gave him the
  • price thereof, which Ralph deemed he might compass; so he brought round
  • his scrip to his hand, that he might take out the money. But while his
  • hand was yet in the bag, out comes the master-armourer, a tall and very
  • stark carle, and said in courteous wise: "Sir Knight, thou art a
  • stranger to me and I know thee not; so I must needs ask for a sight of
  • thy license to buy weapons, under the seal of the Burg."
  • "Hear a wonder," said Ralph, "that a free man for his money shall not
  • buy wares set out to be bought, unless he have the Burg-Reeve's hand
  • and seal for it! Nay, take thy florins, master, and give me the axe
  • and let the jest end there." "I jest not, young rider," quoth the
  • armourer. "When we know thee for a liegeman of the Burg, thou shalt
  • buy what thou wilt without question; but otherwise I have told thee the
  • law, and how may I, the master of the craft, break the law? Be not
  • wrath, fair sir, I will set aside thine axe for thee, till thou bring
  • me the license, or bid me come see it, and thou shalt get the said
  • license at the Town Hall straight-way, when they may certify thee no
  • foeman of the Burg."
  • Ralph saw that it availed nothing to bicker with the smith, and so went
  • his way somewhat crestfallen, and that the more as he saw Roger
  • grinning a little.
  • Now they come into the market-place, on one side whereof was the master
  • church of the town, which was strongly built and with a tall tower to
  • it, but was not very big, and but little adorned. Over against it they
  • saw the sign of the Flower de Luce, a goodly house and great.
  • Thitherward they turned; but in the face of the hostelry amidmost the
  • place was a thing which Roger pointed at with a grin that spoke as well
  • as words; and this was a high gallows-tree furnished with four forks or
  • arms, each carved and wrought in the fashion of the very bough of a
  • tree, from which dangled four nooses, and above them all was a board
  • whereon was written in big letters THE DRY TREE. And at the foot of
  • this gallows were divers folk laughing and talking.
  • So Ralph understood at once that those four men whom he had seen led
  • away bound yesterday should be hanged thereon; so he stayed a franklin
  • who was passing by, and said to him, "Sir, I am a stranger in the town,
  • and I would know if justice shall be done on the four woodmen to-day."
  • "Nay," said the man, "but to-morrow; they are even now before the
  • judges."
  • Then said Roger in a surly voice, "Why art thou not there to look on?"
  • "Because," quoth the man, "there is little to see there, and not much
  • more to hearken. The thieves shall be speedily judged, and not
  • questioned with torments, so that they may be the lustier to feel what
  • the hangman shall work on them to-morrow; then forsooth the show shall
  • be goodly. But far better had it been if we had had in our hands the
  • great witch of these dastards, as we looked to have her; but now folk
  • say that she has not been brought within gates, and it is to be feared
  • that she hath slipped through our fingers once more."
  • Roger laughed, and said: "Simple are ye folk of the Burg and know
  • nought of her shifts. I tell thee it is not unlike that she is in the
  • Burg even now, and hath in hand to take out of your prison the four
  • whom ye have caught."
  • The franklin laughed scornfully in his turn and said: "If we be simple,
  • thou art a fool merely: are we not stronger and more than the Dry
  • Tree? How should she not be taken? How should she not be known if she
  • were walking about these streets? Have we no eyes, fool-carle?" And he
  • laughed again, for he was wroth.
  • Ralph hearkened, and a kind of fear seemed griping his heart, so he
  • asked the franklin: "Tell me, sir, are ye two speaking of a woman who
  • is Queen of these strong-thieves?" "Yea," said he, "or it might better
  • be said that she is their goddess, their mawmet, their devil, the very
  • heart and soul of their wickedness. But one day shall we have her body
  • and soul, and then shall her body have but an evil day of it till she
  • dieth in this world."
  • "Yea, forsooth, if she can die at all," quoth Roger.
  • The franklin looked sourly on him and said: "Good man, thou knowest
  • much of her, meseemeth--Whence art thou?" Said Roger speedily: "From
  • Hampton under Scaur; and her rebel I am, and her dastard, and her
  • runaway. Therefore I know her forsooth."
  • "Well," the Franklin said, "thou seemest a true man, and yet I would
  • counsel thee to put a rein on thy tongue when thou art minded to talk
  • of the Devil of the Dry Tree, or thou mayst come to harm in the Burg."
  • He walked away towards the gallows therewith; and Roger said, almost as
  • if he were talking to himself; "A heavy-footed fool goeth yonder; but
  • after this talk we were better hidden by the walls of the
  • Flower-de-Luce." So therewith they went on toward the hostel.
  • But the market place was wide, and they were yet some minutes getting
  • to the door, and ere they came there Ralph said, knitting his brows
  • anxiously: "Is this woman fair or foul to look on?" "That is nought so
  • easy to tell of," said Roger, "whiles she is foul, whiles very fair,
  • whiles young and whiles old; whiles cruel and whiles kind. But note
  • this, when she is the kindest then are her carles the cruellest; and
  • she is the kinder to them because they are cruel."
  • Ralph pondered what he said, and wondered if this were verily the woman
  • whom he had delivered, or some other. As if answering to his unspoken
  • thought, Roger went on: "They speak but of one woman amongst them of
  • the Dry Tree, but in sooth they have many others who are like unto her
  • in one way or other; and this again is a reason why they may not lay
  • hands on the very Queen of them all."
  • Therewithal they came unto the hostel, and found it fair enough within,
  • the hall great and goodly for such a house, and with but three
  • chapmen-carles therein. Straightway they called for meat, for it was
  • now past noon, and the folk of the house served them when the grooms
  • had taken charge of Falcon. And Roger served Ralph as if he were
  • verily his man. Then Ralph went to his chamber aloft and rested a
  • while, but came down into the hall a little before nones, and found
  • Roger there walking up and down the hall floor, and no man else, so he
  • said to him: "Though thou art not of the Burg, thou knowest it; wilt
  • thou not come abroad then, and show it me? for I have a mind to learn
  • the ways of the folk here."
  • Said Roger, and smiled a little: "If thou commandest me as my lord, I
  • will come; yet I were better pleased to abide behind; for I am weary
  • with night-waking and sorrow; and have a burden of thought, one which I
  • must bear to the end of the road; and if I put it down I shall have to
  • go back and take it up again."
  • Ralph thought that he excused himself with more words than were needed;
  • but he took little heed of it, but nodded to him friendly, and went out
  • of the house afoot, but left his weapons and armour behind him by the
  • rede of Roger.
  • CHAPTER 13
  • The Streets of the Burg of the Four Friths
  • He went about the streets and found them all much like to the one which
  • they had entered by the north gate; he saw no poor or wretched houses,
  • and none very big as of great lords; they were well and stoutly
  • builded, but as aforesaid not much adorned either with carven work or
  • painting: there were folk enough in the streets, and now Ralph, as was
  • like to be, looked specially at the women, and thought many of them
  • little better-favoured than the men, being both dark and low; neither
  • were they gaily clad, though their raiment, like the houses, was stout
  • and well wrought. But here and there he came on a woman taller and
  • whiter than the others, as though she were of another blood; all such
  • of these as he saw were clad otherwise than the darker women: their
  • heads uncoifed, uncovered save for some garland or silken band: their
  • gowns yellow like wheat-straw, but gaily embroidered; sleeveless withal
  • and short, scarce reaching to the ancles, and whiles so thin that they
  • were rather clad with the embroidery than the cloth; shoes they had
  • not, but sandals bound on their naked feet with white thongs, and each
  • bore an iron ring about her right arm.
  • The more part of the men wore weapons at their sides and had staves in
  • hand, and were clad in short jerkins brown or blue of colour, and
  • looked ready for battle if any moment should call them thereto; but
  • among them were men of different favour and stature from these, taller
  • for the most part, unarmed, and clad in long gowns of fair colours with
  • cloths of thin and gay-coloured web twisted about their heads. These
  • he took for merchants, as they were oftenest standing in and about the
  • booths and shops, whereof there were some in all the streets, though
  • the market for victuals and such like he found over for that day, and
  • but scantily peopled.
  • Out of one of these markets, which was the fish and fowl market, he
  • came into a long street that led him down to a gate right over against
  • that whereby he had entered the Burg; and as he came thereto he saw
  • that there was a wide way clear of all houses inside of the wall, so
  • that men-at-arms might go freely from one part to the other; and he had
  • also noted that a wide way led from each port out of the great place,
  • and each ended not but in a gate. But as to any castle in the town, he
  • saw none; and when he asked a burgher thereof, the carle laughed in his
  • face, and said to him that the whole Burg, houses and all, was a
  • castle, and that it would turn out to be none of the easiest to win.
  • And forsooth Ralph himself was much of that mind.
  • Now he was just within the south gate when he held this talk, and there
  • were many folk thereby already, and more flocking thereto; so he stood
  • there to see what should betide; and anon he heard great blowing of
  • horns and trumpets all along the wall, and, as he deemed, other horns
  • answered from without; and so it was; for soon the withoutward horns
  • grew louder, and the folk fell back on either side of the way, and next
  • the gates were thrown wide open (which before had been shut save for a
  • wicket) and thereafter came the first of a company of men-at-arms,
  • foot-men, with bills some, and some with bows, and all-armed knights
  • and sergeants a-horseback.
  • So streamed in these weaponed men till Ralph saw that it was a great
  • host that was entering the Burg; and his heart rose within him, so
  • warrior-like they were of men and array, though no big men of their
  • bodies; and many of them bore signs of battle about them, both in the
  • battering of their armour and the rending of their raiment, and the
  • clouts tied about the wounds on their bodies.
  • After a while among the warriors came herds of neat and flocks of sheep
  • and strings of horses, of the spoil which the host had lifted; and then
  • wains filled, some with weapons and war gear, and some with bales of
  • goods and household stuff. Last came captives, some going afoot and
  • some for weariness borne in wains; for all these war-taken thralls were
  • women and women-children; of males there was not so much as a little
  • lad. Of the women many seemed fair to Ralph despite their grief and
  • travel; and as he looked on them he deemed that they must be of the
  • kindred and nation of the fair white women he had seen in the streets;
  • though they were not clad like those, but diversely.
  • So Ralph gazed on this pageant till all had passed, and he was weary
  • with the heat and the dust and the confused clamour of shouting and
  • laughter and talking; and whereas most of the folk followed after the
  • host and their spoil, the streets of the town there about were soon
  • left empty and peaceful. So he turned into a street narrower than
  • most, that went east from the South Gate and was much shaded from the
  • afternoon sun, and went slowly down it, meaning to come about the
  • inside of the wall till he should hit the East Gate, and so into the
  • Great Place when the folk should have gone their ways home.
  • He saw no folk in the street save here and there an old woman sitting
  • at the door of her house, and maybe a young child with her. As he came
  • to where the street turned somewhat, even such a carline was sitting on
  • a clean white door-step on the sunny side, somewhat shaded by a tall
  • rose-laurel tree in a great tub, and she sang as she sat spinning, and
  • Ralph stayed to listen in his idle mood, and he heard how she sang in a
  • dry, harsh voice:
  • Clashed sword on shield In the harvest field;
  • And no man blames The red red flames,
  • War's candle-wick On roof and rick.
  • Now dead lies the yeoman unwept and unknown
  • On the field he hath furrowed, the ridge he hath sown:
  • And all in the middle of wethers and neat
  • The maidens are driven with blood on their feet;
  • For yet 'twixt the Burg-gate and battle half-won
  • The dust-driven highway creeps uphill and on,
  • And the smoke of the beacons goes coiling aloft,
  • While the gathering horn bloweth loud, louder and oft.
  • Throw wide the gates
  • For nought night waits;
  • Though the chase is dead
  • The moon's o'erhead
  • And we need the clear
  • Our spoil to share.
  • Shake the lots in the helm then for brethren are we,
  • And the goods of my missing are gainful to thee.
  • Lo! thine are the wethers, and his are the kine;
  • And the colts of the marshland unbroken are thine,
  • With the dapple-grey stallion that trampled his groom;
  • And Giles hath the gold-blossomed rose of the loom.
  • Lo! leaps out the last lot and nought have I won,
  • But the maiden unmerry, by battle undone.
  • Even as her song ended came one of those fair yellow-gowned damsels
  • round the corner of the street, bearing in her hand a light basket full
  • of flowers: and she lifted up her head and beheld Ralph there; then she
  • went slowly and dropped her eyelids, and it was pleasant to Ralph to
  • behold her; for she was as fair as need be. Her corn-coloured gown was
  • dainty and thin, and but for its silver embroidery had hidden her limbs
  • but little; the rosiness of her ancles showed amidst her white
  • sandal-thongs, and there were silver rings and gold on her arms along
  • with the iron ring.
  • Now she lifted up her eyes and looked shyly at Ralph, and he smiled at
  • her well-pleased, and deemed it would be good to hear her voice; so he
  • went up to her and greeted her, and she seemed to take his greeting
  • well, though she glanced swiftly at the carline in the doorway.
  • Said Ralph: "Fair maiden, I am a stranger in this town, and have seen
  • things I do not wholly understand; now wilt thou tell me before I ask
  • the next question, who will be those war-taken thralls whom even now I
  • saw brought into the Burg by the host? of what nation be they, and of
  • what kindred?"
  • Straightway was the damsel all changed; she left her dainty tricks, and
  • drew herself up straight and stiff. She looked at him in the eyes,
  • flushing red, and with knit brows, a moment, and then passed by him
  • with swift and firm feet as one both angry and ashamed.
  • But the carline who had beheld the two with a grin on her wrinkled face
  • changed aspect also, and cried out fiercely after the damsel, and said:
  • "What! dost thou flee from the fair young man, and he so kind and soft
  • with thee, thou jade? Yea, I suppose thou dost fetch and carry for
  • some mistress who is young and a fool, and who has not yet learned how
  • to deal with the daughters of thine accursed folk. Ah! if I had but
  • money to buy some one of you, and a good one, she should do something
  • else for me than showing her fairness to young men; and I would pay her
  • for her long legs and her white skin, till she should curse her fate
  • that she had not been born little and dark-skinned and free, and with
  • heels un-bloodied with the blood of her back."
  • Thus she went on, though the damsel was long out of ear-shot of her
  • curses; and Ralph tarried not to get away from her spiteful babble,
  • which he now partly understood; and that all those yellow-clad damsels
  • were thralls to the folk of the Burg; and belike were of the kindred of
  • those captives late-taken whom he had seen amidst the host at its
  • entering into the Burg.
  • So he wandered away thence thinking on what he should do till the sun
  • was set, and he had come into the open space underneath the walls, and
  • had gone along it till he came to the East Gate: there he looked around
  • him a little and found people flowing back from the Great Place,
  • whereto they had gathered to see the host mustered and the spoil
  • blessed; then he went on still under the wall, and noted not that here
  • and there a man turned about to look upon him curiously, for he was
  • deep in thought, concerning the things which he had seen and heard of,
  • and pondered much what might have befallen his brethren since they
  • sundered at the Want-way nigh to the High House of Upmeads. Withal the
  • chief thing that he desired was to get him away from the Burg, for he
  • felt himself unfree therein; and he said to himself that if he were
  • forced to dwell among this folk, that he had better never have stolen
  • himself away from his father and mother; and whiles even he thought
  • that he would do his best on the morrow to get him back home to Upmeads
  • again. But then when he thought of how his life would go in his old
  • home, there seemed to him a lack, and when he questioned himself as to
  • what that lack was, straightway he seemed to see that Lady of the
  • Wildwood standing before the men-at-arms in her scanty raiment the
  • minute before his life was at adventure because of them. And in sooth
  • he smiled to himself then with a beating heart, as he told himself that
  • above all things he desired to see that Lady, whatever she might be,
  • and that he would follow his adventure to the end until he met her.
  • Amidst these thoughts he came unto the North Gate, whereby he had first
  • entered the Burg, and by then it was as dark as the summer night would
  • be; so he woke up from his dream, as it were, and took his way briskly
  • back to the Flower de Luce.
  • CHAPTER 14
  • What Ralph Heard of the Matters of the Burg of the Four Friths
  • There was no candle in the hall when he entered, but it was not so dark
  • therein but he might see Roger sitting on a stool near the chimney, and
  • opposite to him on the settle sat two men; one very tall and big, the
  • other small; Roger was looking away from these, and whistling; and it
  • came into Ralph's mind that he would have him think that he had nought
  • to do with them, whether that were so or not. But he turned round as
  • Ralph came up the hall and rose and came up to him, and fell to talking
  • with him and asking him how he liked the Burg; and ever he spake fast
  • and loud, so that again it came on Ralph that he was playing a part.
  • Ralph heeded him little, but ever looked through the hall-dusk on those
  • twain, who presently arose and went toward the hall door, but when they
  • were but half-way across the floor a chamberlain came in suddenly,
  • bearing candles in his hands, and the light fell on those guests and
  • flashed back from a salade on the head of the big man, and Ralph saw
  • that he was clad in a long white gaberdine, and he deemed that he was
  • the very man whom he had seen last in the Great Place at Higham, nigh
  • the church, and before that upon the road. As for the smaller man
  • Ralph had no knowledge of him, for he could see but little of his face,
  • whereas he was wrapped up in a cloak, for as warm as the evening was,
  • and wore a slouch hat withal; but his eyes seemed great and wondrous
  • bright.
  • But when they were gone Ralph asked Roger if he knew aught of them, or
  • if they had told him aught. "Nay," said Roger, "they came in here as I
  • sat alone, and had their meat, and spake nought to me, and little to
  • each other. I deem them not to be of the Burg. Nay, sooth to say, I
  • doubt if they be true men."
  • As he spake came in a sort of the townsmen somewhat merry and noisy,
  • and called for meat and drink and more lights; so that the board was
  • brought and the hall was speedily astir. These men, while supper was
  • being dight, fell to talking to Ralph and Roger, and asking them
  • questions of whence and whither, but nowise uncourteously: to whom
  • Roger answered with the tale which he had told Ralph, and Ralph told
  • what he would, and that was but little.
  • But when the board was dight they bade them sit down with them and eat.
  • Ralph sat down at once, and Roger would have served him, but Ralph bade
  • him do it not, and constrained him to sit by his side, and they two sat
  • a little apart from the townsmen.
  • So when they had eaten their fill, and wine was brought, and men were
  • drinking kindly, Ralph began to ask Roger concerning those women whom
  • he had seen in the street, and the captives whom he had seen brought in
  • by the host, and if they were of one kindred, and generally how it was
  • with them: and he spake somewhat softly as if he would not break into
  • the talk of the townsmen: but Roger answered him in a loud voice so
  • that all could hear:
  • "Yea, lord, I will tell thee the tale of them, which setteth forth well
  • both the wise policy and the great mercy of the folk of the Burg and
  • their rulers."
  • Said Ralph: "Are these women also of the Dry Tree? For I perceive
  • them to be born of the foes of the Burg."
  • Now the townsmen had let their talk drop a while to listen to the talk
  • of the aliens; and Roger answered still in a loud voice: "Nay, nay, it
  • is not so. These queens are indeed war-taken thralls, but not from
  • them of the Dry Tree, or they would have been slain at once, like as
  • the carles of those accursed ones. But these are of the folk of the
  • Wheat-wearers, even as those whom thou sawest brought to-day amidst the
  • other spoil. And to this folk the Burg showeth mercy, and whenso the
  • host goeth against them and over-cometh (and that is well-nigh whenever
  • they meet) these worthy lords slay no woman of them, but the men only,
  • whether they be old or young or youngest. As for their women they are
  • brought hither and sold at the market-cross to the highest bidder. And
  • this honour they have, that such of them as be fair, and that is the
  • more part of the younger ones, fetch no ill penny. Yet for my part I
  • were loth to cheapen such wares: for they make but evil servants,
  • being proud, and not abiding stripes lightly, or toiling the harder for
  • them; and they be somewhat too handy with the knife if they deem
  • themselves put upon. Speak I sooth, my masters?" quoth he, turning
  • toward them of the town.
  • Said a burgher somewhat stricken in years, "Nought but sooth; peaceable
  • men like to me eschew such servants; all the more because of this, that
  • if one of these queens misbehave with the knife, or strayeth from her
  • master's bed, the laws of the Burg meddle not therein. For the wise
  • men say that such folk are no more within the law than kine be, and may
  • not for their deeds be brought before leet or assize any more than
  • kine. So that if the master punish her not for her misdoings,
  • unpunished she needs must go; yea even if her deed be mere murder."
  • "That is sooth," said a somewhat younger man; "yet whiles it fareth ill
  • with them at the hands of our women. To wit, my father's brother has
  • even now come from the war to find his thrall all spoilt by his wife:
  • and what remedy may he have against his wife? his money is gone, even
  • as if she had houghed his horse or his best cow."
  • "Yea," said a third, "we were better without such cattle. A thrust
  • with a sword and all the tale told, were the better way of dealing with
  • them."
  • Said another; "Yet are the queens good websters, and, lacking them,
  • figured cloth of silk would be far-fetched and dear-bought here."
  • A young man gaily clad, who had been eyeing the speakers disdainfully,
  • spake next and said: "Fair sirs, ye are speaking like hypocrites, and
  • as if your lawful wives were here to hearken to you; whereas ye know
  • well how goodly these thralls be, and that many of them can be kind
  • enough withal; and ye would think yourselves but ill bestead if ye
  • might not cheapen such jewels for your money. Which of you will go to
  • the Cross next Saturday and there buy him a fairer wife than he can wed
  • out of our lineages? and a wife withal of whose humours he need take no
  • more account of than the dullness of his hound or the skittish temper
  • of his mare, so long as the thong smarts, and the twigs sting."
  • One or two grinned as he spake, but some bent their brows at him, yet
  • scarce in earnest, and the talk thereover dropped, nor did Ralph ask
  • any more questions; for he was somewhat down-hearted, calling to mind
  • the frank and free maidens of Upmead, and their friendly words and
  • hearty kisses. And him seemed the world was worse than he had looked
  • to find it.
  • Howsoever, the oldest and soberest of the guests, seeing that he was a
  • stranger and of noble aspect, came unto him and sat by him, and fell to
  • telling him tales of the wars of the men of the Burg with the
  • Wheat-wearers; and how in time past, when the town was but little
  • fenced, the Wheat-wearers had stormed their gates and taken the city,
  • and had made a great slaughter; but yet had spared many of the
  • fighting-men, although they had abided there as the masters of them,
  • and held them enthralled for three generations of men: after which time
  • the sons' sons of the old Burg-dwellers having grown very many again,
  • and divers of them being trusted in sundry matters by the conquerors,
  • who oppressed them but little, rose up against them as occasion served,
  • in the winter season and the Yule feast, and slew their masters, save
  • for a few who were hidden away.
  • "And thereafter," quoth he, "did we make the Burg strong and hard to
  • win, as ye see it to-day; and we took for our captain the Forest Lord,
  • who ere-while had dwelt in the clearings of the wildwood, and he wedded
  • the Fair Lady who was the son's daughter of him who had been our lord
  • ere the Wheat-wearers overcame us; and we grew safe and free and mighty
  • again. And the son of the Forest Lord, he whom we call the War-smith,
  • he it was who beheld the Burg too much given to pleasure, and
  • delighting in the softness of life; and he took order to harden our
  • hearts, and to cause all freemen to learn the craft of war and battle,
  • and let the women and thralls and aliens see to other craftsmanship and
  • to chaffer; and even so is it done as he would; and ye shall find us
  • hardy of heart enough, though belike not so joyous as might be. Yet at
  • least we shall not be easy to overcome."
  • "So indeed it seemeth," said Ralph. "Yet will I ask of you first one
  • question, and then another."
  • "Ask on," said the burgher.
  • Said Ralph: "How is it that ye, being so strong, should still suffer
  • them of the Dry Tree, taking a man here and a man there, when ye might
  • destroy them utterly?"
  • The Burgher reddened and cleared his throat and said: "Sir, it must be
  • made clear to you that these evil beasts are no peril to the Burg of
  • the Four Friths; all the harm they may do us, is as when a cur dog
  • biteth a man in the calf of the leg; whereby the man shall be grieved
  • indeed, but the dog slain. Such grief as that they have done us at
  • whiles: but the grief is paid for thus, that the hunting and slaying
  • of them keeps our men in good trim, and pleasures them; shortly to say
  • it, they are the chief deer wherewith our wood is stocked."
  • He stopped awhile and then went on again and said: "To say sooth they
  • be not very handy for crushing as a man crushes a wasp, because sorcery
  • goes with them, and the wiles of one who is their Queen, the evilest
  • woman who ever spat upon the blessed Host of the Altar: yet is she
  • strong, a devouring sea of souls, God help us!" And he blessed himself
  • therewith.
  • Said Ralph: "Yet a word on these Wheat-wearers; it seemeth that ye
  • never fail to overcome them in battle?"
  • "But seldom at least," quoth the Burgher.
  • Said Ralph: "Then it were no great matter for you to gather a host
  • overwhelming, and to take their towns and castles, and forbid them
  • weapons, and make them your thralls to till the land for you which now
  • they call theirs; so that ye might have of their gettings all save what
  • were needful for them to live as thralls."
  • "I deem it were an easy thing," said the burgher.
  • Quoth Ralph: "Then why do ye not so?"
  • "It were but a poor game to play," said the burgher. "Such of their
  • wealth as we have a mind to, we can have now at the cost of a battle or
  • two, begun one hour and ended the next: were we their masters sitting
  • down amidst of their hatred, and amidst of their plotting, yea, and in
  • the very place where that were the hottest and thickest, the battle
  • would be to begin at every sun's uprising, nor would it be ended at any
  • sunset. Hah! what sayest thou?"
  • Said Ralph: "This seemeth to me but the bare truth; yet it is little
  • after the manner of such masterful men as ye be. But why then do ye
  • slay all their carles that are taken; whereas ye bear away the women
  • and make thralls of them at home, that is to say, foes in every house?"
  • "It may be," said the Burgher, "that this is not amongst the wisest of
  • our dealings. Yet may we do no otherwise; for thus we swore to do by
  • all the greatest oaths that we might swear, in the days when we first
  • cast off their yoke, and yet were not over strong at the first; and now
  • it hath so grown into a part of our manners, yea, and of our very
  • hearts and minds, that the slaying of a Wheat-wearer is to us a lighter
  • matter than the smiting of a rabbit or a fowmart. But now, look you,
  • fair sir, my company ariseth from table; so I bid thee a good night.
  • And I give thee a good rede along with the good wish, to wit, that thou
  • ask not too many questions in this city concerning its foemen: for here
  • is the stranger looked upon with doubt, if he neither will take the
  • wages of the Burg for battle, nor hath aught to sell."
  • Ralph reddened at his word, and the other looked at him steadily as he
  • spoke, so that Ralph deemed that he mistrusted him: he deemed moreover
  • that three or four of the others looked hard at him as they went
  • towards the door, while Roger stood somewhat smiling, and humming a
  • snatch of an old song.
  • But when the other guests had left the hostelry, Roger left his
  • singing, and turned to Ralph and said: "Master, meseems that they
  • mistrust us, and now maybe is that peril that I spake of nigher than I
  • deemed when we came into the Burg this morning. And now I would that
  • we were well out of the Burg and in the merry greenwood again, and it
  • repents me that I brought thee hither."
  • "Nay, good fellow," quoth Ralph, "heed it not: besides, it was me, not
  • thee, that they seemed to doubt of. I will depart hence to-morrow
  • morning no worser than I came, and leave thee to seek thy fortune here;
  • and good luck go with thee."
  • Roger looked hard at him and said: "Not so, young lord; if thou goest
  • I will go with thee, for thou hast won my heart, I know not how: and I
  • would verily be thy servant, to follow thee whithersoever thou goest;
  • for I think that great deeds will come of thee."
  • This word pleased Ralph, for he was young and lightly put faith in
  • men's words, and loved to be well thought of, and was fain of good
  • fellowship withal. So he said: "This is a good word of thine, and I
  • thank thee for it; and look to it that in my adventures, and the reward
  • of them thou shalt have thy due share. Lo here my hand on it!"
  • Roger took his hand, yet therewith his face seemed a little troubled,
  • but he said nought. Then spoke Ralph: "True it is that I am not fain
  • to take the wages of the Burg; for it seems to me that they be hard
  • men, and cruel and joyless, and that their service shall be rather
  • churlish than knightly. Howbeit, let night bring counsel, and we will
  • see to this to-morrow; for now I am both sleepy and weary." Therewith
  • he called the chamberlain, who bore a wax light before him to his
  • chamber, and he did off his raiment and cast himself on his bed, and
  • fell asleep straightway, before he knew where Roger was sleeping,
  • whether it were in the hall or some place else.
  • CHAPTER 15
  • How Ralph Departed From the Burg of the Four Friths
  • Himseemed he had scarce been asleep a minute ere awoke with a sound of
  • someone saying softly, "Master, master, awake!" So he sat up and
  • answered softly in his turn: "Who is it? what is amiss, since the
  • night is yet young?"
  • "I am thy fellow-farer, Roger," said the speaker, "and this thou hast
  • to do, get on thy raiment speedily, and take thy weapons without noise,
  • if thou wouldst not be in the prison of the Burg before sunrise."
  • Ralph did as he was bidden without more words; for already when he lay
  • down his heart misgave him that he was in no safe place; he looked to
  • his weapons and armour that they should not clash, and down they came
  • into the hall and found the door on the latch; so out they went and
  • Ralph saw that it was somewhat cloudy; the moon was set and it was
  • dark, but Ralph knew by the scent that came in on the light wind, and a
  • little stir of blended sounds, that it was hard on dawning; and even
  • therewith he heard the challenge of the warders on the walls and their
  • crying of the hour; and the chimes of the belfry rang clear and loud,
  • and seeming close above him, two hours and a half after midnight.
  • Roger spake not, and Ralph was man-at-arms enough to know that he must
  • hold his peace; and though he longed sore to have his horse Falcon with
  • him, yet he wotted that it availed not to ask of his horse, since he
  • durst not ask of his life.
  • So they went on silently till they were out of the Great Place and came
  • into a narrow street, and so into another which led them straight into
  • the houseless space under the wall. Roger led right on as if he knew
  • the way well, and in a twinkling were they come to a postern in the
  • wall betwixt the East Gate and the South. By the said postern Ralph
  • saw certain men standing; and on the earth near by, whereas he was
  • keen-eyed, he saw more than one man lying moveless.
  • Spake Roger softly to the men who stood on their feet: "Is the rope
  • twined?" "Nay, rope-twiner," said one of them. Then Roger turned and
  • whispered to Ralph: "Friends. Get out thy sword!" Wherewithal the
  • gate was opened, and they all passed out through the wall, and stood
  • above the ditch in the angle-nook of a square tower. Then Ralph saw
  • some of the men stoop and shoot out a broad plank over the ditch, which
  • was deep but not wide thereabout, and straightway he followed the
  • others over it, going last save Roger. By then they were on the other
  • side he saw a glimmer of the dawn in the eastern heaven, but it was
  • still more than dusk, and no man spoke again. They went on softly
  • across the plain fields outside the wall, creeping from bush to bush,
  • and from tree to tree, for here, if nowhere about the circuit of the
  • Burg, were a few trees growing. Thus they came into a little wood and
  • passed through it, and then Ralph could see that the men were six
  • besides Roger; by the glimmer of the growing dawn he saw before them a
  • space of meadows with high hedges about them, and a dim line that he
  • took for the roof of a barn or grange, and beyond that a dark mass of
  • trees.
  • Still they pressed on without speaking; a dog barked not far off and
  • the cocks were crowing, and close by them in the meadow a cow lowed and
  • went hustling over the bents and the long, unbitten buttercups. Day
  • grew apace, and by then they were under the barn-gable which he had
  • seen aloof he saw the other roofs of the grange and heard the bleating
  • of sheep. And now he saw those six men clearly, and noted that one of
  • them was very big and tall, and one small and slender, and it came into
  • his mind that these two were none other than the twain whom he had come
  • upon the last night sitting in the hall of the Flower de Luce.
  • Even therewith came a man to the gate of the sheep-cote by the grange,
  • and caught sight of them, and had the wits to run back at once shouting
  • out: "Hugh, Wat, Richard, and all ye, out with you, out a doors! Here
  • be men! Ware the Dry Tree! Bows and bills! Bows and bills!"
  • With that those fellows of Ralph made no more ado, but set off running
  • at their best toward the wood aforesaid, which crowned the slope
  • leading up from the grange, and now took no care to go softly, nor
  • heeded the clashing of their armour. Ralph ran with the best and
  • entered the wood alongside the slim youth aforesaid, who stayed not at
  • the wood's edge but went on running still: but Ralph stayed and turned
  • to see what was toward, and beheld how that tall man was the last of
  • their company, and ere he entered the wood turned about with a bent bow
  • in his hand, and even as he nocked the shaft, the men from the Grange,
  • who were seven in all, came running out from behind the barn-gable,
  • crying out: "Ho thieves! ho ye of the Dry Tree, abide till we come!
  • flee not from handy strokes." The tall man had the shaft to his ear in
  • a twinkling, and loosed straightway, and nocked and loosed another
  • shaft without staying to note how the first had sped. But Ralph saw
  • that a man was before each of the shafts, and had fallen to earth,
  • though he had no time to see aught else, for even therewith the tall
  • man caught him by the hand, and crying out, "The third time!" ran on
  • with him after the rest of their company; and whereas he was
  • long-legged and Ralph lightfooted, they speedily came up with them, who
  • were running still, but laughing as they ran, and jeering at the men of
  • the Burg; and the tall man shouted out to them: "Yea, lads, the
  • counterfeit Dry Tree that they have raised in the Burg shall be dry
  • enough this time." "Truly," said another, "till we come to water it
  • with the blood of these wretches."
  • "Well, well, get on," said a third, "waste not your wind in talk; those
  • carles will make but a short run of it to the walls long as it was for
  • us, creeping and creeping as we behoved to."
  • The long man laughed; "Thou sayest sooth," said he, "but thou art the
  • longest winded of all in talking: get on, lads."
  • They laughed again at his word and sped on with less noise; while Ralph
  • thought within himself that he was come into strange company, for now
  • he knew well that the big man was even he whom he had first met at the
  • churchyard gate of the thorp under Bear Hill. Yet he deemed that there
  • was nought for it now but to go on.
  • Within a while they all slacked somewhat, and presently did but walk,
  • though swiftly, through the paths of the thicket, which Ralph deemed
  • full surely was part of that side of the Wood Perilous that lay south
  • of the Burg of the Four Friths. And now Roger joined himself to him,
  • and spake to him aloud and said: "So, fair master, thou art out of the
  • peril of death for this bout."
  • "Art thou all so sure of that?" quoth Ralph, "or who are these that be
  • with us? meseems they smell of the Dry Tree."
  • "Yea, or rebels and runaways therefrom," said Roger, with a dry grin.
  • "But whosoever they may be, thou shalt see that they will suffer us to
  • depart whither we will, if we like not their company. I will be thy
  • warrant thereof."
  • "Moreover," said Ralph, "I have lost Falcon my horse; it is a sore miss
  • of him."
  • "Maybe," quoth Roger, "but at least thou hast saved thy skin; and
  • whereas there are many horses on the earth, there is but one skin of
  • thine: be content; if thou wilt, thou shall win somewhat in exchange
  • for thine horse."
  • Ralph smiled, but somewhat sourly, and even therewith he heard a shrill
  • whistle a little aloof, and the men stayed and held their peace, for
  • they were talking together freely again now. Then the big man put his
  • fingers to his mouth and whistled again in answer, a third whistle
  • answered him; and lo, presently, as their company hastened on, the
  • voices of men, and anon they came into a little wood-lawn wherein
  • standing about or lying on the grass beside their horses were more than
  • a score of men well armed, but without any banner or token, and all in
  • white armour with white Gaberdines thereover; and they had with them,
  • as Ralph judged, some dozen of horses more than they needed for their
  • own riding.
  • Great was the joy at this meeting, and there was embracing and kissing
  • of friends: but Ralph noted that no man embraced that slender youth,
  • and that he held him somewhat aloof from the others, and all seemed to
  • do him reverence.
  • Now spake one of the runaways: "Well, lads, here be all we four well
  • met again along with those twain who came to help us at our pinch, as
  • their wont is, and Roger withal, good at need again, and a friend of
  • his, as it seemeth, and whom we know not. See ye to that."
  • Then stood forth the big man and said: "He is a fair young knight, as
  • ye may see; and he rideth seeking adventures, and Roger did us to wit
  • that he was abiding in the Burg at his peril, and would have him away,
  • even if it were somewhat against his will: and we were willing that it
  • should be so, all the more as I have a guess concerning what he is; and
  • a foreseeing man might think that luck should go with him." Therewith
  • he turned to Ralph and said: "How say ye, fair sir, will ye take
  • guesting with us a while and learn our ways?"
  • Said Ralph: "Certain I am that whither ye will have me go, thither
  • must I; yet I deem that I have an errand that lies not your way.
  • Therefore if I go with you, ye must so look upon it that I am in your
  • fellowship as one compelled. To be short with you, I crave leave to
  • depart and go mine own road."
  • As he spoke he saw the youth walking up and down in short turns; but
  • his face he could scarce see at all, what for his slouched hat, what
  • for his cloak; and at last he saw him go up to the tall man and speak
  • softly to him awhile. The tall man nodded his head, and as the youth
  • drew right back nigh to the thicket, spake to Ralph again.
  • "Fair sir, we grant thine asking; and add this thereto that we give
  • thee the man who has joined himself to thee, Roger of the Rope-walk to
  • wit, to help thee on the road, so that thou mayst not turn thy face
  • back to the Burg of the Four Friths, where thine errand, and thy life
  • withal, were soon sped now, or run into any other trap which the Wood
  • Perilous may have for thee. And yet if thou think better of it, thou
  • mayst come with us straightway; for we have nought to do to tarry here
  • any longer. And in any case, here is a good horse that we will give
  • thee, since thou hast lost thy steed; and Roger who rideth with thee,
  • he also is well horsed."
  • Ralph looked hard at the big man, who now had his salade thrown back
  • from his face, to see if he gave any token of jeering or malice, but
  • could see nought such: nay, his face was grave and serious, not
  • ill-fashioned, though it were both long and broad like his body: his
  • cheek-bones somewhat high, his eyes grey and middling great, and
  • looking, as it were, far away.
  • Now deems Ralph that as for a trap of the Wood Perilous, he had already
  • fallen into the trap; for he scarce needed to be told that these were
  • men of the Dry Tree. He knew also that it was Roger who had led him
  • into this trap, although he deemed it done with no malice against him.
  • So he said to himself that if he went with Roger he but went a
  • roundabout road to the Dry Tree; so that he was well nigh choosing to
  • go on with their company. Yet again he thought that something might
  • well befall which would free him from that fellowship if he went with
  • Roger alone; whereas if he went with the others it was not that he
  • might be, but that he was already of the fellowship of the Dry Tree,
  • and most like would go straight thence to their stronghold. So he
  • spake as soberly as the tall man had done.
  • "Since ye give me the choice, fair sir, I will depart hence with Roger
  • alone, whom ye call my man, though to me he seemeth to be yours.
  • Howbeit, he has led me to you once, and belike will do so once more."
  • "Yea," quoth the big man smiling no whit more than erst, "and that will
  • make the fourth time. Depart then, fair sir, and take this word with
  • thee that I wish thee good and not evil."
  • CHAPTER 16
  • Ralph Rideth the Wood Perilous Again
  • Now Roger led up to Ralph a strong horse, red roan of hue, duly
  • harnessed for war, and he himself had a good grey horse, and they
  • mounted at once, and Ralph rode slowly away through the wood at his
  • horse's will, for he was pondering all that had befallen him, and
  • wondering what next should hap. Meanwhile those others had not
  • loitered, but were a-horseback at once, and went their ways from Ralph
  • through the wildwood.
  • Nought spake Ralph for a while till Roger came close up to him and
  • said: "Whither shall we betake us, fair lord? hast thou an inkling of
  • the road whereon lies thine errand?"
  • Now to Ralph this seemed but mockery, and he answered sharply: "I wot
  • not, thou wilt lead whither thou wilt, even as thou hast trained me
  • hitherward with lies and a forged tale. I suppose thou wilt lead me
  • now by some roundabout road to the stronghold of the Dry Tree. It
  • matters little, since thou durst not lead me back into the Burg. Yet
  • now I come to think of it, it is evil to be alone with a found out
  • traitor and liar; and I had belike have done better to go with their
  • company."
  • "Nay nay," quoth Roger, "thou art angry, and I marvel not thereat; but
  • let thy wrath run off thee if thou mayest; for indeed what I have told
  • thee of myself and my griefs is not all mere lying. Neither was it any
  • lie that thou wert in peril of thy life amongst those tyrants of the
  • Burg; thou with thy manly bearing, and free tongue, and bred, as I
  • judge, to hate cruel deeds and injustice. Such freedom they cannot
  • away with in that fellowship of hard men-at-arms; and soon hadst thou
  • come to harm amongst them. And further, let alone that it is not ill
  • to be sundered from yonder company, who mayhap will have rough work to
  • do or ever they win home, I have nought to do to bring thee to Hampton
  • under Scaur if thou hast no will to go thither: though certes I would
  • lead thee some whither, whereof thou shalt ask me nought as now; yet
  • will I say thereof this much, that there thou shalt be both safe and
  • well at ease. Now lastly know this, that whatever I have done, I have
  • done it to do thee good and not ill; and there is also another one,
  • whom I will not name to thee, who wisheth thee better yet, by the token
  • of those two strokes stricken by thee in the Wood Perilous before
  • yesterday was a day."
  • Now when Ralph heard those last words, such strong and sweet hope and
  • desire stirred in him to see that woman of the Want-ways of the Wood
  • Perilous that he forgat all else, except that he must nowise fall to
  • strife with Roger, lest they should sunder, and he should lose the help
  • of him, which he now deemed would bring him to sight of her whom he had
  • unwittingly come to long for more than aught else; so he spake to Roger
  • quietly and humbly: "Well, faring-fellow, thou seest how I am little
  • more than a lad, and have fallen into matters mighty and perilous,
  • which I may not deal with of my own strength, at least until I get
  • nigher to them so that I may look them in the eyes, and strike a stroke
  • or two on them if they be at enmity with me. So I bid thee lead me
  • whither thou wilt, and if thou be a traitor to me, on thine own head be
  • it; in good sooth, since I know nought of this wood and since I might
  • go astray and so come back to the Burg where be those whom thou hast
  • now made my foemen, I am content to take thee on thy word, and to hope
  • the best of thee, and ask no question of thee, save whitherward."
  • "Fair sir," said Roger, "away from this place at least; for we are as
  • yet over nigh to the Burg to be safe: but as to elsewhither we may
  • wend, thereof we may speak on the road as we have leisure."
  • Therewith he smote his horse with his heel and they went forward at a
  • smart trot, for the horses were unwearied, and the wood thereabouts of
  • beech and clear of underwood; and Roger seemed to know his way well,
  • and made no fumbling over it.
  • Four hours or more gone, the wood thinned and the beeches failed, and
  • they came to a country, still waste, of little low hills, stony for the
  • more part, beset with scraggy thorn-bushes, and here and there some
  • other berry-tree sown by the birds. Then said Roger: "Now I deem us
  • well out of the peril of them of the Burg, who if they follow the chase
  • as far as the sundering of us and the others, will heed our slot
  • nothing, but will follow on that of the company: so we may breathe our
  • horses a little, though their bait will be but small in this rough
  • waste: therein we are better off than they, for lo you, saddle bags on
  • my nag and meat and drink therein."
  • So they lighted down and let their horses graze what they could, while
  • they ate and drank; amidst which Ralph again asked Roger of whither
  • they were going. Said Roger: "I shall lead thee to a good harbour,
  • and a noble house of a master of mine, wherein thou mayst dwell certain
  • days, if thou hast a mind thereto, not without solace maybe."
  • "And this master," said Ralph, "is he of the Dry Tree?" Said Roger: "I
  • scarce know how to answer thee without lying: but this I say, that
  • whether he be or not, this is true; amongst those men I have friends
  • and amongst them foes; but fate bindeth me to them for a while." Said
  • Ralph reddening: "Be there any women amongst them?" "Yea, yea," quoth
  • Roger, smiling a little, "doubt not thereof."
  • "And that Lady of the Dry Tree," quoth Ralph, reddening yet more, but
  • holding up his head, "that woman whereof the Burgher spoke so bitterly,
  • threatening her with torments and death if they might but lay hold of
  • her; what wilt thou tell me concerning her?" "But little," said Roger,
  • "save this, that thou desirest to see her, and that thou mayest have
  • thy will thereon if thou wilt be guided by me."
  • Ralph hearkened as if he heeded little what Roger said; but presently
  • he rose up and walked to and fro in short turns with knit brows as one
  • pondering a hard matter. He spake nought, and Roger seemed to heed him
  • nothing, though in sooth he looked at him askance from time to time,
  • till at last he came and lay down again by Roger, and in a while he
  • spake: "I wot not why ye of the Dry Tree want me, or what ye will do
  • with me; and but for one thing I would even now ride away from thee at
  • all adventure."
  • Roger said: "All this ye shall learn later on, and shalt find it but a
  • simple matter; and meanwhile I tell thee again that all is for thy gain
  • and thy pleasure. So now ride away if thou wilt; who hindereth thee?
  • certes not I."
  • "Nay," said Ralph, "I will ride with thee first to that fair house; and
  • afterwards we shall see what is to hap." "Yea," quoth Roger, "then let
  • us to horse straightway, so that we may be there if not before dark
  • night yet at least before bright morn; for it is yet far away."
  • CHAPTER 17
  • Ralph Cometh to the House of Abundance
  • Therewithal they gat to horse and rode away through that stony land,
  • wherein was no river, but for water many pools in the bottoms, with
  • little brooks running from them. But after a while they came upon a
  • ridge somewhat high, on the further side whereof was a wide valley
  • well-grassed and with few trees, and no habitation of man that they
  • might see. But a wide river ran down the midst of it; and it was now
  • four hours after noon. Quoth Roger: "The day wears and we shall by no
  • means reach harbour before dark night, even if we do our best: art thou
  • well used to the water, lord?" "Much as a mallard is," said Ralph.
  • Said Roger: "That is well, for though there is a ford some mile and a
  • half down stream, for that same reason it is the way whereby men mostly
  • cross the water into the wildwood; and here again we are more like to
  • meet foes than well-wishers; or at the least there will be question of
  • who we are, and whence and whither; and we may stumble in our answers."
  • Said Ralph: "There is no need to tarry, ride we down to the water."
  • So did they, and took the water, which was deep, but not swift. On the
  • further side they clomb up a hill somewhat steep; at the crown they
  • drew rein to give their horses breath, and Ralph turned in his saddle
  • and looked down on to the valley, and as aforesaid he was clear-sighted
  • and far-sighted; now he said: "Fellow-farer, I see the riding of folk
  • down below there, and meseems they be spurring toward the water; and
  • they have weapons: there! dost thou not see the gleam?"
  • "I will take thy word for it, fair sir," said Roger, "and will even
  • spur, since they be the first men whom we have seen since we left the
  • thickets." And therewith he went off at a hand gallop, and Ralph
  • followed him without more ado.
  • They rode up hill and down dale of a grassy downland, till at last they
  • saw a wood before them again, and soon drew rein under the boughs; for
  • now were their horses somewhat wearied. Then said Ralph: "Here have
  • we ridden a fair land, and seen neither house nor herd, neither
  • sheep-cote nor shepherd. I wonder thereat."
  • Said Roger: "Thou wouldst wonder the less didst thou know the story of
  • it." "What story?" said Ralph. Quoth Roger: "A story of war and
  • wasting." "Yea?" said Ralph, "yet surely some bold knight or baron hath
  • rights in the land, and might be free to build him a strong house and
  • gather men to him to guard the shepherds and husbandmen from burners
  • and lifters." "Sooth is that," said Roger; "but there are other things
  • in the tale." "What things?" said Ralph. Quoth Roger: "Ill hap and
  • sorrow and the Hand of Fate and great Sorcery." "And dastards withal?"
  • said Ralph. "Even so," said Roger, "yet mingled with valiant men.
  • Over long is the tale to tell as now, so low as the sun is; so now ride
  • we on with little fear of foemen. For look you, this wood, like the
  • thickets about the Burg of the Four Friths, hath an evil name, and few
  • folk ride it uncompelled; therefore it is the safer for us. And yet I
  • will say this to thee, that whereas awhile agone thou mightest have
  • departed from me with little peril of aught save the stumbling on some
  • of the riders of the Burg of the Four Friths, departing from me now
  • will be a hard matter to thee; for the saints in Heaven only know
  • whitherward thou shouldest come, if thou wert to guide thyself now.
  • This a rough word, but a true one, so help me God and Saint Michael!
  • What sayest thou; art thou content, or wilt thou cast hard words at me
  • again?"
  • So it was that for all that had come and gone Ralph was light-hearted
  • and happy; so he laughed and said: "Content were I, even if I were not
  • compelled thereto. For my heart tells me of new things, and marvellous
  • and joyous that I shall see ere long."
  • "And thine heart lieth not," said Roger, "for amidst of this wood is
  • the house where we shall have guesting to-night, which will be to thee,
  • belike, the door of life and many marvels. For thence have folk sought
  • ere now to the WELL AT THE WORLD'S END."
  • Ralph turned to him sharply and said: "Many times in these few days
  • have I heard that word. Dost thou know the meaning thereof? For as to
  • me I know it not." Said Roger: "Thou mayest well be as wise as I am
  • thereon: belike men seek to it for their much thriving, and oftenest
  • find it not. Yet have I heard that they be the likeliest with whom all
  • women are in love."
  • Ralph held his peace, but Roger noted that he reddened at the word.
  • Now they got on horseback again, for they had lighted down to breathe
  • their beasts, and they rode on and on, and never was Roger at fault:
  • long was the way and perforce they rested at whiles, so that night fell
  • upon them in the wood, but the moon rose withal. So night being fairly
  • come, they rested a good while, as it would be dawn before moonset.
  • Then they rode on again, till now the summer night grew old and waned,
  • but the wood hid the beginnings of dawn.
  • At last they came out of the close wood suddenly into an open plain,
  • and now, as the twilight of the dawn was passing into early day, they
  • saw that wide grassy meadows and tilled fields lay before them, with a
  • little river running through the plain; and amidst the meadows, on a
  • green mound, was a white castle, strong, and well built, though not of
  • the biggest.
  • Roger pointed to it, and said, "Now we are come home," and cried on his
  • wearied beast, who for his part seemed to see the end of his journey.
  • They splashed through a ford of the river and came to the gate of the
  • castle as day drew on apace; Roger blew a blast on a great horn that
  • hung on the gate, and Ralph looking round deemed he had never seen
  • fairer building than in the castle, what he could see of it, and yet it
  • was built from of old. They waited no long while before they were
  • answered; but whereas Ralph looked to see armed gatewards peer from the
  • battlements or the shot window, and a porter espying them through a
  • lattice, it happened in no such way, but without more ado the wicket
  • was opened to them by a tall old woman, gaunt and grey, who greeted
  • them courteously: Roger lighted down and Ralph did in likewise, and
  • they led their horses through the gate into the court of the castle;
  • the old woman going before them till they came to the hall door, which
  • she opened to them, and taking the reins of their horses led them away
  • to the stable, while those twain entered the hall, which was as goodly
  • as might be. Roger led Ralph up to a board on the dais, whereon there
  • was meat and drink enow, and Ralph made his way-leader sit down by him,
  • and they fell to. There was no serving-man to wait on them nor a carle
  • of any kind did they see; the old woman only, coming back from the
  • horses, served them at table. Ever as she went about she looked long
  • on Ralph, and seemed as if she would have spoken to him, but as often,
  • she glanced at Roger and forbore.
  • So when they were well nigh done with their meat Ralph spake to the
  • carline and said: "Belike the lord or the lady of this house are abed
  • and we shall not see them till the morrow?"
  • Ere the carline could speak Roger broke in and said: "There is neither
  • lord nor lady in the castle as now, nor belike will there be to-morrow
  • morning, or rather, before noon on this day; so now ye were better to
  • let this dame lead thee to bed, and let the next hours take care of
  • themselves."
  • "So be it," said Ralph, who was by this time heartily wearied, "shall
  • we two lie in the same chamber?"
  • "Nay," said the carline shortly, "lodging for the master and lodging
  • for the man are two different things."
  • Roger laughed and said nought, and Ralph gave him good night, and
  • followed the carline nothing loth, who led him to a fair chamber over
  • the solar, as if he had been the very master of the castle, and he lay
  • down in a very goodly bed, nor troubled himself as to where Roger lay,
  • nor indeed of aught else, nor did he dream of Burg, or wood, or castle,
  • or man, or woman; but lay still like the image of his father's father
  • on the painted tomb in the choir of St. Laurence of Upmeads.
  • CHAPTER 18
  • Of Ralph in the Castle of Abundance
  • Broad lay the sun upon the plain amidst the wildwood when he awoke and
  • sprang out of bed and looked out of the window (for the chamber was in
  • the gable of the hall and there was nought of the castle beyond it). It
  • was but little after noon of a fair June day, for Ralph had slumbered
  • as it behoved a young man. The light wind bore into the chamber the
  • sweet scents of the early summer, the chief of all of them being the
  • savour of the new-cut grass, for about the wide meadows the carles and
  • queens were awork at the beginning of hay harvest; and late as it was
  • in the day, more than one blackbird was singing from the bushes of the
  • castle pleasance. Ralph sighed for very pleasure of life before he had
  • yet well remembered where he was or what had befallen of late; but as
  • he stood at the window and gazed over the meadows, and the memory of
  • all came back to him, he sighed once more for a lack of somewhat that
  • came into his heart, and he smiled shamefacedly, though there was no
  • one near, as his thought bade him wonder if amongst the haymaking women
  • yonder there were any as fair as those yellow-clad thrall-women of the
  • Burg; and as he turned from the window a new hope made his heart beat,
  • for he deemed that he had been brought to that house that he might meet
  • some one who should change his life and make him a new man.
  • So he did on his raiment and went his ways down to the hall, and looked
  • about for Roger, but found him not, nor any one else save the carline,
  • who presently came in from the buttery, and of whom he asked, where was
  • Roger. Quoth she: "He has been gone these six hours, but hath left a
  • word for thee, lord, to wit, that he beseeches thee to abide him here
  • for two days at the least, and thereafter thou art free to go if thou
  • wilt. But as for me" (and therewith she smiled on him as sweetly as
  • her wrinkled old face might compass) "I say to thee, abide beyond those
  • two days if Roger cometh not, and as long as thou art here I will make
  • thee all the cheer I may. And who knoweth but thou mayest meet worthy
  • adventures here. Such have ere now befallen good knights in this house
  • or anigh it."
  • "I thank thee, mother," quoth Ralph, "and it is like that I may abide
  • here beyond the two days if the adventure befall me not ere then. But
  • at least I will bide the eating of my dinner here to-day."
  • "Well is thee, fair lord," said the carline. "If thou wilt but walk in
  • the meadow but a little half hour all shall be ready for thee.
  • Forsooth it had been dight before now, but that I waited thy coming
  • forth from thy chamber, for I would not wake thee. And the saints be
  • praised for the long sweet sleep that hath painted thy goodly cheeks."
  • So saying she hurried off to the buttery, leaving Ralph laughing at her
  • outspoken flattering words.
  • Then he got him out of the hall and the castle, for no door was shut,
  • and there was no man to be seen within or about the house. So he
  • walked to and fro the meadow and saw the neat-herds in the pasture, and
  • the hay-making folk beyond them, and the sound of their voices came to
  • him on the little airs that were breathing. He thought he would talk
  • to some of these folk ere the world was much older, and also he noted
  • between the river and the wood many cots of the husbandmen trimly
  • builded and thatched, and amidst them a little church, white and
  • delicate of fashion; but as now his face was set toward the river
  • because of the hot day. He came to a pool a little below where a
  • wooden foot-bridge crossed the water, and about the pool were willows
  • growing, which had not been shrouded these eight years, and the water
  • was clear as glass with a bottom of fine sand. There then he bathed
  • him, and as he sported in the water he bethought him of the long smooth
  • reaches of Upmeads Water, and the swimming low down amidst the long
  • swinging weeds between the chuckle of the reed sparrows, when the sun
  • was new risen in the July morning. When he stood on the grass again,
  • what with the bright weather and fair little land, what with the
  • freshness of the water, and his good rest, and the hope of adventure to
  • come, he felt as if he had never been merrier in his life-days. Withal
  • it was a weight off his heart that he had escaped from the turmoil of
  • the wars of the Burg of the Four Friths, and the men of the Dry Tree,
  • and the Wheat-wearers, with the thralldom and stripes and fire-raising,
  • and the hard life of strife and gain of the walled town and strong
  • place.
  • When he came back to the castle gate there was the carline in the
  • wicket peering out to right and left, seeking him to bring him in to
  • dinner. And when she saw him so joyous, with his lips smiling and his
  • eyes dancing for mirth, she also became joyous, and said: "Verily, it
  • is a pity of thee that there is never a fair damsel or so to look on
  • thee and love thee here to-day. Far would many a maiden run to kiss thy
  • mouth, fair lad. But now come to thy meat, that thou mayest grow the
  • fairer and last the longer."
  • He laughed gaily and went into the hall with her, and now was it well
  • dight with bankers and dorsars of goodly figured cloth, and on the
  • walls a goodly halling of arras of the Story of Alexander. So he sat
  • to table, and the meat and drink was of the best, and the carline
  • served him, praising him ever with fulsome words as he ate, till he
  • wished her away.
  • After dinner he rested awhile, and called to the carline and bade her
  • bring him his sword and his basnet. "Wherefore?" said she. "Whither
  • wilt thou?"
  • Said he, "I would walk abroad to drink the air."
  • "Wilt thou into the wildwood?" said she.
  • "Nay, mother," he said, "I will but walk about the meadow and look on
  • the hay-making folk."
  • "For that," said the carline, "thou needest neither sword nor helm. I
  • was afeard that thou wert about departing, and thy departure would be a
  • grief to my heart: in the deep wood thou mightest be so bestead as to
  • need a sword in thy fist; but what shouldst thou do with it in this
  • Plain of Abundance, where are nought but peaceful husbandmen and frank
  • and kind maidens? and all these are as if they had drunk a draught of
  • the WELL AT THE WORLD'S END."
  • Ralph started as she said the word, but held his peace awhile. Then he
  • said: "And who is lord of this fair land?" "There is no lord, but a
  • lady," said the carline. "How hight she?" said Ralph. "We call her
  • the Lady of Abundance," said the old woman. Said Ralph: "Is she a
  • good lady?" "She is my lady," said the carline, "and doeth good to me,
  • and there is not a carle in the land but speaketh well of her--it may
  • be over well." "Is she fair to look on?" said Ralph. "Of women-folk
  • there is none fairer," said the carline; "as to men, that is another
  • thing."
  • Ralph was silent awhile, then he said: "What is the Well at the
  • World's End?"
  • "They talk of it here," said she, "many things too long to tell of now:
  • but there is a book in this house that telleth of it; I know it well by
  • the look of it though I may not read in it. I will seek it for thee
  • to-morrow if thou wilt."
  • "Have thou thanks, dame," said he; "and I pray thee forget it not; but
  • now I will go forth."
  • "Yea," said the carline, "but abide a little."
  • Therewith she went into the buttery, and came back bearing with her a
  • garland of roses of the garden, intermingled with green leaves, and she
  • said: "The sun is yet hot and over hot, do this on thine head to shade
  • thee from the burning. I knew that thou wouldst go abroad to-day, so I
  • made this for thee in the morning; and when I was young I was called
  • the garland-maker. It is better summer wear than thy basnet."
  • He thanked her and did it on smiling, but somewhat ruefully; for he
  • said to himself: "This is over old a dame that I should wear a
  • love-token from her." But when it was on his head, the old dame
  • clapped her hands and cried: "O there, there! Now art thou like the
  • image of St. Michael in the Choir of Our Lady of the Thorn: there is
  • none so lovely as thou. I would my Lady could see thee thus; surely
  • the sight of thee should gladden her heart. And withal thou art not
  • ill clad otherwise."
  • Indeed his raiment was goodly, for his surcoat was new, and it was of
  • fine green cloth, and the coat-armour of Upmead was beaten on it, to
  • wit, on a gold ground an apple-tree fruited, standing by a river-side.
  • Now he laughed somewhat uneasily at her words, and so went forth from
  • the castle again, and made straight for the hay-making folk on the
  • other side of the water; for all this side was being fed by beasts and
  • sheep; but at the point where he crossed, the winding of the stream
  • brought it near to the castle gate. So he came up with the country
  • folk and greeted them, and they did as much by him in courteous words:
  • they were goodly and well-shapen, both men and women, gay and joyous of
  • demeanour and well clad as for folk who work afield. So Ralph went
  • from one to another and gave them a word or two, and was well pleased
  • to watch them at their work awhile; but yet he would fain speak
  • somewhat more with one or other of them. At last under the shade of a
  • tall elm-tree he saw an old man sitting heeding the outer raiment of
  • the haymakers and their victual and bottles of drink; and he came up to
  • him and gave him the sele of the day; and the old man blessed him and
  • said: "Art thou dwelling in my lady's castle, fair lord?" "A while at
  • least," said Ralph. Said the old man: "We thank thee for coming to see
  • us; and meseemeth from the look of thee thou art worthy to dwell in my
  • Lady's House."
  • "What sayest thou?" said Ralph. "Is she a good lady and a gracious?"
  • "O yea, yea," said the carle. Said Ralph: "Thou meanest, I suppose,
  • that she is fair to look on, and soft-spoken when she is pleased?"
  • "I mean far more than that," said the carle; "surely is she most
  • heavenly fair, and her voice is like the music of heaven: but withal
  • her deeds, and the kindness of her to us poor men and husbandmen, are
  • no worse than should flow forth from that loveliness."
  • "Will you be her servants?" said Ralph, "or what are ye?" Said the
  • carle: "We be yeomen and her vavassors; there is no thralldom in our
  • land." "Do ye live in good peace for the more part?" said Ralph. Said
  • the carle: "Time has been when cruel battles were fought in these
  • wood-lawns, and many poor people were destroyed therein: but that was
  • before the coming of the Lady of Abundance."
  • "And when was that?" said Ralph. "I wot not," said the old carle; "I
  • was born in peace and suckled in peace; and in peace I fell to the
  • loving of maidens, and I wedded in peace, and begat children in peace,
  • and in peace they dwell about me, and in peace shall I depart."
  • "What then," said Ralph (and a grievous fear was born in his heart),
  • "is not the Lady of Abundance young?" Said the carle: "I have seen her
  • when I was young and also since I have been old, and ever was she fair
  • and lovely, and slender handed, as straight as a spear, and as sweet as
  • white clover, and gentle-voiced and kind, and dear to our souls."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "and she doth not dwell in this castle always; where
  • else then doth she dwell?" "I wot not," said the carle, "but it should
  • be in heaven: for when she cometh to us all our joys increase in us by
  • the half."
  • "Look you, father," said Ralph, "May it not have been more than one
  • Lady of Abundance that thou hast seen in thy life-days; and that this
  • one that now is, is the daughter's daughter of the one whom thou first
  • sawest--how sayest thou?" The carle laughed: "Nay, nay," said he,
  • "It is not so: never has there been another like to her in all ways, in
  • body and voice, and heart and soul. It is as I say, she is the same as
  • she was always." "And when," said Ralph, with a beating heart, "does
  • she come hither? Is it at some set season?" "Nay, from time to time,
  • at all seasons," said the carle; "and as fair she is when she goeth
  • over the snow, as when her feet are set amidst the June daisies."
  • Now was Ralph so full of wonder that he scarce knew what to say; but he
  • bethought him of that fair waste on the other side of the forest, the
  • country through which that wide river flowed, so he said: "And that
  • land north-away beyond the wildwood, canst thou tell me the tale of its
  • wars, and if it were wasted in the same wars that tormented this land?"
  • The carle shook his head: "As to the land beyond this wood," quoth he,
  • "I know nought of it, for beyond the wood go we never: nay, most often
  • we go but a little way into it, no further than we can see the glimmer
  • of the open daylight through its trees,--the daylight of the land of
  • Abundance--that is enough for us."
  • "Well," said Ralph, "I thank thee for the tale thou hast told me, and
  • wish thee more years of peace."
  • "And to thee, young man," said the carle, "I wish a good wish indeed,
  • to wit that thou mayest see the Lady of Abundance here before thou
  • departest."
  • His words once more made Ralph's heart beat and his cheek flush, and he
  • went back to the castle somewhat speedily; for he said to himself,
  • after the folly of lovers, "Maybe she will be come even now, and I not
  • there to meet her." Yet when he came to the castle-gate his heart
  • misgave him, and he would not enter at once, but turned about to go
  • round the wall by the north and west. In the castle he saw no soul
  • save the old dame looking out of the window and nodding to him, but in
  • the pasture all about were neatherds and shepherds, both men and women;
  • and at the north-west corner, whereas the river drew quite close to the
  • wall, he came upon two damsels of the field-folk fishing with an angle
  • in a quiet pool of the stream. He greeted them, and they, who were
  • young and goodly, returned his greeting, but were shamefaced at his
  • gallant presence, as indeed was he at the thoughts of his heart mingled
  • with the sight of their fairness. So he passed on at first without
  • more words than his greeting. Yet presently he turned back again, for
  • he longed to hear some word more concerning the Lady whose coming he
  • abode. They stood smiling and blushing as he came up to them again,
  • and heeded their angles little.
  • Said Ralph: "Fair maidens, do ye know at all when the Lady of the
  • castle may be looked for?" They were slow to answer, but at last one
  • said: "No, fair sir, such as we know nothing of the comings and goings
  • of great folk."
  • Said Ralph, smiling on her for kindness, and pleasure of her fairness:
  • "Is it not so that ye will be glad of her coming?"
  • But she answered never a word, only looked at him steadily, with her
  • great grey eyes fixed in wonderment, while the other one looked down as
  • if intent on her angling tools.
  • Ralph knew not how to ask another question, so he turned about with a
  • greeting word again, and this time went on steadily round about the
  • wall.
  • And now in his heart waxed the desire of that Lady, once seen, as he
  • deemed, in such strange wise; but he wondered within himself if the
  • devil had not sown that longing within him: whereas it might be that
  • this woman on whom he had set his heart was herself no real woman but a
  • devil, and one of the goddesses of the ancient world, and his heart was
  • sore and troubled by many doubts and hopes and fears; but he said to
  • himself that when he saw her then could he judge between the good and
  • the evil, and could do or forbear, and that the sight of her would cure
  • all.
  • Thus thinking he walked swiftly, and was soon round at the castle gate
  • again, and entered, and went into the hall, where was the old dame,
  • busied about some household matter. Ralph nodded to her and hastened
  • away, lest she should fall to talk with him; and he set himself now to
  • go from chamber to chamber, that he might learn the castle, what it
  • was. He came into the guard-chamber and found the walls thereof all
  • hung with armour and weapons, clean and in good order, though there was
  • never a man-at-arms there, nor any soul except the old woman. He went
  • up a stair therefrom on to the battlements, and went into the towers of
  • the wall, and found weapons both for hand, and for cast and shot in
  • each one of them, and all ready as if for present battle; then he came
  • down into the court again and went into a very goodly ambulatory over
  • against the hall, and he entered a door therefrom, which was but on the
  • latch, and went up a little stair into a chamber, which was the
  • goodliest and the richest of all. Its roof was all done with gold and
  • blue from over sea, and its pavement wrought delicately in Alexandrine
  • work. On the dais was a throne of carven ivory, and above it a canopy
  • of baudekin of the goodliest fashion, and there was a foot-carpet
  • before it, wrought with beasts and the hunting of the deer. As for the
  • walls of that chamber, they were hung with a marvellous halling of
  • arras, wherein was wrought the greenwood, and there amidst in one place
  • a pot-herb garden, and a green garth with goats therein, and in that
  • garth a little thatched house. And amidst all this greenery were
  • figured over and over again two women, whereof one old and the other
  • young; and the old one was clad in grand attire, with gold chains and
  • brooches and rings, and sat with her hands before her by the house
  • door, or stood looking on as the young one worked, spinning or digging
  • in the garth, or milking the goats outside of it, or what not; and this
  • one was clad in sorry and scanty raiment.
  • What all this might mean Ralph knew not; but when he had looked long at
  • the greenery and its images, he said to himself that if he who wrought
  • that cloth had not done the young woman after the likeness of the Lady
  • whom he had helped in the wildwood, then it must have been done from
  • her twin sister.
  • Long he abode in that chamber looking at the arras, and wondering
  • whether the sitter in the ivory throne would be any other than the
  • thrall in the greenwood cot. He abode there so long that the dusk
  • began to gather in the house, and he could see the images no more; for
  • he was filled with the sweetness of desire when he looked on them.
  • Then he went back slowly to the hall, and found the carline, who had
  • lighted the waxlights and made meat ready for him; and when she saw him
  • she cried out joyously: "Ah, I knew that thou wouldst come back. Art
  • thou well content with our little land?"
  • "I like it well, dame," said he; "but tell me, if thou canst, what is
  • the meaning of the halling in the chamber with the ivory throne?"
  • Said the carline: "Thereof shall another tell thee, who can tell of it
  • better than I; but it is nought to hide that yonder chamber is the
  • chamber of estate of our Lady, and she sitteth there to hear the cases
  • of folk and to give dooms."
  • The old woman crossed herself as she spoke, and Ralph wondered thereat,
  • but asked no more questions, for he was scarce sorry that the carline
  • would not tell him thereof, lest she should spoil the tale.
  • So passed the evening, and he went to bed and slept as a young man
  • should, and the next day he was up betimes and went abroad and mingled
  • with the carles and queens afield; but this time he spake not of the
  • Lady, and heard nought to heed from any of that folk. So he went back
  • to the castle and gat him a bow and arrows, and entered the thicket of
  • the wood nigh where he and Roger first came out of it. He had prayed a
  • young man of the folk to go with him, but he was not over willing to
  • go, though he would not say wherefore. So Ralph went himself by
  • himself and wandered some way into the wood, and saw nought worse than
  • himself. As he came back, making a circuit toward the open meadows, he
  • happened on a herd of deer in a lonely place, half wood half meadow,
  • and there he slew a hart with one shaft, for he was a deft bowman.
  • Then he went and fetched a leash of carles, who went with him somewhat
  • less than half willingly, and between them they broke up the hart and
  • carried him home to the castle, where the carline met them. She smiled
  • on Ralph and praised the venison, and said withal that the hunting was
  • well done; "For, as fond and as fair as thou mayst be, it is not good
  • that young men should have their minds set on one thing only."
  • Therewith she led him in to his meat, and set him down and served him;
  • and all the while of his dinner he was longing to ask her if she deemed
  • that the Lady would come that day, since it was the last day of those
  • which Roger had bidden him wait; but the words would not out of his
  • mouth.
  • She looked at him and smiled, as though she had a guess of his thought,
  • and at last she said to him: "Thy tongue is tied to-day. Hast thou,
  • after all, seen something strange in the wood?" He shook his head for
  • naysay. Said she: "Why, then, dost thou not ask more concerning the
  • Well at the World's End?"
  • He laughed, and said: "Maybe because I think that thou canst not tell
  • me thereof." "Well," she said, "if I cannot, yet the book may, and
  • this evening, when the sun is down, thou shalt have it."
  • "I thank thee, mother," said he; "but this is now the last day that
  • Roger bade me wait. Dost thou think that he will come back to-night?"
  • and he reddened therewith. "Nay," she said, "I know not, and thou
  • carest not whether he will come or not. Yet I know that thou wilt
  • abide here till some one else come, whether that be early or late."
  • Again he reddened, and said, in a coaxing way: "And wilt thou give me
  • guesting, mother, for a few more summer days?"
  • "Yea," she said, "and till summer is over, if need be, and the corn is
  • cut and carried, and till the winter is come and the latter end of
  • winter is gone." He smiled faintly, though his heart fell, and he
  • said: "Nay, mother, and can it by any chance be so long a-coming?"
  • "O, fair boy," she said, "thou wilt make it long, howsoever short it
  • be. And now I will give thee a rede, lest thou vex thyself sick and
  • fret thy very heart. To-morrow go see if thou canst meet thy fate
  • instead of abiding it. Do on thy war-gear and take thy sword and try
  • the adventure of the wildwood; but go not over deep into it." Said he:
  • "But how if the Lady come while I am away from this house?"
  • "Sooth to say," said the carline, "I deem not that she will, for the
  • way is long betwixt us and her."
  • "Dost thou mean," said Ralph, standing up from the board, "that she
  • will not come ever? I adjure thee not to beguile me with soft words,
  • but tell me the very sooth." "There, there!" said she, "sit down,
  • king's son; eat thy meat and drink thy wine; for to-morrow is a new
  • day. She will come soon or late, if she be yet in the world. And now
  • I will say no more to thee concerning this matter."
  • Therewith she went her ways from the hall, and when she came back with
  • hand-basin and towel, she said no word to him, but only smiled kindly.
  • He went out presently into the meadow (for it was yet but early
  • afternoon) and came among the haymaking folk and spake with them,
  • hoping that perchance some of them might speak again of the Lady of
  • Abundance; but none of them did so, though the old carle he had spoken
  • with was there, and there also were the two maidens whom he had seen
  • fishing; and as for him, he was over faint-hearted to ask them any more
  • questions concerning her.
  • Yet he abode with them long, and ate and drank amidst the hay with them
  • till the moon shone brightly. Then he went back to the castle and
  • found the carline in the hall, and she had the book with her and gave
  • it to him, and he sat down in the shot-window under the waxlights and
  • fell to reading of it.
  • CHAPTER 19
  • Ralph Readeth in a Book Concerning the Well at the World's End
  • Fairly written was that book, with many pictures therein, the meaning
  • of which Ralph knew not; but amongst them was the image of the fair
  • woman whom he had holpen at the want-ways of the wood, and but four
  • days ago was that, yet it seemed long and long to him. The book told
  • not much about the Well at the World's End, but much it told of a
  • certain woman whom no man that saw her could forbear to love: of her
  • it told that erewhile she dwelt lonely in the wildwood (though how she
  • came there was not said) and how a king's son found her there and
  • brought her to his father's kingdom and wedded her, whether others were
  • lief or loth: and in a little while, when the fame of her had spread,
  • he was put out of his kingdom and his father's house for the love of
  • her, because other kings and lords hankered after her; whereof befel
  • long and grievous war which she abode not to the end, but sought to her
  • old place in the wildwood; and how she found there another woman a
  • sorceress, who made her her thrall; and tormented her grievously with
  • toil and stripes. And how again there came a knight to that place who
  • was seeking the Well at the World's End, and bore her away with him;
  • and how the said knight was slain on the way, and she was taken by
  • tyrants and robbers of the folk: but these being entangled in her love
  • fought amongst themselves and she escaped, and went seeking that Well,
  • and found it at the long last, and drank thereof, and throve ever
  • after: and how she liveth yet, and is become the servant of the Well to
  • entangle the seekers in her love and keep them from drinking thereof;
  • because there was no man that beheld her, but anon he was the thrall of
  • her love, and might not pluck his heart away from her to do any of the
  • deeds whereby men thrive and win the praise of the people.
  • Ralph read on and on till the short night waned, and the wax-lights
  • failed one after the other, and the windows of the hall grew grey and
  • daylight came, and the throstles burst out a-singing at once in the
  • castle pleasaunce, and the sun came up over the wood, and the sound of
  • men-folk bestirring themselves a-field came to his ears through the
  • open windows; and at last he was done with the tale, and the carline
  • came not near him though the sun had clomb high up the heavens. As for
  • Ralph, what he had read was sweet poison to him; for if before he was
  • somewhat tormented by love, now was his heart sick and sore with it.
  • Though he knew not for certain whether this tale had to do with the
  • Lady of the Forest, and though he knew not if the Lady who should come
  • to the castle were even she, yet he needs must deem that so it was, and
  • his heart was weary with love, and his manhood seemed changed.
  • CHAPTER 20
  • Ralph Meeteth a Man in the Wood
  • But the morning began to wear as he sat deep in these thoughts and
  • still the Carline came not to him; and he thought: "She leaveth me
  • alone that I may do her bidding: so will I without tarrying." And he
  • arose and did on his hauberk and basnet, and girt his sword to his
  • side, and went forth, a-foot as before. He crossed the river by a wide
  • ford and stepping stones somewhat below the pool wherein he had bathed
  • on that first day; and already by then he had got so far, what with the
  • fresh air of the beauteous morning, what with the cheerful tinkling of
  • his sword and hauberk, he was somewhat amended of his trouble and
  • heaviness of spirit. A little way across the river, but nigher to the
  • wood, was a house or cot of that country-folk, and an old woman sat
  • spinning in the door. So Ralph went up thither, and greeted her, and
  • craved of her a draught of milk; so the goody turned about and cried
  • out to one within, and there came forth one of the maidens whom Ralph
  • had met fishing that other day, and the old woman bade her bring forth
  • milk and bread. Then the carline looked hard at Ralph, and said: "Ah!
  • I have heard tell of thee: thou art abiding the turn of the days up at
  • the castle yonder, as others have done before thee. Well, well, belike
  • thou shalt have thy wish, though whether it shall be to thy profit, who
  • shall say?"
  • Thereat Ralph's heart fell again, and he said: "Sayest thou, mother,
  • that there have been others abiding like me in the tower? I know not
  • what thy words mean."
  • The carline laughed. "Well," said she, "here comes thy morning's bait
  • borne by shapely hands enough; eat and drink first; and then will I
  • tell thee my meaning."
  • Therewith came the maiden forth with the bowl and the loaf; and indeed
  • she was fair enough, and shy and kind; but Ralph heeded her little, nor
  • was his heart moved by her at all. She set a stool for him beside the
  • door and he sat down and ate and drank, though his heart was troubled;
  • and the maiden hung about, and seemed to find it no easy matter to keep
  • her eyes off him.
  • Presently the carline, who had been watching the two, said: "Thou
  • askest of the meaning of my words; well, deemest thou that I have had
  • more men than one to love me?" "I know not, mother," said Ralph, who
  • could scarce hold himself patient. "There now!" quoth the carline,
  • "look at my damsel! (she is not my daughter, but my brother's,) there
  • is a man, and a brisk lad too, whom she calleth her batchelor, and is
  • as I verily deem well-pleased with him: yet lo you how she eyeth thee,
  • thou fair man, and doth so with her raiment that thou mayst best see
  • how shapely she is of limb and foot, and toyeth her right hand with her
  • left wrist, and the like.--Well, as for me, I have had more lovers than
  • one or two. And why have I had just so many and no more? Nay, thou
  • needest not make any long answer to me. I am old now, and even before
  • I was old I was not young: I am now foul of favour, and even before I
  • became foul, I was not so fair--well then?"
  • "Yea, what then?" said Ralph. "This then, fair young fool," said she:
  • "the one whom thou lovest, long hath she lived, but she is not old to
  • look on, nor foul; but fair--O how fair!"
  • Then Ralph forgot his fear, and his heart grew greedy and his eyes
  • glistened, and he said, yet he spoke faintly: "Yea, is she fair?"
  • "What! hast thou not seen her?" said the carline. Ralph called to mind
  • the guise in which he had seen her and flushed bright red, as he
  • answered: "Yea, I deem that I have: surely it was she." The carline
  • laughed: "Well," said she; "however thou hast seen her, thou hast
  • scarce seen her as I have." Said Ralph, "How was that?" Said she: "It
  • is her way here in the summer-tide to bathe her in yonder pool up the
  • water:" (and it was the same pool wherein Ralph had bathed) "And she
  • hath me and my niece and two other women to hold up the silken cloth
  • betwixt her body and the world; so that I have seen her as God made
  • her; and I shall tell thee that when he was about that work he was
  • minded to be a craftsmaster; for there is no blemish about her that she
  • should hide her at all or anywhere. Her sides are sleek, and her
  • thighs no rougher than her face, and her feet as dainty as her hands:
  • yea, she is a pearl all over, withal she is as strong as a knight, and
  • I warrant her hardier of heart than most knights. A happy man shalt
  • thou be; for surely I deem thou hast not come hither to abide her
  • without some token or warrant of her."
  • Ralph held down his head, and he could not meet the old woman's eyes as
  • she spake thus; and the maiden took herself out of earshot at the first
  • words of the carline hereof, and was halfway down to the river by now.
  • Ralph spake after a while and said: "Tell me, is she good, and a good
  • woman?" The dame laughed scornfully and said: "Surely, surely; she is
  • the saint of the Forest Land, and the guardian of all poor folk. Ask
  • the carles else!"
  • Ralph held his peace, and rose to be gone and turning saw the damsel
  • wading the shallow ford, and looking over her shoulder at him. He gave
  • the dame good day, and departed light-foot but heavy hearted. Yet as
  • he went, he kept saying to himself: "Did she not send that Roger to
  • turn my ways hither? yet she cometh not. Surely she hath changed in
  • these last days, or it may be in these last hours: yea, or this very
  • hour."
  • Amidst such thoughts he came into the wood, and made his way by the
  • paths and open places, going south and east of the House: whereas the
  • last day he had gone west and north. He went a soft pace, but wandered
  • on without any stay till it was noon, and he had seen nought but the
  • wild things of the wood, nor many of them. But at last he heard the
  • tinkle of a little bell coming towards him: so he stood still and got
  • the hilt of his sword ready to his hand; and the tinkle drew nearer,
  • and he heard withal the trample of some riding-beast; so he went toward
  • the sound, and presently in a clearer place of the wood came upon a man
  • of religion, a clerk, riding on a hackney, to whose neck hung a
  • horse-bell: the priest had saddle bags beside him and carried in his
  • right hand a book in a bag. When he met Ralph he blessed him, and
  • Ralph gave him the sele of the day, and asked him whither he would.
  • Said the Priest: "I am for the Little Plain and the Land of Abundance;
  • whence art thou, my son, and whither wilt thou?" "From that very land I
  • come," said Ralph, "and as to whither, I seek adventures; but unless I
  • see more than I have this forenoon, or thou canst tell me of them, back
  • will I whence I came: yet to say sooth, I shall not be sorry for a
  • fellow to help me back, for these woodland ways are some-what blind."
  • Said the Priest: "I will bear thee company with a good will; and I
  • know the road right well; for I am the Vicar appointed by the fathers
  • of the Thorn to serve the church of the Little Plain, and the chapel of
  • St. Anthony yonder in the wood, and to-day I go to the church of the
  • good folk there."
  • So Ralph turned, and went along with him, walking by his bridle-rein.
  • And as they went the priest said to him: "Art thou one of my lady's
  • lords?" Ralph reddened as he sighed, and said: "I am no captain of
  • hers." Then smiled the priest and said: "Then will I not ask thee of
  • thine errand; for belike thou wouldest not tell me thereof."
  • Ralph said nought, but waxed shamefaced as he deemed that the priest
  • eyed him curiously. At last he said: "I will ask thee a question in
  • turn, father." "Yea," said the priest. Said Ralph: "This lady of the
  • land, the Lady of Abundance, is she a very woman?" "Holy Saints!"
  • quoth the priest, blessing himself, "what meanest thou?" Said Ralph:
  • "I mean, is she of those who outwardly have a woman's semblance, but
  • within are of the race of the ancient devils, the gods of the Gentiles?"
  • Then the priest crossed himself again, and spake as solemnly as a judge
  • on the bench: "Son, I pray that if thou art not in thy right mind,
  • thou will come thereinto anon. Know this, that whatever else she may
  • be, she is a right holy woman. Or hast thou perchance heard any evil
  • tales concerning her?"
  • Now Ralph was confused at his word, and knew not what to say; for
  • though in his mind he had been piecing together all that he had heard
  • of the lady both for good and for evil, he had no clear tale to tell
  • even to himself: so he answered nothing.
  • But the priest went on: "Son, I shall tell thee that such tales I have
  • heard, but from whose mouth forsooth? I will tell thee; from a sort of
  • idle jades, young women who would be thought fairer than they be, who
  • are afraid of everything save a naked man, and who can lie easier than
  • they can say their paternoster: from such as these come the stories; or
  • from old crones who live in sour anger with themselves and all else,
  • because they have lived no goodly life in their youth, and have not
  • learned the loveliness of holy church. Now, son, shall the tales of
  • such women, old and young, weigh in thy mind beside the word I tell
  • thee of what I have seen and know concerning this most excellent of
  • ladies? I trow not. And for my part I tell thee, that though she is
  • verily as fair as Venus (God save us) yet is she as chaste as Agnes, as
  • wise as Katherine, and as humble and meek as Dorothy. She bestoweth
  • her goods plentifully to the church, and is merciful to poor men
  • therewith; and so far as occasion may serve her she is constant at the
  • Holy Office; neither doth she spare to confess her sins, and to do all
  • penance which is bidden her, yea and more. For though I cannot say to
  • my knowledge that she weareth a hair; yet once and again have I seen
  • her wending this woodland toward the chapel of her friend St. Anthony
  • by night and cloud, so that few might see her, obedient to the
  • Scripture which sayeth, 'Let not thy right hand know what thy left hand
  • doeth,' and she barefoot in her smock amidst the rugged wood, and so
  • arrayed fairer than any queen in a golden gown. Yea, as fair as the
  • woodwives of the ancient heathen."
  • Therewith the priest stayed his words, and seemed as if he were fallen
  • into a dream; and he sighed heavily. But Ralph walked on by his
  • bridle-rein dreamy no less; for the words that he had heard he heeded
  • not, save as they made pictures for him of the ways of that woman of
  • the forest.
  • So they went on soberly till the priest lifted up his head and looked
  • about like one come out of slumber, and said in a firm voice: "I tell
  • thee, my son, that thou mayest set thy love upon her without sin." And
  • therewith suddenly he fell a-weeping; and Ralph was ill at ease of his
  • weeping, and went along by him saying nought; till the priest plucked
  • up heart again, and said, turning to Ralph, but not meeting his eye:
  • "My son, I weep because men and women are so evil, and mis-say each
  • other so sorely, even as they do by this holy woman." As he spake his
  • tears brake out again, and Ralph strode on fast, so as to outgo him,
  • thinking it unmannerly to seem as if he noted not his sorrow; yet
  • withal unable to say aught to him thereof. Moreover it irked him to
  • hear a grown man weeping for grief, even though it were but a priest.
  • Within a while the priest caught up with him, his tears all staunched,
  • and fell to talk with him cheerfully concerning the wood, and the
  • Little Land and the dwellers therein and the conditions of them, and he
  • praised them much, save the women. Ralph answered him with good cheer
  • in likewise; and thus they came to the cot of the old woman, and both
  • she and the maiden were without the house, the old carline hithering
  • and thithering on some errand, the maiden leaning against a tree as if
  • pondering some matter. As they passed by, the priest blessed them in
  • words, but his eyes scowled on them, whereat the carline grinned, but
  • the damsel heeded him not, but looked wistfully on Ralph. The priest
  • muttered somewhat as he passed, which Ralph caught not the meaning of,
  • and fell moody again; and when he was a little past the ford he drew
  • rein and said: "Now, son, I must to my cell hard by the church yonder:
  • but yet I will say one word to thee ere we sunder; to wit, that to my
  • mind the Holy Lady will love no one but the saints of heaven, save it
  • be some man with whom all women are in love."
  • Therewith he turned away suddenly, and rode smartly towards his church;
  • and Ralph deemed that he was weeping once more. As for Ralph, he went
  • quietly home toward the castle, for the sun was setting now, and as he
  • went he pondered all these things in his heart.
  • CHAPTER 21
  • Ralph Weareth Away Three Days Uneasily
  • He read again in the book that night, till he had gotten the whole tale
  • into his head, and he specially noted this of it, that it told not
  • whence that Lady came, nor what she was, nor aught else save that there
  • she was in the wood by herself, and was found therein by the king's
  • son: neither told the tale in what year of the world she was found
  • there, though it told concerning all the war and miseries which she had
  • bred, and which long endured. Again, he could not gather from that
  • book why she had gone back to the lone place in the woods, whereas she
  • might have wedded one of those warring barons who sorely desired her:
  • nor why she had yielded herself to the witch of that place and endured
  • with patience her thralldom, with stripes and torments of her body,
  • like the worst of the thralls of the ancient heathen men. Lastly, he
  • might not learn from the book where in the world was that lone place,
  • or aught of the road to the Well at the World's End. But amidst all
  • his thinking his heart came back to this: "When I meet her, she will
  • tell me of it all; I need be no wiser than to learn how to meet her and
  • to make her love me; then shall she show me the way to the Well at the
  • World's End, and I shall drink thereof and never grow old, even as she
  • endureth in youth, and she shall love me for ever, and I her for ever."
  • So he thought; but yet amidst these happy thoughts came in this evil
  • one, that whereas all the men-folk spoke well of her and worshipped
  • her, the women-folk feared her or hated her; even to the lecherous old
  • woman who had praised the beauty of her body for his torment. So he
  • thought till his head grew heavy, and he went and lay down in his bed
  • and slept, and dreamed of the days of Upmead; and things forgotten in
  • his waking time came between him and any memories of his present
  • longing and the days thereof.
  • He awoke and arose betimes in the morning, and when he had breakfasted
  • he bade the carline bring him his weapons. "Wilt thou again to the
  • wood?" said she. "Didst thou not bid me fare thither yesterday?" said
  • he. "Yea," she said; "but to-day I fear lest thou depart and come not
  • back." He laughed and said: "Seest thou not, mother, that I go afoot,
  • and I in hauberk and helm? I cannot run far or fast from thee. Also"
  • (and here he broke off his speech a little) "where should I be but
  • here?"
  • "Ah," she said, "but who knows what may happen?" Nevertheless she went
  • and fetched his war-gear and looked at him fondly as he did it on, and
  • went his ways from the hall.
  • Now he entered the wood more to the south than he had done yesterday,
  • and went softly as before, and still was he turning over in his mind
  • the thoughts of last night, and ever they came back. "Might I but see
  • her! Would she but love me! O for a draught of the Well at the
  • World's End, that the love might last long and long!"
  • So he went on a while betwixt the trees and the thickets, till it was a
  • little past noon. But all on a sudden a panic fear took him, lest she
  • should indeed come to the castle while he was away, and not finding
  • him, depart again, who knows whither; and when this thought came upon
  • him, he cried aloud, and hastened at his swiftest back again to the
  • castle, and came there breathless and wearied, and ran to the old
  • woman, and cried out to her; "Is she come? is she come?"
  • The carline laughed and said, "Nay, she is not, but thou art come:
  • praise be to the saints! But what aileth thee? Nay, fear not, she
  • shall come at last."
  • Then grew Ralph shamefaced and turned away from her, and miscalled
  • himself for a fool and a dastard that could not abide the pleasure of
  • his lady at the very place whereto she had let lead him. So he wore
  • through the remnant of the day howso he might, without going out-adoors
  • again; and the carline came and spake with him; but whatever he asked
  • her about the lady, she would not tell aught of any import, so he
  • refrained him from that talk, and made a show of hearkening when she
  • spake of other matters; as tales concerning the folk of the land, and
  • the Fathers of the Thorn, and so forth.
  • On the next morning he arose and said to himself, that whatever betid,
  • he would bide in the castle and the Plain of Abundance till the lady
  • came; and he went amongst the haymaking folk in the morning and ate his
  • dinner with them, and strove to be of good cheer, and belike the carles
  • and queens thought him merry company; but he was now wearying his heart
  • with longing, and might not abide any great while in one place; so
  • when, dinner over, they turned to their work again, he went back to the
  • Castle, and read in that book, and looked at the pictures thereof, and
  • kept turning his wonder and hope and fear over and over again in his
  • mind, and making to himself stories of how he should meet the Lady and
  • what she would say to him, and how he should answer her, till at last
  • the night came, and he went to his bed, and slept for the very
  • weariness of his longing.
  • When the new day came he arose and went into the hall, and found the
  • carline there, who said to him, "Fair sir, will thou to the wood again
  • to-day?" "Nay," said Ralph, "I must not, I dare not." "Well," she said,
  • "thou mayest if thou wilt; why shouldst thou not go?" Said Ralph,
  • reddening and stammering: "Because I fear to; thrice have I been away
  • long from the castle and all has gone well; but the fourth time she
  • will come and find me gone."
  • The carline laughed: "Well," she said, "I shall be here if thou goest;
  • for I promise thee not to stir out of the house whiles thou art away."
  • Said Ralph: "Nay, I will abide here." "Yea," she said, "I see: thou
  • trustest me not. Well, no matter; and to-day it will be handy if thou
  • abidest. For I have an errand to my brother in the flesh, who is one
  • of the brethren of the Thorn over yonder. If thou wilt give me leave,
  • it will be to my pleasure and gain."
  • Ralph was glad when he heard this, deeming that if she left him alone
  • there, he would be the less tempted to stray into the wood again.
  • Besides, he deemed that the Lady might come that day when he was alone
  • in the Castle, and that himseemed would make the meeting sweeter yet.
  • So he yea-said the carline's asking joyously, and in an hour's time she
  • went her ways and left him alone there.
  • Ralph said to himself, when he saw her depart, that he would have the
  • more joy in the castle of his Lady if he were alone, and would wear
  • away the day in better patience therefor. But in sooth the hours of
  • that day were worse to wear than any day there had yet been. He went
  • not without the house at all that day, for he deemed that the folk
  • abroad would note of him that he was so changed and restless.
  • Whiles he read in that book, or turned the leaves over, not reading it;
  • whiles he went into the Chamber of Estate, and pored over the woven
  • pictures there wherein the Lady was figured. Whiles he wandered from
  • chamber to chamber, not knowing what to do.
  • At last, a little after dark, back comes the carline again, and he met
  • her at the door of the hall, for he was weary of his own company, and
  • the ceaseless turning over and over of the same thoughts.
  • As for her, she was so joyous of him that she fairly threw her arms
  • about him and kissed and clipped him, as though she had been his very
  • mother. Whereof he had some shame, but not much, for he deemed that
  • her goodwill to him was abundant, which indeed it was.
  • Now she looks on him and says: "Truly it does my heart good to see
  • thee: but thou poor boy, thou art wearing thyself with thy longing, and
  • thy doubting, and if thou wilt do after my rede, thou wilt certainly go
  • into the wood to-morrow and see what may befall; and indeed and in
  • sooth thou wilt leave behind thee a trusty friend."
  • He looked on her kindly, and smiled, and said, "In sooth, mother, I
  • deem thou art but right; though it be hard for me to leave this house,
  • to which in a way my Lady hath bidden me. Yet I will do thy bidding
  • herein." She thanked him, and he went to his bed and slept; for now
  • that he had made up his mind to go, he was somewhat more at rest.
  • CHAPTER 22
  • An Adventure in the Wood
  • Ralph arrayed himself for departure next morning without more words;
  • and when he was ready the carline said to him: "When thou wentest
  • forth before, I was troubled at thy going and feared for thy returning:
  • but now I fear not; for I know that thou wilt return; though it may be
  • leading a fair woman by the hand. So go, and all luck go with thee."
  • Ralph smiled at her words and went his ways, and came into the wood
  • that lay due south from the Castle, and he went on and on and had no
  • thought of turning back. He rested twice and still went on, till the
  • fashion of the thickets and the woods changed about him; and at last
  • when the sun was getting low, he saw light gleaming through a great
  • wood of pines, which had long been dark before him against the tall
  • boles, and soon he came to the very edge of the wood, and going
  • heedfully, saw between the great stems of the outermost trees, a green
  • strand, and beyond it a long smooth water, a little lake between green
  • banks on either side. He came out of the pinewood on to the grass; but
  • there were thornbushes a few about, so that moving warily from one to
  • the other, he might perchance see without being seen. Warily he went
  • forsooth, going along the green strand to the east and the head of that
  • water, and saw how the bank sloped up gently from its ending toward the
  • pine-wood, in front of whose close-set trees stood three great-boled
  • tall oak-trees on a smooth piece of green sward. And now he saw that
  • there were folk come before him on this green place, and keen-sighted
  • as he was, could make out that three men were on the hither side of the
  • oak-trees, and on the further side of them was a white horse.
  • Thitherward then he made, stealing from bush to bush, since he deemed
  • that he needed not be seen of men who might be foes, for at the first
  • sight he had noted the gleam of weapons there. And now he had gone no
  • long way before he saw the westering sun shine brightly from a naked
  • sword, and then another sprang up to meet it, and he heard faintly the
  • clash of steel, and saw withal that the third of the folk had long and
  • light raiment and was a woman belike. Then he bettered his pace, and
  • in a minute or two came so near that he could see the men clearly, that
  • they were clad in knightly war-gear, and were laying on great strokes
  • so that the still place rang with the clatter. As for the woman, he
  • could see but little of her, because of the fighting men before her;
  • and the shadow of the oak boughs fell on her withal.
  • Now as he went, hidden by the bushes, they hid the men also from him,
  • and when he was come to the last bush, some fifty paces from them, and
  • peered out from it, in that very nick of time the two knights were
  • breathing them somewhat, and Ralph saw that one of them, the furthest
  • from him, was a very big man with a blue surcoat whereon was beaten a
  • great golden sun, and the other, whose back was towards Ralph, was clad
  • in black over his armour. Even as he looked and doubted whether to
  • show himself or not, he of the sun raised his sword aloft, and giving
  • forth a great roar as of wrath and grief mingled together, rushed on
  • his foe and smote so fiercely that he fell to the earth before him, and
  • the big man fell upon him as he fell, and let knee and sword-pommel and
  • fist follow the stroke, and there they wallowed on the earth together.
  • Straightway Ralph came forth from the bushes with his drawn sword in
  • his hand, and even therewith what with the two knights being both low
  • upon the earth, what with the woman herself coming from out the shadow
  • of the oak boughs, and turning her toward Ralph, he saw her clearly,
  • and stood staring and amazed--for lo! it was the Lady whom he had
  • delivered at the want-ways. His heart well nigh stood still with joy,
  • yet was he shamefaced also: for though now she was no longer clad in
  • that scanty raiment, yet did he seem to see her body through that which
  • covered it. But now her attire was but simple; a green gown, thin and
  • short, and thereover a cote-hardy of black cloth with orphreys of gold
  • and colours: but on her neck was a collar that seemed to him like to
  • that which Dame Katherine had given him; and the long tresses of her
  • hair, which he had erst seen floating loose about her, were wound as a
  • garland around her head. She looked with a flushed and joyous face on
  • Ralph, and seemed as if she heeded nought the battle of the knights,
  • but saw him only: but he feared her, and his love for her and stood
  • still, and durst not move forward to go to her.
  • Thus they abode for about the space of one minute: and meanwhile the
  • big man rose up on one knee and steadied him with his sword for a
  • moment of time, and the blade was bloody from the point half way up to
  • the hilt; but the black knight lay still and made no sign of life.
  • Then the Knight of the Sun rose up slowly and stood on his feet and
  • faced the Lady and seemed not to see Ralph, for his back was towards
  • him. He came slowly toward the Lady, scowling, and his face white as
  • chalk; then he spake to her coldly and sternly, stretching out his
  • bloody sword before her.
  • "I have done thy bidding, and slain my very earthly friend of friends
  • for thy sake. Wherewith wilt thou reward me?"
  • Then once more Ralph heard the voice, which he remembered so sweet
  • amidst peril and battle aforetime, as she said as coldly as the Knight:
  • "I bade thee not: thine own heart bade thee to strive with him because
  • thou deemedst that he loved me. Be content! thou hast slain him who
  • stood in thy way, as thou deemedst. Thinkest thou that I rejoice at
  • his slaying? O no! I grieve at it, for all that I had such good cause
  • to hate him."
  • He said: "My own heart! my own heart! Half of my heart biddeth me
  • slay thee, who hast made me slay him. What wilt thou give me?" She
  • knit her brow and spake angrily: "Leave to depart," she said. Then
  • after a while, and in a kinder voice: "And thus much of my love, that
  • I pray thee not to sorrow for me, but to have a good heart, and live as
  • a true knight should." He frowned: "Wilt thou not go with me?" said
  • he. "Not uncompelled," she said: "if thou biddest me go with threats
  • of hewing and mangling the body which thou sayest thou lovest, needs
  • must I go then. Yet scarce wilt thou do this."
  • "I have a mind to try it," said he; "If I set thee on thine horse and
  • bound thine hands for thee, and linked thy feet together under the
  • beast's belly; belike thou wouldest come. Shall I have slain my
  • brother-in-arms for nought?"
  • "Thou hast the mind," said she, "hast thou the might?" "So I deem,"
  • said he, smiling grimly.
  • She looked at him proudly and said: "Yea, but I misdoubt me thereof."
  • He still had his back to Ralph and was staring at the lady; she turned
  • her head a little and made a sign to Ralph, just as the Knight of the
  • Sun said: "Thou misdoubtest thee? Who shall help thee in the desert?"
  • "Look over thy left shoulder," she said. He turned, and saw Ralph
  • drawing near, sword in hand, smiling, but somewhat pale. He drew aback
  • from the Lady and, spinning round on his heel, faced Ralph, and cried
  • out: "Hah! Hast thou raised up a devil against me, thou sorceress, to
  • take from me my grief and my lust, and my life? Fair will the game be
  • to fight with thy devil as I have fought with my friend! Yet now I
  • know not whether I shall slay him or thee."
  • She spake not, but stood quietly looking on him, not unkindly, while a
  • wind came up from the water and played with a few light locks of hair
  • that hung down from that ruddy crown, and blew her raiment from her
  • feet and wrapped it close round her limbs; and Ralph beheld her, and
  • close as was the very death to him (for huge and most warrior-like was
  • his foeman) yet longing for her melted the heart within him, and he
  • felt the sweetness of life in his inmost soul as he had never felt it
  • before.
  • Suddenly the Knight of the Sun turned about to the Lady again, and fell
  • down on his knees before her, and clasped his hands as one praying, and
  • said: "Now pardon me all my words, I pray thee; and let this young man
  • depart unhurt, whether thou madest him, or hast but led him away from
  • country and friends and all. Then do thou come with me, and make some
  • semblance of loving me, and suffer me to love thee. And then shall all
  • be well, for in a few days we will go back to thy people, and there
  • will I be their lord or thy servant, or my brother's man, or what thou
  • wilt. O wilt thou not let the summer days be sweet?"
  • But she spake, holding up her head proudly and speaking in a clear
  • ringing voice: "I have said it, that uncompelled I will not go with
  • thee at all." And therewithal she turned her face toward Ralph, as she
  • might do on any chance-met courteous man, and he saw her smiling, but
  • she said nought to him, and gave no token of knowing him. Then the
  • Knight of the Sun sprang to his feet, and shook his sword above his
  • head and ran furiously on Ralph, who leapt nimbly on one side (else had
  • he been slain at once) and fetched a blow at the Sun-Knight, and smote
  • him, and brake the mails on his left shoulder, so that the blood
  • sprang, and fell on fiercely enough, smiting to right and left as the
  • other gave back at his first onset. But all was for nought, for the
  • Knight of the Sun, after his giving aback under that first stroke drew
  • himself up stark and stiff, and pressing on through all Ralph's
  • strokes, though they rent his mail here and there, ran within his
  • sword, and smote him furiously with the sword-pommel on the side of the
  • head, so that the young man of Upmeads could not stand up under the
  • weight of the blow, but fell to the earth swooning, and the Knight of
  • the Sun knelt on him, and drew out an anlace, short, thick and sharp,
  • and cried out: "Now, Devil, let see whether thou wilt bleed black."
  • Therewith he raised up his hand: but the weapon was stayed or ever it
  • fell, for the Lady had glided up to them when she saw that Ralph was
  • overcome, and now she stretched out her arm and caught hold of the
  • Knight's hand and the anlace withal, and he groaned and cried out:
  • "What now! thou art strong-armed as well as white-armed;" (for she had
  • rent the sleeve back from her right arm) and he laughed in the
  • extremity of his wrath. But she was pale and her lips quivered as she
  • said softly and sweetly: "Wilt thou verily slay this young man?"
  • "And why not?" said he, "since I have just slain the best friend that I
  • ever had, though he was nought willing to fight with me, and only for
  • this, that I saw thee toying with him; though forsooth thou hast said
  • truly that thou hadst more reason to hate him than love him. Well,
  • since thou wilt not have this youngling slain, I may deem at least that
  • he is no devil of thy making, else wouldst thou be glad of his slaying,
  • so that he might be out of the path of thee; so a man he is, and a
  • well-favoured one, and young; and valiant, as it seemeth: so I suppose
  • that he is thy lover, or will be one day--well then--"
  • And he lifted his hand again, but again she stayed him, and said: "Look
  • thou, I will buy him of thee: and, indeed, I owe him a life." "How is
  • that?" said he. "Why wouldst thou know?" she said; "thou who, if thou
  • hadst me in thine hands again, wouldst keep me away from all men. Yea,
  • I know what thou wouldst say, thou wouldst keep me from sinning again."
  • And she smiled, but bitterly. "Well, the tale is no long one: five
  • days ago I was taken by them of the Burg: and thou wottest what they
  • would do with me; yea, even if they deemed me less than they do deem
  • me: well, as two of their men-at-arms were leading me along by a
  • halter, as a calf is led to the butcher, we fell in with this goodly
  • lad, who slew them both in manly fashion, and I escaped for that time:
  • though, forsooth, I must needs put my neck in the noose again in
  • delivering four of our people, who would else have been tormented to
  • death by the Burgers."
  • "Well," said the knight, "perchance thou hast more mercy than I looked
  • for of thee; though I misdoubt thee that thou mayst yet pray me or some
  • other to slay him for thee. Thou art merciful, my Queen, though not to
  • me, and a churl were I if I were less merciful than thou. Therefore
  • will I give his life to him, yet not to thee will I give him if I may
  • help it--Lo you, Sweet! he is just opening his eyes."
  • Therewith he rose up from Ralph, who raised himself a little, and sat
  • up dazed and feeble. The Knight of the Sun stood up over him beside
  • the lady with his hands clasped on his sword-hilt, and said to Ralph:
  • "Young man, canst thou hear my words?" Ralph smiled feebly and nodded
  • a yea-say. "Dost thou love thy life then?" said the Knight. Ralph
  • found speech and said faintly, "Yea." Said the Knight: "Where dost
  • thou come from, where is thine home?" Said Ralph, "Upmeads." "Well
  • then," quoth the big knight, "go back to Upmeads, and live." Ralph
  • shook his head and knit his brows and said, "I will not." "Yea," said
  • the Knight, "thou wilt not live? Then must I shape me to thy humour.
  • Stand on thy feet and fight it out; for now I am cool I will not slay a
  • swordless man."
  • Ralph staggered up to his feet, but was so feeble still, that he sank
  • down again, and muttered: "I may not; I am sick and faint;" and
  • therewith swooned away again. But the Knight stood a while leaning on
  • his sword, and looking down on him not unkindly. Then he turned about
  • to the Lady, but lo! she had left his side. She had glided away, and
  • got to her horse, which was tethered on the other side of the oak-tree,
  • and had loosed him and mounted him, and so sat in the saddle there, the
  • reins gathered in her hands. She smiled on the knight as he stood
  • astonished, and cried to him; "Now, lord, I warn thee, draw not a
  • single foot nigher to me; for thou seest that I have Silverfax between
  • my knees, and thou knowest how swift he is, and if I see thee move, he
  • shall spring away with me. Thou wottest how well I know all the ways
  • of the woodland, and I tell thee that the ways behind me to the Dry
  • Tree be all safe and open, and that beyond the Gliding River I shall
  • come on Roger of the Ropewalk and his men. And if thou thinkest to
  • ride after me, and overtake me, cast the thought out of thy mind. For
  • thy horse is strong but heavy, as is meet for so big a knight, and
  • moreover he is many yards away from me and Silverfax: so before thou
  • art in the saddle, where shall I be? Yea," (for the Knight was
  • handling his anlace) "thou mayst cast it, and peradventure mayst hit
  • Silverfax and not me, and peradventure not; and I deem that it is my
  • body alive that thou wouldest have back with thee. So now, wilt thou
  • hearken?"
  • "Yea," quoth the knight, though for wrath he could scarce bring the
  • word from his mouth.
  • "Hearken," she said, "this is the bargain to be struck between us: even
  • now thou wouldst not refrain from slaying this young man, unless
  • perchance he should swear to depart from us; and as for me, I would not
  • go back with thee to Sunhome, where erst thou shamedst me. Now will I
  • buy thy nay-say with mine, and if thou give the youngling his life, and
  • suffer him to come his ways with us, then will I go home with thee and
  • will ride with thee in all the love and duty that I owe thee; or if
  • thou like this fashion of words better, I will give thee my body for
  • his life. But if thou likest not the bargain, there is not another
  • piece of goods for thee in the market, for then I will ride my ways to
  • the Dry Tree, and thou shalt slay the poor youth, or make of him thy
  • sworn friend, like as was Walter--which thou wilt."
  • So she spake, and Ralph yet lay on the grass and heard nought. But the
  • Knight's face was dark and swollen with anger as he answered: "My sworn
  • friend! yea, I understand thy gibe. I need not thy words to bring to
  • my mind how I have slain one sworn friend for thy sake."
  • "Nay," she said, "not for my sake, for thine own folly's sake." He
  • heeded her not, but went on: "And as for this one, I say again of him,
  • if he be not thy devil, then thou meanest him for thy lover. And now I
  • deem that I will verily slay him, ere he wake again; belike it were his
  • better luck."
  • She said: "I wot not why thou hagglest over the price of that thou
  • wouldest have. If thou have him along with thee, shall he not be in
  • thy power--as I shall be? and thou mayst slay him--or me--when thou
  • wilt."
  • "Yea," he said, grimly, "when thou art weary of him. O art thou not
  • shameless amongst women! Yet must I needs pay thy price, though my
  • honour and the welfare of my life go with it. Yet how if he have no
  • will to fare with us?" She laughed and said: "Then shalt thou have him
  • with thee as thy captive and thrall. Hast thou not conquered him in
  • battle?" He stood silent a moment and then he said: "Thou sayest it;
  • he shall come with me, will he, nill he, unarmed, and as a prisoner,
  • and the spoil of my valiancy." And he laughed, not altogether in
  • bitterness, but as if some joy were rising in his heart. "Now, my
  • Queen," said he, "the bargain is struck betwixt us, and thou mayest
  • light down off Silverfax; as for me, I will go fetch water from the
  • lake, that we may wake up this valiant and mighty youth, this newfound
  • jewel, and bring him to his wits again."
  • She answered nought, but rode her horse close to him and lighted down
  • nimbly, while his greedy eyes devoured her beauty. Then he took her
  • hand and drew her to him, and kissed her cheek, and she suffered it,
  • but kissed him not again. Then he took off his helm, and went down to
  • the lake to fetch up water therein.
  • CHAPTER 23
  • The Leechcraft of the Lady
  • Meanwhile she went to Ralph and stood by him, who now began to stir
  • again; and she knelt down by him and kissed his face gently, and rose
  • up hastily and stood a little aloof again.
  • Now Ralph sat up and looked about him, and when he saw the Lady he
  • first blushed red, and then turned very pale; for the full life was in
  • him again, and he knew her, and love drew strongly at his
  • heart-strings. But she looked on him kindly and said to him: "How
  • fares it with thee? I am sorry of thy hurt which thou hast had for
  • me." He said: "Forsooth, Lady, a chance knock or two is no great
  • matter for a lad of Upmeads. But oh! I have seen thee before." "Yea,"
  • she said, "twice before, fair knight." "How is that?" he said; "once I
  • saw thee, the fairest thing in the world, and evil men would have led
  • thee to slaughter; but not twice."
  • She smiled on him still more kindly, as if he were a dear friend, and
  • said simply: "I was that lad in the cloak that ye saw in the Flower de
  • Luce; and afterwards when ye, thou and Roger, fled away from the Burg
  • of the Four Friths. I had come into the Burg with my captain of war at
  • the peril of our lives to deliver four faithful friends of mine who
  • were else doomed to an evil death."
  • He said nought, but gazed at her face, wondering at her valiancy and
  • goodness. She took him by the hand now, and held it without speaking
  • for a little while, and he sat there still looking up into her face,
  • wondering at her sweetness and his happiness. Then she said, as she
  • drew her hand away and spake in such a voice, and so looking at him,
  • that every word was as a caress to him: "Thy soul is coming back to
  • thee, my friend, and thou art well at ease: is it not so?"
  • "O yea," he said, "and I woke up happily e'en now; for me-dreamed that
  • my gossip came to me and kissed me kindly; and she is a fair woman, but
  • not a young woman."
  • As he spoke the knight, who had come nearly noiselessly over the grass,
  • stood by them, holding his helm full of water, and looking grimly upon
  • them; but the Lady looked up at him with wide eyes wonderingly, and
  • Ralph, beholding her, deemed that all he had heard of her goodness was
  • but the very sooth. But the knight spake: "Young man, thou hast
  • fought with me, thou knowest not wherefore, and grim was my mood when
  • thou madest thine onset, and still is, so that never but once wilt thou
  • be nigher thy death than thou hast been this hour. But now I have
  • given thee life because of the asking of this lady; and therewith I
  • give thee leave to come thy ways with us: nay, rather I command thee to
  • come, for thou art my prisoner, to be kept or ransomed, or set free as
  • I will. But my will is that thou shalt not have thine armour and
  • weapons; and there is a cause for this, which mayhappen I will tell
  • thee hereafter. But now I bid thee drink of this water, and then do
  • off thine helm and hauberk and give me thy sword and dagger, and go
  • with us peaceably; and be not overmuch ashamed, for I have overcome men
  • who boasted themselves to be great warriors."
  • So Ralph drank of the water, and did off his helm, and cast water on
  • his face, and arose, and said smiling: "Nay, my master, I am nought
  • ashamed of my mishaps: and as to my going with thee and the Lady, thou
  • hast heard me say under thy dagger that I would not forbear to follow
  • her; so I scarce need thy command thereto." The knight scowled on him
  • and said: "Hold thy peace, fool! Thou wert best not stir my wrath
  • again." "Nay," said Ralph, "thou hast my sword, and mayst slay me if
  • thou wilt; therefore be not word-valiant with me."
  • Said the Knight of the Sun: "Well, well, thou hast the right of it
  • there. Only beware lest thou try me overmuch. But now must we set
  • forth on our road; and here is work for thee to do: a hundred yards
  • within the thick wood in a straight line from the oak-tree thou shalt
  • find two horses, mine and the knight's who fell before me; go thou and
  • bring them hither; for I will not leave thee with my lady, lest I have
  • to slay thee in the end, and maybe her also."
  • Ralph nodded cheerfully, and set off on his task, and was the readier
  • therein because the Lady looked on him kindly and compassionately as he
  • went by her. He found the horses speedily, a black horse that was of
  • the Black Knight, and a bay of the Knight of the Sun, and he came back
  • with them lightly.
  • But when he came to the oak-tree again, lo, the knight and the Lady
  • both kneeling over the body of the Black Knight, and Ralph saw that the
  • Knight of the Sun was sobbing and weeping sorely, so that he deemed
  • that he was taking leave of his friend that lay dead there: but when
  • Ralph had tied up those other two steeds by Silverfax and drawn rear to
  • those twain, the Knight of the Sun looked up at him, and spake in a
  • cheerful voice: "Thou seemest to be no ill man, though thou hast come
  • across my lady; so now I bid thee rejoice that there is a good knight
  • more in the world than we deemed e'en now; for this my friend Walter
  • the Black is alive still." "Yea," said the Lady, "and belike he shall
  • live a long while yet."
  • So Ralph looked, and saw that they had stripped the knight of his
  • hauberk and helm, and bared his body, and that the Lady was dressing a
  • great and sore wound in his side; neither was he come to himself again:
  • he was a young man, and very goodly to look on, dark haired and
  • straight of feature, fair of face; and Ralph felt a grief at his heart
  • as he beheld the Lady's hands dealing with his bare flesh, though
  • nought the man knew of it belike.
  • As for the Knight of the Sun, he was no more grim and moody, but
  • smiling and joyous, and he spake and said: "Young man, this shall
  • stand thee in good stead that I have not slain my friend this bout.
  • Sooth to say, it might else have gone hard with thee on the way to my
  • house, or still more in my house. But now be of good heart, for unless
  • of thine own folly thou run on the sword's point, thou mayst yet live
  • and do well." Then he turned to the Lady and said: "Dame, for as good
  • a leech as ye be, ye may not heal this man so that he may sit in his
  • saddle within these ten days; and now what is to do in this matter?"
  • She looked on him with smiling lips and a strange light in her eyes,
  • and said: "Yea, forsooth, what wilt thou do? Wilt thou abide here by
  • Walter thyself alone, and let me bring the imp of Upmeads home to our
  • house? Or wilt thou ride home and send folk with a litter to us? Or
  • shall this youngling ride at all adventure, and seek to Sunway through
  • the blind woodland? Which shall it be?"
  • The knight laughed outright, and said: "Yea, fair one, this is much
  • like to the tale of the carle at the ferry with the fox, and the goat,
  • and the cabbage."
  • There was scarce a smile on her face as she said gently: "One thing is
  • to be thought of, that Walter's soul is not yet so fast in his body
  • that either thou or some rough-handed leech may be sure of healing him;
  • it must be this hand, and the learning which it hath learned which must
  • deal with him for a while." And she stretched out her arm over the
  • wounded man, with the fingers pointing down the water, and reddened
  • withal, as if she felt the hearts' greediness of the two men who were
  • looking on her beauty.
  • The big knight sighed, and said: "Well, unless I am to kill him over
  • again, there is nothing for it but our abiding with him for the next
  • few hours at least. To-morrow is a new day, and fair is the
  • woodland-hall of summer-tide; neither shall water fail us. But as to
  • victual, I wot not save that we have none."
  • The Lady laughed, and said to Ralph; "Who knoweth what thou mayst find
  • if thou go to the black horse and look into the saddle-bags which I saw
  • upon him awhile agone? For indeed we need somewhat, if it were but to
  • keep the life in the body of this wounded man."
  • Ralph sprang up and turned to the horse, and found the saddle-bags on
  • him, and took from them bread and flesh, and a flask of good wine, and
  • brought them to the Lady, who laughed and said: "Thou art a good
  • seeker and no ill finder." Then she gave the wounded man to drink of
  • the wine, so that he stirred somewhat, and the colour came into his
  • face a little. Then she bade gather store of bracken for a bed for the
  • Black Knight, and Ralph bestirred himself therein, but the Knight of
  • the Sun sat looking at the Lady as she busied herself with his friend,
  • and gloom seemed gathering on him again.
  • But when the bracken was enough, the Lady made a bed deftly and
  • speedily; and between the three they laid the wounded man thereon, who
  • seemed coming to himself somewhat, and spake a few words, but those
  • nothing to the point. Then the Lady took her gay embroidered cloak,
  • which lay at the foot of the oak tree, and cast it over him and, as
  • Ralph deemed, eyed him lovingly, and belike the Knight of the Sun
  • thought in likewise, for he scowled upon her; and for awhile but little
  • was the joyance by the ancient oak, unless it were with the Lady.
  • CHAPTER 24
  • Supper and Slumber in the Woodland Hall
  • But when all was done to make the wounded knight as easy as might be,
  • the Lady turned to the other twain, and said kindly: "Now, lords, it
  • were good to get to table, since here is wherewithal." And she looked
  • on them both full kindly as she spake the words, but nowise wantonly;
  • even as the lady of a fair house might do by honoured guests. So the
  • hearts of both were cheered, and nothing loth they sat down by her on
  • the grass and fell to meat. Yet was the Knight of the Sun a little
  • moody for a while, but when he had eaten and drunken somewhat, he said:
  • "It were well if someone might come hereby, some hermit or holy man, to
  • whom we might give the care of Walter: then might we home to Sunway,
  • and send folk with a litter to fetch him home softly when the due time
  • were."
  • "Yea," said the Lady, "that might happen forsooth, and perchance it
  • will; and if it were before nightfall it were better."
  • Ralph saw that as she spake she took hold of the two fingers of her
  • left hand with her right forefinger, and let the thumb meet it, so that
  • it made a circle about them, and she spake something therewith in a low
  • voice, but he heeded it little, save as he did all ways that her body
  • moved. As for the Knight of the Sun, he was looking down on the grass
  • as one pondering matters, and noted this not. But he said presently:
  • "What hast thou to say of Walter now? Shall he live?" "Yea," she
  • said, "maybe as long as either of you twain." The knight looked hard at
  • Ralph, but said nothing, and Ralph heeded not his looks, for his eyes
  • were busy devouring the Lady.
  • So they abode a little, and the more part of what talk there was came
  • from the Lady, and she was chiefly asking Ralph of his home in Upmeads,
  • and his brethren and kindred, and he told her all openly, and hid
  • naught, while her voice ravished his very soul from him, and it seemed
  • strange to him, that such an one should hold him in talk concerning
  • these simple matters and familiar haps, and look on him so kindly and
  • simply. Ever and anon would she go and look to the welfare of the
  • wounded man, and come back from him (for they sat a little way aloof),
  • and tell them how he did. And still the Knight of the Sun took little
  • heed, and once again gloom settled down on him.
  • Amidst all this the sun was set, and the long water lay beneath the
  • heavens like a sheet of bright, fair-hued metal, and naught stirred it:
  • till at last the Lady leaned forward to Ralph, and touched his shoulder
  • (for he was sitting over against her, with his back to the water), and
  • she said: "Sir Knight, Sir Knight, his wish is coming about, I believe
  • verily." He turned his head to look over his shoulder, and, as if by
  • chance-hap, his cheek met the outstretched hand she was pointing with:
  • she drew it not away very speedily, and as sweet to him was the touch
  • of it as if his face had been brushed past by a summer lily.
  • "Nay, look! something cometh," she cried; and he looked and saw a
  • little boat making down the water toward the end anigh them. Then the
  • Knight of the Sun seemed to awake at her word, and he leapt to his
  • feet, and stood looking at the new comer.
  • It was but a little while ere the boat touched the shore, and a man
  • stepped out of it on to the grass and made it fast to the bank, and
  • then stood and looked about him as if seeking something; and lo, it was
  • a holy man, a hermit in the habit of the Blackfriars.
  • Then the Knight of the Sun hastened down to the strand to meet him, and
  • when Ralph was thus left alone with the Lady, though it were but for a
  • little, his heart beat and he longed sore to touch her with his hand,
  • but durst not, and did but hope that her hand would stray his way as it
  • had e'en now. But she arose and stood a little way from him, and spake
  • to him sweetly of the fairness of the evening, and the wounded man, and
  • the good hap of the friar's coming before nightfall; and his heart was
  • wrung sore with the love of her.
  • So came the knight up from the strand, and the holy man with him, who
  • greeted Ralph and the Lady and blessed them, and said: "Now, daughter,
  • show me thy sick man; for I am somewhat of a leech, and this thy baron
  • would have me heal him, and I have a right good will thereto."
  • So he went to the Black Knight, and when he had looked to his hurts, he
  • turned to them and said: "Have ye perchance any meat in the
  • wilderness?" "Yea," quoth the Knight of the Sun; "there is enough for a
  • day or more, and if we must needs abide here longer, I or this young
  • man may well make shift to slay some deer, great or little, for our
  • sustenance and the healing of my friend."
  • "It is well," said the Friar; "my hermitage is no great way hence, in
  • the thicket at the end of this water. But now is the fever on this
  • knight, and we may not move him ere morning at soonest; but to-morrow
  • we may make a shift to bear him hence by boat: or, if not, then may I
  • go and fetch from my cell bread and other meat, and milk of my goats;
  • and thus shall we do well till we may bring him to my cell, and then
  • shall ye leave him there; and afterwards I will lead him home to Sunway
  • where thou dwellest, baron, when he is well enough healed; or, if he
  • will not go thither, let him go his ways, and I myself will come to
  • Sunway and let thee wot of his welfare."
  • The knight yeasaid all this, and thereafter the Friar and the Lady
  • together tended the wounded knight, and gave him water to drink, and
  • wine. And meanwhile Ralph and the Knight of the Sun lay down on the
  • grass and watched the eve darkening, and Ralph marvelled at his
  • happiness, and wondered what the morrow would bring forth.
  • But amidst his happy thoughts the Knight of the Sun spake to him and
  • said: "Young knight, I have struck a bargain with her that thou shalt
  • follow us home, if thou wilt: but to say sooth, I think when the
  • bargain was struck I was minded when I had thee at Sunway to cast thee
  • into my prison. But now I will do otherwise, and if thou must needs
  • follow after thine own perdition, as I have, thou shalt do so freely;
  • therefore take again thine armour and weapons, and do what thou wilt
  • with them. But if thou wilt do after my rede, get thee away to-morrow,
  • or better, to-night, and desire our fellowship no more."
  • Ralph heard him, and the heart within him was divided. It was in his
  • mind to speak debonnairely to the knight; but again he felt as if he
  • hated him, and the blythe words would not come, and he answered
  • doggedly: "I will not leave my Lady since she biddeth me go with her.
  • If thou wilt then, make the most of it that thou art stronger than I,
  • and a warrior more proven; set me before thy sword, and fight with me
  • and slay me."
  • Then rose the wrath to the knight's lips, and he brake forth: "Then is
  • there one other thing for thee to do, and that is that thou take thy
  • sword, which I have just given back to thee, and thrust her through
  • therewith. That were better for thee and for me, and for him who lieth
  • yonder."
  • Therewith he arose and strode up and down in the dusk, and Ralph
  • wondered at him, yet hated him now not so much, since he deemed that
  • the Lady would not love him, and that he was angered thereby. Yet
  • about Ralph's heart there hung a certain fear of what should be.
  • But presently the knight came and sat down by him again, and again fell
  • to speech with him, and said: "Thou knowest that I may not slay thee,
  • and yet thou sayest, fight with me; is this well done?" "Is it ill
  • done?" said Ralph, "I wot not why."
  • The knight was silent awhile, and then he said: "With what words shall
  • I beseech thee to depart while it is yet time? It may well be that in
  • days to come I shall be good to thee, and help thee."
  • But Ralph said never a word. Then said the knight, and sighed withal:
  • "I now see this of thee, that thou mayst not depart; well, so let it
  • be!" and he sighed heavily again. Then Ralph strove with himself, and
  • said courteously: "Sir, I am sorry that I am a burden irksome to thee;
  • and that, why I know not, thou mayst not rid thyself of me by the
  • strong hand, and that otherwise thou mayst not be rid of me. What then
  • is this woman to thee, that thou wouldst have me slay her, and yet art
  • so fierce in thy love for her?" The Knight of the Sun laughed
  • wrathfully thereat, and was on the point of answering him, when up came
  • those two from the wounded man, and the Friar said: "The knight shall
  • do well; but well it is for him that the Lady of Abundance was here for
  • his helping; for from her hands goeth all healing, as it was with the
  • holy men of old time. May the saints keep her from all harm; for meek
  • and holy indeed she is, as oft we have heard it."
  • The Lady put her hand on his shoulder, as if to bid him silence, and
  • then set herself down on the grass beside the Knight of the Sun, and
  • fell to talking sweetly and blithely to the three men. The Friar
  • answered her with many words, and told her of the deer and fowl of the
  • wood and the water that he was wont to see nigh to his hermitage; for
  • of such things she asked him, and at last he said: "Good sooth, I
  • should be shy to say in all places and before all men of all my
  • dealings with God's creatures which live about me there. Wot ye what?
  • E'en now I had no thought of coming hitherward; but I was sitting
  • amongst the trees pondering many things, when I began to drowse, and
  • drowsing I heard the thornbushes speaking to me like men, and they bade
  • me take my boat and go up the water to help a man who was in need; and
  • that is how I came hither; benedicite."
  • So he spake; but the Knight of the Sun did but put in a word here and
  • there, and that most often a sour and snappish word. As for Ralph, he
  • also spake but little, and strayed somewhat in his answers; for he
  • could not but deem that she spake softlier and kinder to him than to
  • the others; and he was dreamy with love and desire, and scarce knew
  • what he was saying.
  • Thus they wore away some two hours, the Friar or the Lady turning away
  • at whiles to heed the wounded man, who was now talking wildly in his
  • fever.
  • But at last the night was grown as dark as it would be, since cloud and
  • storm came not, for the moon had sunk down: so the Lady said: "Now,
  • lords, our candle hath gone out, and I for my part will to bed; so let
  • us each find a meet chamber in the woodland hall; and I will lie near
  • to thee, father, and the wounded friend, lest I be needed to help thee
  • in the night; and thou, Baron of Sunway, lie thou betwixt me and the
  • wood, to ward me from the wild deer and the wood-wights. But thou,
  • Swain of Upmeads, wilt thou deem it hard to lie anear the horses, to
  • watch them if they be scared by aught?"
  • "Yea," said the Knight of the Sun, "thou art Lady here forsooth; even
  • as men say of thee, that thou swayest man and beast in the wildwood.
  • But this time at least it is not so ill-marshalled of thee: I myself
  • would have shown folk to chamber here in likewise."
  • Therewith he rose up, and walked to and fro for a little, and then
  • went, and sat down on a root of the oak-tree, clasping his knees with
  • his hands, but lay not down awhile. But the Lady made herself a bed of
  • the bracken which was over from those that Ralph had gathered for the
  • bed of the wounded Knight; and the Friar lay down on the grass nigh to
  • her, and both were presently asleep.
  • Then Ralph got up quietly; and, shamefacedly for very love, passed
  • close beside the sleeping woman as he went to his place by the horses,
  • taking his weapons and wargear with him: and he said to himself as he
  • laid him down, that it was good for him to be quite alone, that he
  • might lie awake and think at his ease of all the loveliness and
  • kindness of his Lady. Howbeit, he was a young man, and a sturdy, used
  • to lying abroad in the fields or the woods, and it was his custom to
  • sleep at once and sweetly when he lay down after the day's work had
  • wearied him, and even so he did now, and was troubled by no dreams of
  • what was past or to come.
  • BOOK TWO
  • The Road Unto Trouble
  • CHAPTER 1
  • Ralph Meets With Love in the Wilderness
  • He woke up while it was yet night, and knew that he had been awakened
  • by a touch; but, like a good hunter and warrior, he forebore to start
  • up or cry out till sleep had so much run off him that he could tell
  • somewhat of what was toward. So now he saw the Lady bending over him,
  • and she said in a kind and very low voice: "Rise up, young man, rise
  • up, Ralph, and say no word, but come with me a little way into the wood
  • ere dawn come, for I have a word for thee."
  • So he stood up and was ready to go with her, his heart beating hard for
  • joy and wonder. "Nay," she whispered, "take thy sword and war-gear
  • lest ill befall: do on thine hauberk; I will be thy squire." And she
  • held his war-coat out for him to do on. "Now," she said, still softly,
  • "hide thy curly hair with the helm, gird thy sword to thee, and come
  • without a word."
  • Even so he did, and therewithal felt her hand take his (for it was dark
  • as they stepped amidst the trees), and she led him into the Seventh
  • Heaven, for he heard her voice, though it were but a whisper, as it
  • were a caress and a laugh of joy in each word.
  • She led him along swiftly, fumbling nought with the paths betwixt the
  • pine-tree boles, where it was as dark as dark might be. Every minute
  • he looked to hear her say a word of why she had brought him thither,
  • and that then she would depart from him; so he prayed that the silence
  • and the holding of his hand might last a long while--for he might
  • think of naught save her--and long it lasted forsooth, and still she
  • spake no word, though whiles a little sweet chuckle, as of the garden
  • warbler at his softest, came from her lips, and the ripple of her
  • raiment as her swift feet drave it, sounded loud to his eager ears in
  • the dark, windless wood.
  • At last, and it was more than half-an-hour of their walking thus, it
  • grew lighter, and he could see the shape of her alongside of him; and
  • still she held his hand and glided on swifter and swifter, as he
  • thought; and soon he knew that outside the wood dawn was giving place
  • to day, and even there, in the wood, it was scarce darker than twilight.
  • Yet a little further, and it grew lighter still, and he heard the
  • throstles singing a little way off, and knew that they were on the edge
  • of the pine-wood, and still her swift feet sped on till they came to a
  • little grassy wood-lawn, with nought anear it on the side away from the
  • wood save maples and thorn-bushes: it was broad daylight there, though
  • the sun had not yet arisen.
  • There she let fall his hand and turned about to him and faced him
  • flushed and eager, with her eyes exceeding bright and her lips half
  • open and quivering. He stood beholding her, trembling, what for
  • eagerness, what for fear of her words when he had told her of his
  • desire. For he had now made up his mind to do no less. He put his
  • helm from off his head and laid it down on the grass, and he noted
  • therewith that she had come in her green gown only, and had left mantle
  • and cote hardie behind.
  • Now he stood up again and was just going to speak, when lo! she put
  • both her palms to her face, and her bosom heaved, and her shoulders
  • were shaken with sobs, and she burst out a weeping, so that the tears
  • ran through her fingers. Then he cast himself on the ground before
  • her, and kissed her feet, and clasped her about the knees, and laid his
  • cheek to her raiment, and fawned upon her, and cried out many an idle
  • word of love, and still she wept a while and spake not. At last she
  • reached her hand down to his face and fondled it, and he let his lips
  • lie on the hand, and she suffered it a while, and then took him by the
  • arm and raised him up and led him on swiftly as before; and he knew not
  • what to do or say, and durst by no means stay her, and could frame no
  • word to ask her wherefore.
  • So they sped across a waste not much beset with trees, he silent, she
  • never wearying or slacking her pace or faltering as to the way, till
  • they came into the thick wood again, and ever when he would have spoken
  • she hushed him, with "Not yet! Not yet!" Until at last when the sun
  • had been up for some three hours, she led him through a hazel copse,
  • like a deep hedge, into a cleared grassy place where were great grey
  • stones lying about, as if it had been the broken doom-ring of a
  • forgotten folk. There she threw herself down on the grass and buried
  • her face amidst the flowers, and was weeping and sobbing again and he
  • bending over her, till she turned to him and drew him down to her and
  • put her hands to his face, and laid her cheeks all wet with tears to
  • his, and fell to kissing him long and sweetly, so that in his turn he
  • was like to weep for the very sweetness of love.
  • Then at last she spake: "This is the first word, that now I have
  • brought thee away from death; and so sweet it is to me that I can
  • scarce bear it."
  • "Oh, sweet to me," he said, "for I have waited for thee many days." And
  • he fell to kissing and clipping her, as one who might not be satisfied.
  • At last she drew herself from him a little, and, turning on him a face
  • smiling with love, she said: "Forbear it a little, till we talk
  • together." "Yea," quoth he, "but may I hold thine hand awhile?" "No
  • harm in that," she said, laughing, and she gave him her hand and spake:
  • "I spake it that I have brought thee from death, and thou hast asked me
  • no word concerning what and how." "I will ask it now, then," said he,
  • "since thou wilt have it so." She said: "Dost thou think that he would
  • have let thee live?"
  • "Who," said he, "since thou lettest me live?"
  • "He, thy foeman, the Knight of the Sun," she said. "Why didst thou not
  • flee from him before? For he did not so much desire to slay thee, but
  • that he would have had thee depart; but if thou wert once at his house,
  • he would thrust a sword through thee, or at the least cast thee into
  • his prison and let thee lie there till thy youth be gone--or so it
  • seemed to me," she said, faltering as she looked on him.
  • Said Ralph: "How could I depart when thou wert with him? Didst thou
  • not see me there? I was deeming that thou wouldst have me abide."
  • She looked upon him with such tender love that he made as if he would
  • cast himself upon her; but she refrained him, and smiled and said: "Ah,
  • yes, I saw thee, and thought not that thou wouldst sunder thyself from
  • me; therefore had I care of thee." And she touched his cheek with her
  • other hand; and he sighed and knit his brows somewhat, and said: "But
  • who is this man that he should slay me? And why is he thy tyrant, that
  • thou must flee from him?"
  • She laughed and said: "Fair creature, he is my husband."
  • Then Ralph flushed red, and his visage clouded, and he opened his mouth
  • to speak; but she stayed him and said: "Yet is he not so much my
  • husband but that or ever we were bedded he must needs curse me and
  • drive me away from his house." And she smiled, but her face reddened so
  • deeply that her grey eyes looked strange and light therein.
  • But Ralph leapt up, and half drew his sword, and cried out loud: "Would
  • God I had slain him! Wherefore could I not slay him?" And he strode up
  • and down the sward before her in his wrath. But she leaned forward to
  • him and laughed and said: "Yet, O Champion, we will not go back to him,
  • for he is stronger than thou, and hath vanquished thee. This is a
  • desert place, but thou art loud, and maybe over loud. Come rest by me."
  • So he came and sat down by her, and took her hand again and kissed the
  • wrist thereof and fondled it and said: "Yea, but he desireth thee
  • sorely; that was easy to see. It was my ill-luck that I slew him not."
  • She stroked his face again and said: "Long were the tale if I told
  • thee all. After he had driven me out, and I had fled from him, he fell
  • in with me again divers times, as was like to be; for his brother is
  • the Captain of the Dry Tree; the tall man whom thou hast seen with me:
  • and every time this baron hath come on me he has prayed my love, as one
  • who would die despaired if I granted it not, but O my love with the
  • bright sword" (and she kissed his cheek therewith, and fondled his hand
  • with both her hands), "each time I said him nay, I said him nay." And
  • again her face burned with blushes.
  • "And his brother," said Ralph, "the big captain that I have come across
  • these four times, doth he desire thee also?" She laughed and said:
  • "But as others have, no more: he will not slay any man for my sake."
  • Said Ralph: "Didst thou wot that I was abiding thy coming at the
  • Castle of Abundance?" "Yea," she said, "have I not told thee that I
  • bade Roger lead thee thither?" Then she said softly: "That was after
  • that first time we met; after I had ridden away on the horse of that
  • butcher whom thou slayedst."
  • "But why camest thou so late?" said he; "Wouldst thou have come if I
  • had abided there yet?" She said: "What else did I desire but to be
  • with thee? But I set out alone looking not for any peril, since our
  • riders had gone to the north against them of the Burg: but as I drew
  • near to the Water of the Oak, I fell in with my husband and that other
  • man; and this time all my naysays were of no avail, and whatsoever I
  • might say he constrained me to go with them; but straightway they fell
  • out together, and fought, even as thou sawest." And she looked at him
  • sweetly, and as frankly as if he had been naught but her dearest
  • brother.
  • But he said: "It was concerning thee that they fought: hast thou known
  • the Black Knight for long?"
  • "Yea," she said, "I may not hide that he hath loved me: but he hath
  • also betrayed me. It was through him that the Knight of the Sun drave
  • me from him. Hearken, for this concerneth thee: he made a tale of me
  • of true and false mingled, that I was a wise-wife and an enchantress,
  • and my lord trowed in him, so that I was put to shame before all the
  • house, and driven forth wrung with anguish, barefoot and bleeding."
  • He looked and saw pain and grief in her face, as it had been the shadow
  • of that past time, and the fierceness of love in him so changed his
  • face, that she arose and drew a little way from him, and stood there
  • gazing at him. But he also rose and knelt before her, and reached up
  • for her hands and took them in his and said: "Tell me truly, and
  • beguile me not; for I am a young man, and without guile, and I love
  • thee, and would have thee for my speech-friend, what woman soever may
  • be in the world. Whatever thou hast been, what art thou now? Art thou
  • good or evil? Wilt thou bless me or ban me? For it is the truth that
  • I have heard tales and tales of thee: many were good, though it maybe
  • strange; but some, they seemed to warn me of evil in thee. O look at
  • me, and see if I love thee or not! and I may not help it. Say once for
  • all, shall that be for my ruin or my bliss? If thou hast been evil,
  • then be good this one time and tell me."
  • She neither reddened now, nor paled at his words, but her eyes filled
  • with tears, and ran over, and she looked down on him as a woman looks
  • on a man that she loves from the heart's root, and she said: "O my
  • lord and love, may it be that thou shalt find me no worse to thee than
  • the best of all those tales. Forsooth how shall I tell thee of myself,
  • when, whatever I say, thou shalt believe every word I tell thee? But O
  • my heart, how shouldest thou, so sweet and fair and good, be taken with
  • the love of an evil thing? At the least I will say this, that
  • whatsoever I have been, I am good to thee--I am good to thee, and will
  • be true to thee."
  • He drew her down to him as he knelt there, and took his arms about her,
  • and though she yet shrank from him a little and the eager flame of his
  • love, he might not be gainsayed, and she gave herself to him and let
  • her body glide into his arms, and loved him no less than he loved her.
  • And there between them in the wilderness was all the joy of love that
  • might be.
  • CHAPTER 2
  • They Break Their Fast in the Wildwood
  • Now when it was hard on noon, and they had lain long in that grassy
  • place, Ralph rose up and stood upon his feet, and made as one
  • listening. But the Lady looked on him and said: "It is naught save a
  • hart and his hind running in the wood; yet mayhappen we were best on
  • the road, for it is yet long." "Yea," said Ralph, "and it may be that
  • my master will gather folk and pursue us." "Nay, nay," she said, "that
  • were to wrong him, to deem that he would gather folk to follow one man;
  • if he come, he will be by himself alone. When he found us gone he
  • doubtless cast himself on Silverfax, my horse, in trust of the beast
  • following after my feet."
  • "Well," said Ralph, "and if he come alone, there is yet a sword betwixt
  • him and thee."
  • She was standing up by him now with her hand on his shoulder, "Hear now
  • the darling, the champion! how he trusteth well in his heart and his
  • right hand. But nay, I have cared for thee well. Hearken, if thou
  • wilt not take it amiss that I tell thee all I do, good or evil. I said
  • a word in the ear of Silverfax or ever I departed, and now the good
  • beast knows my mind, and will lead the fierce lord a little astray, but
  • not too much, lest he follow us with his eager heart and be led by his
  • own keen woodcraft. Indeed, I left the horse behind to that end, else
  • hadst thou ridden the woodland ways with me, instead of my wearying
  • thee by our going afoot; and thou with thy weapons and wargear."
  • He looked upon her tenderly, and said smiling: "And thou, my dear, art
  • thou not a little wearied by what should weary a knight and one bred
  • afield?" "Nay," she said, "seest thou not how I walk lightly clad,
  • whereas I have left behind my mantle and cote-hardie?" Thereat she
  • gathered up her gown into her girdle ready for the way, and smiled as
  • she saw his eyes embrace the loveliness of her feet; and she spake as
  • she moved them daintily on the flowery grass: "Sooth to say, Knight, I
  • am no weakling dame, who cannot move her limbs save in the dance, or to
  • back the white palfrey and ride the meadows, goshawk on wrist; I am
  • both well-knit and light-foot as the Wood-wife and Goddess of yore
  • agone. Many a toil hath gone to that, whereof I may tell thee
  • presently; but now we were best on our way. Yet before we go, I will
  • at least tell thee this, that in my knowing of these woods, there is no
  • sorcery at all; for in the woods, though not in these woods, was I
  • bred; and here also I am at home, as I may say."
  • Hand in hand then they went lightly through the hazel copse, and soon
  • was the wood thick about them, but, as before, the Lady led
  • unfalteringly through the thicket paths. Now Ralph spake and said: "It
  • is good that thou lead me whither thou wilt; but this I may say, that
  • it is clear to me that we are not on the way to the Castle of
  • Abundance." "Even so," said she; "indeed had I come to thee there, as I
  • was minded, I should presently have brought thee on the way which we
  • are wending now, or one nigh to it; and that is that which leadeth to
  • Hampton under Scaur, and the Fellowship of Champions who dwell on the
  • rock."
  • Said Ralph: "It is well; yet will I tell thee the truth, that a little
  • sojourn in that fair house had liked me better. Fain had I been to see
  • thee sitting in thine ivory chair in thy chamber of dais with the walls
  • hung round with thee woven in pictures--wilt thou not tell me in words
  • the story of those pictures? and also concerning the book which I read,
  • which was also of thee?"
  • "Ah," she said, "thou hast read in the book--well, I will tell thee the
  • story very soon, and that the more since there are matters written
  • wrong in the book." Therewith she hurried him on, and her feet seemed
  • never tired, though now, to say sooth, he began to go somewhat heavily.
  • Then she stayed him, and laughed sweetly in his face, and said: "It is
  • a long while now since the beginning of the June day, and meseems I
  • know thy lack, and the slaking of it lieth somewhat nearer than Hampton
  • under Scaur, which we shall not reach these two days if we go afoot all
  • the way."
  • "My lack?" said he; "I lack nought now, that I may not have when I
  • will." And he put his arms about her shoulders and strained her to his
  • bosom. But she strove with him, and freed herself and laughed
  • outright, and said: "Thou art a bold man, and rash, my knight, even
  • unto me. Yet must I see to it that thou die not of hunger." He said
  • merrily: "Yea, by St. Nicholas, true it is: a while ago I felt no
  • hunger, and had forgotten that men eat; for I was troubled with much
  • longing, and in doubt concerning my life; but now am I free and happy,
  • and hungry therewithal."
  • "Look," she said, pointing up to the heavens, "it is now past two hours
  • after noon; that is nigh two hours since we left the lawn amidst the
  • hazels, and thou longest to eat, as is but right, so lovely as thou art
  • and young; and I withal long to tell thee something of that whereof
  • thou hast asked me; and lastly, it is the hottest of the day, yea, so
  • hot, that even Diana, the Wood-wife of yore agone, might have fainted
  • somewhat, if she had been going afoot as we twain have been, and little
  • is the risk of our resting awhile. And hereby is a place where rest is
  • good as regards the place, whatever the resters may be; it is a little
  • aside the straightest way, but meseems we may borrow an hour or so of
  • our journey, and hope to pay it back ere nightfall. Come, champion!"
  • Therewith she led north through a thicket of mingled trees till Ralph
  • heard water running, and anon they came to a little space about a
  • brook, grassy and clear of trees save a few big thorn-bushes, with a
  • green ridge or bank on the other side. There she stayed him and said:
  • "Do off thy war-gear, knight. There is naught to fear here, less than
  • there was amidst the hazels." So did he, and she kneeled down and drank
  • of the clear water, and washed her face and hands therein, and then
  • came and kissed him and said: "Lovely imp of Upmeads, I have some
  • bread of last night's meal in my scrip here, and under the bank I shall
  • find some woodland meat withal; abide a little and the tale and the
  • food shall come back to thee together." Therewith she stepped lightly
  • into the stream, and stood therein a minute to let her naked feet feel
  • the cold ripple (for she had stripped off her foot-gear as she first
  • came to the water), and then went hither and thither gathering
  • strawberries about the bank, while he watched her, blessing her, till
  • he well nigh wept at the thought of his happiness.
  • Back she came in a little while with good store of strawberries in the
  • lap of her gown, and they sat down on the green lip of the brook, and
  • she drew the bread from her scrip and they ate together, and she made
  • him drink from the hollow of her hands, and kissed him and wept over
  • him for joy, and the eagerness of her love. So at last she sat down
  • quietly beside him, and fell to speaking to him, as a tale is told in
  • the ingle nook on an even of Yule-tide.
  • CHAPTER 3
  • The Lady Telleth Ralph of the Past Days of Her Life
  • "Now shalt thou hear of me somewhat more than the arras and the book
  • could tell thee; and yet not all, for time would fail us therefor--and
  • moreover my heart would fail me. I cannot tell where I was born nor of
  • what lineage, nor of who were my father and mother; for this I have
  • known not of myself, nor has any told me. But when I first remember
  • anything, I was playing about a garden, wherein was a little house
  • built of timber and thatched with reed, and the great trees of the
  • forest were all about the garden save for a little croft which was
  • grown over with high grass and another somewhat bigger, wherein were
  • goats. There was a woman at the door of the house and she spinning,
  • yet clad in glittering raiment, and with jewels on her neck and
  • fingers; this was the first thing that I remember, but all as it were a
  • matter of every day, and use and wont, as it goes with the memories of
  • children. Of such matters I will not tell thee at large, for thou
  • knowest how it will be. Now the woman, who as I came to know was
  • neither old nor young in those days, but of middle age, I called
  • mother; but now I know that she was not my mother. She was hard and
  • stern with me, but never beat me in those days, save to make me do what
  • I would not have done unbeaten; and as to meat I ate and drank what I
  • could get, as she did, and indeed was well-fed with simple meats as
  • thou mayest suppose from the aspect of me to-day. But as she was not
  • fierce but rather sour to me in her daily wont in my youngest days so
  • also she was never tender, or ever kissed me or caressed me, for as
  • little as I was. And I loved her naught, nor did it ever come into my
  • mind that I should love her, though I loved a white goat of ours and
  • deemed it dear and lovely; and afterwards other things also that came
  • to me from time to time, as a squirrel that I saved from a weasel, and
  • a jackdaw that fell from a tall ash-tree nigh our house before he had
  • learned how to fly, and a house-mouse that would run up and down my
  • hand and arm, and other such-like things; and shortly I may say that
  • the wild things, even to the conies and fawns loved me, and had but
  • little fear of me, and made me happy, and I loved them.
  • "Further, as I grew up, the woman set me to do such work as I had
  • strength for as needs was; for there was no man dwelt anigh us and
  • seldom did I ever see man or woman there, and held no converse with
  • any, save as I shall tell thee presently: though now and again a man or
  • a woman passed by; what they were I knew not, nor their whence and
  • whither, but by seeing them I came to know that there were other folk
  • in the world besides us two. Nought else I knew save how to spin, and
  • to tend our goats and milk them, and to set snares for birds and small
  • deer: though when I had caught them, it irked me sore to kill them, and
  • I had let them go again had I not feared the carline. Every day early
  • I was put forth from the house and garth, and forbidden to go back
  • thither till dusk. While the days were long and the grass was growing,
  • I had to lead our goats to pasture in the wood-lawns, and must take
  • with me rock and spindle, and spin so much of flax or hair as the woman
  • gave me, or be beaten. But when the winter came and the snow was on
  • the ground, then that watching and snaring of wild things was my
  • business.
  • "At last one day of late summer when I, now of some fifteen summers,
  • was pasturing the goats not far from the house, the sky darkened, and
  • there came up so great a storm of thunder and lightning, and huge drift
  • of rain, that I was afraid, and being so near to the house, I hastened
  • thither, driving the goats, and when I had tethered them in the shed of
  • the croft, I crept trembling up to the house, and when I was at the
  • door, heard the clack of the loom in the weaving-chamber, and deemed
  • that the woman was weaving there, but when I looked, behold there was
  • no one on the bench, though the shuttle was flying from side to side,
  • and the shed opening and changing, and the sley coming home in due
  • order. Therewithal I heard a sound as of one singing a song in a low
  • voice, but the words I could not understand: then terror seized on my
  • heart, but I stepped over the threshold, and as the door of the chamber
  • was open, I looked aside and saw therein the woman sitting stark naked
  • on the floor with a great open book before her, and it was from her
  • mouth that the song was coming: grim she looked, and awful, for she was
  • a big woman, black-haired and stern of aspect in her daily wont,
  • speaking to me as few words as might be, and those harsh enough, yea
  • harsher than when I was but little. I stood for one moment afraid
  • beyond measure, though the woman did not look at me, and I hoped she
  • had not seen me; then I ran back into the storm, though it was now
  • wilder than ever, and ran and hid myself in the thicket of the wood,
  • half-dead with fear, and wondering what would become of me. But
  • finding that no one followed after me, I grew calmer, and the storm
  • also drew off, and the sun shone out a little before his setting: so I
  • sat and spun, with fear in my heart, till I had finished my tale of
  • thread, and when dusk came, stole back again to the house, though my
  • legs would scarce bear me over the threshold into the chamber.
  • "There sat the woman in her rich attire no otherwise than her wont, nor
  • did she say aught to me; but looked at the yarn that I had spun, to see
  • that I had done my task, and nodded sternly to me as her wont was, and
  • I went to bed amongst my goats as I was used to do, but slept not till
  • towards morning, and then images of dreadful things, and of miseries
  • that I may not tell thee of, mingled with my sleep for long.
  • "So I awoke and ate my meat and drank of the goats' milk with a heavy
  • heart, and then went into the house; and when I came into the chamber
  • the woman looked at me, and contrary to her wont spoke to me, and I
  • shook with terror at her voice; though she said naught but this: 'Go
  • fetch thy white goat and come back to me therewith.' I did so, and
  • followed after her, sick with fear; and she led me through the wood
  • into a lawn which I knew well, round which was a wall, as it were, of
  • great yew trees, and amidst, a table of stone, made of four uprights
  • and a great stone plank on the top of them; and this was the only thing
  • in all the wood wherein I was used to wander which was of man's
  • handiwork, save and except our house, and the sheds and fences about it.
  • "The woman stayed and leaned against this stonework and said to me: 'Go
  • about now and gather dry sticks for a fire.' I durst do naught else,
  • and said to myself that I should be whipped if I were tardy, though,
  • forsooth, I thought she was going to kill me; and I brought her a
  • bundle, and she said, 'Fetch more.' And when I had brought her seven
  • bundles, she said: 'It is enough: stand over against me and hearken.'
  • So I stood there quaking; for my fear, which had somewhat abated while
  • I went to and fro after the wood, now came back upon me tenfold.
  • "She said: 'It were thy due that I should slay thee here and now, as
  • thou slayest the partridges which thou takest in thy springes: but for
  • certain causes I will not slay thee. Again, it were no more than thy
  • earnings were I to torment thee till thou shouldst cry out for death to
  • deliver thee from the anguish; and if thou wert a woman grown, even so
  • would I deal with thee. But thou art yet but a child, therefore I will
  • keep thee to see what shall befall betwixt us. Yet must I do somewhat
  • to grieve thee, and moreover something must be slain and offered up
  • here on this altar, lest all come to naught, both thou and I, and that
  • which we have to do. Hold thy white goat now, which thou lovest more
  • than aught else, that I may redden thee and me and this altar with the
  • blood thereof.'
  • "I durst do naught but obey her, and I held the poor beast, that licked
  • my hands and bleated for love of me: and now since my terror and the
  • fear of death was lessened at her words, I wept sore for my dear friend.
  • "But the woman drew a strong sharp knife from her girdle and cut the
  • beast's throat, and dipped her fingers in the blood and reddened both
  • herself and me on the breast, and the hands, and the feet; and then she
  • turned to the altar and smote blood upon the uprights, and the face of
  • the stone plank. Then she bade me help her, and we laid the seven
  • faggots on the alter, and laid the carcase of the goat upon them: and
  • she made fire, but I saw not how, and set it to the wood, and when it
  • began to blaze she stood before it with her arms outspread, and sang
  • loud and hoarse to a strange tune; and though I knew not the words of
  • her song, it filled me with dread, so that I cast myself down on the
  • ground and hid my face in the grass.
  • "So she went on till the beast was all burned up and the fire became
  • naught but red embers, and then she ceased her song and sank down upon
  • the grass, and laid her head back and so fell asleep; but I durst not
  • move from the place, but cowered in the grass there, I know not how
  • long, till she arose and came to me, and smote me with her foot and
  • cried: 'Rise up, fool! what harm hast thou? Go milk thy goats and
  • lead them to pasture.' And therewith she strode away home, not heeding
  • me.
  • "As for me, I arose and dealt with my goats as she bade me; and
  • presently I was glad that I had not been slain, yet thenceforth was the
  • joy of my life that I had had amongst my goats marred with fear, and
  • the sounds of the woodland came to me mingled with terror; and I was
  • sore afraid when I entered the house in the morning and the evening,
  • and when I looked on the face of the woman; though she was no harder to
  • me than heretofore, but maybe somewhat softer.
  • "So wore the autumn, and winter came, and I fared as I was wont,
  • setting springes for fowl and small-deer. And for all the roughness of
  • the season, at that time it pleased me better than the leafy days,
  • because I had less memory then of the sharpness of my fear on that day
  • of the altar. Now one day as I went under the snow-laden trees, I saw
  • something bright and big lying on the ground, and drawing nearer I saw
  • that it was some child of man: so I stopped and cried out, 'Awake and
  • arise, lest death come on thee in this bitter cold,' But it stirred
  • not; so I plucked up heart and came up to it, and lo! a woman clad in
  • fair raiment of scarlet and fur, and I knelt down by her to see if I
  • might help her; but when I touched her I found her cold and stiff, and
  • dead, though she had not been dead long, for no snow had fallen on her.
  • It still wanted more than an hour of twilight, and I by no means durst
  • go home till nightfall; so I sat on there and watched her, and put the
  • hood from her face and the gloves from her hands, and I deemed her a
  • goodly and lovely thing, and was sorry that she was not alive, and I
  • wept for her, and for myself also, that I had lost her fellowship. So
  • when I came back to the house at dark with the venison, I knew not
  • whether to tell my mistress and tyrant concerning this matter; but she
  • looked on me and said at once: 'Wert thou going to tell me of something
  • that thou hast seen?' So I told her all, even as it was, and she said
  • to me: 'Hast thou taken aught from the corpse?' 'Nay,' said I. 'Then
  • must I hasten,' she said, 'and be before the wolves.' Therewith she
  • took a brand from the fire, and bade me bear one also and lead her: so
  • did I easily enough, for the moon was up, and what with moon and snow,
  • it was well nigh as bright as the day. So when we came to the dead
  • woman, my mistress kneeled down by her and undid the collar of her
  • cloak, which I had not touched, and took something from her neck
  • swiftly, and yet I, who was holding the torch, saw that it was a
  • necklace of blue stones and green, with gold between--Yea, dear
  • Champion, like unto thine as one peascod is to another," quoth she.
  • And therewith the distressfulness of her face which had worn Ralph's
  • heart while she had been telling her tale changed, and she came, as it
  • were, into her new life and the love of him again, and she kissed him
  • and laid her cheek to his and he kissed her mouth. And then she
  • fetched a sigh, and began with her story again.
  • "My mistress took the necklace and put it in her pouch, and said as to
  • herself: 'Here, then, is another seeker who hath not found, unless one
  • should dig a pit for her here when the thaw comes, and call it the Well
  • at the World's End: belike it will be for her as helpful as the real
  • one.' Then she turned to me and said: 'Do thou with the rest what thou
  • wilt,' and therewith she went back hastily to the house. But as for
  • me, I went back also, and found a pick and a mattock in the goat-house,
  • and came back in the moonlight and scraped the snow away, and dug a
  • pit, and buried the poor damsel there with all her gear.
  • "Wore the winter thence with naught that I need tell of, only I thought
  • much of the words that my mistress had spoken. Spring came and went,
  • and summer also, well nigh tidingless. But one day as I drave the
  • goats from our house there came from the wood four men, a-horseback and
  • weaponed, but so covered with their armour that I might see little of
  • their faces. They rode past me to our house, and spake not to me,
  • though they looked hard at me; but as they went past I heard one say:
  • 'If she might but be our guide to the Well at the World's End!' I durst
  • not tarry to speak with them, but as I looked over my shoulder I saw
  • them talking to my mistress in the door; but meseemed she was clad but
  • in poor homespun cloth instead of her rich apparel, and I am
  • far-sighted and clear-sighted. After this the autumn and winter that
  • followed it passed away tidingless."
  • CHAPTER 4
  • The Lady Tells of Her Deliverance
  • "Now I had outgrown my old fear, and not much befell to quicken it: and
  • ever I was as much out of the house as I could be. But about this time
  • my mistress, from being kinder to me than before, began to grow harder,
  • and ofttimes used me cruelly: but of her deeds to me, my friend, thou
  • shalt ask me no more than I tell thee. On a day of May-tide I fared
  • abroad with my goats, and went far with them, further from the house
  • than I had been as yet. The day was the fairest of the year, and I
  • rejoiced in it, and felt as if some exceeding great good were about to
  • befall me; and the burden of fears seemed to have fallen from me. So I
  • went till I came to a little flowery dell, beset with blossoming
  • whitethorns and with a fair stream running through it; a place somewhat
  • like to this, save that the stream there was bigger. And the sun was
  • hot about noontide, so I did off my raiment, which was rough and poor,
  • and more meet for winter than May-tide, and I entered a pool of the
  • clear water, and bathed me and sported therein, smelling the sweet
  • scent of the whitethorns and hearkening to the song of the many birds;
  • and when I came forth from the water, the air was so soft and sweet to
  • me, and the flowery grass so kind to my feet, and the May-blooms fell
  • upon my shoulders, that I was loth to do on my rough raiment hastily,
  • and withal I looked to see no child of man in that wilderness: so I
  • sported myself there a long while, and milked a goat and drank of the
  • milk, and crowned myself with white-thorn and hare-bells; and held the
  • blossoms in my hand, and felt that I also had some might in me, and
  • that I should not be a thrall of that sorceress for ever. And that
  • day, my friend, belike was the spring-tide of the life and the love
  • that thou holdest in thy kind arms.
  • "But as I abode thus in that fair place, and had just taken my rock and
  • spindle in hand that I might go on with my task and give as little
  • occasion as I might for my mistress to chastise me, I looked up and saw
  • a child of man coming down the side of the little dale towards me, so I
  • sprang up, and ran to my raiment and cast them on me hastily, for I was
  • ashamed; and when I saw that it was a woman, I thought at first that it
  • was my mistress coming to seek me; and I thought within myself that if
  • she smote me I would bear it no more, but let it be seen which of the
  • twain was the mightier. But I looked again and saw that it was not she
  • but a woman smaller and older. So I stood where I was and abode her
  • coming, smiling and unafraid, and half-clad.
  • "She drew near and I saw that it was an old woman grey haired, uncomely
  • of raiment, but with shining bright eyes in her wrinkled face. And she
  • made an obeisance to me and said: 'I was passing through this lonely
  • wilderness and I looked down into the little valley and saw these goats
  • there and the lovely lady lying naked amongst them, and I said I am too
  • old to be afraid of aught; for if she be a goddess come back again from
  • yore agone, she can but make an end of a poor old carline, a gangrel
  • body, who hath no joy of her life now. And if she be of the daughters
  • of men, she will belike methink her of her mother, and be kind to me
  • for her sake, and give me a piece of bread and a draught of her goats'
  • milk.'
  • "I spake hastily, for I was ashamed of her words, though I only half
  • understood them: 'I hear thee and deem that thou mockest me: I have
  • never known a mother; I am but a poor thrall, a goatherd dwelling with
  • a mistress in a nook of this wildwood: I have never a piece of bread;
  • but as to the goats' milk, that thou shalt have at once.' So I called
  • one of my goats to me, for I knew them all, and milked her into a
  • wooden bowl that I carried slung about me, and gave the old woman to
  • drink: and she kissed my hand and drank and spake again, but no longer
  • in a whining voice, like a beggar bidding alms in the street, but frank
  • and free.
  • "'Damsel,' she said, 'now I see that thy soul goes with thy body, and
  • that thou art kind and proud at once. And whatever thou art, it is no
  • mock to say of thee, that thou art as fair as the fairest; and I think
  • that this will follow thee, that henceforth no man who seeth thee once
  • will forget thee ever, or cease to long for thee: of a surety this is
  • thy weird. Now I see that thou knowest no more of the world and its
  • ways than one of the hinds that run in these woods. So if thou wilt, I
  • will sit down by thee and tell thee much that shall avail thee; and
  • thou in thy turn shalt tell me all the tale concerning thy dwelling and
  • thy service, and the like.'
  • "I said, 'I may not, I durst not; I serve a mighty mistress, and she
  • would slay me if she knew that I had spoken to thee; and woe's me! I
  • fear that even now she will not fail to know it. Depart in peace.'
  • "'Nay,' she said, 'thou needest not tell me, for I have an inkling of
  • her and her ways: but I will give thee wisdom, and not sell it thee at
  • a price. Sit down then, fair child, on this flowery grass, and I will
  • sit beside thee and tell thee of many things worth thine heeding.' So
  • there we sat awhile, and in good sooth she told me much of the world
  • which I had not yet seen, of its fairness and its foulness; of life and
  • death, and desire and disappointment, and despair; so that when she had
  • done, if I were wiser than erst, I was perchance little more joyous;
  • and yet I said to myself that come what would I would be a part of all
  • that.
  • "But at last she said: 'Lo the day is waning, and thou hast two things
  • to do; either to go home to thy mistress at once, or flee away from her
  • by the way that I shall show thee; and if thou wilt be ruled by me, and
  • canst bear thy thralldom yet a little while thou wilt not flee at once,
  • but abide till thou hast seen me again. And since it is here that thou
  • hast met me, here mayst thou meet me again; for the days are long now,
  • and thou mayst easily win thy way hither before noon on any day.'
  • "So I tied my goatskin shoes to my feet, and drave my goats together,
  • and we went up together out of the dale, and were in the wide-spreading
  • plain of the waste; and the carline said: 'Dost thou know the quarters
  • of the heaven by the sun?' 'Yea,' said I. 'Then,' quoth she, 'whenso
  • thou desirest to depart and come into the world of folk that I have
  • told thee of, set thy face a little north of west, and thou shalt fall
  • in with something or somebody before long; but be speedy on that day as
  • thou art light-footed, and make all the way thou canst before thy
  • mistress comes to know of thy departure; for not lightly will any one
  • let loose such a thrall as thou.'
  • "I thanked her, and she went her ways over the waste, I wotted not
  • whither, and I drave my goats home as speedily as I might; the mistress
  • meddled not with me by word or deed, though I was short of my due tale
  • of yarn. The next day I longed sore to go to the dale and meet the
  • carline but durst not, and the next day I fared in likeways; but the
  • third day I longed so to go, that my feet must needs take me there,
  • whatsoever might befall. And when I had been in the dale a little,
  • thither came the carline, and sat down by me and fell to teaching me
  • wisdom, and showed me letters and told me what they were, and I learned
  • like a little lad in the chorister's school.
  • "Thereafter I mastered my fear of my mistress and went to that dale day
  • by day, and learned of the carline; though at whiles I wondered when my
  • mistress would let loose her fury upon me; for I called to mind the
  • threat she had made to me on the day when she offered up my white goat.
  • And I made up my mind to this, that if she fell upon me with deadly
  • intent I would do my best to slay her before she should slay me. But
  • so it was, that now again she held her hand from my body, and scarce
  • cast a word at me ever, but gloomed at me, and fared as if hatred of me
  • had grown great in her heart.
  • "So the days went by, and my feet had worn a path through the
  • wilderness to the Dale of Lore, and May had melted into June, and the
  • latter days of June were come. And on Midsummer Day I went my ways to
  • the dale according to my wont, when, as I as driving on my goats
  • hastily I saw a bright thing coming over the heath toward me, and I
  • went on my way to meet it, for I had no fear now, except what fear of
  • my mistress lingered in my heart; nay, I looked that everything I saw
  • of new should add some joy to my heart. So presently I saw that it was
  • a weaponed man riding a white horse, and anon he had come up to me and
  • drawn rein before me. I wondered exceedingly at beholding him and the
  • heart leaped within me at his beauty; for though the carline had told
  • me of the loveliness of the sons of men, that was but words and I knew
  • not what they meant; and the others that I had seen were not young men
  • or goodly, and those last, as I told thee, I could scarce see their
  • faces.
  • "And this one was even fairer than the dead woman that I had buried,
  • whose face was worn with toil and trouble, as now I called to mind. He
  • was clad in bright shining armour with a gay surcoat of green,
  • embroidered with flowers over it; he had a light sallet on his head,
  • and the yellow locks of his hair flowed down from under, and fell on
  • his shoulders: his face was as beardless as thine, dear friend, but
  • not clear brown like to thine but white and red like a blossom."
  • Ralph spake and said: "Belike it was a woman;" and his voice sounded
  • loud in the quiet place. She smiled on him and kissed his cheek, and
  • said: "Nay, nay, dear Champion, it is not so. God rest his soul! many
  • a year he has been dead."
  • Said Ralph: "Many a year! what meanest thou?" "Ah!" she said, "fear
  • not! as I am now, so shall I be for thee many a year. Was not thy fear
  • that I should vanish away or change into something unsightly and
  • gruesome? Fear not, I say; am I not a woman, and thine own?" And again
  • she flushed bright red, and her grey eyes lightened, and she looked at
  • him all confused and shamefaced.
  • He took her face between his hands and kissed her over and over; then
  • he let her go, and said: "I have no fear: go on with thy tale, for the
  • words thereof are as thy kisses to me, and the embracing of thine hands
  • and thy body: tell on, I pray thee." She took his hand in hers and
  • spake, telling her tale as before.
  • "Friend, well-beloved for ever! This fair young knight looked on me,
  • and as he looked, his face flushed as red as mine did even now. And I
  • tell thee that my heart danced with joy as I looked on him, and he
  • spake not for a little while, and then he said: 'Fair maiden, canst
  • thou tell me of any who will tell me a word of the way to the Well at
  • the World's End?' I said to him, 'Nay, I have heard the word once and
  • no more, I know not the way: and I am sorry that I cannot do for thee
  • that which thou wouldest.' And then I spake again, and told him that he
  • should by no means stop at our house, and I told him what it was like,
  • so that he might give it the go by. I said, 'Even if thou hast to turn
  • back again, and fail to find the thing thou seekest, yet I beseech thee
  • ride not into that trap.'
  • "He sat still on his saddle a while, staring at me and I at him; and
  • then he thanked me, but with so bad a grace, that I wondered of him if
  • he were angry; and then he shook his rein, and rode off briskly, and I
  • looked after him a while, and then went on my way; but I had gone but a
  • short while, when I heard horse-hoofs behind me, and I turned and
  • looked, and lo! it was the knight coming back again. So I stayed and
  • abided him; and when he came up to me, he leapt from his horse and
  • stood before me and said: 'I must needs see thee once again.'
  • "I stood and trembled before him, and longed to touch him. And again
  • he spake, breathlessly, as one who has been running: 'I must depart,
  • for I have a thing to do that I must do; but I long sorely to touch
  • thee, and kiss thee; yet unless thou freely willest it, I will refrain
  • me.' Then I looked at him and said, 'I will it freely.' Then he came
  • close up to me, and put his hand on my shoulder and kissed my cheek;
  • but I kissed his lips, and then he took me in his arms, and kissed me
  • and embraced me; and there in that place, and in a little while, we
  • loved each other sorely.
  • "But in a while he said to me: 'I must depart, for I am as one whom
  • the Avenger of Blood followeth; and now I will give thee this, not so
  • much as a gift, but as a token that we have met in the wilderness, thou
  • and I.' Therewith he put his hand to his neck, and took from it this
  • necklace which thou seest here, and I saw that it was like that which
  • my mistress took from the neck of the dead woman. And no less is it
  • like to the one that thou wearest, Ralph.
  • "I took it in my hand and wept that I might not help him. And he said:
  • 'It is little likely that we shall meet again; but by the token of this
  • collar thou mayest wot that I ever long for thee till I die: for
  • though I am a king's son, this is the dearest of my possessions.' I
  • said: 'Thou art young, and I am young; mayhappen we shall meet again:
  • but thou shalt know that I am but a thrall, a goatherd.' For I knew by
  • what the old woman told me of somewhat of the mightiness of the kings
  • of the world. 'Yea,' he said, and smiled most sweetly, 'that is easy
  • to be seen: yet if I live, as I think not to do, thou shalt sit where
  • great men shall kneel to thee; not as I kneel now for love, and that I
  • may kiss thy knees and thy feet, but because they needs must worship
  • thee.'
  • "Therewith he arose to his feet and leapt on his horse, and rode his
  • ways speedily: and I went upon my way with my goats, and came down
  • into the Dale of Lore, and found the old woman abiding me; and she came
  • to me, and took me by the hands, and touched the collar (for I had done
  • it about my neck), and said:
  • "'Dear child, thou needest not to tell me thy tale, for I have seen
  • him. But if thou must needs wear this necklace, I must give thee a
  • gift to go with it. But first sit down by the old carline awhile and
  • talk with her; for meseemeth it will be but a few days ere thou shalt
  • depart from this uttermost wilderness, and the woods before the
  • mountains.'
  • "So I sat down by her, and in spite of her word I told her all that had
  • befallen betwixt me and the king's son: for my heart was too full that
  • I might refrain me. She nodded her head from time to time, but said
  • naught, till I had made an end: and then fell to telling me of many
  • matters for my avail; but yet arose earlier than her wont was; and when
  • we were about sundering on the path which I had trodden above the Dale,
  • she said: 'Now must I give thee that gift to go along with the gift of
  • the lover, the King's son; and I think thou wilt find it of avail
  • before many days are gone by.' Therewith she took from her pouch a
  • strong sharp knife, and drew it from the sheath, and flashed it in the
  • afternoon sun, and gave it to me; and I took it and laid it in my bosom
  • and thanked her; for I thought that I understood her meaning, and how
  • it would avail me. Then I went driving my goats home speedily, so that
  • the sun was barely set when I came to the garth; and a great horror
  • rather than a fear of my mistress was on me; and lo! she stood in the
  • door of the house gazing down the garth and the woodland beyond, as
  • though she were looking for my coming: and when her eyes lighted on me,
  • she scowled, and drew her lips back from her teeth and clenched her
  • hands with fury, though there was nought in them; and she was a tall
  • and strong woman, though now growing somewhat old: but as for me, I had
  • unsheathed the carline's gift before I came to the garth, and now I
  • held it behind my back in my left hand.
  • "I had stayed my feet some six paces from the threshold, and my heart
  • beat quick, but the sick fear and cowering had left me, though the
  • horror of her grew in my heart. My goats had all gone off quietly to
  • their house, and there was nothing betwixt me and her. In clearing
  • from my sleeve the arm of me which held the knife, the rough clasp
  • which fastened my raiment together at the shoulder had given way, and
  • the cloth had fallen and left my bosom bare, so that I knew that the
  • collar was clearly to be seen. So we stood a moment, and I had no
  • words, but she spake at last in a hard, snarling voice, such as she
  • oftenest used to me, but worse.
  • "'Now at last the time has come when thou art of no more use to me; for
  • I can see thee what thou hast got for thyself. But know now that thou
  • hast not yet drunk of the Well at the World's End, and that it will not
  • avail thee to flee out of this wood; for as long as I live thou wilt
  • not be able to get out of reach of my hand; and I shall live long: I
  • shall live long. Come, then, and give thyself up to me, that I may
  • deal with thee as I threatened when I slew thy friend the white goat;
  • for, indeed, I knew then that it would come to this.'
  • "She had but twice or thrice spoken to me so many words together as
  • this; but I answered never a word, but stood watching her warily. And
  • of a sudden she gave forth a dreadful screaming roar, wherewith all the
  • wood rang again, and rushed at me; but my hand came from behind my
  • back, and how it was I know not, but she touched me not till the blade
  • had sunk into her breast, and she fell across my feet, her right hand
  • clutching my raiment. So I loosed her fingers from the cloth,
  • shuddering with horror the while, and drew myself away from her and
  • stood a little aloof, wondering what should happen next. And indeed I
  • scarce believed but she would presently rise up from the ground and
  • clutch me in her hands, and begin the tormenting of me. But she moved
  • no more, and the grass all about her was reddened with her blood; and
  • at last I gathered heart to kneel down beside her, and found that she
  • no more breathed than one of those conies or partridges which I had
  • been used to slay for her.
  • "Then I stood and considered what I should do, and indeed I had been
  • pondering this all the way from the Dale thereto, in case I should
  • escape my mistress. So I soon made up my mind that I would not dwell
  • in that house even for one night; lest my mistress should come to me
  • though dead, and torment me. I went into the house while it was yet
  • light, and looked about the chamber, and saw three great books there
  • laid on the lectern, but durst not have taken them even had I been able
  • to carry them; nor durst I even to look into them, for fear that some
  • spell might get to work in them if they were opened; but I found a rye
  • loaf whereof I had eaten somewhat in the morning, and another
  • untouched, and hanging to a horn of the lectern I found the necklace
  • which my mistress had taken from the dead woman. These I put into my
  • scrip, and as to the necklace, I will tell thee how I bestowed it later
  • on. Then I stepped out into the twilight which was fair and golden,
  • and full fain I was of it. Then I drove the goats out of their house
  • and went my way towards the Dale of Lore, and said to myself that the
  • carline would teach me what further to do, and I came there before the
  • summer dark had quite prevailed, and slept sweetly and softly amongst
  • my goats after I had tethered them in the best of the pasture."
  • CHAPTER 5
  • Yet More of the Lady's Story
  • "Lo thou, beloved," she said, "thou hast seen me in the wildwood with
  • little good quickened in me: doth not thine heart sink at the thought
  • of thy love and thy life given over to the keeping of such an one?" He
  • smiled in her face, and said: "Belike thou hast done worse than all
  • thou hast told me: and these days past I have wondered often what there
  • was in the stories which they of the Burg had against thee: yet sooth
  • to say, they told little of what thou hast done: no more belike than
  • being their foe." She sighed and said: "Well, hearken; yet shall I not
  • tell thee every deed that I have been partaker in.
  • "I sat in the Dale that next day and was happy, though I longed to see
  • that fair man again: sooth to say, since my mistress was dead,
  • everything seemed fairer to me, yea even mine own face, as I saw it in
  • the pools of the stream, though whiles I wondered when I should have
  • another mistress, and how she would deal with me; and ever I said I
  • would ask the carline when she came again to me. But all that day she
  • came not: nor did I marvel thereat. But when seven days passed and
  • still she came not, I fell to wondering what I should do: for my bread
  • was all gone, and I durst not go back to the house to fetch meal;
  • though there was store of it there. Howbeit, I drank of the milk of
  • the goats, and made curds thereof with the woodland roots, and ate of
  • the wood-berries like as thou hast done, friend, e'en now. And it was
  • easier for me to find a livelihood in the woods than it had been for
  • most folk, so well as I knew them. So wore the days, and she came not,
  • and I began to think that I should see the wise carline no more, as
  • indeed fell out at that time; and the days began to hang heavy on my
  • hands, and I fell to thinking of that way to the west and the peopled
  • parts, whereof the carline had told me; and whiles I went out of the
  • Dale and went away hither and thither through the woods, and so far,
  • that thrice I slept away out of the Dale: but I knew that the peopled
  • parts would be strange to me and I feared to face them all alone.
  • "Thus wore the days till July was on the wane, and on a morning early I
  • awoke with unwonted sounds in mine ears; and when my eyes were fairly
  • open I saw a man standing over me and a white horse cropping the grass
  • hard by. And my heart was full and fain, and I sprang to my feet and
  • showed him a smiling happy face, for I saw at once that it was that
  • fair man come back again. But lo! his face was pale and worn, though
  • he looked kindly on me, and he said: 'O my beloved, I have found thee,
  • but I am faint with hunger and can speak but little.' And even
  • therewith he sank down on the grass. But I bestirred myself, and gave
  • him milk of my goats, and curds and berries, and the life came into him
  • again, and I sat down by him and laid his head in my lap, and he slept
  • a long while; and when he awoke (and it was towards sunset) he kissed
  • my hands and my arms, and said to me: 'Fair child, perhaps thou wilt
  • come with me now; and even if thou art a thrall thou mayest flee with
  • me; for my horse is strong and fat, though I am weak, for he can make
  • his dinner on the grass.'
  • "Then he laughed and I no less; but I fed him with my poor victual
  • again, and as he ate I said: 'I am no mistress's thrall now; for the
  • evening of the day whereon I saw thee I slew her, else had she slain
  • me.' 'The saints be praised,' said he: 'Thou wilt come with me, then?'
  • 'O yea,' said I. Then I felt shamefaced and I reddened; but I said: 'I
  • have abided here many days for a wise woman who hath taught me many
  • things; but withal I hoped that thou wouldst come also.'
  • "Then he put his arms about my shoulders and loved me much; but at last
  • he said: 'Yet is it now another thing than that which I looked for,
  • when I talked of setting thee by me on the golden throne. For now am I
  • a beaten man; I have failed of that I sought, and suffered shame and
  • hunger and many ills. Yet ever I thought that I might find thee here
  • or hereby.' Then a thought came into my mind, and I said: 'Else maybe
  • thou hadst found what thou soughtest, and overcome the evil things.'
  • 'Maybe,' he said; 'it is now but a little matter.'"
  • "As for me, I could have no guess at what were the better things he had
  • meant for me, and my heart was full of joy, and all seemed better than
  • well. And we talked together long till the day was gone. Then we
  • kissed and embraced each other in the Dale of Lore, and the darkness of
  • summer seemed but short for our delight."
  • CHAPTER 6
  • The Lady Tells Somewhat of Her Doings After She Left the Wilderness
  • Ralph stayed her speech now, and said: "When I asked of thee in the
  • Land of Abundance, there were some who seemed to say that thou hast let
  • more men love thee than one: and it was a torment to me to think that
  • even so it might be. But now when thine own mouth telleth me of one of
  • them it irks me little. Dost thou think it little-hearted in me?"
  • "O friend," she said, "I see that so it is with thee that thou wouldst
  • find due cause for loving me, whatever thou foundest true of me. Or
  • dost thou deem that I was another woman in those days? Nay, I was not:
  • I can see myself still myself all along the way I have gone." She was
  • silent a little, and then she said: "Fear not, I will give thee much
  • cause to love me. But now I know thy mind the better, I shall tell
  • thee less of what befell me after I left the wilderness; for whatever I
  • did and whatever I endured, still it was always I myself that was
  • there, and it is me that thou lovest. Moreover, my life in the
  • wilderness is a stranger thing to tell thee of than my dealings with
  • the folk, and with Kings and Barons and Knights. But thereafter thou
  • shalt hear of me what tales thou wilt of these matters, as the days and
  • the years pass over our heads.
  • "Now on the morrow we would not depart at once, because there we had
  • some victual, and the king's son was not yet so well fed as he should
  • be; so we abode in that fair place another day, and then we went our
  • ways westward, according to the rede of the carline; and it was many
  • days before we gat us out of the wilderness, and we were often hard put
  • to it for victual; whiles I sat behind my knight a-horseback, whiles he
  • led the beast while I rode alone, and not seldom I went afoot, and that
  • nowise slowly, while he rode the white horse, for I was as light-foot
  • then as now.
  • "And of the way we went I will tell thee nought as now, because sure it
  • is that if we both live, thou and I shall tread that road together, but
  • with our faces turned the other way; for it is the road from the Well
  • at the World's End, where I myself have been, or else never had thine
  • eyes fallen on me."
  • Ralph said, "Even so much I deemed by reading in the book; yet it was
  • not told clearly that thou hadst been there." "Yea," she said, because
  • the said book was made not by my friends but my foes, and they would
  • have men deem that my length of days and the endurance of my beauty and
  • never-dying youth of my heart came from evil and devilish sources; and
  • if thou wilt trust my word it is not so, for in the Well at the World's
  • End is no evil, but only the Quenching of Sorrow, and Clearing of the
  • Eyes that they may behold. And how good it is that they look on thee
  • now. And moreover, the history of that book is partly false of
  • intention and ill-will, and partly a confused medley of true and false,
  • which has come of mere chance-hap.
  • "Hearken now," she said, "till I tell thee in few words what befell me
  • before I came to drink the Water of the Well. After we had passed long
  • deserts of wood and heath, and gone through lands exceeding evil and
  • perilous, and despaired of life for the horror of those places, and
  • seen no men, we came at last amongst a simple folk who dealt kindly
  • with us, yea, and more. These folk seemed to me happy and of good
  • wealth, though to my lord they seemed poor and lacking of the goods of
  • the world. Forsooth, by that time we lacked more than they, for we
  • were worn with cold and hunger, and hard life: though for me, indeed,
  • happy had been the days of my wayfaring, but my lord remembered the
  • days of his riches and the kingdom of his father, and the worship of
  • mighty men, and all that he had promised me on the happy day when I
  • first beheld him: so belike he was scarce so happy as I was.
  • "It was springtime when we came to that folk; for we had worn through
  • the autumn and winter in getting clear of the wilderness. Not that the
  • way was long, as I found out afterwards, but that we went astray in the
  • woodland, and at last came out of it into a dreadful stony waste which
  • we strove to cross thrice, and thrice were driven back into the
  • greenwood by thirst and hunger; but the fourth time, having gotten us
  • store of victual by my woodcraft, we overpassed it and reached the
  • peopled country.
  • "Yea, spring was on the earth, as we, my lord and I, came down from the
  • desolate stony heaths, and went hand and hand across the plain, where
  • men and women of that folk were feasting round about the simple roofs
  • and woodland halls which they had raised there. Then they left their
  • games and sports and ran to us, and we walked on quietly, though we
  • knew not whether the meeting was to be for death or life. But that
  • kind folk gathered round us, and asked us no story till they had fed
  • us, and bathed us, and clad us after their fashion. And then, despite
  • the nakedness and poverty wherein they had first seen us, they would
  • have it that we were gods sent down to them from the world beyond the
  • mountains by their fathers of old time; for of Holy Church, and the
  • Blessed Trinity, and the Mother of God they knew no more than did I at
  • that time, but were heathen, as the Gentiles of yore agone. And even
  • when we put all that Godhood from us, and told them as we might and
  • could what we were (for we had no heart to lie to such simple folk),
  • their kindness abated nothing, and they bade us abide there, and were
  • our loving friends and brethren.
  • "There in sooth had I been content to abide till eld came upon me, but
  • my lord would not have it so, but longed for greater things for me.
  • Though in sooth to me it seemed as if his promise of worship of me by
  • the folk had been already fulfilled; for when we had abided there some
  • while, and our beauty, which had been marred by the travail of our
  • way-faring, had come back to us in full, or it maybe increased
  • somewhat, they did indeed deal with us with more love than would most
  • men with the saints, were they to come back on the earth again; and
  • their children would gather round about me and make me a partaker of
  • their sports, and be loth to leave me; and the faces of their old folk
  • would quicken and gladden when I drew nigh: and as for their young men,
  • it seemed of them that they loved the very ground that my feet trod on,
  • though it grieved me that I could not pleasure some of them in such
  • wise as they desired. And all this was soft and full of delight for my
  • soul: and I, whose body a little while ago had been driven to daily
  • toil with evil words and stripes, and who had known not what words of
  • thanks and praise might mean!
  • "But so it must be that we should depart, and the kind folk showed us
  • how sore their hearts were of our departure, but they gainsaid us in
  • nowise, but rather furthered us all they might, and we went our ways
  • from them riding on horned neat (for they knew not of horses), and
  • driving one for a sumpter beast before us; and they had given us bows
  • and arrows for our defence, and that we might get us venison.
  • "It is not to be said that we did not encounter perils; but thereof I
  • will tell thee naught as now. We came to other peoples, richer and
  • mightier than these, and I saw castles, and abbies, and churches, and
  • walled towns, and wondered at them exceedingly. And in these places
  • folk knew of the kingdom of my lord and his father, and whereas they
  • were not of his foes (who lay for the more part on the other side of
  • his land), and my lord could give sure tokens of what he was, we were
  • treated with honour and worship, and my lord began to be himself again,
  • and to bear him as a mighty man. And here to me was some gain in that
  • poverty and nakedness wherewith we came out of the mountains and the
  • raiment of the simple folk; for had I been clad in my poor cloth and
  • goat-skins of the House of the Sorcerer, and he in his brave attire and
  • bright armour, they would have said, it is a thrall that he is assotted
  • of, and would have made some story and pretence of taking me from him;
  • but they deemed me a great lady indeed, and a king's daughter,
  • according to the tale that he told them. Forsooth many men that saw me
  • desired me beyond measure, and assuredly some great proud man or other
  • would have taken me from my lord, but that they feared the wrath of his
  • father, who was a mighty man indeed.
  • "Yea, one while as we sojourned by a certain town but a little outside
  • the walls, a certain young man, a great champion and exceeding
  • masterful, came upon me with his squires as I was walking in the
  • meadows, and bore me off, and would have taken me to his castle, but
  • that my lord followed with a few of the burghers, and there was a
  • battle fought, wherein my lord was hurt; but the young champion he
  • slew; and I cannot say but I was sorry of his death, though glad of my
  • deliverance.
  • "Again, on a time we guested in a great baron's house, who dealt so
  • foully by us that he gave my lord a sleeping potion in his good-night
  • cup, and came to me in the dead night and required me of my love; and I
  • would not, and he threatened me sorely, and called me a thrall and a
  • castaway that my lord had picked up off the road: but I gat a knife in
  • my hand and was for warding myself when I saw that my lord might not
  • wake: so the felon went away for that time. But on the morrow came
  • two evil men into the hall whom he had suborned, and bore false witness
  • that I was a thrall and a runaway. So that the baron would have held
  • me there (being a mighty man) despite my lord and his wrath and his
  • grief, had not a young knight of his house been, who swore that he
  • would slay him unless he let us go; and whereas there were other
  • knights and squires there present who murmured, the baron was in a way
  • compelled. So we departed, and divers of the said knights and squires
  • went with us to see us safe on the way.
  • "But this was nigh to the kingdom of my lord's father, and that felon
  • baron I came across again, and he was ever after one of my worst foes.
  • "Moreover, that young champion who had first stood up in the hall rode
  • with us still, when the others had turned back; and I soon saw of him
  • that he found it hard to keep his eyes off me; and that also saw my
  • lord, and it was a near thing that they did not draw sword thereover:
  • yet was that knight no evil man, but good and true, and I was
  • exceedingly sorry for him; but I could not help him in the only way he
  • would take help of me.
  • "Lo you, my friend, the beginnings of evil in those long past days, and
  • the seeds of ill-hap sown in the field of my new life even before the
  • furrow was turned.
  • "Well, we came soon into my lord's country, and fair and rich and
  • lovely was it in those days; free from trouble and unpeace, a happy
  • abode for the tillers of the soil, and the fashioners of wares. The
  • tidings had gone to the king that my lord was come back, and he came to
  • meet him with a great company of knights and barons, arrayed in the
  • noblest fashion that such folk use; so that I was bewildered with their
  • glory, and besought my lord to let me fall back out of the way, and
  • perchance he might find me again. But he bade me ride on his right
  • hand, for that I was the half of his life and his soul, and that my
  • friends were his friends and my foes his foes.
  • "Then there came to me an inkling of the things that should befall, and
  • I saw that the sweet and clean happiness of my new days was marred, and
  • had grown into something else, and I began to know the pain of strife
  • and the grief of confusion: but whereas I had not been bred
  • delicately, but had endured woes and griefs from my youngest days, I
  • was not abashed, but hardened my heart to face all things, even as my
  • lord strove to harden his heart: for, indeed, I said to myself that if
  • I was to him as the half of his life, he was to me little less than the
  • whole of my life.
  • "It is as if it had befallen yesterday, my friend, that I call to mind
  • how we stood beside our horses in the midst of the ring of great men
  • clad in gold and gleaming with steel, in the meadow without the gates,
  • the peace and lowly goodliness whereof with its flocks and herds
  • feeding, and husbandmen tending the earth and its increase, that great
  • and noble array had changed so utterly. There we stood, and I knew
  • that the eyes of all those lords and warriors were set upon me
  • wondering. But the love of my lord and the late-learned knowledge of
  • my beauty sustained me. Then the ring of men opened, and the king came
  • forth towards us; a tall man and big, of fifty-five winters, goodly of
  • body and like to my lord to look upon. He cast his arms about my lord,
  • and kissed him and embraced him, and then stood a little aloof from him
  • and said: 'Well, son, hast thou found it, the Well at the World's End?'
  • "'Yea,' said my lord, and therewith lifted my hand to his lips and
  • kissed it, and I looked the king in his face, and his eyes were turned
  • to me, but it was as if he were looking through me at something behind
  • me.
  • "Then he said: 'It is good, son: come home now to thy mother and thy
  • kindred.' Then my lord turned to me while the king took no heed, and
  • no man in the ring of knights moved from his place, and he set me in
  • the saddle, and turned about to mount, and there came a lord from the
  • ring of men gloriously bedight, and he bowed lowly before my lord, and
  • held his stirrup for him: but lightly he leapt up into the saddle, and
  • took my reins and led me along with him, so that he and the king and I
  • went on together, and all the baronage and their folk shouted and
  • tossed sword and spear aloft and followed after us. And we left the
  • meadow quiet and simple again, and rode through the gate of the king's
  • chief city, wherein was his high house and his castle, the
  • dwelling-place of his kindred from of old."
  • CHAPTER 7
  • The Lady Tells of the Strife and Trouble That Befell After Her Coming
  • to the Country of the King's Son
  • "When we came to the King's House, my lord followed his father into the
  • hall, where sat his mother amongst her damsels: she was a fair woman,
  • and looked rather meek than high-hearted; my lord led me up to her, and
  • she embraced and kissed him and caressed him long; then she turned
  • about to me and would have spoken to me, but the king, who stood behind
  • us, scowled on her, and she forebore; but she looked me on somewhat
  • kindly, and yet as one who is afeard.
  • "Thus it went for the rest of the day, and my lord had me to sit beside
  • him in the great hall when the banquet was holden, and I ate and drank
  • with him and beheld all the pageants by his side, and none meddled with
  • me either to help or to hinder, because they feared the king. Yet many
  • eyes I saw that desired my beauty. And so when night came, he took me
  • to his chamber and his bed, as if I were his bride new wedded, even as
  • it had been with us on the grass of the wilderness and the bracken of
  • the wildwood. And then, at last, he spake to me of our case, and bade
  • me fear not, for that a band of his friends, all-armed, was keeping
  • watch and ward in the cloister without. And when I left the chamber on
  • the morrow's morn, there were they yet, all in bright armour, and
  • amongst them the young knight who had delivered me from the felon
  • baron, and he looked mournfully at me, so that I was sorry for his
  • sorrow.
  • "And I knew now that the king was minded to slay me, else had he bidden
  • thrust me from my lord's side.
  • "So wore certain days; and on the seventh night, when we were come into
  • our chamber, which was a fair as any house outside of heaven, my lord
  • spake to me in a soft voice, and bade me not do off my raiment. 'For,'
  • said he, 'this night we must flee the town, or we shall be taken and
  • cast into prison to-morrow; for thus hath my father determined.' I
  • kissed him and clung to him, and he no less was good to me. And when
  • it was the dead of night we escaped out of our window by a knotted rope
  • which he had made ready, and beneath was the city wall; and that
  • company of knights, amongst whom was the young knight abovesaid, had
  • taken a postern thereby, and were abiding us armed and with good
  • horses. So we came into the open country, and rode our ways with the
  • mind to reach a hill-castle of one of those young barons, and to hold
  • ourselves there in despite of the king. But the king had been as wary
  • as we were privy, and no less speedy than we; and he was a mighty and
  • deft warrior, and he himself followed us on the spur with certain of
  • his best men-at-arms. And they came upon us as we rested in a woodside
  • not far from our house of refuge: and the king stood by to see the
  • battle with his sword in his sheath, but soon was it at an end, for
  • though our friends fought valiantly, they were everyone slain or hurt,
  • and but few escaped with bare life; but that young man who loved me so
  • sorely crept up to me grievously hurt, and I did not forbear to kiss
  • him once on the face, for I deemed I should soon die also, and his
  • blood stained my sleeve and my wrist, but he died not as then, but
  • lived to be a dear friend to me for long.
  • "So we, my lord and I, were led back to the city, and he was held in
  • ward and I was cast into prison with chains and hunger and stripes.
  • And the king would have had me lie there till I perished, that I might
  • be forgotten utterly; but there were many of the king's knights who
  • murmured at this, and would not forget me; so the king being
  • constrained, had me brought forth to be judged by his bishops of
  • sorcery for the beguiling of my lord. Long was the tale to me then,
  • but I will not make it long for thee; as was like to be, I was brought
  • in guilty of sorcery, and doomed to be burned in the Great Square in
  • three days time.
  • "Nay, my friend, thou hast no need to look so troubled; for thou seest
  • that I was not burned. This is the selfsame body that was tied to the
  • stake in the market place of the king's city many a year ago.
  • "For the friends of my lord, young men for the most part, and many who
  • had been fain to be my friends also, put on their armour, and took my
  • lord out of the courteous prison wherein he was, and came to the Great
  • Square whenas I stood naked in my smock bound amid the faggots; and I
  • saw the sheriffs' men give back, and great noise and rumour rise up
  • around me: and then all about me was a clear space for a moment and I
  • heard the tramp of the many horse-hoofs, and the space was full of
  • weaponed men shouting, and crying out, 'Life for our Lord's Lady!'
  • Then a minute, and I was loose and in my lord's arms, and they brought
  • me a horse and I mounted, lest the worst should come and we might have
  • to flee. So I could see much of what went on; and I saw that all the
  • unarmed folk and lookers-on were gone, but at our backs was a great
  • crowd of folk with staves and bows who cried out, 'Life for the Lady!'
  • But before us was naught but the sheriffs' sergeants and a company of
  • knights and men-at-arms, about as many as we were, and the king in
  • front of them, fully armed, his face hidden by his helm, and a royal
  • surcoat over his hauberk beaten with his bearing, to wit, a silver
  • tower on a blue sky bestarred with gold.
  • "And now I could see that despite the bills and bows behind us the king
  • was going to fall on with his folk; and to say sooth I feared but
  • little and my heart rose high within me, and I wished I had a sword in
  • my hand to strike once for life and love. But lo! just as the king was
  • raising his sword, and his trumpet was lifting the brass to his lips,
  • came a sound of singing, and there was come the Bishop and the Abbot of
  • St. Peter's and his monks with him, and cross bearers and readers and
  • others of the religious: and the Bishop bore in his hand the Blessed
  • Host (as now I know it was) under a golden canopy, and he stood between
  • the two companies and faced the king, while his folk sang loud and
  • sweet about him.
  • "Then the spears went up and from the rest, and swords were sheathed,
  • and there went forth three ancient knights from out of the king's host
  • and came up to him and spake with him. Then he gat him away unto his
  • High House; and the three old knights came to our folk, and spake with
  • the chiefs; but not with my lord, and I heard not what they said. But
  • my lord came to me in all loving-kindness and brought me into the house
  • of one of the Lineage, and into a fair chamber there, and kissed me,
  • and made much of me; and brought me fair raiment and did it on me with
  • his own hands, even as his wont was to be for my tire-maiden.
  • "Then in a little while came those chiefs of ours and said that truce
  • had been hanselled them for this time, but on these terms, that my lord
  • and I and all those who had been in arms, and whosoever would, that
  • feared the king's wrath, should have leave to depart from his city so
  • that they went and abode no nearer than fifty miles thereof till they
  • should know his further pleasure. Albeit that whosoever would go home
  • peaceably might abide in the city still and need not fear the king's
  • wrath if he stirred no further: but that in any case the Sorceress
  • should get her gone from those walls.
  • "So we rode out of the gates that very day before sunset; for it was
  • now midsummer again, and it was three hours before noon that I was to
  • have been burned; and we were a gallant company of men-at-arms and
  • knights; yet did I be-think me of those who were slain on that other
  • day when we were taken, and fain had I been that they were riding with
  • us; but at least that fair young man was in our company, though still
  • weak with his hurts: for the prison and the process had worn away
  • wellnigh two months. True it is that I rejoiced to see him, for I had
  • deemed him dead.
  • "Dear friend, I pray thy pardon if I weary thee with making so long a
  • tale of my friends of the past days; but needs must I tell thee
  • somewhat of them, lest thou love that which is not. Since truly it is
  • myself that I would have thee to love, and none other.
  • "Many folk gathered to us as we rode our ways to a town which was my
  • lord's own, and where all men were his friends, so that we came there
  • with a great host and sat down there in no fear of what the king might
  • do against us. There was I duly wedded to my lord by a Bishop of Holy
  • Church, and made his Lady and Queen; for even so he would have it.
  • "And now began the sore troubles of that land, which had been once so
  • peaceful and happy; the tale whereof I may one day tell thee; or rather
  • many tales of what befell me therein; but not now; for the day weareth;
  • and I still have certain things that I must needs tell thee.
  • "We waged war against each other, my lord and the king, and whiles one,
  • and whiles the other overcame. Either side belike deemed that one
  • battle or two would end the strife; but so it was not, but it endured
  • year after year, till fighting became the chief business of all in the
  • land.
  • "As for me, I had many tribulations. Thrice I fled from the stricken
  • field with my lord to hide in some stronghold of the mountains. Once
  • was I taken of the foemen in the town where I abode when my lord was
  • away from me, and a huge slaughter of innocent folk was made, and I was
  • cast into prison and chains, after I had seen my son that I had borne
  • to my lord slain before mine eyes. At last we were driven clean out of
  • the Kingdom of the Tower, and abode a long while, some two years, in
  • the wilderness, living like outlaws and wolves' heads, and lifting the
  • spoil for our livelihood. Forsooth of all the years that I abode about
  • the Land of Tower those were the happiest. For we robbed no poor folk
  • and needy, but rewarded them rather, and drave the spoil from rich men
  • and lords, and hard-hearted chapmen-folk: we ravished no maid of the
  • tillers, we burned no cot, and taxed no husbandman's croft or acre, but
  • defended them from their tyrants. Nevertheless we gat an ill name wide
  • about through the kingdoms and cities; and were devils and witches to
  • the boot of thieves and robbers in the mouths of these men; for when
  • the rich man is hurt his wail goeth heavens high, and none may say he
  • heareth not.
  • "Now it was at this time that I first fell in with the Champions of the
  • Dry Tree; for they became our fellows and brothers in arms in the
  • wildwood: for they had not as yet builded their stronghold of the
  • Scaur, whereas thou and I shall be in two days time. Many a wild deed
  • did our folk in their company, and many that had been better undone.
  • Whiles indeed they went on journeys wherein we were not partakers, as
  • when they went to the North and harried the lands of the Abbot of
  • Higham, and rode as far even as over the Downs to Bear Castle and
  • fought a battle there with the Captain of Higham: whereas we went never
  • out of the Wood Perilous to the northward; and lifted little save in
  • the lands of our own proper foemen, the friends of the king.
  • "Now I say not of the men of the Dry Tree that they were good and
  • peaceable men, nor would mercy hold their hands every while that they
  • were hard bestead and thrust into a corner. Yet I say now and once for
  • all that their fierceness was and is but kindness and pity when set
  • against the cruelty of the Burg of the Four Friths; men who have no
  • friend to love, no broken foe to forgive, and can scarce be kind even
  • to themselves: though forsooth they be wise men and cautelous and well
  • living before the world, and wealthy and holy."
  • She stayed her speech a while, and her eyes glittered in her flushed
  • face and she set her teeth; and she was as one beside herself till
  • Ralph kissed her feet, and caressed her, and she went on again.
  • "Dear friend, when thou knowest what these men are and have been thou
  • wilt bless thy friend Roger for leading thee forth from the Burg by
  • night and cloud, whatever else may happen to thee.
  • "Well, we abode in the wildwood, friends and good fellows from the
  • first; and that young man, though he loved me ever, was somewhat healed
  • of the fever of love, and was my faithful friend, in such wise that
  • neither I nor my lord had aught to find fault with in him. Meanwhile
  • we began to grow strong, for many joined us therein who had fled from
  • their tyrants of the good towns and the manors of the baronage, and at
  • last in the third year naught would please my lord but we must enter
  • into the Kingdom of the Tower, and raise his banner in the wealthy
  • land, and the fair cities.
  • "Moreover, his father, the King of the Tower, died in his bed in these
  • days, and no word of love or peace had passed between them since that
  • morning when I was led out to be burned in the Great Square.
  • "So we came forth from the forest, we, and the Champions of the Dry
  • Tree; and made the tale a short one. For the king, the mighty warrior
  • and wise man, was dead: and his captains of war, some of them were
  • dead, and some weary of strife; and those who had been eager in debate
  • were falling to ask themselves wherefore they had fought and what was
  • to do that they should still be fighting; and lo! when it came to be
  • looked into, it was all a matter of the life and death of one woman, to
  • wit me myself, and why should she not live, why should she not sit upon
  • the throne with the man who loved her?
  • "Therefore when at last we came out from the twilight of the woods into
  • the sunny fields of the Land of the Tower, there was no man to naysay
  • us; nay, the gates of the strong places flew open before the wind of
  • our banners, and the glittering of our spears drew the folk together
  • toward the places of rejoicing. We entered the master City in triumph,
  • with the houses hung with green boughs and the maidens casting flowers
  • before our feet, and I sat a crowned Queen upon the throne high raised
  • on the very place where erst I stood awaiting the coming of the torch
  • to the faggots which were to consume me.
  • "There then began the reign of the Woman of the Waste; for so it was,
  • that my lord left to my hands the real ruling of the kingdom, though he
  • wore the crown and set the seal to parchments. As to them of the Dry
  • Tree, though some few of them abode in the kingdom, and became great
  • there, the more part of them went back to the wildwood and lived the
  • old life of the Wood, as we had found them living it aforetime. But or
  • ever they went, the leaders of them came before me, and kissed my feet,
  • and with tears and prayers besought me, and bade me that if aught fell
  • amiss to me there, I should come back to them and be their Lady and
  • Queen; and whereas these wild men loved me well, and I deemed that I
  • owed much to their love and their helping, I promised them and swore to
  • them by the Water of the Well at the World's End that I would do no
  • less than they prayed me: albeit I set no term or year for the day that
  • I would come to them.
  • "And now my lord and I, we set ourselves to heal the wounds which war
  • had made in the land: and hard was the work, and late the harvest; so
  • used had men become to turmoil and trouble. Moreover, there were many,
  • and chiefly the women who had lost husband, lover, son or brother, who
  • laid all their griefs on my back; though forsooth how was I guilty of
  • the old king's wrath against me, which was the cause of all? About
  • this time my lord had the Castle of Abundance built up very fairly for
  • me and him to dwell in at whiles; and indeed we had before that dwelt
  • at a little manor house that was there, when we durst withdraw a little
  • from the strife; but now he had it done as fair as ye saw it, and had
  • those arras cloths made with the story of my sojourn in the wilderness,
  • even as ye saw them. But the days and the years wore, and wealth came
  • back to the mighty of the land, and fields flourished and the acres
  • bore increase, and fair houses were builded in the towns; and the land
  • was called happy again.
  • "But for me I was not so happy: and I looked back fondly to the days
  • of the greenwood and the fellowship of the Dry Tree, and the days
  • before that, of my flight with my lord. And moreover with the wearing
  • of the years those murmurs against me and the blind causeless hatred
  • began to grow again, and chiefly methinks because I was the king, and
  • my lord the king's cloak: but therewith tales concerning me began to
  • spring up, how that I was not only a sorceress, but even one foredoomed
  • from of old and sent by the lords of hell to wreck that fair Land of
  • the Tower and make it unhappy and desolate. And the tale grew and
  • gathered form, till now, when the bloom of my beauty was gone, I heard
  • hard and fierce words cried after me in the streets when I fared
  • abroad, and that still chiefly by the women: for yet most men looked
  • on me with pleasure. Also my counsellors and lords warned me often
  • that I must be wary and of great forbearance if trouble were to be kept
  • back.
  • "Now amidst these things as I was walking pensively in my garden one
  • summer day, it was told me that a woman desired to see me, so I bade
  • them bring her. And when she came I looked on her, and deemed that I
  • had seen her aforetime: she was not old, but of middle age, of dark
  • red hair, and brown eyes somewhat small: not a big woman, but well
  • fashioned of body, and looking as if she had once been exceeding dainty
  • and trim. She spake, and again I seemed to have heard her voice
  • before: 'Hail, Queen,' she said, 'it does my heart good to see thee
  • thus in thy glorious estate.' So I took her greeting; but those tales
  • of my being but a sending of the Devil for the ruin of that land came
  • into my mind, and I sent away the folk who were thereby before I said
  • more to her. Then she spake again: 'Even so I guessed it would be
  • that thou wouldst grow great amongst women.'
  • "But I said, 'What is this? and when have I known thee before-time?'
  • She smiled and said naught; and my mind went back to those old days,
  • and I trembled, and the flesh crept upon my bones, lest this should be
  • the coming back in a new shape of my mistress whom I had slain. But
  • the woman laughed, and said, as if she knew my thoughts: 'Nay, it is
  • not so: the dead are dead; fear not: but hast thou forgotten the Dale
  • of Lore?'
  • "'Nay,' said I, 'never; and art thou then the carline that learned me
  • lore? But if the dead come not back, how do the old grow young again?
  • for 'tis a score of years since we two sat in the Dale, and I longed
  • for many things.'
  • "Said the woman: 'The dead may not drink of the Well at the World's
  • End; yet the living may, even if they be old; and that blessed water
  • giveth them new might and changeth their blood, and they are as young
  • folk for a long while again after they have drunken.' 'And hast thou
  • drunken?' said I.
  • "'Yea,' she said; 'but I am minded for another draught.' I said: 'And
  • wherefore hast thou come to me, and what shall I give to thee?' She
  • said, 'I will take no gift of thee as now, for I need it not, though
  • hereafter I may ask a gift of thee. But I am to ask this of thee, if
  • thou wilt be my fellow-farer on the road thither?' 'Yea?' said I, 'and
  • leave my love and my lord, and my kingship which he hath given me? for
  • this I will tell thee, that all that here is done, is done by me.'
  • "'Great is thy Kingship, Lady,' said the woman, and smiled withal.
  • Then she sat silent a little, and said: 'When six months are worn, it
  • will be springtide; I will come to thee in the spring days, and know
  • what thy mind is then. But now I must depart.' Quoth I: 'Glad shall I
  • be to talk with thee again; for though thou hast learned me much of
  • wisdom, yet much more I need; yea, as much as the folk here deem I have
  • already.' 'Thou shalt have no less,' said the woman. Then she kissed
  • my hands and went her ways, and I sat musing still for a long while:
  • because for all my gains, and my love that I had been loved withal, and
  • the greatness that I had gotten, there was as it were a veil of
  • unhappiness wrapped round about my heart.
  • "So wore the months, and ere the winter had come befell an evil thing,
  • for my lord, who had loved me so, and taken me out of the wilderness,
  • died, and was gathered to the fathers, and there was I left alone; for
  • there was no fruit of my womb by him alive. My first-born had been
  • slain by those wretches, and a second son that I bore had died of a
  • pestilence that war and famine had brought upon the land. I will not
  • wear thy soul with words about my grief and sorrow: but it is to be
  • told that I sat now in a perilous place, and yet I might not step down
  • from it and abide in that land, for then it was a sure thing, that some
  • of my foes would have laid hand on me and brought me to judgment for
  • being but myself, and I should have ended miserably. So I gat to me
  • all the strength that I might, and whereas there were many who loved me
  • still, some for my own sake, and some for the sake of my lord that was,
  • I endured in good hope that all my days were not done. Yet I longed
  • for the coming of the Teacher of Lore; for now I made up my mind that I
  • would go with her, and seek to the Well at the World's End for weal and
  • woe.
  • "She came while April was yet young: and I need make no long tale of
  • how we gat us away: for whereas she was wise in hidden lore, it was no
  • hard matter for her to give me another semblance than mine own, so that
  • I might have walked about the streets of our city from end to end, and
  • none had known me. So I vanished away from my throne and my kingdom,
  • and that name and fame of a witch-wife clove to me once and for all,
  • and spread wide about the cities of folk and the kingdoms, and many are
  • the tales that have arisen concerning me, and belike some of these thou
  • hast heard told."
  • Ralph reddened and said: "My soul has been vexed by some inkling of
  • them; but now it is at rest from them for ever."
  • "May it be so!" she said: "and now my tale is wearing thin for the
  • present time.
  • "Back again went my feet over the ways they had trodden before, though
  • the Teacher shortened the road much for us by her wisdom. Once again
  • what need to tell thee of these ways when thine own eyes shall behold
  • them as thou wendest them beside me? Be it enough to say that once
  • again I came to that little house in the uttermost wilderness, and
  • there once more was the garth and the goat-house, and the trees of the
  • forest beyond it, and the wood-lawns and the streams and all the places
  • and things that erst I deemed I must dwell amongst for ever."
  • Said Ralph: "And did the carline keep troth with thee? Was she not
  • but luring thee thither to be her thrall? Or did the book that I read
  • in the Castle of Abundance but lie concerning thee?"
  • "She held her troth to me in all wise," said the Lady, "and I was no
  • thrall of hers, but as a sister, or it may be even as a daughter; for
  • ever to my eyes was she the old carline who learned me lore in the Dale
  • of the wildwood.
  • "But now a long while, years long, we abode in that House of the
  • Sorceress ere we durst seek further to the Well at the World's End.
  • And yet meseems though the years wore, they wore me no older; nay, in
  • the first days at least I waxed stronger of body and fairer than I had
  • been in the King's Palace in the Land of the Tower, as though some
  • foretaste of the Well was there for us in the loneliness of the desert;
  • although forsooth the abiding there amidst the scantiness of
  • livelihood, and the nakedness, and the toil, and the torment of wind
  • and weather were as a penance for the days and deeds of our past lives.
  • What more is to say concerning our lives here, saving this, that in
  • those days I learned yet more wisdom of the Teacher of Lore, and amidst
  • that wisdom was much of that which ye call sorcery: as the foreseeing
  • of things to come, and the sending of dreams or visions, and certain
  • other matters. And I may tell thee that the holy man who came to us
  • last even, I sent him the dream which came to him drowsing, and bade
  • him come to the helping of Walter the Black: for I knew that I should
  • take thy hand and flee with thee this morning e'en as I have done: and
  • I would fain have a good leech to Walter lest he should die, although I
  • owe him hatred rather than love. Now, my friend, tell me, is this an
  • evil deed, and dost thou shrink from the Sorceress?"
  • He strained her to his bosom and kissed her mouth, and then he said:
  • "Yet thou hast never sent a dream to me." She laughed and said: "What!
  • hast thou never dreamed of me since we met at the want-way of the Wood
  • Perilous?" "Never," said he. She stroked his cheek fondly, and said:
  • "Young art thou, sweet friend, and sleepest well a-nights. It was
  • enough that thou thoughtest of me in thy waking hours." Then she went
  • on with her tale.
  • CHAPTER 8
  • The Lady Maketh an End of Her Tale
  • "Well, my friend, after we had lived thus a long time, we set out one
  • day to seek to the Well at the World's End, each of us signed and
  • marked out for the quest by bearing such-like beads as thou and I both
  • bear upon our necks today. Once again of all that befell us on that
  • quest I will tell thee naught as now: because to that Well have I to
  • bring thee: though myself, belike, I need not its waters again."
  • Quoth Ralph: "And must thou lead me thy very self, mayest thou not
  • abide in some safe place my going and returning? So many and sore as
  • the toils and perils of the way may be." "What!" she said, "and how
  • shall I be sundered from thee now I have found thee? Yea, and who
  • shall lead thee, thou lovely boy? Shall it be a man to bewray thee, or
  • a woman to bewray me? Yet need we not go tomorrow, my beloved, nor for
  • many days: so sweet as we are to each other.
  • "But in those past days it was needs must we begin our quest before the
  • burden of years was over heavy upon us. Shortly to say it, we found
  • the Well, and drank of its waters after abundant toil and peril, as
  • thou mayst well deem. Then the life and the soul came back to us, and
  • the past years were as naught to us, and my youth was renewed in me,
  • and I became as thou seest me to-day. But my fellow was as a woman of
  • forty summers again, strong and fair as I had seen her when she came
  • into the garden in the days of my Queenhood, and thus we returned to
  • the House of the Sorceress, and rested there for a little from our
  • travel and our joy.
  • "At last, and that was but some five years ago, the Teacher said to me:
  • 'Sister, I have learned thee all that thine heart can take of me, and
  • thou art strong in wisdom, and moreover again shall it be with thee, as
  • I told of thee long ago, that no man shall look on thee that shall not
  • love thee. Now I will not seek to see thy life that is coming, nor
  • what thine end shall be, for that should belike be grievous to both of
  • us; but this I see of thee, that thou wilt now guide thy life not as I
  • will, but as thou wilt; and since my way is not thy way, and that I see
  • thou shalt not long abide alone, now shall we sunder; for I am minded
  • to go to the most ancient parts of the world, and seek all the
  • innermost of wisdom whiles I yet live; but with kings and champions and
  • the cities of folk will I have no more to do: while thou shalt not be
  • able to refrain from these. So now I bid thee farewell.'
  • "I wept at her words, but gainsaid them naught, for I wotted that she
  • spake but the truth; so I kissed her, and we parted; she went her ways
  • through the wildwood, and I abode at the House of the Sorceress, and
  • waited on the wearing of the days.
  • "But scarce a month after her departure, as I stood by the threshold
  • one morning amidst of the goats, I saw men come riding from out the
  • wood; so I abode them, and they came to the gate of the garth and there
  • lighted down from their horses, and they were three in company; and no
  • one of them was young, and one was old, with white locks flowing down
  • from under his helm: for they were all armed in knightly fashion, but
  • they had naught but white gaberdines over their hauberks, with no
  • coat-armour or token upon them. So they came through the garth-gate
  • and I greeted them and asked them what they would; then the old man
  • knelt down on the grass before me and said: 'If I were as young as I am
  • old my heart would fail me in beholding thy beauty: but now I will ask
  • thee somewhat: far away beyond the forest we heard rumours of a woman
  • dwelling in the uttermost desert, who had drunk of the Well at the
  • World's End, and was wise beyond measure. Now we have set ourselves to
  • seek that woman, and if thou be she, we would ask a question of thy
  • wisdom.'
  • "I answered that I was even such as they had heard of, and bade them
  • ask.
  • "Said the old man:
  • "'Fifty years ago, when I was yet but a young man, there was a fair
  • woman who was Queen of the Land of the Tower and whom we loved sorely
  • because we had dwelt together with her amidst tribulation in the desert
  • and the wildwood: and we are not of her people, but a fellowship of
  • free men and champions hight the Men of the Dry Tree: and we hoped
  • that she would one day come back and dwell with us and be our Lady and
  • Queen: and indeed trouble seemed drawing anigh her, so that we might
  • help her and she might become our fellow again, when lo! she vanished
  • away from the folk and none knew where she was gone. Therefore a band
  • of us of the Dry Tree swore an oath together to seek her till we found
  • her, that we might live and die together: but of that band of one score
  • and one, am I the last one left that seeketh; for the rest are dead, or
  • sick, or departed: and indeed I was the youngest of them. But for
  • these two men, they are my sons whom I have bred in the knowledge of
  • these things and in the hope of finding tidings of our Lady and Queen,
  • if it were but the place where her body lieth. Thou art wise: knowest
  • thou the resting place of her bones?"
  • "When I had heard the tale of the old man I was moved to my inmost
  • heart, and I scarce knew what to say. But now this long while fear was
  • dead in me, so I thought I would tell the very sooth: but I said first:
  • 'Sir, what I will tell, I will tell without beseeching, so I pray thee
  • stand up.' So did he, and I said: 'Geoffrey, what became of the white
  • hind after the banners had left the wildwood'? He stared wild at me,
  • and I deemed that tears began to come into his eyes; but I said again:
  • 'What betid to dame Joyce's youngest born, the fair little maiden that
  • we left sick of a fever when we rode to Up-castle?' Still he said
  • naught but looked at me wondering: and said: 'Hast thou ever again
  • seen that great old oak nigh the clearing by the water, the half of
  • which fell away in the summer-storm of that last July?'
  • "Then verily the tears gushed out of his eyes, and he wept, for as old
  • as he was; and when he could master himself he said: 'Who art thou?
  • Who art thou? Art thou the daughter of my Lady, even as these are my
  • sons?' But I said: 'Now will I answer thy first question, and tell
  • thee that the Lady thou seekest is verily alive; and she has thriven,
  • for she has drunk of the Well at the World's End, and has put from her
  • the burden of the years. O Geoffrey, and dost thou not know me?' And
  • I held out my hand to him, and I also was weeping, because of my
  • thought of the years gone by; for this old man had been that swain who
  • had nigh died for me when I fled with my husband from the old king; and
  • he became one of the Dry Tree, and had followed me with kind service
  • about the woods in the days when I was at my happiest.
  • "But now he fell on his knees before me not like a vassal but like a
  • lover, and kissed my feet, and was beside himself for joy. And his
  • sons, who were men of some forty summers, tall and warrior-like, kissed
  • my hands and made obeisance before me.
  • "Now when we had come to ourselves again, old Geoffrey, who was now
  • naught but glad, spake and said: 'It is told amongst us that when our
  • host departed from the Land of the Tower, after thou hadst taken thy
  • due seat upon the throne, that thou didst promise our chieftains how
  • thou wouldst one day come back to the fellowship of the Dry Tree and
  • dwell amongst us. Wilt thou now hold to thy promise?' I said: 'O
  • Geoffrey, if thou art the last of those seekers, and thou wert but a
  • boy when I dwelt with you of old, who of the Dry Tree is left to
  • remember me?' He hung his head awhile then, and spake: 'Old are we
  • grown, yet art thou fittest to be amongst young folk: unless mine eyes
  • are beguiled by some semblance which will pass away presently.' 'Nay,'
  • quoth I, 'it is not so; as I am now, so shall I be for many and many a
  • day.' 'Well,' said Geoffrey, 'wherever thou mayst be, thou shalt be
  • Queen of men.'
  • "'I list not to be Queen again,' said I. He laughed and said: 'I wot
  • not how thou mayst help it.'
  • "I said: 'Tell me of the Dry Tree, how the champions have sped, and
  • have they grown greater or less.' Said he: 'They are warriors and
  • champions from father to son; therefore have they thriven not over
  • well; yet they have left the thick of the wood, and built them a great
  • castle above the little town hight Hampton; so that is now called
  • Hampton under Scaur, for upon the height of the said Scaur is our
  • castle builded: and there we hold us against the Burg of the Four
  • Friths which hath thriven greatly; there is none so great as the Burg
  • in all the lands about.'
  • "I said: 'And the Land of the Tower, thriveth the folk thereof at
  • all?' 'Nay,' he said, 'they have been rent to pieces by folly and war
  • and greediness: in the Great City are but few people, grass grows in
  • its streets; the merchants wend not the ways that lead thither. Naught
  • thriveth there since thou stolest thyself away from them.'
  • "'Nay,' I said, 'I fled from their malice, lest I should have been
  • brought out to be burned once more; and there would have been none to
  • rescue then.' 'Was it so?' said old Geoffrey; 'well it is all one now;
  • their day is done.'
  • "'Well,' I said, 'come into my house, and eat and drink therein and
  • sleep here to-night, and to-morrow I shall tell thee what I will do.'
  • "Even so they did; and on the morrow early I spake to Geoffrey and
  • said: 'What hath befallen the Land of Abundance, and the castle my lord
  • built for me there; which we held as our refuge all through the War of
  • the Tower, both before we joined us to you in the wildwood, and
  • afterwards?' He said: 'It is at peace still; no one hath laid hand on
  • it; there is a simple folk dwelling there in the clearing of the wood,
  • which forgetteth thee not; though forsooth strange tales are told of
  • thee there; and the old men deem that it is but a little since thou
  • hast ceased to come and go there; and they are ready to worship thee as
  • somewhat more than the Blessed Saints, were it not for the Fathers of
  • the Thorn who are their masters.'
  • "I pondered this a while, and then said: 'Geoffrey, ye shall bring me
  • hence away to the peopled parts, and on the way, or when we are come
  • amongst the cities and the kingdoms, we will settle it whither I shall
  • go. See thou! I were fain to be of the brotherhood of the Dry Tree;
  • yet I deem it will scarce be that I shall go and dwell there
  • straightway.'
  • "Therewith the old man seemed content; and indeed now that the first
  • joy of our meeting, when his youth sprang up in him once more, was
  • over, he found it hard to talk freely with me, and was downcast and shy
  • before me, as if something had come betwixt us, which had made our
  • lives cold to each other.
  • "So that day we left the House of the Sorceress, which I shall not see
  • again, till I come there hand in hand with thee, beloved. When we came
  • to the peopled parts, Geoffrey and his sons brought me to the Land of
  • Abundance, and I found it all as he had said to me: and I took up my
  • dwelling in the castle, and despised not those few folk of the land,
  • but was kind to them: but though they praised my gifts, and honoured
  • me as the saints are honoured, and though they loved me, yet it was
  • with fear, so that I had little part with them. There I dwelt then;
  • and the book which thou didst read there, part true and part false, and
  • altogether of malice against me, I bought of a monk who came our way,
  • and who at first was sore afeared when he found that he had come to my
  • castle. As to the halling of the Chamber of Dais, I have told thee
  • before how my lord, the King's Son, did do make it in memory of the
  • wilderness wherein he found me, and the life of thralldom from which he
  • brought me. There I dwelt till nigh upon these days in peace and
  • quiet: not did I go to the Dry Tree for a long while, though many of
  • them sought to me there at the Castle of Abundance; and, woe worth the
  • while! there was oftenest but one end to their guesting, that of all
  • gifts, they besought me but of one, which, alack! I might not give
  • them: and that is the love that I have given to thee, beloved.--And,
  • oh! my fear, that it will weigh too light with thee, to win me pardon
  • of thee for all that thou must needs pardon me, ere thou canst give me
  • all thy love, that I long for so sorely."
  • CHAPTER 9
  • They Go On Their Way Once More
  • "Look now," she said, "I have held thee so long in talk, that the
  • afternoon is waning; now is it time for us to be on the way again; not
  • because I misdoubt me of thy foeman, but because I would take thee to a
  • fairer dwelling of the desert, and one where I have erst abided; and
  • moreover, there thou shalt not altogether die of hunger. See, is it
  • not as if I had thought to meet thee here?"
  • "Yea, in good sooth," said he, "I wot that thou canst see the story of
  • things before they fall."
  • She laughed and said: "But all this that hath befallen since I set out
  • to meet thee at the Castle of Abundance I foresaw not, any more than I
  • can foresee to-morrow. Only I knew that we must needs pass by the place
  • whereto I shall now lead thee, and I made provision there. Lo! now the
  • marvel slain: and in such wise shall perish other marvels which have
  • been told of me; yet not all. Come now, let us to the way."
  • So they joined hands and left the pleasant place, and were again going
  • speedily amidst the close pine woods awhile, where it was smooth
  • underfoot and silent of noises withal.
  • Now Ralph said: "Beloved, thou hast told me of many things, but naught
  • concerning how thou camest to be wedded to the Knight of the Sun, and
  • of thy dealings with him."
  • Said she, reddening withal: "I will tell thee no more than this,
  • unless thou compel me: that he would have me wed him, as it were
  • against my will, till I ceased striving against him, and I went with
  • him to Sunway, which is no great way from the Castle of Abundance, and
  • there befell that treason of Walter the Black, who loved me and prayed
  • for my love, and when I gainsaid him, swore by all that was holy,
  • before my lord, that it was I who sought his love, and how I had told
  • and taught him ways of witchcraft, whereby we might fulfill our love,
  • so that the Baron should keep a wife for another man. And the Knight
  • of the Sun, whose heart had been filled with many tales of my wisdom,
  • true and false, believed his friend whom he loved, and still believeth
  • him, though he burneth for the love of me now; whereas in those first
  • days of the treason, he burned with love turned to hatred. So of this
  • came that shaming and casting-forth of me. Whereof I will tell thee
  • but this, that the brother of my lord, even the tall champion whom thou
  • hast seen, came upon me presently, when I was cast forth; because he
  • was coming to see the Knight of the Sun at his home; and he loved me,
  • but not after the fashion of his brother, but was kind and mild with
  • me. So then I went with him to Hampton and the Dry Tree, and great joy
  • made the folk thereof of my coming, whereas they remembered their
  • asking of aforetime that I would come to be a Queen over them, and
  • there have I dwelt ever since betwixt Hampton and the Castle of
  • Abundance; and that tall champion has been ever as a brother unto me."
  • Said Ralph, "And thou art their Queen there?" "Yea," she said, "in a
  • fashion; yet have they another who is mightier than I, and might, if
  • she durst, hang me over the battlements of the Scaur, for she is a
  • fierce and hard woman, and now no longer young in years."
  • "Is it not so then," said Ralph, "that some of the ill deeds that are
  • told of thee are of her doing?"
  • "It is even so," she said, "and whiles when she has spoken the word I
  • may not be against her openly, therefore I use my wisdom which I have
  • learned, to set free luckless wights from her anger and malice. More
  • by token the last time I did thus was the very night of the day we
  • parted, after thou hadst escaped from the Burg."
  • "In what wise was that?" said Ralph. She said: "When I rode away from
  • thee on that happy day of my deliverance by thee, my heart laughed for
  • joy of the life thou hadst given me, and of thee the giver, and I swore
  • to myself that I would set free the first captive or death-doomed
  • creature that I came across, in honour of my pleasure and delight: now
  • speedily I came to Hampton and the Scaur; for it is not very far from
  • the want-ways of the wood: and there I heard how four of our folk had
  • been led away by the men of the Burg, therefore it was clear to me that
  • I must set these men free if I could; besides, it pleased me to think
  • that I could walk about the streets of the foemen safely, who had been
  • but just led thitherward to the slaughter. Thou knowest how I sped
  • therein. But when I came back again to our people, after thou hadst
  • ridden away from us with Roger, I heard these tidings, that there was
  • one new-come into our prison, a woman to wit, who had been haled before
  • our old Queen for a spy and doomed by her, and should be taken forth
  • and slain, belike, in a day or two. So I said to myself that I was not
  • free of my vow as yet, because those friends of mine, I should in any
  • case have done my best to deliver them: therefore I deemed my oath
  • bound me to set that woman free. So in the night-tide when all was
  • quiet I went to the prison and brought her forth, and led her past all
  • the gates and wards, which was an easy thing to me, so much as I had
  • learned, and came with her into the fields betwixt the thorp of Hampton
  • and the wood, when it was more daylight than dawn, so that I could see
  • her clearly, and no word as yet had we spoken to each other. But then
  • she said to me: 'Am I to be slain here or led to a crueller prison?'
  • And I said: 'Neither one thing nor the other: for lo! I have set thee
  • free, and I shall look to it that there shall be no pursuit of thee
  • till thou hast had time to get clear away.' But she said: 'What thanks
  • wilt thou have for this? Wherefore hast thou done it?' And I said, 'It
  • is because of the gladness I have gotten.' Said she, 'And would that I
  • might get gladness!' So I asked her what was amiss now that she was
  • free. She said: 'I have lost one thing that I loved, and found another
  • and lost it also.' So I said: 'Mightest thou not seek for the lost?'
  • She said, 'It is in this wood, but when I shall find it I shall not
  • have it.' 'It is love that thou art seeking,' said I. 'In what
  • semblance is he?'
  • "What wilt thou, my friend? Straightway she fell to making a picture
  • of thee in words; so that I knew that she had met thee, and belike
  • after I had departed from thee, and my heart was sore thereat; for now
  • I will tell thee the very truth, that she was a young woman and
  • exceeding fair, as if she were of pearl all over, and as sweet as
  • eglantine; and I feared her lest she should meet thee again in these
  • wildwoods. And so I asked her what would she, and she said that she
  • had a mind to seek to the Well at the World's End, which quencheth all
  • sorrow; and I rejoiced thereat, thinking that she would be far away
  • from thee, not thinking that thou and I must even meet to seek to it
  • also. So I gave her the chaplet which my witch-mistress took from the
  • dead woman's neck; and went with her into the wildwood, and taught her
  • wisdom of the way and what she was to do. And again I say to thee that
  • she was so sweet and yet with a kind of pity in her both of soul and
  • body, and wise withal and quiet, that I feared her, though I loved her;
  • yea and still do: for I deem her better than me, and meeter for thee
  • and thy love than I be.--Dost thou know her?"
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "and fair and lovely she is in sooth. Yet hast thou
  • naught to do to fear her. And true it is that I saw her and spake with
  • her after thou hadst ridden away. For she came by the want-ways of the
  • Wood Perilous in the dawn of the day after I had delivered thee; and in
  • sooth she told me that she looked either for Death, or the Water of the
  • Well to end her sorrow."
  • Then he smiled and said; "As for that which thou sayest, that she had
  • been meeter for me than thou, I know not this word. For look you,
  • beloved, she came, and passed, and is gone, but thou art there and
  • shalt endure."
  • She stayed, and turned and faced him at that word; and love so consumed
  • her, that all sportive words failed her; yea and it was as if mirth and
  • light-heartedness were swallowed up in the fire of her love; and all
  • thought of other folk departed from him as he felt her tears of love
  • and joy upon his face, and she kissed and embraced him there in the
  • wilderness.
  • CHAPTER 10
  • Of the Desert-House and the Chamber of Love in the Wilderness
  • Then in a while they grew sober and went on their ways, and the sun was
  • westering behind them, and casting long shadows. And in a little while
  • they were come out of the thick woods and were in a country of steep
  • little valleys, grassy, besprinkled with trees and bushes, with hills
  • of sandstone going up from them, which were often broken into cliffs
  • rising sheer from the tree-beset bottoms: and they saw plenteous deer
  • both great and small, and the wild things seemed to fear them but
  • little. To Ralph it seemed an exceeding fair land, and he was as
  • joyous as it was fair; but the Lady was pensive, and at last she said:
  • "Thou deemest it fair, and so it is; yet is it the lonesomest of
  • deserts. I deem indeed that it was once one of the fairest of lands,
  • with castles and cots and homesteads all about, and fair people no few,
  • busy with many matters amongst them. But now it is all passed away,
  • and there is no token of a dwelling of man, save it might be that those
  • mounds we see, as yonder, and yonder again, are tofts of house-walls
  • long ago sunken into the earth of the valley. And now few even are the
  • hunters or way-farers that wend through it."
  • Quoth Ralph: "Thou speakest as if there had been once histories and
  • tales of this pleasant wilderness: tell me, has it anything to do with
  • that land about the wide river which we went through, Roger and I, as
  • we rode to the Castle of Abundance the other day? For he spoke of
  • tales of deeds and mishaps concerning it." "Yea," she said, "so it is,
  • and the little stream that runs yonder beneath those cliffs, is making
  • its way towards that big river aforesaid, which is called the Swelling
  • Flood. Now true it is also that there are many tales about of the wars
  • and miseries that turned this land into a desert, and these may be true
  • enough, and belike are true. But these said tales have become blended
  • with the story of those aforesaid wars of the Land of the Tower; of
  • which indeed this desert is verily a part, but was desert still in the
  • days when I was Queen of the Land; so thou mayst well think that they
  • who hold me to be the cause of all this loneliness (and belike Roger
  • thought it was so) have scarce got hold of the very sooth of the
  • matter."
  • "Even so I deemed," said Ralph: "and to-morrow we shall cross the big
  • river, thou and I. Is there a ferry or a ford there whereas we shall
  • come, or how shall we win over it?"
  • She was growing merrier again now, and laughed at this and said: "O
  • fair boy! the crossing will be to-morrow and not to-day; let to-morrow
  • cross its own rivers; for surely to-day is fair enough, and fairer
  • shall it be when thou hast been fed and art sitting by me in rest and
  • peace till to-morrow morning. So now hasten yet a little more; and we
  • will keep the said little stream in sight as well as we may for the
  • bushes."
  • So they sped on, till Ralph said: "Will thy feet never tire, beloved?"
  • "O child," she said, "thou hast heard my story, and mayst well deem
  • that they have wrought many a harder day's work than this day's. And
  • moreover they shall soon rest; for look! yonder is our house for this
  • even, and till to-morrow's sun is high: the house for me and thee and
  • none else with us." And therewith she pointed to a place where the
  • stream ran in a chain of pools and stickles, and a sheer cliff rose up
  • some fifty paces beyond it, but betwixt the stream and the cliff was a
  • smooth table of greensward, with three fair thorn bushes thereon, and
  • it went down at each end to the level of the river's lip by a green
  • slope, but amidmost, the little green plain was some ten feet above the
  • stream, and was broken by a little undercliff, which went down sheer
  • into the water. And Ralph saw in the face of the high cliff the mouth
  • of a cave, however deep it might be.
  • "Come," said the Lady, "tarry not, for I know that hunger hath hold of
  • thee, and look, how low the sun is growing!" Then she caught him by the
  • hand, and fell to running with him to the edge of the stream, where at
  • the end of the further slope it ran wide and shallow before it entered
  • into a deep pool overhung with boughs of alder and thorn. She stepped
  • daintily over a row of big stones laid in the rippling shallow; and
  • staying herself in mid-stream on the biggest of them, and gathering up
  • her gown, looked up stream with a happy face, and then looked over her
  • shoulder to Ralph and said: "The year has been good to me these
  • seasons, so that when I stayed here on my way to the Castle of
  • Abundance, I found but few stones washed away, and crossed wellnigh
  • dry-shod, but this stone my feet are standing on now, I brought down
  • from under the cliff, and set it amid-most, and I said that when I
  • brought thee hither I would stay thereon and talk with thee while I
  • stood above the freshness of the water, as I am doing now."
  • Ralph looked on her and strove to answer her, but no words would come
  • to his lips, because of the greatness of his longing; she looked on him
  • fondly, and then stooped to look at the ripples that bubbled up about
  • her shoes, and touched them at whiles; then she said: "See how they
  • long for the water, these feet that have worn the waste so long, and
  • know how kind it will run over them and lap about them: but ye must
  • abide a little, waste-wearers, till we have done a thing or two. Come,
  • love!" And she reached her hand out behind her to Ralph, not looking
  • back, but when she felt his hand touch it, she stepped lightly over the
  • other stones, and on to the grass with him, and led him quietly up the
  • slope that went up to the table of greensward before the cave. But
  • when they came on to the level grass she kissed him, and then turned
  • toward the valley and spake solemnly: "May all blessings light on this
  • House of the wilderness and this Hall of the Summer-tide, and the
  • Chamber of Love that here is!"
  • Then was she silent a while, and Ralph brake not the silence. Then she
  • turned to him with a face grown merry and smiling, and said: "Lo! how
  • the poor lad yearneth for meat, as well he may, so long as the day hath
  • been. Ah, beloved, thou must be patient a little. For belike our
  • servants have not yet heard of the wedding of us. So we twain must
  • feed each the other. Is that so much amiss?"
  • He laughed in her face for love, and took her by the wrist, but she
  • drew her hand away and went into the cave, and came forth anon holding
  • a copper kettle with an iron bow, and a bag of meal, which she laid at
  • his feet; then she went into the cave again, and brought forth a flask
  • of wine and a beaker; then she caught up the little cauldron, which was
  • well-beaten, and thin and light, and ran down to the stream therewith,
  • and came up thence presently, bearing it full of water on her head,
  • going as straight and stately as the spear is seen on a day of tourney,
  • moving over the barriers that hide the knight, before he lays it in the
  • rest. She came up to him and set the water-kettle before him, and put
  • her hands on his shoulders, and kissed his cheek, and then stepped back
  • from him and smote her palms together, and said: "Yea, it is well! But
  • there are yet more things to do before we rest. There is the dighting
  • of the chamber, and the gathering of wood for the fire, and the mixing
  • of the meal, and the kneading and the baking of cakes; and all that is
  • my work, and there is the bringing of the quarry for the roast, and
  • that is thine."
  • Then she ran into the cave and brought forth a bow and a quiver of
  • arrows, and said: "Art thou somewhat of an archer?" Quoth he: "I
  • shoot not ill." "And I," she said, "shoot well, all woodcraft comes
  • handy to me. But this eve I must trust to thy skill for my supper. Go
  • swiftly and come back speedily. Do off thine hauberk, and beat the
  • bushes down in the valley, and bring me some small deer, as roe or hare
  • or coney. And wash thee in the pool below the stepping-stones, as I
  • shall do whiles thou art away, and by then thou comest back, all shall
  • be ready, save the roasting of the venison."
  • So he did off his wargear, but thereafter tarried a little, looking at
  • her, and she said: "What aileth thee not to go? the hunt's up." He
  • said: "I would first go see the rock-hall that is for our chamber
  • to-night; wilt thou not bring me in thither?" "Nay," she said, "for I
  • must be busy about many matters; but thou mayst go by thyself, if thou
  • wilt."
  • So he went and stooped down and entered the cave, and found it high and
  • wide within, and clean and fresh and well-smelling, and the floor of
  • fine white sand without a stain.
  • So he knelt down and kissed the floor, and said aloud: "God bless this
  • floor of the rock-hall whereon my love shall lie to-night!" Then he
  • arose and went out of the cave, and found the Lady at the entry
  • stooping down to see what he would do; and she looked on him fondly and
  • anxiously; but he turned a merry face to her, and caught her round the
  • middle and strained her to his bosom, and then took the bow and arrows
  • and ran down the slope and over the stream, into the thicket of the
  • valley.
  • He went further than he had looked for, ere he found a prey to his
  • mind, and then he smote a roe with a shaft and slew her, and broke up
  • the carcase and dight it duly, and so went his ways back. When he came
  • to the stream he looked up and saw a little fire glittering not far
  • from the cave, but had no clear sight of the Lady, though he thought he
  • saw her gown fluttering nigh one of the thorn-bushes. Then he did off
  • his raiment and entered that pool of the stream, and was glad to bathe
  • him in the same place where her body had been but of late; for he had
  • noted that the stones of the little shore were still wet with her feet
  • where she had gone up from the water.
  • But now, as he swam and sported in the sun-warmed pool he deemed he
  • heard the whinnying of a horse, but was not sure, so he held himself
  • still to listen, and heard no more. Then he laughed and bethought him
  • of Falcon his own steed, and dived down under the water; but as he came
  • up, laughing still and gasping, he heard a noise of the clatter of
  • horse hoofs, as if some one were riding swiftly up the further side of
  • the grassy table, where it was stony, as he had noted when they passed
  • by.
  • A deadly fear fell upon his heart as he thought of his love left all
  • alone; so he gat him at once out of the water and cast his shirt over
  • his head; but while his arms were yet entangled in the sleeves thereof,
  • came to his ears a great and awful sound of a man's voice roaring out,
  • though there were no shapen words in the roar. Then were his arms free
  • through the sleeves, and he took up the bow and fell to bending it, and
  • even therewith he heard a great wailing of a woman's voice, and she
  • cried out, piteously: "Help me, O help, lovely creature of God!"
  • Yet must he needs finish bending the bow howsoever his heart died
  • within him; or what help would there be of a naked and unarmed man? At
  • last it was bent and an arrow nocked on the string, as he leapt over
  • the river and up the slope.
  • But even as he came up to that pleasant place he saw all in a moment of
  • time; that there stood Silverfax anigh the Cave's mouth, and the Lady
  • lying on the earth anigh the horse; and betwixt her and him the Knight
  • of the Sun stood up stark, his shining helm on his head, the last rays
  • of the setting sun flashing in the broidered image of his armouries.
  • He turned at once upon Ralph, shaking his sword in the air (and there
  • was blood upon the blade) and he cried out in terrible voice: "The
  • witch is dead, the whore is dead! And thou, thief, who hast stolen her
  • from me, and lain by her in the wilderness, now shalt thou die, thou!"
  • Scarce had he spoken than Ralph drew his bow to the arrow-head and
  • loosed; there was but some twenty paces betwixt them, and the shaft,
  • sped by that fell archer, smote the huge man through the eye into the
  • brain, and he fell down along clattering, dead without a word more.
  • But Ralph gave forth a great wail of woe, and ran forward and knelt by
  • the Lady, who lay all huddled up face down upon the grass, and he
  • lifted her up and laid her gently on her back. The blood was flowing
  • fast from a great wound in her breast, and he tore off a piece of his
  • shirt to staunch it, but she without knowledge of him breathed forth
  • her last breath ere he could touch the hurt, and he still knelt by her,
  • staring on her as if he knew not what was toward.
  • She had dight her what she could to welcome his return from the
  • hunting, and had set a wreath of meadow-sweet on her red hair, and a
  • garland of eglantine about her girdlestead, and left her feet naked
  • after the pool of the stream, and had turned the bezels of her
  • finger-rings outward, for joy of that meeting.
  • After a while he rose up with a most bitter cry, and ran down the green
  • slope and over the water, and hither and thither amongst the bushes
  • like one mad, till he became so weary that he might scarce go or stand
  • for weariness. Then he crept back again to that Chamber of Love, and
  • sat down beside his new-won mate, calling to mind all the wasted words
  • of the day gone by; for the summer night was come now, most fair and
  • fragrant. But he withheld the sobbing passion of his heart and put
  • forth his hand, and touched her, and she was still, and his hand felt
  • her flesh that it was cold as marble. And he cried out aloud in the
  • night and the wilderness, where there was none to hear him, and arose
  • and went away from her, passing by Silverfax who was standing nearby,
  • stretching out his head, and whinnying at whiles. And he sat on the
  • edge of the green table, and there came into his mind despite himself
  • thoughts of the pleasant fields of Upmeads, and his sports and
  • pleasures there, and the even-song of the High House, and the folk of
  • his fellowship and his love. And therewith his breast arose and his
  • face was wryed, and he wept loud and long, and as if he should never
  • make an end of it. But so weary was he, that at last he lay back and
  • fell asleep, and woke not till the sun was high in the heavens. And so
  • it was, that his slumber had been so heavy, that he knew not at first
  • what had befallen; and one moment he felt glad, and the next as if he
  • should never be glad again, though why he wotted not. Then he turned
  • about and saw Silverfax cropping the grass nearby, and the Lady lying
  • there like an image that could move no whit, though the world awoke
  • about her. Then he remembered, yet scarce all, so that wild hopes
  • swelled his heart, and he rose to his knees and turned to her, and
  • called to mind that he should never see her alive again, and sobbing
  • and wailing broke out from him, for he was young and strong, and sorrow
  • dealt hardly with him.
  • But presently he arose to his feet and went hither and thither, and
  • came upon the quenched coals of the cooking-fire: she had baked cakes
  • for his eating, and he saw them lying thereby, and hunger constrained
  • him, so he took and ate of them while the tears ran down his face and
  • mingled with the bread he ate. And when he had eaten, he felt stronger
  • and therefore was life more grievous to him, and when he thought what
  • he should do, still one thing seemed more irksome than the other.
  • He went down to the water to drink, and passed by the body of the
  • Knight of the Sun, and wrath was fierce in his heart against him who
  • had overthrown his happiness. But when he had drunk and washed hands
  • and face he came back again, and hardened his heart to do what he must
  • needs do. He took up the body of the Lady and with grief that may not
  • be told of, he drew it into the cave, and cut boughs of trees and laid
  • them over her face and all her body, and then took great stones from
  • the scree at that other end of the little plain, and heaped them upon
  • her till she was utterly hidden by them. Then he came out on to the
  • green place and looked on the body of his foe, and said to himself that
  • all must be decent and in order about the place whereas lay his love.
  • And he came and stood over the body and said: "I have naught to do to
  • hate him now: if he hated me, it was but for a little while, and he
  • knew naught of me. So let his bones be covered up from the wolf and
  • the kite. Yet shall they not lie alongside of her. I will raise a
  • cairn above him here on this fair little plain which he spoilt of all
  • joy." Therewith he fell to, and straightened his body, and laid his
  • huge limbs together and closed his eyes and folded his arms over his
  • breast; and then he piled the stones above him, and went on casting
  • them on the heap a long while after there was need thereof.
  • Ralph had taken his raiment from the stream-side and done them on
  • before this, and now he did on helm and hauberk, and girt his sword to
  • his side. Then as he was about leaving the sorrowful place, he looked
  • on Silverfax, who had not strayed from the little plain, and came up to
  • him and did off saddle and bridle, and laid them within the cave, and
  • bade the beast go whither he would. He yet lingered about the place,
  • and looked all around him and found naught to help him, and could frame
  • in his mind no intent of a deed then, nor any tale of a deed he should
  • do thereafter. Yet belike in his mind were two thoughts, and though
  • neither softened his grief save a little, he did not shrink from them
  • as he did from all others; and these two were of his home at Upmeads,
  • which was so familiar to him, and of the Well at the World's End, which
  • was but a word.
  • CHAPTER 11
  • Ralph Cometh Out of the Wilderness
  • Long he stood letting these thoughts run through his mind, but at last
  • when it was now midmorning, he stirred and gat him slowly down the
  • green slope, and for very pity of himself the tears brake out from him
  • as he crossed the stream and came into the bushy valley. There he
  • stayed his feet a little, and said to himself: "And whither then am I
  • going?" He thought of the Castle of Abundance and the Champions of the
  • Dry Tree, of Higham, and the noble warriors who sat at the Lord Abbot's
  • board, and of Upmeads and his own folk: but all seemed naught to him,
  • and he thought: "And how can I go back and bear folk asking me
  • curiously of my wayfarings, and whether I will do this, that, or the
  • other thing." Withal he thought of that fair damsel and her sweet mouth
  • in the hostelry at Bourton Abbas, and groaned when he thought of love
  • and its ending, and he said within himself: "and now she is a wanderer
  • about the earth as I am;" and he thought of her quest, and the chaplet
  • of dame Katherine, his gossip, which he yet bore on his neck, and he
  • deemed that he had naught to choose but to go forward and seek that he
  • was doomed to; and now it seemed to him that there was that one thing
  • to do and no other. And though this also seemed to him but weariness
  • and grief, yet whereas he had ever lightly turned him to doing what
  • work lay ready to hand; so now he knew that he must first of all get
  • him out of that wilderness, that he might hear the talk of folk
  • concerning the Well at the World's End, which he doubted not to hear
  • again when he came into the parts inhabited.
  • So now, with his will or without it, his feet bore him on, and he
  • followed up the stream which the Lady had said ran into the broad river
  • called the Swelling Flood; "for," thought he, "when I come thereabout I
  • shall presently find some castle or good town, and it is like that
  • either I shall have some tidings of the folk thereof, or else they will
  • compel me to do something, and that will irk me less than doing deeds
  • of mine own will."
  • He went his ways till he came to where the wood and the trees ended,
  • and the hills were lower and longer, well grassed with short grass, a
  • down country fit for the feeding of sheep; and indeed some sheep he
  • saw, and a shepherd or two, but far off. At last, after he had left
  • the stream awhile, because it seemed to him to turn and wind round over
  • much to the northward, he came upon a road running athwart the down
  • country, so that he deemed that it must lead one way down to the
  • Swelling Flood; so he followed it up, and after a while began to fall
  • in with folk; and first two Companions armed and bearing long swords
  • over their shoulders: he stopped as they met, and stared at them in the
  • face, but answered not their greeting; and they had no will to meddle
  • with him, seeing his inches and that he was well armed, and looked no
  • craven: so they went on.
  • Next he came on two women who had with them an ass between two
  • panniers, laden with country stuff; and they were sitting by the
  • wayside, one old and the other young. He made no stay for them, and
  • though he turned his face their way, took no heed of them more than if
  • they were trees; though the damsel, who was well-liking and somewhat
  • gaily clad, stood up when she saw his face anigh, and drew her gown
  • skirt about her and moved daintily, and sighed and looked after him as
  • he went on, for she longed for him.
  • Yet again came two men a-horseback, merchants clad goodly, with three
  • carles, their servants, riding behind them; and all these had weapons
  • and gave little more heed to him than he to them. But a little after
  • they were gone, he stopped and said within himself: "Maybe I had better
  • have gone their way, and this road doubtless leadeth to some place of
  • resort."
  • But even therewith he heard horsehoofs behind him, and anon came up a
  • man a-horseback, armed with jack and sallet, a long spear in his hand,
  • and budgets at his saddle-bow, who looked like some lord's man going a
  • message. He nodded to Ralph, who gave him good-day; for seeing these
  • folk and their ways had by now somewhat amended his mind; and now he
  • turned not, but went on as before.
  • At last the way clomb a hill longer and higher than any he had yet
  • crossed, and when he had come to the brow and looked down, he saw the
  • big river close below running through the wide valley which he had
  • crossed with Roger on that other day. Then he sat down on the green
  • bank above the way, so heavy of heart that not one of the things he saw
  • gave him any joy, and the world was naught to him. But within a while
  • he came somewhat to himself, and, looking down toward the river, he saw
  • that where the road met it, it was very wide, and shallow withal, for
  • the waves rippled merrily and glittered in the afternoon sun, though
  • there was no wind; moreover the road went up white from the water on
  • the other side, so he saw clearly that this was the ford of a highway.
  • The valley was peopled withal: on the other side of the river was a
  • little thorp, and there were carts and sheds scattered about the hither
  • side, and sheep and neat feeding in the meadows, and in short it was
  • another world from the desert.
  • CHAPTER 12
  • Ralph Falleth in With Friends and Rideth to Whitwall
  • Ralph looks on to the ford and sees folk riding through the thorp
  • aforesaid and down to the river, and they take the water and are many
  • in company, some two score by his deeming, and he sees the sun
  • glittering on their weapons.
  • Now he thought that he would abide their coming and see if he might
  • join their company, since if he crossed the water he would be on the
  • backward way: and it was but a little while ere the head of them came
  • up over the hill, and were presently going past Ralph, who rose up to
  • look on them, and be seen of them, but they took little heed of him.
  • So he sees that though they all bore weapons, they were not all
  • men-at-arms, nay, not more than a half score, but those proper men
  • enough. Of the others, some half-dozen seemed by their attire to be
  • merchants, and the rest their lads; and withal they had many sumpter
  • horses and mules with them. They greeted him not, nor he them, nor did
  • he heed them much till they were all gone by save three, and then he
  • leapt into the road with a cry, for who should be riding there but
  • Blaise, his eldest brother, and Richard the Red with him, both in good
  • case by seeming; for Blaise was clad in a black coat welted with gold,
  • and rode a good grey palfrey, and Richard was armed well and knightly.
  • They knew him at once, and drew rein, and Blaise lighted down from his
  • horse and cast his arms about Ralph, and said: "O happy day! when two
  • of the Upmeads kindred meet thus in an alien land! But what maketh
  • thee here, Ralph? I thought of thee as merry and safe in Upmeads?"
  • Ralph said smiling, for his heart leapt up at the sight of his kindred:
  • "Nay, must I not seek adventures like the rest? So I stole myself away
  • from father and mother." "Ill done, little lord!" said Blaise,
  • stroking Ralph's cheek.
  • Then up came Richard, and if Blaise were glad, Richard was twice glad,
  • and quoth he: "Said I not, Lord Blaise, that this chick would be the
  • hardest of all to keep under the coop? Welcome to the Highways, Lord
  • Ralph! But where is thine horse? and whence and whither is it now?
  • Hast thou met with some foil and been held to ransom?"
  • Ralph found it hard and grievous and dull work to answer; for now again
  • his sorrow had taken hold of him: so he said: "Yea, Richard, I have
  • had adventures, and have lost rather than won; but at least I am a free
  • man, and have spent but little gold on my loss."
  • "That is well," said Richard, "but whence gat ye any gold for
  • spending?" Ralph smiled, but sadly, for he called to mind the glad
  • setting forth and the kind face of dame Katherine his gossip, and he
  • said: "Clement Chapman deemed it not unmeet to stake somewhat on my
  • luck, therefore I am no pauper."
  • "Well," said Blaise, "if thou hast no great errand elsewhere, thou
  • mightest ride with us, brother. I have had good hap in these days,
  • though scarce kingly or knightly, for I have been buying and selling:
  • what matter? few know Upmeads and its kings to wite me with fouling a
  • fair name. Richard, go fetch a horse hither for Lord Ralph's riding,
  • and we will tarry no longer." So Richard trotted on, and while they
  • abode him, Ralph asked after his brethren, and Blaise told him that he
  • had seen or heard naught of them. Then Ralph asked of whither away,
  • and Blaise told him to Whitwall, where was much recourse of merchants
  • from many lands, and a noble market.
  • Back then cometh Richard leading a good horse while Ralph was pondering
  • his matter, and thinking that at such a town he might well hear tidings
  • concerning the Well at the World's End.
  • Now Ralph mounts, and they all ride away together. On the way, partly
  • for brotherhood's sake, partly that he might not be questioned overmuch
  • himself, Ralph asked Blaise to tell him more of his farings; and Blaise
  • said, that when he had left Upmeads he had ridden with Richard up and
  • down and round about, till he came to a rich town which had just been
  • taken in war, and that the Companions who had conquered it were looking
  • for chapmen to cheapen their booty, and that he was the first or nearly
  • the first to come who had will and money to buy, and the Companions,
  • who were eager to depart, had sold him thieves' penny-worths, so that
  • his share of the Upmeads' treasure had gone far; and thence he had gone
  • to another good town where he had the best of markets for his newly
  • cheapened wares, and had brought more there, such as he deemed handy to
  • sell, and so had gone on from town to town, and had ever thriven, and
  • had got much wealth: and so at last having heard tell of Whitwall as
  • better for chaffer than all he had yet seen, he and other chapmen had
  • armed them, and waged men-at-arms to defend them, and so tried the
  • adventure of the wildwoods, and come safe through.
  • Then at last came the question to Ralph concerning his adventures, and
  • he enforced himself to speak, and told all as truly as he might,
  • without telling of the Lady and her woeful ending.
  • Thus they gave and took in talk, and Ralph did what he might to seem
  • like other folk, that he might nurse his grief in his own heart as far
  • asunder from other men as might be.
  • So they rode on till it was even, and came to Whitwall before the
  • shutting of the gates and rode into the street, and found it a fair and
  • great town, well defensible, with high and new walls, and men-at-arms
  • good store to garnish them.
  • Ralph rode with his brother to the hostel of the chapmen, and there
  • they were well lodged.
  • CHAPTER 13
  • Richard Talketh With Ralph Concerning the Well at the World's End.
  • Concerning Swevenham
  • On the morrow Blaise went to his chaffer and to visit the men of the
  • Port at the Guildhall: he bade Ralph come with him, but he would not,
  • but abode in the hall of the hostel and sat pondering sadly while men
  • came and went; but he heard no word spoken of the Well at the World's
  • End. In like wise passed the next day and the next, save that Richard
  • was among those who came into the hall, and he talked long with Ralph
  • at whiles; that is to say that he spake, and Ralph made semblance of
  • listening.
  • Now as is aforesaid Richard was old and wise, and he loved Ralph much,
  • more belike than Lord Blaise his proper master, whereas he had no mind
  • for chaffer, or aught pertaining to it: so he took heed of Ralph and
  • saw that he was sad and weary-hearted; so on the sixth day of their
  • abiding at Whitwall, in the morning when all the chapmen were gone
  • about their business, and he and Ralph were left alone in the Hall, he
  • spake to Ralph and said: "This is no prison, lord." "Even so," quoth
  • Ralph. "Nay, if thou doubtest it," said Richard, "let us go to the
  • door and try if they have turned the key and shot the bolt on us."
  • Ralph smiled faintly and stood up, and said: "I will go with thee if
  • thou willest it, but sooth to say I shall be but a dull fellow of thine
  • to-day." Said Richard: "Wouldst thou have been better yesterday, lord,
  • or the day before?" "Nay," said Ralph. "Wilt thou be better
  • to-morrow?" said Richard. Ralph shook his head. Said Richard: "Yea,
  • but thou wilt be, or thou mayst call me a fool else." "Thou art kind,
  • Richard," said Ralph; "and I will come with thee, and do what thou
  • biddest me; but I must needs tell thee that my heart is sick." "Yea,"
  • quoth Richard, "and thou needest not tell me so much, dear youngling;
  • he who runs might read that in thee. But come forth."
  • So into the street they went, and Richard brought Ralph into the
  • market-place, and showed him where was Blaise's booth (for he was
  • thriving greatly) but Ralph would not go anigh it lest his brother
  • should entangle him in talk; and they went into the Guildhall which was
  • both great and fair, and the smell of the new-shaven oak (for the roof
  • was not yet painted) brought back to Ralph's mind the days of his
  • childhood when he was hanging about the building of the water-reeve's
  • new house at Upmeads. Then they went into the Great Church and heard a
  • Mass at the altar of St. Nicholas, Ralph's very friend; and the said
  • church was great to the letter, and very goodly, and somewhat new also,
  • since the blossom-tide of Whitwall was not many years old: and the
  • altars of its chapels were beyond any thing for fairness that Ralph had
  • seen save at Higham on the Way.
  • But when they came forth from the church, Ralph looked on Richard with
  • a face that was both blank and weary, as who should say: "What is to
  • do now?" And forsooth so woe-begone he looked, that Richard, despite
  • his sorrow and trouble for him, could scarce withhold his laughter.
  • But he said: "Well, foster son (for thou art pretty much that to me),
  • since the good town pleasureth thee little, go we further afield."
  • So he led him out of the market-place, and brought him to the east gate
  • of the town which hight Petergate Bar, and forth they went and out into
  • the meadows under the walls, and stayed him at a little bridge over one
  • of the streams, for it was a land of many waters; there they sat down
  • in a nook, and spake Richard to Ralph, saying:
  • "Lord Ralph, ill it were if the Upmeads kindred came to naught, or even
  • to little. Now as for my own master Blaise, he hath, so please you,
  • the makings of a noble chapman, but not of a noble knight; though he
  • sayeth that when he is right rich he will cast aside all chaffer;
  • naught of which he will do. As for the others, my lord Gregory is no
  • better, or indeed worse, save that he shall not be rich ever, having no
  • mastery over himself; while lord Hugh is like to be slain in some empty
  • brawl, unless he come back speedily to Upmeads."
  • "Yea, yea," said Ralph, "what then? I came not hither to hear thee
  • missay my mother's sons." But Richard went on: "As for thee, lord
  • Ralph, of thee I looked for something; but now I cannot tell; for the
  • heart in thee seemeth to be dead; and thou must look to it lest the
  • body die also." "So be it!" said Ralph.
  • Said Richard: "I am old now, but I have been young, and many things
  • have I seen and suffered, ere I came to Upmeads. Old am I, and I
  • cannot feel certain hopes and griefs as a young man can; yet have I
  • bought the knowledge of them dear enough, and have not forgotten.
  • Whereby I wot well that my drearihead is concerning a woman. Is it not
  • so?" "Yea," quoth Ralph. Said Richard: "Now shalt thou tell me
  • thereof, and so lighten thine heart a little." "I will not tell thee,"
  • said Ralph; "or, rather, to speak more truly, I cannot." "Yea," said
  • Richard, "and though it were now an easier thing for me to tell thee of
  • the griefs of my life than for thee to hearken to the tale, yet I
  • believe thee. But mayhappen thou mayst tell me of one thing that thou
  • desirest more than another." Said Ralph: "I desire to die." And the
  • tears started in his eyes therewith. But Richard spake, smiling on him
  • kindly: "That way is open for thee on any day of the week. Why hast
  • thou not taken it already?" But Ralph answered naught. Richard said:
  • "Is it not because thou hopest to desire something; if not to-day, then
  • to-morrow, or the next day or the next?" Still Ralph spake no word; but
  • he wept. Quoth Richard: "Maybe I may help thee to a hope, though thou
  • mayest think my words wild. In the land and the thorp where I was born
  • and bred there was talk now and again of a thing to be sought, which
  • should cure sorrow, and make life blossom in the old, and uphold life
  • in the young." "Yea," said Ralph, looking up from his tears, "and what
  • was that? and why hast thou never told me thereof before?" "Nay," said
  • Richard, "and why should I tell it to the merry lad I knew in Upmeads?
  • but now thou art a man, and hast seen the face of sorrow, it is meet
  • that thou shouldest hear of THE WELL AT THE WORLD'S END."
  • Ralph sprang to his feet as he said the word, and cried out eagerly:
  • "Old friend, and where then wert thou bred and born?" Richard laughed
  • and said: "See, then, there is yet a deed and a day betwixt thee and
  • death! But turn about and look straight over the meadows in a line
  • with yonder willow-tree, and tell me what thou seest." Said Ralph:
  • "The fair plain spreading wide, and a river running through it, and
  • little hills beyond the water, and blue mountains beyond them, and snow
  • yet lying on the tops of them, though the year is in young July."
  • "Yea," quoth Richard; "and seest thou on the first of the little hills
  • beyond the river, a great grey tower rising up and houses anigh it?"
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "the tower I see, and the houses, for I am
  • far-sighted; but the houses are small." "So it is," said Richard; "now
  • yonder tower is of the Church of Swevenham, which is under the
  • invocation of the Seven Sleepers of Ephesus; and the houses are the
  • houses of the little town. And what has that to do with me? sayest
  • thou: why this, that I was born and bred at Swevenham. And indeed I
  • it was who brought my lord Blaise here to Whitwall, with tales of how
  • good a place it was for chaffer, that I might see the little town and
  • the great grey tower once more. Forsooth I lied not, for thy brother
  • is happy here, whereas he is piling up the coins one upon the other.
  • Forsooth thou shouldest go into his booth, fair lord; it is a goodly
  • sight."
  • But Ralph was walking to and fro hastily, and he turned to Richard and
  • said: "Well, well! but why dost thou not tell me more of the Well at
  • the World's End?"
  • Said Richard: "I was going to tell thee somewhat which might be worth
  • thy noting; or might not be worth it: hearken! When I dwelt at
  • Swevenham over yonder, and was but of eighteen winters, who am now of
  • three score and eight, three folk of our township, two young men and
  • one young woman, set out thence to seek the said Well: and much lore
  • they had concerning it, which they had learned of an old man, a nigh
  • kinsman of one of them. This ancient carle I had never seen, for he
  • dwelt in the mountains a way off, and these men were some five years
  • older than I, so that I was a boy when they were men grown; and such
  • things I heeded not, but rather sport and play; and above all, I longed
  • for the play of war and battle. God wot I have had my bellyful of it
  • since those days! Howbeit I mind me the setting forth of these three.
  • They had a sumpter-ass with them for their livelihood on the waste; but
  • they went afoot crowned with flowers, and the pipe and tabour playing
  • before them, and much people brought them on the way. By St.
  • Christopher! I can see it all as if it were yesterday. I was sorry of
  • the departure of the damsel; for though I was a boy I had loved her,
  • and she had suffered me to kiss her and toy with her; but it was soon
  • over. Now I call to mind that they had prayed our priest, Sir Cyprian,
  • to bless them on their departure, but he naysaid them; for he held that
  • such a quest came of the inspiration of the devils, and was but a
  • memory of the customs of the ancient gentiles and heathen. But as to
  • me, I deemed it naught, and was sorry that my white-bosomed,
  • sweet-breathed friend should walk away from me thus into the clouds."
  • "What came of it?" said Ralph, "did they come back, or any of them?" "I
  • wot not," said Richard, "for I was weary of Swevenham after that, so I
  • girt myself to a sword and laid a spear upon my shoulder and went my
  • ways to the Castle of the Waste March, sixty miles from Swevenham town,
  • and the Baron took me in and made me his man: and almost as little
  • profit were in my telling thee again of my deeds there, as there was in
  • my doing them: but the grey tower of Swevenham I have never seen again
  • till this hour."
  • Said Ralph: "Now then it behoveth me to go to Swevenham straightway:
  • wilt thou come with me? it seemeth to be but some four miles hence."
  • Richard held his peace and knit his brows as if pondering the matter,
  • and Ralph abided till he spake: so he said: "Foster-son, so to call
  • thee, thou knowest the manner of up-country carles, that tales flow
  • forth from them the better if they come without over much digging and
  • hoeing of the ground; that is, without questioning; so meseems better
  • it will be if I go to Swevenham alone, and better if I be asked to go,
  • than if I go of myself. Now to-morrow is Saturday, and high market in
  • Whitwall; and I am not so old but that it is likeliest that there will
  • be some of my fellows alive and on their legs in Swevenham: and if such
  • there be, there will be one at the least in the market to-morrow, and I
  • will be there to find him out: and then it will go hard if he bring me
  • not to Swevenham as a well-beloved guest; and when I am there, and
  • telling my tidings, and asking them of theirs, if there be any tales
  • concerning the Well at the World's End working in their bellies, then
  • shall I be the midwife to bring them to birth. Ha? Will it do?"
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "but how long wilt thou be?" Said Richard: "I shall
  • come back speedily if I find the land barren; but if the field be in
  • ear I shall tarry to harvest it. So keep thou thy soul in patience."
  • "And what shall I do now?" said Ralph. "Wear away the hours," said
  • Richard. "And to begin with, come back within the gates with me and
  • let us go look at thy brother's booth in the market-place: it is the
  • nethermost of a goodly house which he is minded to dwell in; and he
  • will marry a wife and sit down in Whitwall, so well he seemeth like to
  • thrive; for they have already bidden him to the freedom of the city,
  • and to a brother of the Faring-Knights, whereas he is not only a
  • stirring man, but of good lineage also: for now he hideth not that he
  • is of the Upmeads kindred."
  • CHAPTER 14
  • Ralph Falleth in With Another Old Friend
  • Ralph went with Richard now without more words, and they came into the
  • market-place and unto Blaise's booth and house, which was no worse than
  • the best in the place; and the painters and stainers were at work on
  • the upper part of it to make it as bright and goodly as might be with
  • red and blue and green and gold, and all fair colours, and already was
  • there a sign hung out of the fruitful tree by the water-side. As for
  • the booth, it was full within of many wares and far-fetched and
  • dear-bought things; as pieces of good and fine cloth plumbed with the
  • seal of the greatest of the cities; and silk of Babylon, and spices of
  • the hot burning islands, and wonders of the silversmith's and the
  • goldsmith's fashioning, and fair-wrought weapons and armour of the
  • best, and every thing that a rich chapman may deal in. And amidst of
  • it all stood Blaise clad in fine black cloth welted with needle work,
  • and a gold chain about his neck. He was talking with three honourable
  • men of the Port, and they were doing him honour with kind words and the
  • bidding of help. When he saw Ralph and Richard come in, he nodded to
  • them, as to men whom he loved, but were beneath him in dignity, and
  • left not talking with the great men. Richard grinned a little thereat,
  • as also did Ralph in his heart; for he thought: "Here then is one of
  • the Upmeads kin provided for, so that soon he may buy with his money
  • two domains as big as Upmeads and call them his manors."
  • Now Ralph looks about him, and presently he sees a man come forward to
  • meet him from the innermost of the booth, and lo! there was come
  • Clement Chapman. His heart rose at the sight of him, and he thought of
  • his kind gossip till he could scarce withhold his tears. But Clement
  • came to him and cast his arms about him, and kissed him, and said:
  • "Thou shalt pardon me for this, lord, for it is the kiss of the gossip
  • which she bade me give thee, if I fell in with thee, as now I have,
  • praised be the Saints! Yet it irks me that I shall see little more of
  • thee at this time, for to-morrow early I must needs join myself to my
  • company; for we are going south awhile to a good town some fifty miles
  • hence. Nevertheless, if thou dwellest here some eight days I shall see
  • thee again belike, since thereafter I get me eastward on a hard and
  • long journey not without peril. How sayest thou?"
  • "I wot not," quoth Ralph looking at Richard. Said Richard: "Thou mayst
  • wot well, master Clement, that my lord is anhungered of the praise of
  • the folks, and is not like to abide in a mere merchant-town till the
  • mould grow on his back." "Well, well," said Clement, "however that may
  • be, I have now done my matters with this cloth-lord, Blaise, and he has
  • my florins in his pouch: so will not ye twain come with me and drink a
  • cup till he hath done his talk with these magnates?"
  • Ralph was nothing loth, for besides that he loved master Clement, and
  • that his being in company was like having a piece of his home anigh
  • him, he hoped to hear some tidings concerning the Well at the World's
  • End.
  • So he and Richard went with master Clement to the Christopher, a fair
  • ale-house over against the Great Church, and sat down to good wine; and
  • Ralph asked of Clement many things concerning dame Katherine his
  • gossip, and Clement told him all, and that she was well, and had been
  • to Upmeads, and had seen King Peter and the mother of Ralph; and how
  • she had assuaged his mother's grief at his departure by forecasting
  • fair days for her son. All this Ralph heard gladly, though he was
  • somewhat shamefaced withal, and sat silent and thinking of many
  • matters. But Richard took up the word and said: "Which way camest thou
  • from Wulstead, master Clement?" "The nighest way I came," said
  • Clement, "through the Woods Perilous." Said Richard: "And they of the
  • Dry Tree, heardest thou aught of them?" "Yea, certes," quoth Clement,
  • "for I fell in with their Bailiff, and paid him due scot for the
  • passage of the Wood; he knoweth me withal, and we talked together."
  • "And had he any tidings to tell thee of the champions?" said Richard.
  • Said Clement, "Great tidings maybe, how that there was a rumour that
  • they had lost their young Queen and Lady; and if that be true, it will
  • go nigh to break their hearts, so sore as they loved her. And that
  • will make them bitter and fierce, till their grief has been slaked by
  • the blood of men. And that the more as their old Queen abideth still,
  • and she herself is ever of that mind."
  • Ralph hearkened, and his heart was wounded that other men should speak
  • of his beloved: but he heard how Richard said: "Hast thou ever known
  • why that company of champions took the name of the Dry Tree?" "Why,
  • who should know that, if thou knowest it not, Richard of Swevenham?"
  • said Clement: "Is it not by the token of the Dry Tree that standeth in
  • the lands on the hither side of the Wall of the World?" Richard nodded
  • his head; but Ralph cried out: "O Master Clement, and hast thou seen
  • it, the Wall of the World?" "Yea, afar off, my son," said he; "or what
  • the folk with me called so; as to the Dry Tree, I have told thee at
  • Wulstead that I have seen it not, though I have known men who have told
  • me that they have seen it." "And must they who find the Well at the
  • World's End come by the Dry Tree?" "Yea, surely," said Clement. Quoth
  • Richard: "And thus have some heard, who have gone on that quest, and
  • they have heard of the Champions of Hampton, and have gone thither,
  • being deceived by that name of the Dry Tree, and whiles have been slain
  • by the champions, whiles have entered their company." "Yea," said
  • Clement, "so it is that their first error hath ended their quest. But
  • now, lord Ralph, I will tell thee one thing; to wit, that when I return
  • hither after eight days wearing, I shall be wending east, as I said
  • e'en now, and what will that mean save going somewhat nigher to the
  • Wall of the World; for my way lieth beyond the mountains that ye see
  • from hence, and beyond the mountains that lie the other side of those;
  • and I bid thee come with us, and I will be thy warrant that so far thou
  • shalt have no harm: but when thou hast come so far, and hast seen three
  • very fair cities, besides towns and castles and thorps and strange men,
  • and fair merchandize, God forbid that thou shouldest wend further, and
  • so cast away thy young life for a gay-coloured cloud. Then will be the
  • time to come back with me, that I may bring thee through the perils of
  • the way to Wulstead, and Upmeads at the last, and the folk that love
  • thee."
  • Richard held his peace at this word, but Ralph said: "I thank thee,
  • Master Clement, for thy love and thy helping hand; and will promise
  • thee to abide thee here eight days at the least; and meanwhile I will
  • ponder the matter well."
  • CHAPTER 15
  • Ralph Dreams a Dream Or Sees a Vision
  • Therewithall they parted after more talk concerning small matters, and
  • Ralph wore through the day, but Richard again did him to wit, that on
  • the morrow he would find his old friends of Swevenham in the Market.
  • And Ralph was come to life again more than he had been since that evil
  • hour in the desert; though hard and hard he deemed it that he should
  • never see his love again.
  • Now as befalleth young men, he was a good sleeper, and dreamed but
  • seldom, save such light and empty dreams as he might laugh at, if
  • perchance he remembered them by then his raiment was on him in the
  • morning. But that night him-seemed that he awoke in his chamber at
  • Whitwall, and was lying on his bed, as he verily was, and the door of
  • the chamber opened, and there entered quietly the Lady of the Woodland,
  • dight even as he had seen her as she lay dead beside their cooking fire
  • on that table of greensward in the wilderness, barefoot and garlanded
  • about her brow and her girdlestead, but fair and fresh coloured as she
  • was before the sword had pierced her side; and he thought that he
  • rejoiced to see her, but no wild hope rose in his heart, and no sobbing
  • passion blinded his eyes, nor did he stretch out hand to touch her,
  • because he remembered that she was dead. But he thought she spake to
  • him and said: "I know that thou wouldst have me speak, therefore I say
  • that I am come to bid thee farewell, since there was no farewell
  • between us in the wilderness, and I know that thou are about going on a
  • long and hard and perilous journey: and I would that I could kiss thee
  • and embrace thee, but I may not, for this is but the image of me as
  • thou hast known me. Furthermore, as I loved thee when I saw thee
  • first, for thy youth, and thy fairness, and thy kindness and thy
  • valiancy, so now I rejoice that all this shall endure so long in thee,
  • as it surely shall."
  • Then the voice ceased, but still the image stood before him awhile, and
  • he wondered if she would speak again, and tell him aught of the way to
  • the Well at the World's End; and she spake again: "Nay," she said, "I
  • cannot, since we may not tread the way together hand in hand; and this
  • is part of the loss that thou hast had of me; and oh! but it is hard
  • and hard." And her face became sad and distressful, and she turned and
  • departed as she had come.
  • Then he knew not if he awoke, or if it were a change in his dream; but
  • the chamber became dark about him, and he lay there thinking of her,
  • till, as it seemed, day began to dawn, and there was some little stir
  • in the world without, and the new wind moved the casement. And again
  • the door opened, and someone entered as before; and this also was a
  • woman: green-clad she was and barefoot, yet he knew at once that it
  • was not his love that was dead, but the damsel of the ale-house of
  • Bourton, whom he had last seen by the wantways of the Wood Perilous,
  • and he thought her wondrous fair, fairer than he had deemed. And the
  • word came from her: "I am a sending of the woman whom thou hast loved,
  • and I should not have been here save she had sent me." Then the words
  • ended, while he looked at her and wondered if she also had died on the
  • way to the Well at the World's End. And it came into his mind that he
  • had never known her name upon the earth. Then again came the word:
  • "So it is that I am not dead but alive in the world, though I am far
  • away from this land; and it is good that thou shouldst go seek the Well
  • at the World's End not all alone: and the seeker may find me: and
  • whereas thou wouldst know my name, I hight Dorothea."
  • So fell the words again: and this image stood awhile as the other had
  • done, and as the other had done, departed, and once more the chamber
  • became dark, so that Ralph could not so much as see where was the
  • window, and he knew no more till he woke in the early morn, and there
  • was stir in the street and the voice of men, and the scent of fresh
  • herbs and worts, and fruits; for it was market-day, and the country
  • folk were early afoot, that they might array their wares timely in the
  • market-place.
  • CHAPTER 16
  • Of the Tales of Swevenham
  • Old Richard was no worse than his word, and failed not to find old
  • acquaintance of Swevenham in the Saturday's market: and Ralph saw
  • naught of him till midweek afterwards. And he was sitting in the
  • chamber of the hostel when Richard came in to him. Forsooth Blaise had
  • bidden him come dwell in his fair house, but Ralph would not, deeming
  • that he might be hindered in his quest and be less free to go whereso
  • he would, if he were dwelling with one who was so great with the
  • magnates as was Blaise.
  • Now Ralph was reading in a book when Richard came in, but he stood up
  • and greeted him; and Richard said smiling: "What have ye found in the
  • book, lord?" Said Ralph: "It telleth of the deeds of Alexander." "Is
  • there aught concerning the Well at the World's End therein?" said
  • Richard. "I have not found aught thereof as yet," said Ralph; "but the
  • book tells concerning the Dry Tree, and of kings sitting in their
  • chairs in the mountains nearby."
  • "Well then," said Richard, "maybe thou wilt think me the better
  • tale-teller." "Tell on then," quoth Richard. So they went and sat them
  • down in a window, and Richard said:
  • "When I came to Swevenham with two old men that I had known young, the
  • folk made much of me, and made me good cheer, whereof were over long to
  • tell thee; but to speak shortly, I drew the talk round to the matter
  • that we would wot of: for we spake of the Men of the Dry Tree, and an
  • old man began to say, as master Clement the other day, that this name
  • of theirs was but a token and an armoury which those champions have
  • taken from the Tree itself, which Alexander the Champion saw in his
  • wayfarings; and he said that this tree was on the hither side of the
  • mountains called the Wall of the World, and no great way from the last
  • of the towns whereto Clement will wend; for Clement told me the name
  • thereof, to wit, Goldburg. Then another and an older man, one that I
  • remember a stout carle ere I left Swevenham, said that this was not so,
  • but that the Tree was on the further side of the Wall of the World, and
  • that he who could lay his hand on the bole thereof was like enough to
  • drink of the Well at the World's End. Thereafter another spake, and
  • told a tale of how the champions at Hampton first took the Dry Tree for
  • a token; and he said that the rumour ran, that a woman had brought the
  • tidings thereof to those valiant men, and had fixed the name upon them,
  • though wherefore none knew. So the talk went on.
  • "But there was a carline sitting in the ingle, and she knew me and I
  • her. And indeed in days past, when I was restless and longing to
  • depart, she might have held me at Swevenham, for she was one of the
  • friends that I loved there: a word and a kiss had done it, or maybe the
  • kiss without the word: but if I had the word, I had not the kiss of
  • her. Well, when the talk began to fall, she spake and said to me:
  • "'Now it is somewhat strange that the talk must needs fall on this
  • seeking of that which shall not be found, whereas it was but the month
  • before thou wert last at Swevenham, that Wat Miller and Simon Bowyer
  • set off to seek the Well at the World's End, and took with them Alice
  • of Queenhough, whom Simon loved as well as might be, and Wat somewhat
  • more than well. Mindest thou not? There are more than I alive that
  • remember it.'
  • "'Yea,' said I, 'I remember it well.'
  • "For indeed, foster-son, these were the very three of whom I told thee,
  • though I told thee not their names.
  • "'Well,' said I; 'how sped they? Came they back, or any of them?'
  • 'Nay,' she said, 'that were scarce to be looked for.' Said I: 'Have
  • any other to thy knowledge gone on this said quest?'
  • "'Yea,' she said, 'I will tell thee all about it, and then there will
  • be an end of the story, for none knoweth better thereof than I. First
  • there was that old man, the wizard, to whom folk from Swevenham and
  • other places about were used to seek for his lore in hidden matters;
  • and some months after those three had departed, folk who went to his
  • abode amongst the mountains found him not; and soon the word was about
  • that he also, for as feeble as he was, had gone to seek the Well at the
  • World's End; though may-happen it was not so. Then the next spring
  • after thy departure, Richard, comes home Arnold Wright from the wars,
  • and asks after Alice; and when he heard what had befallen, he takes a
  • scrip with a little meat for the road, lays his spear on his shoulder,
  • and is gone seeking the lost, and the thing which they found not--that,
  • I deem, was the end of him. Again the year after that, as I deem,
  • three of our carles fell in with two knights riding east from Whitwall,
  • and were questioned of them concerning the road to the said Well, and
  • doubted not but that they were on that quest. Furthermore (and some of
  • you wot this well enough, and more belike know it not) two of our young
  • men were faring by night and cloud on some errand, good or bad, it
  • matters not, on the highway thirty miles east of Whitwall: it was after
  • harvest, and the stubble-fields lay on either side of the way, and the
  • moon was behind thin clouds, so that it was light on the way, as they
  • told me; and they saw a woman wending before them afoot, and as they
  • came up with her, the moon ran out, and they saw that the woman was
  • fair, and that about her neck was a chaplet of gems that shone in the
  • moon, and they had a longing both for the jewel and the woman: but
  • before they laid hand on her they asked her of whence and whither, and
  • she said: From ruin and wrack to the Well at the World's End, and
  • therewith turned on them with a naked sword in her hand; so that they
  • shrank from before her.
  • "'Hearken once more: the next year came a knight to Swevenham, and
  • guested in this same house, and he sat just where sitteth now yon
  • yellow-headed swain, and the talk went on the same road as it hath gone
  • to-night; and I told him all the tale as I have said it e'en now; and
  • he asked many questions, but most of the Lady with the pair of beads.
  • And on the morrow he departed and we saw him not again.
  • "Then she was silent, but the young man at whom she had pointed blushed
  • red and stared at her wide-eyed, but said no word. But I spake: 'Well
  • dame, but have none else gone from Swevenham, or what hath befallen
  • them?'
  • "She said: 'Hearken yet! Twenty years agone a great sickness lay
  • heavy upon us and the folk of Whitwall, and when it was at its worst,
  • five of our young men, calling to mind all the tales concerning the
  • Well at the World's End, went their ways to seek it, and swore that
  • back would they never, save they found it and could bear its water to
  • the folk of Swevenham; and I suppose they kept their oath; for we saw
  • naught either of the water or of them. Well, I deem that this is the
  • last that I have to tell thee, Richard, concerning this matter: and now
  • is come the time for thee to tell tales of thyself.'
  • "Thus for that time dropped the talk of the Well at the World's End,
  • Lord Ralph, and of the way thither. But I hung about the township yet
  • a while, and yesterday as I stood on their stone bridge, and looked on
  • the water, up comes that long lad with the yellow hair that the dame
  • had pointed at, and says to me: 'Master Richard, saving thine age and
  • thy dignity and mastery, I can join an end to the tale which the
  • carline began on Sunday night.' 'Yea, forsooth?' said I, 'and how, my
  • lad?' Said he: 'Thou hast a goodly knife there in thy girdle, give it
  • to me, and I will tell thee.' 'Yea,' quoth I, 'if thy tale be
  • knife-worthy.'
  • "Well, the end of it was that he told me thus: That by night and moon
  • he came on one riding the highway, just about where the other woman had
  • been seen, whose tale he had heard of. He deemed at first this rider
  • to be a man, or a lad rather for smallness and slenderness, but coming
  • close up he found it was a woman, and saw on her neck a chaplet of
  • gems, and deemed it no great feat to take it of her: but he asked her
  • of whence and whither, and she answered:
  • "'From unrest to the Well at the World's End.'
  • "Then when he put out his hand to her, he saw a great anlace gleaming
  • in her hand, wherefore he forbore her; and this was but five days ago.
  • "So I gave the lad my knife, and deemed there would be little else to
  • hear in Swevenham for this bout; and at least I heard no more tales to
  • tell till I came away this morning; so there is my poke turned inside
  • out for thee. But this word further would I say to thee, that I have
  • seen on thy neck also a pair of beads exceeding goodly. Tell me now
  • whence came they."
  • "From my gossip, dame Katherine," said Ralph; "and it seems to me now,
  • though at the time I heeded the gift little save for its kindness, that
  • she thought something great might go with it; and there was a monk at
  • Higham on the Way, who sorely longed to have it of me." "Well," said
  • Richard, "that may well come to pass, that it shall lead thee to the
  • Well at the World's End. But as to the tales of Swevenham, what
  • deemest thou of them?" Said Ralph: "What are they, save a token that
  • folk believe that there is such a thing on earth as the Well? Yet I
  • have made up my mind already that I would so do as if I trowed in it.
  • So I am no nearer to it than erst. Now is there naught for it save to
  • abide Master Clement's coming; and when he hath brought me to Goldburg,
  • then shall I see how the quest looks by the daylight of that same
  • city." He spake so cheerfully that Richard looked at him askance,
  • wondering what was toward with him, and if mayhappen anything lay
  • underneath those words of his.
  • But in his heart Ralph was thinking of that last tale of the woman whom
  • the young man had met such a little while ago; and it seemed to him
  • that she must have been in Whitwall when he first came there; and he
  • scarce knew whether he were sorry or not that he had missed her: for
  • though it seemed to him that it would be little more than mere grief
  • and pain, nay, that it would be wicked and evil to be led to the Well
  • at the World's End by any other than her who was to have brought him
  • there; yet he longed, or thought he longed to speak with her concerning
  • that love of his heart, so early rewarded, so speedily beggared. For
  • indeed he doubted not that the said woman was the damsel of Bourton
  • Abbas, whose image had named herself Dorothea to him in that dream.
  • CHAPTER 17
  • Richard Bringeth Tidings of Departing
  • Fell the talk between them at that time, and three days wore, and on
  • the morning of the fourth day came Richard to Ralph, and said to him:
  • "Foster-son, I am sorry for the word I must say, but Clement Chapman
  • came within the gates this morning early, and the company with which he
  • is riding are alboun for the road, and will depart at noon to-day, so
  • that there are but four hours wherein we twain may be together; and
  • thereafter whatso may betide thee, it may well be, that I shall see thy
  • face no more; so what thou wilt tell me must be told straightway. And
  • now I will say this to thee, that of all things I were fain to ride
  • with thee, but I may not, because it is Blaise whom I am bound to serve
  • in all ways. And I deem, moreover, that troublous times may be at hand
  • here in Whitwall. For there is an Earl hight Walter the Black, a fair
  • young man outwardly, but false at heart and a tyrant, and he had some
  • occasion against the good town, and it was looked for that he should
  • send his herald here to defy the Port more than a half moon ago; but
  • about that time he was hurt in a fray as we hear, and may not back a
  • horse in battle yet. Albeit, fristed is not forgotten, as saith the
  • saw; and when he is whole again, we may look for him at our gates; and
  • whereas Blaise knows me for a deft man-at-arms or something more, it is
  • not to be looked for that he will give me to thee for this quest. Nay,
  • of thee also it will be looked for that thou shouldest do knightly
  • service to the Port, and even so Blaise means it to be; therefore have
  • I lied to him on thy behalf, and bidden Clement also to lie (which
  • forsooth he may do better than I, since he wotteth not wholly whither
  • thou art minded), and I have said thou wouldst go with Clement no
  • further than Cheaping Knowe, which lieth close to the further side of
  • these mountains, and will be back again in somewhat more than a
  • half-moon's wearing. So now thou art warned hereof."
  • Ralph was moved by these words of Richard, and he spake: "Forsooth, old
  • friend, I am sorry to depart from thee; yet though I shall presently be
  • all alone amongst aliens, yet now is manhood rising again in me. So
  • for that cause at least shall I be glad to be on the way; and as a
  • token that I am more whole than I was, I will now tell thee the tale of
  • my grief, if thou wilt hearken to it, which the other day I might not
  • tell thee."
  • "I will hearken it gladly," said Richard. And therewith they sat down
  • in a window, for they were within doors in the hostel, and Ralph told
  • all that had befallen him as plainly and shortly as he might; and when
  • he had done, Richard said:
  • "Thou has had much adventure in a short space, lord, and if thou
  • mightest now refrain thy longing for that which is gone, and set it on
  • that which is to come, thou mayest yet harden into a famous knight and
  • a happy man." Said Ralph: "Yea? now tell me all thy thought."
  • Said Richard: "My thought is that this lady who was slain, was scarce
  • wholly of the race of Adam; but that at the least there was some
  • blending in her of the blood of the fays. Or how deemest thou?"
  • "I wot not," said Ralph sadly; "to me she seemed but a woman, though
  • she were fairer and wiser than other women." Said Richard: "Well,
  • furthermore, if I heard thee aright, there is another woman in the tale
  • who is also fairer and wiser than other women?"
  • "I would she were my sister!" said Ralph. "Yea," quoth Richard, "and
  • dost thou bear in mind what she was like? I mean the fashion of her
  • body." "Yea, verily," said Ralph.
  • Again said Richard: "Doth it seem to thee as if the Lady of the Dry
  • Tree had some inkling that thou shouldst happen upon this other woman:
  • whereas she showed her of the road to the Well at the World's End, and
  • gave her that pair of beads, and meant that thou also shouldest go
  • thither? And thou sayest that she praised her,--her beauty and wisdom.
  • In what wise did she praise her? how came the words forth from her?
  • was it sweetly?"
  • "Like honey and roses for sweetness," said Ralph. "Yea," said Richard,
  • "and she might have praised her in such wise that the words had came
  • forth like gall and vinegar. Now I will tell thee of my thought, since
  • we be at point of sundering, though thou take it amiss and be wroth
  • with me: to wit, that thou wouldst have lost the love of this lady as
  • time wore, even had she not been slain: and she being, if no fay, yet
  • wiser than other women, and foreseeing, knew that so it would be."
  • Ralph brake in: "Nay, nay, it is not so, it is not so!" "Hearken,
  • youngling!" quoth Richard; "I deem that it was thus. Her love for thee
  • was so kind that she would have thee happy after the sundering:
  • therefore she was minded that thou shouldest find the damsel, who as I
  • deem loveth thee, and that thou shouldest love her truly."
  • "O nay, nay!" said Ralph, "all this guess of thine is naught, saying
  • that she was kind indeed. Even as heaven is kind to them who have died
  • martyrs, and enter into its bliss after many torments."
  • And therewith he fell a-weeping at the very thought of her great
  • kindness: for indeed to this young man she had seemed great, and
  • exalted far above him.
  • Richard looked at him a while; and then said: "Now, I pray thee be not
  • wroth with me for the word I have spoken. But something more shall I
  • say, which shall like thee better. To wit, when I came back from
  • Swevenham on Wednesday I deemed it most like that the Well at the
  • World's End was a tale, a coloured cloud only; or that at most if it
  • were indeed on the earth, that thou shouldest never find it. But now
  • is my mind changed by the hearing of thy tale, and I deem both that the
  • Well verily is, and that thou thyself shalt find it; and that the wise
  • Lady knew this, and set the greater store by thy youth and goodliness,
  • as a richer and more glorious gift than it had been, were it as
  • fleeting as such things mostly be. Now of this matter will I say no
  • more; but I think that the words that I have said, and which now seem
  • so vain to thee, shall come into thy mind on some later day, and avail
  • thee somewhat; and that is why I have spoken them. But this again is
  • another word, that I have got a right good horse for thee, and other
  • gear, such as thou mayest need for the road, and that Clement's
  • fellowship will meet in Petergate hard by the church, and I will be thy
  • squire till thou comest thither, and ridest thence out a-gates. Now I
  • suppose that thou will want to bid Blaise farewell: yet thou must look
  • to it that he will not deem thy farewell of great moment, since he
  • swimmeth in florins and goodly wares; and moreover deemeth that thou
  • wilt soon be back here."
  • "Nevertheless," said Ralph, "I must needs cast my arms about my own
  • mother's son before I depart: so go we now, as all this talk hath worn
  • away more than an hour of those four that were left me."
  • CHAPTER 18
  • Ralph Departeth From Whitwall With the Fellowship of Clement Chapman
  • Therewithal they went together to Blaise's house, and when Blaise saw
  • them, he said: "Well, Ralph, so thou must needs work at a little more
  • idling before thou fallest to in earnest. Forsooth I deem that when
  • thou comest back thou wilt find that we have cut thee out a goodly
  • piece of work for thy sewing. For the good town is gathering a gallant
  • host of men; and we shall look to thee to do well in the hard
  • hand-play, whenso that befalleth. But now come and look at my house
  • within, how fair it is, and thou wilt see that thou wilt have somewhat
  • to fight for, whereas I am."
  • Therewith he led them up a stair into the great chamber, which was all
  • newly dight and hung with rich arras of the Story of Hercules; and
  • there was a goodly cupboard of silver vessel, and some gold, and the
  • cupboard was of five shelves as was but meet for a king's son. So
  • Ralph praised all, but was wishful to depart, for his heart was sore,
  • and he blamed himself in a manner that he must needs lie to his brother.
  • But Blaise brought them to the upper chamber, and showed them the
  • goodly beds with their cloths, and hangings, and all was as fair as
  • might be. Then Blaise bade bring wine and made them drink; and he gave
  • Ralph a purse of gold, and an anlace very fair of fashion, and brought
  • him to the door thereafter; and Ralph cast his arms about him, and
  • kissed him and strained him to his breast. But Blaise was somewhat
  • moved thereat, and said to him: "Why lad, thou art sorry to depart
  • from me for a little while, and what would it be, were it for long?
  • But ever wert thou a kind and tender-hearted youngling, and we twain
  • are alone in an alien land. Forsooth, I wot that thou hast, as it
  • were, embraced the Upmeads kindred, father, mother and all; and good is
  • that! So now God and the Saints keep thee, and bear in mind the
  • hosting of the good town, and the raising of the banner, that shall be
  • no great while. Fare thee well, lad!"
  • So they parted, and Ralph went back to the hostel, and gathered his
  • stuff together, and laid it on a sumpter horse, and armed him, and so
  • went into Petergate to join himself to that company. There he found
  • the chapmen, five of them in all, and their lads, and a score of
  • men-at-arms, with whom was Clement, not clad like a merchant, but
  • weaponed, and bearing a coat of proof and a bright sallet on his head.
  • They greeted each the other, and Ralph said: "Yea, master Clement, and
  • be we riding to battle?" "Maybe," quoth Clement; "the way is long, and
  • our goods worth the lifting, and there are some rough places that we
  • must needs pass through. But if ye like not the journey, abide here in
  • this town the onset of Walter the Black."
  • Therewith he laughed, and Ralph understanding the jape, laughed also;
  • and said: "Well, master Clement, but tell me who be these that we
  • shall meet." "Yea, and I will tell thee the whole tale of them," said
  • Clement, "but abide till we are without the gates; I am busy man e'en
  • now, for all is ready for the road, save what I must do. So now bid
  • thy Upmeads squire farewell, and then to horse with thee!"
  • So Ralph cast his arms about Richard, and kissed him and said: "This is
  • also a farewell to the House where I was born and bred." And as he
  • spake the thought of the House and the garden, and the pleasant fields
  • of Upmeads came into his heart so bitter-sweet, that it mingled with
  • his sorrow, and well-nigh made him weep. But as for Richard he
  • forebore words, for he was sad at heart for the sundering.
  • Then he gat to horse, and the whole company of them bestirred them, and
  • they rode out a-gates. And master Clement it was that ordered them,
  • riding up and down along the array.
  • But Ralph fell to speech with the chapmen and men-at-arms; and both of
  • these were very courteous with him; for they rejoiced in his company,
  • and especially the chapmen, who were somewhat timorous of the perils of
  • the road.
  • CHAPTER 19
  • Master Clement Tells Ralph Concerning the Lands Whereunto They Were
  • Riding
  • When they were gotten a mile or two from Whitwall, and all was going
  • smoothly, Clement came up to Ralph and rode at his left hand, and fell
  • to speech with him, and said: "Now, lord, will I tell thee more
  • concerning our journey, and the folk that we are like to meet upon the
  • road. And of the perils, whatso they may be, I told thee not before,
  • because I knew thee desirous of seeking adventures east-away, and knew
  • that my tales would not hinder thee."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "and had not this goodly fellowship been, I had gone
  • alone, or with any carle that I could have lightly hired."
  • Clement laughed and said: "Fair sir, thou wouldst have failed of
  • hiring any one man to go with thee east-ward a many miles. For with
  • less than a score of men well-armed the danger of death or captivity is
  • over great, if ye ride the mountain ways unto Cheaping Knowe. Yea, and
  • even if a poor man who hath nothing, wend that way alone, he may well
  • fall among thieves, and be stolen himself body and bones, for lack of
  • anything better to steal."
  • Hereat Ralph felt his heart rise, when he thought of battle and strife,
  • and he made his horse to spring somewhat, and then he said: "It liketh
  • me well, dear friend, that I ride not with thee for naught, but that I
  • may earn my daily bread like another."
  • "Yea," said Clement, looking on him kindly, "I deem of all thy brethren
  • thou hast the biggest share of the blood of Red Robert, who first won
  • Upmeads. And now thou shalt know that this good town of Whitwall that
  • lieth behind us is the last of the lands we shall come to wherein folk
  • can any courtesy, or are ruled by the customs of the manor, or by due
  • lawful Earls and Kings, or the laws of the Lineage or the Port, or have
  • any Guilds for their guiding, and helping. And though these folks
  • whereunto we shall come, are, some of them, Christian men by name, and
  • have amongst them priests and religious; yet are they wild men of
  • manners, and many heathen customs abide amongst them; as swearing on
  • the altars of devils, and eating horse-flesh at the High-tides, and
  • spell-raising more than enough, and such like things, even to the
  • reddening of the doom-rings with the blood of men and of women, yea,
  • and of babes: from such things their priests cannot withhold them. As
  • for their towns that we shall come to, I say not but we shall find
  • crafts amongst them, and worthy good men therein, but they have little
  • might against the tyrants who reign over the towns, and who are of no
  • great kindred, nor of blood better than other folk, but merely
  • masterful and wise men who have gained their place by cunning and the
  • high hand. Thou shalt see castles and fair strong-houses about the
  • country-side, but the great men who dwell therein are not the natural
  • kindly lords of the land yielding service to Earls, Dukes, and Kings,
  • and having under them vavassors and villeins, men of the manor; but
  • their tillers and shepherds and workmen and servants be mere thralls,
  • whom they may sell at any market, like their horses or oxen. Forsooth
  • these great men have with them for the more part free men waged for
  • their service, who will not hold their hands from aught that their
  • master biddeth, not staying to ask if it be lawful or unlawful. And
  • that the more because whoso is a free man there, house and head must he
  • hold on the tenure of bow and sword, and his life is like to be short
  • if he hath not sworn himself to the service of some tyrant of a castle
  • or a town."
  • "Yea, master Clement," said Ralph, "these be no peaceful lands whereto
  • thou art bringing us, or very pleasant to dwell in."
  • "Little for peace, but much for profit," said Clement; "for these lands
  • be fruitful of wine and oil and wheat, and neat and sheep; withal
  • metals and gems are dug up out of the mountains; and on the other hand,
  • they make but little by craftsmanship, wherefore are they the eagerer
  • for chaffer with us merchants; whereas also there are many of them well
  • able to pay for what they lack, if not in money, then in kind, which in
  • a way is better. Yea, it is a goodly land for merchants."
  • "But I am no merchant," said Ralph.
  • "So it is," said Clement, "yet thou desireth something; and whither we
  • are wending thou mayst hear tidings that shall please thee, or tidings
  • that shall please me. To say sooth, these two may well be adverse to
  • each other, for I would not have thee hear so much of tidings as shall
  • lead thee on, but rather I would have thee return with me, and not
  • throw thy young life away: for indeed I have an inkling of what thou
  • seekest, and meseems that Death and the Devil shall be thy
  • faring-fellows."
  • Ralph held his peace, and Clement said in a cheerfuller voice:
  • "Moreover, there shall be strange and goodly things to see; and the men
  • of these parts be mostly goodly of body, and the women goodlier yet, as
  • we carles deem."
  • Ralph sighed, and answered not at once, but presently he said: "Master
  • Clement, canst thou give me the order of our goings for these next
  • days?" "Yea, certes," said Clement. "In three days' time we shall
  • come to the entry of the mountains: two days thence we shall go without
  • coming under any roof save the naked heavens; the day thereafter shall
  • we come to the Mid-Mountain House, which is as it were an hostelry; but
  • it was built and is upheld by the folks that dwell anigh, amongst whom
  • be the folk of Cheaping Knowe; and that house is hallowed unto truce,
  • and no man smiteth another therein; so that we oft come on the mountain
  • strong-thieves there, and there we be blithe together and feast
  • together in good fellowship. But when there be foemen in that house
  • together, each man or each fellowship departing, hath grace of an hour
  • before his foeman follow. Such are the customs of that house, and no
  • man breaketh them ever. But when we depart thence we shall ride all
  • day and sleep amidst the mountains, and if we be not beset that night
  • or the morrow's morn thereof, safe and unfoughten shall we come to
  • Cheaping Knowe. Doth that suffice thee as at this time?" "Yea master,"
  • quoth Ralph.
  • So therewith their talk dropped, for the moment; but Clement talked
  • much with Ralph that day, and honoured him much, as did all that
  • company.
  • CHAPTER 20
  • They Come to the Mid-Mountain Guest-House
  • On that night they slept in their tents which they had pitched on the
  • field of a little thorp beside a water; and there they had meat and
  • drink and all things as they needed them. And in likewise it befell
  • them the next day; but the third evening they set up their tents on a
  • little hillside by a road which led into a deep pass, even the entry of
  • the mountains, a road which went betwixt exceeding high walls of rock.
  • For the mountain sides went up steep from the plain. There they kept
  • good watch and ward, and naught befell them to tell of.
  • The next morning they entered the pass, and rode through it up to the
  • heaths, and rode all day by wild and stony ways and came at even to a
  • grassy valley watered by a little stream, where they guested, watching
  • their camp well; and again none meddled with them.
  • As they were departing the next morn Ralph asked of Clement if he yet
  • looked for onset from the waylayers. Said Clement: "It is most like,
  • lord; for we be a rich prey, and it is but seldom that such a company
  • rideth this road. And albeit that the wild men know not to a day when
  • we shall pass through their country, yet they know the time within a
  • four and twenty hours or so. For we may not hide our journey from all
  • men's hearing; and when the ear heareth, the tongue waggeth. But art
  • thou yet anxious concerning this matter, son?" "Yea," said Ralph, "for
  • I would fain look on these miscreants."
  • "It is like that ye shall see them," said Clement; "but I shall look on
  • it as a token that they are about waylaying us if we come on none of
  • them in the Mountain House. For they will be fearful lest their
  • purpose leak out from unwary lips." Ralph wondered how it would be, and
  • what might come of it, and rode on, pondering much.
  • The road was rough that day, and they went not above a foot-pace the
  • more part of the time; and daylong they were going up and up, and it
  • grew cold as the sun got low; though it was yet summer. At last at the
  • top of a long stony ridge, which lay beneath a great spreading
  • mountain, on the crest whereof the snow lay in plenty, Ralph saw a
  • house, long and low, builded of great stones, both walls and roof: at
  • sight thereof the men of the fellowship shouted for joy, and hastened
  • on, and Clement spurred up the stony slopes all he might. But Ralph
  • rode slowly, since he had naught to see to, save himself, so that he
  • was presently left alone. Now he looks aside, and sees something
  • bright-hued lying under a big stone where the last rays of the sun just
  • caught some corner of it. So he goes thither, deeming that mayhappen
  • one of the company had dropped something, pouch or clout, or what not,
  • in his haste and hurry. He got off his horse to pick it up, and when
  • he had laid hand on it found it to be a hands-breadth of fine green
  • cloth embroidered with flowers. He held it in his hand a while
  • wondering where he could have seen such like stuff before, that it
  • should smite a pang into his heart, and suddenly called to mind the
  • little hall at Bourton Abbas with the oaken benches and the rush-strewn
  • floor, and this same flower-broidered green cloth dancing about the
  • naked feet of a fair damsel, as she moved nimbly hither and thither
  • dighting him his bever. But his thought stayed not there, but carried
  • him into the days when he was abiding in desire of the love that he won
  • at last, and lost so speedily. But as he stood pondering he heard
  • Clement shouting to him from the garth-gate of that house. So he leapt
  • on his horse and rode up the slope into the garth and lighted down by
  • Clement; who fell to chiding him for tarrying, and said: "There is
  • peril in loitering outside this garth alone; for those Sons of the Rope
  • often lurk hard by for what they may easily pick up, and they be brisk
  • and nimble lads." "What ailed thee?" said Ralph. "I stayed to look at
  • a flower which called Upmeads to my mind."
  • "Yea lad, yea," quoth Clement, "and art thou so soft as that? But come
  • thou into the House; it is as I deemed it might be; besides the
  • House-warden and his wife there is no soul therein. Thou shalt yet
  • look on Mick Hangman's sons, as thou desirest."
  • So they went into the House, and men had all that they might need. The
  • warden was an old hoar man, and his wife well-stricken in years; and
  • after supper was talk of this and that, and it fell much, as was like
  • to be, on those strong-thieves, and Clement asked the warden what he
  • had seen of them of late.
  • The old carle answered: "Nay, master Clement, much according to wont:
  • a few beeves driven into our garth; a pack or two brought into the
  • hall; and whiles one or two of them come in hither with empty hands for
  • a sleep and a bellyful; and again a captive led in on the road to the
  • market. Forsooth it is now a good few days ago three of them brought
  • in a woman as goodly as mine eyes have ever seen; and she sat on the
  • bench yonder, and seemed to heed little that she was a captive and had
  • shackles on her feet after the custom of these men, though indeed her
  • hands were unbound, so that she might eat her meat; and the carle thief
  • told me that he took her but a little way from the garth, and that she
  • made a stout defence with a sword before they might take her, but being
  • taken, she made but little of it."
  • "Would he do her any hurt?" said Ralph. "Nay, surely," said the carle;
  • "doth a man make a hole in a piece of cloth which he is taking to
  • market? Nay, he was courteous to her after his fashion, and bade us
  • give her the best of all we had."
  • "What like was she?" said Ralph. Said the carle: "She was somewhat
  • tall, if I am to note such matters, grey-eyed and brown haired, and
  • great abundance of it. Her lips very red; her cheeks tanned with the
  • sun, but in such wise that her own white and red shone through the
  • sun's painting, so that her face was as sweet as the best wheat-ear in
  • a ten-acre field when the season hath been good. Her hands were not
  • like those of a demoiselle who sitteth in a chamber to be looked at,
  • but brown as of one who hath borne the sickle in the sun. But when she
  • stretched out her hand so that the wrist of her came forth from her
  • sleeve it was as white as milk."
  • "Well, my man," said the carline, "thou hast a good memory for an old
  • and outworn carle. Why dost thou not tell the young knight what she
  • was clad withal; since save for their raiment all women of an age are
  • much alike?"
  • "Nay, do thou do it," said the carle; "she was even as fair as I have
  • said; so that there be few like her."
  • Said the dame: "Well, there is naught so much to be said for her
  • raiment: her gown was green, of fine cloth enough; but not very new:
  • welts of needle-work it had on it, and a wreath of needle-work flowers
  • round the hem of the skirt; but a cantle was torn off from it; in the
  • scuffle when she was taken, I suppose, so that it was somewhat ragged
  • in one place. Furthermore--"
  • She had been looking at Ralph as she spoke, and now she broke off
  • suddenly, and said, still looking at him hard; "Well, it is strange!"
  • "What is strange?" said Clement. "O naught, naught," said the dame,
  • "save that folk should make so much to do about this matter, when there
  • are so many coming and going about the Midhouse of the Mountains."
  • But Ralph noted that she was still staring at him even after she had
  • let the talk drop.
  • Waned the even, and folk began to go bedward, so that the hall grew
  • thin of guests. Then came up the carline to Ralph and took him aside
  • into a nook, and said to him: "Young knight, now will I tell thee what
  • seemed to me strange e'en now; to wit, that the captive damsel should
  • be bearing a necklace about her neck as like to thine as one lamb is to
  • another: but I thought thou mightest be liever that I spake it not
  • openly before all the other folk. So I held my peace."
  • "Dame," said he, "I thank thee: forsooth I fear sorely that this
  • damsel is my sister; for ever we have worn the samelike pair of beads.
  • And as for me I have come hither to find her, and evil will it be if I
  • find her enthralled, and it may be past redemption."
  • And therewith he gave her a piece of the gold money of Upmeads.
  • "Yea," said she, "poor youth; that will be sooth indeed, for thou art
  • somewhat like unto her, yet far goodlier. But I grieve for thee, and
  • know not what thou wilt do; whereas by this time most like she has been
  • sold and bought and is dwelling in some lord's strong-house; some
  • tyrant that needeth not money, and will not let his prey go for a
  • prayer. Here, take thou thy gold again, for thou mayst well need it,
  • and let me shear a lock of thy golden hair, and I shall be well apaid
  • for my keeping silence concerning thy love. For I deem that it is even
  • so, and that she is not thy sister, else hadst thou stayed at home, and
  • prayed for her with book and priest and altar, and not gone seeking her
  • a weary way."
  • Ralph reddened but said naught, and let her put scizzors amongst his
  • curly locks, and take what of them she would. And then he went to his
  • bed, and pondered these matters somewhat, and said to himself that it
  • was by this damsel's means that he should find the Well at the World's
  • End. Yet he said also, that, whether it were so or not, he was bound
  • to seek her, and deliver her from thralldom, since he had kissed her so
  • sweet and friendly, like a brother, for the sweetness and kindness of
  • her, before he had fallen into the love that had brought him such joy
  • and such grief. And therewith he took out that piece of her gown from
  • his pouch, and it seemed dear to him. But it made him think sadly of
  • what grief or pain she might even then be bearing, so that he longed to
  • deliver her, and that longing was sweet to him. In such thoughts he
  • fell asleep.
  • CHAPTER 21
  • A Battle in the Mountains
  • When it was morning they arose early and ate a morsel; and Clement gave
  • freely to the Warden and his helpmate on behalf of the fellowship; and
  • then they saddled their nags, and did on the loads and departed; and
  • the way was evil otherwise, but it was down hill, and all waters ran
  • east.
  • All day they rode, and at even when the sun had not quite set, they
  • pitched their camp at the foot of a round knoll amidst a valley where
  • was water and grass; and looking down thence, they had a sight of the
  • fruitful plain, wherein lay Cheaping Knowe all goodly blue in the
  • distance.
  • This was a fair place and a lovely, and great ease would they have had
  • there, were it not that they must keep watch and ward with more pains
  • than theretofore; for Clement deemed it as good as certain that the
  • wild men would fall upon them that night.
  • But all was peaceful the night through, and in the morning they gat to
  • the way speedily, riding with their armour on, and their bows bent: and
  • three of the men-at-arms rode ahead to espy the way.
  • So it befell that they had not ridden two hours ere back came the
  • fore-riders with the tidings that the pass next below them was thick
  • with the Strong-thieves.
  • The fellowship were as then in such a place, that they were riding a
  • high bare ridge, and could not be assailed to the advantage of the
  • thieves if they abode where they were; whereas if they went forward,
  • they must needs go down with the road into the dale that was beset by
  • the wild men. Now they were three-score and two all told, but of these
  • but a score of men-at-arms besides Ralph, and Clement, who was a stout
  • fighter when need was. Of the others, some were but lads, and of the
  • Chapmen were three old men, and more than one blencher besides.
  • However, all men were armed, and they had many bows, and some of the
  • chapmen's knaves were fell archers.
  • So they took counsel together, and to some it seemed better to abide
  • the onset on their vantage ground. But to Clement and the older
  • men-at-arms this seemed of no avail. For though they could see the
  • plain country down below, they would have no succour of it; and Clement
  • bade them think how the night would come at last, and that the longer
  • they abode, the greater would be the gathering of the Strong-thieves;
  • so that, all things considered, it were better to fall on at once and
  • to try the adventure of the valley. And this after some talk they
  • yea-said all, save a few who held their skins so dear that their wits
  • wandered somewhat.
  • So these timorous ones they bade guard the sumpter beasts and their
  • loads; and even so they did, and abode a little, while the men-at-arms
  • and the bowmen went forward without more ado; and Ralph rode betwixt
  • Clement and the captain of the men-at-arms.
  • Presently they were come close to the place where the way went down
  • into the valley, cleaving through a clayey bent, so that the slippery
  • sides of the cleft went up high to right and left; wherefore by goodhap
  • there were no big stones anigh to roll down upon them. Moreover the
  • way was short, and they rode six abreast down the pass and were soon
  • through the hollow way. As he rode Ralph saw a few of the
  • Strong-thieves at the nether end where the pass widened out, and they
  • let fly some arrows at the chapmen which did no hurt, though some of
  • the shafts rattled on the armour of the companions. But when Clement
  • saw that folk, and heard the noise of their shouting he lifted up a
  • great axe that he bore and cried, "St. Agnes for the Mercers!" and set
  • spurs to his horse. So did they all, and came clattering and shouting
  • down the steep road like a stone out of a sling, and drave right into
  • the valley one and all, the would-be laggards following after; for they
  • were afraid to be left behind.
  • The wild men, who, save for wide shields which they bore, were but
  • evilly armed, mostly in skins of beasts, made no countenance of
  • defence, but fled all they might towards the steep slopes of the
  • valley, and then turned and fell to shooting; for the companions durst
  • not pursue in haste lest they should be scattered, and overwhelmed by
  • the multitude of foemen; but they drew up along the south side of the
  • valley, and had the mastery of the road, so that this first bout was
  • without blood-shedding. Albeit the thieves still shot in their weak
  • bows from the hill-side, but scarce hurt a man. Then the bowmen of the
  • fellowship fell to shooting at the wild men, while the men-at-arms
  • breathed their horses, and the sumpter-beasts were gathered together
  • behind them; for they had no dread of abiding there a while, whereas
  • behind them the ground was broken into a steep shaly cliff, bushed here
  • and there with tough bushes, so that no man could come up it save by
  • climbing with hand and knee, and that not easily.
  • Now when the archers had shot a good while, and some of the thieves had
  • fallen before them, and men were in good heart because of the flight of
  • the wild men, Ralph, seeing that these still hung about the slopes,
  • cried out: "Master Clement, and thou Captain, sure it will be ill-done
  • to leave these men unbroken behind us, lest they follow us and hang
  • about our hindermost, slaying us both men and horses."
  • "Even so," quoth the captain, who was a man of few words, "let us go.
  • But do thou, Clement, abide by the stuff with the lads and bowmen."
  • Then he cried out aloud: "St. Christopher to aid!" and shook his rein,
  • and all they who were clad in armour and well mounted spurred on with
  • him against the strong-thieves. But these, when they saw the onset of
  • the horsemen, but drew a little up the hill-side and stood fast, and
  • some of the horses were hurt by their shot. So the captain bade draw
  • rein and off horse, while Clement led his bowmen nigher, and they shot
  • well together, and hindered the thieves from closing round the
  • men-at-arms, or falling on the horses. So then the companions went
  • forward stoutly on foot, and entered into the battle of the thieves,
  • and there was the thrusting and the hewing great: for the foemen bore
  • axes, and malls, and spears, and were little afraid, having the
  • vantage-ground; and they were lithe and strong men, though not tall.
  • Ralph played manfully, and was hurt by a spear above the knee, but not
  • grievously; so he heeded it not, but cleared a space all about him with
  • great strokes of the Upmeads' blade; then as the wild men gave back
  • there was one of them who stood his ground and let drive a stroke of a
  • long-handled hammer at him, but Ralph ran in under the stroke and
  • caught him by the throat and drew him out of the press. And even
  • therewith the wild men broke up before the onset of the all-armed
  • carles, and fled up the hill, and the men-at-arms followed them but a
  • little, for their armour made them unspeedy; so that they took no more
  • of those men, though they slew some, but turned about and gathered
  • round Ralph and made merry over his catch, for they were joyous with
  • the happy end of battle; and Clement, who had left his bowmen when the
  • Companions were mingled with the wild-men, was there amidst the nighest.
  • Said Ralph to him: "Well, have I got me a servant and thrall good
  • cheap?" "Yea," said Clement, "if thou deem a polecat a likely hound."
  • Said the Captain: "Put thy sword through him, knight." Quoth another:
  • "Let him run up hill, and our bowmen shall shoot a match at him."
  • "Nay," said Ralph, "they have done well with their shooting, let them
  • rest. As to my thrusting my sword through the man, Captain, I had done
  • that before, had I been so minded. At any rate, I will ask him if he
  • will serve me truly. Otherwise he seemeth a strong carle and a handy.
  • How sayest thou, lad, did I take thee fairly?" "Yea," said the man,
  • "thou art a strong lad."
  • He seemed to fear the swords about him but little, and forsooth he was
  • a warrior-like man, and not ill-looking. He was of middle height,
  • strong and well-knit, with black hair like a beast's mane for
  • shagginess, and bright blue eyes. He was clad in a short coat of grey
  • homespun, with an ox-skin habergeon laced up over it; he had neither
  • helm nor hat, nor shoes, but hosen made of a woollen clout tied about
  • his legs; his shield of wood and ox-hide lay on the ground a few paces
  • off, and his hammer beside it, which he had dropped when Ralph first
  • handled him, but a great ugly knife was still girt to him.
  • Now Ralph saith to him: "Which wilt thou--be slain, or serve me?" Said
  • the carle, grinning, yet not foully: "Guess if I would not rather
  • serve thee!" "Wilt thou serve me truly?" said Ralph. "Why not?" quoth
  • the carle: "yet I warn thee that if thou beat me, save in hot blood, I
  • shall put a knife into thee when I may."
  • "O," said one, "thrust him through now at once, lord Ralph." "Nay, I
  • will not," said Ralph; "he hath warned me fairly. Maybe he will serve
  • me truly. Master Clement, wilt thou lend me a horse for my man to
  • ride?" "Yea," said Clement; "yet I misdoubt me of thy new squire."
  • Then he turned to the men-at-arms and said: "No tarrying, my masters!
  • To horse and away before they gather gain!"
  • So they mounted and rode away from that valley of the pass, and Ralph
  • made his man ride beside him. But the man said to him, as soon as they
  • were riding: "Take note that I will not fight against my kindred."
  • "None biddeth thee so," said Ralph; "but do thou take heed that if thou
  • fight against us I will slay thee outright." Said the man: "A fair
  • bargain!" "Well," said Ralph, "I will have thy knife of thee, lest it
  • tempt thee, as is the wont of cold iron, and a maiden's body." "Nay,
  • master," quoth the man, "leave me my knife, as thou art a good fellow.
  • In two hours time we shall be past all peril of my people, and when we
  • come down below I will slay thee as many as thou wilt, so it be out of
  • the kindred. Forsooth down there evil they be, and unkinsome."
  • "So be it, lad," said Ralph, laughing, "keep thy knife; but hang this
  • word of mine thereon, that if thou slay any man of this fellowship save
  • me, I will rather flay thee alive than slay thee." Quoth the carle:
  • "That is the bargain, then, and I yeasay it." "Good," said Ralph; "now
  • tell me thy name." "Bull Shockhead," said the carle.
  • But now the fellowship took to riding so fast down the slopes of the
  • mountains on a far better road, that talking together was not easy.
  • They kept good watch, both behind and ahead, nor were they set upon
  • again, though whiles they saw clumps of men on the hill-sides.
  • So after a while, when it was a little past noon, they came adown to
  • the lower slopes of the mountains and the foot-hills, which were green
  • and unstony; and thereon were to be seen cattle and neatherds and
  • shepherds, and here and there the garth of a homestead, and fenced
  • acres about it.
  • So now that they were come down into the peopled parts, they displayed
  • the banners of their fellowships, to wit, the Agnes, the White Fleece,
  • the Christopher, and the Ship and Nicholas, which last was the banner
  • of the Faring-knights of Whitwall; but Ralph was glad to ride under the
  • banner of St. Nicholas, his friend, and deemed that luck might the
  • rather come to him thereby. But they displayed their banners now,
  • because they knew that no man of the peopled parts would be so hardy as
  • to fall upon the Chapmen, of whom they looked to have many matters for
  • their use and pleasure.
  • So now that they felt themselves safe, they stayed them, and sat down
  • by a fair little stream, and ate their dinner of such meat and drink as
  • they had; and Ralph departed his share with his thrall, and the man was
  • hungry and ate well; so that Clement said mockingly: "Thou feedest thy
  • thrall over well, lord, even for a king's son: is it so that thou art
  • minded to fatten him and eat him?" Then some of the others took up the
  • jest, and bade the carle refrain him of the meat, so that he might not
  • fatten, and might live the longer. He hearkened to them, and knit his
  • brows and looked fiercely from one to the other. But Ralph laughed
  • aloud, and shook his finger at him and refrained him, and his wrath ran
  • off him and he laughed, and shoved the victual into him doughtily, and
  • sighed for pleasure when he had made an end and drunk a draught of wine.
  • CHAPTER 22
  • Ralph Talks With Bull Shockhead
  • When they rode on again, Ralph rode beside Bull, who was merry and
  • blithe now he was full of meat and drink; and he spake anon: "So thou
  • art a king's son, master? I deemed from the first that thou wert of
  • lineage. For as for these churls of chapmen, and the sworders whom
  • they wage, they know not the name of their mother's mother, nor have
  • heard one word of the beginner of their kindred; and their deeds are
  • like unto their kinlessness."
  • "And are thy deeds so good?" said Ralph. "Are they ill," said Bull,
  • "when they are done against the foemen?" Said Ralph: "And are all men
  • your foemen who pass through these mountains?" "All," said Bull, "but
  • they be of the kindred or their known friends."
  • "Well, Bull," said Ralph, "I like thy deeds little, that thou shouldest
  • ravish men and women from their good life, and sell them for a price
  • into toil and weariness and stripes."
  • Said Bull: "How much worse do we than the chapmen by his debtor, and
  • the lord of the manor by his villein?" Said Ralph: "Far worse, if ye
  • did but know it, poor men!" Quoth Bull: "But I neither know it, nor
  • can know it, nay, not when thou sayest it; for it is not so. And look
  • you, master, this life of a bought thrall is not such an exceeding evil
  • life; for oft they be dealt with softly and friendly, and have other
  • thralls to work for them under their whips."
  • Ralph laughed: "Which shall I make thee, friend Bull, the upper or the
  • under?" Bull reddened, but said naught. Said Ralph: "Or where shall I
  • sell thee, that I may make the best penny out of my good luck and
  • valiancy?" Bull looked chopfallen: "Nay," said he in a wheedling
  • voice, "thou wilt not sell me, thou? For I deem that thou wilt be a
  • good master to me: and," he broke into sudden heat hereat, "if I have
  • another master I shall surely slay him whate'er betide."
  • Ralph laughed again, and said: "Seest thou what an evil craft ye
  • follow, when thou deemest it better to be slain with bitter torments
  • (as thou shouldest be if thou slewest thy master) than to be sold to
  • any master save one exceeding good?"
  • Bull held his peace hereat, but presently he said: "Well, be our craft
  • good or evil, it is gainful; and whiles there is prey taken right good,
  • which, for my part, I would not sell, once I had my hand thereon."
  • "Yea, women?" said Ralph. "Even so," said Bull, "such an one was taken
  • by my kinsman Bull Nosy but a little while agone, whom he took down to
  • the market at Cheaping Knowe, as I had not done if I had once my arms
  • about her. For she was as fair as a flower; and yet so well built,
  • that she could bear as much as a strong man in some ways; and, saith
  • Nosy, when she was taken, there was no weeping or screeching in her,
  • but patience rather and quietness, and intent to bear all and
  • live....Master, may I ask thee a question?" "Ask on," said Ralph.
  • Said Bull: "The pair of beads about thy neck, whence came they?" "They
  • were the gift of a dear friend," said Ralph. "A woman?" quoth Bull.
  • "Yea," said Ralph.
  • "Now is this strange," said Bull, "and I wot not what it may betoken,
  • but this same woman had about her neck a pair of beads as like to thine
  • as if they had been the very same: did this woman give thee the beads?
  • For I will say this of thee, master, that thou art well nigh as likely
  • a man as she is a woman."
  • Ralph sighed, for this talk of the woman and the beads brought all the
  • story into his mind, so that it was as if he saw it adoing again: the
  • Lady of the Wildwood led along to death before he delivered her, and
  • their flight together from the Water of the Oak, and that murder of her
  • in the desert. And betwixt the diverse deeds of the day this had of
  • late become somewhat dim to him. Yet after his grief came joy that
  • this man also had seen the damsel, whom his dream of the night had
  • called Dorothea, and that he knew of her captors; wherefore by his
  • means he might come on her and deliver her.
  • Now he spake aloud: "Nay, it was not she that gave them to me, but yet
  • were I fain to find this woman that thou sawest; for I look to meet a
  • friend whenas I meet her. So tell me, dost thou think that I may
  • cheapen her of thy kinsman?"
  • Bull shook his head, and said: "It may be: or it may be that he hath
  • already sold her to one who heedeth not treasure so much as fair flesh;
  • and fair is hers beyond most. But, lord, I will do my best to find her
  • for thee; as thou art a king's son and no ill master, I deem."
  • "Do that," quoth Ralph, "and I in turn will do what more I may for thee
  • besides making thee free." And therewith he rode forward that he might
  • get out of earshot, for Bull's tongue seemed like to be long. And
  • presently he heard laughter behind him, as the carle began jesting and
  • talking with the chapman lads.
  • CHAPTER 23
  • Of the Town of Cheaping Knowe
  • Now when it was evening they pitched their camp down in the plain
  • fields amidst tall elmtrees, and had their banners still flying over
  • the tents to warn all comers of what they were. But the next morning
  • the chapmen and their folk were up betimes to rummage their loads, and
  • to array their wares for the market; and they gat not to the road
  • before mid-morning. Meantime of their riding Ralph had more talk with
  • Bull, who said to him: "Fair lord, I rede thee when thou art in the
  • market of Cheaping Knowe, bid master Clement bring thee to the
  • thrall-merchant, and trust me that if such a fair image as that we were
  • speaking of hath passed through his hands within these three months, he
  • will remember it; and then thou shalt have at least some tale of what
  • hath befallen her but a little while ago."
  • That seemed good rede to Ralph, and when they went on their way he rode
  • beside Clement, and asked him many things concerning Cheaping Knowe;
  • and at last about the thrall-market therein. And Clement said that,
  • though he dealt not in such wares, he had often seen them sold, and
  • knew the master of that market. And when Ralph asked if the said
  • master would answer questions concerning the selling of men and of
  • women, Clement smiled and said: "Yea, yea, he will answer; for as he
  • lives by selling thralls, and every time a thrall is sold by him he
  • maketh some gain by it, it is to his profit that they change masters as
  • often as may be; and when thou askest of the woman whom thou art
  • seeking, he will be deeming that there will be some new chaffer ahead.
  • I will bring thee to him, and thou shalt ask him of what thou wilt, and
  • belike he will tell thee quietly over the wine-cup."
  • Therewith was Ralph well content, and he grew eager to enter into the
  • town.
  • They came to the gates a little before sunset, after they had passed
  • through much fair country; but nigh to the walls it was bare of trees
  • and thickets, whereas, said Clement, they had been cut down lest they
  • should serve as cover to strong-thieves or folk assailing the town.
  • The walls were strong and tall, and a great castle stood high up on a
  • hill, about which the town was builded; so that if the town were taken
  • there would yet be another town within it to be taken also. But the
  • town within, save for the said castle, was scarce so fairly builded as
  • the worst of the towns which Ralph had seen erst, though there were a
  • many houses therein.
  • Much people was gathered about the gate to see the merchants enter with
  • banners displayed; and Ralph deemed many of the folk fair, such as were
  • goodly clad; for many had but foul clouts to cover their nakedness, and
  • seemed needy and hunger-pinched. Withal there were many warriors
  • amongst the throng, and most of these bore a token on their sleeves, to
  • wit, a sword reddened with blood. And Clement, speaking softly in
  • Ralph's ear, did him to wit that this was the token of the lord who had
  • gotten the castle in those days, and was tyrant of the town; and how
  • that he had so many men-at-arms ready to do his bidding that none in
  • the town was safe from him if he deemed it more for his pleasure and
  • profit to rob or maim, or torment or slay, than to suffer them to live
  • peaceably. "But with us chapmen," said Clement, "he will not meddle,
  • lest there be an end of chaffer in the town; and verily the market is
  • good."
  • Thus they rode through the streets into the market place, which was
  • wide and great, and the best houses of the town were therein, and so
  • came to the hostel of the Merchants, called the Fleece, which was a big
  • house, and goodly enough.
  • The next morning Clement and the other chapmen went up into the Castle,
  • bearing with them gifts out of their wares for the lord, and Clement
  • bade Ralph keep close till he came back, and especially to keep his
  • war-caught thrall, Bull Shockhead, safe at home, lest he be taken from
  • him, and to clothe him in the guise of the chapman lads, and to dock
  • his hair; and even so Ralph did, though Bull were loath thereto.
  • About noon the chapmen came back again well pleased; and Clement gave
  • Ralph a parchment from the lord, which bade all men help and let pass
  • Ralph of Upmeads, as a sergeant of the chapmen's guard, and said withal
  • that now he was free to go about the town if he listed, so that he were
  • back at the hostel of the Fleece by nightfall.
  • So Ralph went in company with some of the sergeants and others, and
  • looked at this and that about the town without hindrance, save that the
  • guard would not suffer them to pass further than the bailey of the
  • Castle. And for the said bailey, forsooth, they had but little
  • stomach; for they saw thence, on the slopes of the Castle-hill, tokens
  • of the cruel justice of the said lord; for there were men and women
  • there, yea, and babes also, hanging on gibbets and thrust through with
  • sharp pales, and when they asked of folk why these had suffered, they
  • but looked at them as if astonished, and passed on without a word.
  • So they went thence, and found the master-church, and deemed it not
  • much fairer than it was great; and it was nowise great, albeit it was
  • strange and uncouth of fashion.
  • Then they came to great gardens within the town, and they were
  • exceeding goodly, and had trees and flowers and fruits in them which
  • Ralph had not seen hitherto, as lemons, and oranges, and pomegranates;
  • and the waters were running through them in runnels of ashlar; and the
  • weather was fair and hot; so they rested in those gardens till it was
  • evening, and then gat them home to Fleece, where they had good
  • entertainment.
  • CHAPTER 24
  • Ralph Heareth More Tidings of the Damsel
  • The second day, while the merchants saw to their chaffer, most of the
  • men-at-arms, and Ralph with them, spent their time again in those
  • goodly gardens; where, indeed, some of them made friends of fair women
  • of the place; in which there was less risk than had been for aliens in
  • some towns, whereas at Cheaping Knowe such women as were wedded
  • according to law, or damsels in the care of their kindred, or slaves
  • who were concubines, had not dared so much as to look on a man.
  • The third day time hung somewhat heavy on Ralph's hands, not but that
  • the Companions were well at ease, but rather because himseemed that he
  • was not stirring in the quest.
  • But the next day Clement bade him come see that thrall-merchant
  • aforesaid, and brought him to a corner of the market-place, where was a
  • throng looking on at the cheaping. They went through the throng, and
  • beside a stone like a leaping-on stone saw a tall man, goodly of
  • presence, black bearded, clad in scarlet; and this was the merchant;
  • and by him were two of his knaves and certain weaponed men who had
  • brought their wares to the cheaping. And some of these were arrayed
  • like those foemen of the mountains. There was a half score and three
  • of these chattels to be sold, who stood up one after other on the
  • stone, that folk might cheapen them. The cheaping was long about,
  • because they that had a mind to buy were careful to know what they were
  • buying, like as if they had been cheapening a horse, and most of them
  • before they bid their highest had the chattels away into the merchant's
  • booth to strip them, lest they should buy damaged or unhandsome bodies;
  • and this more especially if it were a woman, for the men were already
  • well nigh naked. Of women four of them were young and goodly, and
  • Ralph looked at them closely; but they were naught like to the woman of
  • his quest.
  • Now this cheaping irked Ralph sorely, as was like to be, whereas, as
  • hath been told, he came from a land where were no thralls, none but
  • vavassors and good yeomen: yet he abode till all was done, hansel
  • paid, and the thralls led off by their new masters. Then Clement led
  • him up to the merchant, to whom he gave the sele of the day, and said:
  • "Master, this is the young knight of whom I told thee, who deemeth that
  • a woman who is his friend hath been brought to this market and sold
  • there, and if he might, he would ransom her."
  • The merchant greeted Ralph courteously, and bade him and Clement come
  • into his house, where they might speak more privily. So did they, and
  • he treated them with honour, and set wine and spices before them, and
  • bade Ralph say whatlike the woman was. Ralph did so, and wondered at
  • himself how well and closely he could tell of her, like as a picture
  • painted. And, moreover, he drew forth that piece of her gown which he
  • had come on by the Mid-Mountain House.
  • So when he had done, the merchant, who was a man sober of aspect and
  • somewhat slow of speech, said: "Sir, I believe surely that I have seen
  • this damsel, but she is not with me now, nor have I sold her ever; but
  • hither was she brought to be sold by a man of the mountain folk not
  • very many days ago. And the man's name was Bull Nosy, or the longnosed
  • man of the kindred of the Bull, for in such wise are named the men of
  • that unhappy folk. Now this was the cause why I might not sell her,
  • that she was so proud and stout that men feared her, what she might do
  • if they had her away. And when some spake to see her body naked, she
  • denied it utterly, saying that she would do a mischief to whomsoever
  • tried it. So I spake to him who owned her, and asked him if he thought
  • it good to take her a while and quell her with such pains as would
  • spoil her but little, and then bring her to market when she was meeker.
  • But he heeded my words little, and led her away, she riding on a horse
  • and he going afoot beside her; for the mountain-men be no horsemen."
  • Said Ralph: "Dost thou know at all whither he will have led her?" Said
  • the merchant: "By my deeming, he will have gone first of all to the
  • town of Whiteness, whither thy Fellowship will betake them ere long:
  • for he will be minded to meet there the Lord of Utterbol, who is for
  • such like wares; and he will either give her to him as a gift, for
  • which he will have a gift in return, or he will sell her to my lord at
  • a price if he dare to chaffer with him. At least so will he do if he
  • be wise. Now if the said lord hath her, it will be somewhat more than
  • hard for thee to get her again, till he have altogether done with her;
  • for money and goods are naught to him beside the doing of his will.
  • But there is this for thy comfort, that whereas she is so fair a woman,
  • she will be well with my lord. For I warrant me that she will not dare
  • to be proud with him, as she was with the folk here."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "and what is this lord of Utterbol that all folk,
  • men and women, fear him so?" Said the merchant: "Fair sir, thou must
  • pardon me if I say no more of him. Belike thou mayst fall in with him;
  • and if thou dost, take heed that thou make not thyself great with him."
  • So Ralph thanked the merchant and departed with Clement, of whom
  • presently he asked if he knew aught of this lord of Utterbol. Said
  • Clement: "God forbid that I should ever meet him, save where I were
  • many and he few. I have never seen him; but he is deemed by all men as
  • the worst of the tyrants who vex these lands, and, maybe, the
  • mightiest."
  • So was Ralph sore at heart for the damsel, and anon he spake to Bull
  • again of her, who deemed somewhat, that his kinsman had been minded at
  • the first to sell her to the lord of Utterbol. And Ralph thinks his
  • game a hard one, yet deems that if he could but find out where the
  • damsel was, he might deliver her, what by sleight, what by boldness.
  • CHAPTER 25
  • The Fellowship Comes to Whiteness
  • Two days thereafter the chapmen having done with their matters in
  • Cheaping Knowe, whereas they must needs keep some of their wares for
  • other places, and especially for Goldburg, they dight them to be gone
  • and rode out a-gates of a mid-morning with banners displayed.
  • It was some fifty miles thence to Whiteness, which lay close underneath
  • the mountains, and was, as it were, the door of the passes whereby men
  • rode to Goldburg. The land which they passed through was fair, both of
  • tillage and pasture, with much cattle therein. Everywhere they saw men
  • and women working afield, but no houses of worthy yeomen or vavassors,
  • or cots of good husbandmen. Here and there was a castle or
  • strong-house, and here and there long rows of ugly hovels, or whiles
  • houses, big tall and long, but exceeding foul and ill-favoured, such as
  • Ralph had not yet seen the like of. And when he asked of Clement
  • concerning all this, he said: "It is as I have told thee, that here be
  • no freemen who work afield, nay, nor villeins either. All those whom
  • ye have seen working have been bought and sold like to those whom we
  • saw standing on the Stone in the market of Cheaping Knowe, or else were
  • born of such cattle, and each one of them can be bought and sold again,
  • and they work not save under the whip. And as for those hovels and the
  • long and foul houses, they are the stables wherein this kind of cattle
  • is harboured."
  • Then Ralph's heart sank, and he said: "Master Clement, I prithee tell
  • me; were it possible that the damsel whom I seek may be come to such a
  • pass as one of these?" "Nay," quoth Clement, "that is little like to
  • be; such goodly wares are kept for the adornment of great men's houses.
  • True it is that whiles the house-thralls be sent into the fields for
  • their punishment; yet not such as she, unless the master be wholly
  • wearied of them, or if their wrath outrun their wits; for it is more to
  • the master's profit to chastise them at home; so keep a good heart I
  • bid thee, and maybe we shall have tidings at Whiteness."
  • So Ralph refrained his anxious heart, though forsooth his thought was
  • much upon the damsel and of how she was faring.
  • It was not till the third day at sunset that they came to Whiteness;
  • for on the last day of their riding they came amongst the confused
  • hills that lay before the great mountains, which were now often hidden
  • from their sight; but whenever they appeared through the openings of
  • the near hills, they seemed very great and terrible; dark and bare and
  • stony; and Clement said that they were little better than they looked
  • from afar. As to Whiteness, they saw it a long way off, as it lay on a
  • long ridge at the end of a valley: and so long was the ridge, that
  • behind it was nothing green; naught but the huge and bare mountains.
  • The westering sun fell upon its walls and its houses, so that it looked
  • white indeed against those great cliffs and crags; though, said
  • Clement, that these were yet a good way off. Now when, after a long
  • ride from the hither end of the valley, they drew nigh to the town,
  • Ralph saw that the walls and towers were not very high or strong, for
  • so steep was the hill whereon the town stood, that it needed not. Here
  • also was no great castle within the town as at Cheaping Knowe, and the
  • town itself nothing so big, but long and straggling along the top of
  • the ridge. Cheaping Knowe was all builded of stone; but the houses
  • here were of timber for the most part, done over with pargeting and
  • whitened well. Yet was the town more cheerful of aspect than Cheaping
  • Knowe, and the folk who came thronging about the chapmen at the gates
  • not so woe-begone, and goodly enough.
  • Of the lord of Whiteness, Clement told that he paid tribute to him of
  • Cheaping Knowe, rather for love of peace than for fear of him; for he
  • was no ill lord, and free men lived well under him.
  • So the chapmen lodged in the market-place; and in two days time Ralph
  • got speech of the Deacon of the Chapmen of the Town; who told him two
  • matters; first that the lord of Utterbol had not been in Whiteness
  • these six months; and next that the wild man had verily brought the
  • damsel into the market; but he had turned away thence suddenly with
  • her, without bringing her to the stone, and that it was most like that
  • he would have the lord of Utterbol buy her; who, since he would be
  • deeming that he might easily bend her to his will, would give him the
  • better penny for her. "At the last," quoth the Deacon, "the wild man
  • led her away toward the mountain pass that goeth to Goldburg, the
  • damsel and he alone, and she with her hands unbound and riding a little
  • horse." Of these tidings Ralph deemed it good that all traces of her
  • were not lost; but his heart misgave him when he thought that by this
  • time she must surely be in the hands of the lord of Utterbol.
  • CHAPTER 26
  • They Ride the Mountains Toward Goldburg
  • Five days the Fellowship abode at Whiteness, and or ever they departed
  • Clement waged men-at-arms of the lord of the town, besides servants to
  • look to the beasts amongst the mountains, so that what with one, what
  • with another, they entered the gates of the mountains a goodly company
  • of four score and ten.
  • Ralph asked of Bull if any of those whom he might meet in these
  • mountains were of his kindred; and he answered, nay, unless perchance
  • there might be some one or two going their peaceful errands there like
  • Bull Nosy. So Ralph armed him with a good sword and a shield, and
  • would have given him a steel hood also, but he would not bear it,
  • saying that if sword and shield could not keep his head he had well
  • earned a split skull.
  • Seven days they rode the mountains, and the way was toilsome and weary
  • enough, for it was naught but a stony maze of the rocks where nothing
  • living dwelt, and nothing grew, save now and again a little dwarf
  • willow. Yet was there naught worse to meet save toil, because they
  • were over strong for the wild men to meddle with them, whereas the
  • kindreds thereabout were but feeble.
  • But as it drew towards evening on the seventh day Ralph had ridden a
  • little ahead with Bull alone, if he might perchance have a sight of the
  • ending of this grievous wilderness, as Clement said might be, since now
  • the way was down-hill, and all waters ran east. So as they rode, and
  • it was about sunset, they saw something lying by a big stone under a
  • cliff; so they drew nigh, and saw a man lying on his back, and they
  • deemed he was dead. So Bull went up to him, and leapt off his horse
  • close by him and bent over him, but straightway cast up his arms and
  • set up a long wailing whoop, and then another and another, so that they
  • that were behind heard it and came up upon the spur. But Ralph leapt
  • from his horse, and ran up to Bull and said: "What aileth thee to whoop
  • and wail? Who is it?" But Bull turned about and shook his head at
  • him, and said: "It is a man of my kindred, even he that was leading
  • away thy she-friend; and belike she it was that slew him, or why is she
  • not here: Ochone! ahoo! ahoo!" Therewith fire ran through Ralph's
  • heart, and he bethought him of that other murder in the wilderness, and
  • he fell to wringing his hands, and cried out: "Ah, and where is she,
  • where is she? Is she also taken away from me for ever? O me unhappy!"
  • And he drew his sword therewith, and ran about amongst the rocks and
  • the bushes seeking her body.
  • And therewith came up Clement, and others of the company, and wondered
  • to see Bull kneeling down by the corpse, and to hear him crying out and
  • wailing, and Ralph running about like one mad, and crying out now: "Oh!
  • that I might find her! Mayhappen she is alive yet, and anigh here in
  • some cleft of the rocks in this miserable wilderness. O my love that
  • hast lain in mine arms, wouldst thou not have me find her alive? But
  • if she be dead, then will I slay myself, for as young as I am, that I
  • may find thee and her out of the world, since from the world both ye
  • are gone."
  • Then Clement went up to Ralph, and would have a true tale out of him,
  • and asked him what was amiss; but Ralph stared wild at him and answered
  • not. But Bull cried out from where he knelt: "He is seeking the
  • woman, and I would that he could find her; for then would I slay her on
  • the howe of my kinsman: for she hath slain him; she hath slain him."
  • That word heard Ralph, and he ran at Bull with uplifted sword to slay
  • him; but Clement tripped him and he fell, and his sword flew out of his
  • hand. Then Clement and two of the others bound his hands with their
  • girdles, till they might know what had befallen; for they deemed that a
  • devil had entered into him, and feared that he would do a mischief to
  • himself or some other.
  • And now was the whole Fellowship assembled, and stood in a ring round
  • about Ralph and Bull, and the dead man; as for him, he had been dead
  • some time, many days belike; but in that high and clear cold air, his
  • carcase, whistled by the wind, had dried rather than rotted, and his
  • face was clear to be seen with its great hooked nose and long black
  • hair: and his skull was cloven.
  • Now Bull had done his wailing for his kinsman, and he seemed to wake up
  • as from a dream, and looked about the ring of men and spake: "Here is
  • a great to do, my masters! What will ye with me? Have ye heard, or is
  • it your custom, that when a man cometh on the dead corpse of his
  • brother, his own mother's son, he turneth it over with his foot, as if
  • it were the carcase of a dog, and so goeth on his way? This I ask,
  • that albeit I be but a war-taken thrall, I be suffered to lay my
  • brother in earth and heap a howe over him in these mountains."
  • They all murmured a yeasay to this save Ralph. He had been sobered by
  • his fall, and was standing up now betwixt Clement and the captain, who
  • had unbound his hands, now that the others had come up; he hung his
  • head, and was ashamed of his fury by seeming. But when Bull had
  • spoken, and the others had answered, Ralph said to Bull, wrathfully
  • still, but like a man in his wits: "Why didst thou say that thou
  • wouldest slay her?" "Hast thou found her?" said Bull. "Nay," quoth
  • Ralph, sullenly. "Well, then," said Bull, "when thou dost find her, we
  • will speak of it." Said Ralph: "Why didst thou say that she hath slain
  • him?" "I was put out of my wits by the sight of him dead," said Bull;
  • "But now I say mayhappen she hath slain him."
  • "And mayhappen not," said Clement; "look here to the cleaving of his
  • skull right through this iron headpiece, which he will have bought at
  • Cheaping Knowe (for I have seen suchlike in the armourers' booth
  • there): it must have taken a strong man to do this."
  • "Yea," quoth the captain, "and a big sword to boot: this is the stroke
  • of a strong man wielding a good weapon."
  • Said Bull: "Well, and will my master bid me forego vengeance for my
  • brother's slaying, or that I bear him to purse? Then let him slay me
  • now, for I am his thrall." Said Ralph: "Thou shalt do as thou wilt
  • herein, and I also will do as I will. For if she slew him, the taking
  • of her captive should be set against the slaying." "That is but
  • right," said the captain; "but Sir Ralph, I bid thee take the word of
  • an old man-at-arms for it, that she slew him not; neither she, nor any
  • other woman."
  • Said Clement: "Well, let all this be. But tell me, lord Ralph, what
  • thou wouldst do, since now thou art come to thyself again?" Said Ralph:
  • "I would seek the wilderness hereabout, if perchance the damsel be
  • thrust into some cleft or cavern, alive or dead."
  • "Well," said Clement, "this is my rede. Since Bull Shockhead would
  • bury his brother, and lord Ralph would seek the damsel, and whereas
  • there is water anigh, and the sun is well nigh set, let us pitch our
  • tents and abide here till morning, and let night bring counsel unto
  • some of us. How say ye, fellows?"
  • None naysaid it, and they fell to pitching the tents, and lighting the
  • cooking-fires; but Bull at once betook him to digging a grave for his
  • brother, whilst Ralph with the captain and four others went and sought
  • all about the place, and looked into all clefts of rocks, and found not
  • the maiden, nor any token of her. They were long about it, and when
  • they were come back again, and it was night, though the moon shone out,
  • there was Bull Shockhead standing by the howe of his brother Bull Nosy,
  • which was heaped up high over the place where they had found him.
  • So when Bull saw him, he turned to him and said: "King's son, I have
  • done what needs was for this present. Now, wilt thou slay me for my
  • fault, or shall I be thy man again, and serve thee truly unless the
  • blood feud come between us?" Said Ralph: "Thou shalt serve me truly,
  • and help me to find him who hath slain thy brother, and carried off the
  • damsel; for even thus it hath been done meseemeth, since about here we
  • have seen no signs of her alive or dead. But to-morrow we shall seek
  • wider ere I ride on my way." "Yea," said Bull, "and I will be one in
  • the search."
  • So then they gat them to their sleeping-berths, and Ralph, contrary to
  • his wont, lay long awake, pondering these things; till at last he said
  • to himself that this woman, whom he called Dorothea, was certainly
  • alive, and wotted that he was seeking her. And then it seemed to him
  • that he could behold her through the darkness of night, clad in the
  • green flowered gown as he had first seen her, and she bewailing her
  • captivity and the long tarrying of the deliverer as she went to and fro
  • in a great chamber builded of marble and done about with gold and
  • bright colours: and or ever he slept, he deemed this to be a vision of
  • what then was, rather than a memory of what had been; and it was sweet
  • to his very soul.
  • CHAPTER 27
  • Clement Tells of Goldburg
  • Now when it was morning he rose early and roused Bull and the captain,
  • and they searched in divers places where they had not been the night
  • before, and even a good way back about the road they had ridden
  • yesterday, but found no tidings. And Ralph said to himself that this
  • was naught but what he had looked for after that vision of the night.
  • So he rode with his fellows somewhat shamefaced that they had seen that
  • sudden madness in him; but was presently of better cheer than he had
  • been yet. He rode beside Clement; they went downhill speedily, and the
  • wilderness began to better, and there was grass at whiles, and bushes
  • here and there. A little after noon they came out of a pass cleft deep
  • through the rocks by a swift stream which had once been far greater
  • than then, and climbed up a steep ridge that lay across the road, and
  • looking down from the top of it, beheld the open country again. But
  • this was otherwise from what they had beheld from the mountain's brow
  • above Cheaping Knowe. For thence the mountains beyond Whiteness, even
  • those that they had just ridden, were clear to be seen like the wall of
  • the plain country. But here, looking adown, the land below them seemed
  • but a great spreading plain with no hills rising from it, save that far
  • away they could see a certain break in it, and amidst that, something
  • that was brighter than the face of the land elsewhere. Clement told
  • Ralph that this was Goldburg and that it was built on a gathering of
  • hills, not great, but going up steep from the plain. And the plain,
  • said he, was not so wholly flat and even as it looked from up there,
  • but swelled at whiles into downs and low hills. He told him that
  • Goldburg was an exceeding fair town to behold; that the lord who had
  • built it had brought from over the mountains masons and wood-wrights
  • and artificers of all kinds, that they might make it as fair as might
  • be, and that he spared on it neither wealth nor toil nor pains. For in
  • sooth he deemed that he should find the Well at the World's End, and
  • drink thereof, and live long and young and fair past all record;
  • therefore had he builded this city, to be the house and home of his
  • long-enduring joyance.
  • Now some said that he had found the Well, and drank thereof; others
  • naysaid that; but all deemed that they knew how that Goldburg was not
  • done building ere that lord was slain in a tumult, and that what was
  • then undone was cobbled up after the uncomely fashion of the towns
  • thereabout.
  • Clement said moreover that, this happy lord dead, things had not gone
  • so well there as had been looked for. Forsooth it had been that lord's
  • will and meaning that all folks in Goldburg should thrive, both those
  • who wrought and those for whom they wrought. But it went not so, but
  • there were many poor folk there, and few wealthy.
  • Again said Clement that though the tillers and toilers of Goldburg were
  • not for the most part mere thralls and chattels, as in the lands beyond
  • the mountains behind them, yet were they little more thriving for that
  • cause; whereas they belonged not to a master, who must at worst feed
  • them, and to no manor, whose acres they might till for their
  • livelihood, and on whose pastures they might feed their cattle; nor had
  • they any to help or sustain them against the oppressor and the violent
  • man; so that they toiled and swinked and died with none heeding them,
  • save they that had the work of their hands good cheap; and they
  • forsooth heeded them less than their draught beasts whom they must
  • needs buy with money, and whose bellies they must needs fill; whereas
  • these poor wretches were slaves without a price, and if one died
  • another took his place on the chance that thereby he might escape
  • present death by hunger, for there was a great many of them.
  • CHAPTER 28
  • Now They Come to Goldburg
  • That night they slept yet amongst the mountains, or rather in the first
  • of the hill country at their feet; but on the morrow they rode down
  • into the lowlands, and thereby lost all sight of Goldburg, and it was
  • yet afar off, so that they rode four days through lands well-tilled,
  • but for the most part ill-housed, a country of little hills and hollows
  • and rising grounds, before they came in sight of it again heaving up
  • huge and bright under the sun. It was built partly on three hills, the
  • buttresses of a long ridge which turned a wide river, and on the ridge
  • itself, and partly on the flat shore of the river, on either side,
  • hillward and plainward: but a great white wall girt it all about, which
  • went right over the river as a bridge, and on the plain side it was
  • exceeding high, so that its battlements might be somewhat evened with
  • those of the hill-wall above. So that as they came up to the place
  • they saw little of the town because of the enormity of the wall; scarce
  • aught save a spire or a tall towering roof here and there.
  • So when they were come anigh the gate, they displayed their banners and
  • rode right up to it; and people thronged the walls to see their riding.
  • One by one they passed through the wicket of the gate: which gate
  • itself was verily huge beyond measure, all built of great
  • ashlar-stones; and when they were within, it was like a hall somewhat
  • long and exceeding high, most fairly vaulted; midmost of the said hall
  • they rode through a noble arch on their right hand, and lo another hall
  • exceeding long, but lower than the first, with many glazen windows set
  • in its townward wall; and when they looked through these, they saw the
  • river running underneath; for this was naught but the lower bridge of
  • the city and they learned afterwards and saw, that above the vault of
  • this long bridge rose up the castle, chamber on chamber, till its
  • battlements were level with the highest towers of the wall on the hill
  • top.
  • Thus they passed the bridge, and turning to the left at its ending,
  • came into the Water-Street of Goldburg, where the river, with wide
  • quays on either side thereof, ran betwixt the houses. As for these,
  • beneath the dwellings went a fair arched passage like to the ambulatory
  • of an abbey; and every house all along this street was a palace for its
  • goodliness. The houses were built of white stones and red and grey;
  • with shapely pillars to the cloister, and all about carvings of imagery
  • and knots of flowers; goodly were the windows and all glazed, as fair
  • as might be. On the river were great barges, and other craft such as
  • were not sea-goers, river-ships that might get them through the bridges
  • and furnished with masts that might be lowered and shipped.
  • Much people was gathered to see the chapmen enter, yet scarce so many
  • as might be looked for in so goodly a town; yea, and many of the folk
  • were clad foully, and were haggard of countenance, and cried on the
  • chapmen for alms. Howbeit some were clad gaily and richly enough, and
  • were fair of favour as any that Ralph had seen since he left Upmeads:
  • and amongst these goodly folk were women not a few, whose gear and
  • bearing called to Ralph's mind the women of the Wheatwearers whom he
  • had seen erst in the Burg of the Four Friths, whereas they were
  • somewhat wantonly clad in scanty and thin raiment. And of these,
  • though they were not all thralls, were many who were in servitude:
  • for, as Clement did Ralph to wit, though the tillers of the soil, and
  • the herdsmen, in short the hewers of wood and drawers of water, were
  • men masterless, yet rich men might and did buy both men and women for
  • servants in their houses, and for their pleasure and profit in divers
  • wise.
  • So they rode to their hostel in the market place, which lay a little
  • back from the river in an ingle of the ridge and one of its buttresses;
  • and all round the said market were houses as fair as the first they had
  • seen: but above, on the hill-sides, save for the castle and palace of
  • the Queen (for a woman ruled in Goldburg), were the houses but low,
  • poorly built of post and pan, and thatched with straw, or reed, or
  • shingle. But the great church was all along one side of the market
  • place; and albeit this folk was somewhat wild and strange of faith for
  • Christian men, yet was it dainty and delicate as might be, and its
  • steeples and bell-towers were high and well builded, and adorned
  • exceeding richly.
  • So they lighted down at their hostel, and never had Ralph seen such
  • another, for the court within was very great and with a fair garden
  • filled with flowers and orchard-trees, and amidst it was a fountain of
  • fresh water, built in the goodliest fashion of many-coloured
  • marble-stones. And the arched and pillared way about the said court was
  • as fair as the cloister of a mitred abbey; and the hall for the guests
  • was of like fashion, vaulted with marvellous cunning, and with a row of
  • pillars amidmost.
  • There they abode in good entertainment; yet this noted Ralph, that as
  • goodly as was the fashion of the building of that house, yet the
  • hangings and beds, and stools, and chairs, and other plenishing were no
  • richer or better than might be seen in the hostelry of any good town.
  • So they went bedward, and Ralph slept dreamlessly, as was mostly his
  • wont.
  • CHAPTER 29
  • Of Goldburg and the Queen Thereof
  • On the morrow, when Ralph and Clement met in the hall, Clement spake
  • and said: "Lord Ralph, as I told thee in Whitwall, we chapmen are now
  • at the end of our outward journey, and in about twenty days time we
  • shall turn back to the mountains; but, as I deem, thou wilt be minded
  • to follow up thy quest of the damsel, and whatsoever else thou mayst be
  • seeking. Now this thou mayst well do whiles we are here in Goldburg,
  • and yet come back hither in time to fare back with us: and also, if
  • thou wilt, thou mayst have fellows in thy quest, to wit some of those
  • our men-at-arms, who love thee well. But now, when thou hast done thy
  • best these days during, if thou hast then found naught, I counsel thee
  • and beseech thee to come thy ways back with us, that we twain may wend
  • to Upmeads together, where thou shalt live well, and better all the
  • deeds of thy father. Meseemeth this will be more meet for thee than
  • the casting away of thy life in seeking a woman, who maybe will be
  • naught to thee when thou hast found her; or in chasing some castle in
  • the clouds, that shall be never the nigher to thee, how far soever thou
  • farest. For now I tell thee that I have known this while how thou art
  • seeking the Well at the World's End; and who knoweth that there is any
  • such thing on the earth? Come, then, thou art fair, and young, and
  • strong; and if ye seek wealth thou shalt have it, and my furtherance to
  • the utmost, if that be aught worth. Bethink thee, child, there are
  • they that love thee in Upmeads and thereabout, were it but thy gossip,
  • my wife, dame Katherine."
  • Said Ralph: "Master Clement, I thank thee for all that thou hast said,
  • and thy behest, and thy deeds. Thy rede is good, and in all ways will
  • I follow it save one; to wit, that if I have not found the damsel ere
  • ye turn back, I must needs abide in this land searching for her. And I
  • pray the pardon both of thee and of thy gossip, if I answer not your
  • love as ye would, and perchance as I should. Yea, and of Upmeads also
  • I crave pardon. But in doing as I do, my deed shall be but according
  • to the duty bounden on me by mine oath, when Duke Osmond made me knight
  • last year, in the church of St. Laurence of Upmeads."
  • Said Clement: "I see that there is something else in it than that; I
  • see thee to be young, and that love and desire bind thee in closer
  • bonds than thy knightly oath. Well, so it must be, and till thou hast
  • her, there is but one woman in the world for thee."
  • "Nay, it is not so, Master Clement," said Ralph, "and I will tell thee
  • this, so that thou mayst trow my naysay; since I departed from Upmeads,
  • I have been taken in the toils of love, and desired a fair woman, and I
  • have won her and death hath taken her. Trowest thou my word?"
  • "Yea," said Clement, "but to one of thy years love is not plucked up by
  • the root, and it soon groweth again." Then said Ralph, sadly: "Now
  • tell my gossip of this when thou comest home." Clement nodded yeasay,
  • and Ralph spake again in a moment: "And now will I begin my search in
  • Goldburg by praying thee to bring me to speech of merchants and others
  • who may have seen or heard tidings of my damsel."
  • He looked at Clement anxiously as he spoke; and Clement smiled, for he
  • said to himself that looking into Ralph's heart on this matter was like
  • looking into a chamber through an open window. But he said: "Fear not
  • but I will look to it; I am thy friend, and not thy schoolmaster."
  • Therewith he departed from Ralph, and within three days he had brought
  • him to speech of all those who were like to know anything of the
  • matter; and one and all they said that they had seen no such woman, and
  • that as for the Lord of Utterbol, he had not been in Goldburg these
  • three months. But one of the merchants said: "Master Clement, if this
  • young knight is boun for Utterbol, he beareth his life in his hand, as
  • thou knowest full well. Now I rede thee bring him to our Queen, who is
  • good and compassionate, and if she may not help him otherwise, yet
  • belike she may give him in writing to show to that tyrant, which may
  • stand him in stead: for it does not do for any man to go against the
  • will of our Lady and Queen; who will surely pay him back for his
  • ill-will some day or other." Said Clement: "It is well thought of, and
  • I will surely do as thou biddest."
  • So wore four days, and, that time during, Ralph was going to and fro
  • asking questions of folk that he came across, as people new come to the
  • city and hunters from the mountain-feet and the forests of the plain,
  • and mariners and such like, concerning the damsel and the Lord of
  • Utterbol; and Bull also went about seeking tidings: but whereas Ralph
  • asked downright what he wanted to know, Bull was wary, and rather led
  • men on to talk with him concerning those things than asked them of them
  • in such wise that they saw the question. Albeit it was all one, and no
  • tidings came to them; indeed, the name of the Lord of Utterbol (whom
  • forsooth Bull named not) seemed to freeze the speech of men's tongues,
  • and they commonly went away at once when it was spoken.
  • On the fifth day came Clement to Ralph and said: "Now will I bring thee
  • to the Queen, and she is young, and so fair, and withal so wise, that
  • it seems to me not all so sure but that the sight of her will make an
  • end of thy quest once for all. So that meseems thou mayest abide here
  • in a life far better than wandering amongst uncouth folk, perilous and
  • cruel. Yea, so thou mayst have it if thou wilt, being so exceeding
  • goodly, and wise, and well-spoken, and of high lineage."
  • Ralph heard and reddened, but gave him back no answer; and they went
  • together to the High House of the Queen, which was like a piece of the
  • Kingdom of Heaven for loveliness, so many pillars as there were of
  • bright marble stone, and gilded, and the chapiters carved most
  • excellently: not many hangings on the walls, for the walls themselves
  • were carven, and painted with pictures in the most excellent manner;
  • the floors withal were so dainty that they seemed as if they were made
  • for none but the feet of the fairest of women. And all this was set
  • amidst of gardens, the like of which they had never seen.
  • But they entered without more ado, and were brought by the pages to the
  • Lady's innermost chamber; and if the rest of the house were goodly,
  • this was goodlier, and a marvel, so that it seemed wrought rather by
  • goldsmiths and jewellers than by masons and carvers. Yet indeed many
  • had said with Clement that the Queen who sat there was the goodliest
  • part thereof.
  • Now she spake to Clement and said: "Hail, merchant! Is this the young
  • knight of whom thou tellest, he who seeketh his beloved that hath been
  • borne away into thralldom by evil men?"
  • "Even so," said Clement. But Ralph spake: "Nay, Lady, the damsel whom
  • I seek is not my beloved, but my friend. My beloved is dead."
  • The Queen looked on him smiling kindly, yet was her face somewhat
  • troubled. She said: "Master chapman, thy time here is not over long
  • for all that thou hast to do; so we give thee leave to depart with our
  • thanks for bringing a friend to see us. But this knight hath no
  • affairs to look to: so if he will abide with us for a little, it will
  • be our pleasure."
  • So Clement made his obeisance and went his ways. But the Queen bade
  • Ralph sit before her, and tell her of his griefs, and she looked so
  • kindly and friendly upon him that the heart melted within him, and he
  • might say no word, for the tears that brake out from him, and he wept
  • before her; while she looked on him, the colour coming and going in her
  • face, and her lips trembling, and let him weep on. But he thought not
  • of her, but of himself and how kind she was to him. But after a while
  • he mastered his passion and began, and told her all he had done and
  • suffered. Long was the tale in the telling, for it was sweet to him to
  • lay before her both his grief and his hope. She let him talk on, and
  • whiles she listened to him, and whiles, not, but all the time she gazed
  • on him, yet sometimes askance, as if she were ashamed. As for him, he
  • saw her face how fair and lovely she was, yet was there little longing
  • in his heart for her, more than for one of the painted women on the
  • wall, for as kind and as dear as he deemed her.
  • When he had done, she kept silence a while, but at last she enforced
  • her, and spake: "Sad it is for the mother that bore thee that thou art
  • not in her house, wherein all things would be kind and familiar to
  • thee. Maybe thou art seeking for what is not. Or maybe thou shalt
  • seek and shalt find, and there may be naught in what thou findest,
  • whereof to give thee such gifts as are meet for thy faithfulness and
  • valiancy. But in thine home shouldst thou have all gifts which thou
  • mayest desire."
  • Then was she silent awhile, and then spake: "Yet must I needs say that
  • I would that thine home were in Goldburg."
  • He smiled sadly and looked on her, but with no astonishment, and indeed
  • he still scarce thought of her as he said: "Lady and Queen, thou art
  • good to me beyond measure. Yet, look you! One home I had, and left
  • it; another I looked to have, and I lost it; and now I have no home.
  • Maybe in days to come I shall go back to mine old home; and whiles I
  • wonder with what eyes it will look on me. For merry is that land, and
  • dear; and I have become sorrowful."
  • "Fear not," she said; "I say again that in thine home shall all things
  • look kindly on thee."
  • Once more she sat silent, and no word did his heart bid him speak.
  • Then she sighed and said: "Fair lord, I bid thee come and go in this
  • house as thou wilt; but whereas there are many folk who must needs see
  • me, and many things are appointed for me to do, therefore I pray thee
  • to come hither in three days' space, and meanwhile I will look to the
  • matter of thy search, that I may speed thee on the way to Utterness,
  • which is no great way from Utterbol, and is the last town whereof we
  • know aught. And I will write a letter for thee to give to the lord of
  • Utterbol, which he will heed, if he heedeth aught my good-will or
  • enmity. I beseech thee come for it in three days wearing."
  • Therewith she arose and took his hand and led him to the door, and he
  • departed, blessing her goodness, and wondering at her courtesy and
  • gentle speech.
  • For those three days he was still seeking tidings everywhere, till folk
  • began to know of him far and wide, and to talk of him. And at the time
  • appointed he went to the Queen's House and was brought to her chamber
  • as before, and she was alone therein. She greeted him and smiled on
  • him exceeding kindly, but he might not fail to note of her that she
  • looked sad and her face was worn by sorrow. She bade him sit beside
  • her, and said: "Hast thou any tidings of the woman whom thou seekest?"
  • "Nay, nay," said he, "and now I am minded to carry on the search
  • out-a-gates. I have some good friends who will go with me awhile. But
  • thou, Lady, hast thou heard aught?"
  • "Naught of the damsel," she said. "But there is something else. As
  • Clement told me, thou seekest the Well at the World's End, and through
  • Utterness and by Utterbol is a way whereby folk seek thither. Mayst
  • thou find it, and may it profit thee more than it did my kinsman of
  • old, who first raised up Goldburg in the wilderness. Whereas for him
  • was naught but strife and confusion, till he was slain in a quarrel,
  • wherein to fail was to fail, and to win the day was to win shame and
  • misery."
  • She looked on him sweetly and said: "Thou art nowise such as he; and
  • if thou drink of the Well, thou wilt go back to Upmeads, and thy father
  • and mother, and thine own folk and thine home. But now here is the
  • letter which thou shalt give to the Lord of Utterbol if thou meet him;
  • and mayhappen he is naught so evil a man as the tale of him runs."
  • She gave him the letter into his hands, and spake again: "And now I
  • have this to say to thee, if anything go amiss with thee, and thou be
  • nigh enough to seek to me, come hither, and then, in whatso plight thou
  • mayst be, or whatsoever deed thou mayst have done, here will be the
  • open door for thee and the welcome of a friend."
  • Her voice shook a little as she spake, and she was silent again,
  • mastering her trouble. Then she said: "At last I must say this to
  • thee, that there may no lie be between us. That damsel of whom thou
  • spakest that she was but thy friend, and not thy love--O that I might
  • be thy friend in such-wise! But over clearly I see that it may not be
  • so. For thy mind looketh on thy deeds to come, that they shall be
  • shared by some other than me. Friend, it seemeth strange and strange
  • to me that I have come on thee so suddenly, and loved thee so sorely,
  • and that I must needs say farewell to thee in so short a while.
  • Farewell, farewell!"
  • Therewith she arose, and once more she took his hand in hers, and led
  • him to the door. And he was sorry and all amazed: for he had not
  • thought so much of her before, that he might see that she loved him;
  • and he thought but that she, being happy and great, was kind to him who
  • was hapless and homeless. And he was bewildered by her words and sore
  • ashamed that for all his grief for her he had no speech, and scarce a
  • look for her; he knew not what to do or say.
  • So he left the Queen's House and the court thereof, as though the
  • pavement were growing red hot beneath his feet.
  • CHAPTER 30
  • Ralph Hath Hope of Tidings Concerning the Well at the World's End
  • Now he goes to Clement, and tells him that he deems he has no need to
  • abide their departure from Goldburg to say farewell and follow his
  • quest further afield; since it is clear that in Goldburg he should have
  • no more tidings. Clement laughed and said: "Not so fast, Lord Ralph;
  • thou mayst yet hear a word or two." "What!" said Ralph, "hast thou
  • heard of something new?" Said Clement: "There has been a man here
  • seeking thee, who said that he wotted of a wise man who could tell thee
  • much concerning the Well at the World's End. And when I asked him of
  • the Damsel and the Lord of Utterbol, if he knew anything of her, he
  • said yea, but that he would keep it for thy privy ear. So I bade him
  • go and come again when thou shouldst be here. And I deem that he will
  • not tarry long."
  • Now they were sitting on a bench outside the hall of the hostel, with
  • the court between them and the gate; and Ralph said: "Tell me, didst
  • thou deem the man good or bad?" Said Clement: "He was hard to look
  • into: but at least he looked not a fierce or cruel man; nor indeed did
  • he seem false or sly, though I take him for one who hath lost his
  • manhood--but lo you! here he comes across the court."
  • So Ralph looked, and saw in sooth a man drawing nigh, who came straight
  • up to them and lowted to them, and then stood before them waiting for
  • their word: he was fat and somewhat short, white-faced and
  • pink-cheeked, with yellow hair long and curling, and with a little thin
  • red beard and blue eyes: altogether much unlike the fashion of men of
  • those parts. He was clad gaily in an orange-tawny coat laced with
  • silver, and broidered with colours.
  • Clement spake to him and said: "This is the young knight who is minded
  • to seek further east to wot if it be mere lies which he hath heard of
  • the Well at the World's End."
  • The new-comer lowted before them again, and said in a small voice, and
  • as one who was shy and somewhat afeared: "Lords, I can tell many a
  • tale concerning that Well, and them who have gone on the quest thereof.
  • And the first thing I have to tell is that the way thereto is through
  • Utterness, and that I can be a shower of the way and a leader to any
  • worthy knight who listeth to seek thither; and moreover, I know of a
  • sage who dwelleth not far from the town of Utterness, and who, if he
  • will, can put a seeker of the Well on the right road."
  • He looked askance on Ralph, whose face flushed and whose eyes glittered
  • at that word. But Clement said: "Yea, that seemeth fair to look to:
  • but hark ye! Is it not so that the way to Utterness is perilous?" Said
  • the man: "Thou mayst rather call it deadly, to any who is not
  • furnished with a let-pass from the Lord of Utterbol, as I am. But with
  • such a scroll a child or a woman may wend the road unharmed." "Where
  • hast thou the said let-pass?" said Clement. "Here," quoth the
  • new-comer; and therewith he drew a scroll from out of his pouch, and
  • opened it before them, and they read it together, and sure enough it
  • was a writing charging all men so let pass and aid Morfinn the Minstrel
  • (of whose aspect it told closely), under pain of falling into the
  • displeasure of Gandolf, Lord of Utterbol; and the date thereon was but
  • three months old.
  • Said Clement: "This is good, this let-pass: see thou, Ralph, the seal
  • of Utterbol, the Bear upon the Castle Wall. None would dare to
  • counterfeit this seal, save one who was weary of life, and longed for
  • torments."
  • Said Ralph, smiling: "Thou seest, Master Clement, that there must be a
  • parting betwixt us, and that this man's coming furthers it: but were he
  • or were he not, yet the parting had come. And wert thou not liefer
  • that it should come in a way to pleasure and aid me, than that thou
  • shouldst but leave me behind at Goldburg when thou departest: and I
  • with naught done toward the achieving my quest, but merely dragging my
  • deedless body about these streets; and at last, it may be, going on a
  • perilous journey without guiding or safe-conduct?"
  • "Yea, lad," said Clement, "I wotted well that thou wouldst take thine
  • own way, but fain had I been that it had been mine also." Then he
  • pondered a while and said afterwards: "I suppose that thou wilt take
  • thy servant Bull Shockhead with thee, for he is a stout man-at-arms,
  • and I deem him trusty, though he be a wild man. But one man is of
  • little avail to a traveller on a perilous road, so if thou wilt I will
  • give leave and license to a half score of our sergeants to follow thee
  • on the road; for, as thou wottest, I may easily wage others in their
  • place. Or else wouldst thou ask the Queen of Goldburg to give thee a
  • score of men-at-arms; she looked to me the other day as one who would
  • deny thee few of thine askings."
  • Ralph blushed red, and said: "Nay, I will not ask her this." Then he
  • was silent; the new-comer looked from one to the other, and said
  • nothing. At last Ralph spake: "Look you, Clement, my friend, I wot
  • well how thou wouldst make my goings safe, even if it were to thy loss,
  • and I thank thee for it: but I deem I shall do no better than putting
  • myself into this man's hands, since he has a let-pass for the lands of
  • him of Utterbol: and meseemeth from all that I have heard, that a half
  • score or a score, or for the matter of that an hundred men-at-arms
  • would not be enough to fight a way to Utterbol, and their gathering
  • together would draw folk upon them, who would not meddle with two men
  • journeying together, even if they had no let-pass of this mighty man."
  • Clement sighed and grunted, and then said: "Well, lord, maybe thou art
  • right."
  • "Yea," said the guide, "he is as right as may be: I have not spoken
  • before lest ye might have deemed me untrusty: but now I tell thee this,
  • that never should a small band of men unknown win through the lands of
  • the Lord of Utterbol, or the land debatable that lieth betwixt them and
  • Goldburg."
  • Ralph nodded friendly at him as he spake; but Clement looked on him
  • sternly; and the man beheld his scowling face innocently, and took no
  • heed of it.
  • Then said Ralph: "As to Bull Shockhead, I will speak to him anon; but
  • I will not take him with me; for indeed I fear lest his mountain-pride
  • grow up over greenly at whiles and entangle me in some thicket of peril
  • hard to win out of."
  • "Well," said Clement, "and when wilt thou depart?" "To-morrow," said
  • Ralph, "if my faring-fellow be ready for me by then." "I am all ready,"
  • said the man: "if thou wilt ride out by the east gate about two hours
  • before noon to-morrow, I will abide thee on a good horse with all that
  • we may need for the journey: and now I ask leave." "Thou hast it,"
  • said Clement.
  • So the man departed, and those two being left alone, Master Clement
  • said: "Well, I deemed that nothing else would come of it: and I fear
  • that thy gossip will be ill-content with me; for great is the peril."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "and great the reward." Clement smiled and sighed,
  • and said: "Well, lad, even so hath a many thought before thee, wise
  • men as well as fools." Ralph looked at him and reddened, and departed
  • from him a little, and went walking in the cloister there to and fro,
  • and pondered these matters; and whatever he might do, still would that
  • trim figure be before his eyes which he had looked on so gladly
  • erewhile in the hostel of Bourton Abbas; and he said aloud to himself:
  • "Surely she needeth me, and draweth me to her whether I will or no." So
  • wore the day.
  • CHAPTER 31
  • The Beginning of the Road To Utterbol
  • Early next morning Ralph arose and called Bull Shockhead to him and
  • said: "So it is, Bull, that thou art my war-taken thrall." Bull nodded
  • his head, but frowned therewithal. Said Ralph: "If I bid thee aught
  • that is not beyond reason thou wilt do it, wilt thou not?" "Yea," said
  • Bull, surlily. "Well," quoth Ralph, "I am going a journey east-away,
  • and I may not have thee with me, therefore I bid thee take this gold
  • and go free with my goodwill." Bull's face lighted up, and the eyes
  • glittered in his face; but he said: "Yea, king's son, but why wilt thou
  • not take me with thee?" Said Ralph: "It is a perilous journey, and thy
  • being with me will cast thee into peril and make mine more. Moreover,
  • I have an errand, as thou wottest, which is all mine own."
  • Bull pondered a little and then said: "King's son, I was thinking at
  • first that our errands lay together, and it is so; but belike thou
  • sayest true that there will be less peril to each of us if we sunder at
  • this time. But now I will say this to thee, that henceforth thou shalt
  • be as a brother to me, if thou wilt have it so, and if ever thou comest
  • amongst our people, thou wilt be in no danger of them: nay, they shall
  • do all the good they may to thee."
  • Then he took him by the hand and kissed him, and he set his hand to his
  • gear and drew forth a little purse of some small beast's skin that was
  • broidered in front with a pair of bull's horns: then he stooped down
  • and plucked a long and tough bent from the grass at his feet (for they
  • were talking in the garden of the hostel) and twisted it swiftly into a
  • strange knot of many plies, and opening the purse laid it therein and
  • said: "King's son, this is the token whereby it shall be known amongst
  • our folk that I have made thee my brother: were the flames roaring
  • about thee, or the swords clashing over thine head, if thou cry out, I
  • am the brother of Bull Shockhead, all those of my kindred who are near
  • will be thy friends and thy helpers. And now I say to thee farewell:
  • but it is not altogether unlike that thou mayst hear of me again in the
  • furthest East." So Ralph departed from him, and Clement went with Ralph
  • to the Gate of Goldburg, and bade him farewell there; and or they
  • parted he said: "Meseems I have with me now some deal of the foreseeing
  • of Katherine my wife, and in my mind it is that we shall yet see thee
  • at Wulstead and Upmeads, and thou no less famous than now thou art.
  • This is my last word to thee." Therewith they parted, and Ralph rode
  • his ways.
  • He came on his way-leader about a bowshot from the gate and they
  • greeted each other: the said guide was clad no otherwise than
  • yesterday: he had saddle-bags on his horse, which was a strong black
  • roadster: but he was nowise armed, and bore but a satchel with a case
  • of knives done on to it, and on the other side a fiddle in its case.
  • So Ralph smiled on him and said: "Thou hast no weapon, then?" "What
  • need for weapon?" said he; "since we are not of might for battle. This
  • is my weapon," said he, touching his fiddle, "and withal it is my field
  • and mine acre that raiseth flesh-meat and bread for me: yea, and whiles
  • a little drink."
  • So they rode on together and the man was blithe and merry: and Ralph
  • said to him: "Since we are fellows for a good while, as I suppose,
  • what shall I call thee?" Said he, "Morfinn the Minstrel I hight, to
  • serve thee, fair lord. Or some call me Morfinn the Unmanned. Wilt
  • thou not now ask me concerning that privy word that I had for thy
  • ears?" "Yea," said Ralph reddening, "hath it to do with a woman?"
  • "Naught less," said Morfinn. "For I heard of thee asking many
  • questions thereof in Goldburg, and I said to myself, now may I, who am
  • bound for Utterness, do a good turn to this fair young lord, whose face
  • bewrayeth his heart, and telleth all men that he is kind and bounteous;
  • so that there is no doubt but he will reward me well at once for any
  • help I may give him; and also it may be that he will do me a good turn
  • hereafter in memory of this that I have done him."
  • "Speak, wilt thou not," said Ralph, "and tell me at once if thou hast
  • seen this woman? Be sure that I shall reward thee." "Nay, nay, fair
  • sir," said Morfinn; "a woman I have seen brought captive to the House
  • of Utterbol. See thou to it if it be she whom thou seekest."
  • He smiled therewith, but now Ralph deemed him not so debonnaire as he
  • had at first, for there was mocking in the smile; therefore he was
  • wroth, but he refrained him and said: "Sir Minstrel, I wot not why thou
  • hast come with a tale in thy mouth and it will not out of it: lo you,
  • will this open the doors of speech to thee" (and he reached his hand
  • out to him with two pieces of gold lying therein) "or shall this?" and
  • therewith he half drew his sword from his sheath.
  • Said Morfinn, grinning again: "Nay, I fear not the bare steel in thine
  • hands, Knight; for thou hast not fool written plain in thy face;
  • therefore thou wilt not slay thy way-leader, or even anger him over
  • much. And as to thy gold, the wages shall be paid at the journey's
  • end. I was but seeking about in my mind how best to tell thee my tale
  • so that thou mightest believe my word, which is true. Thus it goes: As
  • I left Utterbol a month ago, I saw a damsel brought in captive there,
  • and she seemed to me so exceeding fair that I looked hard on her, and
  • asked one of the men-at-arms who is my friend concerning the market
  • whereat she was cheapened; and he told me that she had not been bought,
  • but taken out of the hands of the wild men from the further mountains.
  • Is that aught like to your story, lord?" "Yea," said Ralph, knitting
  • his brows in eagerness. "Well," said Morfinn, "but there are more fair
  • women than one in the world, and belike this is not thy friend: so now,
  • as well as I may, I will tell thee what-like she was, and if thou
  • knowest her not, thou mayst give me those two gold pieces and go back
  • again. She was tall rather than short, and slim rather than bigly
  • made. But many women are fashioned so: and doubtless she was worn by
  • travel, since she has at least come from over the mountains: but that
  • is little to tell her by: her hands, and her feet also (for she was a
  • horseback and barefoot) wrought well beyond most women: yet so might
  • it have been with some: yet few, methinks, of women who have worked
  • afield, as I deem her to have done, would have hands and feet so
  • shapely: her face tanned with the sun, but with fair colour shining
  • through it; her hair brown, yet with a fair bright colour shining
  • therein, and very abundant: her cheeks smooth, round and well wrought
  • as any imager could do them: her chin round and cloven: her lips full
  • and red, but firm-set as if she might be both valiant and wroth. Her
  • eyes set wide apart, grey and deep: her whole face sweet of aspect, as
  • though she might be exceeding kind to one that pleased her; yet high
  • and proud of demeanour also, meseemed, as though she were come of great
  • kindred. Is this aught like to thy friend?"
  • He spake all this slowly and smoothly and that mocking smile came into
  • his face now and again. Ralph grew pale as he spoke and knitted his
  • brows as one in great wrath and grief; and he was slow to answer; but
  • at last he said "Yea," shortly and sharply.
  • Then said Morfinn: "And yet after all it might not be she: for there
  • might be another or two even in these parts of whom all this might be
  • said. But now I will tell thee of her raiment, though there may be but
  • little help to thee therein, as she may have shifted it many times
  • since thou hast seen her. Thus it was: she was clad outwardly in a
  • green gown, short of skirt as of one wont to go afoot; somewhat
  • straight in the sleeves as of one who hath household work to do, and
  • there was broidery many coloured on the seams thereof, and a border of
  • flower-work round the hem: and this I noted, that a cantle of the skirt
  • had been rent away by some hap of the journey. Now what sayest thou,
  • fair lord? Have I done well to bring thee this tale?"
  • "O yea, yea," said Ralph, and he might not contain himself; but set
  • spurs to his horse and galloped on ahead for some furlong or so: and
  • then drew rein and gat off his horse, and made as if he would see to
  • his saddle-girths, for he might not refrain from weeping the sweet and
  • bitter tears of desire and fear, so stirred the soul within him.
  • Morfinn rode on quietly, and by then he came up, Ralph was mounting
  • again, and when he was in the saddle he turned away his head from his
  • fellow and said in a husky voice: "Morfinn, I command thee, or if thou
  • wilt I beseech thee, that thou speak not to me again of this woman whom
  • I am seeking; for it moveth me over much." "That is well, lord," said
  • Morfinn, "I will do after thy command; and there be many other matters
  • to speak of besides one fair woman."
  • Then they rode on soberly a while, and Ralph kept silence, as he rode
  • pondering much; but the minstrel hummed snatches of rhyme as he rode
  • the way.
  • But at last Ralph turned to him suddenly and said: "Tell me,
  • way-leader, in what wise did they seem to be using that woman?" The
  • minstrel chuckled: "Fair lord," said he, "if I had a mind for mocking
  • I might say of thee that thou blowest both hot and cold, since it was
  • but half an hour ago that thou badest me speak naught of her: but I
  • deem that I know thy mind herein: so I will tell thee that they seemed
  • to be using her courteously; as is no marvel; for who would wish to mar
  • so fair an image? O, it will be well with her: I noted that the Lord
  • seemed to think it good to ride beside her, and eye her all over. Yea,
  • she shall have a merry life of it if she but do somewhat after the
  • Lord's will."
  • Ralph looked askance at him fiercely, but the other heeded it naught:
  • then said Ralph, "And how if she do not his will?" Said Morfinn,
  • grinning: "Then hath my Lord a many servants to do his will." Ralph
  • held his peace for a long while; at last he turned a cleared brow to
  • Morfinn and said; "Dost thou tell of the Lord of Utterbol that he is a
  • good lord and merciful to his folk and servants?"
  • "Fair sir," said the minstrel; "thou hast bidden me not speak of one
  • woman, now will I pray thee not to speak of one man, and that is my
  • Lord of Utterbol."
  • Ralph's heart fell at this word, and he asked no question as to
  • wherefore.
  • So now they rode on both, rather more than soberly for a while: but the
  • day was fair; the sun shone, the wind blew, and the sweet scents
  • floated about them, and Ralph's heart cast off its burden somewhat and
  • he fell to speech again; and the minstrel answered him gaily by
  • seeming, noting many things as they rode along, as one that took
  • delight in the fashion of the earth.
  • It was a fresh and bright morning of early autumn, the sheaves were on
  • the acres, and the grapes were blackening to the vintage, and the
  • beasts and birds at least were merry. But little merry were the
  • husbandmen whom they met, either carles or queans, and they were
  • scantily and foully clad, and sullen-faced, if not hunger-pinched.
  • If they came across any somewhat joyous, it was here and there certain
  • gangrel folk resting on the wayside grass, or coming out of woods and
  • other passes by twos and threes, whiles with a child or two with them.
  • These were of aspect like to the gipsies of our time and nation, and
  • were armed all of them, and mostly well clad after their fashion.
  • Sometimes when there were as many as four or five carles of them
  • together, they would draw up amidst of the highway, but presently would
  • turn aside at the sight either of Ralph's war-gear or of the minstrel's
  • raiment. Forsooth, some of them seemed to know him, and nodded
  • friendly to him as they passed by, but he gave them back no good day.
  • They had now ridden out of the lands of Goldburg, which were narrow on
  • that side, and the day was wearing fast. This way the land was fair
  • and rich, with no hills of any size. They crossed a big river twice by
  • bridges, and small streams often, mostly by fords.
  • Some two hours before sunset they came upon a place where a byway
  • joined the high road, and on the ingle stood a chapel of stone (whether
  • of the heathen or Christian men Ralph wotted not, for it was uncouth of
  • fashion), and by the door of the said chapel, on a tussock of grass,
  • sat a knight all-armed save the head, and beside him a squire held his
  • war-horse, and five other men-at-arms stood anigh bearing halberds and
  • axes of strange fashion. The knight rose to his feet when he saw the
  • wayfarers coming up the rising ground, and Ralph had his hand on his
  • sword-hilt; but ere they met, the minstrel said,--
  • "Nay, nay, draw thy let-pass, not thy sword. This knight shalt bid
  • thee to a courteous joust; but do thou nay-say it, for he is a mere
  • felon, and shalt set his men-at-arms on thee, and then will rob thee
  • and slay thee after, or cast thee into his prison."
  • So Ralph drew out his parchment which Morfinn had given into his
  • keeping, and held it open in his hand, and when the knight called out
  • on him in a rough voice as they drew anigh, he said: "Nay, sir, I may
  • not stay me now, need driveth me on." Quoth the knight, smoothing out a
  • knitted brow: "Fair sir, since thou art a friend of our lord, wilt
  • thou not come home to my house, which is hard by, and rest awhile, and
  • eat a morsel, and drink a cup, and sleep in a fair chamber thereafter?"
  • "Nay, sir," said Ralph, "for time presses;" and he passed on withal,
  • and the knight made no step to stay him, but laughed a short laugh,
  • like a swine snorting, and sat him down on the grass again. Ralph
  • heeded him naught, but was glad that his let-pass was shown to be good
  • for something; but he could see that the minstrel was nigh sick for
  • fear and was shaking like an aspen leaf, and it was long ere he found
  • his tongue again.
  • Forth then they rode till dusk, when the minstrel stayed Ralph at a
  • place where a sort of hovels lay together about a house somewhat better
  • builded, which Ralph took for a hostelry, though it had no sign nor
  • bush. They entered the said house, wherein was an old woman to whom
  • the minstrel spake a word or two in a tongue that Ralph knew not, and
  • straightway she got them victual and drink nowise ill, and showed them
  • to beds thereafter.
  • In spite of both victuals and drink the minstrel fell silent and moody;
  • it might be from weariness, Ralph deemed; and he himself had no great
  • lust for talk, so he went bedward, and made the bed pay for all.
  • CHAPTER 32
  • Ralph Happens on Evil Days
  • Early on the morrow they departed, and now in the morning light and the
  • sun the minstrel seemed glad again, and talked abundantly, even though
  • at whiles Ralph answered him little.
  • As they rode, the land began to get less fertile and less, till at last
  • there was but tillage here and there in patches: of houses there were
  • but few, and the rest was but dark heathland and bog, with scraggy
  • woods scattered about the country-side.
  • Naught happened to tell of, save that once in the afternoon, as they
  • were riding up to the skirts of one of the woods aforesaid, weaponed
  • men came forth from it and drew up across the way; they were a dozen in
  • all, and four were horsed. Ralph set his hand to his sword, but the
  • minstrel cried out, "Nay, no weapons, no weapons! Pull out thy
  • let-pass again and show it in thine hand, and then let us on."
  • So saying he drew a white kerchief from his hand, and tied it to the
  • end of his riding staff, and so rode trembling by Ralph's side:
  • therewith they rode on together towards those men, whom as they drew
  • nearer they heard laughing and jeering at them, though in a tongue that
  • Ralph knew not.
  • They came so close at last that the waylayers could see the parchment
  • clearly, with the seal thereon, and then they made obeisance to it, as
  • though it were the relic of a saint, and drew off quietly into the wood
  • one by one. These were big men, and savage-looking, and their armour
  • was utterly uncouth.
  • The minstrel was loud in his mirth when they were well past these men;
  • but Ralph rode on silently, and was somewhat soberly.
  • "Fair sir," quoth the minstrel, "I would wager that I know thy
  • thought." "Yea," said Ralph, "what is it then?" Said the minstrel:
  • "Thou art thinking what thou shalt do when thou meetest suchlike folk
  • on thy way back; but fear not, for with that same seal thou shalt pass
  • through the land again." Said Ralph: "Yea, something like that,
  • forsooth, was my thought. But also I was pondering who should be my
  • guide when I leave Utterbol." The minstrel looked at him askance;
  • quoth he: "Thou mayst leave thinking of that awhile." Ralph looked
  • hard at him, but could make naught of the look of his face; so he said:
  • "Why dost thou say that?" Said Morfinn: "Because I know whither thou
  • art bound, and have been wondering this long while that thou hast asked
  • me not about the way to the WELL at the WORLD'S END: since I told thy
  • friend the merchant that I could tell thee somewhat concerning it. But
  • I suppose thou hast been thinking of something else?"
  • "Well," said Ralph, "tell me what thou hast to say of the Well." Said
  • Morfinn: "This will I tell thee first: that if thou hast any doubt
  • that such a place there is, thou mayst set that aside; for we of
  • Utterness and Utterbol are sure thereof; and of all nations and peoples
  • whereof we know, we deem that we are the nighest thereto. How sayest
  • thou, is that not already something?" "Yea, verily," said Ralph.
  • "Now," said Morfinn, "the next thing to be said is that we are on the
  • road thereto: but the third thing again is this, lord, that though few
  • who seek it find it, yet we know that some have failed not of it,
  • besides that lord of Goldburg, of whom I know that thou hast heard.
  • Furthermore, there dwelleth a sage in the woods not right far from
  • Utterbol, a hermit living by himself; and folk seek to him for divers
  • lore, to be holpen by him in one way or other, and of him men say that
  • he hath so much lore concerning the road to the Well (whether he hath
  • been there himself they know not certainly), that if he will, he can
  • put anyone on the road so surely that he will not fail to come there,
  • but he be slain on the way, as I said to thee in Goldburg. True it is
  • that the said sage is chary of his lore, and if he think any harm of
  • the seeker, he will show him naught; but, fair sir, thou art so valiant
  • and so goodly, and as meseemeth so good a knight per amours, that I
  • deem it a certain thing that he will tell thee the uttermost of his
  • knowledge."
  • Now again waxed Ralph eager concerning his quest; for true it is that
  • since he had had that story of the damsel from the minstrel, she had
  • stood in the way before the Well at the World's End. But now he said:
  • "And canst thou bring me to the said sage, good minstrel?" "Without
  • doubt," quoth Morfinn, "when we are once safe at Utterbol. From
  • Utterbol ye may wend any road."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "and there are perils yet a few on the way, is it
  • not so?" "So it is," said the minstrel; "but to-morrow shall try all."
  • Said Ralph: "And is there some special peril ahead to-morrow? And if it
  • be so, what is it?" Said his fellow: "It would avail thee naught to
  • know it. What then, doth that daunt thee?" "No," said Ralph, "by then
  • it is nigh enough to hurt us, we shall be nigh enough to see it."
  • "Well said!" quoth the minstrel; "but now we must mend our pace, or
  • dark night shall overtake us amid these rough ways."
  • Wild as the land was, they came at even to a place where were a few
  • houses of woodmen or hunters; and they got off their horses and knocked
  • at the door of one of these, and a great black-haired carle opened to
  • them, who, when he saw the knight's armour, would have clapped the door
  • to again, had not Ralph by the minstrel's rede held out the parchment
  • to him, who when he saw it became humble indeed, and gave them such
  • guesting as he might, which was scant indeed of victual or drink, save
  • wild-fowl from the heath. But they had wine with them from the last
  • guest-house, whereof they bade the carle to drink; but he would not,
  • and in all wise seemed to be in dread of them.
  • When it was morning early they rode their ways, and the carle seemed
  • glad to be rid of them. After they had ridden a few miles the land
  • bettered somewhat; there were islands of deep green pasture amidst the
  • blackness of the heath, with cattle grazing on them, and here and there
  • was a little tillage: the land was little better than level, only it
  • swelled a little this way and that. It was a bright sunny day and the
  • air very clear, and as they rode Ralph said: "Quite clear is the sky,
  • and yet one cloud there is in the offing; but this is strange about it,
  • though I have been watching it this half hour, and looking to see the
  • rack come up from that quarter, yet it changes not at all. I never saw
  • the like of this cloud."
  • Said the minstrel: "Yea, fair sir, and of this cloud I must tell thee
  • that it will change no more till the bones of the earth are tumbled
  • together. Forsooth this is no cloud, but the topmost head of the
  • mountain ridge which men call the Wall of the World: and if ever thou
  • come close up to the said Wall, that shall fear thee, I deem, however
  • fearless thou be." "Is it nigh to Utterness?" said Ralph. "Nay," said
  • the minstrel, "not so nigh; for as huge as it seemeth thence."
  • Said Ralph: "Do folk tell that the Well at the World's End lieth
  • beyond it?" "Surely," said the minstrel.
  • Said Ralph, his face flushing: "Forsooth, that ancient lord of
  • Goldburg came through those mountains, and why not I?" "Yea," said the
  • minstrel, "why not?" And therewith he looked uneasily on Ralph, who
  • heeded his looks naught, for his mind was set on high matters.
  • On then they rode, and when trees or some dip in the land hid that
  • mountain top from them, the way seemed long to Ralph.
  • Naught befell to tell of for some while; but at last, when it was
  • drawing towards evening again, they had been riding through a thick
  • pine-wood for a long while, and coming out of it they beheld before
  • them a plain country fairly well grassed, but lo! on the field not far
  • from the roadside a pavilion pitched and a banner on the top thereof,
  • but the banner hung down about the staff, so that the bearing was not
  • seen: and about this pavilion, which was great and rich of fashion,
  • were many tents great and small, and there were horses tethered in the
  • field, and men moving about the gleam of armour.
  • At this sight the minstrel drew rein and stared about him wildly; but
  • Ralph said: "What is this, is it the peril aforesaid?" "Yea," quoth
  • the minstrel, shivering with fear. "What aileth thee?" said Ralph;
  • "have we not the let-pass, what then can befall us? If this be other
  • than the Lord of Utterbol, he will see our let-pass and let us alone;
  • or if it be he indeed, what harm shall he do to the bearers of his own
  • pass? Come on then, or else (and therewith he half drew his sword) is
  • this Lord of Utterbol but another name for the Devil in Hell?"
  • But the minstrel still stared wild and trembled; then he stammered out:
  • "I thought I should bring thee to Utterness first, and that some other
  • should lead thee thence, I did not look to see him. I dare not, I dare
  • not! O look, look!"
  • As he spake the wind arose and ran along the wood-side, and beat back
  • from it and stirred the canvas of the tents and raised the folds of the
  • banner, and blew it out, so that the bearing was clear to see; yet
  • Ralph deemed it naught dreadful, but an armoury fit for a baron, to
  • wit, a black bear on a castle-wall on a field of gold.
  • But as Ralph sat on his horse gazing, himseemed that men were looking
  • towards him, and a great horn was sounded hard by the pavilion; then
  • Ralph looked toward the minstrel fiercely, and laughed and said: "I
  • see now that thou art another traitor: so get thee gone; I have more to
  • do than the slaying of thee." And therewith he turned his horse's head,
  • and smote the spurs into the sides of him, and went a great gallop over
  • the field on the right side of the road, away from the gay pavilion;
  • but even therewith came a half-score of horsemen from the camp, as if
  • they were awaiting him, and they spurred after him straightway.
  • The race was no long one, for Ralph's beast was wearied, and the other
  • horses were fresh, and Ralph knew naught of the country before him,
  • whereas those riders knew it well. Therefore it was but a few minutes
  • till they came up with him, and he made no show of defence, but
  • suffered them to lead him away, and he crossed the highway, where he
  • saw no token of the minstrel.
  • So they brought him to the pavilion, and made him dismount and led him
  • in. The dusk had fallen by now, but within it was all bright with
  • candles. The pavilion was hung with rich silken cloth, and at the
  • further end, on a carpet of the hunting, was an ivory chair, whereon
  • sat a man, who was the only one sitting. He was clad in a gown of blue
  • silk, broidered with roundels beaten with the Bear upon the Castle-wall.
  • Ralph deemed that this must be no other than the Lord of Utterbol, yet
  • after all the tales he had heard of that lord, he seemed no such
  • terrible man: he was short of stature, but broad across the shoulders,
  • his hair long, strait, and dark brown of hue, and his beard scanty: he
  • was straight-featured and smooth-faced, and had been no ill-looking
  • man, save that his skin was sallow and for his eyes, which were brown,
  • small, and somewhat bloodshot.
  • Beside him stood Morfinn bowed down with fear and not daring to look
  • either at the Lord or at Ralph. Wherefore he knew for certain that
  • when he had called him traitor even now, that it was no more than the
  • very sooth, and that he had fallen into the trap; though how or why he
  • wotted not clearly. Well then might his heart have fallen, but so it
  • was, that when he looked into the face of this Lord, the terror of the
  • lands, hatred of him so beset his heart that it swallowed up fear in
  • him. Albeit he held himself well in hand, for his soul was waxing, and
  • he deemed that he should yet do great deeds, therefore he desired to
  • live, whatsoever pains or shame of the passing day he might suffer.
  • Now this mighty lord spake, and his voice was harsh and squeaking, so
  • that the sound of it was worse than the sight of his face; and he said:
  • "Bring the man forth, that I may see him." So they brought up Ralph,
  • till he was eye to eye with the Lord, who turned to Morfinn and said:
  • "Is this thy catch, lucky man?" "Yea," quavered Morfinn, not lifting
  • his eyes; "Will he do, lord?"
  • "Do?" said the lord, "How can I see him when he is all muffled up in
  • steel? Ye fools! doff his wargear."
  • Speedily then had they stripped Ralph of hauberk, and helm, and arm and
  • leg plates, so that he stood up in his jerkin and breeches, and the
  • lord leaned forward to look on him as if he were cheapening a horse;
  • and then turned to a man somewhat stricken in years, clad in scarlet,
  • who stood on his other hand, and said to him: "Well, David the Sage, is
  • this the sort of man? Is he goodly enough?"
  • Then the elder put on a pair of spectacles and eyed Ralph curiously a
  • while, and then said: "There are no two words to be said about it; he
  • is a goodly and well-fashioned a young man as was ever sold."
  • "Well," said the lord, turning towards Morfinn, "the catch is good,
  • lucky man: David will give thee gold for it, and thou mayst go back
  • west when thou wilt. And thou must be lucky again, moreover; because
  • there are women needed for my house; and they must be goodly and meek,
  • and not grievously marked with stripes, or branded, so that thou hadst
  • best take them, luckily if thou mayst, and not buy them. Now go, for
  • there are more than enough men under this woven roof, and we need no
  • half-men to boot."
  • Said David, the old man, grinning: "He will hold him well paid if he
  • go unscathed from before thee, lord: for he looked not to meet thee
  • here, but thought to bring the young man to Utterness, that he might be
  • kept there till thou camest."
  • The lord said, grimly: "He is not far wrong to fear me, maybe: but he
  • shall go for this time. But if he bring me not those women within
  • three months' wearing, and if there be but two uncomely ones amongst
  • them, let him look to it. Give him his gold, David. Now take ye the
  • new man, and let him rest, and give him meat and drink. And look you,
  • David, if he be not in condition when he cometh home to Utterbol, thou
  • shalt pay for it in one way or other, if not in thine own person, since
  • thou art old, and deft of service, then through those that be dear to
  • thee. Go now!"
  • David smiled on Ralph and led him out unto a tent not far off, and
  • there he made much of him, and bade bring meat and drink and all he
  • needed. Withal he bade him not to try fleeing, lest he be slain; and
  • he showed him how nigh the guards were and how many.
  • Glad was the old man when he saw the captive put a good face on
  • matters, and that he was not down-hearted. In sooth that hatred of the
  • tyrant mingled with hope sustained Ralph's heart. He had been minded
  • when he was brought before the lord to have shown the letter of the
  • Queen of Goldburg, and to defy him if he still held him captive. But
  • when he had beheld him and his fellowship a while he thought better of
  • it. For though they had abundance of rich plenishing, and gay raiment,
  • and good weapons and armour, howbeit of strange and uncouth fashion,
  • yet he deemed when he looked on them that they would scarce have the
  • souls of men in their bodies, but that they were utterly vile through
  • and through, like the shapes of an evil dream. Therefore he thought
  • shame of it to show the Queen's letter to them, even as if he had shown
  • them the very naked body of her, who had been so piteous kind to him.
  • Also he had no mind to wear his heart on his sleeve, but would keep his
  • own counsel, and let his foemen speak and show what was in their minds.
  • For this cause he now made himself sweet, and was of good cheer with
  • old David, deeming him to be a great man there; as indeed he was, being
  • the chief counsellor of the Lord of Utterbol; though forsooth not so
  • much his counsellor as that he durst counsel otherwise than as the Lord
  • desired to go; unless he thought that it would bring his said Lord, and
  • therefore himself, to very present peril and damage. In short, though
  • this man had not been bought for money, he was little better than a
  • thrall of the higher sort, as forsooth were all the Lord's men, saving
  • the best and trustiest of his warriors: and these were men whom the
  • Lord somewhat feared himself: though, on the other hand, he could not
  • but know that they understood how the dread of the Lord of Utterbol was
  • a shield to them, and that if it were to die out amongst men, their own
  • skins were not worth many days' purchase.
  • So then David spake pleasantly with Ralph, and ate and drank with him,
  • and saw that he was well bedded for the night, and left him in the
  • first watch. But Ralph lay down in little more trouble than the night
  • before, when, though he were being led friendly to Utterness, yet he
  • had not been able to think what he should do when he came there:
  • whereas now he thought: Who knoweth what shall betide? and for me there
  • is nought to do save to lay hold of the occasion that another may give
  • me. And at the worst I scarce deem that I am being led to the
  • slaughter.
  • CHAPTER 33
  • Ralph is Brought on the Road Towards Utterbol
  • But now when it was morning they struck the tents and laded them on
  • wains, and went their ways the selfsame road that Ralph had been minded
  • for yesterday; to wit the road to Utterness; but now must he ride it
  • unarmed and guarded: other shame had he none. Indeed David, who stuck
  • close to his side all day, was so sugary sweet with him, and praised
  • and encouraged him so diligently, that Ralph began to have misgivings
  • that all this kindness was but as the flower-garlands wherewith the
  • heathen times men were wont to deck the slaughter-beasts for the
  • blood-offering. Yea, and into his mind came certain tales of how there
  • were heathen men yet in the world, who beguiled men and women, and
  • offered them up to their devils, whom they called gods: but all this
  • ran off him soon, when he bethought him how little wisdom there was in
  • running to meet the evil, which might be on the way, and that way a
  • rough and perilous one. So he plucked up heart, and spake freely and
  • gaily with David and one or two others who rode anigh.
  • They were amidst of the company: the Lord went first after his
  • fore-runners in a litter done about with precious cloths; and two score
  • horsemen came next, fully armed after their manner. Then rode Ralph
  • with David and a half dozen of the magnates: then came a sort of cooks
  • and other serving men, but none without a weapon, and last another
  • score of men-at-arms: so that he saw that fleeing was not to be thought
  • of though he was not bound, and save for lack of weapons rode like a
  • free man.
  • The day was clear as yesterday had been, wherefore again Ralph saw the
  • distant mountain-top like a cloud; and he gazed at it long till David
  • said: "I see that thou art gazing hard at the mountains, and perchance
  • art longing to be beyond them, were it but to see what like the land is
  • on the further side. If all tales be true thou art best this side
  • thereof, whatever thy lot may be."
  • "Lieth death on the other side then?" quoth Ralph. "Yea," said David,
  • "but that is not all, since he is not asleep elsewhere in the world:
  • but men say that over there are things to be seen which might slay a
  • strong man for pure fear, without stroke of sword or dint of axe."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "but how was it then with him that builded Goldburg?"
  • "O," said David, "hast thou heard that tale? Well, they say of him,
  • who certes went over those mountains, and drank of the Well at the
  • World's End, that he was one of the lucky: yet for all his luck never
  • had he drunk the draught had he not been helped by one who had learned
  • many things, a woman to wit. For he was one of them with whom all
  • women are in love; and thence indeed was his luck....Moreover, when all
  • is said, 'tis but a tale."
  • "Yea," quoth Ralph laughing, "even as the tales of the ghosts and bugs
  • that abide the wayfarer on the other side of yonder white moveless
  • cloud."
  • David laughed in his turn and said: "Thou hast me there; and whether
  • or no, these tales are nothing to us, who shall never leave Utterbol
  • again while we live, save in such a company as this." Then he held his
  • peace, but presently spake again: "Hast thou heard anything, then, of
  • those tales of the Well at the World's End? I mean others beside that
  • concerning the lord of Goldburg?"
  • "Yea, surely I have," said Ralph, nowise changing countenance. Said
  • David: "Deemest thou aught of them? deemest thou that it may be true
  • that a man may drink of the Well and recover his youth thereby?"
  • Ralph laughed and said: "Master, it is rather for me to ask thee
  • hereof, than thou me, since thou dwellest so much nigher thereto than I
  • have done heretofore."
  • David drew up close to him, and said softly: "Nigher? Yea, but belike
  • not so much nigher."
  • "How meanest thou?" said Ralph.
  • Said David: "Is it so nigh that a man may leave home and come thereto
  • in his life-time?"
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "in my tales it is."
  • Said the old man still softlier: "Had I deemed that true I had tried
  • the adventure, whatever might lie beyond the mountains, but (and he
  • sighed withal) I deem it untrue."
  • Therewith dropped the talk of that matter: and in sooth Ralph was
  • loath to make many words thereof, lest his eagerness shine through, and
  • all the story of him be known.
  • Anon it was noon, and the lord bade all men stay for meat: so his
  • serving men busied them about his dinner, and David went with them.
  • Then the men-at-arms bade Ralph sit among them and share their meat.
  • So they sat down all by the wayside, and they spake kindly and friendly
  • to Ralph, and especially their captain, a man somewhat low of stature,
  • but long-armed like the Lord, a man of middle age, beardless and spare
  • of body, but wiry and tough-looking, with hair of the hue of the dust
  • of the sandstone quarry. This man fell a-talking with Ralph, and asked
  • him of the manner of tilting and courteous jousting between knights in
  • the countries of knighthood, till that talk dropped between them. Then
  • Ralph looked round upon the land, which had now worsened again, and was
  • little better than rough moorland, little fed, and not at all tilled,
  • and he said: "This is but a sorry land for earth's increase."
  • "Well," said the captain, "I wot not; it beareth plover and whimbrel
  • and conies and hares; yea, and men withal, some few. And whereas it
  • beareth naught else, that cometh of my lord's will: for deemest thou
  • that he should suffer a rich land betwixt him and Goldburg, that it
  • might sustain an host big enough to deal with him?"
  • "But is not this his land?" said Ralph.
  • Said the captain: "Nay, and also yea. None shall dwell in it save as
  • he willeth, and they shall pay him tribute, be it never so little. Yet
  • some there are of them, who are to him as the hounds be to the hunter,
  • and these same he even wageth, so that if aught rare and goodly cometh
  • their way they shall bring it to his hands; as thou thyself knowest to
  • thy cost."
  • "Yea," said Ralph smiling, "and is Morfinn the Unmanned one of these
  • curs?" "Yea," said the captain, with a grin, "and one of the richest of
  • them, in despite of his fiddle and minstrel's gear, and his lack of
  • manhood: for he is one of the cunningest of men. But my Lord unmanned
  • him for some good reason."
  • Ralph kept silence and while and then said: "Why doth the Goldburg
  • folk suffer all this felony, robbery and confusion, so near their
  • borders, and the land debateable?"
  • Said the captain, and again he grinned: "Passing for thy hard words,
  • sir knight, why dost thou suffer me to lead thee along whither thou
  • wouldest not?"
  • "Because I cannot help myself," said Ralph.
  • Said the captain: "Even so it is with the Goldburg folk: if they raise
  • hand against some of these strong-thieves or man-stealers, he has but
  • to send the war-arrow round about these deserts, as ye deem them, and
  • he will presently have as rough a company of carles for his fellows as
  • need be, say ten hundred of them. And the Goldburg folk are not very
  • handy at a fray without their walls. Forsooth within them it is
  • another matter, and beside not even our Lord of Utterbol would see
  • Goldburg broken down, no, not for all that he might win there."
  • "Is it deemed a holy place in the land, then?" said Ralph.
  • "I wot not the meaning of holy," said the other: "but all we deem that
  • when Goldburg shall fall, the world shall change, so that living
  • therein shall be hard to them that have not drunk of the water of the
  • Well at the World's End."
  • Ralph was silent a while and eyed the captain curiously: then he said:
  • "Have the Goldburgers so drunk?" Said the captain: "Nay, nay; but the
  • word goes that under each tower of Goldburg lieth a youth and a maiden
  • that have drunk of the water, and might not die save by point and edge."
  • Then was Ralph silent again, for once more he fell pondering the matter
  • if he had been led away to be offered as a blood offering to some of
  • evil gods of the land. But as he pondered a flourish of trumpets was
  • blown, and all men sprang up, and the captain said to Ralph: "Now hath
  • our Lord done his dinner and we must to horse." Anon they were on the
  • way again, and they rode long and saw little change in the aspect of
  • the land, neither did that cloudlike token of the distant mountains
  • grow any greater or clearer to Ralph's deeming.
  • CHAPTER 34
  • The Lord of Utterbol Will Wot of Ralph's Might and Minstrelsy
  • A little before sunset they made halt for the night, and Ralph was
  • shown to a tent as erst, and had meat and drink good enough brought to
  • him. But somewhat after he had done eating comes David to him and
  • says: "Up, young man! and come to my lord, he asketh for thee."
  • "What will he want with me?" said Ralph.
  • "Yea, that is a proper question to ask!" quoth David; "as though the
  • knife should ask the cutler, what wilt thou cut with me? Dost thou
  • deem that I durst ask him of his will with thee?" "I am ready to go
  • with thee," said Ralph.
  • So they went forth; but Ralph's heart fell and he sickened at the
  • thought of seeing that man again. Nevertheless he set his face as
  • brass, and thrust back both his fear and his hatred for a fitter
  • occasion.
  • Soon they came into the pavilion of the Lord, who was sitting there as
  • yester eve, save that his gown was red, and done about with gold and
  • turquoise and emerald. David brought Ralph nigh to his seat, but spake
  • not. The mighty lord was sitting with his head drooping, and his arm
  • hanging over his knee, with a heavy countenance as though he were
  • brooding matters which pleased him naught. But in a while he sat up
  • with a start, and turned about and saw David standing there with Ralph,
  • and spake at once like a man waking up: "He that sold thee to me said
  • that thou wert of avail for many things. Now tell me, what canst thou
  • do?"
  • Ralph so hated him, that he was of half a mind to answer naught save by
  • smiting him to slay him; but there was no weapon anigh, and life was
  • sweet to him with all the tale that was lying ahead. So he answered
  • coldly: "It is sooth, lord, that I can do more than one deed."
  • "Canst thou back a horse?" said the Lord. Said Ralph: "As well as
  • many." Said the Lord: "Canst thou break a wild horse, and shoe him,
  • and physic him?"
  • "Not worse than some," said Ralph.
  • "Can'st thou play with sword and spear?" said the Lord.
  • "Better than some few," said Ralph. "How shall I know that?" said the
  • Lord. Said Ralph: "Try me, lord!" Indeed, he half hoped that if it
  • came to that, he might escape in the hurley.
  • The Lord looked on him and said: "Well, it may be tried. But here is
  • a cold and proud answerer, David. I misdoubt me whether it be worth
  • while bringing him home."
  • David looked timidly on Ralph and said: "Thou hast paid the price for
  • him, lord."
  • "Yea, that is true," said the Lord. "Thou! can'st thou play at the
  • chess?" "Yea," said Ralph. "Can'st thou music?" said the other.
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "when I am merry, or whiles indeed when I am sad."
  • The lord said: "Make thyself merry or sad, which thou wilt; but sing,
  • or thou shalt be beaten. Ho! Bring ye the harp." Then they brought it
  • as he bade.
  • But Ralph looked to right and left and saw no deliverance, and knew
  • this for the first hour of his thralldom. Yet, as he thought of it
  • all, he remembered that if he would do, he must needs bear and forbear;
  • and his face cleared, and he looked round about again and let his eyes
  • rest calmly on all eyes that he met till they came on the Lord's face
  • again. Then he let his hand fall into the strings and they fell
  • a-tinkling sweetly, like unto the song of the winter robin, and at last
  • he lifted his voice and sang:
  • Still now is the stithy this morning unclouded,
  • Nought stirs in the thorp save the yellow-haired maid
  • A-peeling the withy last Candlemas shrouded
  • From the mere where the moorhen now swims unafraid.
  • For over the Ford now the grass and the clover
  • Fly off from the tines as the wind driveth on;
  • And soon round the Sword-howe the swathe shall lie over,
  • And to-morrow at even the mead shall be won.
  • But the Hall of the Garden amidst the hot morning,
  • It drew my feet thither; I stood at the door,
  • And felt my heart harden 'gainst wisdom and warning
  • As the sun and my footsteps came on to the floor.
  • When the sun lay behind me, there scarce in the dimness
  • I say what I sought for, yet trembled to find;
  • But it came forth to find me, until the sleek slimness
  • Of the summer-clad woman made summer o'er kind.
  • There we the once-sundered together were blended,
  • We strangers, unknown once, were hidden by naught.
  • I kissed and I wondered how doubt was all ended,
  • How friendly her excellent fairness was wrought.
  • Round the hall of the Garden the hot sun is burning,
  • But no master nor minstrel goes there in the shade,
  • It hath never a warden till comes the returning,
  • When the moon shall hang high and all winds shall be laid.
  • Waned the day and I hied me afield, and thereafter
  • I sat with the mighty when daylight was done,
  • But with great men beside me, midst high-hearted laughter,
  • I deemed me of all men the gainfullest one.
  • To wisdom I hearkened; for there the wise father
  • Cast the seed of his learning abroad o'er the hall,
  • Till men's faces darkened, but mine gladdened rather
  • With the thought of the knowledge I knew over all.
  • Sang minstrels the story, and with the song's welling
  • Men looked on each other and glad were they grown,
  • But mine was the glory of the tale and its telling
  • How the loved and the lover were naught but mine own.
  • When he was done all kept silence till they should know whether
  • the lord should praise the song or blame; and he said naught
  • for a good while, but sat as if pondering: but at last he spake:
  • "Thou art young, and would that we were young also!
  • Thy song is sweet, and it pleaseth me, who am a man of war,
  • and have seen enough and to spare of rough work, and would
  • any day rather see a fair woman than a band of spears.
  • But it shall please my lady wife less: for of love, and fair women,
  • and their lovers she hath seen enough; but of war nothing save
  • its shows and pomps; wherefore she desireth to hear thereof.
  • Now sing of battle!"
  • Ralph thought awhile and began to smite the harp while he conned over a
  • song which he had learned one yule-tide from a chieftain who had come
  • to Upmeads from the far-away Northland, and had abided there till
  • spring was waning into summer, and meanwhile he taught Ralph this song
  • and many things else, and his name was Sir Karr Wood-neb. This song now
  • Ralph sang loud and sweet, though he were now a thrall in an alien land:
  • Leave we the cup!
  • For the moon is up,
  • And bright is the gleam
  • Of the rippling stream,
  • That runneth his road
  • To the old abode,
  • Where the walls are white
  • In the moon and the night;
  • The house of the neighbour that drave us away
  • When strife ended labour amidst of the hay,
  • And no road for our riding was left us but one
  • Where the hill's brow is hiding that earth's ways are done,
  • And the sound of the billows comes up at the last
  • Like the wind in the willows ere autumn is past.
  • But oft and again
  • Comes the ship from the main,
  • And we came once more
  • And no lading we bore
  • But the point and the edge,
  • And the ironed ledge,
  • And the bolt and the bow,
  • And the bane of the foe.
  • To the House 'neath the mountain we came in the morn,
  • Where welleth the fountain up over the corn,
  • And the stream is a-running fast on to the House
  • Of the neighbours uncunning who quake at the mouse,
  • As their slumber is broken; they know not for why;
  • Since yestreen was not token on earth or in sky.
  • Come, up, then up!
  • Leave board and cup,
  • And follow the gleam
  • Of the glittering stream
  • That leadeth the road To the old abode,
  • High-walled and white
  • In the moon and the night;
  • Where low lies the neighbour that drave us away
  • Sleep-sunk from his labour amidst of the hay.
  • No road for our riding is left us save one,
  • Where the hills' brow is hiding the city undone,
  • And the wind in the willows is with us at last,
  • And the house of the billows is done and o'er-past.
  • Haste! mount and haste
  • Ere the short night waste,
  • For night and day,
  • Late turned away,
  • Draw nigh again
  • All kissing-fain;
  • And the morn and the moon
  • Shall be married full soon.
  • So ride we together with wealth-winning wand,
  • The steel o'er the leather, the ash in the hand.
  • Lo! white walls before us, and high are they built;
  • But the luck that outwore us now lies on their guilt;
  • Lo! the open gate biding the first of the sun,
  • And to peace are we riding when slaughter is done.
  • When Ralph had done singing, all folk fell to praising his song,
  • whereas the Lord had praised the other one; but the Lord said, looking
  • at Ralph askance meanwhile: "Yea, if that pleaseth me not, and I take
  • but little keep of it, it shall please my wife to her heart's root; and
  • that is the first thing. Hast thou others good store, new-comer?"
  • "Yea, lord," said Ralph. "And canst thou tell tales of yore agone, and
  • of the fays and such-like? All that she must have." "Some deal I can of
  • that lore," said Ralph.
  • Then the Lord sat silent, and seemed to be pondering: at last he said,
  • as if to himself: "Yet there is one thing: many a blencher can sing of
  • battle; and it hath been seen, that a fair body of a man is whiles soft
  • amidst the hard hand-play. Thou! Morfinn's luck! art thou of any use
  • in the tilt-yard?" "Wilt thou try me, lord?" said Ralph, looking
  • somewhat brisker. Said the Lord: "I deem that I may find a man or two
  • for thee, though it is not much our manner here; but now go thou!
  • David, take the lad away to his tent, and get him a flask of wine of
  • the best to help out thy maundering with him."
  • Therewith they left the tent, and Ralph walked by David sadly and with
  • hanging head at first; but in a while he called to mind that, whatever
  • betid, his life was safe as yet; that every day he was drawing nigher
  • to the Well at the World's End; and that it was most like that he shall
  • fall in with that Dorothea of his dream somewhere on the way thereto.
  • So he lifted up his head again, and was singing to himself as he
  • stooped down to enter into his tent.
  • Next day naught happed to tell of save that they journeyed on; the day
  • was cloudy, so that Ralph saw no sign of the distant mountains; ever
  • the land was the same, but belike somewhat more beset with pinewoods;
  • they saw no folk at all on the road. So at even Ralph slept in his
  • tent, and none meddled with him, save that David came to talk with him
  • or he slept, and was merry and blithe with him, and he brought with him
  • Otter, the captain of the guard, who was good company.
  • Thus wore three days that were hazy and cloudy, and the Lord sent no
  • more for Ralph, who on the road spake for the more part with Otter, and
  • liked him not ill; howbeit it seemed of him that he would make no more
  • of a man's life than of a rabbit's according as his lord might bid slay
  • or let live.
  • The three hazy days past, it fell to rain for four days, so that Ralph
  • could see little of the face of the land; but he noted that they went
  • up at whiles, and never so much down as up, so that they were wending
  • up hill on the whole.
  • On the ninth day of his captivity the rain ceased and it was sunny and
  • warm but somewhat hazy, so that naught could be seen afar, but the land
  • near-hand rose in long, low downs now, and was quite treeless, save
  • where was a hollow here and there and a stream running through it,
  • where grew a few willows, but alders more abundantly.
  • This day he rode by Otter, who said presently: "Well, youngling of the
  • North, to-morrow we shall see a new game, thou and I, if the weather be
  • fair." "Yea," said Ralph, "and what like shall it be?" Said Otter, "At
  • mid-morn we shall come into a fair dale amidst the downs, where be some
  • houses and a tower of the Lord's, so that that place is called the Dale
  • of the Tower: there shall we abide a while to gather victual, a day or
  • two, or three maybe: so my Lord will hold a tourney there: that is to
  • say that I myself and some few others shall try thy manhood somewhat."
  • "What?" said Ralph, "are the new colt's paces to be proven? And how if
  • he fail?"
  • Quoth Otter, laughing: "Fail not, I rede thee, or my lord's love for
  • thee shall be something less than nothing." "And then will he slay me?"
  • said Ralph. Said Otter: "Nay I deem not, at least not at first: he
  • will have thee home to Utterbol, to make the most of his bad bargain,
  • and there shalt thou be a mere serving-thrall, either in the house or
  • the field: where thou shalt be well-fed (save in times of scarcity),
  • and belike well beaten withal." Said Ralph, somewhat downcast: "Yea, I
  • am a thrall, who was once a knight. But how if thou fail before me?"
  • Otter laughed again: "That is another matter; whatever I do my Lord
  • will not lose me if he can help it; but as for the others who shall
  • stand before thy valiancy, there will be some who will curse the day
  • whereon my lord bought thee, if thou turnest out a good spear, as ye
  • call it in your lands. Howsoever, that is not thy business; and I bid
  • thee fear naught; for thou seemest to be a mettle lad."
  • So they talked, and that day wore like the others, but the haze did not
  • clear off, and the sun went down red. In the evening David talked with
  • Ralph in his tent, and said: "If to-morrow be clear, knight, thou shalt
  • see a new sight when thou comest out from the canvas." Said Ralph: "I
  • suppose thy meaning is that we shall see the mountains from hence?"
  • "Yea," said David; "so hold up thine heart when that sight first cometh
  • before thine eyes. As for us, we are used to the sight, and that from
  • a place much nigher to the mountains: yet they who are soft-hearted
  • amongst us are overcome at whiles, when there is storm and tempest, and
  • evil tides at hand."
  • Said Ralph: "And how far then are we from Utterbol?" Said David:
  • "After we have left Bull-mead in the Dale of the Tower, where to-morrow
  • thou art to run with the spear, it is four days' ride to Utterness; and
  • from Utterness ye may come (if my lord will) unto Utterbol in twelve
  • hours. But tell me, knight, how deemest thou of thy tilting
  • to-morrow?" Said Ralph: "Little should I think of it, if little lay
  • upon it." "Yea," said David, "but art thou a good tilter?" Ralph
  • laughed: quoth he, "That hangs on the goodness of him that tilteth
  • against me: I have both overthrown, and been overthrown oft enough.
  • Yet again, who shall judge me? for I must tell thee, that were I fairly
  • judged, I should be deemed no ill spear, even when I came not
  • uppermost: for in all these games are haps which no man may foresee."
  • "Well, then," said David, "all will go well with thee for this time:
  • for my lord will judge thee, and if it be seen that thou hast spoken
  • truly, and art more than a little deft at the play, he will be like to
  • make the best of thee, since thou art already paid for." Ralph laughed:
  • yet as though the jest pleased him but little; and they fell to talk of
  • other matters. And so David departed, and Ralph slept.
  • CHAPTER 35
  • Ralph Cometh To the Vale of the Tower
  • But when it was morning Ralph awoke, and saw that the sun was shining
  • brightly; so he cast his shirt on him, and went out at once, and turned
  • his face eastward, and, scarce awake, said to himself that the clouds
  • lay heavy in the eastward heavens after last night's haze: but
  • presently his eyes cleared, and he saw that what he had taken for
  • clouds was a huge wall of mountains, black and terrible, that rose up
  • sharp and clear into the morning air; for there was neither cloud nor
  • mist in all the heavens.
  • Now Ralph, though he were but little used to the sight of great
  • mountains, yet felt his heart rather rise than fall at the sight of
  • them; for he said: "Surely beyond them lieth some new thing for me,
  • life or death: fair fame or the forgetting of all men." And it was
  • long that he could not take his eyes off them.
  • As he looked, came up the Captain Otter, and said: "Well, Knight, thou
  • hast seen them this morn, even if ye die ere nightfall." Said Ralph:
  • "What deemest thou to lie beyond them?"
  • "Of us none knoweth surely," said Otter; "whiles I deem that if one
  • were to get to the other side there would be a great plain like to
  • this: whiles that there is naught save mountains beyond, and yet again
  • mountains, like the waves of a huge stone sea. Or whiles I think that
  • one would come to an end of the world, to a place where is naught but a
  • ledge, and then below it a gulf filled with nothing but the howling of
  • winds, and the depth of darkness. Moreover this is my thought, that
  • all we of these parts should be milder men and of better conditions, if
  • yonder terrible wall were away. It is as if we were thralls of the
  • great mountains."
  • Said Ralph, "Is this then the Wall of the World?" "It may well be so,"
  • said Otter; "but this word is at whiles said of something else, which
  • no man alive amongst us has yet seen. It is a part of the tale of the
  • seekers for the Well at the World's End, whereof we said a word that
  • other day."
  • "And the Dry Tree," said Ralph, "knowest thou thereof?" said Ralph.
  • "Such a tree, much beworshipped," said Otter, "we have, not very far
  • from Utterbol, on the hither side of the mountains. Yet I have heard
  • old men say that it is but a toy, and an image of that which is verily
  • anigh the Well at the World's End. But now haste thee to do on thy
  • raiment, for we must needs get to horse in a little while." "Yet one
  • more word," said Ralph; "thou sayest that none alive amongst you have
  • seen the Wall of the World?" "None alive," quoth Otter; "forsooth what
  • the dead may see, that is another question." Said Ralph: "But have ye
  • not known of any who have sought to the Well from this land, which is
  • so nigh thereunto?" "Such there have been," said Otter; "but if they
  • found it, they found something beyond it, or came west again by some
  • way else than by Utterbol; for they never came back again to us."
  • Therewith he turned on his heel, and went his ways, and up came David
  • and one with him bringing victual; and David said: "Now, thou lucky
  • one, here is come thy breakfast! for we shall presently be on our way.
  • Cast on thy raiment, and eat and strengthen thyself for the day's work.
  • Hast thou looked well on the mountains?" "Yea," said Ralph, "and the
  • sight of them has made me as little downhearted as thou art. For thou
  • art joyous of mood this morning." David nodded and smiled, and looked
  • so merry that Ralph wondered what was toward. Then he went into his
  • tent and clad himself, and ate his breakfast, and then gat to horse and
  • rode betwixt two of the men-at-arms, he and Otter; for David was ridden
  • forward to speak with the Lord. Otter talked ever gaily enough; but
  • Ralph heeded him little a while, but had his eyes ever on the
  • mountains, and could see that for all they were so dark, and filled up
  • so much of the eastward heaven, they were so far away that he could see
  • but little of them save that they were dark blue and huge, and one
  • rising up behind the other.
  • Thus they rode the down country, till at last, two hours before noon,
  • coming over the brow of a long down, they had before them a shallow
  • dale, pleasanter than aught they had yet seen. It was well-grassed,
  • and a little river ran through it, from which went narrow leats held up
  • by hatches, so that the more part of the valley bottom was a
  • water-meadow, wherein as now were grazing many kine and sheep. There
  • were willows about the banks of the river, and in an ingle of it stood
  • a grange or homestead, with many roofs half hidden by clumps of tall
  • old elm trees. Other houses there were in the vale; two or three cots,
  • to wit, on the slope of the hither down, and some half-dozen about the
  • homestead; and above and beyond all these, on a mound somewhat away
  • from the river and the grange, a great square tower, with barriers and
  • bailey all dight ready for war, and with a banner of the Lord's hanging
  • out. But between the tower and the river stood as now a great pavilion
  • of snow-white cloth striped with gold and purple; and round about it
  • were other tents, as though a little army were come into the vale.
  • So when they looked into that fair place, Otter the Captain rose in the
  • stirrups and cast up his hand for joy, and cried out aloud: "Now,
  • young knight, now we are come home: how likest thou my Lord's land?"
  • "It is a fair land," said Ralph; "but is there not come some one to bid
  • thy Lord battle for it? or what mean the tents down yonder?"
  • Said Otter, laughing: "Nay, nay, it hath not come to that yet. Yonder
  • is my Lord's lady-wife, who hath come to meet him, but in love, so to
  • say, not in battle--not yet. Though I say not that the cup of love
  • betwixt them be brim-full. But this it behoveth me not to speak of,
  • though thou art to be my brother-in-arms, since we are to tilt together
  • presently: for lo! yonder the tilt-yard, my lad."
  • Therewith he pointed to the broad green meadow: but Ralph said: "How
  • canst thou, a free man, be brother-in-arms to a thrall?" "Nay, lad,"
  • quoth Otter, "let not that wasp sting thee: for even such was I, time
  • was. Nay, such am I now, but that a certain habit of keeping my wits
  • in a fray maketh me of avail to my Lord, so that I am well looked to.
  • Forsooth in my Lord's land the free men are of little account, since
  • they must oftenest do as my Lord and my Lord's thralls bid them.
  • Truly, brother, it is we who have the wits and the luck to rise above
  • the whipping-post and the shackles that are the great men hereabouts.
  • I say we, for I deem that thou wilt do no less, whereas thou hast the
  • lucky look in thine eyes. So let to-day try it."
  • As he spake came many glittering figures from out of those tents, and
  • therewithal arose the sound of horns and clashing of cymbals, and their
  • own horns gave back the sound of welcome. Then Ralph saw a man in
  • golden armour of strange, outlandish fashion, sitting on a great black
  • horse beside the Lord's litter; and Otter said: "Lo! my Lord, armed
  • and a-horseback to meet my lady: she looketh kinder on him thus; though
  • in thine ear be it said, he is no great man of war; nor need he be,
  • since he hath us for his shield and his hauberk."
  • Herewith were they come on to the causeway above the green meadows, and
  • presently drew rein before the pavilion, and stood about in a half-ring
  • facing a two score of gaily clad men-at-arms, who had come with the
  • Lady and a rout of folk of the household. Then the Lord gat off his
  • horse, and stood in his golden armour, and all the horns and other
  • music struck up, and forth from the pavilion came the Lady with a
  • half-score of her women clad gaily in silken gowns of green, and blue,
  • and yellow, broidered all about with gold and silver, but with naked
  • feet, and having iron rings on their arms, so that Ralph saw that they
  • were thralls. Something told him that his damsel should be amongst
  • these, so he gazed hard on them, but though they were goodly enough
  • there was none of them like to her.
  • As to the Queen, she was clad all in fine linen and gold, with gold
  • shoes on her feet: her arms came bare from out of the linen: great
  • they were, and the hands not small; but the arms round and fair, and
  • the hands shapely, and all very white and rosy: her hair was as yellow
  • as any that can be seen, and it was plenteous, and shed all down about
  • her. Her eyes were blue and set wide apart, her nose a little snubbed,
  • her mouth wide, full-lipped and smiling. She was very tall, a full
  • half-head taller than any of her women: yea, as tall as a man who is
  • above the middle height of men.
  • Now she came forward hastily with long strides, and knelt adown before
  • the Lord, but even as she kneeled looked round with a laughing face.
  • The Lord stooped down to her and took her by both hands, and raised her
  • up, and kissed her on the cheek (and he looked but little and of no
  • presence beside her:) and he said: "Hail to thee, my Lady; thou art
  • come far from thine home to meet me, and I thank thee therefor. Is it
  • well with our House?"
  • She spake seeming carelessly and loud; but her voice was somewhat
  • husky: "Yea, my Lord, all is well; few have done amiss, and the harvest
  • is plenteous." As she spake the Lord looked with knit brows at the
  • damsels behind her, as if he were seeking something; and the Lady
  • followed his eyes, smiling a little and flushing as if with merriment.
  • But the Lord was silent a while, and then let his brow clear and said:
  • "Yea, Lady, thou art thanked for coming to meet us; and timely is thy
  • coming, since there is game and glee for thee at hand; I have cheapened
  • a likely thrall of Morfinn the Unmanned, and he is a gift to thee; and
  • he hath given out that he is no ill player with the spear after the
  • fashion of them of the west; and we are going to prove his word here in
  • this meadow presently."
  • The Lady's face grew glad, and she said, looking toward the ring of new
  • comers: "Yea, Lord, and which of these is he, if he be here?"
  • The Lord turned a little to point out Ralph, but even therewith the
  • Lady's eyes met Ralph's, who reddened for shame of being so shown to a
  • great lady; but as for her she flushed bright red all over her face and
  • even to her bosom, and trouble came into her eyes, and she looked
  • adown. But the Lord said: "Yonder is the youngling, the swordless one
  • in the green coat; a likely lad, if he hath not lied about his prowess;
  • and he can sing thee a song withal, and tell a piteous tale of old, and
  • do all that those who be reared in the lineages of the westlands deem
  • meet and due for men of knightly blood. Dost thou like the looks of
  • him, lady! wilt thou have him?"
  • The Lady still held her head down, and tormented the grass with her
  • foot, and murmured somewhat; for she could not come to herself again as
  • yet. So the Lord looked sharply on her and said: "Well, when this
  • tilting is over, thou shalt tell me thy mind of him; for if he turn out
  • a dastard I would not ask thee to take him."
  • Now the lady lifted up her face, and she was grown somewhat pale; but
  • she forced her speech to come, and said: "It is well, Lord, but now
  • come thou into my pavilion, for thy meat is ready, and it lacketh but a
  • minute or so of noon." So he took her hand and led her in to the
  • pavilion, and all men got off their horses, and fell to pitching the
  • tents and getting their meat ready; but Otter drew Ralph apart into a
  • nook of the homestead, and there they ate their meat together.
  • CHAPTER 36
  • The Talk of Two Women Concerning Ralph
  • But when dinner was done, came David and a man with him bringing
  • Ralph's war gear, and bade him do it on, while the folk were fencing
  • the lists, which they were doing with such stuff as they had at the
  • Tower; and the Lord had been calling for Otter that he might command
  • him what he should tell to the marshals of the lists and how all should
  • be duly ordered, wherefore he went up unto the Tower whither the Lord
  • had now gone. So Ralph did on his armour, which was not right meet for
  • tilting, being over light for such work; and his shield in especial was
  • but a target for a sergeant, which he had brought at Cheaping Knowe;
  • but he deemed that his deftness and much use should bear him well
  • through.
  • Now, the Lady had abided in her pavilion when her Lord went abroad;
  • anon after she sent all her women away, save one whom she loved, and to
  • whom she was wont to tell the innermost of her mind; though forsooth
  • she mishandled her at whiles; for she was hot of temper, and over-ready
  • with her hands when she was angry; though she was nowise cruel. But
  • the woman aforesaid, who was sly and sleek, and somewhat past her first
  • youth, took both her caresses and her buffets with patience, for the
  • sake of the gifts and largesse wherewith they were bought. So now she
  • stood by the board in the pavilion with her head drooping humbly, yet
  • smiling to herself and heedful of whatso might betide. But the Lady
  • walked up and down the pavilion hastily, as one much moved.
  • At last she spake as she walked and said: "Agatha, didst thou see him
  • when my Lord pointed him out?" "Yea," said the woman lifting her face
  • a little.
  • "And what seemed he to thee?" said the Lady. "O my Lady," quoth
  • Agatha, "what seemed he to thee?" The lady stood and turned and looked
  • at her; she was slender and dark and sleek; and though her lips moved
  • not, and her eyes did not change, a smile seemed to steal over her face
  • whether she would or not. The Lady stamped her foot and lifted her
  • hand and cried out. "What! dost thou deem thyself meet for him?" And
  • she caught her by the folds over her bosom. But Agatha looked up into
  • her face with a simple smile as of a child: "Dost thou deem him meet
  • for thee, my Lady--he a thrall, and thou so great?" The Lady took her
  • hand from her, but her face flamed with anger and she stamped on the
  • ground again: "What dost thou mean?" she said; "am I not great enough
  • to have what I want when it lieth close to my hand?" Agatha looked on
  • her sweetly, and said in a soft voice: "Stretch out thine hand for it
  • then." The Lady looked at her grimly, and said: "I understand thy
  • jeer; thou meanest that he will not be moved by me, he being so fair,
  • and I being but somewhat fair. Wilt thou have me beat thee? Nay, I
  • will send thee to the White Pillar when we come home to Utterbol."
  • The woman smiled again, and said: "My Lady, when thou hast sent me to
  • the White Pillar, or the Red, or the Black, my stripes will not mend
  • the matter for thee, or quench the fear of thine heart that by this
  • time, since he is a grown man, he loveth some other. Yet belike he
  • will obey thee if thou command, even to the lying in the same bed with
  • thee; for he is a thrall." The Lady hung her head, but Agatha went on
  • in her sweet clear voice: "The Lord will think little of it, and say
  • nothing of it unless thou anger him otherwise; or unless, indeed, he be
  • minded to pick a quarrel with thee, and hath baited a trap with this
  • stripling. But that is all unlike: thou knowest why, and how that he
  • loveth the little finger of that new-come thrall of his (whom ye left
  • at home at Utterbol in his despite), better than all thy body, for all
  • thy white skin and lovely limbs. Nay, now I think of it, I deem that
  • he meaneth this gift to make an occasion for the staying of any quarrel
  • with thee, that he may stop thy mouth from crying out at him--well,
  • what wilt thou do? he is a mighty Lord."
  • The Lady looked up (for she had hung her head at first), her face all
  • red with shame, yet smiling, though ruefully, and she said: "Well, thou
  • art determined that if thou art punished it shall not be for naught.
  • But thou knowest not my mind." "Yea, Lady," said Agatha, smiling in
  • despite of herself, "that may well be."
  • Now the Lady turned from her, and went and sat upon a stool that was
  • thereby, and said nothing a while; only covering her face with her
  • hands and rocking herself to and fro, while Agatha stood looking at
  • her. At last she said: "Hearken, Agatha, I must tell thee what lieth
  • in mine heart, though thou hast been unkind to me and hast tried to
  • hurt my soul. Now, thou art self-willed, and hot-blooded, and not
  • unlovely, so that thou mayst have loved and been loved ere now. But
  • thou art so wily and subtle that mayhappen thou wilt not understand
  • what I mean, when I say that love of this young man hath suddenly
  • entered into my heart, so that I long for him more this minute than I
  • did the last, and the next minute shall long still more. And I long
  • for him to love me, and not alone to pleasure me."
  • "Mayhappen it will so betide without any pushing the matter," said
  • Agatha.
  • "Nay," said the Lady, "Nay; my heart tells me that it will not be so;
  • for I have seen him, that he is of higher kind than we be; as if he
  • were a god come down to us, who if he might not cast his love upon a
  • goddess, would disdain to love an earthly woman, little-minded and in
  • whom perfection is not." Therewith the tears began to run from her
  • eyes; but Agatha looked on her with a subtle smile and said: "O my
  • Lady! and thou hast scarce seen him! And yet I will not say but that
  • I understand this. But as to the matter of a goddess, I know not.
  • Many would say that thou sitting on thine ivory chair in thy golden
  • raiment, with thy fair bosom and white arms and yellow hair, wert not
  • ill done for the image of a goddess; and this young man may well think
  • so of thee. However that may be, there is something else I will say to
  • thee; (and thou knowest that I speak the truth to thee--most often--
  • though I be wily). This is the word, that although thou hast time and
  • again treated me like the thrall I am, I deem thee no ill woman, but
  • rather something overgood for Utterbol and the dark lord thereof."
  • Now sat the Lady shaken with sobs, and weeping without stint; but she
  • looked up at that word and said: "Nay, nay, Agatha, it is not so.
  • To-day hath this man's eyes been a candle to me, that I may see myself
  • truly; and I know that though I am a queen and not uncomely, I am but
  • coarse and little-minded. I rage in my household when the whim takes
  • me, and I am hot-headed, and masterful, and slothful, and should belike
  • be untrue if there were any force to drive me thereto. And I suffer my
  • husband to go after other women, and this new thrall is especial, so
  • that I may take my pleasure unstayed with other men whom I love not
  • greatly. Yes, I am foolish, and empty-headed, and unclean. And all
  • this he will see through my queenly state, and my golden gown, and my
  • white skin withal."
  • Agatha looked on her curiously, but smiling no more. At last she said:
  • "What is to do, then? or must I think of something for thee?"
  • "I know not, I know not," said the Lady between her sobs; "yet if I
  • might be in such case that he might pity me; belike it might blind his
  • eyes to the ill part of me. Yea," she said, rising up and falling
  • walking to and fro swiftly, "if he might hurt me and wound me himself,
  • and I so loving him."
  • Said Agatha coldly: "Yes, Lady, I am not wily for naught; and I both
  • deem that I know what is in thine heart, and that it is good for
  • something; and moreover that I may help thee somewhat therein. So in a
  • few days thou shalt see whether I am worth something more than hard
  • words and beating. Only thou must promise in all wise to obey me,
  • though I be the thrall, and thou the Lady, and to leave all the whole
  • matter in my hands."
  • Quoth the Lady: "That is easy to promise; for what may I do by myself?"
  • Then Agatha fell pondering a while, and said thereafter: "First, thou
  • shalt get me speech with my Lord, and cause him to swear immunity to
  • me, whatsoever I shall say or do herein." Said the Lady: "Easy is
  • this. What more hast thou?"
  • Said Agatha: "It were better for thee not to go forth to see the
  • jousting; because thou art not to be trusted that thou show not thy
  • love openly when the youngling is in peril; and if thou put thy lord to
  • shame openly before the people, he must needs thwart thy will, and be
  • fierce and cruel, and then it will go hard with thy darling. So thou
  • shalt not go from the pavilion till the night is dark, and thou mayst
  • feign thyself sick meantime."
  • "Sick enough shall I be if I may not go forth to see how my love is
  • faring in his peril: this at least is hard to me; but so be it! At
  • least thou wilt come and tell me how he speedeth." "Oh yes," said
  • Agatha, "if thou must have it so; but fear thou not, he shall do well
  • enough."
  • Said the Lady: "Ah, but thou wottest how oft it goes with a chance
  • stroke, that the point pierceth where it should not; nay, where by
  • likelihood it could not."
  • "Nay," said Agatha, "what chance is there in this, when the youngling
  • knoweth the whole manner of the play, and his foemen know naught
  • thereof? It is as the chance betwixt Geoffrey the Minstrel and Black
  • Anselm, when they play at chess together, that Anselm must needs be
  • mated ere he hath time to think of his fourth move. I wot of these
  • matters, my Lady. Now, further, I would have thy leave to marshal thy
  • maids about the seat where thou shouldest be, and moreover there should
  • be someone in thy seat, even if I sat in it myself." Said the Lady:
  • "Yea, sit there if thou wilt."
  • "Woe's me!" said Agatha laughing, "why should I sit there? I am like
  • to thee, am I not?" "Yea," said the Lady, "as the swan is like to the
  • loon." "Yea, my Lady," said Agatha, "which is the swan and which the
  • loon? Well, well, fear not; I shall set Joyce in thy seat by my Lord's
  • leave; she is tall and fair, and forsooth somewhat like to thee." "Why
  • wilt thou do this?" quoth the Lady; "Why should thralls sit in my
  • seat?" Said Agatha: "O, the tale is long to tell; but I would confuse
  • that young man's memory of thee somewhat, if his eyes fell on thee at
  • all when ye met e'en now, which is to be doubted."
  • The Lady started up in sudden wrath, and cried out: "She had best not
  • be too like to me then, and strive to draw his eyes to her, or I will
  • have her marked for diversity betwixt us. Take heed, take heed!"
  • Agatha looked softly on her and said: "My Lady. Ye fair-skinned,
  • open-faced women should look to it not to show yourselves angry before
  • men-folk. For open wrath marreth your beauty sorely. Leave scowls and
  • fury to the dark-browed, who can use them without wrying their faces
  • like a three months' baby with the colic. Now that is my last rede as
  • now. For methinks I can hear the trumpets blowing for the arraying of
  • the tourney. Wherefore I must go to see to matters, while thou hast
  • but to be quiet. And to-night make much of my Lord, and bid him see me
  • to-morrow, and give heed to what I shall say to him. But if I meet him
  • without, now, as is most like, I shall bid him in to thee, that thou
  • mayst tell him of Joyce, and her sitting in thy seat. Otherwise I will
  • tell him as soon as he is set down in his place. Sooth to say, he is
  • little like to quarrel with either thee or me for setting a fair woman
  • other than thee by his side."
  • Therewith she lifted the tent lap and went out, stepping daintily, and
  • her slender body swaying like a willow branch, and came at once face to
  • face with the Lord of Utterbol, and bowed low and humbly before him,
  • though her face, unseen of him, smiled mockingly. The Lord looked on
  • her greedily, and let his hand and arm go over her shoulder, and about
  • her side, and he drew her to him, and kissed her, and said: "What,
  • Agatha! and why art thou not bringing forth thy mistress to us?" She
  • raised her face to him, and murmured softly, as one afraid, but with a
  • wheedling smile on her face and in her eyes: "Nay, my Lord, she will
  • abide within to-day, for she is ill at ease; if your grace goeth in,
  • she will tell thee what she will have."
  • "Agatha," quoth he, "I will hear her, and I will do her pleasure if
  • thou ask me so to do." Then Agatha cast down her eyes, and her speech
  • was so low and sweet that it was as the cooing of a dove, as she said:
  • "O my Lord, what is this word of thine?"
  • He kissed her again, and said: "Well, well, but dost thou ask it?" "O
  • yea, yea, my Lord," said she.
  • "It is done then," said the Lord; and he let her go; for he had been
  • stroking her arm and shoulder, and she hurried away, laughing inwardly,
  • to the Lady's women. But he went into the pavilion after he had cast
  • one look at her.
  • CHAPTER 37
  • How Ralph Justed With the Aliens
  • Meanwhile Captain Otter had brought Ralph into the staked-out lists,
  • which, being hastily pitched, were but slenderly done, and now the
  • Upmeads stripling stood there beside a good horse which they had
  • brought to him, and Otter had been speaking to him friendly. But Ralph
  • saw the Lord come forth from the pavilion and take his seat on an ivory
  • chair set on a turf ridge close to the stakes of the lists: for that
  • place was used of custom for such games as they exercised in the lands
  • of Utterbol. Then presently the Lady's women came out of their tents,
  • and, being marshalled by Agatha, went into the Queen's pavilion, whence
  • they came forth again presently like a bed of garden flowers moving,
  • having in the midst of them a woman so fair, and clad so gloriously,
  • that Ralph must needs look on her, though he were some way off, and
  • take note of her beauty. She went and sat her down beside the Lord,
  • and Ralph doubted not that it was the Queen, whom he had but glanced at
  • when they first made stay before the pavilion. Sooth to say, Joyce
  • being well nigh as tall as the Queen, and as white of skin, was
  • otherwise a far fairer woman.
  • Now spake Otter to Ralph: "I must leave thee here, lad, and go to the
  • other side, as I am to run against thee." Said Ralph: "Art thou to run
  • first?" "Nay, but rather last," said Otter; "they will try thee first
  • with one of the sergeants, and if he overcome thee, then all is done,
  • and thou art in an evil plight. Otherwise will they find another and
  • another, and at last it will be my turn. So keep thee well, lad."
  • Therewith he rode away, and there came to Ralph one of the sergeants,
  • who brought him a spear, and bade him to horse. So Ralph mounted and
  • took the spear in hand; and the sergeant said: "Thou art to run at
  • whatsoever meeteth thee when thou hast heard the third blast of the
  • horn. Art thou ready?" "Yea, yea," said Ralph; "but I see that the
  • spear-head is not rebated, so that we are to play at sharps."
  • "Art thou afraid, youngling?" said the sergeant, who was old and
  • crabbed, "if that be so, go and tell the Lord: but thou wilt find that
  • he will not have his sport wholly spoiled, but will somehow make a bolt
  • or a shaft out of thee."
  • Said Ralph: "I did but jest; I deem myself not so near my death to-day
  • as I have been twice this summer or oftener." Said the sergeant, "It is
  • ill jesting in matters wherein my Lord hath to do. Now thou hast heard
  • my word: do after it."
  • Therewith he departed, and Ralph laughed and shook the spear aloft, and
  • deemed it not over strong; but he said to himself that the spears of
  • the others would be much the same.
  • Now the horn blew up thrice, and at the latest blast Ralph pricked
  • forth, as one well used to the tilt, but held his horse well in hand;
  • and he saw a man come driving against him with his spear in the rest,
  • and deemed him right big; but this withal he saw, that the man was ill
  • arrayed, and was pulling on his horse as one not willing to trust him
  • to the rush; and indeed he came on so ill that it was clear that he
  • would never strike Ralph's shield fairly. So he swerved as they met,
  • so that his spear-point was never near to Ralph, who turned his horse
  • toward him a little, and caught his foeman by the gear about his neck,
  • and spurred on, so that he dragged him clean out of his saddle, and let
  • him drop, and rode back quietly to his place, and got off his horse to
  • see to his girths; and he heard great laughter rising up from the ring
  • of men, and from the women also. But the Lord of Utterbol cried out:
  • "Bring forth some one who doth not eat my meat for nothing: and set
  • that wretch and dastard aside till the tilting be over, and then he
  • shall pay a little for his wasted meat and drink."
  • Ralph got into his saddle again, and saw a very big man come forth at
  • the other end of the lists, and wondered if he should be overthrown of
  • him; but noted that his horse seemed not over good. Then the horn blew
  • up and he spurred on, and his foeman met him fairly in the midmost of
  • the lists: yet he laid his spear but ill, and as one who would thrust
  • and foin with it rather than letting it drive all it might, so that
  • Ralph turned the point with his shield that it glanced off, but he
  • himself smote the other full on the shoulder, and the shaft brake, but
  • the point had pierced the man's armour, and the truncheon stuck in the
  • wound: yet since the spear was broken he kept his saddle. The Lord
  • cried out, "Well, Black Anselm, this is better done; yet art thou a big
  • man and a well-skilled to be beaten by a stripling."
  • So the man was helped away and Ralph went back to his place again.
  • Then another man was gotten to run against Ralph, and it went the
  • same-like way: for Ralph smote him amidst of the shield, and the spear
  • held, so that he fell floundering off his horse.
  • Six of the stoutest men of Utterbol did Ralph overthrow or hurt in this
  • wise; and then he ran three courses with Otter, and in the first two
  • each brake his spear fairly on the other; but in the third Otter smote
  • not Ralph squarely, but Ralph smote full amidst of his shield, and so
  • dight him that he well-nigh fell, and could not master his horse, but
  • yet just barely kept his saddle.
  • Then the Lord cried out: "Now make we an end of it! We have no might
  • against this youngling, man to man: or else would Otter have done it.
  • This comes of learning a craft diligently."
  • So Ralph got off his horse, and did off his helm and awaited tidings;
  • and anon comes to him the surly sergeant, and brought him a cup of
  • wine, and said: "Youngling, thou art to drink this, and then go to my
  • Lord; and I deem that thou art in favour with him. So if thou art not
  • too great a man, thou mightest put in a word for poor Redhead, that
  • first man that did so ill. For my Lord would have him set up, and head
  • down and buttocks aloft, as a target for our bowmen. And it will be
  • his luck if he be sped with the third shot, and last not out to the
  • twentieth."
  • "Yea, certes," said Ralph, "I will do no less, even if it anger the
  • Lord." "O thou wilt not anger him," said the man, "for I tell thee,
  • thou art in favour. Yea, and for me also thou mightest say a word
  • also, when thou becomest right great; for have I not brought thee a
  • good bowl of wine?" "Doubt it not, man," said Ralph, "if I once get
  • safe to Utterbol: weary on it and all its ways!" Said the sergeant:
  • "That is an evil wish for one who shall do well at Utterbol. But come,
  • tarry not."
  • So he brought Ralph to the Lord, who still sat in his chair beside that
  • fair woman, and Ralph did obeysance to him; yet he had a sidelong
  • glance also for that fair seeming-queen, and deemed her both
  • proud-looking, and so white-skinned, that she was a wonder, like the
  • queen of the fays: and it was just this that he had noted of the Queen
  • as he stood before her earlier in the day when they first came into the
  • vale; therefore he had no doubt of this damsel's queenship.
  • Now the Lord spake to him and said: "Well, youngling, thou hast done
  • well, and better than thy behest: and since ye have been playing at
  • sharps, I deem thou would'st not do ill in battle, if it came to that.
  • So now I am like to make something other of thee than I was minded to
  • at first: for I deem that thou art good enough to be a man. And if
  • thou wilt now ask a boon of me, if it be not over great, I will grant
  • it thee."
  • Ralph put one knee to the ground, and said: "Great Lord, I thank thee:
  • but whereas I am in an alien land and seeking great things, I know of
  • no gift which I may take for myself save leave to depart, which I deem
  • thou wilt not grant me. Yet one thing thou mayst do for my asking if
  • thou wilt. If thou be still angry with the carle whom I first
  • unhorsed, I pray thee pardon him his ill-luck."
  • "Ill-luck!" said the Lord, "Why, I saw him that he was downright afraid
  • of thee. And if my men are to grow blenchers and soft-hearts what is
  • to do then? But tell me, Otter, what is the name of this carle?" Said
  • Otter, "Redhead he hight, Lord." Said the Lord: "And what like a man
  • is he in a fray?" "Naught so ill, Lord," said Otter. "This time, like
  • the rest of us, he knew not this gear. It were scarce good to miss him
  • at the next pinch. It were enough if he had the thongs over his back a
  • few dozen times; it will not be the first day of such cheer to him."
  • "Ha!" said the Lord, "and what for, Otter, what for?" "Because he was
  • somewhat rough-handed, Lord," said Otter. "Then shall we need him and
  • use him some day. Let him go scot free and do better another bout.
  • There is thy boon granted for thee, knight; and another day thou mayst
  • ask something more. And now shall David have a care of thee. And when
  • we come to Utterbol we shall see what is to be done with thee."
  • Then Ralph rose up and thanked him, and David came forward, and led him
  • to his tent. And he was wheedling in his ways to him, as if Ralph were
  • now become one who might do him great good if so his will were.
  • But the Lord went back again into the Tower.
  • As to the Lady, she abode in her pavilion amidst many fears and
  • desires, till Agatha entered and said: "My Lady, so far all has gone
  • happily." Said the Lady: "I deemed from the noise and the cry that he
  • was doing well. But tell me, how did he?" "My Lady," quoth Agatha,
  • "he knocked our folk about well-favouredly, and seemed to think little
  • of it."
  • "And Joyce," said the Lady, "how did she?" "She looked a queen, every
  • inch of her, and she is tall," said Agatha: "soothly some folk stared
  • on her, but not many knew of her, since she is but new into our house.
  • Though it is a matter of course that all save our new-come knight knew
  • that it was not thou that sat there. And my Lord was well-pleased, and
  • now he hath taken her by the hand and led her into the Tower."
  • The Lady reddened and scowled, and said: "And he... did he come anigh
  • her?" "O yea," said Agatha, "whereas he stood before my Lord a good
  • while, and then kneeled to him to pray pardon for one of our men who
  • had done ill in the tilting: yea, he was nigh enough to her to touch
  • her had he dared, and to smell the fragrance of her raiment. And he
  • seemed to think it good to look out of the corners of his eyes at her;
  • though I do not say that she smiled on him." The Lady sprang up, her
  • cheeks burning, and walked about angrily a while, striving for words,
  • till at last she said: "When we come home to Utterbol, my lord will
  • see his new thrall again, and will care for Joyce no whit: then will I
  • have my will of her; and she shall learn, she, whether I am verily the
  • least of women at Utterbol! Ha! what sayest thou? Now why wilt thou
  • stand and smile on me?--Yea, I know what is in thy thought; and in very
  • sooth it is good that the dear youngling hath not seen this new thrall,
  • this Ursula. Forsooth, I tell thee that if I durst have her in my
  • hands I would have a true tale out of her as to why she weareth ever
  • that pair of beads about her neck."
  • "Now, our Lady," said Agatha, "thou art marring the fairness of thy
  • face again. I bid thee be at peace, for all shall be well, and other
  • than thou deemest. Tell me, then, didst thou get our Lord to swear
  • immunity for me?" Said the Lady: "Yea, he swore on the edge of the
  • sword that thou mightest say what thou wouldst, and neither he nor any
  • other should lay hand on thee."
  • "Good," said Agatha; "then will I go to him to-morrow morning, when
  • Joyce has gone from him. But now hold up thine heart, and keep close
  • for these two days that we shall yet abide in Tower Dale: and trust me
  • this very evening I shall begin to set tidings going that shall work
  • and grow, and shall one day rejoice thine heart."
  • So fell the talk betwixt them.
  • CHAPTER 38
  • A Friend Gives Ralph Warning
  • On the morrow Ralph wandered about the Dale where he would, and none
  • meddled with him. And as he walked east along the stream where the
  • valley began to narrow, he saw a man sitting on the bank fishing with
  • an angle, and when he drew near, the man turned about, and saw him.
  • Then he lays down his angling rod and rises to his feet, and stands
  • facing Ralph, looking sheepish, with his hands hanging down by his
  • sides; and Ralph, who was thinking of other folk, wondered what he
  • would. So he said: "Hail, good fellow! What wouldst thou?" Said the
  • man: "I would thank thee." "What for?" said Ralph, but as he looked on
  • him he saw that it was Redhead, whose pardon he had won of the Lord
  • yesterday; so he held out his hand, and took Redhead's, and smiled
  • friendly on him. Redhead looked him full in the face, and though he
  • was both big and very rough-looking, he had not altogether the look of
  • a rascal.
  • He said: "Fair lord, I would that I might do something for thine
  • avail, and perchance I may: but it is hard to do good deeds in Hell,
  • especially for one of its devils."
  • "Yea, is it so bad as that?" said Ralph. "For thee not yet," said
  • Redhead, "but it may come to it. Hearken, lord, there is none anigh us
  • that I can see, so I will say a word to thee at once. Later on it may
  • be over late: Go thou not to Utterbol whatever may betide."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "but how if I be taken thither?" Quoth Redhead: "I
  • can see this, that thou art so favoured that thou mayst go whither thou
  • wilt about the camp with none to hinder thee. Therefore it will be
  • easy for thee to depart by night and cloud, or in the grey of morning,
  • when thou comest to a good pass, whereof I will tell thee. And still I
  • say, go thou not to Utterbol: for thou art over good to be made a devil
  • of, like to us, and therefore thou shalt be tormented till thy life is
  • spoilt, and by that road shalt thou be sent to heaven."
  • "But thou saidst even now," said Ralph, "that I was high in the Lord's
  • grace." "Yea," said Redhead, "that may last till thou hast command to
  • do some dastard's deed and nay-sayest it, as thou wilt: and then
  • farewell to thee; for I know what my Lord meaneth for thee." "Yea,"
  • said Ralph, "and what is that?" Said Redhead; "He hath bought thee to
  • give to his wife for a toy and a minion, and if she like thee, it will
  • be well for a while: but on the first occasion that serveth him, and
  • she wearieth of thee (for she is a woman like a weather-cock), he will
  • lay hand on thee and take the manhood from thee, and let thee drift
  • about Utterbol a mock for all men. For already at heart he hateth
  • thee."
  • Ralph stood pondering this word, for somehow it chimed in with the
  • thought already in his heart. Yet how should he not go to Utterbol
  • with the Damsel abiding deliverance of him there: and yet again, if
  • they met there and were espied on, would not that ruin everything for
  • her as well as for him?
  • At last he said: "Good fellow, this may be true, but how shall I know
  • it for true before I run the risk of fleeing away, instead of going on
  • to Utterbol, whereas folk deem honour awaiteth me."
  • Said Redhead: "There is no honour at Utterbol save for such as are
  • unworthy of honour. But thy risk is as I say, and I shall tell thee
  • whence I had my tale, since I love thee for thy kindness to me, and thy
  • manliness. It was told me yester-eve by a woman who is in the very
  • privity of the Lady of Utterbol, and is well with the Lord also: and it
  • jumpeth with mine own thought on the matter; so I bid thee beware: for
  • what is in me to grieve would be sore grieved wert thou cast away."
  • "Well," said Ralph, "let us sit down here on the bank and then tell me
  • more; but go on with thine angling the while, lest any should see us."
  • So they sat down, and Redhead did as Ralph bade; and he said: "Lord, I
  • have bidden thee to flee; but this is an ill land to flee from, and
  • indeed there is but one pass whereby ye may well get away from this
  • company betwixt this and Utterbol; and we shall encamp hard by it on
  • the second day of our faring hence. Yet I must tell thee that it is no
  • road for a dastard; for it leadeth through the forest up into the
  • mountains: yet such as it is, for a man bold and strong like thee, I
  • bid thee take it: and I can see to it that leaving this company shall
  • be easy to thee: only thou must make up thy mind speedily, since the
  • time draws so nigh, and when thou art come to Utterbol with all this
  • rout, and the house full, and some one or other dogging each footstep
  • of thine, fleeing will be another matter. Now thus it is: on that same
  • second night, not only is the wood at hand to cover thee, but I shall
  • be chief warder of the side of the camp where thou lodgest, so that I
  • can put thee on the road: and if I were better worth, I would say, take
  • me with thee, but as it is, I will not burden thee with that prayer."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "I have had one guide in this country-side and he
  • bewrayed me. This is a matter of life and death, so I will speak out
  • and say how am I to know but that thou also art going about to bewray
  • me?"
  • Redhead lept up to his feet, and roared out: "What shall I say? what
  • shall I say? By the soul of my father I am not bewraying thee. May
  • all the curses of Utterbol be sevenfold heavier on me if I am thy
  • traitor and dastard."
  • "Softly lad, softly," said Ralph, "lest some one should hear thee.
  • Content thee, I must needs believe thee if thou makest so much noise
  • about it."
  • Then Redhead sat him down again, and for all that he was so rough and
  • sturdy a carle he fell a-weeping.
  • "Nay, nay," said Ralph, "this is worse in all wise than the other
  • noise. I believe thee as well as a man can who is dealing with one who
  • is not his close friend, and who therefore spareth truth to his friend
  • because of many years use and wont. Come to thyself again and let us
  • look at this matter square in the face, and speedily too, lest some
  • unfriend or busybody come on us. There now! Now, in the first place
  • dost thou know why I am come into this perilous and tyrannous land?"
  • Said Redhead: "I have heard it said that thou art on the quest of the
  • Well at the World's End."
  • "And that is but the sooth," said Ralph. "Well then," quoth Redhead,
  • "there is the greater cause for thy fleeing at the time and in the
  • manner I have bidden thee. For there is a certain sage who dwelleth in
  • the wildwood betwixt that place and the Great Mountains, and he hath so
  • much lore concerning the Mountains, yea, and the Well itself, that if
  • he will tell thee what he can tell, thou art in a fair way to end thy
  • quest happily. What sayest thou then?"
  • Said Ralph, "I say that the Sage is good if I may find him. But there
  • is another cause why I have come hither from Goldburg." "What is that?"
  • said Redhead. "This," said Ralph, "to come to Utterbol." "Heaven help
  • us!" quoth Redhead, "and wherefore?"
  • Ralph said: "Belike it is neither prudent nor wise to tell thee, but I
  • do verily trust thee; so hearken! I go to Utterbol to deliver a friend
  • from Utterbol; and this friend is a woman--hold a minute--and this
  • woman, as I believe, hath been of late brought to Utterbol, having been
  • taken out of the hands of one of the men of the mountains that lie
  • beyond Cheaping Knowe."
  • Redhead stared astonished, and kept silence awhile; then he said: "Now
  • all the more I say, flee! flee! flee! Doubtless the woman is there,
  • whom thou seekest; for it would take none less fair and noble than that
  • new-come thrall to draw to her one so fair and noble as thou art. But
  • what availeth it? If thou go to Utterbol thou wilt destroy both her
  • and thee. For know, that we can all see that the Lord hath set his
  • love on this damsel; and what better can betide, if thou come to
  • Utterbol, but that the Lord shall at once see that there is love
  • betwixt you two, and then there will be an end of the story."
  • "How so?" quoth Ralph. Said Redhead: "At Utterbol all do the will of
  • the Lord of Utterbol, and he is so lustful and cruel, and so false
  • withal, that his will shall be to torment the damsel to death, and to
  • geld and maim thee; so that none hereafter shall know how goodly and
  • gallant thou hast been."
  • "Redhead," quoth Ralph much moved, "though thou art in no knightly
  • service, thou mayst understand that it is good for a friend to die with
  • a friend."
  • "Yea, forsooth," said Redhead, "If he may do no more to help than that!
  • Wouldst thou not help the damsel? Now when thou comest back from the
  • quest of the Well at the World's End, thou wilt be too mighty and
  • glorious for the Lord of Utterbol to thrust thee aside like to an over
  • eager dog; and thou mayst help her then. But now I say to thee, and
  • swear to thee, that three days after thou hast met thy beloved in
  • Utterbol she will be dead. I would that thou couldst ask someone else
  • nearer to the Lord than I have been. The tale would be the same as
  • mine."
  • Now soothly to say it, this was even what Ralph had feared would be,
  • and he could scarce doubt Redhead's word. So he sat there pondering
  • the matter a good while, and at last he said: "My friend, I will trust
  • thee with another thing; I have a mind to flee to the wildwood, and yet
  • come to Utterbol for the damsel's deliverance." "Yea," said Redhead,
  • "and how wilt thou work in the matter?" Said Ralph; "How would it be if
  • I came hither in other guise than mine own, so that I should not be
  • known either by the damsel or her tyrants?"
  • Said Redhead: "There were peril in that; yet hope also. Yea, and in
  • one way thou mightest do it; to wit, if thou wert to find that Sage,
  • and tell him thy tale: if he be of good will to thee, he might then
  • change not thy gear only, but thy skin also; for he hath exceeding
  • great lore."
  • "Well," said Ralph, "Thou mayst look upon it as certain that on that
  • aforesaid night, I will do my best to shake off this company of tyrant
  • and thralls, unless I hear fresh tidings, so that I must needs change
  • my purpose. But I will ask thee to give me some token that all holds
  • together some little time beforehand." Quoth Redhead: "Even so shall
  • it be; thou shalt see me at latest on the eve of the night of thy
  • departure; but on the night before that if it be anywise possible."
  • "Now will I go away from thee," said Ralph, "and I thank thee heartily
  • for thine help, and deem thee my friend. And if thou think better of
  • fleeing with me, thou wilt gladden me the more." Redhead shook his head
  • but spake not, and Ralph went his ways down the dale.
  • CHAPTER 39
  • The Lord of Utterbol Makes Ralph a Free Man
  • He went to and fro that day and the next, and none meddled with him;
  • with Redhead he spake not again those days, but had talk with Otter and
  • David, who were blithe enough with him. Agatha he saw not at all; nor
  • the Lady, and still deemed that the white-skinned woman whom he had
  • seen sitting by the Lord after the tilting was the Queen.
  • As for the Lady she abode in her pavilion, and whiles lay in a heap on
  • the floor weeping, or dull and blind with grief; whiles she walked up
  • and down mad wroth with whomsoever came in her way, even to the dealing
  • out of stripes and blows to her women.
  • But on the eve before the day of departure Agatha came into her, and
  • chid her, and bade her be merry: "I have seen the Lord and told him
  • what I would, and found it no hard matter to get him to yeasay our
  • plot, which were hard to carry out without his goodwill. Withal the
  • seed that I have sowed two days or more ago is bearing fruit; so that
  • thou mayst look to it that whatsoever plight we may be in, we shall
  • find a deliverer."
  • "I wot not thy meaning," quoth the Lady, "but I deem thou wilt now tell
  • me what thou art planning, and give me some hope, lest I lay hands on
  • myself."
  • Then Agatha told her without tarrying what she was about doing for her,
  • the tale of which will be seen hereafter; and when she had done, the
  • Lady mended her cheer, and bade bring meat and drink, and was once more
  • like a great and proud Lady.
  • On the morn of departure, when Ralph arose, David came to him and said:
  • "My Lord is astir already, and would see thee for thy good." So Ralph
  • went with David, who brought him to the Tower, and there they found the
  • Lord sitting in a window, and Otter stood before him, and some others
  • of his highest folk. But beside him sat Joyce, and it seemed that he
  • thought it naught but good to hold her hand and play with the fingers
  • thereof, though all those great men were by; and Ralph had no thought
  • of her but that she was the Queen.
  • So Ralph made obeisance to the Lord and stood awaiting his word; and
  • the Lord said: "We have been thinking of thee, young man, and have
  • deemed thy lot to be somewhat of the hardest, if thou must needs be a
  • thrall, since thou art both young and well-born, and so good a man of
  • thine hands. Now, wilt thou be our man at Utterbol?"
  • Ralph delayed his answer a space and looked at Otter, who seemed to him
  • to frame a Yea with his lips, as who should say, take it. So he said:
  • "Lord, thou art good to me, yet mayst thou be better if thou wilt."
  • "Yea, man!" said the Lord knitting his brows; "What shall it be? say
  • thy say, and be done with it."
  • "Lord," said Ralph, "I pray thee to give me my choice, whether I shall
  • go with thee to Utterbol or forbear going?"
  • "Why, lo you!" said the Lord testily, and somewhat sourly; "thou hast
  • the choice. Have I not told thee that thou art free?" Then Ralph knelt
  • before him, and said: "Lord, I thank thee from a full heart, in that
  • thou wilt suffer me to depart on mine errand, for it is a great one."
  • The scowl deepened on the Lord's face, and he turned away from Ralph,
  • and said presently: "Otter take the Knight away and let him have all
  • his armour and weapons and a right good horse; and then let him do as
  • he will, either ride with us, or depart if he will, and whither he
  • will. And if he must needs ride into the desert, and cast himself away
  • in the mountains, so be it. But whatever he hath a mind to, let none
  • hinder him, but further him rather; hearest thou? take him with thee."
  • Then was Ralph overflowing with thanks, but the Lord heeded him naught,
  • but looked askance at him and sourly. And he rose up withal, and led
  • the damsel by the hand into another chamber; and she minced in her gait
  • and leaned over to the Lord and spake softly in his ear and laughed,
  • and he laughed in his turn and toyed with her neck and shoulders.
  • But the great men turned and went their ways from the Tower, and Ralph
  • went with Otter and was full of glee, and as merry as a bird. But
  • Otter looked on him, and said gruffly: "Yea now, thou art like a
  • song-bird but newly let out of his cage. But I can see the string
  • which is tied to thy leg, though thou feelest it not."
  • "Why, what now?" quoth Ralph, making as though he were astonished.
  • "Hearken," said Otter: "there is none nigh us, so I will speak
  • straight out; for I love thee since the justing when we tried our might
  • together. If thou deemest that thou art verily free, ride off on the
  • backward road when we go forward; I warrant me thou shalt presently
  • meet with an adventure, and be brought in a captive for the second
  • time." "How then," said Ralph, "hath not the Lord good will toward me?"
  • Said Otter: "I say not that he is now minded to do thee a mischief for
  • cruelty's sake; but he is minded to get what he can out of thee. If he
  • use thee not for the pleasuring of his wife (so long as her pleasure in
  • thee lasteth) he will verily use thee for somewhat else. And to speak
  • plainly, I now deem that he will make thee my mate, to use with me, or
  • against me as occasion may serve; so thou shalt be another captain of
  • his host." He laughed withal, and said again: "But if thou be not
  • wary, thou wilt tumble off that giddy height, and find thyself a thrall
  • once more, and maybe a gelding to boot." Now waxed Ralph angry and
  • forgat his prudence, and said: "Yea, but how shall he use me when I am
  • out of reach of his hand?" "Oho, young man," said Otter, "whither away
  • then, to be out of his reach?"
  • "Why," quoth Ralph still angrily, "is thy Lord master of all the
  • world?" "Nay," said the captain, "but of a piece thereof. In short,
  • betwixt Utterbol and Goldburg, and Utterbol and the mountains, and
  • Utterbol and an hundred miles north, and an hundred miles south, there
  • is no place where thou canst live, no place save the howling
  • wilderness, and scarcely there either, where he may not lay hand on
  • thee if he do but whistle. What, man! be not downhearted! come with us
  • to Utterbol, since thou needs must. Be wise, and then the Lord shall
  • have no occasion against thee; above all, beware of crossing him in any
  • matter of a woman. Then who knows" (and here he sunk his voice well
  • nigh to a whisper) "but thou and I together may rule in Utterbol and
  • make better days there."
  • Ralph was waxen master of himself by now, and was gotten wary indeed,
  • so he made as if he liked Otter's counsel well, and became exceeding
  • gay; for indeed the heart within him was verily glad at the thought of
  • his escaping from thralldom; for more than ever now he was fast in his
  • mind to flee at the time appointed by Redhead.
  • So Otter said: "Well, youngling, I am glad that thou takest it thus,
  • for I deem that if thou wert to seek to depart, the Lord would make it
  • an occasion against thee."
  • "Such an occasion shall he not have, fellow in arms," quoth Ralph.
  • "But tell me, we ride presently, and I suppose are bound for Utterness
  • by the shortest road?" "Yea," said Otter, "and anon we shall come to
  • the great forest which lieth along our road all the way to Utterness
  • and beyond it; for the town is, as it were, an island in the sea of
  • woodland which covers all, right up to the feet of the Great Mountains,
  • and does what it may to climb them whereso the great wall or its
  • buttresses are anywise broken down toward our country; but the end of
  • it lieth along our road, as I said, and we do but skirt it. A woeful
  • wood it is, and save for the hunting of the beasts, which be there in
  • great plenty, with wolves and bears, yea, and lions to boot, which come
  • down from the mountains, there is no gain in it. No gain, though
  • forsooth they say that some have found it gainful."
  • "How so?" said Ralph. Said Otter: "That way lieth the way to the Well
  • at the World's End, if one might find it. If at any time we were clear
  • of Utterbol, I have a mind for the adventure along with thee, lad, and
  • so I deem hast thou from all the questions thou hast put to me
  • thereabout."
  • Ralph mastered himself so that his face changed not, and he said:
  • "Well, Captain, that may come to pass; but tell me, are there any
  • tokens known whereby a man shall know that he is on the right path to
  • the Well?"
  • "The report of folk goeth," said Otter, "concerning one token, where is
  • the road and the pass through the Great Mountains, to wit, that on the
  • black rock thereby is carven the image of a Fighting Man, or monstrous
  • giant, of the days long gone by. Of other signs I can tell thee
  • naught; and few of men are alive that can. But there is a Sage
  • dwelleth in the wood under the mountains to whom folk seek for his
  • diverse lore; and he, if he will, say men, can set forth all the way,
  • and its perils, and how to escape them. Well, knight, when the time
  • comes, thou and I will go find him together, for he at least is not
  • hard to find, and if he be gracious to us, then will we on our quest.
  • But as now, see ye, they have struck our tents and the Queen's pavilion
  • also; so to horse, is the word."
  • "Yea," quoth Ralph, looking curiously toward the place where the
  • Queen's pavilion had stood; "is not yonder the Queen's litter taking
  • the road?" "Yea, surely," said Otter.
  • "Then the litter will be empty," said Ralph. "Maybe, or maybe not,"
  • said Otter; "but now I must get me gone hastily to my folk; doubtless
  • we shall meet upon the road to Utterbol."
  • So he turned and went his ways; and Ralph also ran to his horse,
  • whereby was David already in the saddle, and so mounted, and the whole
  • rout moved slowly from out of Vale Turris, Ralph going ever by David.
  • The company was now a great one, for many wains were joined to them,
  • laden with meal, and fleeces, and other household stuff, and withal
  • there was a great herd of neat, and of sheep, and of goats, which the
  • Lord's men had been gathering in the fruitful country these two days;
  • but the Lord was tarrying still in the tower.
  • CHAPTER 40
  • They Ride Toward Utterness From Out of Vale Turris
  • So they rode by a good highway, well beaten, past the Tower and over
  • the ridge of the valley, and came full upon the terrible sight of the
  • Great Mountains, and the sea of woodland lay before them, swelling and
  • falling, and swelling again, till it broke grey against the dark blue
  • of the mountain wall. They went as the way led, down hill, and when
  • they were at the bottom, thence along their highway parted the tillage
  • and fenced pastures from the rough edges of the woodland like as a
  • ditch sunders field from field. They had the wildwood ever on their
  • right hand, and but a little way from where they rode the wood
  • thickened for the more part into dark and close thicket, the trees
  • whereof were so tall that they hid the overshadowing mountains whenso
  • they rode the bottoms, though when the way mounted on the ridges, and
  • the trees gave back a little, they had sight of the woodland and the
  • mountains. On the other hand at whiles the thicket came close up to
  • the roadside.
  • Now David biddeth press on past the wains and the driven beasts, which
  • were going very slowly. So did they, and at last were well nigh at the
  • head of the Lord's company, but when Ralph would have pressed on still,
  • David refrained him, and said that they must by no means outgo the
  • Queen's people, or even mingle with them; so they rode on softly. But
  • as the afternoon was drawing toward evening they heard great noise of
  • horns behind them, and the sound of horses galloping. Then David drew
  • Ralph to the side of the way, and everybody about, both before and
  • behind them, drew up in wise at the wayside, and or ever Ralph could
  • ask any question, came a band of men-at-arms at the gallop led by
  • Otter, and after them the Lord on his black steed, and beside him on a
  • white palfrey the woman whom Ralph had seen in the Tower, and whom he
  • had taken for the Queen, her light raiment streaming out from her, and
  • her yellow hair flying loose. They passed in a moment of time, and
  • then David and Ralph and the rest rode on after them.
  • Then said Ralph: "The Queen rideth well and hardily." "Yea," said
  • David, screwing his face into a grin, would he or no. Ralph beheld
  • him, and it came into his mind that this was not the Queen whom he had
  • looked on when they first came into Vale Turris, and he said: "What
  • then! this woman is not the Queen?"
  • David spake not for a while, and then he answered: "Sir Knight, there
  • be matters whereof we servants of my Lord say little or nothing, and
  • thou wert best to do the like." And no more would he say thereon.
  • CHAPTER 41
  • Redhead Keeps Tryst
  • They rode not above a dozen miles that day, and pitched their tents and
  • pavilions in the fair meadows by the wayside looking into the thick of
  • the forest. There this betid to tell of, that when Ralph got off his
  • horse, and the horse-lads were gathered about the men-at-arms and high
  • folk, who should take Ralph's horse but Redhead, who made a sign to him
  • by lifting his eyebrows as if he were asking him somewhat; and Ralph
  • took it as a question as to whether his purpose held to flee on the
  • morrow night; so he nodded a yeasay, just so much as Redhead might note
  • it; and naught else befell betwixt them.
  • When it was barely dawn after that night, Ralph awoke with the sound of
  • great stir in the camp, and shouting of men and lowing and bleating of
  • beasts; so he looked out, and saw that the wains and the flocks and
  • herds were being got on to the road, so that they might make good way
  • before the company of the camp took the road. But he heeded it little
  • and went to sleep again.
  • When it was fully morning he arose, and found that the men were not
  • hastening their departure, but were resting by the wood-side and
  • disporting them about the meadow; so he wandered about amongst the
  • men-at-arms and serving-men, and came across Redhead and hailed him;
  • and there was no man very nigh to them; so Redhead looked about him
  • warily, and then spake swiftly and softly: "Fail not to-night! fail
  • not! For yesterday again was I told by one who wotteth surely, what
  • abideth thee at Utterbol if thou go thither. I say if thou fail, thou
  • shalt repent but once--all thy life long to wit."
  • Ralph nodded his head, and said: "Fear not, I will not fail thee." And
  • therewith they turned away from each other lest they should be noted.
  • About two hours before noon they got to horse again, and, being no more
  • encumbered with the wains and the beasts, rode at a good pace. As on
  • the day before the road led them along the edge of the wildwood, and
  • whiles it even went close to the very thicket. Whiles again they
  • mounted somewhat, and looked down on the thicket, leagues and leagues
  • thereof, which yet seemed but a little space because of the hugeness of
  • the mountain wall which brooded over it; but oftenest the forest hid
  • all but the near trees.
  • Thus they rode some twenty miles, and made stay at sunset in a place
  • that seemed rather a clearing of the wood than a meadow; for they had
  • trees on their left hand at a furlong's distance, as well as on their
  • right at a stone's throw.
  • Ralph saw not Redhead as he got off his horse, and David according to
  • his wont went with him to his tent. But after they had supped
  • together, and David had made much of Ralph, and had drank many cups to
  • his health, he said to him: "The night is yet young, yea, but new-born;
  • yet must I depart from thee, if I may, to meet a man who will sell me a
  • noble horse good cheap; and I may well leave thee now, seeing that thou
  • hast become a free man; so I bid thee goodnight."
  • Therewith he departed, and was scarce gone out ere Redhead cometh in,
  • and saith in his wonted rough loud voice: "Here, knight, here is the
  • bridle thou badest me get mended; will the cobbling serve?" Then seeing
  • no one there, he fell to speaking softer and said: "I heard the old
  • pimp call thee a free man e'en now: I fear me that thou art not so free
  • as he would have thee think. Anyhow, were I thou, I would be freer in
  • two hours space. Is it to be so?"
  • "Yea, yea," said Ralph. Redhead nodded: "Good is that," said he; "I
  • say in two hours' time all will be quiet, and we are as near the
  • thicket as may be; there is no moon, but the night is fair and the
  • stars clear; so all that thou hast to do is to walk out of this tent,
  • and turn at once to thy right hand: come out with me now quietly, and I
  • will show thee."
  • They went out together and Redhead said softly: "Lo thou that doddered
  • oak yonder; like a piece of a hay-rick it looks under the stars; if
  • thou seest it, come in again at once."
  • Ralph turned and drew Redhead in, and said when they were in the tent
  • again: "Yea, I saw it: what then?"
  • Said Redhead: "I shall be behind it abiding thee." "Must I go afoot?"
  • said Ralph, "or how shall I get me a horse?" "I have a horse for thee,"
  • said Redhead, "not thine own, but a better one yet, that hath not been
  • backed to-day. Now give me a cup of wine, and let me go."
  • Ralph filled for him and took a cup himself, and said: "I pledge thee,
  • friend, and wish thee better luck; and I would have thee for my fellow
  • in this quest."
  • "Nay," said Redhead, "it may not be: I will not burden thy luck with
  • my ill-luck...and moreover I am seeking something which I may gain at
  • Utterbol, and if I have it, I may do my best to say good-night to that
  • evil abode."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "and I wish thee well therein." Said Redhead,
  • stammering somewhat; "It is even that woman of the Queen's whereof I
  • told thee. And now one last word, since I must not be over long in thy
  • tent, lest some one come upon us. But, fair sir, if thy mind misgive
  • thee for this turning aside from Utterbol; though it is not to be
  • doubted that the damsel whom thou seekest hath been there, it is not
  • all so sure that thou wouldst have found her there. For of late, what
  • with my Lord and my Lady being both away, the place hath been scant of
  • folk; and not only is the said damsel wise and wary, but there be
  • others who have seen her besides my Lord, and who so hath seen her is
  • like to love her; and such is she, that whoso loveth her is like to do
  • her will. So I bid thee in all case be earnest in thy quest; and think
  • that if thou die on the road thy damsel would have died for thee; and
  • if thou drink of the Well and come back whole and safe, I know not why
  • thou shouldest not go straight to Utterbol and have the damsel away
  • with thee, whosoever gainsay it. For they (if there be any such) who
  • have drunk of the Well at the World's End are well looked to in this
  • land. Now one more word yet; when I come to Utterbol, if thy damsel be
  • there still, fear not but I will have speech of her, and tell of thee,
  • and what thou wert looking to, and how thou deemedst of her."
  • Therewith he turned and departed hastily.
  • But Ralph left alone was sorely moved with hope and fear, and a longing
  • that grew in him to see the damsel. For though he was firmly set on
  • departure, and on seeking the sage aforesaid, yet his heart was drawn
  • this way and that: and it came into his mind how the damsel would fare
  • when the evil Lord came home to Utterbol; and he could not choose but
  • make stories of her meeting of the tyrant, and her fear and grief and
  • shame, and the despair of her heart. So the minutes went slow to him,
  • till he should be in some new place and doing somewhat toward bringing
  • about the deliverance of her from thralldom, and the meeting of him and
  • her.
  • BOOK THREE
  • The Road To The Well At World's End.
  • CHAPTER 1
  • An Adventure in the Wood Under the Mountains
  • Now was the night worn to the time appointed, for it was two hours
  • after midnight, so he stepped out of his tent clad in all his war gear,
  • and went straight to the doddered oak, and found Redhead there with but
  • one horse, whereby Ralph knew that he held to his purpose of going his
  • ways to Utterbol: so he took him by the shoulders and embraced him,
  • rough carle as he was, and Redhead kneeled to him one moment of time
  • and then arose and went off into the night. But Ralph got a-horseback
  • without delay and rode his ways warily across the highway and into the
  • wood, and there was none to hinder him. Though it was dark but for the
  • starlight, there was a path, which the horse, and not Ralph, found, so
  • that he made some way even before the first glimmer of dawn, all the
  • more as the wood was not very thick after the first mile, and there
  • were clearings here and there.
  • So rode Ralph till the sun was at point to rise, and he was about the
  • midst of one of those clearings or wood-lawns, on the further side
  • whereof there was more thicket, as he deemed, then he had yet come to;
  • so he drew rein and looked about him for a minute. Even therewith he
  • deemed he heard a sound less harsh than the cry of the jay in the
  • beech-trees, and shriller than the moaning of the morning breeze in the
  • wood. So he falls to listening with both ears, and this time deems
  • that he hears the voice of a woman: and therewith came into his mind
  • that old and dear adventure of the Wood Perilous; for he was dreamy
  • with the past eagerness of his deeds, and the long and lonely night.
  • But yet he doubted somewhat of the voice when it had passed his ears,
  • so he shook his rein, for he thought it not good to tarry.
  • Scarce then had his horse stepped out, ere there came a woman running
  • out of the thicket before him and made toward him over the lawn. So he
  • gat off his horse at once and went to meet her, leading his horse; and
  • as he drew nigh he could see that she was in a sorry plight; she had
  • gathered up her skirts to run the better, and her legs and feet were
  • naked: the coif was gone from her head and her black hair streamed out
  • behind her: her gown was rent about the shoulders and bosom, so that
  • one sleeve hung tattered, as if by the handling of some one.
  • So she ran up to him crying out: "Help, knight, help us!" and sank
  • down therewith at his feet panting and sobbing. He stooped down to
  • her, and raised her up, and said in a kind voice: "What is amiss, fair
  • damsel, that thou art in such a plight; and what may I for thine avail?
  • Doth any pursue thee, that thou fleest thus?"
  • She stood sobbing awhile, and then took hold of his two hands and said:
  • "O fair lord, come now and help my lady! for as for me, since I am with
  • thee, I am safe."
  • "Yea," said he, "Shall I get to horse at once?" And therewith he made
  • as if he would move away from her; but she still held his hands, and
  • seemed to think it good so to do, and she spake not for a while but
  • gazed earnestly into his face. She was a fair woman, dark and sleek
  • and lithe...for in good sooth she was none other than Agatha, who is
  • afore told of.
  • Now Ralph is somewhat abashed by her eagerness, and lets his eyes fall
  • before hers; and he cannot but note that despite the brambles and
  • briars of the wood that she had run through, there were no scratches on
  • her bare legs, and that her arm was unbruised where the sleeve had been
  • rent off.
  • At last she spake, but somewhat slowly, as if she were thinking of what
  • she had to say: "O knight, by thy knightly oath I charge thee come to
  • my lady and help and rescue her: she and I have been taken by evil men,
  • and I fear that they will put her to shame, and torment her, ere they
  • carry her off; for they were about tying her to a tree when I escaped:
  • for they heeded not me who am but the maid, when they had the mistress
  • in their hands." "Yea," said he, "and who is thy mistress?" Said the
  • damsel: "She is the Lady of the Burnt Rock; and I fear me that these
  • men are of the Riders of Utterbol; and then will it go hard with her;
  • for there is naught but hatred betwixt my lord her husband and the
  • tyrant of Utterbol." Said Ralph: "And how many were they?" "O but
  • three, fair sir, but three," she said; "and thou so fair and strong,
  • like the war-god himself."
  • Ralph laughed: "Three to one is long odds," quoth he, "but I will come
  • with thee when thou hast let go my hands so that I may mount my horse.
  • But wilt thou not ride behind me, fair damsel; so wearied and spent as
  • thou wilt be by thy night."
  • She looked on him curiously, and laid a hand on his breast, and the
  • hauberk rings tinkled beneath the broidered surcoat; then she said:
  • "Nay, I had best go afoot before thee, so disarrayed as I am."
  • Then she let him go, but followed him still with her eyes as he gat him
  • into the saddle. She walked on beside his horse's head; and Ralph
  • marvelled of her that for all her haste she had been in, she went
  • somewhat leisurely, picking her way daintily so as to tread the smooth,
  • and keep her feet from the rough.
  • Thus they went on, into the thicket and through it, and the damsel put
  • the thorns and briars aside daintily as she stepped, and went slower
  • still till they came to a pleasant place of oak-trees with greensward
  • beneath them; and then she stopped, and turning, faced Ralph, and spoke
  • with another voice than heretofore, whereas there was naught rueful or
  • whining therein, but somewhat both of glee and of mocking as it seemed.
  • "Sir knight," she said, "I have a word or two for thy ears; and this is
  • a pleasant place, and good for us to talk together, whereas it is
  • neither too near to her, nor too far from her, so that I can easily
  • find my way back to her. Now, lord, I pray thee light down and listen
  • to me." And therewith she sat down on the grass by the bole of a great
  • oak.
  • "But thy lady," said Ralph, "thy lady?" "O sir," she said; "My lady
  • shall do well enough: she is not tied so fast, but she might loose
  • herself if the need were pressing. Light down, dear lord, light down!"
  • But Ralph sat still on his horse, and knit his brows, and said: "What
  • is this, damsel? hast thou been playing a play with me? Where is thy
  • lady whom thou wouldst have me deliver? If this be but game and play,
  • let me go my ways; for time presses, and I have a weighty errand on
  • hand."
  • She rose up and came close to him, and laid a hand on his knee and
  • looked wistfully into his face as she said: "Nay then, I can tell thee
  • all the tale as thou sittest in thy saddle; for meseems short will be
  • thy farewell when I have told it." And she sighed withal.
  • Then Ralph was ashamed to gainsay her, and she now become gentle and
  • sweet and enticing, and sad withal; so he got off his horse and tied
  • him to a tree, and went and stood by the damsel as she lay upon the
  • grass, and said: "I prithee tell thy tale and let me depart if there be
  • naught for me to do."
  • Then she said: "This is the first word, that as to the Red Rock, I
  • lied; and my lady is the Queen of Utterbol, and I am her thrall, and it
  • is I who have drawn thee hither from the camp."
  • The blood mounted to Ralph's brow for anger; when he called to mind how
  • he had been led hither and thither on other folk's errands ever since
  • he left Upmeads. But he said naught, and Agatha looked on him timidly
  • and said: "I say I am her thrall, and I did it to serve her and because
  • she bade me." Said Ralph roughly: "And Redhead, him whom I saved from
  • torments and death; dost thou know him? didst thou know him?"
  • "Yea," she said, "I had from him what he had learned concerning thee
  • from the sergeants and others, and then I put words into his mouth."
  • "Yea then," quoth Ralph, "then he also is a traitor!" "Nay, nay," she
  • said, "he is a true man and loveth thee, and whatever he hath said to
  • thee he troweth himself. Moreover, I tell thee here and now that all
  • that he told thee of the affairs of Utterbol, and thine outlook there,
  • is true and overtrue."
  • She sprang to her feet therewith, and stood before him and clasped her
  • hands before him and said: "I know that thou seekest the Well at the
  • World's End and the deliverance of the damsel whom the Lord ravished
  • from the wild man: now I swear it by thy mouth, that if thou go to
  • Utterbol thou art undone and shalt come to the foulest pass there, and
  • moreover that so going thou shalt bring the uttermost shame and
  • torments on the damsel."
  • Said Ralph: "Yea, but what is her case as now? tell me."
  • Quoth Agatha: "She is in no such evil case; for my lady hateth her not
  • as yet, or but little; and, which is far more, my lord loveth her after
  • his fashion, and withal as I deem feareth her; for though she hath
  • utterly gainsaid his desire, he hath scarce so much as threatened her.
  • A thing unheard of. Had it been another woman she had by this time
  • known all the bitterness that leadeth unto death at Utterbol." Ralph
  • paled and he scowled on her, then he said: "And how knowest thou all
  • the privity of the Lord of Utterbol? who telleth thee of all this?"
  • She smiled and spake daintily: "Many folk tell me that which I would
  • know; and that is because whiles I conquer the tidings with my wits,
  • and whiles buy it with my body. Anyhow what I tell thee is the very
  • sooth concerning this damsel, and this it is: that whereas she is but
  • in peril, she shall be in deadly peril, yea and that instant, if thou
  • go to Utterbol, thou, who art her lover..." "Nay," said Ralph angrily,
  • "I am not her lover, I am but her well-willer." "Well," quoth Agatha
  • looking down and knitting her brows, "when thy good will towards her
  • has become known, then shall she be thrown at once into the pit of my
  • lord's cruelty. Yea, to speak sooth, even as it is, for thy sake (for
  • her I heed naught) I would that the lord might find her gone when he
  • cometh back to Utterbol."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, reddening, "and is there any hope for her getting
  • clear off?" "So I deem," said Agatha. She was silent awhile and then
  • spake in a low voice: "It is said that each man that seeth her loveth
  • her; yea, and will befriend her, even though she consent not to his
  • desire. Maybe she hath fled from Utterbol."
  • Ralph stood silent awhile with a troubled face; and then he said: "Yet
  • thou hast not told me the why and wherefore of this play of thine, and
  • the beguiling me into fleeing from the camp. Tell it me that I may
  • pardon thee and pass on."
  • She said: "By thine eyes I swear that this is sooth, and that there is
  • naught else in it than this: My lady set her love, when first she set
  • her eyes upon thee--as forsooth all women must: as for me, I had not
  • seen thee (though I told my lady that I had) till within this hour that
  • we met in the wood."
  • She sighed therewith, and with her right hand played with the rent
  • raiment about her bosom. Then she said: "She deemed that if thou
  • camest a mere thrall to Utterbol, though she might command thy body,
  • yet she would not gain thy love; but that if perchance thou mightest
  • see her in hard need, and evilly mishandled, and mightest deliver her,
  • there might at least grow up pity in thee for her, and that love might
  • come thereof, as oft hath happed aforetime; for my lady is a fair
  • woman. Therefore I, who am my lady's servant and thrall, and who, I
  • bid thee remember, had not seen thee, took upon me to make this
  • adventure, like to a minstrel's tale done in the flesh. Also I spake
  • to my lord and told him thereof; and though he jeered at my lady to me,
  • he was content, because he would have her set her heart on thee
  • utterly; since he feared her jealousy, and would fain be delivered of
  • it, lest she should play some turn to his newly beloved damsel and do
  • her a mischief. Therefore did he set thee free (in words) meaning,
  • when he had thee safe at Utterbol again (as he nowise doubted to have
  • thee) to do as he would with thee, according as occasion might serve.
  • For at heart he hateth thee, as I could see well. So a little before
  • thou didst leave the camp, we, the Queen and I, went privily into a
  • place of the woods but a little way hence. There I disarrayed both my
  • lady and myself so far as was needful for the playing out the play
  • which was to have seemed to thee a real adventure. Then came I to thee
  • as if by chance hap, that I might bring thee to her; and if thou hadst
  • come, we had a story for thee, whereby thou mightest not for very
  • knighthood forbear to succour her and bring her whither she would,
  • which in the long run had been Utterbol, but for the present time was
  • to have been a certain strong-house appertaining to Utterbol, and nigh
  • unto it. This is all the tale, and now if thou wilt, thou mayst pardon
  • me; or if thou wilt, thou mayst draw out thy sword and smite off my
  • head. And forsooth I deem that were the better deed."
  • She knelt down before him and put her palms together, and looked up at
  • him beseechingly. His face darkened as he beheld her thus, but it
  • cleared at last, and he said: "Damsel, thou wouldst turn out but a
  • sorry maker, and thy play is naught. For seest thou not that I should
  • have found out all the guile at Utterbol, and owed thy lady hatred
  • rather than love thereafter."
  • "Yea," she said, "but my lady might have had enough of thy love by
  • then, and would belike have let thee alone to fall into the hands of
  • the Lord. Lo now! I have delivered thee from this, so that thou art
  • quit both of the Lord and the lady and me: and again I say that thou
  • couldst scarce have missed, both thou and thy damsel, of a miserable
  • ending at Utterbol."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, softly, and as if speaking to himself, "yet am I
  • lonely and unholpen." Then he turned to Agatha and said: "The end of
  • all this is that I pardon thee, and must depart forthwith; for when ye
  • two come back to the camp, then presently will the hunt be up."
  • She rose from her knees, and stood before him humbly and said: "Nay, I
  • shall requite thee thy pardon thus far, that I will fashion some tale
  • for my lady which will keep us in the woods two days or three; for we
  • have provided victual for our adventure."
  • Said Ralph: "I may at least thank thee for that, and will trust in
  • thee to do so much." Quoth she: "Then might I ask a reward of thee:
  • since forsooth other reward awaiteth me at Utterbol."
  • "Thou shalt have it," said Ralph. She said: "The reward is that thou
  • kiss me ere we part."
  • "It must needs be according to my word," said Ralph, "yet I must tell
  • thee that my kiss will bear but little love with it."
  • She answered naught but laid her hands on his breast and put up her
  • face to him, and he kissed her lips. Then she said: "Knight, thou hast
  • kissed a thrall and a guileful woman, yet one that shall smart for
  • thee; therefore grudge not the kiss nor repent thee of thy kindness."
  • "How shalt thou suffer?" said he. She looked on him steadfastly a
  • moment, and said: "Farewell! may all good go with thee." Therewith she
  • turned away and walked off slowly through the wood, and somewhat he
  • pitied her, and sighed as he got into his saddle; but he said to
  • himself: "How might I help her? Yet true it is that she may well be
  • in an evil case: I may not help everyone." Then he shook his rein and
  • rode his ways.
  • CHAPTER 2
  • Ralph Rides the Wood Under the Mountains
  • A long way now rode Ralph, and naught befell him but the fashion of the
  • wood. And as he rode, the heart within him was lightened that he had
  • escaped from all the confusion and the lying of those aliens, who knew
  • him not, nor his kindred, and yet would all use him each for his own
  • ends: and withal he was glad that he was riding all alone upon his
  • quest, but free, unwounded, and well weaponed.
  • The wood was not very thick whereas he rode, so that he could see the
  • whereabouts of the sun, and rode east as far as he could judge it.
  • Some little victual he had with him, and he found woodland fruit
  • ripening here and there, and eked out his bread therewith; neither did
  • water fail him, for he rode a good way up along a woodland stream that
  • cleft the thicket, coming down as he deemed from the mountains, and
  • thereby he made the more way: but at last he deemed that he must needs
  • leave it, as it turned overmuch to the north. The light was failing
  • when he came into a woodlawn amidst of which was a pool of water, and
  • all that day he had had no adventure with beast or man, since he had
  • sundered from Agatha. So he lay down and slept there with his naked
  • sword by his side, and awoke not till the sun was high in the heavens
  • next morning. Then he arose at once and went on his way after he had
  • washed him, and eaten a morsel.
  • After a little the thick of the wood gave out, and the land was no
  • longer flat, as it had been, but was of dales and of hills, not blinded
  • by trees. In this land he saw much deer, as hart and wild swine; and
  • he happened also on a bear, who was about a honey tree, and had taken
  • much comb from the wild bees. On him Ralph drew his sword and drave
  • him exceeding loth from his purchase, so that the knight dined off the
  • bear's thieving. Another time he came across a bent where on the south
  • side grew vines well fruited, and the grapes a-ripening; and he ate
  • well thereof before he went on his way.
  • Before nightfall he came on that same stream again, and it was now
  • running straight from the east; so he slept that night on the bank
  • thereof. On the morrow he rode up along it a great way, till again it
  • seemed to be coming overmuch from the north; and then he left it, and
  • made on east as near as he could guess it by the sun.
  • Now he passed through thickets at whiles not very great, and betwixt
  • them rode hilly land grassed mostly with long coarse grass, and with
  • whin and thorn-trees scattered about. Thence he saw again from time to
  • time the huge wall of the mountains rising up into the air like a great
  • black cloud that would swallow up the sky, and though the sight was
  • terrible, yet it gladdened him, since he knew that he was on the right
  • way. So far he rode, going on the whole up-hill, till at last there
  • was a great pine-wood before him, so that he could see no ending to it
  • either north or south.
  • It was now late in the afternoon, and Ralph pondered whether he should
  • abide the night where he was and sleep the night there, or whether he
  • should press on in hope of winning to some clear place before dark. So
  • whereas he was in a place both rough and waterless, he deemed it better
  • to go on, after he had rested his horse and let him bite the herbage a
  • while. Then he rode his ways, and entered the wood and made the most
  • of the way.
  • CHAPTER 3
  • Ralph Meeteth With Another Adventure in the Wood Under the Mountain
  • Soon the wood grew very thick of pine-trees, though there was no
  • undergrowth, so that when the sun sank it grew dark very speedily; but
  • he still rode on in the dusk, and there were but few wild things, and
  • those mostly voiceless, in the wood, and it was without wind and very
  • still. Now he thought he heard the sound of a horse going behind him
  • or on one side, and he wondered whether the chace were up, and hastened
  • what he might, till at last it grew black night, and he was constrained
  • to abide. So he got off his horse, and leaned his back against a tree,
  • and had the beast's reins over his arm; and now he listened again
  • carefully, and was quite sure that he could hear the footsteps of some
  • hard-footed beast going nowise far from him. He laughed inwardly, and
  • said to himself: "If the chacer were to pass but three feet from my
  • nose he should be none the wiser but if he hear me or my horse." And
  • therewith he cast a lap of his cloak over the horse's head, lest he
  • should whinny if he became aware of the other beast; and so there he
  • stood abiding, and the noise grew greater till he could hear clearly
  • the horse-hoofs drawing nigh, till they came very nigh, and then
  • stopped.
  • Then came a man's voice that said: "Is there a man anigh in the wood?"
  • Ralph held his peace till he should know more; and the voice spake
  • again in a little while: "If there be a man anigh let him be sure that
  • I will do him no hurt; nay, I may do him good, for I have meat with
  • me." Clear was the voice, and as sweet as the April blackbird sings.
  • It spake again: "Naught answereth, yet meseemeth I know surely that a
  • man is anigh; and I am aweary of the waste, and long for fellowship."
  • Ralph hearkened, and called to mind tales of way-farers entrapped by
  • wood-wives and evil things; but he thought: "At least this is no
  • sending of the Lord of Utterbol, and, St. Nicholas to aid, I have
  • little fear of wood-wights. Withal I shall be but a dastard if I answer
  • not one man, for fear of I know not what." So he spake in a loud and
  • cheerful voice: "Yea, there is a man anigh, and I desire thy
  • fellowship, if we might but meet. But how shall we see each other in
  • the blackness of the wildwood night?"
  • The other laughed, and the laugh sounded merry and sweet, and the voice
  • said: "Hast thou no flint and fire-steel?" "No," said Ralph. "But I
  • have," said the voice, "and I am fain to see thee, for thy voice
  • soundeth pleasant to me. Abide till I grope about for a stick or two."
  • Ralph laughed in turn, as he heard the new-comer moving about; then he
  • heard the click of the steel on the flint, and saw the sparks showering
  • down, so that a little piece of the wood grew green again to his eyes.
  • Then a little clear flame sprang up, and therewith he saw the
  • tree-stems clearly, and some twenty yards from him a horse, and a man
  • stooping down over the fire, who sprang up now and cried out: "It is a
  • knight-at-arms! Come hither, fellow of the waste; it is five days since
  • I have spoken to a child of Adam; so come nigh and speak to me, and as
  • a reward of thy speech thou shalt have both meat and firelight."
  • "That will be well paid," said Ralph laughing, and he stepped forward
  • leading his horse, for now the wood was light all about, as the fire
  • waxed and burned clear; so that Ralph could see that the new-comer was
  • clad in quaintly-fashioned armour after the fashion of that land, with
  • a bright steel sallet on the head, and a long green surcoat over the
  • body armour. Slender of make was the new-comer, not big nor tall of
  • stature.
  • Ralph went up to him hastily, and merrily put his hand on his shoulder,
  • and kissed him, saying: "The kiss of peace in the wilderness to thee!"
  • And he found him smooth-faced and sweet-breathed.
  • But the new comer took his hand and led him to where the firelight was
  • brightest and looked on him silently a while; and Ralph gave back the
  • look. The strange-wrought sallet hid but little of the new comer's
  • face, and as Ralph looked thereon a sudden joy came into his heart, and
  • he cried out: "O, but I have kissed thy face before! O, my friend, my
  • friend!"
  • Then spake the new-comer and said: "Yea, I am a woman, and I was thy
  • friend for a little while at Bourton Abbas, and at the want-ways of the
  • Wood Perilous."
  • Then Ralph cast his arms about her and kissed her again; but she
  • withdrew her from him, and said: "Help me, my friend, that we may
  • gather sticks to feed our fire, lest it die and the dark come again so
  • that we see not each other's faces, and think that we have but met in a
  • dream."
  • Then she busied herself with gathering the kindling; but presently she
  • looked up at him, and said: "Let us make the wood shine wide about,
  • for this is a feastful night."
  • So they gathered a heap of wood and made the fire great; and then Ralph
  • did off his helm and hauberk and the damsel did the like, so that he
  • could see the shapeliness of her uncovered head. Then they sat down
  • before the fire, and the damsel drew meat and drink from her
  • saddle-bags, and gave thereof to Ralph, who took it of her and her hand
  • withal, and smiled on her and said: "Shall we be friends together as
  • we were at Bourton Abbas and the want-ways of the Wood Perilous?" She
  • shook her head and said: "If it might be! but it may not be. Not many
  • days have worn since then; but they have brought about changed days."
  • He looked on her wistfully and said: "But thou wert dear to me then."
  • "Yea," she said, "and thou to me; but other things have befallen, and
  • there is change betwixt."
  • "Nay, what change?" said Ralph.
  • Even by the firelight he saw that she reddened as she answered: "I was
  • a free woman then; now am I but a runaway thrall." Then Ralph laughed
  • merrily, and said, "Then are we brought the nigher together, for I also
  • am a runaway thrall."
  • She smiled and looked down: then she said: "Wilt thou tell me how
  • that befell?"
  • "Yea," said he, "but I will ask thee first a question or two." She
  • nodded a yeasay, and looked on him soberly, as a child waiting to say
  • its task.
  • Said Ralph: "When we parted at the want-ways of the Wood Perilous thou
  • saidst that thou wert minded for the Well at the World's End, and to
  • try it for life or death. But thou hadst not then the necklace, which
  • now I see thee bear, and which, seest thou! is like to that about my
  • neck. Wilt thou tell me whence thou hadst it?"
  • She said: "Yea; it was given unto me by a lady, mighty as I deem, and
  • certainly most lovely, who delivered me from an evil plight, and a
  • peril past words, but whereof I will tell thee afterwards. And she it
  • was who told me of the way to the Well at the World's End, and many
  • matters concerning them that seek it, whereof thou shalt wot soon."
  • Said Ralph: "As to how thou wert made a thrall thou needest not to
  • tell me; for I have learned that of those that had to do with taking
  • thee to Utterbol. But tell me; here are met we two in the pathless
  • wilds, as if it were on the deep sea, and we two seeking the same
  • thing. Didst thou deem that we should meet, or that I should seek
  • thee?"
  • Now was the fire burning somewhat low, but he saw that she looked on
  • him steadily; yet withal her sweet voice trembled a little as she
  • answered: "Kind friend, I had a hope that thou wert seeking me and
  • wouldst find me: for indeed that fairest of women who gave me the beads
  • spake to me of thee, and said that thou also wouldst turn thee to the
  • quest of the Well at the World's End; and already had I deemed thine
  • eyes lucky as well as lovely. But tell me, my friend, what has
  • befallen that lady that she is not with thee? For in such wise she
  • spake of thee, that I deemed that naught would sunder you save death."
  • "It is death that hath sundered us," said Ralph.
  • Then she hung her head, and sat silent a while, neither did he speak
  • till she had risen up and cast more wood upon the fire; and she stood
  • before it with her back towards him. Then he spake to her in a
  • cheerful voice and said: "Belike we shall be long together: tell me
  • thy name; is it not Dorothy?" She turned about to him with a smiling
  • face, and said: "Nay lord, nay: did I not tell thee my name before?
  • They that held me at the font bid the priest call me Ursula, after the
  • Friend of Maidens. But what is thy name?"
  • "I am Ralph of Upmeads," quoth he; and sat a while silent, pondering
  • his dream and how it had betrayed him as to her name, when it had told
  • him much that he yet deemed true.
  • She came and sat down by him again, and said to him: "Thy questions I
  • have answered; but thou hast not yet told me the tale of thy
  • captivity." Her voice sounded exceeding sweet to him, and he looked on
  • her face and spake as kindly as he knew how, and said: "A short tale
  • it is to-night at least: I came from Whitwall with a Company of
  • Chapmen, and it was thee I was seeking and the Well at the World's End.
  • All went well with me, till I came to Goldburg, and there I was
  • betrayed by a felon, who had promised to lead me safe to Utterness, and
  • tell me concerning the way unto the Well. But he sold me to the Lord
  • of Utterbol, who would lead me to his house; which irked me not, at
  • first, because I looked to find thee there. Thereafter, if for shame I
  • may tell the tale, his lady and wife cast her love upon me, and I was
  • entangled in the nets of guile: yet since I was told, and believed that
  • it would be ill both for thee and for me if I met thee at Utterbol, I
  • took occasion to flee away, I will tell thee how another while."
  • She had turned pale as she heard him, and now she said: "It is indeed
  • God's mercy that thou camest not to Utterbol nor foundest me there, for
  • then had both we been undone amidst the lusts of those two; or that
  • thou camest not there to find me fled, else hadst thou been undone. My
  • heart is sick to think of it, even as I sit by thy side."
  • Said Ralph: "Thy last word maketh me afraid and ashamed to ask thee a
  • thing. But tell me first, is that Lord of Utterbol as evil as men's
  • fear would make him? for no man is feared so much unless he is deemed
  • evil."
  • She was silent a while, and then she said: "He is so evil that it
  • might be deemed that he has been brought up out of hell."
  • Then Ralph looked sore troubled, and he said: "Dear friend, this is
  • the thing hard for me to say. In what wise did they use thee at
  • Utterbol? Did they deal with thee shamefully?" She answered him
  • quietly: "Nay," she said, "fear not! no shame befell me, save that I
  • was a thrall and not free to depart. Forsooth," she said, smiling, "I
  • fled away timely before the tormentors should be ready. Forsooth it is
  • an evil house and a mere piece of hell. But now we are out of it and
  • free in the wildwood, so let us forget it; for indeed it is a grief to
  • remember it. And now once more let us mend the fire, for thy face is
  • growing dim to me, and that misliketh me. Afterwards before we lie
  • down to sleep we will talk a little of the way, whitherward we shall
  • turn our faces to-morrow."
  • So they cast on more wood, and pineapples, and sweet it was to Ralph to
  • see her face come clear again from out the mirk of the wood. Then they
  • sat down again together and she said: "We two are seeking the Well at
  • the World's End; now which of us knows more of the way? who is to lead,
  • and who to follow?" Said Ralph: "If thou know no more than I, it is
  • little that thou knowest. Sooth it is that for many days past I have
  • sought thee that thou mightest lead me."
  • She laughed sweetly, and said: "Yea, knight, and was it for that cause
  • that thou soughtest me, and not for my deliverance?" He said soberly:
  • "Yet in very deed I set myself to deliver thee." "Yea," she said, "then
  • since I am delivered, I must needs deem of it as if it were through thy
  • deed. And as I suppose thou lookest for a reward therefor, so thy
  • reward shall be, that I will lead thee to the Well at the World's End.
  • Is it enough?" "Nay," said Ralph. They held their peace a minute, then
  • she said: "Maybe when we have drunk of that Water and are coming back,
  • it will be for thee to lead. For true it is that I shall scarce know
  • whither to wend; since amidst of my dreaming of the Well, and
  • of...other matters, my home that was is gone like a dream."
  • He looked at her, but scarce as if he were heeding all her words. Then
  • he spoke: "Yea, thou shalt lead me. I have been led by one or another
  • ever since I have left Upmeads." Now she looked on him somewhat
  • ruefully, and said: "Thou wert not hearkening e'en now; so I say it
  • again, that the time shall come when thou shalt lead me."
  • In Ralph's mind had sprung up again that journey from the Water of the
  • Oak-tree; so he strove with himself to put the thought from him, and
  • sighed and said: "Dost thou verily know much of the way?" She nodded
  • yeasay. "Knowest thou of the Rock of the Fighting Man?" "Yea," she
  • said. "And of the Sage that dwelleth in this same wood?" "Most
  • surely," she said, "and to-morrow evening or the morrow after we shall
  • find him; for I have been taught the way to his dwelling; and I wot
  • that he is now called the Sage of Swevenham. Yet I must tell thee that
  • there is some peril in seeking to him; whereas his dwelling is known of
  • the Utterbol riders, who may follow us thither. And yet again I deem
  • that he will find some remedy thereto."
  • Said Ralph: "Whence didst thou learn all this, my friend?" And his
  • face grew troubled again; but she said simply: "She taught it to me who
  • spake to me in the wood by Hampton under Scaur."
  • She made as if she noted not the trouble in his face, but said: "Put
  • thy trust in this, that here and with me thou art even now nigher to
  • the Well at the World's End than any other creature on the earth. Yea,
  • even if the Sage of Swevenham be dead or gone hence, yet have I tokens
  • to find the Rock of the Fighting Man, and the way through the
  • mountains, though I say not but that he may make it all clearer. But
  • now I see thee drooping with the grief of days bygone; and I deem also
  • that thou art weary with the toil of the way. So I rede thee lie down
  • here in the wilderness and sleep, and forget grief till to-morrow is a
  • new day."
  • "Would it were come," said he, "that I might see thy face the clearer;
  • yet I am indeed weary."
  • So he went and fetched his saddle and lay down with his head thereon;
  • and was presently asleep. But she, who had again cast wood on the
  • fire, sat by his head watching him with a drawn sword beside her, till
  • the dawn of the woodland began to glimmer through the trees: then she
  • also laid herself down and slept.
  • CHAPTER 4
  • They Ride the Wood Under the Mountains
  • When Ralph woke on the morrow it was broad day as far as the trees
  • would have it so. He rose at once, and looked about for his fellow,
  • but saw her not, and for some moments of time he thought he had but
  • dreamed of her; but he saw that the fire had been quickened from its
  • embers, and close by lay the hauberk and strange-fashioned helm, and
  • the sword of the damsel, and presently he saw her coming through the
  • trees barefoot, with the green-sleeved silken surcoat hanging below the
  • knees and her hair floating loose about her. She stepped lightly up to
  • Ralph with a cheerful smiling countenance and a ruddy colour in her
  • cheeks, but her eyes moist as if she could scarce keep back the tears
  • for joy of the morning's meeting. He thought her fairer than erst, and
  • made as if he would put his arms about her, but she held a little aloof
  • from him, blushing yet more. Then she said in her sweet clear voice:
  • "Hail fellow-farer! now begins the day's work. I have been down
  • yonder, and have found a bright woodland pool, to wash the night off
  • me, and if thou wilt do in likewise and come back to me, I will dight
  • our breakfast meantime, and will we speedily to the road." He did as
  • she bade him, thinking of her all the while till he came back to her
  • fresh and gay. Then he looked to their horses and gave them fodder
  • gathered from the pool-side, and so turned to Ursula and found her with
  • the meat ready dight; so they ate and were glad.
  • When they had broken their fast Ralph went to saddle the horses, and
  • coming back found Ursula binding up her long hair, and she smiled on
  • him and said: "Now we are for the road I must be an armed knight again:
  • forsooth I unbound my hair e'en now and let my surcoat hang loose about
  • me in token that thou wottest my secret. Soothly, my friend, it irks
  • me that now we have met after a long while, I must needs be clad thus
  • graceless. But need drave me to it, and withal the occasion that was
  • given to me to steal this gay armour from a lad at Utterbol, the nephew
  • of the lord; who like his eme was half my lover, half my tyrant. Of
  • all which I will tell thee hereafter, and what wise I must needs steer
  • betwixt stripes and kisses these last days. But now let us arm and to
  • horse. Yet first lo you, here are some tools that in thine hands shall
  • keep us from sheer famine: as for me I am no archer; and forsooth no
  • man-at-arms save in seeming."
  • Therewith she showed him a short Turk bow and a quiver of arrows, which
  • he took well pleased. So then they armed each the other, and as she
  • handled Ralph's wargear she said: "How well-wrought and trusty is this
  • hauberk of thine, my friend; my coat is but a toy to it, with its gold
  • and silver rings and its gemmed collar: and thy plates be thick and
  • wide and well-wrought, whereas mine are little more than adornments to
  • my arms and legs."
  • He looked on her lovingly and loved her shapely hands amidst the dark
  • grey mail, and said: "That is well, dear friend, for since my breast
  • is a shield for thee it behoves it to be well covered." She looked at
  • him, and her lips trembled, and she put out her hand as if to touch his
  • cheek, but drew it back again and said: "Come now, let us to horse,
  • dear fellow in arms."
  • So they mounted and went their ways through a close pine-wood, where
  • the ground was covered with the pine-tree needles, and all was still
  • and windless. So as they rode said Ursula: "I seek tokens of the way
  • to the Sage of Swevenham. Hast thou seen a water yesterday?" "Yea,"
  • said Ralph, "I rode far along it, but left it because I deemed that it
  • turned north overmuch." "Thou wert right," she said, "besides that thy
  • turning from it hath brought us together; for it would have brought
  • thee to Utterbol at last. But now have we to hit upon another that
  • runneth straight down from the hills: not the Great Mountains, but the
  • high ground whereon is the Sage's dwelling. I know not whether the
  • ride be long or short; but the stream is to lead us."
  • On they rode through the wood, wherein was little change for hours; and
  • as they rested Ursula gave forth a deep breath, as one who has cast off
  • a load of care. And Ralph said: "Why sighest thou, fellow-farer?"
  • "O," she said, "it is for pleasure, and a thought that I had: for a
  • while ago I was a thrall, living amongst fears that sickened the heart;
  • and then a little while I was a lonely wanderer, and now...Therefore I
  • was thinking that if ever I come back to mine own land and my home, the
  • scent of a pine-wood shall make me happy."
  • Ralph looked on her eagerly, but said naught for a while; but at last
  • he spoke: "Tell me, friend," said he, "if we be met by strong-thieves
  • on the way, what shall we do then?"
  • "It is not like to befall," she said, "for men fear the wood, therefore
  • is there little prey for thieves therein: but if we chance on them,
  • the token of Utterbol on mine armour shall make them meek enough."
  • Then she fell silent a while, and spoke again: "True it is that we may
  • be followed by the Utterbol riders; for though they also fear the wood,
  • they fear it not so much as they fear their Lord. Howbeit, we be well
  • ahead, and it is little like that we shall be overtaken before we have
  • met the Sage; and then belike he shall provide."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "but what if the chase come up with us: shall we
  • suffer us to be taken alive?" She looked on him solemnly, laid her
  • hand on the beads about her neck, and answered: "By this token we must
  • live as long as we may, whatsoever may befall; for at the worst may
  • some road of escape be opened to us. Yet O, how far easier it were to
  • die than to be led back to Utterbol!"
  • A while they rode in silence, both of them: but at last spake Ralph,
  • but slowly and in a dull and stern voice: "Maybe it were good that
  • thou told me somewhat of the horrors and evil days of Utterbol?"
  • "Maybe," she said, "but I will not tell thee of them. Forsooth there
  • are some things which a man may not easily tell to a man, be he never
  • so much his friend as thou art to me. But bethink thee" (and she
  • smiled somewhat) "that this gear belieth me, and that I am but a woman;
  • and some things there be which a woman may not tell to a man, nay, not
  • even when he hath held her long in his arms." And therewith she flushed
  • exceedingly. But he said in a kind voice: "I am sorry that I asked
  • thee, and will ask thee no more thereof." She smiled on him friendly,
  • and they spake of other matters as they rode on.
  • But after a while Ralph said: "If it were no misease to thee to tell
  • me how thou didst fall into the hands of the men of Utterbol, I were
  • fain to hear the tale."
  • She laughed outright, and said: "Why wilt thou be forever harping on
  • the time of my captivity, friend? And thou who knowest the story
  • somewhat already? Howbeit, I may tell thee thereof without
  • heart-burning, though it be a felon tale."
  • He said, somewhat shame-facedly: "Take it not ill that I am fain to
  • hear of thee and thy life-days, since we are become fellow-farers."
  • "Well," she said, "this befell outside Utterbol, so I will tell thee.
  • "After I had stood in the thrall-market at Cheaping Knowe, and not been
  • sold, the wild man led me away toward the mountains that are above
  • Goldburg; and as we drew near to them on a day, he said to me that he
  • was glad to the heart-root that none had cheapened me at the said
  • market; and when I asked him wherefore, he fell a weeping as he rode
  • beside me, and said: 'Yet would God that I had never taken thee.' I
  • asked what ailed him, though indeed I deemed that I knew. He said:
  • 'This aileth me, that though thou art not of the blood wherein I am
  • bound to wed, I love thee sorely, and would have thee to wife; and now
  • I deem that thou wilt not love me again.' I said that he guessed
  • aright, but that if he would do friendly with me, I would be no less
  • than a friend to him. 'That availeth little,' quoth he; 'I would have
  • thee be mine of thine own will.' I said that might not be, that I could
  • love but one man alone. 'Is he alive?' said he. 'Goodsooth, I hope
  • so,' said I, 'but if he be dead, then is desire of men dead within me.'
  • "So we spake, and he was downcast and heavy of mood; but thenceforward
  • was he no worse to me than a brother. And he proffered it to lead me
  • back, if I would, and put me safely on the way to Whitwall; but, as
  • thou wottest, I had need to go forward, and no need to go back.
  • "Thus we entered into the mountains of Goldburg; but one morning, when
  • he arose, he was heavier of mood than his wont, and was restless
  • withal, and could be steadfast neither in staying nor going, nor aught
  • else. So I asked what ailed him, and he said: 'My end draweth nigh; I
  • have seen my fetch, and am fey. My grave abideth me in these
  • mountains.' 'Thou hast been dreaming ugly dreams,' said I, 'such
  • things are of no import.' And I spoke lightly, and strove to comfort
  • him. He changed not his mood for all that; but said: 'This is ill for
  • thee also; for thou wilt be worser without me than with me in these
  • lands.' Even so I deemed, and withal I was sorry for him, for though he
  • were uncouth and ungainly, he was no ill man. So against my will I
  • tumbled into the samelike mood as his, and we both fared along
  • drearily. But about sunset, as we came round a corner of the cliffs of
  • those mountains, or ever we were ware we happed upon a half-score of
  • weaponed men, who were dighting a camp under a big rock thereby: but
  • four there were with them who were still a-horseback; so that when Bull
  • Nosy (for that was his name) strove to flee away with me, it was of no
  • avail; for the said horsemen took us, and brought us before an
  • evil-looking man, who, to speak shortly, was he whom thou hast seen, to
  • wit, the Lord of Utterbol: he took no heed of Bull Nosy, but looked on
  • me closely, and handled me as a man doth with a horse at a cheaping, so
  • that I went nigh to smiting him, whereas I had a knife in my bosom, but
  • the chaplet refrained me. To make a short tale of it, he bade Bull
  • sell me to him, which Bull utterly naysaid, standing stiff and stark
  • before the Lord, and scowling on him. But the Lord laughed in his face
  • and said: 'So be it, for I will take her without a price, and thank
  • thee for sparing my gold.' Then said Bull: 'If thou take her as a
  • thrall, thou wert best take me also; else shall I follow thee as a free
  • man and slay thee when I may. Many are the days of the year, and on
  • some one of them will betide the occasion for the knife.'
  • "Thereat the Lord waxed very pale, and spake not, but looked at that
  • man of his who stood by Bull with a great sword in his fist, and lifted
  • up his hand twice, and let it fall twice, whereat that man stepped back
  • one pace, and swung his sword, and smote Bull, and clave his skull.
  • "Then the colour came into the Lord's face again, and he said: 'Now,
  • vassals, let us dine and be merry, for at least we have found something
  • in the mountains.' So they fell to and ate and drank, and victual was
  • given to me also, but I had no will to eat, for my soul was sick and my
  • heart was heavy, foreboding the uttermost evil. Withal I was sorry for
  • Bull Nosy, for he was no ill man and had become my friend.
  • "So they abode there that night, leaving Bull lying like a dog unburied
  • in the wilderness; and on the morrow they took the road to Utterbol,
  • and went swiftly, having no baggage, and staying but for victual, and
  • for rest every night. The Lord had me brought to him on that first
  • evening of our journey, and he saw me privily and spake to me, bidding
  • me do shameful things, and I would not; wherefore he threatened me
  • grievously; and, I being alone with him, bade him beware lest I should
  • slay him or myself. Thereat he turned pale, as he had done before Bull
  • Nosy, yet sent for none to slay me, but only bade me back to my
  • keepers. And so I came to Utterbol unscathed."
  • "And at Utterbol," said Ralph, "what befell thee there?" Ursula smiled
  • on him, and held up her finger; yet she answered: "Utterbol is a very
  • great house in a fair land, and there are sundry roofs and many fair
  • chambers. There was I brought to a goodly chamber amidst a garden; and
  • women servants were given me who led me to the bath and clad me in
  • dainty raiment, and gave me to eat and to drink, and all that I needed.
  • That is all my tale for this time."
  • CHAPTER 5
  • They Come on the Sage of Swevenham
  • Night was at hand before they came to the stream that they sought.
  • They found it cleaving the pine-wood, which held on till the very bank
  • of it, and was thick again on the further side in a few yards' space.
  • The stream was high-banked and ran deep and strong. Said Ursula as
  • they came up to it: "We may not cross it, but it matters not; and it is
  • to-morrow that we must ride up along it."
  • So they abode there, and made a fire by the waterside, and watched
  • there, turn and turn about, till it was broad day. Naught befell to
  • tell of, save that twice in the night Ralph deemed that he heard a lion
  • roar.
  • They got to horse speedily when they were both awake, and rode up the
  • stream, and began to go up hill, and by noon were come into a rough and
  • shaggy upland, whence from time to time they could see the huge wall of
  • the mountains, which yet seemed to Ralph scarce nigher, if at all, than
  • when he had beheld it ere he had come to Vale Turris. The way was
  • rough day-long, and now and again they found it hard to keep the stream
  • in sight, as especially when it cleft a hill, and ran between sheer
  • cliffs with no low shore on either side.
  • They made way but slowly, so that at last Ralph lost patience somewhat,
  • and said that he had but little hope of falling in with the Sage that
  • day or any day. But Ursula was of good cheer, and mocked him merrily
  • but sweetly, till his heart was lightened again. Withal she bade him
  • seek some venison, since they were drawing out the time, and she knew
  • not how long it would be ere they came to the Sage's dwelling.
  • Therefore he betook him to the Turk bow, and shot a leash of
  • heath-fowl, and they supped on the meat merrily in the wilderness.
  • But if they were merry, they were soon weary; for they journeyed on
  • after sunset that night, since the moon was up, and there was no thick
  • wood to turn dusk into dark for them. Their resting-place was a smooth
  • piece of greensward betwixt the water and a half circle of steep bent
  • that well nigh locked it about.
  • There then they abode, and in the stillness of the night heard a
  • thundering sound coming down the wind to them, which they deemed was
  • the roaring of distant waters; and when they went to the lip of the
  • river they saw flocks of foam floating by, wherefore they thought
  • themselves to be near some great mountain-neck whereover the water was
  • falling from some high place. But with no to-do they lay down upon the
  • greensward this second night of their fellowship, and waked later than
  • on the day before; for so weary had they been, that they had kept but
  • ill watch in the dark night, and none at all after dawn began to
  • glimmer.
  • Now Ralph sat up and saw Ursula still sleeping; then he rose to his
  • feet and looked about him, and saw their two horses cropping the grass
  • under the bent, and beside them a man, tall and white bearded, leaning
  • on his staff. Ralph caught up his sword and went toward the man, and
  • the sun gleamed from the blade just as the hoary-one turned to him; he
  • lifted up his staff as if in greeting to Ralph, and came toward him,
  • and even therewith Ursula awoke and arose, and saw the greybeard at
  • once; and she cried out: "Take heed to thy sword, fellow-farer, for,
  • praised be the saints, this is the Sage of Swevenham!"
  • So they stood there together till the Sage came up to them and kissed
  • them both, and said: "I am glad that ye are come at last; for I looked
  • for you no later than this. So now mount your horses and come with me
  • straightway; because life is short to them who have not yet drunk of
  • the Well at the World's End. Moreover if ye chance to come on the
  • riders of Utterbol, it shall go hard with you unless I be at hand."
  • Ralph saw of him that though he was an old hoar man to look on, yet he
  • was strong and sturdy, tall, and of goodly presence, with ruddy cheeks,
  • and red lips and bright eyes, and that the skin of his face and hands
  • was nowise wrinkled: but about his neck was a pair of beads like unto
  • his own gossip's gift.
  • So now they mounted at once, and with no more words he led them about
  • the bent, and they came in a little while into the wood again, but this
  • time it was of beech, with here and there an open place sprinkled about
  • with hollies and thorns; and they rode down the wide slope of a long
  • hill, and up again on the other side.
  • Thus they went for an hour, and the elder spake not again, though it
  • might have been deemed by his eyes that he was eager and fain. They
  • also held their peace; for the hope and fear of their hearts kept them
  • from words.
  • They came to the hill-top, and found a plain land, though the close
  • wood still held on a while; but soon they rode into a clearing of some
  • twelve acres, where were fenced crofts with goats therein, and three
  • garths of tillage, wherein the wheat-shocks were yet standing, and
  • there were coleworts and other pot-herbs also. But at the further end,
  • whereas the wood closed in again, was a little house builded of timber,
  • strong and goodly, and thatched with wheat-straw; and beside it was a
  • bubbling spring which ran in a brook athwart the said clearing; over
  • the house-door was a carven rood, and a bow and short spear were leaned
  • against the wall of the porch.
  • Ralph looked at all closely, and wondered whether this were perchance
  • the cot wherein the Lady of Abundance had dwelt with the evil witch.
  • But the elder looked on him, and said: "I know thy thought, and it is
  • not so; that house is far away hence; yet shalt thou come thereto.
  • Now, children, welcome to the house of him who hath found what ye seek,
  • but hath put aside the gifts which ye shall gain; and who belike shall
  • remember what ye shall forget."
  • Therewith he brought them into the house, and into a chamber, the
  • plenishing whereof was both scanty and rude. There he bade them sit,
  • and brought them victual, to wit, cheese and goats' milk and bread, and
  • they fell to speech concerning the woodland ways, and the seasons, and
  • other unweighty matters. But as for the old man he spoke but few
  • words, and as one unused to speech, albeit he was courteous and
  • debonair. But when they had eaten and drunk he spake to them and said:
  • "Ye have sought to me because ye would find the Well at the World's
  • End, and would have lore of me concerning the road thereto; but before
  • I tell you what ye would, let me know what ye know thereof already."
  • Quoth Ralph: "For me, little enough I know, save that I must come to
  • the Rock of the Fighting Man, and that thou knowest the way thither."
  • "And thou, damsel," quoth the long-hoary, "what knowest thou? Must I
  • tell thee of the way through the mountains and the Wall of the World,
  • and the Winter Valley, and the Folk Innocent, and the Cot on the Way,
  • and the Forest of Strange Things and the Dry Tree?"
  • "Nay," she said, "of all this I wot somewhat, but it may be not enough."
  • Said the Sage: "Even so it was with me, when a many years ago I dwelt
  • nigh to Swevenham, and folk sought to me for lore, and I told them what
  • I knew; but maybe it was not enough, for they never came back; but died
  • belike or ever they had seen the Well. And then I myself, when I was
  • gotten very old, fared thither a-seeking it, and I found it; for I was
  • one of those who bore the chaplet of the seekers. And now I know all,
  • and can teach all. But tell me, damsel, whence hadst thou this lore?"
  • Said Ursula: "I had it of a very fair woman who, as it seemeth, was
  • Lady and Queen of the Champions of Hampton under the Scaur, not far
  • from mine own land."
  • "Yea," quoth the Sage, "and what hath befallen her? ... Nay, nay," said
  • he, "I need not ask; for I can see by your faces that she is dead.
  • Therefore hath she been slain, or otherwise she had not been dead. So
  • I ask you if ye were her friends?"
  • Quoth Ursula; "Surely she was my friend, since she befriended me; and
  • this man I deem was altogether her friend."
  • Ralph hung his head, and the Sage gazed on him, but said naught. Then
  • he took a hand of each of them in his hands, and held them a while
  • silently, and Ralph was still downcast and sad, but Ursula looked on
  • him fondly.
  • Then spake the Sage: "So it is, Knight, that now I seem to understand
  • what manner of man thou art, and I know what is between you two;
  • whereof I will say naught, but will let the tree grow according to its
  • seed. Moreover, I wot now that my friend of past years would have me
  • make you both wise in the lore of the Well at the World's End; and when
  • I have done this, I can do no more, but let your good hap prevail if so
  • it may. Abide a little, therefore."
  • Then he went unto an ark, and took thence a book wrapped in a piece of
  • precious web of silk and gold, and bound in cuir-bouilly wrought in
  • strange devices. Then said he: "This book was mine heritage at
  • Swevenham or ever I became wise, and it came from my father's
  • grandsire: and my father bade me look on it as the dearest of
  • possessions; but I heeded it naught till my youth had waned, and my
  • manhood was full of weariness and grief. Then I turned to it, and read
  • in it, and became wise, and the folk sought to me, and afterwards that
  • befell which was foredoomed. Now herein amongst other matters is
  • written of that which ye desire to know, and I will read the same to
  • you and expound it. Yet were it not well to read in this book under a
  • roof, nay, though it be as humble and innocent as this. Moreover, it
  • is not meet that ye should hearken to this wisdom of old times clad as
  • ye are; thou, knight, in the raiment of the manslayer, with the rod of
  • wrath hanging at thy side; and thou, maiden, attired in the garments of
  • the tyrant, which were won of him by lying and guile."
  • Then he went to another ark, and took from it two bundles, which he
  • gave, the one to Ralph, the other to Ursula, and said: "Thou, maiden,
  • go thou into the inner chamber here and doff thy worldly raiment, and
  • don that which thou wilt find wrapped in this cloth; and thou, knight,
  • take this other and get thee into the thicket which is behind the
  • house, and there do the like, and abide there till we come to thee."
  • So Ralph took the bundle, and came out into the thicket and unarmed
  • him, and did on the raiment which he found in the cloth, which was but
  • a long gown of white linen, much like to an alb, broidered about the
  • wrists and the hems and collar with apparels of gold and silk, girt
  • with a red silk girdle. There he abode a little, wondering at all
  • these things and all that had befallen him since he had left Upmeads.
  • Anon the two others came to him, and Ursula was clad in the same-like
  • raiment and the elder had the book in his hand. He smiled on Ralph and
  • nodded friendly to him. As to Ursula, she flushed as red as a rose
  • when she set eyes on him, for she said to herself that he was as one of
  • the angels which she had seen painted in the choir of St. Mary's at
  • Higham.
  • CHAPTER 6
  • Those Two Are Learned Lore by the Sage of Swevenham
  • Now the Sage led them through the wood till they came to a grassy lawn
  • amidst of which was a table of stone, which it seemed to Ralph must be
  • like to that whereon the witch-wife had offered up the goat to her
  • devils as the Lady of Abundance had told him; and he changed
  • countenance as the thought came into his mind. But the Sage looked on
  • him and shook his head and spake softly: "In these wastes and wilds are
  • many such-like places, where of old time the ancient folks did worship
  • to the Gods of the Earth as they imagined them: and whereas the lore
  • in this book cometh of such folk, this is no ill place for the reading
  • thereof. But if ye fear the book and its writers, who are dead long
  • ago, there is yet time to go back and seek the Well without my helping;
  • and I say not but that ye may find it even thus. But if ye fear not,
  • then sit ye down on the grass, and I will lay the book on this most
  • ancient table, and read in it, and do ye hearken heedfully."
  • So they sat down side by side, and Ralph would have taken Ursula's hand
  • to caress it, but she drew it away from him; howbeit she found it hard
  • to keep her eyes from off him. The Elder looked on them soberly, but
  • nowise in anger, and presently began reading in the book. What he read
  • shall be seen hereafter in the process of this tale; for the more part
  • thereof had but to do with the way to the Well at the World's End, all
  • things concerning which were told out fully, both great and small.
  • Long was this a-reading, and when the Sage had done, he bade now one,
  • now the other answer him questions as to what he had read; and if they
  • answered amiss he read that part again, and yet again, as children are
  • taught in the school. Until at last when he asked any question Ralph
  • or the maiden answered it rightly at once; and by this time the sun was
  • about to set. So he bade them home to his house that they might eat
  • and sleep there.
  • "But to-morrow," said he, "I shall give you your last lesson from this
  • book, and thereafter ye shall go your ways to the Rock of the Fighting
  • Man, and I look not for it that ye shall come to any harm on the way;
  • but whereas I seem to-day to have seen the foes of Utterbol seeking
  • you, I will lead you forth a little."
  • So they went home to the house, and he made them the most cheer that he
  • might, and spake to them in friendly and pleasant mood, so that they
  • were merry.
  • When it was morning they went again to the ancient altar, and again
  • they learned lore from the Elder, till they were waxen wise in the
  • matters of the Well at the World's End, and long they sat and hearkened
  • him till it was evening again, and once more they slept in the house of
  • the Sage of Swevenham.
  • CHAPTER 7
  • An Adventure by the Way
  • When morrow dawned they arose betimes and did on their worldly raiment;
  • and when they had eaten a morsel they made them ready for the road, and
  • the elder gave them victual for the way in their saddle-bags, saying:
  • "This shall suffice for the passing days, and when it is gone ye have
  • learned what to do."
  • Therewithall they gat to horse; but Ralph would have the Elder ride his
  • nag, while he went afoot by the side of Ursula. So the Sage took his
  • bidding, but smiled therewith, and said: "Thou art a King's son and a
  • friendly young man, else had I said nay to this; for it needeth not,
  • whereas I am stronger than thou, so hath my draught of the Well dealt
  • with me."
  • Thus then they went their ways; but Ralph noted of Ursula that she was
  • silent and shy with him, and it irked him so much, that at last he said
  • to her: "My friend, doth aught ail me with thee? Wilt thou not tell
  • me, so that I may amend it? For thou are grown of few words with me
  • and turnest thee from me, and seemest as if thou heedest me little.
  • Thou art as a fair spring morning gone cold and overcast in the
  • afternoon. What is it then? we are going a long journey together, and
  • belike shall find little help or comfort save in each other; and ill
  • will it be if we fall asunder in heart, though we be nigh in body."
  • She laughed and reddened therewithal; and then her countenance fell and
  • she looked piteously on him and said: "If I seemed to thee as thou
  • sayest, I am sorry; for I meant not to be thus with thee as thou
  • deemest. But so it is that I was thinking of this long journey, and of
  • thee and me together in it, and how we shall be with each other if we
  • come back again alive, with all things done that we had to do."
  • She stayed her speech awhile, and seemed to find it hard to give forth
  • the word that was in her; but at last she said: "Friend, thou must
  • pardon me; but that which thou sawest in me, I also seemed to see in
  • thee, that thou wert grown shy and cold with me; but now I know it is
  • not so, since thou hast seen me wrongly; but that I have seen thee
  • wrongly, as thou hast me."
  • Therewith she reached her hand to him, and he took it and kissed it and
  • caressed it while she looked fondly at him, and they fared on sweetly
  • and happily together. But as this was a-saying and a-doing betwixt
  • them, and a while after, they had heeded the Elder little or not at
  • all, though he rode on the right hand of Ralph. And for his part the
  • old man said naught to them and made as if he heard them not, when they
  • spake thuswise together.
  • Now they rode the wood on somewhat level ground for a while; then the
  • trees began to thin, and the ground grew broken; and at last it was
  • very rugged, with high hills and deep valleys, and all the land
  • populous of wild beasts, so that about sunset they heard thrice the
  • roar of a lion. But ever the Sage led them by winding ways that he
  • knew, round the feet of the hills, along stream-sides for the most
  • part, and by passes over the mountain-necks when they needs must, which
  • was twice in the day.
  • Dusk fell on them in a little valley, through which ran a stream bushed
  • about its edges, and which for the rest was grassy and pleasant, with
  • big sweet-chestnut trees scattered about it.
  • "Now," quoth the Elder; "two things we have to beware of in this
  • valley, the lions first; which, though belike they will not fall upon
  • weaponed men, may well make an onslaught on your horses, if they wind
  • them; and the loss of the beasts were sore to you as now. But the
  • second thing is the chase from Utterbol. As to the lions, if ye build
  • up a big fire, and keep somewhat aloof from the stream and its bushes,
  • and tether you horses anigh the fire, ye will have no harm of them."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "but if the riders of Utterbol are anigh us, shall
  • we light a candle for them to show them the way?" Said the Sage: "Were
  • ye by yourselves, I would bid you journey night-long, and run all risk
  • rather than the risk of falling into their hands. But whereas I am
  • your guide, I bid you kindle your fire under yonder big tree, and leave
  • me to deal with the men of Utterbol; only whatso I bid you, that do ye
  • straightway."
  • "So be it," said Ralph, "I have been bewrayed so oft of late, that I
  • must needs trust thee, or all help shall fail me. Let us to work." So
  • they fell to and built up a big bale and kindled it, and their horses
  • they tethered to the tree; and by then they had done this, dark night
  • had fallen upon them. So they cooked their victual at the fire (for
  • Ralph had shot a hare by the way) and the Sage went down to the stream
  • and fetched them water in a lethern budget: "For," said he, "I know
  • the beasts of the wood and they me, and there is peace betwixt us."
  • There then they sat to meat unarmed, for the Sage had said to them:
  • "Doff your armour; ye shall not come to handystrokes with the Utterbol
  • Riders."
  • So they ate their meat in the wilderness, and were nowise ungleeful,
  • for to those twain the world seemed fair, and they hoped for great
  • things. But though they were glad, they were weary enough, for the way
  • had been both rugged and long; so they lay them down to sleep while the
  • night was yet young. But or ever Ralph closed his eyes he saw the Sage
  • standing up with his cloak wrapped about his head, and making strange
  • signs with his right hand; so that he deemed that he would ward them by
  • wizardry. So therewith he turned about on the grass and was asleep at
  • once.
  • After a while he started and sat up, half awake at first; for he felt
  • some one touch him; and his halfdreams went back to past days, and he
  • cried out: "Hah Roger! is it thou? What is toward?" But therewith he
  • woke up fully, and knew that it was the Sage that had touched him, and
  • withal he saw hard by Ursula, sitting up also.
  • There was still a flickering flame playing about the red embers of
  • their fire, for they had made it very big; and the moon had arisen and
  • was shining bright in a cloudless sky.
  • The Sage spake softly but quickly: "Lie down together, ye two, and I
  • shall cast my cloak over you, and look to it that ye stir not from out
  • of it, nor speak one word till I bid you, whate'er may befall: for the
  • riders of Utterbol are upon us."
  • They did as he bade them, but Ralph got somewhat of an eye-shot out of
  • a corner of the cloak, and he could see that the Sage went and stood up
  • against the tree-trunk holding a horse by the bridle, one on each side
  • of him. Even therewith Ralph heard the clatter of horse-hoofs over the
  • stones about the stream, and a man's voice cried out: "They will have
  • heard us; so spur over the grass to the fire and the big tree: for
  • then they cannot escape us." Then came the thump of horse-hoofs on the
  • turf, and in half a minute they were amidst of a rout of men
  • a-horseback, more than a score, whose armour and weapons gleamed in the
  • moonlight: yet when these riders were gotten there, they were silent,
  • till one said in a quavering voice as if afeard: "Otter, Otter! what is
  • this? A minute ago and we could see the fire, and the tree, and men
  • and horses about them: and now, lo you! there is naught save two great
  • grey stones lying on the grass, and a man's bare bones leaning up
  • against the tree, and a ruckle of old horse-bones on either side of
  • him. Where are we then?"
  • Then spake another; and Ralph knew the voice for Otter's: "I wot not,
  • lord; naught else is changed save the fire and the horses and the men:
  • yonder are the hills, yonder overhead is the moon, with the little
  • light cloud dogging her; even that is scarce changed. Belike the fire
  • was an earth-fire, and for the rest we saw wrong in the moonlight."
  • Spake the first man again, and his voice quavered yet more: "Nay nay,
  • Otter, it is not so. Lo you the skeleton and the bones and the grey
  • stones! And the fire, here this minute, there the next. O Otter, this
  • is an evil place of an evil deed! Let us go seek elsewhere; let us
  • depart, lest a worse thing befall us." And so with no more ado he
  • turned his horse and smote his spurs into him and galloped off by the
  • way he had come, and the others followed, nothing loth; only Otter
  • tarried a little, and looked around him and laughed and said: "There
  • goes my Lord's nephew; like my Lord he is not over bold, save in
  • dealing with a shackled man. Well, for my part if those others have
  • sunk into the earth, or gone up into the air, they are welcome to their
  • wizardry, and I am glad of it. For I know not how I should have done
  • to have seen my mate that out-tilted me made a gelded wretch of; and it
  • would have irked me to see that fair woman in the hands of the
  • tormentors, though forsooth I have oft seen such sights. Well, it is
  • good; but better were it to ride with my mate than serve the Devil and
  • his Nephew."
  • Therewith he turned rein and galloped off after the others, and in a
  • little while the sound of them had died off utterly into the night, and
  • they heard but the voices of the wild things, and the wimbrel laughing
  • from the hill-sides. Then came the Sage and drew the cloak from those
  • two, and laughed on them and said: "Now may ye sleep soundly, when I
  • have mended our fire; for ye will see no more of Utterbol for this
  • time, and it yet lacks three hours of dawn: sleep ye then and dream of
  • each other." Then they arose and thanked the Sage with whole hearts and
  • praised his wisdom. But while the old man mended the fire Ralph went
  • up to Ursula and took her hand, and said: "Welcome to life,
  • fellow-farer!" and he gazed earnestly into her eyes, as though he would
  • have her fall into his arms: but whereas she rather shrank from him,
  • though she looked on him lovingly, if somewhat shyly, he but kissed her
  • hand, and laid him down again, when he had seen her lying in her place.
  • And therewith they fell asleep and slept sweetly.
  • CHAPTER 8
  • They Come to the Sea of Molten Rocks
  • When they woke again the sun was high above their heads, and they saw
  • the Sage dighting their breakfast. So they arose and washed the night
  • off them in the stream and ate hastily, and got to horse on a fair
  • forenoon; then they rode the mountain neck east from that valley; and
  • it was a long slope of stony and barren mountain nigh waterless.
  • And on the way Ursula told Ralph how the man who was scared by the
  • wizardry last night was verily the nephew of the Lord from whom she had
  • stolen her armour by wheedling and a seeming promise. "But," said she,
  • "his love lay not so deep but that he would have avenged him for my
  • guile on my very body had he taken us." Ralph reddened and scowled at
  • her word, and the Sage led them into the other talk.
  • So long was that fell, that they were nigh benighted ere they gained
  • the topmost, or came to any pass. When they had come to a place where
  • there was a little pool in a hollow of the rocks they made stay there,
  • and slept safe, but ill-lodged, and on the morrow were on their way
  • betimes, and went toiling up the neck another four hours, and came to a
  • long rocky ridge or crest that ran athwart it; and when they had come
  • to the brow thereof, then were they face to face with the Great
  • Mountains, which now looked so huge that they seemed to fill all the
  • world save the ground whereon they stood. Cloudless was the day, and
  • the air clean and sweet, and every nook and cranny was clear to behold
  • from where they stood: there were great jutting nesses with
  • straight-walled burgs at their top-most, and pyramids and pinnacles
  • that no hand of man had fashioned, and awful clefts like long streets
  • in the city of the giants who wrought the world, and high above all the
  • undying snow that looked as if the sky had come down on to the
  • mountains and they were upholding it as a roof.
  • But clear as was the fashion of the mountains, they were yet a long way
  • off: for betwixt them and the ridge whereon those fellows stood,
  • stretched a vast plain, houseless and treeless, and, as they beheld it
  • thence grey and ungrassed (though indeed it was not wholly so) like a
  • huge river or firth of the sea it seemed, and such indeed it had been
  • once, to wit a flood of molten rock in the old days when the earth was
  • a-burning.
  • Now as they stood and beheld it, the Sage spake: "Lo ye, my children,
  • the castle and its outwork, and its dyke that wardeth the land of the
  • Well at the World's End. Now from to-morrow, when we enter into the
  • great sea of the rock molten in the ancient earth-fires, there is no
  • least peril of pursuit for you. Yet amidst that sea should ye perish
  • belike, were it not for the wisdom gathered by a few; and they are dead
  • now save for the Book, and for me, who read it unto you. Now ye would
  • not turn back were I to bid you, and I will not bid you. Yet since the
  • journey shall be yet with grievous toil and much peril, and shall try
  • the very hearts within you, were ye as wise as Solomon and as mighty as
  • Alexander, I will say this much unto you; that if ye love not the earth
  • and the world with all your souls, and will not strive all ye may to be
  • frank and happy therein, your toil and peril aforesaid shall win you no
  • blessing but a curse. Therefore I bid you be no tyrants or builders of
  • cities for merchants and usurers and warriors and thralls, like the
  • fool who builded Goldburg to be for a tomb to him: or like the
  • thrall-masters of the Burg of the Four Friths, who even now, it may be,
  • are pierced by their own staff or overwhelmed by their own wall. But
  • rather I bid you to live in peace and patience without fear or hatred,
  • and to succour the oppressed and love the lovely, and to be the friends
  • of men, so that when ye are dead at last, men may say of you, they
  • brought down Heaven to the Earth for a little while. What say ye,
  • children?"
  • Then said Ralph: "Father, I will say the sooth about mine intent,
  • though ye may deem it little-minded. When I have accomplished this
  • quest, I would get me home again to the little land of Upmeads, to see
  • my father and my mother, and to guard its meadows from waste and its
  • houses from fire-raising: to hold war aloof and walk in free fields,
  • and see my children growing up about me, and lie at last beside my
  • fathers in the choir of St. Laurence. The dead would I love and
  • remember; the living would I love and cherish; and Earth shall be the
  • well beloved house of my Fathers, and Heaven the highest hall thereof."
  • "It is well," said the Sage, "all this shalt thou do and be no
  • little-heart, though thou do no more. And thou, maiden?"
  • She looked on Ralph and said: "I lost, and then I found, and then I
  • lost again. Maybe I shall find the lost once more. And for the rest,
  • in all that this man will do, I will help, living or dead, for I know
  • naught better to do."
  • "Again it is well," said the Sage, "and the lost which was verily thine
  • shalt thou find again, and good days and their ending shall betide
  • thee. Ye shall have no shame in your lives and no fear in your deaths.
  • Wherefore now lieth the road free before you."
  • Then was he silent a while, neither spake the others aught, but stood
  • gazing on the dark grey plain, and the blue wall that rose beyond it,
  • till at last the Sage lifted up his hand and said: "Look yonder,
  • children, to where I point, and ye shall see how there thrusteth out a
  • ness from the mountain-wall, and the end of it stands like a bastion
  • above the lava-sea, and on its sides and its head are streaks ruddy and
  • tawny, where the earth-fires have burnt not so long ago: see ye?"
  • Ralph looked and said: "Yea, father, I see it, and its rifts and its
  • ridges, and its crannies."
  • Quoth the Sage: "Behind that ness shall ye come to the Rock of the
  • Fighting Man, which is the very Gate of the Mountains; and I will not
  • turn again nor bid you farewell till I have brought you thither. And
  • now time presses; for I would have you come timely to that cavern,
  • whereof I have taught you, before ye fall on the first days of winter,
  • or ye shall be hard bestead. So now we will eat a morsel, and then use
  • diligence that we may reach the beginning of the rock-sea before
  • nightfall."
  • So did they, and the Sage led them down by a slant-way from off the
  • ridge, which was toilsome but nowise perilous. So about sunset they
  • came down into the plain, and found a belt of greensward, and waters
  • therein betwixt the foot of the ridge and the edge of the rock-sea. And
  • as for the said sea, though from afar it looked plain and unbroken, now
  • that they were close to, and on a level with it, they saw that it rose
  • up into cliffs, broken down in some places, and in others arising high
  • into the air, an hundred foot, it might be. Sometimes it thrust out
  • into the green shore below the fell, and otherwhile drew back from it
  • as it had cooled ages ago.
  • So they came to a place where there was a high wall of rock round three
  • sides of a grassy place by a stream-side, and there they made their
  • resting-place, and the night went calmly and sweetly with them.
  • CHAPTER 9
  • They Come Forth From the Rock-Sea
  • On the morrow the Sage led them straight into the rock-sea whereas it
  • seemed to them at first that he was but bringing them into a blind
  • alley; but at the end of the bight the rock-wall was broken down into a
  • long scree of black stones. There the Sage bade Ralph and Ursula
  • dismount (as for him he had been going afoot ever since that first day)
  • and they led the horses up the said scree, which was a hard business,
  • as they were no mountain beasts. And when they were atop of the scree
  • it was harder yet to get them down, for on that side it was steeper;
  • but at last they brought it about, and came down into a little grassy
  • plain or isle in the rock sea, which narrowed toward the eastern end,
  • and the rocks on either side were smooth and glossy, as if the heat had
  • gone out of them suddenly, when the earth-fires had ceased in the
  • mountains.
  • Now the Sage showed them on a certain rock a sign cut, whereof they had
  • learned in the book aforesaid, to wit, a sword crossed by a
  • three-leaved bough; and they knew by the book that they should press on
  • through the rock-sea nowhere, either going or returning, save where
  • they should see this token.
  • Now when they came to the narrow end of the plain they found still a
  • wide way between the rock-walls, that whiles widened out, and whiles
  • drew in again. Whiles withal were screes across the path, and little
  • waters that ran out of the lava and into it again, and great blocks of
  • fallen stone, sometimes as big as a husbandman's cot, that wind and
  • weather had rent from the rocks; and all these things stayed them
  • somewhat. But they went on merrily, albeit their road winded so much,
  • that the Sage told them, when evening was, that for their diligence
  • they had but come a few short miles as the crow flies.
  • Many wild things there were, both beast and fowl, in these islands and
  • bridges of the rock-sea, hares and conies to wit, a many, and
  • heathfowl, and here and there a red fox lurking about the crannies of
  • the rock-wall. Ralph shot a brace of conies with his Turk bow, and
  • whereas there were bushes growing in the chinks, and no lack of whin
  • and ling, they had firing enough, and supped off this venison of the
  • rocks.
  • So passed that day and two days more, and naught befell, save that on
  • the midnight of the first day of their wending the rock-sea, Ralph
  • awoke and saw the sky all ablaze with other light than that of the
  • moon; so he arose and went hastily to the Sage, and took him by the
  • shoulder, and bid him awake; "For meseems the sky is afire, and
  • perchance the foe is upon us."
  • The Sage awoke and opened his eyes, and rose on his elbow and looked
  • around sleepily; then he said laughing: "It is naught, fair lord, thou
  • mayst lie down and sleep out the remnant of the night, and thou also,
  • maiden: this is but an earth-fire breaking out on the flank of the
  • mountains; it may be far away hence. Now ye see that he may not scale
  • the rocks about us here without toil; but to-morrow night we may climb
  • up somewhere and look on what is toward."
  • So Ralph lay down and Ursula also, but Ralph lay long awake watching
  • the light above him, which grew fiercer and redder in the hours betwixt
  • moonset and daybreak, when he fell asleep, and woke not again till the
  • sun was high.
  • But on the next day as they went, the aspect of the rock-sea about them
  • changed: for the rocks were not so smooth and shining and orderly, but
  • rose up in confused heaps all clotted together by the burning, like to
  • clinkers out of some monstrous forge of the earth-giants, so that their
  • way was naught so clear as it had been, but was rather a maze of jagged
  • stone. But the Sage led through it all unfumbling, and moreover now
  • and again they came on that carven token of the sword and the bough.
  • Night fell, and as it grew dark they saw the glaring of the earth-fires
  • again; and when they were rested, and had done their meat, the Sage
  • said: "Come now with me, for hard by is there a place as it were a
  • stair that goeth to the top of a great rock, let us climb it and look
  • about us."
  • So did they, and the head of the rock was higher than the main face of
  • the rock-sea, so that they could see afar. Thence they looked north
  • and beheld afar off a very pillar of fire rising up from a ness of the
  • mountain wall, and seeming as if it bore up a black roof of smoke; and
  • the huge wall gleamed grey, because of its light, and it cast a ray of
  • light across the rock-sea as the moon doth over the waters of the deep:
  • withal there was the noise as of thunder in the air, but afar off:
  • which thunder indeed they had heard oft, as they rode through the
  • afternoon and evening.
  • Spake the Sage: "It is far away: yet if the wind were not blowing
  • from us, we had smelt the smoke, and the sky had been darkened by it.
  • Now it is naught so far from Utterbol, and it will be for a token to
  • them there. For that ness is called the Candle of the Giants, and men
  • deem that the kindling thereof forebodeth ill to the lord who sitteth
  • on the throne in the red hall of Utterbol."
  • Ralph laid his hand on Ursula's shoulder and said: "May the Sage's saw
  • be sooth!"
  • She put her hand upon the hand and said: "Three months ago I lay on my
  • bed at Bourton Abbas, and all the while here was this huge manless
  • waste lying under the bare heavens and threatened by the storehouse of
  • the fires of the earth: and I had not seen it, nor thee either, O
  • friend; and now it hath become a part of me for ever."
  • Then was Ralph exceeding glad of her words, and the Sage laughed
  • inwardly when he beheld them thus.
  • So they came adown from the rock and lay down presently under the fiery
  • heavens: and their souls were comforted by the sound of the horses
  • cropping the grass so close to their ears, that it broke the voice of
  • the earth-fires' thunder, that ever and anon rolled over the grey sea
  • amidst which they lay.
  • On the morrow they still rode the lava like to clinkers, and it rose
  • higher about them, till suddenly nigh sunset it ended at a turn of
  • their winding road, and naught lay betwixt them and that mighty ness of
  • the mountains, save a wide grassy plain, here and there swelling into
  • low wide risings not to be called hills, and besprinkled with copses of
  • bushes, and with trees neither great nor high. Then spake the Sage:
  • "Here now will we rest, and by my will to-morrow also, that your beasts
  • may graze their fill of the sweet grass of these unwarded meadows.
  • which feedeth many a herd unowned of man, albeit they pay a quit-rent
  • to wild things that be mightier than they. And now, children, we have
  • passed over the mighty river that once ran molten betwixt these
  • mountains and the hills yonder to the west, which we trod the other
  • day; yet once more, if your hearts fail you, there is yet time to turn
  • back; and no harm shall befall you, but I will be your fellow all the
  • way home to Swevenham if ye will. But if ye still crave the water of
  • the Well at the World's End, I will lead you over this green plain, and
  • then go back home to mine hermitage, and abide there till ye come to
  • me, or I die."
  • Ralph smiled and said: "Master, no such sorry story shall I bear back
  • to Upmeads, that after many sorrows borne, and perils overcome, I came
  • to the Gates of the Mountains, and turned back for fear of that which I
  • had not proved."
  • So spake he; but Ursula laughed and said: "Yea, then should I deem thy
  • friendship light if thou leftest me alone and unholpen in the uttermost
  • wilderness; and thy manhood light to turn back from that which did not
  • make a woman afraid."
  • Then the Sage looked kindly on them and said: "Yea, then is the last
  • word spoken, and the world may yet grow merrier to me. Look you, some
  • there be who may abuse the gifts of the Well for evil errands, and some
  • who may use it for good deeds; but I am one who hath not dared to use
  • it lest I should abuse it, I being alone amongst weaklings and fools:
  • but now if ye come back, who knows but that I may fear no longer, but
  • use my life, and grow to be a mighty man. Come now, let us dight our
  • supper, and kindle as big a fire as we lightly may; since there is many
  • a prowling beast about, as bear and lynx and lion; for they haunt this
  • edge of the rock-sea whereto the harts and the wild bulls and the goats
  • resort for the sweet grass, and the water that floweth forth from the
  • lava."
  • So they cut good store of firing, whereas there was a plenty of bushes
  • growing in the clefts of the rocks, and they made a big fire and
  • tethered their horses anigh it when they lay down to rest; and in the
  • night they heard the roaring of wild things round about them, and more
  • than once or twice, awakening before day, they saw the shape of some
  • terrible creature by the light of the moon mingled with the glare of
  • the earth-fires, but none of these meddled with them, and naught befell
  • them save the coming of the new day.
  • CHAPTER 10
  • They Come to the Gate of the Mountains
  • That day they herded their horses thereabout, and from time to time the
  • Sage tried those two if they were perfect in the lore of the road; and
  • he found that they had missed nothing.
  • They lay down in the self-same place again that night, and arose
  • betimes on the morrow and went their ways over the plain as the Sage
  • led, till it was as if the mountains and their terror hung over their
  • very heads, and the hugeness and blackness of them were worse than a
  • wall of fire had been. It was still a long way to them, so that it was
  • not till noon of the third day from the rock-sea that they came to the
  • very feet of that fire-scorched ness, and wonderful indeed it seemed to
  • them that anything save the eagles could have aught to tell of what lay
  • beyond it.
  • There were no foothills or downs betwixt the plain and the mountains,
  • naught save a tumble of rocks that had fallen from the cliffs, piled up
  • strangely, and making a maze through which the Sage led them surely;
  • and at last they were clear even of this, and were underneath the flank
  • of that ness, which was so huge that there seemed that there could
  • scarce be any more mountain than that. Little of its huge height could
  • they see, now they were close to it, for it went up sheer at first and
  • then beetled over them till they could see no more of its side; as they
  • wound about its flank, and they were long about it, the Sage cried out
  • to those two and stretched out his hand, and behold! the side of the
  • black cliff plain and smooth and shining as if it had been done by the
  • hand of men or giants, and on this smooth space was carven in the
  • living rock the image of a warrior in mail and helm of ancient fashion,
  • and holding a sword in his right hand. From head to heel he seemed
  • some sixty feet high, and the rock was so hard, that he was all clean
  • and clear to see; and they deemed of him that his face was keen and
  • stern of aspect.
  • So there they stood in an awful bight of the mountain, made by that
  • ness, and the main wall from which it thrust out. But after they had
  • gazed awhile and their hearts were in their mouths, the Sage turned on
  • those twain and said: "Here then is the end of my journey with you; and
  • ye wot all that I can tell you, and I can say no word more save to bid
  • you cast all fear aside and thrive. Ye have yet for this day's journey
  • certain hours of such daylight as the mountain pass will give you,
  • which at the best is little better than twilight; therefore redeem ye
  • the time."
  • But Ralph got off his horse, and Ursula did in likewise, and they both
  • kissed and embraced the old man, for their hearts were full and fain.
  • But he drew himself away from them, and turned about with no word more,
  • and went his ways, and presently was hidden from their eyes by the
  • rocky maze which lay about the mountain's foot. Then the twain mounted
  • their horses again and set forth silently on the road, as they had been
  • bidden.
  • In a little while the rocks of the pass closed about them, leaving but
  • a way so narrow that they could see a glimmer of the stars above them
  • as they rode the twilight; no sight they had of the measureless stony
  • desert, yet in their hearts they saw it. They seemed to be wending a
  • straight-walled prison without an end, so that they were glad when the
  • dark night came on them.
  • Ralph found some shelter in the cleft of a rock above a mound where was
  • little grass for the horses. He drew Ursula into it, and they sat down
  • there on the stones together. So long they sat silent that a great
  • gloom settled upon Ralph, and he scarce knew whether he were asleep or
  • waking, alive or dead. But amidst of it fell a sweet voice on his
  • ears, and familiar words asking him of what like were the fields of
  • Upmeads, and the flowers; and of the fish of its water, and of the
  • fashion of the building of his father's house; and of his brethren, and
  • the mother that bore him. Then was it to him at first as if a sweet
  • dream had come across the void of his gloom, and then at last the gloom
  • and the dread and the deadness left him, and he knew that his friend
  • and fellow was talking to him, and that he sat by her knee to knee, and
  • the sweetness of her savoured in his nostrils as she leaned her face
  • toward him, and he knew himself for what he was; and yet for memory of
  • that past horror, and the sweetness of his friend and what not else, he
  • fell a-weeping. But Ursula bestirred herself and brought out food from
  • her wallet, and sat down beside him again, and he wiped the tears from
  • his eyes and laughed, and chid himself for being as a child in the
  • dark, and then they ate and drank together in that dusk nook of the
  • wilderness. And now was he happy and his tongue was loosed, and he
  • fell to telling her many things of Upmeads, and of the tale of his
  • forefathers, and of his old loves and his friends, till life and death
  • seemed to him as they had seemed of time past in the merry land of his
  • birth. So there anon they fell asleep for weariness, and no dreams of
  • terror beset their slumbers.
  • CHAPTER 11
  • They Come to the Vale of Sweet Chestnuts
  • When they went on their way next morning they found little change in
  • the pass, and they rode the dread highway daylong, and it was still the
  • same: so they rested a little before nightfall at a place where there
  • was water running out of the rocks, but naught else for their avail.
  • Ralph was merry and helpful and filled water from the runnel, and
  • wrought what he might to make the lodging meet; and as they ate and
  • rested he said to Ursula: "Last night it was thou that beguiled me of
  • my gloom, yet thereafter till we slept it was my voice for the more
  • part, and not thine, that was heard in the wilderness. Now to-night it
  • shall be otherwise, and I will but ask a question of thee, and hearken
  • to the sweetness of thy voice."
  • She laughed a little and very sweetly, and she said: "Forsooth, dear
  • friend, I spoke to thee that I might hear thy voice for the more part,
  • and not mine, that was heard in the desert; but when I heard thee, I
  • deemed that the world was yet alive for us to come back to."
  • He was silent awhile, for his heart was pierced with the sweetness of
  • her speech, and he had fain have spoken back as sweetly as a man might;
  • yet he could not because he feared her somewhat, lest she should turn
  • cold to him; therefore himseemed that he spoke roughly, as he said:
  • "Nevertheless, my friend, I beseech thee to tell me of thine old home,
  • even as last night I told thee of mine."
  • "Yea," she said, "with a good will." And straightway she fell to
  • telling him of her ways when she was little, and of her father and
  • mother, and of her sister that had died, and the brother whom Ralph had
  • seen at Bourton Abbas: she told also of bachelors who had wooed her,
  • and jested concerning them, yet kindly and without malice, and talked
  • so sweetly and plainly, that the wilderness was become a familiar place
  • to Ralph, and he took her hand in the dusk and said: "But, my friend,
  • how was it with the man for whom thou wert weeping when I first fell in
  • with thee at Bourton Abbas?"
  • She said: "I will tell thee plainly, as a friend may to a friend.
  • Three hours had not worn from thy departure ere tidings came to me
  • concerning him, that neither death nor wounding had befallen him; and
  • that his masterless horse and bloodstained saddle were but a device to
  • throw dust into our eyes, so that there might be no chase after him by
  • the men of the Abbot's bailiff, and that he might lightly do as he
  • would, to wit, swear himself into the riders of the Burg of the Four
  • Friths; for, in sooth, he was weary of me and mine. Yet further, I
  • must needs tell thee that I know now, that when I wept before thee it
  • was partly in despite, because I had found out in my heart (though I
  • bade it not tell me so much) that I loved him but little."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "and when didst thou come to that knowledge of thine
  • heart?"
  • "Dear friend," she said, "mayhappen I may tell thee hereafter, but as
  • now I will forbear." He laughed for joy of her, and in a little that
  • talk fell down between them.
  • Despite the terror of the desert and the lonely ways, when Ralph laid
  • him down on his stony bed, happiness wrapped his heart about. Albeit
  • all this while he durst not kiss or caress her, save very measurely,
  • for he deemed that she would not suffer it; nor as yet would he ask her
  • wherefore, though he had it in his mind that he would not always
  • forbear to ask her.
  • Many days they rode that pass of the mountains, though it was not
  • always so evil and dreadful as at the first beginning; for now again
  • the pass opened out into little valleys, wherein was foison of grass
  • and sweet waters withal, and a few trees. In such places must they
  • needs rest them, to refresh their horses as well as themselves, and to
  • gather food, of venison, and wild-fruit and nuts. But abiding in such
  • vales was very pleasant to them.
  • At last these said valleys came often and oftener, till it was so that
  • all was pretty much one valley, whiles broken by a mountain neck,
  • whiles straitened by a ness of the mountains that jutted into it, but
  • never quite blind: yet was the said valley very high up, and as it
  • were a trench of the great mountain. So they were glad that they had
  • escaped from that strait prison betwixt the rock-walls, and were well
  • at ease: and they failed never to find the tokens that led them on the
  • way, even as they had learned of the Sage, so that they were not
  • beguiled into any straying.
  • And now they had worn away thirty days since they had parted from the
  • Sage, and the days began to shorten and the nights to lengthen apace;
  • when on the forenoon of a day, after they had ridden a very rugged
  • mountain-neck, they came down and down into a much wider valley into
  • which a great reef of rocks thrust out from the high mountain, so that
  • the northern half of the said vale was nigh cleft atwain by it; well
  • grassed was the vale, and a fair river ran through it, and there were
  • on either side the water great groves of tall and great sweet-chestnuts
  • and walnut trees, whereon the nuts were now ripe. They rejoiced as
  • they rode into it; for they remembered how the Sage had told them
  • thereof, that their travel and toil should be stayed there awhile, and
  • that there they should winter, because of the bread which they could
  • make them of the chestnuts, and the plenty of walnuts, and that withal
  • there was foison of venison.
  • So they found a ford of the river and crossed it, and went straight to
  • the head of the rocky ness, being shown thither by the lore of the
  • Sage, and they found in the face of the rock the mouth of a cavern, and
  • beside it the token of the sword and the branch. Therefore they knew
  • that they had come to their winter house, and they rejoiced thereat,
  • and without more ado they got off their horses and went into the
  • cavern. The entry thereof was low, so that they must needs creep into
  • it, but within it was a rock-hall, high, clean and sweet-smelling.
  • There then they dight their dwelling, doing all they might to be done
  • with their work before the winter was upon them. The day after they
  • had come there they fell to on the in-gathering of their chestnut
  • harvest, and they dried them, and made them into meal; and the walnuts
  • they gathered also. Withal they hunted the deer, both great and small;
  • amongst which Ralph, not without some peril, slew two great bears, of
  • which beasts, indeed, there was somewhat more than enough, as they came
  • into the dale to feed upon the nuts and the berry-trees. So they soon
  • had good store of peltries for their beds and their winter raiment,
  • which Ursula fell to work on deftly, for she knew all the craft of
  • needlework; and, shortly to tell it, they had enough and to spare of
  • victual and raiment.
  • CHAPTER 12
  • Winter Amidst of the Mountains
  • In all this they had enough to be busy with, so that time hung not
  • heavy on their hands, and the shadow of the Quest was nowise burdensome
  • to them, since they wotted that they had to abide the wearing of the
  • days till spring was come with fresh tidings. Their labour was nowise
  • irksome to them, since Ralph was deft in all manner of sports and
  • crafts, such as up-country folk follow, and though he were a king's
  • son, he had made a doughty yeoman: and as for Ursula, she also was
  • country-bred, of a lineage of field-folk, and knew all the manners of
  • the fields.
  • Withal in whatsoever way it were, they loved each other dearly, and all
  • kind of speech flowed freely betwixt them. Sooth to say, Ralph, taking
  • heed of Ursula, deemed that she were fain to love him bodily, and he
  • wotted well by now, that, whatever had befallen, he loved her, body and
  • soul. Yet still was that fear of her naysay lurking in his heart, if
  • he should kiss her, or caress her, as a man with a maid. Therefore he
  • forbore, though desire of her tormented him grievously at whiles.
  • They wore their armour but little now, save when they were about some
  • journey wherein was peril of wild beasts. Ursula had dight her some
  • due woman's raiment betwixt her knight's surcoat and doe-skins which
  • they had gotten, so that it was not unseemly of fashion. As for their
  • horses, they but seldom backed them, but used them to draw stuff to
  • their rock-house on sledges, which they made of tree-boughs; so that
  • the beasts grew fat, feeding on the grass of the valley and the
  • wild-oats withal, which grew at the upper end of the bight of the
  • valley, toward the northern mountains, where the ground was sandy. No
  • man they saw, nor any signs of man, nor had they seen any save the
  • Sage, since those riders of Utterbol had vanished before them into the
  • night.
  • So wore autumn into winter, and the frost came, and the snow, with
  • prodigious winds from out of the mountains: yet was not the weather so
  • hard but that they might go forth most days, and come to no hurt if
  • they were wary of the drifts; and forsooth needs must they go abroad to
  • take venison for their livelihood.
  • So the winter wore also amidst sweet speech and friendliness betwixt
  • the two, and they lived still as dear friends, and not as lovers.
  • Seldom they spoke of the Quest, for it seemed to them now a matter over
  • great for speech. But now they were grown so familiar each to each
  • that Ursula took heart to tell Ralph more of the tidings of Utterbol,
  • for now the shame and grief of her bondage there was but as a story
  • told of another, so far away seemed that time from this. But so
  • grievous was her tale that Ralph grew grim thereover, and he said: "By
  • St. Nicholas! it were a good deed, once we are past the mountains
  • again, to ride to Utterbol and drag that swine and wittol from his hall
  • and slay him, and give his folk a good day. But then there is thou, my
  • friend, and how shall I draw thee into deadly strife?"
  • "Nay," she said, "whereso thou ridest thither will I, and one fate
  • shall lie on us both. We will think thereof and ask the Sage of it
  • when we return. Who knows what shall have befallen then? Remember the
  • lighting of the candle of Utterbol that we saw from the Rock-sea, and
  • the boding thereof." So Ralph was appeased for that time.
  • Oft also they spake of the little lands whence they came, and on a time
  • amidst of such talk Ursula said: "But alas, friend, why do I speak of
  • all this, when now save for my brother, who loveth me but after a
  • fashion, to wit that I must in all wise do his bidding, lad as he is, I
  • have no longer kith nor kin there, save again as all the folk of one
  • stead are somewhat akin. I think, my dear, that I have no country, nor
  • any house to welcome me."
  • Said Ralph: "All lands, any land that thou mayst come to, shall
  • welcome thee, and I shall look to it that so it shall be." And in his
  • heart he thought of the welcome of Upmeads, and of Ursula sitting on
  • the dais of the hall of the High-House.
  • So wore the days till Candlemass, when the frost broke and the snows
  • began to melt, and the waters came down from the mountains, so that the
  • river rose over its banks and its waters covered the plain parts of the
  • valley, and those two could go dryshod but a little way out of their
  • cavern; no further than the green mound or toft which lay at the mouth
  • thereof: but the waters were thronged with fowl, as mallard and teal
  • and coots, and of these they took what they would. Whiles also they
  • waded the shallows of the flood, and whiles poled a raft about it, and
  • so had pleasure of the waters as before they had had of the snow. But
  • when at last the very spring was come, and the grass began to grow
  • after the showers had washed the plain of the waterborne mud, and the
  • snowdrop had thrust up and blossomed, and the celandine had come, and
  • then when the blackthorn bloomed and the Lent-lilies hid the grass
  • betwixt the great chestnut-boles, when the sun shone betwixt the
  • showers and the west wind blew, and the throstles and blackbirds ceased
  • not their song betwixt dawn and dusk, then began Ralph to say to
  • himself, that even if the Well at the World's End were not, and all
  • that the Sage had told them was but a tale of Swevenham, yet were all
  • better than well if Ursula were but to him a woman beloved rather than
  • a friend. And whiles he was pensive and silent, even when she was by
  • him, and she noted it and forbore somewhat the sweetness of her
  • glances, and the caressing of her soft speech: though oft when he
  • looked on her fondly, the blood would rise to her cheeks, and her bosom
  • would heave with the thought of his desire, which quickened hers so
  • sorely, that it became a pain and grief to her.
  • CHAPTER 13
  • Of Ursula and the Bear
  • It befell on a fair sunny morning of spring, that Ralph sat alone on
  • the toft by the rock-house, for Ursula had gone down the meadow to
  • disport her and to bathe in the river. Ralph was fitting the blade of
  • a dagger to a long ashen shaft, to make him a strong spear; for with
  • the waxing spring the bears were often in the meadows again; and the
  • day before they had come across a family of the beasts in the sandy
  • bight under the mountains; to wit a carle, and a quean with her cubs;
  • the beasts had seen them but afar off, and whereas the men were two and
  • the sun shone back from their weapons, they had forborne them; although
  • they were fierce and proud in those wastes, and could not away with
  • creatures that were not of their kind. So because of this Ralph had
  • bidden Ursula not to fare abroad without her sword, which was sharp and
  • strong, and she no weakling withal. He bethought him of this just as
  • he had made an end of his spear-shaping, so therewith he looked aside
  • and saw the said sword hanging to a bough of a little quicken-tree,
  • which grew hard by the door. Fear came into his heart therewith, so he
  • arose and strode down over the meadow hastily bearing his new spear,
  • and girt with his sword. Now there was a grove of chestnuts betwixt
  • him and the river, but on the other side of them naught but the green
  • grass down to the water's edge.
  • Sure enough as he came under the trees he heard a shrill cry, and knew
  • that it could be naught save Ursula; so he ran thitherward whence came
  • the cry, shouting as he ran, and was scarce come out of the trees ere
  • he saw Ursula indeed, mother-naked, held in chase by a huge bear as big
  • as a bullock: he shouted again and ran the faster; but even therewith,
  • whether she heard and saw him, and hoped for timely help, or whether
  • she felt her legs failing her, she turned on the bear, and Ralph saw
  • that she had a little axe in her hand wherewith she smote hardily at
  • the beast; but he, after the fashion of his kind, having risen to his
  • hind legs, fenced with his great paws like a boxer, and smote the axe
  • out of her hand, and she cried out bitterly and swerved from him and
  • fell a running again; but the bear tarried not, and would have caught
  • her in a few turns; but even therewith was Ralph come up, who thrust
  • the beast into the side with his long-headed spear, and not waiting to
  • pull it out again, drew sword in a twinkling, and smote a fore-paw off
  • him and then drave the sword in over the shoulder so happily that it
  • reached his heart, and he fell over dead with a mighty thump.
  • Then Ralph looked around for Ursula; but she had already run back to
  • the river-side and was casting her raiment on her; so he awaited her
  • beside the slain bear, but with drawn sword, lest the other bear should
  • come upon them; for this was the he-bear. Howbeit he saw naught save
  • presently Ursula all clad and coming towards him speedily; so he turned
  • toward her, and when they met he cast himself upon her without a word,
  • and kissed her greedily; and she forbore not at all, but kissed and
  • caressed him as if she could never be satisfied.
  • So at last they drew apart a little, and walked quietly toward the
  • rock-house hand in hand. And on the way she told him that even as she
  • came up on to the bank from the water she saw the bear coming down on
  • her as fast as he could drive, and so she but caught up her axe, and
  • ran for it: "Yet I had little hope, dear friend," she said, "but that
  • thou shouldst be left alone in the wilderness." And therewith she
  • turned on him and cast her arms about him again, all weeping for joy of
  • their two lives.
  • Thus slowly they came before the door of their rock-house and Ralph
  • said: "Let us sit down here on the grass, and if thou art not over
  • wearied with the flight and the battle, I will ask thee a question."
  • She laid herself down on the grass with a sigh, yet it was as of one
  • who sighs for pleasure and rest, and said, as he sat down beside her:
  • "I am fain to rest my limbs and my body, but my heart is at rest; so
  • ask on, dear friend."
  • The song of birds was all around them, and the scent of many blossoms
  • went past on the wings of the west wind, and Ralph was silent a little
  • as he looked at the loveliness of his friend; then he said: "This is
  • the question; of what kind are thy kisses this morning, are they the
  • kisses of a friend or a lover? Wilt thou not called me beloved and not
  • friend? Shall not we two lie on the bridal bed this same night?"
  • She looked on him steadily, smiling, but for love and sweetness, not
  • for shame and folly; then she said: "O, dear friend and dearest lover,
  • three questions are these and not one; but I will answer all three as
  • my heart biddeth me. And first, I will tell thee that my kisses are as
  • thine; and if thine are aught but the kisses of love, then am I
  • befooled. And next, I say that if thou wilt be my friend indeed, I
  • will not spare to call thee beloved, or to be all thy friend. But as
  • to thy third question; tell me, is there not time enough for that?"
  • She faltered as she spake, but he said: "Look, beloved, and see how
  • fair the earth is to-day! What place and what season can be goodlier
  • than this? And were it not well that we who love each other should
  • have our full joy out of this sweet season, which as now is somewhat
  • marred by our desire?"
  • "Ah, beloved!" she said, looking shyly at him, "is it so marred by that
  • which marreth not us?"
  • "Hearken!" he said; "how much longer shall this fairness and peace, and
  • our leisure and safety endure? Here and now the earth rejoiceth about
  • us, and there is none to say us nay; but to-morrow it may all be
  • otherwise. Bethink thee, dear, if but an hour ago the monster had
  • slain thee, and rent thee ere we had lain in each other's arms!"
  • "Alas!" she said, "and had I lain in thine arms an hundred times, or an
  • hundred times an hundred, should not the world be barren to me, wert
  • thou gone from it, and that could never more be? But thou friend, thou
  • well-beloved, fain were I to do thy will that thou mightest be the
  • happier...and I withal. And if thou command it, be it so! Yet now
  • should I tell thee all my thought, and it is on my mind, that for a
  • many hundreds of years, yea, while our people were yet heathen, when a
  • man should wed a maid all the folk knew of it, and were witnesses of
  • the day and the hour thereof: now thou knowest that the time draws
  • nigh when we may look for those messengers of the Innocent Folk, who
  • come every spring to this cave to see if there be any whom they may
  • speed on the way to the Well at the World's End. Therefore if thou
  • wilt (and not otherwise) I would abide their coming if it be not over
  • long delayed; so that there may be others to witness our wedding
  • besides God, and those his creatures who dwell in the wilderness. Yet
  • shall all be as thou wilt."
  • "How shall I not do after thy bidding?" said Ralph. "I will abide
  • their coming: yet would that they were here to-day! And one thing I
  • will pray of thee, that because of them thou wilt not forbear, or cause
  • me to forbear, such kissing and caressing as is meet betwixt
  • troth-plight lovers."
  • She laughed and said: "Nay, why should I torment thee...or me? We
  • will not tarry for this." And therewith she took her arm about his
  • neck and kissed him oft.
  • Then they said naught awhile, but sat listening happily to the song of
  • the pairing birds. At last Ralph said: "What was it, beloved, that
  • thou wert perchance to tell me concerning the thing that caused thine
  • heart to see that thy betrothed, for whom thou wepst or seemedst to
  • weep at the ale-house at Bourton Abbas, was of no avail to thee?"
  • She said: "It was the sight of thee; and I thought also how I might
  • never be thine. For that I have sorrowed many a time since."
  • Said Ralph: "I am young and unmighty, yet lo! I heal thy sorrow as if
  • I were an exceeding mighty man. And now I tell thee that I am minded
  • to go back with thee to Upmeads straightway; for love will prevail."
  • "Nay," she said, "that word is but from the teeth outwards; for thou
  • knowest, as I do, that the perils of the homeward road shall overcome
  • us, despite of love, if we have not drunk of the Well at the World's
  • End."
  • Again they were silent awhile, but anon she arose to her feet and said:
  • "Now must I needs dight victual for us twain; but first" (and she
  • smiled on him withal), "how is it that thou hast not asked me if the
  • beast did me any hurt? Art thou grown careless of me, now the wedding
  • is so nigh?"
  • He said: "Nay, but could I not see thee that thou wert not hurt?
  • There was no mark of blood upon thee, nor any stain at all." Then she
  • reddened, and said: "Ah, I forgot how keen-eyes thou art." And she
  • stood silent a little while, as he looked on her and loved her
  • sweetness. Then he said: "I am exceeding full of joy, but my body is
  • uneasy; so I will now go and skin that troll who went so nigh to slay
  • thee, and break up the carcase, if thou wilt promise to abide about the
  • door of the house, and have thy sword and the spear ready to hand, and
  • to don thine helm and hauberk to boot."
  • She laughed and said: "That were but strange attire for a cook-maid,
  • Ralph, my friend; yet shall I do thy will, my lord and my love."
  • Then went Ralph into the cave, and brought forth the armour and did it
  • on her, and kissed her, and so went his ways to the carcase of the
  • bear, which lay some two furlongs from their dwelling; and when he came
  • to the quarry he fell to work, and was some time about it, so huge as
  • the beast was. Then he hung the skin and the carcase on a tree of the
  • grove, and went down to the river and washed him, and then went lightly
  • homewards.
  • CHAPTER 14
  • Now Come the Messengers of the Innocent Folk
  • But when he had come forth from the chestnut-grove, and could see the
  • face of their house-rock clearly, he beheld new tidings; for there were
  • folk before the door of the dwelling, and Ursula was standing amidst of
  • them, for he could see the gleam of her armour; and with the men he
  • could see also certain beasts of burden, and anon that these were oxen.
  • So he hastened on to find what this might mean, and drew his sword as
  • he went. But when he came up to the rock, he found there two young men
  • and an elder, and they had with them five oxen, three for riding, and
  • two sumpter beasts, laden: and Ursula and these men were talking
  • together friendly; so that Ralph deemed that the new-comers must be the
  • messengers of the Innocent Folk. They were goodly men all three,
  • somewhat brown of skin, but well fashioned, and of smiling cheerful
  • countenance, well knit, and tall. The elder had a long white beard,
  • but his eye was bright, and his hand firm and smooth. They were all
  • clad in white woollen raiment, and bore no armour, but each had an axe
  • with a green stone blade, curiously tied to the heft, and each of the
  • young men carried a strong bow and a quiver of arrows.
  • Ralph greeted the men, and bade them sit down on the toft and eat a
  • morsel; they took his greeting kindly, and sat down, while Ursula went
  • into the cave to fetch them matters for their victual, and there was
  • already venison roasting at the fire on the toft, in the place where
  • they were wont to cook their meat. So then came Ursula forth from the
  • cave, and served the new-comers and Ralph of such things as she had,
  • and they ate and drank together; and none said aught of their errand
  • till they had done their meat, but they talked together pleasantly
  • about the spring, and the blossoms of the plain and the mountain, and
  • the wild things that dwelt thereabout.
  • But when the meal was over, the new-comers rose to their feet, and
  • bowed before Ralph and Ursula, and the elder took up the word and said:
  • "Ye fair people, have ye any errand in the wilderness, or are ye
  • chance-comers who have strayed thus far, and know not how to return?"
  • "Father," said Ralph, "we have come a long way on an errand of life or
  • death; for we seek the WELL at the WORLD'S END. And see ye the token
  • thereof, the pair of beads which we bear, either of us, and the fashion
  • whereof ye know."
  • Then the elder bowed to them again, and said: "It is well; then is
  • this our errand with you, to be your way-leaders as far as the House of
  • the Sorceress, where ye shall have other help. Will ye set out on the
  • journey to-day? In one hour shall we be ready."
  • "Nay," said Ralph, "we will not depart till tomorrow morn, if it may be
  • so. Therewith I bid you sit down and rest you, while ye hearken a word
  • which I have to say to you."
  • So they sat down again, and Ralph arose and took Ursula by the hand,
  • and stood with her before the elder, and said: "This maiden, who is my
  • fellow-farer in the Quest, I desire to wed this same night, and she
  • also desireth me: therefore I would have you as witnesses hereto. But
  • first ye shall tell us if our wedding and the knowing each other
  • carnally shall be to our hurt in the Quest; for if that be so, then
  • shall we bridle our desires and perform our Quest in their despite."
  • The old man smiled upon them kindly, and said: "Nay, son, we hear not
  • that it shall be the worse for you in any wise that ye shall become one
  • flesh; and right joyful it is to us, not only that we have found folk
  • who seek to the Well at the World's End, but also that there is such
  • love as I perceive there is betwixt such goodly and holy folk as ye be.
  • For hither we come year by year according to the behest that we made to
  • the fairest woman of the world, when she came back to us from the Well
  • at the World's End, and it is many and many a year ago since we found
  • any seekers after the Well dwelling here. Therefore have we the more
  • joy in you. And we have brought hither matters good for you, as
  • raiment, and meal, and wine, on our sumpter-beasts; therefore as ye
  • have feasted us this morning, so shall we feast you this even. And if
  • ye will, we shall build for you in the grove yonder such a bower as we
  • build for our own folk on the night of the wedding."
  • Ralph yeasaid this, and thanked them. So then the elder cried: "Up, my
  • sons, and show your deftness to these dear friends!" Then the young men
  • arose, naught loth, and when they had hoppled their oxen and taken the
  • burdens from off them, they all went down the meadow together into the
  • chestnut grove, and they fell to and cut willow boughs, and such-like
  • wood, and drave stakes and wove the twigs together; and Ralph and
  • Ursula worked with them as they bade, and they were all very merry
  • together: because for those two wanderers it was a great delight to see
  • the faces of the children of men once more after so many months, and to
  • hold converse with them; while for their part the young men marvelled
  • at Ursula's beauty, and the pith and goodliness of Ralph.
  • By then it was nigh evening they had made a very goodly wattled bower,
  • and roofed it with the skins that were in the cave, and hung it about
  • with garlands, and strewn flowers on the floor thereof. And when all
  • was done they went back to the toft before the rock-chamber, where the
  • elder had opened the loads, and had taken meal thence, and was making
  • cakes at the fire. And there was wine there in well-hooped kegs, and
  • wooden cups fairly carven, and raiment of fine white wool for those
  • twain, broidered in strange but beauteous fashion with the feathers of
  • bright-hued birds.
  • So then were those twain arrayed for the bridal; and the meat was dight
  • and the cups filled, and they sat down on the grassy toft a little
  • before sunset, and feasted till the night was come, and was grown all
  • light with the moon; and then Ralph rose up, and took Ursula's hand,
  • and they stood before the elder, and bade him and the young men bear
  • witness that they were wedded: then those twain kissed the newcomers
  • and departed to their bridal bower hand in hand through the freshness
  • of the night.
  • CHAPTER 15
  • They Come to the Land of the Innocent Folk
  • When it was morning they speedily gat them ready for the road, whereas
  • they had little to take with them; so they departed joyously, howbeit
  • both Ralph and Ursula felt rather love than loathing for their winter
  • abode. The day was yet young when they went their ways. Their horses
  • and all their gear were a great wonder to the young men, for they had
  • seen no such beasts before: but the elder said that once in his young
  • days he had led a man to the Well who was riding a horse and was clad
  • in knightly array.
  • So they went by ways which were nowise dreadful, though they were void
  • of men-folk, and in three days' time they were come out of the
  • mountains, and in three more the said mountains were to behold but a
  • cloud behind them, and the land was grown goodly, with fair valleys and
  • little hills, though still they saw no men, and forsooth they went
  • leisurely, for oxen are but slow-going nags. But when they were gone
  • eight days from the Valley of Sweet-chestnuts, they came across a flock
  • of uncouth-looking sheep on a green hill-side, and four folk
  • shepherding them, two carles to wit, and two queans, like to their
  • way-leaders, but scarce so goodly, and ruder of raiment. These men
  • greeted them kindly, and yet with more worship than fellowship, and
  • they marvelled exceedingly at their horses and weapons. Thence they
  • passed on, and the next day came into a wide valley, well-grassed and
  • watered, and wooded here and there; moreover there were cots scattered
  • about it. There and thenceforth they met men a many, both carles and
  • queans, and sheep and neat in plenty, and they passed by garths wherein
  • the young corn was waxing, and vineyards on the hillsides, where the
  • vines were beginning to grow green. The land seemed as goodly as might
  • be, and all the folk they met were kind, if somewhat over reverent.
  • On the evening of that day they came into the town of that folk, which
  • was but simple, wholly unfenced for war, and the houses but low, and
  • not great. Yet was there naught of filth or famine, nor any poverty or
  • misery; and the people were merry-faced and well-liking, and clad
  • goodly after their fashion in white woollen cloth or frieze. All the
  • people of the town were come forth to meet them, for runners had gone
  • before them, and they stood on either side of the way murmuring
  • greetings, and with their heads bent low in reverence.
  • Thus rode Ralph and Ursula up to the door of the Temple, or Mote-house,
  • or Guest-house, for it was all these, a house great, and as fair as
  • they knew how to make it. Before the door thereof were standing the
  • elders of the Folk; and when they drew rein, the eldest and most
  • reverend of these came forth and spake in a cheerful voice, yet
  • solemnly: "Welcome and thrice welcome to the Seekers after length of
  • days and happy times, and the loving-kindness of the Folks of the
  • Earth!"
  • Then all the elders gathered about them, and bade them light down and
  • be at rest amongst them, and they made much of them and brought them
  • into the Mote-house, where-in were both women and men fair and stately,
  • and the men took Ralph by the hand and the women Ursula, and brought
  • them into chambers where they bathed them and did off their wayfaring
  • raiment, and clad them in white woollen gowns of web exceeding fine,
  • and fragrant withal. Then they crowned them with flowers, and led them
  • back into the hall, whereas now was much folk gathered, and they set
  • them down on a dais as though they had been kings, or rather gods; and
  • when they beheld them there so fair and lovely, they cried out for joy
  • of them, and bade them hail oft and oft.
  • There then were they feasted by that kind folk, and when meat was done
  • certain youths and maidens fell to singing songs very sweetly; and the
  • words of the songs were simple and harmless, and concerning the
  • fairness of the earth and the happy loves of the creatures that dwell
  • therein.
  • Thereafter as the night aged, they were shown to a sleeping chamber,
  • which albeit not richly decked, or plenished with precious things, was
  • most dainty clean, and sweet smelling, and strewn with flowers, so that
  • the night was sweet to them in a chamber of love.
  • CHAPTER 16
  • They Come to the House of the Sorceress
  • On the morrow the kind people delayed them little, though they sorrowed
  • for their departure, and before noon were their old way-leaders ready
  • for them; and the old man and his two grandsons (for such they were)
  • were much honoured of the simple people for their way-leading of the
  • Heavenly Folk; for so they called Ralph and Ursula. So they gat them
  • to the way in suchlike guise as before, only they had with them five
  • sumpter oxen instead of two; for the old man told them that not only
  • was their way longer, but also they must needs pass through a terrible
  • waste, wherein was naught for their avail, neither man, nor beast, nor
  • herb. Even so they found it as he said; for after the first day's ride
  • from the town they came to the edge of this same waste, and on the
  • fourth day were deep in the heart of it: a desert it was, rather rocky
  • and stony and sandy than mountainous, though they had hills to cross
  • also: withal there was but little water there, and that foul and
  • stinking. Long lasted this waste, and Ralph thought indeed that it had
  • been hard to cross, had not their way-leaders been; therefore he made
  • marks and signs by the wayside, and took note of the bearings of rocks
  • and mounds against the day of return.
  • Twelve days they rode this waste, and on the thirteenth it began to
  • mend somewhat, and there was a little grass, and sweet waters, and they
  • saw ahead the swelling hills of a great woodland, albeit they had to
  • struggle through marshland and low scrubby thicket for a day longer, or
  • ever they got to the aforesaid trees, which at first were naught but
  • pines; but these failed in a while, and they rode a grass waste nearly
  • treeless, but somewhat well watered, where they gat them good store of
  • venison. Thereafter they came on woods of oak and sweet-chestnut, with
  • here and there a beech-wood.
  • Long and long they rode the woodland, but it was hard on May when they
  • entered it, and it was pleasant therein, and what with one thing, what
  • with another, they had abundant livelihood there. Yet was June at its
  • full when at last they came within sight of the House of the Sorceress,
  • on the hottest of a fair afternoon. And it was even as Ralph had seen
  • it pictured in the arras of the hall of the Castle of Abundance; a
  • little house built after the fashion of houses in his own land of the
  • west; the thatch was trim, and the windows and doors were unbroken, and
  • the garth was whole, and the goats feeding therein, and the wheat was
  • tall and blossoming in the little closes, where as he had looked to see
  • all broken down and wild, and as to the house, a mere grass-grown heap,
  • or at the most a broken gable fast crumbling away.
  • Then waxed his heart sore with the memory of that passed time, and the
  • sweetness of his short-lived love, though he refrained him all he
  • might: yet forsooth Ursula looked on him anxiously, so much his face
  • was changed by the thoughts of his heart.
  • But the elder of the way-leaders saw that he was moved, and deemed that
  • he was wondering at that house so trim and orderly amidst the wildwood,
  • so he said: "Here also do we after our behest to that marvellous and
  • lovely Lady, that we suffer not this house to go to ruin: ever are some
  • of our folk here, and every year about this season we send two or more
  • to take the places of those who have dwelt in the House year-long: so
  • ever is there someone to keep all things trim. But as to strangers, I
  • have never in my life seen any Seeker of the Well herein, save once,
  • and that was an old hoar man like to me, save that he was feebler in
  • all wise than I be."
  • Now Ralph heard him talking, yet noted his words but little; for it was
  • with him as if all the grief of heart which he had penned back for so
  • long a while swelled up within him and burst its bounds; and he turned
  • toward Ursula and their eyes met, and she looked shy and anxious on him
  • and he might no longer refrain himself, but put his hands to his face
  • (for they had now drawn rein at the garth-gate) and brake out a
  • weeping, and wept long for the friend whose feet had worn that path so
  • often, and whose heart, though she were dead, had brought them thither
  • for their thriving; and for love and sorrow of him Ursula wept also.
  • But the old man and his grandsons turned their heads away from his
  • weeping, and got off their horses, and went up to the house-door,
  • whereby were now standing a carle and a quean of their people. But
  • Ralph slowly gat off his horse and stood by Ursula who was on the
  • ground already, but would not touch her, for he was ashamed. But she
  • looked on him kindly and said: "Dear friend, there is no need for
  • shame; for though I be young, I know how grievous it is when the dead
  • that we have loved come across our ways, and we may not speak to them,
  • nor they to us. So I will but bid thee be comforted and abide in thy
  • love for the living and the dead." His tears brake out again at that
  • word, for he was but young, and for a while there was a lull in the
  • strife that had beset his days. But after a little he looked up, and
  • dashed the tears from his eyes and smiled on Ursula and said: "The
  • tale she told me of this place, the sweetness of it came back upon me,
  • and I might not forbear." She said: "O friend, thou art kind, and I
  • love thee."
  • So then they joined hands and went through the garth together, and up
  • to the door, where stood the wardens, who, when they saw them turning
  • thither, came speedily down the path to them, and would have knelt in
  • worship to them; but they would not suffer it, but embraced and kissed
  • them, and thanked them many times for their welcome. The said wardens,
  • both carle and quean, were goodly folk of middle age, stalwart, and
  • kind of face.
  • So then they went into the house together, and entered into the
  • self-same chamber, where of old the Lady of Abundance had sickened for
  • fear of the Sorceress sitting naked at her spell-work.
  • Great joy they made together, and the wardens set meat and drink before
  • the guests, and they ate and drank and were of good cheer. But the
  • elder who had brought them from Chestnut-dale said: "Dear friends, I
  • have told you that these two young men are my grand-children, and they
  • are the sons of this man and woman whom ye see; for the man is my son.
  • And so it is, that amongst us the care of the Quest of the Well at the
  • World's End hath for long been the heritage of our blood, going with us
  • from father to son. Therefore is it naught wonderful, though I have
  • been sundry times at this house, and have learned about the place all
  • that may be learned. For my father brought me hither when I was yet a
  • boy; that time it was that I saw the last man of whom we know for sure
  • that he drank of the Water of the Well, and he was that old hoar man
  • like unto me, but, as I said, far weaker in all wise; but when he came
  • back to us from the Well he was strong and stalwart, and a better man
  • than I am now; and I heard him tell his name to my father, that he was
  • called the Sage of Swevenham."
  • Ralph looked on Ursula and said: "Yea, father, and it was through him
  • that we had our lore concerning the way hither; and it was he that bade
  • us abide your coming in the rock-house of the Vale of Sweet-chestnuts."
  • "Then he is alive still," said the elder. Said Ralph: "Yea, and as
  • fair and strong an old man as ye may lightly see." "Yea, yea," said the
  • elder, "and yet fifty years ago his course seemed run."
  • Then said Ralph: "Tell me, father, have none of your own folk sought
  • to the Well at the World's End?" "Nay, none," said the elder. Said
  • Ralph: "That is strange, whereas ye are so nigh thereto, and have such
  • abundant lore concerning the way."
  • "Son," said the elder, "true it is that the water of that Well shall
  • cause a man to thrive in all ways, and to live through many generations
  • of men, maybe, in honour and good-liking; but it may not keep any man
  • alive for ever; for so have the Gods given us the gift of death lest we
  • weary of life. Now our folk live well and hale, and without the
  • sickness and pestilence, such as I have heard oft befall folk in other
  • lands: even as I heard the Sage of Swevenham say, and I wondered at his
  • words. Of strife and of war also we know naught: nor do we desire
  • aught which we may not easily attain to. Therefore we live long, and
  • we fear the Gods if we should strive to live longer, lest they should
  • bring upon us war and sickness, and over-weening desire, and weariness
  • of life. Moreover it is little that all of us should seek to the Well
  • at the World's End; and those few that sought and drank should be
  • stronger and wiser than the others, and should make themselves earthly
  • gods, and, maybe, should torment the others of us and make their lives
  • a very burden to be borne. Of such matters are there tales current
  • amongst us that so it hath been of yore and in other lands; and ill it
  • were if such times came back upon us."
  • Ralph hung his head and was silent; for the joy of the Quest seemed
  • dying out as the old man's words dropped slowly from his mouth. But he
  • smiled upon Ralph and went on: "But for you, guests, it is otherwise,
  • for ye of the World beyond the Mountains are stronger and more godlike
  • than we, as all tales tell; and ye wear away your lives desiring that
  • which ye may scarce get; and ye set your hearts on high things,
  • desiring to be masters of the very Gods. Therefore ye know sickness
  • and sorrow, and oft ye die before your time, so that ye must depart and
  • leave undone things which ye deem ye were born to do; which to all men
  • is grievous. And because of all this ye desire healing and thriving,
  • whether good come of it, or ill. Therefore ye do but right to seek to
  • the Well at the World's End, that ye may the better accomplish that
  • which behoveth you, and that ye may serve your fellows and deliver them
  • from the thralldom of those that be strong and unwise and unkind, of
  • whom we have heard strange tales."
  • Ralph reddened as he spake, and Ursula looked on him anxiously, but
  • that talk dropped for the present, and they fell to talking of lighter
  • and more familiar matters.
  • Thereafter they wandered about the woods with the wardens and the
  • way-leaders, and the elder brought them to the ancient altar in the
  • wood whereon the Sorceress had offered up the goat; and the howe of the
  • woman dight with the necklace of the Quest whom the Lady found dead in
  • the snow; and the place nigh the house where the Sorceress used to
  • torment her thrall that was afterwards the Lady of Abundance; yea, and
  • they went further afield till they came to the Vale of Lore, and the
  • Heath above it where they met, the King's Son and the Lady. All these
  • and other places were now become as hallowed ground to the Innocent
  • People, and to Ralph no less. In the house, moreover, was a fair ark
  • wherein they kept matters which had belonged to the Lady, as her shoes
  • and her smock, wrapped in goodly cloth amidst well-smelling herbs; and
  • these things they worshipped as folk do with relics of the saints. In
  • another ark also they showed the seekers a book wherein was written
  • lore concerning the Well, and the way thereto. But of this book had
  • the Sage forewarned Ralph and his mate, and had bidden them look to it
  • that they should read in it, and no otherwhere than at that ancient
  • altar in the wood, they two alone, and clad in such-like gear as they
  • wore when they hearkened to his reading by his hermitage. And so it
  • was that they found the due raiment in the ark along with the book.
  • Therefore day after day betimes in the morning they bore the said book
  • to the altar and read therein, till they had learned much wisdom.
  • Thus they did for eight days, and on the ninth they rested and were
  • merry with their hosts: but on the tenth day they mounted their horses
  • and said farewell, and departed by the ways they had learned of, they
  • two alone. And they had with them bread and meal, as much as they
  • might bear, and water-skins moreover, that they might fill them at the
  • last sweet water before they came to the waterless desert.
  • CHAPTER 17
  • They Come Through the Woodland to the Thirsty Desert
  • So they ride their ways, and when they were come well into the wildwood
  • past the house, and had spoken but few words to each other, Ralph put
  • forth his hand, and stayed Ursula, and they gat off their horses under
  • a great-limbed oak, and did off their armour, and sat down on the
  • greensward there, and loved each other dearly, and wept for joy of
  • their pain and travail and love. And afterwards, as they sat side by
  • side leaning up against the great oak-bole, Ralph spake and said: "Now
  • are we two once again all alone in the uttermost parts of the earth,
  • and belike we are not very far from the Well at the World's End; and
  • now I have bethought me that if we gain that which we seek for, and
  • bear back our lives to our own people, the day may come when we are
  • grown old, for as young as we may seem, that we shall be as lonely then
  • as we are this hour, and that the folk round about us shall be to us as
  • much and no more than these trees and the wild things that dwell
  • amongst them."
  • She looked on him and laughed as one over-happy, and said: "Thou
  • runnest forward swiftly to meet trouble, beloved! But I say that well
  • will it be in those days if I love the folk then as well as now I love
  • these trees and the wild things whose house they are."
  • And she rose up therewith and threw her arms about the oak-bole and
  • kissed its ruggedness, while Ralph as he lay kissed the sleekness of
  • her feet. And there came a robin hopping over the leaves anigh them,
  • for in that wood most of the creatures, knowing not man, were tame to
  • him, and feared the horses of those twain more than their riders. And
  • now as Ursula knelt to embrace Ralph with one hand, she held out the
  • other to the said robin who perched on her wrist, and sat there as a
  • hooded falcon had done, and fell to whistling his sweet notes, as if he
  • were a-talking to those new-comers: then Ursula gave him a song-reward
  • of their broken meat, and he flew up and perched on her shoulder, and
  • nestled up against her cheek, and she laughed happily and said: "Lo
  • you, sweet, have not the wild things understood my words, and sent this
  • fair messenger to foretell us all good?"
  • "It is good," said Ralph laughing, "yet the oak-tree hath not spoken
  • yet, despite of all thy kissing: and lo there goes thy friend the
  • robin, now thou hast no more meat to give him."
  • "He is flying towards the Well at the World's End," she said, "and
  • biddeth us onward: let us to horse and hasten: for if thou wilt have
  • the whole truth concerning my heart, it is this, that some chance-hap
  • may yet take thee from me ere thou hast drunk of the waters of the
  • Well."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "and in the innermost of my heart lieth the fear
  • that mayhappen there is no Well, and no healing in it if we find it,
  • and that death, and the backward way may yet sunder us. This is the
  • worst of my heart, and evil is my coward fear."
  • But she cast her arms about him and kissed and caressed him, and cried
  • out: "Yea, then fair have been the days of our journeying, and fair
  • this hour of the green oak! And bold and true thine heart that hath
  • led thee thus far, and won thee thy desire of my love."
  • So then they armed them, and mounted their horses and set forward.
  • They lived well while they were in the wood, but on the third day they
  • came to where it thinned and at last died out into a stony waste like
  • unto that which they had passed through before they came to the House
  • of the Sorceress, save that this lay in ridges as the waves of a great
  • sea; and these same ridges they were bidden to cross over at their
  • highest, lest they should be bewildered in a maze of little hills and
  • dales leading no whither.
  • So they entered on this desert, having filled their water-skins at a
  • clear brook, whereat they rejoiced when they found that the face of the
  • wilderness was covered with a salt scurf, and that naught grew there
  • save a sprinkling of small sage bushes.
  • Now on the second day of their riding this ugly waste, as they came up
  • over the brow of one of these stony ridges, Ralph the far-sighted cried
  • out suddenly: "Hold! for I see a man weaponed."
  • "Where is he?" quoth Ursula, "and what is he about?" Said Ralph: "He
  • is up yonder on the swell of the next ridge, and by seeming is asleep
  • leaning against a rock."
  • Then he bent the Turk bow and set an arrow on the string and they went
  • on warily. When they were down at the foot of the ridge Ralph hailed
  • the man with a lusty cry, but gat no answer of him; so they went on up
  • the bent, till Ralph said: "Now I can see his face under his helm, and
  • it is dark and the eyes are hollow: I will off horse and go up to him
  • afoot, but do thou, beloved, sit still in thy saddle."
  • But when he had come nigher, he turned and cried out to her: "The man
  • is dead, come anigh." So she went up to him and dismounted, and they
  • both together stood over the man, who was lying up against a big stone
  • like one at rest. How long he had lain there none knows but God; for
  • in the saltness of the dry desert the flesh had dried on his bones
  • without corrupting, and was as hardened leather. He was in full armour
  • of a strange and ancient fashion, and his sword was girt to his side,
  • neither was there any sign of a wound about him. Under a crag anigh
  • him they found his horse, dead and dry like to himself; and a little
  • way over the brow of the ridge another horse in like case; and close by
  • him a woman whose raiment had not utterly perished, nor her hair; there
  • were gold rings on her arms, and her shoes were done with gold: she had
  • a knife stuck in her breast, with her hand still clutching the handle
  • thereof; so that it seemed that she had herself given herself death.
  • Ralph and Ursula buried these two with the heaping of stones and went
  • their ways; but some two miles thence they came upon another dead
  • man-at-arms, and near him an old man unweaponed, and they heaped stones
  • on them.
  • Thereabout night overtook them, and it was dark, so they lay down in
  • the waste, and comforted each other, and slept two or three hours, but
  • arose with the first glimmer of dawn, and mounted and rode forth
  • onward, that they might the sooner be out of that deadly desert, for
  • fear clung to their hearts.
  • This day, forsooth, they found so many dead folk, that they might not
  • stay to bury them, lest they themselves should come to lie there
  • lacking burial. So they made all the way they might, and rode on some
  • hours by starlight after the night was come, for it was clear and cold.
  • So that at last they were so utterly wearied that they lay down amongst
  • those dead folk, and slept soundly.
  • On the morrow morn Ralph awoke and saw Ursula sleeping peacefully as he
  • deemed, and he looked about on the dreary desert and its dead men and
  • saw no end to it, though they lay on the top of one of those stony
  • bents; and he said softly to himself: "Will it end at all then?
  • Surely all this people of the days gone by were Seekers of the Well as
  • we be; and have they belike turned back from somewhere further on, and
  • might not escape the desert despite of all? Shall we turn now: shall
  • we turn? surely we might get into the kindly wood from here."
  • So he spake; but Ursula sat up (for she was not asleep) and said: "The
  • perils of the waste being abundant and exceeding hard to face, would
  • not the Sage or his books have told us of the most deadly?" Said Ralph:
  • "Yet here are all these dead, and we were not told of them,
  • nevertheless we have seen the token on the rocks oft-times yesterday,
  • so we are yet in the road, unless all this hath been but a snare and a
  • betrayal."
  • She shook her head, and was silent a little; then she said: "Ralph, my
  • lad, didst thou see this token (and she set hand to the beads about her
  • neck) on any of those dead folk yesterday?" "Nay," said Ralph, "though
  • sooth to say I looked for it." "And I in likewise," she said; "for
  • indeed I had misgivings as the day grew old; but now I say, let us on
  • in the faith of that token and the kindness of the Sage, and the love
  • of the Innocent People; yea, and thy luck, O lad of the green fields
  • far away, that hath brought thee unscathed so far from Upmeads."
  • So they mounted and rode forth, and saw more and more of the dead folk;
  • and ever and anon they looked to them to note if they wore the beads
  • like to them but saw none so dight. Then Ursula said: "Yea, why should
  • the Sage and the books have told us aught of these dead bodies, that
  • are but as the plenishing of the waste; like to the flowers that are
  • cast down before the bier of a saint on a holy-day to be trodden under
  • foot by the churls and the vicars of the close. Forsooth had they been
  • alive now, with swords to smite withal, and hands to drag us into
  • captivity, it had been another matter: but against these I feel bold."
  • Ralph sighed, and said: "Yea, but even if we die not in the waste, yet
  • this is piteous; so many lives passed away, so many hopes slain."
  • "Yea," she said; "but do not folk die there in the world behind us? I
  • have seen sights far worser than this at Utterbol, little while as I
  • was there. Moreover I can note that this army of dead men has not come
  • all in one day or one year, but in a long, long while, by one and two
  • and three; for hast thou not noted that their raiment and wargear both,
  • is of many fashions, and some much more perished than other, long as
  • things last in this Dry Waste? I say that men die as in the world
  • beyond, but here we see them as they lie dead, and have lain for so
  • long."
  • He said: "I fear neither the Waste nor the dead men if thou fearest
  • not, beloved: but I lament for these poor souls."
  • "And I also," said she; "therefore let us on, that we may come to those
  • whose grief we may heal."
  • CHAPTER 18
  • They Come to the Dry Tree
  • Presently as they rode they had before them one of the greatest of
  • those land-waves, and they climbed it slowly, going afoot and leading
  • their horses; but when they were but a little way from the brow they
  • saw, over a gap thereof, something, as it were huge horns rising up
  • into the air beyond the crest of the ridge. So they marvelled, and
  • drew their swords, and held them still awhile, misdoubting if this were
  • perchance some terrible monster of the waste; but whereas the thing
  • moved not at all, they plucked up heart and fared on.
  • So came they to the brow and looked over it into a valley, about which
  • on all sides went the ridge, save where it was broken down into a
  • narrow pass on the further side, so that the said valley was like to
  • one of those theatres of the ancient Roman Folk, whereof are some to be
  • seen in certain lands. Neither did those desert benches lack their
  • sitters; for all down the sides of the valley sat or lay children of
  • men; some women, but most men-folk, of whom the more part were
  • weaponed, and some with their drawn swords in their hands. Whatever
  • semblance of moving was in them was when the eddying wind of the valley
  • stirred the rags of their raiment, or the long hair of the women. But
  • a very midmost of this dreary theatre rose up a huge and monstrous
  • tree, whose topmost branches were even the horns which they had seen
  • from below the hill's brow. Leafless was that tree and lacking of
  • twigs, and its bole upheld but some fifty of great limbs, and as they
  • looked on it, they doubted whether it were not made by men's hands
  • rather than grown up out of the earth. All round about the roots of it
  • was a pool of clear water, that cast back the image of the valley-side
  • and the bright sky of the desert, as though it had been a mirror of
  • burnished steel. The limbs of that tree were all behung with blazoned
  • shields and knight's helms, and swords, and spears, and axes, and
  • hawberks; and it rose up into the air some hundred feet above the flat
  • of the valley.
  • For a while they looked down silently on to this marvel then from both
  • their lips at once came the cry THE DRY TREE. Then Ralph thrust his
  • sword back into his sheath and said: "Meseems I must needs go down
  • amongst them; there is naught to do us harm here; for all these are
  • dead like the others that we saw."
  • Ursula turned to him with burning cheeks and sparkling eyes, and said
  • eagerly: "Yea, yea, let us go down, else might we chance to miss
  • something that we ought to wot of."
  • Therewith she also sheathed her sword, and they went both of them down
  • together, and that easily; for as aforesaid the slope was as if it had
  • been cut into steps for their feet. And as they passed by the dead
  • folk, for whom they had often to turn aside, they noted that each of
  • the dead leathery faces was drawn up in a grin as though they had died
  • in pain, and yet beguiled, so that all those visages looked somewhat
  • alike, as though they had come from the workshop of one craftsman.
  • At last Ralph and Ursula stood on the level ground underneath the Tree,
  • and they looked up at the branches, and down to the water at their
  • feet; and now it seemed to them as though the Tree had verily growth in
  • it, for they beheld its roots, that they went out from the mound or
  • islet of earth into the water, and spread abroad therein, and seemed to
  • waver about. So they walked around the Tree, and looked up at the
  • shields that hung on its branches, but saw no blazon that they knew,
  • though they were many and diverse; and the armour also and weapons were
  • very diverse of fashion.
  • Now when they were come back again to the place where they had first
  • stayed, Ralph said: "I thirst, and so belike dost thou; and here is
  • water good and clear; let us drink then, and so spare our water-skins,
  • for belike the dry desert is yet long." And therewith he knelt down
  • that he might take of the water in the hollow of his hand. But Ursula
  • drew him back, and cried out in terror: "O Ralph, do it not! Seest
  • thou not this water, that although it be bright and clear, so that we
  • may see all the pebbles at the bottom, yet nevertheless when the wind
  • eddies about, and lifts the skirts of our raiment, it makes no ripple
  • on the face of the pool, and doubtless it is heavy with venom; and
  • moreover there is no sign of the way hereabout, as at other
  • watering-steads; O forbear, Ralph!"
  • Then he rose up and drew back with her but slowly and unwillingly as
  • she deemed; and they stood together a while gazing on these marvels.
  • But lo amidst of this while, there came a crow wheeling over the valley
  • of the dead, and he croaked over the Dry Tree, and let himself drop
  • down to the edge of the pool, whereby he stalked about a little after
  • the manner of his kind. Then he thrust his neb into the water and
  • drank, and thereafter took wing again; but ere he was many feet off the
  • ground he gave a grievous croak, and turning over in the air fell down
  • stark dead close to the feet of those twain; and Ralph cried out but
  • spake no word with meaning therein; then said Ursula: "Yea, thus are
  • we saved from present death." Then she looked in Ralph's face, and
  • turned pale and said hastily: "O my friend how is it with thee?" But
  • she waited not for an answer, but turned her face to the bent whereby
  • they had come down, and cried out in a loud, shrill voice: "O Ralph,
  • Ralph! look up yonder to the ridge whereby we left our horses; look,
  • look! there glitters a spear and stirreth! and lo a helm underneath the
  • spear: tarry not, let us save our horses!"
  • Then Ralph let a cry out from his mouth, and set off running to the
  • side of the slope, and fell to climbing it with great strides, not
  • heeding Ursula; but she followed close after, and scrambled up with
  • foot and hand and knee, till she stood beside him on the top, and he
  • looked around wildly and cried out: "Where! where are they?"
  • "Nowhere," she said, "it was naught but my word to draw thee from
  • death; but praise to the saints that thou are come alive out of the
  • accursed valley."
  • He seemed not to hearken, but turned about once, and beat the air with
  • his hands, and then fell down on his back and with a great wail she
  • cast herself upon him, for she deemed at first that he was dead. But
  • she took a little water from one of their skins, and cast it into his
  • face, and took a flask of cordial from her pouch, and set it to his
  • lips, and made him drink somewhat thereof. So in a while he came to
  • himself and opened his eyes and smiled upon her, and she took his head
  • in her hands and kissed his cheek, and he sat up and said feebly:
  • "Shall we not go down into the valley? there is naught there to harm
  • us."
  • "We have been down there already," she said, "and well it is that we
  • are not both lying there now."
  • Then he got to his feet, and stretched himself, and yawned like one
  • just awakened from long sleep. But she said: "Let us to horse and
  • begone; it is early hours to slumber, for those that are seeking the
  • Well at the World's End."
  • He smiled on her again and took her hand, and she led him to his horse,
  • and helped him till he was in the saddle and lightly she gat
  • a-horseback, and they rode away swiftly from that evil place; and after
  • a while Ralph was himself again, and remembered all that had happened
  • till he fell down on the brow of the ridge. Then he praised Ursula's
  • wisdom and valiancy till she bade him forbear lest he weary her.
  • Albeit she drew up close to him and kissed his face sweetly.
  • CHAPTER 19
  • They Come Out of the Thirsty Desert
  • Past the Valley of the Dry Tree they saw but few dead men lying about,
  • and soon they saw never another: and, though the land was still utterly
  • barren, and all cast up into ridges as before, yet the salt slime grew
  • less and less, and before nightfall of that day they had done with it:
  • and the next day those stony waves were lower; and the next again the
  • waste was but a swelling plain, and here and there they came on patches
  • of dwarf willow, and other harsh and scanty herbage, whereof the horses
  • might have a bait, which they sore needed, for now was their fodder
  • done: but both men and horses were sore athirst; for, as carefully as
  • they had hoarded their water, there was now but little left, which they
  • durst not drink till they were driven perforce, lest they should yet
  • die of drought.
  • They journeyed long that day, and whereas the moon was up at night-tide
  • they lay not down till she was set; and their resting place was by some
  • low bushes, whereabout was rough grass mingled with willow-herb,
  • whereby Ralph judged that they drew nigh to water, so or ever they
  • slept, they and the horses all but emptied the water-skins. They heard
  • some sort of beasts roaring in the night, but they were too weary to
  • watch, and might not make a fire.
  • When Ralph awoke in the morning he cried out that he could see the
  • woodland; and Ursula arose at his cry and looked where he pointed, and
  • sure enough there were trees on a rising ground some two miles ahead,
  • and beyond them, not very far by seeming, they beheld the tops of great
  • dark mountains. On either hand moreover, nigh on their right hand, far
  • off on their left, ran a reef of rocks, so that their way seemed to be
  • as between two walls. And these said reefs were nowise like those that
  • they had seen of late, but black and, as to their matter, like to the
  • great mountains by the rock of the Fighting Man: but as the reefs ran
  • eastward they seemed to grow higher.
  • Now they mounted their horses at once and rode on; and the beasts were
  • as eager as they were, and belike smelt the water. So when they had
  • ridden but three miles, they saw a fair little river before them
  • winding about exceedingly, but flowing eastward on the whole. So they
  • spurred on with light hearts and presently were on the banks of the
  • said river, and its waters were crystal-clear, though its sands were
  • black: and the pink-blossomed willow-herb was growing abundantly on the
  • sandy shores. Close to the water was a black rock, as big as a man,
  • whereon was graven the sign of the way, so they knew that there was no
  • evil in the water, wherefore they drank their fill and watered their
  • horses abundantly, and on the further bank was there abundance of good
  • grass. So when they had drunk their fill, for the pleasure of the cool
  • water they waded the ford barefoot, and it was scarce above Ursula's
  • knee. Then they had great joy to lie on the soft grass and eat their
  • meat, while the horses tore eagerly at the herbage close to them. So
  • when they had eaten, they rested awhile, but before they went further
  • they despoiled them, one after other, and bathed in a pool of the river
  • to wash the foul wilderness off them. Then again they rested and let
  • the horses yet bite the grass, and departed not from that pleasant
  • place till it was two hours after noon. As they were lying there Ralph
  • said he could hear a great roar like the sound of many waters, but very
  • far off: but to Ursula it seemed naught but the wind waxing in the
  • boughs of the woodland anigh them.
  • CHAPTER 20
  • They Come to the Ocean Sea
  • Being come to the wood they went not very far into it that day, for
  • they were minded to rest them after the weariness of the wilderness:
  • they feasted on a hare which Ralph shot, and made a big fire to keep
  • off evil beasts, but none came nigh them, though they heard the voices
  • of certain beasts as the night grew still. To be short, they slept far
  • into the morrow's morn, and then, being refreshed, and their horses
  • also, they rode strongly all day, and found the wood to be not very
  • great; for before sunset they were come to its outskirts, and the
  • mountains lay before them. These were but little like to that huge
  • wall they had passed through on their way to Chestnut-dale, being
  • rather great hills than mountains, grass-grown, and at their feet
  • somewhat wooded, and by seeming not over hard to pass over.
  • The next day they entered them by a pass marked with the token, which
  • led them about by a winding way till they were on the side of the
  • biggest fell of all; so there they rested that night in a fair little
  • hollow or dell in the mountain-side. There in the stillness of the
  • night both Ursula, as well as Ralph, heard that roaring of a great
  • water, and they said to each other that it must be the voice of the
  • Sea, and they rejoiced thereat, for they had learned by the Sage and
  • his books that they must needs come to the verge of the Ocean-Sea,
  • which girdles the earth about. So they arose betimes on the morrow,
  • and set to work to climb the mountain, going mostly a-foot; and the way
  • was long, but not craggy or exceeding steep, so that in five hours'
  • time they were at the mountain-top, and coming over the brow beheld
  • beneath them fair green slopes besprinkled with trees, and beyond them,
  • some three or four miles away, the blue landless sea and on either hand
  • of them was the sea also, so that they were nigh-hand at the ending of
  • a great ness, and there was naught beyond it; and naught to do if they
  • missed the Well, but to turn back by the way they had come.
  • Now when they saw this they were exceedingly moved and they looked on
  • one another, and each saw that the other was pale, with glistening
  • eyes, since they were to come to the very point of their doom, and that
  • it should be seen whether there were no such thing as the Well in all
  • the earth, but that they had been chasing a fair-hued cloud; or else
  • their Quest should be achieved and they should have the world before
  • them, and they happy and mighty, and of great worship amidst all men.
  • Little they tarried, but gat them down the steep of the mountain, and
  • so lower and lower till they were come to ground nigh level; and then
  • at last it was but thus, that without any great rock-wall or girdle of
  • marvellous and strange land, there was an end of earth, with its grass
  • and trees and streams, and a beginning of the ocean, which stretched
  • away changeless, and it might be for ever. Where the land ended there
  • was but a cliff of less than an hundred feet above the eddying of the
  • sea; and on the very point of the ness was a low green toft with a
  • square stone set atop of it, whereon as they drew nigh they saw the
  • token graven, yea on each face thereof.
  • Then they went along the edge of the cliff a mile on each side of the
  • said toft, and then finding naught else to note, naught save the grass
  • and the sea, they came back to that place of the token, and sat down on
  • the grass of the toft.
  • It was now evening, and the sun was setting beyond them, but they could
  • behold a kind of stair cut in the side of the cliff, and on the first
  • step whereof was the token done; wherefore they knew that they were
  • bidden to go down by the said stair; but it seemed to lead no whither,
  • save straight into the sea. And whiles it came into Ralph's mind that
  • this was naught but a mock, as if to bid the hapless seekers cast
  • themselves down from the earth, and be done with it for ever. But in
  • any case they might not try the adventure of that stair by the failing
  • light, and with the night long before them. So when they had hoppled
  • their horses, and left them to graze at their will on the sweet grass
  • of the meadow, they laid them down behind the green toft, and, being
  • forwearied, it was no long time ere they twain slept fast at the
  • uttermost end of the world.
  • CHAPTER 21
  • Now They Drink of the Well at the World's End
  • Ralph awoke from some foolish morning dream of Upmeads, wondering where
  • he was, or what familiar voice had cried out his name: then he raised
  • himself on his elbow, and saw Ursula standing before him with flushed
  • face and sparkling eyes, and she was looking out seaward, while she
  • called on his name. So he sprang up and strove with the slumber that
  • still hung about him, and as his eyes cleared he looked down, and saw
  • that the sea, which last night had washed the face of the cliff, had
  • now ebbed far out, and left bare betwixt the billows and the cliff some
  • half mile of black sand, with rocks of the like hue rising out of it
  • here and there. But just below the place where they stood, right up
  • against the cliff, was builded by man's hand of huge stones a garth of
  • pound, the wall whereof was some seven feet high, and the pound within
  • the wall of forty feet space endlong and overthwart; and the said pound
  • was filled with the waters of a spring that came forth from the face of
  • the cliff as they deemed, though from above they might not see the
  • issue thereof; but the water ran seaward from the pound by some way
  • unseen, and made a wide stream through the black sand of the foreshore:
  • but ever the great basin filled somewhat faster than it voided, so that
  • it ran over the lip on all sides, making a thin veil over the huge
  • ashlar-stones of the garth. The day was bright and fair with no wind,
  • save light airs playing about from the westward ort, and all things
  • gleamed and glittered in the sun.
  • Ralph stood still a moment, and then stretched abroad his arms, and
  • with a great sob cast them round about the body of his beloved, and
  • strained her to his bosom as he murmured about her, THE WELL AT THE
  • WORLD'S END. But she wept for joy as she fawned upon him, and let her
  • hands beat upon his body.
  • But when they were somewhat calmed of their ecstasy of joy, they made
  • ready to go down by that rocky stair. And first they did off their
  • armour and other gear, and when they were naked they did on the
  • hallowed raiment which they had out of the ark in the House of the
  • Sorceress; and so clad gat them down the rock-hewn stair, Ralph going
  • first, lest there should be any broken place; but naught was amiss with
  • those hard black stones, and they came safely to a level place of the
  • rock, whence they could see the face of the cliff, and how the waters
  • of the Well came gushing forth from a hollow therein in a great
  • swelling wave as clear as glass; and the sun glistened in it and made a
  • foam-bow about its edges. But above the issue of the waters the black
  • rock had been smoothed by man's art, and thereon was graven the Sword
  • and the Bough, and above it these words, to wit:
  • YE WHO HAVE COME A LONG WAY TO LOOK UPON ME, DRINK OF ME, IF YE DEEM
  • THAT YE BE STRONG ENOUGH IN DESIRE TO BEAR LENGTH OF DAYS: OR ELSE
  • DRINK NOT; BUT TELL YOUR FRIENDS AND THE KINDREDS OF THE EARTH HOW YE
  • HAVE SEEN A GREAT MARVEL.
  • So they looked long and wondered; and Ursula said: "Deemest thou, my
  • friend, that any have come thus far and forborne to drink?"
  • Said Ralph: "Surely not even the exceeding wise might remember the
  • bitterness of his wisdom as he stood here."
  • Then he looked on her and his face grew bright beyond measure, and
  • cried out: "O love, love! why tarry we? For yet I fear lest we be come
  • too late, and thou die before mine eyes ere yet thou hast drunken."
  • "Yea," she said, "and I also fear for thee, though thy face is ruddy
  • and thine eyes sparkle, and thou art as lovely as the Captain of the
  • Lord's hosts."
  • Then she laughed, and her laughter was as silver bells rung tunably,
  • and she said: "But where is the cup for the drinking?"
  • But Ralph looked on the face of the wall, and about the height of his
  • hand saw square marks thereon, as though there were an ambrye; and
  • amidst the square was a knop of latten, all green with the weather and
  • the salt spray. So Ralph set his hand to the knop and drew strongly,
  • and lo it was a door made of a squared stone hung on brazen hinges, and
  • it opened easily to him, and within was a cup of goldsmith's work, with
  • the sword and the bough done thereon; and round about the rim writ this
  • posey: "THE STRONG OF HEART SHALL DRINK FROM ME." So Ralph took it and
  • held it aloft so that its pure metal flashed in the sun, and he said:
  • "This is for thee, Sweetling."
  • "Yea, and for thee," she said.
  • Now that level place, or bench-table went up to the very gushing and
  • green bow of the water, so Ralph took Ursula's hand and led her along,
  • she going a little after him, till he was close to the Well, and stood
  • amidst the spray-bow thereof, so that he looked verily like one of the
  • painted angels on the choir wall of St. Laurence of Upmeads. Then he
  • reached forth his hand and thrust the cup into the water, holding it
  • stoutly because the gush of the stream was strong, so that the water of
  • the Well splashed all over him, wetting Ursula's face and breast
  • withal: and he felt that the water was sweet without any saltness of
  • the sea. But he turned to Ursula and reached out the full cup to her,
  • and said: "Sweetling, call a health over the cup!"
  • She took it and said: "To thy life, beloved!" and drank withal, and
  • her eyes looked out of the cup the while, like a child's when he
  • drinketh. Then she gave him the cup again and said: "Drink, and tarry
  • not, lest thou die and I live."
  • Then Ralph plunged the cup into the waters again, and he held the cup
  • aloft, and cried out: "To the Earth, and the World of Manfolk!" and
  • therewith he drank.
  • For a minute then they clung together within the spray-bow of the Well,
  • and then she took his hand and led him back to the midst of the
  • bench-table, and he put the cup into the ambrye, and shut it up again,
  • and then they sat them down on the widest of the platform under the
  • shadow of a jutting rock; for the sun was hot; and therewithal a sweet
  • weariness began to steal over them, though there was speech betwixt
  • them for a little, and Ralph said: "How is it with thee, beloved?"
  • "O well indeed," she said.
  • Quoth he: "And how tasteth to thee the water of the Well?"
  • Slowly she spake and sleepily: "It tasted good, and as if thy love
  • were blended with it."
  • And she smiled in his face; but he said: "One thing I wonder over: how
  • shall we wot if we have drunk aright? For whereas if we were sick or
  • old and failing, or ill-liking, and were now presently healed of all
  • this, and become strong and fair to look on, then should we know it for
  • sure--but now, though, as I look on thee, I behold thee the fairest of
  • all women, and on thy face is no token of toil and travail, and the
  • weariness of the way; and though the heart-ache of loneliness and
  • captivity, and the shame of Utterbol has left no mark upon thee--yet
  • hast thou not always been sweet to my eyes, and as sweet as might be?
  • And how then?"...But he broke off and looked on her and she smiled upon
  • the love in his eyes, and his head fell back and he slept with a calm
  • and smiling face. And she leaned over him to kiss his face but even
  • therewith her own eyes closed and she laid her head upon his breast,
  • and slept as peacefully as he.
  • CHAPTER 22
  • Now They Have Drunk and Are Glad
  • Long they slept till the shadows were falling from the west, and the
  • sea was flowing fast again over the sands beneath them, though there
  • was still a great space bare betwixt the cliff and the sea. Then spake
  • Ursula as if Ralph had but just left speaking; and she said: "Yea, dear
  • lord, and I also say, that, lovely as thou art now, never hast thou
  • been aught else but lovely to me. But tell me, hast thou had any scar
  • of a hurt upon thy body? For if now that were gone, surely it should
  • be a token of the renewal of thy life. But if it be not gone, then
  • there may yet be another token."
  • Then he stood upon his feet, and she cried out: "O but thou art fair
  • and mighty, who now shall dare gainsay thee? Who shall not long for
  • thee?"
  • Said Ralph: "Look, love! how the sea comes over the sand like the
  • creeping of a sly wood-snake! Shall we go hence and turn from the
  • ocean-sea without wetting our bodies in its waters?"
  • "Let us go," she said.
  • So they went down on to the level sands, and along the edges of the
  • sweet-water stream that flowed from the Well; and Ralph said: "Beloved,
  • I will tell thee of that which thou hast asked me: when I was but a lad
  • of sixteen winters there rode men a-lifting into Upmeads, and Nicholas
  • Longshanks, who is a wise man of war, gathered force and went against
  • them, and I must needs ride beside him. Now we came to our above, and
  • put the thieves to the road; but in the hurly I got a claw from the
  • war-beast, for the stroke of a sword sheared me off somewhat from my
  • shoulder: belike thou hast seen the scar and loathed it."
  • "It is naught loathsome," she said, "for a lad to be a bold warrior,
  • nor for a grown man to think lightly of the memory of death drawn near
  • for the first time. Yea, I have noted it but let me see now what has
  • befallen with it."
  • As she spoke they were come to a salt pool in a rocky bight on their
  • right hand, which the tide was filling speedily; and Ralph spake: "See
  • now, this is the bath of the water of the ocean sea." So they were
  • speedily naked and playing in the water: and Ursula took Ralph by the
  • arm and looked to his shoulder and said: "O my lad of the pale edges,
  • where is gone thy glory? There is no mark of the sword's pilgrimage on
  • thy shoulder." "Nay, none?" quoth he.
  • "None, none!" she said, "Didst thou say the very sooth of thy hurt in
  • the battle, O poor lad of mine?" "Yea, the sooth," said he. Then she
  • laughed sweetly and merrily like the chuckle of a flute over the
  • rippling waters, that rose higher and higher about them, and she turned
  • her eyes askance and looked adown to her own sleek side, and laid her
  • hand on it and laughed again. Then said Ralph: "What is toward,
  • beloved? For thy laugh is rather of joy that of mirth alone."
  • She said: "O smooth-skinned warrior, O Lily and Rose of battle; here
  • on my side yesterday was the token of the hart's tyne that gored me
  • when I was a young maiden five years ago: look now and pity the maiden
  • that lay on the grass of the forest, and the woodman a-passing by
  • deemed her dead five years ago."
  • Ralph stooped down as the ripple washed away from her, then said: "In
  • sooth here is no mark nor blemish, but the best handiwork of God, as
  • when he first made a woman from the side of the Ancient Father of the
  • field of Damask. But lo you love, how swift the tide cometh up, and I
  • long to see thy feet on the green grass, and I fear the sea, lest it
  • stir the joy over strongly in our hearts and we be not able to escape
  • from its waves."
  • So they went up from out of the water, and did on the hallowed raiment
  • fragrant with strange herbs, and passed joyfully up the sand towards
  • the cliff and its stair; and speedily withal, for so soon as they were
  • clad again, the little ripple of the sea was nigh touching their feet.
  • As they went, they noted that the waters of the Well flowed seaward
  • from the black-walled pound by three arched openings in its outer face,
  • and they beheld the mason's work, how goodly it was; for it was as if
  • it had been cut out of the foot of a mountain, so well jointed were its
  • stones, and its walls solid against any storm that might drive against
  • it.
  • They climbed the stair, and sat them down on the green grass awhile
  • watching the ocean coming in over the sand and the rocks, and Ralph
  • said: "I will tell thee, sweetling, that I am grown eager for the road;
  • though true it is that whiles I was down yonder amidst the ripple of
  • the sea I longed for naught but thee, though thou wert beside me, and
  • thy joyous words were as fire to the heart of my love. But now that I
  • am on the green grass of the earth I called to mind a dream that came
  • to me when we slept after the precious draught of the Well: for
  • methought that I was standing before the porch of the Feast-hall of
  • Upmeads and holding thine hand, and the ancient House spake to me with
  • the voice of a man, greeting both thee and me, and praising thy
  • goodliness and valiancy. Surely then it is calling me to deeds, and if
  • it were but morning, as it is now drawing towards sunset, we would
  • mount and be gone straightway."
  • "Surely," she said, "thou hast drunk of the Well, and the fear of thee
  • has already entered into the hearts of thy foemen far away, even as the
  • love of thee constraineth me as I lie by thy side; but since it is
  • evening and sunset, let it be evening, and let the morning see to its
  • own matters. So now let us be pilgrims again, and eat the meal of
  • pilgrims, and see to our horses, and then wander about this lovely
  • wilderness and its green meads, where no son of man heedeth the wild
  • things, till the night come, bringing to us the rest and the sleep of
  • them that have prevailed over many troubles."
  • Even so they did, and broke bread above the sea, and looked to their
  • horses, and then went hand in hand about the goodly green bents betwixt
  • the sea and the rough of the mountain; and it was the fairest and
  • softest of summer evenings; and the deer of that place, both little and
  • great, had no fear of man, but the hart and hind came to Ursula's hand;
  • and the thrushes perched upon her shoulder, and the hares gambolled
  • together close to the feet of the twain; so that it seemed to them that
  • they had come into the very Garden of God; and they forgat all the many
  • miles of the waste and the mountain that lay before them, and they had
  • no thought for the strife of foemen and the thwarting of kindred, that
  • belike awaited them in their own land, but they thought of the love and
  • happiness of the hour that was passing. So sweetly they wore through
  • the last minutes of the day, and when it was as dark as it would be in
  • that fair season, they lay down by the green knoll at the ending of the
  • land, and were lulled to sleep by the bubbling of the Well at the
  • World's End.
  • BOOK FOUR
  • The Road Home
  • CHAPTER 1
  • Ralph and Ursula Come Back Again Through the Great Mountains
  • On the morrow morning they armed them and took to their horses and
  • departed from that pleasant place and climbed the mountain without
  • weariness, and made provision of meat and drink for the Dry Desert, and
  • so entered it, and journeyed happily with naught evil befalling them
  • till they came back to the House of the Sorceress; and of the Desert
  • they made little, and the wood was pleasant to them after the drought
  • of the Desert.
  • But at the said House they saw those kind people, and they saw in their
  • eager eyes as in a glass how they had been bettered by their drinking
  • of the Well, and the Elder said to them: "Dear friends, there is no
  • need to ask you whether ye have achieved your quest; for ye, who before
  • were lovely, are now become as the very Gods who rule the world. And
  • now methinks we have to pray you but one thing, to wit that ye will not
  • be overmuch of Gods, but will be kind and lowly with them that needs
  • must worship you."
  • They laughed on him for kindness' sake, and kissed and embraced the old
  • man, and they thanked them all for their helping, and they abode with
  • them for a whole day in good-will and love, and thereafter the carle,
  • who was the son of the Elder, with his wife, bade farewell to his
  • kinsmen, and led Ralph and Ursula back through the wood and over the
  • desert to the town of the Innocent Folk. The said Folk received them
  • in all joy and triumph, and would have them abide there the winter
  • over. But they prayed leave to depart, because their hearts were sore
  • for their own land and their kindred. So they abode there but two
  • days, and on the third day were led away by a half score of men gaily
  • apparelled after their manner, and having with them many sumpter-beasts
  • with provision for the road. With this fellowship they came safely and
  • with little pain unto Chestnut Vale, where they abode but one night,
  • though to Ralph and Ursula the place was sweet for the memory of their
  • loving sojourn there.
  • They would have taken leave of the Innocent Folk in the said vale, but
  • those others must needs go with them a little further, and would not
  • leave them till they were come to the jaws of the pass which led to the
  • Rock of the Fighting Man. Further than that indeed they would not, or
  • durst not go; and those huge mountains they called the Wall of Strife,
  • even as they on the other side called them the Wall of the World.
  • So the twain took leave of their friends there, and howbeit that they
  • had drunk of the Well at the World's End, yet were their hearts grieved
  • at the parting. The kind folk left with them abundant provision for
  • the remnant of the road, and a sumpter-ox to bear it; so they were in
  • no doubt of their livelihood. Moreover, though the turn of autumn was
  • come again and winter was at hand, yet the weather was fair and calm,
  • and their journey through the dreary pass was as light as it might be
  • to any men.
  • CHAPTER 2
  • They Hear New Tidings of Utterbol
  • It was on a fair evening of later autumn-tide that they won their way
  • out of the Gates of the Mountains, and came under the rock of the
  • Fighting Man. There they kissed and comforted each other in memory of
  • the terror and loneliness wherewith they had entered the Mountains that
  • other time; though, sooth to say, it was to them now like the reading
  • of sorrow in a book.
  • But when they came out with joyful hearts into the green plain betwixt
  • the mountains and the River of Lava, they looked westward, and beheld
  • no great way off a little bower or cot, builded of boughs and rushes by
  • a blackthorn copse; and as they rode toward it they saw a man come
  • forth therefrom, and presently saw that he was hoary, a man with a long
  • white beard. Then Ralph gave a glad cry, and set spurs to his horse
  • and galloped over the plain; for he deemed that it could be none other
  • than the Sage of Swevenham; and Ursula came pricking after him laughing
  • for joy. The old man abode their coming, and Ralph leapt off his horse
  • at once, and kissed and embraced him; but the Sage said: "There is no
  • need to ask thee of tidings; for thine eyes and thine whole body tell
  • me that thou hast drunk of the Well at the World's End. And that shall
  • be better for thee belike than it has been for me; though for me also
  • the world has not gone ill after my fashion since I drank of that
  • water."
  • Then was Ursula come up, and she also lighted down and made much of the
  • Sage. But he said: "Hail, daughter! It is sweet to see thee so, and
  • to wot that thou art in the hands of a mighty man: for I know that
  • Ralph thy man is minded for his Father's House, and the deeds that
  • abide him there; and I think we may journey a little way together; for
  • as for me, I would go back to Swevenham to end my days there, whether
  • they be long or short."
  • But Ralph said: "As for that, thou mayst go further than Swevenham,
  • and as far as Upmeads, where there will be as many to love and cherish
  • thee as at Swevenham."
  • The old man laughed a little, and reddened withal, but answered nothing.
  • Then they untrussed their sumpter-beast, and took meat and drink from
  • his burden, and they ate and drank together, sitting on the green grass
  • there; and the twain made great joy of the Sage, and told him the whole
  • tale; and he told them that he had been abiding there since the
  • spring-tide, lest they might have turned back without accomplishing
  • their quest, and then may-happen he should have been at hand to comfort
  • them, or the one of them left, if so it had befallen. "But," quoth he,
  • "since ye have verily drunk of the Well at the World's End, ye have
  • come back no later than I looked for you."
  • That night they slept in the bower there, and on the morrow betimes,
  • the Sage drove together three or four milch goats that he pastured
  • there, and went their ways over the plain, and so in due time entered
  • into the lava-sea. But the first night that they lay there, though it
  • was moonless and somewhat cloudy, they saw no glare of the distant
  • earth-fires which they had looked for; and when on the morrow they
  • questioned the Sage thereof, he said: "The Earth-fires ceased about the
  • end of last year, as I have heard tell. But sooth it is that the
  • foreboding of the Giant's Candle was not for naught. For there hath
  • verily been a change of masters at Utterbol."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "for better or worse?"
  • Said the Sage: "It could scarce have been for worse; but if rumour
  • runneth right it is much for the better. Hearken how I learned
  • thereof. One fair even of late March, a little before I set off
  • hither, as I was sitting before the door of my house, I saw the glint
  • of steel through the wood, and presently rode up a sort of knights and
  • men-at-arms, about a score; and at the head of them a man on a big
  • red-roan horse, with his surcoat blazoned with a white bull on a green
  • field: he was a man black-haired, but blue-eyed; not very big, but well
  • knit and strong, and looked both doughty and knightly; and he wore a
  • gold coronet about his basnet: so not knowing his blazonry, I wondered
  • who it was that durst be so bold as to ride in the lands of the Lord of
  • Utterbol. Now he rode up to me and craved a drink of milk, for he had
  • seen my goats; so I milked two goats for him, and brought whey for the
  • others, whereas I had no more goats in milk at that season. So the
  • bull-knight spake to me about the woodland, and wherefore I dwelt there
  • apart from others; somewhat rough in his speech he was, yet rather
  • jolly than fierce; and he thanked me for the bever kindly enough, and
  • said: "I deem that it will not avail to give thee money; but I shall
  • give thee what may be of avail to thee. Ho, Gervaise! give me one of
  • those scrolls!" So a squire hands him a parchment and he gave it me,
  • and it was a safe-conduct to the bearer from the Lord of Utterbol; but
  • whereas I saw that the seal bore not the Bear on the Castle-wall, but
  • the Bull, and that the superscription was unknown to me, I held the
  • said scroll in my hand and wondered; and the knight said to me: "Yea,
  • look long at it; but so it is, though thou trow it not, that I am
  • verily Lord of Utterbol, and that by conquest; so that belike I am
  • mightier than he was, for that mighty runagate have I slain. And many
  • there be who deem that no mishap, heathen though I be. Come thou to
  • Utterbol and see for thyself if the days be not changed there; and thou
  • shalt have a belly-full of meat and drink, and honour after thy
  • deserving." So they rested a while, and then went their ways. To
  • Utterbol I went not, but ere I departed to come hither two or three
  • carles strayed my way, as whiles they will, who told me that this which
  • the knight had said was naught but the sooth, and that great was the
  • change of days at Utterbol, whereas all men there, both bond and free,
  • were as merry as they deserved to be, or belike merrier."
  • Ralph pondered this tale, and was not so sure but that this new lord
  • was not Bull Shockhead, his wartaken thrall; natheless he held his
  • peace; but Ursula said: "I marvel not much at the tale, for sure I am,
  • that had Gandolf of the Bear been slain when I was at Utterbol, neither
  • man nor woman had stirred a finger to avenge him. But all feared him,
  • I scarce know why; and, moreover, there was none to be master if he
  • were gone."
  • Thereafter she told more tales of the miseries of Utterbol than Ralph
  • had yet heard, as though this tale of the end of that evil rule had set
  • her free to utter them; and they fell to talking of others matters.
  • CHAPTER 3
  • They Winter With the Sage; and Thereafter Come Again to Vale Turris
  • Thus with no peril and little pain they came to the Sage's hermitage;
  • and whereas the autumn was now wearing, and it was not to be looked for
  • that they should cross even the mountains west of Goldburg, let alone
  • those to the west of Cheaping Knowe, when winter had once set in, Ralph
  • and Ursula took the Sage's bidding to abide the winter through with
  • him, and set forth on their journey again when spring should be fairly
  • come and the mountain ways be clear of snow.
  • So they dwelt there happily enough; for they helped the Sage in his
  • husbandry, and he enforced him to make them cheer, and read in the
  • ancient book to them, and learned them as much as it behoved them to
  • hearken; and told them tales of past time.
  • Thereafter when May was at hand they set out on their road, and whereas
  • the Sage knew the wood well, he made a long story short by bringing
  • them to Vale Turris in four days' time. But when they rode down into
  • the dale, they saw the plain meads below the Tower all bright with
  • tents and booths, and much folk moving about amidst them; here and
  • there amidst the roofs of cloth withal was showing the half finished
  • frame of a timber house a-building. But now as they looked and wondered
  • what might be toward, a half score of weaponed men rode up to them and
  • bade them, but courteously, to come with them to see their Lord. The
  • Sage drew forth his let-pass thereat; but the leader of the riders
  • said, as he shook his head: "That is good for thee, father; but these
  • two knights must needs give an account of themselves: for my lord is
  • minded to put down all lifting throughout his lands; therefore hath he
  • made the meshes of his net small. But if these be thy friends it will
  • be well. Therefore thou art free to come with them and bear witness to
  • their good life."
  • Here it must be said that since they were on the road again Ursula had
  • donned her wargear once more, and as she rode was to all men's eyes
  • naught but a young and slender knight.
  • So without more ado they followed those men-at-arms, and saw how the
  • banner of the Bull was now hung out from the Tower; and the sergeants
  • brought them into the midst of the vale, where, about those tents and
  • those half-finished frame-houses (whereof they saw six) was a market
  • toward and much concourse of folk. But the sergeants led through them
  • and the lanes of the booths down to the side of the river, where on a
  • green knoll, with some dozen of men-at-arms and captains about him, sat
  • the new Lord of Utterbol.
  • Now as the others drew away from him to right and left, the Lord sat
  • before Ralph with naught to hide him, and when their eyes met Ralph
  • gave a cry as one astonished; and the Lord of Utterbol rose up to his
  • feet and shouted, and then fell a laughing joyously, and then cried
  • out: "Welcome, King's Son, and look on me! for though the feathers be
  • fine 'tis the same bird. I am Lord of Utterbol and therewithal Bull
  • Shockhead, whose might was less than thine on the bent of the mountain
  • valley."
  • Therewith he caught hold of Ralph's hand, and sat himself down and drew
  • Ralph down, and made him sit beside him.
  • "Thou seest I am become great?" said he. "Yea," said Ralph, "I give
  • thee joy thereof!" Said the new Lord: "Perchance thou wilt be deeming
  • that since I was once thy war-taken thrall I should give myself up to
  • thee: but I tell thee I will not: for I have much to do here.
  • Moreover I did not run away from thee, but thou rannest from me, lad."
  • Thereat in his turn Ralph fell a laughing, and when he might speak he
  • said: "What needeth the lord of all these spears to beg off his service
  • to the poor wandering knight?"
  • Then Bull put his arms about him, and said: "I am fain at the sight of
  • thee, time was thou wert a kind lad and a good master; yet naught so
  • merry as thou shouldest have been; but now I see that gladness plays
  • all about thy face, and sparkles in thine eyes; and that is good. But
  • these thy fellows? I have seen the old carle before: he was dwelling
  • in the wildwood because he was overwise to live with other folk. But
  • this young man, who may he be? Or else--yea, verily, it is a young
  • woman. Yea, and now I deem that it is the thrall of my brother Bull
  • Nosy. Therefore by heritage she is now mine."
  • Ralph heard the words but saw not the smiling face, so wroth he was;
  • therefore the bare sword was in his fist in a twinkling. But ere he
  • could smite Bull caught hold of his wrist, and said: "Master, master,
  • thou art but a sorry lawyer, or thou wouldst have said: 'Thou art my
  • thrall, and how shall a thrall have heritage?' Dost thou not see that I
  • cannot own her till I be free, and that thou wilt not give me my
  • freedom save for hers? There, now is all the matter of the service
  • duly settled, and I am free and a Lord. And this damsel is free also,
  • and--yea, is she not thy well-beloved, King's Son?"
  • Ralph was somewhat abashed, and said: "I crave thy pardon, Lord, for
  • misdoubting thee: but think how feeble are we two lovers amongst the
  • hosts of the aliens."
  • "It is well, it is well," said Bull, "and in very sooth I deem thee my
  • friend; and this damsel was my brother's friend. Sit down, dear
  • maiden, I bid thee; and thou also, O man overwise; and let us drink a
  • cup, and then we will talk about what we may do for each other."
  • So they sat down all on the grass, and the Lord of Utterbol called for
  • wine, and they drank together in the merry season of May; and the new
  • Lord said: "Here be we friends come together, and it were pity of our
  • lives if we must needs sunder speedily: howbeit, it is thou must rule
  • herein, King's Son; for in my eyes thou art still greater than I, O my
  • master. For I can see in thine eyes and thy gait, and in thine also,
  • maiden, that ye have drunk of the Well at the World's End. Therefore I
  • pray you gently and heartily that ye come home with me to Utterbol."
  • Ralph shook his head, and answered: "Lord of Utterbol, I bid thee all
  • thanks for thy friendliness, but it may not be."
  • "But take note," said Bull, "that all is changed there, and it hath
  • become a merry dwelling of men. We have cast down the Red Pillar, and
  • the White and the Black also; and it is no longer a place of torment
  • and fear, and cozening and murder; but the very thralls are happy and
  • free-spoken. Now come ye, if it were but for a moon's wearing: I shall
  • be there in eight days' time. Yea, Lord Ralph, thou would'st see old
  • acquaintance there withal: for when I slew the tyrant, who forsooth
  • owed me no less than his life for the murder of my brother, I made
  • atonement to his widow, and wedded her: a fair woman as thou wottest,
  • lord, and of good kindred, and of no ill conditions, as is well seen
  • now that she lives happy days. Though I have heard say that while she
  • was under the tyrant she was somewhat rough with her women when she was
  • sad. Eh, fair sir! but is it not so that she cast sheep's eyes on
  • thee, time was, in this same dale?"
  • Ralph reddened and answered naught; and Bull spake again, laughing:
  • "Yea, so it is: she told me that much herself, and afterwards I heard
  • more from her damsel Agatha, who told me the merry tale of that device
  • they made to catch thee, and how thou brakest through the net.
  • Forsooth, though this she told me not, I deem that she would have had
  • the same gift of thee as her mistress would. Well, lad, lucky are they
  • with whom all women are in love. So now I prithee trust so much in thy
  • luck as to come with me to Utterbol."
  • Quoth Ralph: "Once again, Lord of Utterbol, we thank thee; but whereas
  • thou hast said that thou hast much to do in this land; even so I have a
  • land where deeds await me. For I stole myself away from my father and
  • mother, and who knows what help they need of me against foemen, and
  • evil days; and now I might give help to them were I once at home, and
  • to the people of the land also, who are a stout-hearted and valiant and
  • kindly folk."
  • The new Lord's face clouded somewhat, as he said: "If thine heart
  • draweth thee to thy kindred, there is no more to say. As for me, what
  • I did was for kindred's sake, and then what followed after was the work
  • of need. Well, let it be! But since we must needs part hastily, this
  • at least I bid you, that ye abide with me for to-night, and the banquet
  • in the great pavilion. Howsoever ye may be busied, gainsay me not
  • this; and to-morrow I shall further you on your way, and give you a
  • score of spears to follow thee to Goldburg. Then as for Goldburg and
  • Cheaping Knowe, see ye to it yourselves: but beyond Cheaping Knowe and
  • the plain country, thy name is known, and the likeness of thee told in
  • words; and no man in those mountains shall hurt or hinder thee, but all
  • thou meetest shall aid and further thee. Moreover, at the feast
  • to-night thou shalt see thy friend Otter, and he and I betwixt us shall
  • tell thee how I came to Utterbol, and of the change of days, and how it
  • betid. For he is now my right-hand man, as he was of the dead man.
  • Forsooth, after the slaying I would have had him take the lordship of
  • Utterbol, but he would not, so I must take it perforce or be slain, and
  • let a new master reign there little better than the old. Well then,
  • how sayest thou? Or wilt thou run from me without leave-taking, as
  • thou didst ere-while at Goldburg?"
  • Ralph laughed at his word, and said that he would not be so churlish
  • this time, but would take his bidding with a good heart; and thereafter
  • they fell to talking of many things. But Ralph took note of Bull, that
  • now his hair and beard were trim and his raiment goodly, for all his
  • rough speech and his laughter and heart-whole gibes and mocking, his
  • aspect and bearing was noble and knightly.
  • CHAPTER 4
  • A Feast in the Red Pavilion
  • So in a while they went with him to the Tower, and there was woman's
  • raiment of the best gotten for Ursula, and afterwards at nightfall they
  • went to the feast in the Red Pavillion of Utterbol, which awhile ago
  • the now-slain Lord of Utterbol had let make; and it was exceeding rich
  • with broidery of pearl and gems: since forsooth gems and fair women
  • were what the late lord had lusted for the most, and have them he would
  • at the price of howsoever many tears and groans. But that pavilion was
  • yet in all wise as it was wont to be, saving that the Bull had
  • supplanted the Bear upon the Castle-wall.
  • Now the wayfarers were treated with all honour and were set upon the
  • high-seat, Ralph upon the right-hand of the Lord, and Ursula upon his
  • left, and the Sage of Swevenham out from her. But on Ralph's right
  • hand was at first a void place, whereto after a while came Otter, the
  • old Captain of the Guard. He came in hastily, and as though he had but
  • just taken his armour off: for his raiment was but such as the
  • men-at-arm of that country were wont to wear under their war-gear, and
  • was somewhat stained and worn; whereas the other knights and lords were
  • arrayed grandly in silks and fine cloth embroidered and begemmed.
  • Otter was fain when he saw Ralph, and kissed and embraced him, and
  • said: "Forsooth, I saw by thy face, lad, that the world would be soft
  • before thee; and now that I behold thee I know already that thou hast
  • won thy quest; and the Gods only know to what honour thou shalt attain."
  • Ralph laughed for joy of him, and yet said soberly: "As to honour,
  • meseems I covet little world's goods, save that it may be well with my
  • folk at home." Nevertheless as the words were out of his mouth his
  • thought went back to the tall man whom he had first met at the
  • churchyard gate of Netherton, and it seemed to him that he wished his
  • thriving, yea, and in a lesser way, he wished the same to Roger of the
  • Rope-walk, whereas he deemed that both of these, each in his own way,
  • had been true to the lady whom he had lost.
  • Then Otter fell a-talking to him of the change of days at Utterbol, and
  • how that it was the Lord's intent that a cheaping town should grow up
  • in the Dale of the Tower, and that the wilderness beyond it should be
  • tilled and builded. "And," said he, "if this be done, and the new lord
  • live to see it, as he may, being but young of years, he may become
  • exceedingly mighty, and if he hold on in the way whereas he now is, he
  • shall be well-beloved also."
  • So they spake of many things, and there was minstrelsy and diverse
  • joyance, till at last the Lord of Utterbol stood up and said: "Now
  • bring in the Bull, that we may speak some words over him; for this is a
  • great feast." Ralph wondered what bull this might be whereof he spake;
  • but the harps and fiddlers, and all instruments of music struck up a
  • gay and gallant tune, and presently there came into the hall four men
  • richly attired, who held up on spears a canopy of bawdekin, under which
  • went a man-at-arms helmed, and clad in bright armour, who held in his
  • hands a great golden cup fashioned like to a bull, and he bore it forth
  • unto the dais, and gave it into the hands of the Lord. Then
  • straightway all the noise ceased, and the glee and clatter of the hall,
  • and there was dead silence. Then the Lord held the cup aloft and said
  • in a loud voice:
  • "Hail, all ye folk! I swear by the Bull, and they that made him, that
  • in three years' time or less I will have purged all the lands of
  • Utterbol of all strong-thieves and cruel tyrants, be they big or
  • little, till all be peace betwixt the mountains and the mark of
  • Goldburg; and the wilderness shall blossom like the rose. Or else
  • shall I die in the pain."
  • Therewith he drank of the cup, and all men shouted. Then he sat him
  • down and bade hand the cup to Otter; and Otter took the cup and looked
  • into the bowl and saw the wave of wine, and laughed and cried out: "As
  • for me, what shall I swear but that I will follow the Bull through
  • thick and thin, through peace and unpeace, through grief and joy. This
  • is my oath-swearing."
  • And he drank mightily and sat down.
  • Then turned the Lord to Ralph and said: "And thou who art my master,
  • wilt thou not tell thy friends and the Gods what thou wilt do?"
  • "No great matter, belike," said Ralph; "but if ye will it, I will speak
  • out my mind thereon."
  • "We will it," said the Lord.
  • Then Ralph arose and took the cup and lifted it and spake: "This I
  • swear, that I will go home to my kindred, yet on the road will I not
  • gainsay help to any that craveth it. So may all Hallows help me!"
  • Therewith he drank: and Bull said: "This is well said, O happy man!
  • But now that men have drunk well, do ye three and Otter come with me
  • into the Tower, whereas the chambers are dight for you, that I may make
  • the most of this good day wherein I have met thee again."
  • So they went with him, and when they had sat down in the goodliest
  • chamber of the Tower, and they had been served with wine and spices,
  • the new Lord said to Ralph: "And now, my master, wilt thou not ask
  • somewhat concerning me?" "Yea," said Ralph, "I will ask thee to tell
  • the tale of how thou camest into thy Lordship." Said the Lord, "This
  • shall ye hear of me with Otter to help me out. Hearken!"
  • CHAPTER 5
  • Bull Telleth of His Winning of the Lordship of Utterbol
  • "When thou rannest away from me, and left me alone at Goldburg, I was
  • grieved; then Clement Chapman offered to take me back with him to his
  • own country, which, he did me to wit, lieth hard by thine: but I would
  • not go with him, since I had an inkling that I should find the slayer
  • of my brother and be avenged on him. So the Chapmen departed from
  • Goldburg after that Clement had dealt generously by me for thy sake;
  • and when they were gone I bethought me what to do, and thou knowest I
  • can some skill with the fiddle and song, so I betook myself to that
  • craft, both to earn somewhat and that I might gather tidings and be
  • little heeded, till within awhile folk got to know me well, and would
  • often send for me to their merry-makings, where they gave me fiddler's
  • wages, to wit, meat, drink, and money. So what with one thing what
  • with another I was rich enough to leave Goldburg and fall to my journey
  • unto Utterbol; since I misdoubted me from the first that the caytiff
  • who had slain my brother was the Lord thereof.
  • "But one day when I went into the market-place I found a great stir and
  • clutter there; some folk, both men and women screeching and fleeing,
  • and some running to bows and other weapons. So I caught hold of one of
  • the fleers, and asked him what was toward; and he cried out, 'Loose me!
  • let me go! he is loose, he is loose!'
  • "'Who is loose, fool?' quoth I. 'The lion,' said he, and therewith in
  • the extremity of his terror tore himself away from me and fled. By
  • this time the others also had got some distance away from me, and I was
  • left pretty much alone. So I went forth on a little, looking about me,
  • and sure enough under one of the pillars of the cloister beneath the
  • market-house (the great green pillar, if thou mindest it), lay crouched
  • a huge yellow lion, on the carcase of a goat, which he had knocked
  • down, but would not fall to eating of amidst all that cry and hubbub.
  • "Now belike one thing of me thou wottest not, to wit, that I have a
  • gift that wild things love and will do my bidding. The house-mice will
  • run over me as I lie awake looking on them; the small birds will perch
  • on my shoulders without fear; the squirrels and hares will gambol about
  • quite close to me as if I were but a tree; and, withal, the fiercest
  • hound or mastiff is tame before me. Therefore I feared not this lion,
  • and, moreover, I looked to it that if I might tame him thoroughly, he
  • would both help me to live as a jongleur, and would be a sure ward to
  • me.
  • "So I walked up towards him quietly, till he saw me and half rose up
  • growling; but I went on still, and said to him in a peaceable voice:
  • 'How now, yellow mane! what aileth thee? down with thee, and eat thy
  • meat.' So he sat down to his quarry again, but growled still, and I
  • went up close to him, and said to him: 'Eat in peace and safety, am I
  • not here?' And therewith I held out my bare hand unclenched to him, and
  • he smelt to it, and straightway began to be peaceable, and fell to
  • tearing the goat, and devouring it, while I stood by speaking to him
  • friendly.
  • "But presently I saw weapons glitter on the other side of the square
  • place, and men with bended bows. The yellow king saw them also, and
  • rose up again and stood growling; then I strove to quiet him, and said,
  • 'These shall not harm thee.'
  • "Therewith the men cried out to me to come away, for they would shoot:
  • But I called out; 'Shoot not yet! but tell me, does any man own this
  • beast?' 'Yea,' said one, 'I own him, and happy am I that he doth not
  • own me.' Said I, 'Wilt thou sell him?' 'Yea' said he, 'if thou livest
  • another hour to tell down the money.' Said I, 'I am a tamer of wild
  • beasts, and if thou wilt sell this one at such a price, I will rid thee
  • of him.' The man yeasaid this, but kept well aloof with his fellows,
  • who looked on, handling their weapons.
  • "Then I turned to my new-bought thrall and bade him come with me, and
  • he followed me like a dog to his cage, which was hard by; and I shut
  • him in there, and laid down the money to his owner; and folk came round
  • about, and wondered, and praised me. But I said: 'My masters, have ye
  • naught of gifts for the tamer of beasts, and the deliverer of men?'
  • Thereat they laughed: but they brought me money and other goods, till I
  • had gotten far more than I had given for the lion.
  • "Howbeit the next day the officers of the Porte came and bade me avoid
  • the town of Goldburg, but gave me more money withal. I was not loth
  • thereto, but departed, riding a little horse that I had, and leading my
  • lion by a chain, though when I was by he needed little chaining.
  • "So that without more ado I took the road to Utterbol, and wheresoever
  • I came, I had what was to be had that I would; neither did any man fall
  • on me, or on my lion. For though they might have shot him or slain him
  • with many spear-thrusts, yet besides that they feared him sorely, they
  • feared me still more; deeming me some mighty sending from their Gods.
  • "Thus came I to Utterness, and found it poor and wretched, (as
  • forsooth, it yet is, but shall not be so for long). But the House of
  • Utterbol is exceeding fair and stately (as thou mightest have learned
  • from others, my master,) and its gardens, and orchards, and acres, and
  • meadows as goodly as may be. Yea, a very paradise; yet the dwellers
  • therein as if it were hell, as I saw openly with mine own eyes.
  • "To be short, the fame of me and my beast had somehow gone before me,
  • and when I came to the House, I was dealt with fairly, and had good
  • entertainment: and this all the more, as the Lord was away for a while,
  • and the life of folk not so hard by a great way as it had been if he
  • had been there: but the Lady was there in the house, and on the morrow
  • of my coming by her command, I brought my lion before her window and
  • made him come and go, and fetch and carry at my bidding, and when I had
  • done my play she bade me up into her bower, and bade me sit and had me
  • served with wine, while she asked me many questions as to my country
  • and friends, and whence and whither I was; and I answered her with the
  • very sooth, so far as the sooth was handy; and there was with her but
  • one of her women, even thy friend Agatha, fair sir.
  • "Methought both that this Queen was a fair woman, and that she looked
  • kindly upon me, and at last she said, sighing, that she were well at
  • ease if her baron were even such a man as I, whereas the said Lord was
  • fierce and cruel, and yet a dastard withal. But the said Agatha turned
  • on her, and chided her, as one might with a child, and said: 'Hold thy
  • peace of thy loves and thy hates before a very stranger! Or must I
  • leave yet more of my blood on the pavement of the White Pillar, for the
  • pleasure of thy loose tongue? Come out now, mountain-carle!'
  • "And she took me by the hand and led me out, and when we had passed the
  • door and it was shut, she turned to me and said: 'Thou, if I hear any
  • word abroad of what my Lady has just spoken, I shall know that thou
  • hast told it, and though I be but a thrall, yea, and of late a
  • mishandled one, yet am I of might enough in Utterbol to compass thy
  • destruction.'
  • "I laughed in her face and went my ways: and thereafter I saw many
  • folk and showed them my beast, and soon learned two things clearly.
  • "And first that the Lord and the Lady were now utterly at variance.
  • For a little before he had come home, and found a lack in his
  • household--to wit, how a certain fair woman whom he had but just got
  • hold of, and whom he lusted after sorely, was fled away. And he laid
  • the wyte thereof on his Lady, and threatened her with death: and when
  • he considered that he durst not slay her, or torment her (for he was
  • verily but a dastard), he made thy friend Agatha pay for her under
  • pretence of wringing a true tale out of her.
  • "Now when I heard this story I said to myself that I should hear that
  • other one of the slaying of my brother, and even so it befell. For I
  • came across a man who told me when and how the Lord came by the said
  • damsel (whom I knew at once could be none other than thou, Lady,) and
  • how he had slain my brother to get her, even as doubtless thou knowest,
  • Lord Ralph.
  • "But the second thing which I learned was that all folk at Utterbol,
  • men and women, dreaded the home-coming of this tyrant; and that there
  • was no man but would have deemed it a good deed to slay him. But,
  • dastard as he was, use and wont, and the fear that withholdeth rebels,
  • and the doubt that draweth back slaves, saved him; and they dreaded him
  • moreover as a devil rather than a man. Forsooth one of the men there,
  • who looked upon me friendly, who had had tidings of this evil beast
  • drawing near, spake to me a word of warning, and said: 'Friend
  • lion-master, take heed to thyself! For I fear for thee when the Lord
  • cometh home and findeth thee here; lest he let poison thy lion and slay
  • thee miserably afterward.'
  • "Well, in three days from that word home cometh the Lord with a rout of
  • his spearmen, and some dozen of captives, whom he had taken. And the
  • morrow of his coming, he, having heard of me, sent and bade me showing
  • the wonder of the Man and the Lion; therefore in the bright morning I
  • played with the lion under his window as I had done by the Queen. And
  • after I had played some while, and he looking out of the window, he
  • called to me and said: 'Canst thou lull thy lion to sleep, so that
  • thou mayst leave him for a little? For I would fain have thee up here.'
  • "I yeasaid that, and chid the beast, and then sang to him till he lay
  • down and slept like a hound weary with hunting. And then I went up
  • into the Lord's chamber; and as it happed, all the while of my playing
  • I had had my short-sword naked in my hand, and thus, I deem without
  • noting it, yet as weird would, I came before the tyrant, where he sat
  • with none anigh him save this Otter and another man-at-arms. But when I
  • saw him, all the blood within me that was come of one mother with my
  • brother's blood stirred within me, and I set my foot on the foot-pace
  • of this murderer's chair, and hove up my short-sword, and clave his
  • skull, in front and with mine own hand: not as he wrought, not as he
  • wrought with my brother.
  • "Then I turned about to Otter (who had his sword in his fist when it
  • was too late) till he should speak. Hah Otter, what didst thou say?"
  • Otter laughed: Quoth he, "I said: thus endeth the worst man in the
  • world. Well done, lion-tamer! thou art no ill guest, and hast paid on
  • the nail for meat, drink and lodging. But what shall we do now? Then
  • thou saidst; 'Well, I suppose thou wilt be for slaying me.' 'Nay,' said
  • I, 'We will not slay thee; at least not for this, nor now, nor without
  • terms.' Thou saidst: 'Perchance then thou wilt let me go free, since
  • this man was ill-beloved: yea, and he owed me a life.' 'Nay, nay,' said
  • I, 'not so fast, good beast-lord.' 'Why not?' saidst thou, 'I can see
  • of thee that thou art a valiant man, and whereas thou hast been captain
  • of the host, and the men-at-arms will lightly do thy bidding, why
  • shouldest thou not sit in the place of this man, and be Lord of
  • Utterbol?'
  • "'Nay nay,' said I, 'it will not do, hearken thou rather: For here I
  • give thee the choice of two things, either that thou be Lord of
  • Utterbol, or that we slay thee here and now. For we be two men
  • all-armed.'
  • "Thou didst seem to ponder it a while, and then saidst at last: 'Well,
  • I set not out on this journey with any such-like intent; yet will I not
  • wrestle with weird. Only I forewarn thee that I shall change the days
  • of Utterbol.'
  • "'It will not be for the worst then,' quoth I. 'So now go wake up thy
  • lion, and lead him away to his den: and we will presently send him
  • this carrion for a reward of his jonglery.' 'Gramercy, butcher,' saidst
  • thou, 'I am not for thy flesh-meat to-day. I was forewarned that the
  • poor beast should be poisoned at this man's home-coming, and so will he
  • be if he eat of this dastard; he will not outlive such a dinner.'
  • Thereat we all laughed heartily."
  • "Yea," said Bull, "So I went to lead away the lion when thou hadst
  • bidden me return in an hours' wearing, when all should be ready for my
  • Lordship. And thou wert not worse than thy word, for when I came into
  • that court again, there were all the men-at-arms assembled, and the
  • free carles, and the thralls; and the men-at-arms raised me on a
  • shield, set a crowned helm on my head, and thrust a great sword into my
  • hand, and hailed me by the name of the Bull of Utterbol, Lord of the
  • Waste and the Wildwood, and the Mountain-side: and then thou, Otter,
  • wert so simple as to kneel before me and name thyself my man, and take
  • the girding on of sword at my hand. Then even as I was I went in to my
  • Lady and told her the end of my tale, and in three minutes she lay in
  • my arms, and in three days in my bed as my wedded wife. As to Agatha,
  • when I had a little jeered her, I gave her rich gifts and good lands,
  • and freedom, to boot her for her many stripes. And lo there, King's
  • Son and Sweet Lady, the end of all my tale."
  • "Yea," quoth Otter, "saving this, that even already thou has raised up
  • Utterbol from Hell to Earth, and yet meseemeth thou hast good-will to
  • raise it higher."
  • Bull reddened at his word, and said: "Tush, man! praise the day when
  • the sun has set." Then he turned to Ralph, and said: "Yet couldst thou
  • at whiles put in a good word for me here and there amongst the folks
  • that thou shalt pass through on thy ways home, I were fain to know that
  • I had a well-speaking friend abroad." "We shall do no less," said
  • Ralph; and Ursula spake in like wise.
  • So they talked together merrily a while longer, till night began to
  • grow old, and then went to their chambers in all content and
  • good-liking.
  • CHAPTER 6
  • They Ride From Vale Turris. Redhead Tells of Agatha
  • On the morrow when they arose, Ralph heard the sound of horses and the
  • clashing of arms: he went to the window, and looked out, and saw how
  • the spears stood up thick together at the Tower's foot, and knew that
  • these were the men who were to be his fellows by the way. Their
  • captain he saw, a big man all-armed in steel, but himseemed that he
  • knew his face under his sallet, and presently saw that it was Redhead.
  • He was glad thereof, and clad himself hastily, and went out a-doors,
  • and went up to him and hailed him, and Redhead leapt off his horse, and
  • cast his arms about Ralph, and made much of him, and said: "It is good
  • for sore eyes to see thee, lord; and I am glad at heart that all went
  • well with thee that time. Although, forsooth, there was guile behind
  • it. Yet whereas I wotted nothing thereof, which I will pray thee to
  • believe, and whereas thou hast the gain of all, I deem thou mayst
  • pardon me."
  • Said Ralph: "Thou hast what pardon of me thou needest; so be content.
  • For the rest, little need is there to ask if thou thrivest, for I
  • behold thee glad and well honoured."
  • As they spoke came the Lord forth from the Tower, and said: "Come thou,
  • Lord Ralph, and eat with us ere thou takest to the road; I mean with
  • Otter and me. As for thee, Redhead, if aught of ill befall this King's
  • Son under thy way-leading, look to it that thou shalt lose my good word
  • with Agatha; yea, or gain my naysay herein; whereby thou shalt miss
  • both fee and fair dame."
  • Redhead looked sheepishly on Ralph at that word, yet winked at him
  • also, as if it pleased him to be jeered concerning his wooing; so that
  • Ralph saw how the land lay, and that the guileful handmaid was not ill
  • content with that big man. So he smiled kindly on him and nodded, and
  • went back with Bull into the Tower. There they sat down all to meat
  • together; and when they were done with their victual, Bull spake, and
  • said to Ralph: "Fair King's Son, is this then the last sight of thee?
  • wilt thou never come over the mountains again?" Said Ralph: "Who
  • knoweth? I am young yet, and have drunk of the Water of the Well."
  • Bull grew somewhat pensive and said: "Yea, thou meanest that thou
  • mayest come back and find me no longer here. Yet if thou findest but
  • my grave-mound, yet mayhappen thou shalt come on something said or sung
  • of me, which shall please thee. For I will tell thee, that thou hast
  • changed my conditions; how, I wot not."
  • "Thy word is good," said Ralph, "yet I meant not that; never should I
  • come to Utterbol if I looked not to find thee living there." Bull
  • smiled on him as though he loved him, and said: "This is well spoken; I
  • shall look to see thee before I die."
  • Then said Ursula: "Lord of Utterbol, this also thou mayst think on,
  • that it is no further from Utterbol to Upmeads than from Upmeads to
  • Utterbol." The Lord laughed and said: "Sooth is that; and were but my
  • Bull here, as I behold you I should be of mind to swear by him to come
  • and see you at Upmeads ere ten years have worn."
  • Then she put forth her hand and said: "Swear by this!" So he took it
  • and swore the oath; but the Sage of Swevenham said: "This oath thou
  • shalt keep to the gain and not the loss both of thee and of thy friends
  • of Upmeads."
  • Thus were they fain of each other, and Ralph saw how Bull's heart was
  • grown big, and he rejoiced thereat. But anon he arose and said: "Now,
  • Lord, we ask leave to depart for the way is long, and mayhappen my
  • kindred now lack a man's helping." Then Bull stood up and called for
  • his horse, and Otter also, and they all went forth and gat a-horseback
  • and rode away from Vale Turris, and Redhead rode behind them humbly,
  • till it was noon and they made stay for meat. Then after they had
  • broken bread together and drunk a cup Bull and Otter kissed the
  • wayfarers, and bade them farewell and so rode back to Vale Turris, and
  • Ralph and Ursula and the Sage tarried not but rode on their ways.
  • But anon Ralph called to Redhead, and bade him ride beside them that
  • they might talk together, and he came up with them, and Ursula greeted
  • him kindly, and they were merry one with another. And Ralph said to
  • Redhead: "Friend captain, thou art exceeding in humility not to ride
  • with the Lord or Captain Otter; save for chance-hap, I see not that
  • thou art worser than they."
  • Redhead grinned, and said: "Well, as to Otter, that is all true; but
  • as for Lord Bull it is another matter; I wot not but his kindred may be
  • as good or better than any in these east parts. In any case, he hath
  • his kin and long descent full often in his mouth, while I am but a
  • gangrel body. Howbeit it is all one, whereas whatso he or Otter bid
  • any man to do, he doeth it, but my bidding may be questioned at whiles.
  • And look you, lord, times are not ill, so wherefore should I risk a
  • change of days? Sooth to say, both these great lords have done well by
  • me."
  • Ralph laughed: "And better will they do, as thou deemest; give thee
  • Agatha, to wit?" "Yea, fair sir," quoth Redhead. "No great gift, that
  • seemeth to me, for thy valiancy," said Ralph; "she is guileful enough
  • and loose enough for a worse man than thee."
  • "Lord," said Redhead, "even of her thou shalt say what pleaseth thee;
  • but no other man shall say of her what pleaseth me not. For all that
  • is come and gone she is true and valiant, and none may say that she is
  • not fair and sweet enough for a better man than me; and my great good
  • luck it is that, as I hope, she looketh no further for a better."
  • Ursula said: "Is it so, perchance, that now she is free and hath
  • naught to fear, she hath no need for guile?" "Hail to thee for thy
  • word, lady," quoth Redhead; and then he was silent, glooming somewhat
  • on Ralph.
  • But Ralph said: "Nay, my friend, I meant no harm, but I was wondering
  • what had befallen to bring you two so close together."
  • "It was fear and pain, and the helping of each other that wrought it,"
  • said Redhead. Said Ursula: "Good Captain, how was it that she escaped
  • the uttermost of evil at the tyrant's hands? since from all that I have
  • heard, it must needs be that he laid the blame on her (working for her
  • mistress) of my flight from Utterbol."
  • "Even so it was, lady," said Redhead; "but, as thou wottest belike, she
  • had got it spread abroad that she was cunning in sorcery, and that her
  • spell would not end when her life ended; nay, that he to whom her ghost
  • should bear ill-will, and more especially such an one as might compass
  • her death, should have but an ill time of it while he lived, which
  • should not be long. This tale, which, sooth to say, I myself helped to
  • spread, the Lord of Utterbol trowed in wholly, so cunningly was it
  • told; so that, to make a long story short, he feared her, and feared
  • her more dead than living. So that when he came home, and found thee
  • gone, lady, he did indeed deem that thy flight was of Agatha's
  • contrivance. And this the more because his nephew (he whom thou didst
  • beguile; I partly guess how) told him a made-up tale how all was done
  • by the spells of Agatha. For this youth was of all men, not even
  • saving his uncle, most full of malice; and he hated Agatha, and would
  • have had her suffer the uttermost of torments and he to be standing by
  • the while; howbeit his malice overshot itself, since his tale made her
  • even more of a witch than the lord deemed before."
  • "Yea," said Ursula, "and what hath befallen that evil young man,
  • Captain?" Said Redhead: "It is not known to many, lady; but two days
  • before the slaying of his uncle, I met him in a wood a little way from
  • Utterbol, and, the mood being on me I tied him neck and heels and cast
  • him, with a stone round his neck, into a deep woodland pool hight the
  • Ram's Bane, which is in that same wood. Well, as to my tale of Agatha.
  • When the lord came home first, he sent for her, and his rage had so
  • mastered his fear for a while that his best word was scourge and rack
  • and faggot; but she was, outwardly, so calm and cold, smiling on him
  • balefully, that he presently came to himself, a found that fear was in
  • his belly, and that he might not do what he would with her; wherefore
  • he looked to it that however she were used (which was ill enough, God
  • wot!) she should keep the soul in her body. And at last the fear so
  • mounted into his head that he made peace with her, and even craved
  • forgiveness of her and gave her gifts. She answered him sweetly
  • indeed, yet so as he (and all others who were bystanding, of whom I was
  • one,) might well see that she deemed she owed him a day in harvest. As
  • for me, he heeded me naught, and I lay low all I might. And in any
  • wise we wore the time till the great day of deliverance."
  • Therewith dropped the talk about Agatha, when they had bidden him all
  • luck in his life. Forsooth, they were fain of his words, and of his
  • ways withal. For he was a valiant man, and brisk, and one who forgat
  • no benefit, and was trusty as steel; merry-hearted withal, and kind and
  • ready of speech despite his uplandish manners, which a life not a
  • little rude had thrust on him.
  • CHAPTER 7
  • Of Their Riding the Waste, and of a Battle Thereon
  • They slept in no house that night nor for many nights after; for they
  • were now fairly on the waste. They bore with them a light tent for
  • Ursula's lodging benights, and the rest of them slept on the field as
  • they might; or should they come to a thicket or shaw, they would lodge
  • them there softly. Victual and drink failed them not, for they bore
  • what they needed on sumpter-horses, and shot some venison on the way
  • withal. They saw but few folk; for the most part naught save a fowler
  • of the waste, or a peat-cutter, who stood to look on the men-at-arms
  • going by, and made obeisance to the token of Utterbol.
  • But on a time, the fifth day of their journey, they saw, in the
  • morning, spears not a few standing up against a thicket-side in the
  • offing. Redhead looked under the sharp of his hand, and laughed as
  • though he were glad, and said: "I know not clearly what these may be,
  • but it looketh like war. Now, knight, this is best to do: hold with
  • thee three of our best men, so that ye may safe guard the Lady, and I
  • with the others will prick on and look into this."
  • "Nay," said Ralph, "thou mayst yet be apaid of a man's aid; and if
  • there be strokes on sale in the cheaping-stead yonder, I will deal
  • along with thee. Leave thy three men with the Lady, and let us on; we
  • shall soon be back."
  • "Nay once more, dear lord," quoth Ursula, "I fear to be left alone of
  • thee, and it is meet that thou free me from fear. I will ride with
  • you, but three horse-lengths behind, so as not to hinder you. I have
  • been worse bestead than this shall be."
  • "It is good," quoth Redhead, "let her ride with us: for why should she
  • suffer the pain of fear in the lonely waste? But let her do on a
  • hauberk over her coats, and steel coif over her head, for shaft and
  • bolt will ofttimes go astray."
  • Even so they did, and rode forward, and presently they saw the spearmen
  • that they were somewhat more than their company, and that they were
  • well mounted on black horses and clad in black armour. Then they drew
  • rein for awhile and Redhead scanned them again and said: "Yea, these
  • are the men of the brother of thy hot wooer, Lady Ursula, whom I cooled
  • in the Ram's Bane, but a man well nigh as old as his uncle, though he
  • hath not made men tremble so sore, albeit he be far the better man, a
  • good warrior, a wise leader, a reiver and lifter well wrought at all
  • points. Well, 'tis not unlike that we shall have to speak to his men
  • again, either out-going or home-coming: so we had best kill as many of
  • these as we may now. Do on thy sallet, my lord; and thou,
  • Michael-a-green shake out the Bull; and thou, our Noise, blow a point
  • of war that they may be warned. God to aid! but they be ready and
  • speedy!"
  • In sooth even as the pennon of the Bull ran down the wind and the
  • Utterbol horn was winded, the Black men-at-arms came on at a trot, and
  • presently with a great screeching yell cast their spears into the rest,
  • and spurred on all they might, while a half score of bowmen who had
  • come out of the thicket bent their bows and fell a-shooting. But now
  • the men of Utterbol spurred to meet the foe, and as Redhead cast his
  • spear into the rest, he said to Ralph: "Glad am I that thy Lady is
  • anear to see me, for now I worship her."
  • Therewith the two bands met, and whereas on neither side was the armour
  • very stout, some men of either band were hurt or slain at once with
  • spearthrust; though, save for Ralph, they did not run straight on each
  • other; but fenced and foined with their spears deftly enough. As for
  • Ralph, he smote a tall man full on the breast and pierced him through
  • and through, and then pulled out the Upmeads blade and smote on the
  • right hand and the left, so that none came anigh him willingly.
  • Shortly to say it, in five minutes' time the Black Riders were fleeing
  • all over the field with them of Utterbol at their heels, and the bowmen
  • ran back again into the wood. But one of the foemen as he fled cast a
  • javelin at a venture, and who should be before it save Ursula, so that
  • she reeled in her saddle, and would have fallen downright but for one
  • of the Utterbol fellows who stayed her, and got her gently off her
  • horse. This Ralph saw not, for he followed far in the chase, and was
  • coming back somewhat slowly along with Redhead, who was hurt, but not
  • sorely. So when he came up, and saw Ursula sitting on the grass with
  • four or five men about her, he sickened for fear; but she rose up and
  • came slowly and pale-faced to meet him, and said: "Fear not, beloved,
  • for steel kept out steel: I have no scratch or point or edge on me."
  • So therewith he kissed her, and embraced her, and was glad.
  • The Utterbol Riders had slain sixteen of their foemen; for they took
  • none to mercy, and four of their band were slain outright, and six
  • hurt, but not grievously. So they tarried awhile on the field of deed
  • to rest them and tend their wounded men, and so rode on again heedfully.
  • But Redhead spake: "It is good to see thee tilting, King's Son. I
  • doubt me I shall never learn thy downright thrust. Dost thou remember
  • how sorry a job I made of it, when we met in the lists at Vale Turris
  • that other day?"
  • "Yea, yea," said Ralph. "Thou were best let that flea stick on the
  • wall. For to-day, at least, I have seen thee play at sharps deftly
  • enough."
  • Quoth Redhead: "Lord, it is naught, a five minutes' scramble. That
  • which trieth a man, is to fight and overcome, and straight have to
  • fight with fresh foemen, and yet again, till ye long for dark night to
  • cover you--yea, or even death."
  • "Warrior-like and wisely thou speakest," said Ralph; "and whoever thou
  • servest thou shalt serve well. And now once more I would it were me."
  • Redhead shook his head at that word, and said: "I would it might be
  • so; but it will not be so as now."
  • Forth on they rode, and slept in a wood that night, keeping good watch;
  • but saw no more of the Black Riders for that time.
  • On a day thereafter when it was nigh evening, Ralph looked about, and
  • saw a certain wood on the edge of a plain, and he stayed Ursula, and
  • said: "Look round about, beloved; for this is the very field whereas I
  • was betrayed into the hands of the men of Utterbol." She smiled on him
  • and said: "Let me light down then, that I may kiss the earth of that
  • kind field, where thou wert not stayed over long, but even long enough
  • that we might meet in the dark wood thereafter."
  • "Sweetling," said Ralph, "this mayst thou do and grieve no man, not
  • even for a little. For lo you! the captain is staying the
  • sumpter-beasts, and it is his mind, belike, that we shall sleep in
  • yonder wood to-night." Therewith he lighted down and she in likewise:
  • then he took her by the hand and led her on a few yards, and said: "Lo,
  • beloved, this quicken-tree; hereby it was that the tent was pitched
  • wherein I lay the night when I was taken."
  • She looked on him shyly and said: "Wilt thou not sleep here once more
  • to-night?"
  • "Yea, well-beloved," said he, "I will bid them pitch thy tent on this
  • same place, that I may smell the wild thyme again, as I did that other
  • while."
  • So there on the field of his ancient grief they rested that night in
  • all love and content.
  • CHAPTER 8
  • Of Goldburg Again, and the Queen Thereof
  • Next day they went forth through the country wherethrough Morfinn had
  • led Ralph into captivity; and Redhead rode warily; for there were many
  • passes which looked doubtful: but whether the ill men feared to meddle
  • with them, or however it were, none waylaid them, and they all came
  • safely to the gate of Goldburg, the towers whereof were full of folk
  • looking forth on them. So they displayed their pennon, and rode into
  • the street, where folk pressed about them in friendly wise; for the new
  • Lord of Utterbol had made firm and fast peace with Goldburg. So they
  • rode to the hostel, and gat them victual, and rested in peace that
  • night. But Ralph wondered whether the Queen would send for him when
  • she heard of his coming back again, and he hoped that she would let him
  • be; for he was ashamed when he thought of her love for him, and how
  • that he had clean forgotten her till he was close to Goldburg again.
  • But when morning was come Ralph spake to Redhead and asked him how he
  • should do to wage men for the homeward journey on thence; and Redhead
  • said: "I have already seen the Clerk of the Porte, and he will be here
  • in an hour with the license for thee to wage men to go with thee to
  • Cheaping Knowe. As for me, I must needs go see the King, and give him
  • a letter sealed by my lord's hand; and when I come back from him, I
  • will go round to the alehouses which be haunted of the men-at-arms to
  • see after strong carles for thine avail. But to the King hast thou no
  • need to go, save he send for thee, whereas thou art not come hither to
  • chaffer, and he needeth not men of war."
  • Ralph stared at him and said: "The King, sayst thou? is there no Queen
  • of Goldburg?" Said Redhead: "There is the King's wedded wife, but her
  • they call not Queen, but Lady." "But the Queen that was," said Ralph,
  • "where is she then?" "Yea truly," said Redhead, "a Queen sat alone as
  • ruler here a while ago; but whether she died, or what befell her, I
  • know nothing. I had little to do with Goldburg till our lord conquered
  • Utterbol. Lo here the host! he may tell thee the tale thereof."
  • Therewith he departed, and left Ralph with the host, whom Ralph
  • questioned of the story, for his heart was wrung lest such a fair woman
  • and so friendly should have come to harm.
  • So the host sat down by Ralph and said: "My master, this is a tale
  • which is grievous to us: for though the saints forbid I should say a
  • word against my lord that is now, nor is there any need to, yet we
  • deemed us happy to be under so dear a lady and so good and fair as she
  • was. Well, she is gone so that we wot not whether she be living or
  • dead. For so it is that in the early spring, somewhat more than a year
  • ago that is, one morning when folk arose, the Queen's place was empty.
  • Riding and running there was about and about, but none the more was she
  • found. Forsooth as time wore, tales were told of what wise she left
  • us, and why: but she was gone. Well, fair sir, many deemed that
  • though her lineage was known by seeming, yet she was of the fairy, and
  • needed neither steed nor chariot to go where she would. But her women
  • and those that knew her best, deemed that whatso she were, she had
  • slain herself, as they thought, for some unhappiness of love. For
  • indeed she had long gone about sad and distraught, though she neither
  • wept, nor would say one word of her sorrow, whatsoever it might be.
  • "But, fair sir, since thou art a stranger, and art presently departing
  • from our city, I will tell thee a thing. To wit; one month or so after
  • she had vanished away, I held talk with a certain old fisherman of our
  • water, and he told me that on that same night of her vanishing, as he
  • stood on the water-side handing the hawser of his barque, and the sail
  • was all ready to be sheeted home, there came along the shore a woman
  • going very swiftly, who, glancing about her, as if to see that there
  • was none looking on or prying, came up to him, and prayed him in a
  • sweet voice for instant passage down the water. Wrapped she was in a
  • dark cloak and a cowl over her head, but as she put forth her hand to
  • give him gold, he saw even by the light of his lantern that it was
  • exceeding fair, and that great gems flashed from the finger-rings, and
  • that there was a great gold ring most precious on her arm.
  • "He yeasaid her asking, partly because of her gold, partly (as he told
  • me) that he feared her, deeming her to be of the fairy. Then she
  • stepped over his gangway of one board on to his boat, and as he held
  • the lantern low down to light her, lest she should make a false step
  • and fall into the water, he noted (quoth he) that a golden shoe all
  • begemmed came out from under gown-hem and that the said hem was
  • broidered thickly with pearl and jewels.
  • "Small was his barque, and he alone with the woman, and there was a
  • wind in the March night, and the stream is swift betwixt the quays of
  • our city; so that by night and cloud they made much way down the water,
  • and at sunrise were sailing through the great wood which lieth hence a
  • twenty leagues seaward. So when the sun was risen she stood up in the
  • fore part of the boat, and bade him turn the barque toward the shore,
  • and even as the bows ran upon the sand, she leapt out and let the
  • thicket cover her; nor have any of Goldburg seen her since, or the
  • Queen. But for my part I deem the woman to have been none other than
  • the Queen. Seest thou then! she is gone: but the King Rainald her
  • cousin reigns in her stead, a wise man, and a mighty, and no tyrant or
  • skinner of the people."
  • Ralph heard and pondered, and was exceeding sorry, and more had he been
  • but for the joyousness which came of the Water of the Well. Howbeit he
  • might not amend it: for even were he to seek for the Queen and find
  • her, it might well be worse than letting it be. For he knew (when he
  • thought of her) that she loved him, and how would it be if she might
  • not outwear her love, or endure the days of Goldburg, and he far away?
  • This he said to himself, which he might not have said to any other soul.
  • CHAPTER 9
  • They Come to Cheaping Knowe Once More. Of the King Thereof
  • Toward evening comes Redhead, and tells Ralph how he hired him a dozen
  • men-at-arms to follow him well-weaponed to Cheaping Knowe: withal he
  • counselled him to take a good gift with him to that same town to buy
  • the good will of the King there; who was a close-fist and a cruel lord.
  • Afterwards they sat together in the court of that fair house before
  • good wine, Ralph and Ursula, and Redhead and the Sage of Swevenham, and
  • spake of many things, and were merry and kind together. But on the
  • morrow Redhead departed from Goldburg with his men, and he loth to
  • depart, and they gave him farewell lovingly. Thereafter Ralph's new
  • men came to him in the hostelry, and he feasted them and did well to
  • them, so that they praised him much. Then he gat him victuals and
  • sumpter-horses for the journey, and bought good store of bows and
  • arrows withal. Furthermore he took heed to Redhead's word and bought a
  • goodly gift of silver vessel and fine cloth for the King of Cheaping
  • Knowe.
  • The day after he and his company departed from Goldburg toward the
  • mountains, which they passed unfought and unwaylaid: partly because
  • they were a band of stout men, and partly because a little before there
  • had been a great overthrow of the wild men of those mountains at the
  • hands of the men of Goldburg and the Chapmen; so that now the
  • mountain-men lay close, and troubled none that rode with any force.
  • On the way they failed not to pass by the place where they had erst
  • found Bull Nosy slain: there they saw his howe, heaped up exceeding
  • high, covered in with earth, whereon the grass was now beginning to
  • grow, and with a great standing stone on the top thereof, whereon was
  • graven the image of a bull, with a sword thereunder; whereby the
  • wayfarers wotted that this had been done in his memory by his brother,
  • the new Lord of Utterbol.
  • So they came down out of the mountains to Whiteness, where they had
  • good entertainment, but tarried not save for one night, riding their
  • ways betimes to Cheaping Knowe: and they came before the gate thereof
  • safe and sound on the third day; and slept in the hostelry of the
  • chapmen. On the morrow Ralph went up to the King's Castle with but
  • three men unweaponed bearing the gift which he had got for the King.
  • Albeit he sent not away his men-at-arms till he should know how the
  • King was minded towards him.
  • As he went he saw in the streets sad tokens of the lord's cruel
  • justice, as handless men, fettered, dragging themselves about, and folk
  • hung up before chapmen's booths, and whipping-cheer, and the pillar,
  • and such like. But whereas he might not help he would not heed, but
  • came right to the Castle-gate, and entered easily when he had told his
  • errand, for gift-bearing men are not oftenest withstood.
  • He was brought straightway into the great hall, where sat the King on
  • his throne amidst the chiefs of the Porte, and his captains and
  • sergeants, who were, so to say, his barons, though they were not barons
  • of lineage, but masterful men who were wise to do his bidding.
  • As he went up the hall he saw a sort of poor caytiffs, women as well as
  • men, led away from the high-place in chains by bailiffs and tipstaves;
  • and he doubted not that these were for torments or maiming and death;
  • and thought it were well might he do them some good.
  • Being come to the King, he made his obeisance to him, and craved his
  • good will and leave to wage men-at-arms to bring him through the
  • mountains.
  • The King was a tall man, a proper man of war; long-legged, black
  • bearded, and fierce-eyed. Some word he had heard of Ralph's gift,
  • therefore he was gracious to him; he spake and said: "Thou hast come
  • across the mountains a long way, fair Sir; prithee on what errand?"
  • Answered Ralph: "For no errand, lord, save to fare home to mine own
  • land." "Where is thine own land?" said the King, stretching out his
  • legs and lying back in his chair. "West-away, lord, many a mile," said
  • Ralph. "Yea," quoth the King, "and how far didst thou go beyond the
  • mountains? As far as Utterbol?" Said Ralph: "Yet further, but not to
  • Utterbol." "Hah!" said the King, "who goeth beyond Utterbol must have a
  • great errand; what was thine?"
  • Ralph thought for a moment, and deemed it best to say as little as he
  • might concerning Ursula; so he answered, and his voice grew loud and
  • bold: "I was minded to drink a draught of the WELL at the WORLD'S END,
  • and even so I did." As he spake, he drew himself up, and his brows
  • were knit a little, but his eyes sparkled from under them, and his
  • cheeks were bright and rosy. He half drew the sword from the scabbard,
  • and sent it back rattling, so that the sound of it went about the hall;
  • he upreared his head and looked around him on this and that one of the
  • warriors of the aliens, and he sniffed the air into his nostrils as he
  • stood alone amongst them, and set his foot down hard on the floor of
  • the King's hall, and his armour rattled upon him.
  • But the King sat bolt upright in his chair and stared Ralph's face; and
  • the warriors and lords and merchants fell back from Ralph and stood in
  • an ordered rank on either side of him and bent their heads before him.
  • None spoke till the King said in a hoarse voice, but lowly and
  • wheedling: "Tell us, fair Sir, what is it that we can do to pleasure
  • thee?"
  • "King," said Ralph, "I am not here to take gifts but to give them
  • rather: yet since thou biddest me I will crave somewhat of thee, that
  • thou mayst be the more content: and moreover the giving shall cost
  • thee nothing: I crave of thee to give me life and limb and freedom for
  • the poor folk whom I saw led down the hall by thy tipstaves, even now.
  • Give me that or nothing." The King scowled, but he spake: "This is
  • indeed a little gift of thee to take; yet to none else save thee had I
  • given it."
  • Therewith he spake to a man beside him and said: "Go thou, set them
  • free, and if any hurt hath befallen them thy life shall answer for it.
  • Is it enough, fair Sir, and have we thy goodwill?" Ralph laughed for
  • joy of his life and his might, and he answered: "King, this is the
  • token of my goodwill; fear naught of me." And he turned to his men, and
  • bade them bright forth the gift of Goldburg and open it before the
  • King; and they did so. But when the King cast eyes on the wares his
  • face was gladdened, for he was a greedy wolf, and whoso had been close
  • to his mouth would have heard him mutter: "So mighty! yet so wealthy!"
  • But he thanked Ralph aloud and in smooth words. And Ralph made
  • obeisance to him again, and then turned and went his ways down the
  • hall, and was glad at heart that he had become so mighty a man, for all
  • fell back before him and looked on him with worship. Howbeit he had
  • looked on the King closely and wisely, and deemed that he was both
  • cruel and guileful, so that he rejoiced that he had spoken naught of
  • Ursula, and he was minded to keep her within gates all the while they
  • abode at Cheaping-Knowe.
  • When he came to the hostel he called his men-at-arms together and asked
  • them how far they would follow him, and with one voice they said all
  • that they would go with him whereso he would, so that it were not
  • beyond reason. So they arrayed them for departure on the morrow, and
  • were to ride out of gates about mid-morning. So wore the day to
  • evening; but ere the night was old came a man asking for Ralph, as one
  • who would have a special alms of him, a poor man by seeming, and evilly
  • clad. But when Ralph was alone with him, the poor man did him to wit
  • that for all his seeming wretchedness he was but disguised, and was in
  • sooth a man of worship, and one of the Porte. Quoth he: "I am of the
  • King's Council, and I must needs tell thee a thing of the King: that
  • though he was at the first overawed and cowed by the majesty of thee, a
  • Friend of the Well, he presently came to himself, which was but ill; so
  • that what for greed, what for fear even, he is minded to send men to
  • waylay thee, some three leagues from the town, on your way to the
  • mountains, but ye shall easily escape his gin now I have had speech of
  • thee; for ye may take a by-road and fetch a compass of some twelve
  • miles, and get aback of the waylayers. Yet if ye escape this first
  • ambush, unless ye are timely in riding early tomorrow it is not unlike
  • that he shall send swift riders to catch up with you ere ye come to the
  • mountains. Now I am come to warn thee hereof, partly because I would
  • not have so fair a life spilt, which should yet do so well for the sons
  • of Adam, and partly also because I would have a reward of thee for my
  • warning and my wayleading, for I shall show thee the way and the road."
  • Said Ralph: "Ask and fear not; for if I may trust thee I already owe
  • thee a reward." "My name is Michael-a-dale," said the man, "and from
  • Swevenham I came hither, and fain would I go thither, and little hope I
  • have thereof save I go privily in some such band as thine, whereas the
  • tyrant holdeth me on pain, as well I know, of an evil death."
  • "I grant thine asking, friend," said Ralph; "and now thou wert best go
  • to thine house and truss what stuff thou mayst have with thee and come
  • back hither in the grey of the morning."
  • The man shook his head and said: "Nay; here must I bide night-long,
  • and go out of gates amongst thy men-at-arms, and clad like one of them
  • with iron enough about me to hide the fashion of me; it were nowise
  • safe for me to go back into the town; for this tyrant wages many a spy:
  • yea, forsooth, I fear me by certain tokens that it is not all so
  • certain that I have not been spied upon already, and that it is known
  • that I have come to thee. And I will tell thee that by hook or by
  • crook the King already knoweth somewhat of thee and of the woman who is
  • in thy company."
  • Ralph flushed red at that word, and felt his heart bound: but even
  • therewith came into them the Sage; and straightway Ralph took him apart
  • and told him on what errand the man was come, and ask him if he deemed
  • him trusty. Then the Sage went up to Michael and looked him hard in
  • the face awhile, and then said: "Yea, honest he is unless the kindred
  • of Michael of the Hatch of Swevenham have turned thieves in the third
  • generation."
  • "Yea," said Michael, "and dost thou know the Hatch?"
  • "As I know mine own fingers," said the Sage; "and even so I knew it
  • years and years before thou wert born." Therewith he told the
  • new-comer what he was, and the two men of Swevenham made joy of each
  • other. And Ralph was fain of them, and went into the chamber wherein
  • sat Ursula, and told her how all things were going, and she said that
  • she would be naught but glad to leave that town, which seemed to her
  • like to Utterbol over again.
  • CHAPTER 10
  • An Adventure on the Way to the Mountains
  • On the morrow Ralph got his men together betimes and rode out a-gates,
  • and was little afraid that any should meddle with him within the town
  • or anigh it, and even so it turned out. But Michael rode in the
  • company new clad, and with his head and face all hidden in a wide
  • sallet. As for Ralph and Ursula, they were exceeding glad, and now
  • that their heads were turned to the last great mountains, it seemed to
  • them that they were verily going home, and they longed for the night,
  • that they might be alone together, and talk of all these matters in
  • each others' arms.
  • When they were out a-gates, they rode for two miles along the highway,
  • heedlessly enough by seeming, and then, as Michael bade, turned
  • suddenly into a deep and narrow lane, and forth on, as it led betwixt
  • hazelled banks and coppices of small wood, skirting the side of the
  • hills, so that it was late in the afternoon before they came into the
  • Highway again, which was the only road leading into the passes of the
  • mountains. Then said Michael that now by all likelihood they had
  • beguiled the waylayers for that time; so they went on merrily till half
  • the night was worn, when they shifted for lodging in a little oak-wood
  • by the wayside. There they lay not long, but were afoot betimes in the
  • morning, and rode swiftly daylong, and lay down at night on the wayside
  • with the less dread because they were come so far without hurt.
  • But on the third day, somewhat after noon, when they were come up above
  • the tilled upland and the land was rough and the ways steep, there lay
  • before them a dark wood swallowing up the road. Thereabout Ralph
  • deemed that he saw weapons glittering ahead, but was not sure, for as
  • clear-sighted as he was. So he stayed his band, and had Ursula into
  • the rearward, and bade all men look to their weapons, and then they
  • went forward heedfully and in good order, and presently not only Ralph,
  • but all of them could see men standing in the jaws of the pass with the
  • wood on either side of them, and though at first they doubted if these
  • were aught but mere strong-thieves, such as any wayfarers might come
  • on, they had gone but a little further when Michael knew them for the
  • riders of Cheaping Knowe. "Yea," said the Sage of Swevenham, "it is
  • clear how it has been: when they found that we came not that first
  • morning, they had an inkling of what had befallen, and went forward
  • toward the mountains, and not back to Cheaping Knowe, and thus outwent
  • us while we were fetching that compass to give them the go-by:
  • wherefore I deem that some great man is with them, else had they gone
  • back to town for new orders."
  • "Well," said Ralph, "then will they be too many for us; so now will I
  • ride ahead and see if we may have peace." Said the Sage, "Yea, but be
  • wary, for thou hast to do with the guileful."
  • Then Ralph rode on alone till he was come within hail of those
  • waylayers. Then he thrust his sword into the sheath, and cried out:
  • "Will any of the warriors in the wood speak with me; for I am the
  • captain of the wayfarers?"
  • Then rode out from those men a very tall man, and two with him, one on
  • either side, and he threw back the sallet from his face, and said:
  • "Wayfarer, all we have weapons in our hands, and we so many that thou
  • and thine will be in regard of us as the pips to the apple. Wherefore,
  • yield ye!" Quoth Ralph: "Unto whom then shall I yield me?" Said the
  • other: "To the men of the King of Cheaping Knowe." Then spake Ralph:
  • "What will ye do with us when we are yolden? Shall we not pay ransom
  • and go our ways?" "Yea," said the tall man, "and this is the ransom:
  • that ye give up into my hands my dastard who hath bewrayed me, and the
  • woman who wendeth in your company."
  • Ralph laughed; for by this time he knew the voice of the King, yea, and
  • the face of him under his sallet. So he cried back in answer, and in
  • such wise as if the words came rather from his luck than from his
  • youth: "Ho, Sir King! beware beware! lest thou tremble when thou
  • seest the bare blade of the Friend of the Well more than thou
  • trembledst erst, when the blade was hidden in the sheath before the
  • throne of thine hall."
  • But the King cried out in a loud harsh voice. "Thou, young man, beware
  • thou! and try not thy luck overmuch. We are as many as these trees,
  • and thou canst not prevail over us. Go thy ways free, and leave me
  • what thou canst not help leaving."
  • "Yea, fool," cried Ralph, "and what wilt thou do with these two?"
  • Said the King: "The traitor I will flay, and the woman I will bed."
  • Scarce were the words out of his mouth ere Ralph gave forth a great cry
  • and drew his sword, set spurs to his horse, and gallopped on up the
  • road with all his band at his back for they had drawn anigh amidst this
  • talk. But or ever they came on the foemen, they heard a great confused
  • cry of onset mingled with affright, and lo! the King threw up his arms,
  • and fell forward on his horse's neck with a great arrow through his
  • throat.
  • Ralph drave on sword in hand, crying out, "Home, home to Upmeads!" and
  • anon was amidst of the foe smiting on either hand. His men followed,
  • shouting: "Ho, for the Friend of the Well!" And amongst the foemen,
  • who were indeed very many, was huge dismay, so that they made but a
  • sorry defence before the band of the wayfarers, who knew not what to
  • make of it, till they noted that arrows and casting-spears were coming
  • out of the wood on either side, which smote none of them, but many of
  • the foemen. Short was the tale, for in a few minutes there were no men
  • of the foe together save those that were fleeing down the road to
  • Cheaping Knowe.
  • Ralph would not suffer his men to follow the chase, for he wotted not
  • with whom he might have to deal besides the King's men. He drew his
  • men together and looked round for Ursula, and saw that the Sage had
  • brought her up anigh him, and there she sat a-horseback, pale and
  • panting with the fear of death and joy of deliverance.
  • Now Ralph cried out from his saddle in a loud voice, and said: "Ho ye
  • of the arrows of the wood! ye have saved me from my foemen; where be
  • ye, and what be ye?" Came a loud voice from out of the wood on the
  • right hand: "Children, tell the warrior whose sons ye be!" Straightway
  • brake out a huge bellowing on either side of the road, as though the
  • wood were all full of great neat.
  • Then cried out Ralph: "If ye be of the kindred of the Bull, ye will
  • belike be my friends rather than my foes. Or have ye heard tell of
  • Ralph of Upmeads? Now let your captain come forth and speak with me."
  • Scarce were the words out of his mouth ere a man came leaping forth
  • from out the wood, and stood before Ralph in the twilight of the
  • boughs, and Ralph noted of him that he was clad pretty much like to
  • Bull Shockhead of past time, save that he had a great bull's head for a
  • helm (which afterwards Ralph found out was of iron and leather) and a
  • great gold ring on his arm.
  • Then Ralph thrust his sword back into the sheath, and his folk handled
  • their weapons peaceably, while Ralph hailed the new-comer as Lord or
  • Duke of the Bulls.
  • "Belike," quoth the said chieftain, "thou wouldst wish to show me some
  • token, whereby we may wot that thou art that Friend of the Well and of
  • our kinsman concerning whom he sent us a message."
  • Then Ralph bethought him of the pouch with the knot of grass therein
  • which Bull Shockhead had given him at Goldburg; so he drew it out, and
  • gave it into the hand of the chieftain, who no sooner caught a glimpse
  • thereof than he said: "Verily our brother's hand hath met thine when he
  • gave thee this. Yet forsooth, now that I look on thee, I may say that
  • scarce did I need token to tell me that thou wert the very man. For I
  • can see thee, that thou art of great honour and worship, and thou didst
  • ride boldly against the foemen when thou knewest not that we had
  • waylaid thy waylayers. Now I wot that there is no need to ask thee
  • whether thou wouldst get thee out of our mountains by the shortest
  • road, yet wilt thou make it little longer, and somewhat safer, if ye
  • will suffer us to lead thee by way of our dwelling." So Ralph yeasaid
  • his bidding without more words.
  • As they spake thus together the road both above and below was become
  • black with weaponed men, and some of Ralph's band looked on one
  • another, as though they doubted their new friends somewhat. But the
  • Sage of Swevenham spoke to them and bade them fear nought. "For," said
  • he, "so far as we go, who are now their friends, there is no guile in
  • these men." The Bull captain heard him and said: "Thou sayest sooth,
  • old man; and I shall tell thee that scarce had a band like thine come
  • safe through the mountains, save by great good luck, without the leave
  • of us; for the fool with the crown that lieth there dead had of late
  • days so stirred up the Folks of the Fells through his grimness and
  • cruelty that we have been minded to stop everything bigger than a
  • cur-dog that might seek to pass by us, for at least so long as yonder
  • rascal should live. But ye be welcome; so now let us to the road, for
  • the day weareth."
  • So the tribesmen gat them into order, and their Duke went on the left
  • side of Ralph, while Ursula rode on his right hand. The Duke and all
  • his men were afoot, but they went easily and swiftly, as wolves trot.
  • As for the slain of the waylayers, of whom there were some threescore,
  • the Bull captain would do nought but let them lie on the road. "For,"
  • said he, "there be wolves and lynxes enough in the wood, and the ravens
  • of the uplands, and the kites shall soon scent the carrion. They shall
  • have burial soon enough. Neither will we meddle with it; nay, not so
  • much as to hang the felon King's head at thy saddle-bow, lord."
  • By sunset they were out of the wood and on the side of a rough fell, so
  • they went no further, but lighted fires at the edge of the thicket, and
  • made merry round about them, singing their songs concerning the deeds
  • of their folk, and jesting withal, but not foully; and they roasted
  • venison of hart and hind at the fires, and they had with them wine, the
  • more part whereof they had found in the slain King's carriages, and
  • they made great feast to the wayfarers, and were exceeding fain of
  • them; after their fashion, whereas if a man were their friend he could
  • scarce be enough their friend, and if he were their foe, they could
  • never be fierce enough with him.
  • CHAPTER 11
  • They Come Through the Mountains Into the Plain
  • On the morrow early they all fared on together, and thereafter they
  • went for two days more till they came into a valley amidst of the
  • mountains which was fair and lovely, and therein was the dwelling or
  • town of this Folk of the Fells. It was indeed no stronghold, save that
  • it was not easy to find, and that the way thither was well defensible
  • were foemen to try it. The houses thereof were artless, the chiefest
  • of them like to the great barn of an abbey in our land, the others low
  • and small; but the people, both men and women, haunted mostly the big
  • house. As for the folk, they were for the more part like those whom
  • they had met afore: strong men, but not high of stature, black-haired,
  • with blue or grey eyes, cheerful of countenance, and of many words.
  • Their women were mostly somewhat more than comely, smiling, kind of
  • speech, but not suffering the caresses of aliens. They saw no thralls
  • amongst them; and when Ralph asked hereof, how that might be, since
  • they were men-catchers, they told him that when they took men and
  • women, as oft they did, they always sold them for what they would bring
  • to the plain-dwellers; or else slew them, or held them to ransom, but
  • never brought them home to their stead. Howbeit, when they took
  • children, as whiles befell, they sometimes brought them home, and made
  • them very children of their Folk with many uncouth prayers and worship
  • of their Gods, who were indeed, as they deemed, but forefathers of the
  • Folk.
  • Now Ralph, he and his, being known for friends, these wild men could
  • not make enough of them, and as it were, compelled them to abide there
  • three days, feasting them, and making them all the cheer they might.
  • And they showed the wayfarers their manner of hunting, both of the hart
  • and the boar, and of wild bulls also. At first Ralph somewhat loathed
  • all this (though he kept a pleasant countenance toward his host), for
  • sorely he desired the fields of Upmeads and his father's house. But at
  • last when the hunt was up in the mountains, and especially of the wild
  • bulls, the heart and the might in him so arose that he enforced himself
  • to do well, and the wild men wondered at his prowess, whereas he was
  • untried in this manner of sports, and they deemed him one of the Gods,
  • and said that their kinsman had done well to get him so good a friend.
  • Both Ursula and the Sage withheld them from this hunting, and Ursula
  • abode with the women, who told her much of their ways of life, and
  • stories of old time; frank and free they were, and loved her much, and
  • she was fain of such manly-minded women after the sleight and lies of
  • the poor thralls of Utterbol.
  • On the fourth day the wayfarers made them ready and departed; and the
  • chief of the Folk went with them with a chosen band of weaponed men,
  • partly for the love of his guests, and partly that he might see the
  • Goldburg men-at-arms safe back to the road unto the plain and the
  • Midhouse of the Mountains, for they went now by other ways, which
  • missed the said House. On this journey naught befell to tell of, and
  • they all came down safe into the plain.
  • There the Goldburg men took their wage, and bidding farewell, turned
  • back with the wild men, praising Ralph much for his frankness and open
  • hand. As for the wild men, they exceeded in their sorrow for the
  • parting, and many of them wept and howled as though they had seen him
  • die before their faces. But all that came to an end, and presently
  • their cheer was amended, and their merry speech and laughter came down
  • from the pass unto the wayfarers' ears as each band rode its way.
  • CHAPTER 12
  • The Roads Sunder Again
  • Ralph and Ursula, with the Sage and Michael-a-dale went their ways, and
  • all was smooth with them, and they saw but few folk, and those mild and
  • lowly. At last, of an afternoon, they saw before them afar off the
  • towers and pinnacles of Whitwall, and Ralph's heart rose within him, so
  • that he scarce knew how to contain himself; but Ursula was shy and
  • silent, and her colour came and went, as though some fear had hold of
  • her. Now they two were riding on somewhat ahead of the others, so
  • Ralph turned to Ursula, and asked what ailed her. She smiled on him
  • and said: "A simple sickness. I am drawing nigh to thy home, and I am
  • ashamed. Beyond the mountains, who knew what and whence I was? I was
  • fair, and for a woman not unvaliant, and that was enough. But now when
  • I am coming amongst the baronages and the lineages, what shall I do to
  • hold up my head before the fools and the dastards of these high
  • kindreds? And that all the more, my knight, because thou art changed
  • since yester-year, and since we met on the want-way of the Wood
  • Perilous, when I bade thee remember that thou wert a King's son and I a
  • yeoman's daughter; for then thou wert but a lad, high-born and
  • beautiful, but simple maybe, and untried; whereas now thou art meet to
  • sit in the Kaiser's throne and rule the world from the Holy City."
  • He laughed gaily and said: "What! is it all so soon forgotten, our
  • deeds beyond the Mountains? Belike because we had no minstrel to rhyme
  • it for us. Or is it all but a dream? and has the last pass of the
  • mountains changed all that for us? What then! hast thou never become
  • my beloved, nor lain in one bed with me? Thou whom I looked to deliver
  • from the shame and the torment of Utterbol, never didst thou free
  • thyself without my helping, and meet me in the dark wood, and lead me
  • to the Sage who rideth yonder behind us! No, nor didst thou ride
  • fearless with me, leaving the world behind; nor didst thou comfort me
  • when my heart went nigh to breaking in the wilderness! Nor thee did I
  • deliver as I saw thee running naked from the jaws of death. Nor were
  • we wedded in the wilderness far from our own folk. Nor didst thou
  • deliver me from the venom of the Dry Tree. Yea verily, nor did we
  • drink together of the Water of the Well! It is all but tales of
  • Swevenham, a blue vapour hanging on the mountains yonder! So be it
  • then! And here we ride together, deedless, a man and a maid of whom no
  • tale may be told. What next then, and who shall sunder us?"
  • Therewith he drew his sword from the sheath, and tossed it into the
  • air, and caught it by the hilts as it came down, and he cried out:
  • "Hearken, Ursula! By my sword I swear it, that when I come home to the
  • little land, if my father and my mother and all my kindred fall not
  • down before thee and worship thee, then will I be a man without
  • kindred, and I will turn my back on the land I love, and the House
  • wherein I was born, and will win for thee and me a new kindred that all
  • the world shall tell of. So help me Saint Nicholas, and all Hallows,
  • and the Mother of God!"
  • She looked on him with exceeding love, and said: "Ah, beloved, how
  • fair thou art! Is it not as I said, yea, and more, that now lieth the
  • world at thy feet, if thou wilt stoop to pick it up? Believe me,
  • sweet, all folk shall see this as I see it, and shall judge betwixt
  • thee and me, and deem me naught."
  • "Beloved," he said, "thou dost not wholly know thyself; and I deem that
  • the mirrors of steel serve thee but ill; and now must thou have
  • somewhat else for a mirror, to wit, the uprising and increase of
  • trouble concerning thee and thy fairness, and the strife of them that
  • love thee overmuch, who shall strive to take thee from me; and then the
  • blade that hath seen the Well at the World's End shall come out of his
  • sheath and take me and thee from the hubbub, and into the quiet fields
  • of my father's home, and then shalt thou be learned of thyself, when
  • thou seest that thou art the desire of all hearts."
  • "Ah, the wisdom of thee," she said, "and thy valiancy, and I am become
  • feeble and foolish before thee! What shall I do then?"
  • He said: "Many a time shall it be shown what thou shalt do; but here
  • and now is the highway dry and long, and the plain meads and acres on
  • either hand, and a glimmer of Whitwall afar off, and the little cloud
  • of dust about us two in the late spring weather; and the Sage and
  • Michael riding behind us, and smiting dust from the hard road. And now
  • if this also be a dream, let it speedily begone, and let us wake up in
  • the ancient House at Upmeads, which thou hast never seen--and thou and
  • I in each other's arms."
  • CHAPTER 13
  • They Come to Whitwall Again
  • Herewith they were come to a little thorp where the way sundered, for
  • the highway went on to Whitwall, and a byway turned off to Swevenham.
  • Thereby was a poor hostel, where they stayed and rested for the night,
  • because evening was at hand. So when those four had eaten and drunk
  • there together, Ralph spoke and said: "Michael-a-dale, thou art for
  • Swevenham to-morrow?" "Yea, lord," said Michael, "belike I shall yet
  • find kindred there; and I call to thy mind that I craved of thee to
  • lead me to Swevenham as payment for all if I had done aught for thy
  • service."
  • "Sooth is that," said Ralph, "thou shalt go with my good-will; and, as
  • I deem, thou shalt not lack company betwixt here and Swevenham, whereas
  • our dear friend here, the friend of thy father's father, is going the
  • same road."
  • Then the Sage of Swevenham leaned across the board, and said: "What
  • word hath come out of thy mouth, my son?" Said Ralph, smiling on him:
  • "It is the last word which we have heard from thee of this matter,
  • though verily it was spoken a while ago. What wilt thou add to it as
  • now?" "This," quoth the Sage, "that I will leave thee no more till
  • thou biddest me go from thee. Was this word needful?"
  • Ralph reached his hand to him and said: "It is well and more; but the
  • road hence to Upmeads may yet be a rough one." "Yea," said the Sage,
  • "yet shall we come thither all living, unless my sight now faileth."
  • Then Ursula rose up and came to the old man, and cast her arms about
  • him and said: "Yea, father, come with us, and let thy wisdom bless our
  • roof-tree. Wilt thou not teach our children wisdom; yea, maybe our
  • children's children, since thou art a friend of the Well?"
  • "I know not of the teaching of wisdom," said the Sage; "but as to my
  • going with thee, it shall be as I said e'en-now; and forsooth I looked
  • for this bidding of thee to make naught of the word which I spoke ere
  • yet I had learned wisdom of thee."
  • Therewith were they merry, and fain of each other, and the evening wore
  • amidst great content.
  • But when morning was come they gat to horse, and Ralph spake to Michael
  • and said: "Well, friend, now must thou ride alone to thy kindred, and
  • may fair days befall thee in Swevenham. But if thou deem at any time
  • that matters go not so well with thee as thou wouldst, then turn thine
  • head to Upmeads, and try it there, and we shall further thee all we
  • may."
  • Then came the Sage to Michael as he sat upon his horse, a stalwarth man
  • of some forty winters, and said: "Michael-a-dale, reach me thine
  • hand." So did he, and the Sage looked into the palm thereof, and said:
  • "This man shall make old bones, and it is more like than not, King's
  • son, that he shall seek to thee at Upmeads ere he die." Said Ralph:
  • "His coming shall be a joy to us, how pleasant soever our life may be
  • otherwise. Farewell, Michael! all good go with thee for thine
  • wholesome redes."
  • So then Michael gave them farewell, and rode his ways to Swevenham,
  • going hastily, as one who should hurry away from a grief.
  • But the three held on their way to Whitwall, and it was barely noon
  • when they came to the gate thereof on a Saturday of latter May, It was
  • a market-day, and the streets were thronged, and they looked on the
  • folk and were fain of them, since they seemed to them to be something
  • more than aliens. The folk also looked on them curiously, and deemed
  • them goodly, both the old man and the two knights, for they thought no
  • otherwise of Ursula than that she was a carle.
  • But now as they rode, slowly because of the crowd, up Petergate, they
  • heard a cry of one beside them, as of a man astonished but joyful; so
  • Ralph drew rein, and turned thither whence the cry came, and Ursula saw
  • a man wide-shouldered, grey-haired, blue-eyed, and ruddy of
  • countenance--a man warrior-like to look on, and girt with a long sword.
  • Ralph lighted down from his horse, and met the man, who was coming
  • toward him, cast his arms about his neck, and kissed him, and lo, it
  • was Richard the Red. The people round about, when they saw it, clapped
  • their hands, and crowded about the two crying out: "Hail to the
  • friends long parted, and now united!" But Richard, whom most knew,
  • cried out: "Make way, my masters! will ye sunder us again?" Then he
  • said to Ralph: "Get into thy saddle, lad; for surely thou hast a tale
  • to tell overlong for the open street."
  • Ralph did as he was bidden, and without more ado they went on all
  • toward that hostelry where Ralph had erst borne the burden of grief.
  • Richard walked by Ralph's side, and as he went he said: "Moreover, lad,
  • I can see that thy tale is no ill one; therefore my heart is not wrung
  • for thee or me, though I wait for it a while." Then again he said:
  • "Thou doest well to hide her loveliness in war-weed even in this town
  • of peace."
  • Ursula reddened, and Richard laughed and said: "Well, it is a fair rose
  • which thou hast brought from east-away. There will be never another
  • couple in these parts like you. Now I see the words on thy lips; so I
  • tell thee that Blaise thy brother is alive and well and happy; which
  • last word means that his coffer is both deep and full. Forsooth, he
  • would make a poor bargain in buying any kingship that I wot of, so rich
  • he is, yea, and mighty withal."
  • Said Ralph: "And how went the war with Walter the Black?"
  • Even as he spake his face changed, for he bethought him over closely of
  • the past days, and his dream of the Lady of Abundance and of Dorothea,
  • who rode by him now as Ursula. But Richard spake: "Short is the tale
  • to tell. I slew him in shock of battle, and his men craved peace of
  • the good town. Many were glad of his death, and few sorrowed for it;
  • for, fair as his young body was, he was a cruel tyrant."
  • Therewith were they come to the hostel of the Lamb which was the very
  • same house wherein Ralph had abided aforetime; and as he entered it, it
  • is not to be said but that inwardly his heart bled for the old sorrow.
  • Ursula looked on him lovingly and blithely; and when they were within
  • doors Richard turned to the Sage and said: "Hail to thee, reverend
  • man! wert thou forty years older to behold, outworn and forgotten of
  • death, I should have said that thou wert like to the Sage that dwelt
  • alone amidst the mountains nigh to Swevenham when I was a little lad,
  • and fearsome was the sight of thee unto me."
  • The Sage laughed and said: "Yea, somewhat like am I yet to myself of
  • forty years ago. Good is thy memory, greybeard."
  • Then Richard shook his head, and spake under his breath: "Yea, then it
  • was no dream or coloured cloud, and he hath drank of the waters, and so
  • then hath my dear lord." Then he looked up bright-faced, and called on
  • the serving-men, and bade one lead them into a fair chamber, and
  • another go forth and provide a banquet to be brought in thither. So
  • they went up into a goodly chamber high aloft; and Ursula went forth
  • from it awhile, and came back presently clad in very fair woman's
  • raiment, which Ralph had bought for her at Goldburg. Richard looked on
  • her and nothing else for a while; then he walked about the chamber
  • uneasily, now speaking with the Sage, now with Ursula, but never with
  • Ralph. At last he spake to Ursula, and said: "Grant me a grace, lady,
  • and be not wroth if I take thy man into the window yonder that I may
  • talk with him privily while ye hold converse together, thou and the
  • Sage of Swevenham."
  • She laughed merrily and said: "Sir nurse, take thy bantling and cosset
  • him in whatso corner thou wilt, and I will turn away mine eyes from thy
  • caresses."
  • So Richard took Ralph into a window, and sat down beside him and said:
  • "Mayhappen I shall sadden thee by my question, but I mind me what our
  • last talking together was about, and therefore I must needs ask thee
  • this, was that other one fairer than this one is?"
  • Ralph knit his brows: "I wot not," quoth he, "since she is gone, that
  • other one."
  • "Yea," said Richard, "but this I say, that she is without a blemish.
  • Did ye drink of the Well together?"
  • "Yea, surely," said Ralph. Said Richard: "And is this woman of a good
  • heart? Is she valiant?" "Yea, yea," said Ralph, flushing red.
  • "As valiant as was that other?" said Richard. Said Ralph: "How may I
  • tell, unless they were tried in one way?" Yet Richard spake: "Are ye
  • wedded?" "Even so," said Ralph.
  • "Dost thou deem her true?" said Richard. "Truer than myself," said
  • Ralph, in a voice which was somewhat angry.
  • Quoth Richard: "Then is it better than well, and better than well; for
  • now hast thou wedded into the World of living men, and not to a dream
  • of the Land of Fairy."
  • Ralph sat silent a little, and as if he were swallowing somewhat; at
  • last he said: "Old friend, I were well content if thou wert to speak
  • such words no more; for it irks me, and woundeth my heart."
  • Said Richard: "Well, I will say no more thereof; be content therefore,
  • for now I have said it, and thou needest not fear me, what I have to
  • say thereon any more, and thou mayst well wot that I must needs have
  • said somewhat of this."
  • Ralph nodded to him friendly, and even therewith came in the banquet,
  • which was richly served, as for a King's son, and wine was poured forth
  • of the best, and they feasted and were merry. And then Ralph told all
  • the tale of his wanderings how it had betid, bringing in all that
  • Ursula had told him of Utterbol; while as for her she put in no word of
  • it. So that at last Ralph, being wishful to hear her tell somewhat,
  • made more of some things than was really in them, so that she might set
  • him right; but no word more she said for all that, but only smiled on
  • him now and again, and sat blushing like a rose over her
  • golden-flowered gown, while Richard looked on her and praised her in
  • his heart exceedingly.
  • But when Ralph had done the story (which was long, so that by then it
  • was over it had been dark night some while), Richard said: "Well,
  • fosterling, thou hast seen much, and done much, and many would say that
  • thou art a lucky man, and that more and much more lieth ready to thine
  • hand. Whither now wilt thou wend, or what wilt thou do?"
  • Ralph's face reddened, as its wont had been when it was two years
  • younger, at contention drawing nigh, and he answered: "Where then
  • should I go save to the House of my Fathers, and the fields that fed
  • them? What should I do but live amongst my people, warding them from
  • evil, and loving them and giving them good counsel? For wherefore
  • should I love them less than heretofore? Have they become dastards,
  • and the fools of mankind?"
  • Quoth Richard: "They are no more fools than they were belike, nor less
  • valiant. But thou art grown wiser and mightier by far; so that thou
  • art another manner man than thou wert, and the Master of Masters maybe.
  • To Upmeads wilt thou go; but wilt thou abide there? Upmeads is a fair
  • land, but a narrow; one day is like another there, save when sorrow and
  • harm is blent with it. The world is wide, and now I deem that thou
  • holdest the glory thereof in the hollow of thine hand."
  • Then spake the Sage, and said: "Yea, Richard of Swevenham, and how
  • knowest thou but that this sorrow and trouble have not now fallen upon
  • Upmeads? And if that be so, upon whom should they call to their
  • helping rather than him who can help them most, and is their very
  • lord?" Said Richard: "It may be so, wise man, though as yet we have
  • heard no tidings thereof. But if my lord goeth to their help, yet,
  • when the trouble shall be over, will he not betake him thither where
  • fresh deeds await him?"
  • "Nay, Richard," said the Sage, "art thou so little a friend of thy
  • fosterling as not to know that when he hath brought back peace to the
  • land, it will be so that both he shall need the people, and they him,
  • so that if he go away for awhile, yet shall he soon come back? Yea,
  • and so shall the little land, it may be, grow great."
  • Now had Ralph sat quiet while this talk was going on, and as if he
  • heeded not, and his eyes were set as if he were beholding something far
  • away. Then Richard spoke again after there had been silence awhile:
  • "Wise man, thou sayest sooth; yea, and so it is, that though we here
  • have heard no tale concerning war in Upmeads, yet, as it were, we have
  • been feeling some stirring of the air about us; even as though matters
  • were changing, great might undone, and weakness grown to strength. Who
  • can say but our lord may find deeds to hand or ever he come to Upmeads?"
  • Ralph turned his head as one awaking from a dream, and he said: "When
  • shall to-morrow be, that we may get us gone from Whitwall, we three,
  • and turn our faces toward Upmeads?"
  • Said Richard: "Wilt thou not tarry a day or two, and talk with thine
  • own mother's son and tell him of thine haps?" "Yea," said Ralph, "and
  • so would I, were it not that my father's trouble and my mother's grief
  • draw me away."
  • "O tarry not," said Ursula; "nay, not for the passing of the night; but
  • make this hour the sunrise, and begone by the clear of the moon. For
  • lo! how he shineth through the window!"
  • Then she turned to Richard, and said: "O fosterer of my love, knowest
  • thou not that as now he speaketh as a Friend of the Well, and wotteth
  • more of far-off tidings than even this wise man of many years?"
  • Said Ralph: "She sayeth sooth, O Richard. Or how were it if the torch
  • were even now drawing nigh to the High House of Upmeads: yea, or if
  • the very House were shining as a dreary candle of the meadows, and
  • reddening the waters of the ford! What do we here?"
  • Therewith he thrust the board from him, and arose and went to his
  • harness, and fell to arming him, and he spake to Richard: "Now shall
  • thine authority open to us the gates of the good town, though the night
  • be growing old; we shall go our ways, dear friend, and mayhappen we
  • shall meet again, and mayhappen not: and thou shalt tell my brother
  • Blaise who wotteth not of my coming hither, how things have gone with
  • me, and how need hath drawn me hence. And bid him come see me at
  • Upmeads, and to ride with a good band of proper men, for eschewing the
  • dangers of the road."
  • Then spake Richard: "I shall tell Lord Blaise neither more nor less
  • than thou mayst tell him thyself: for think it not that thou shalt go
  • without me. As for Blaise, he may well spare me; for he is become a
  • chief and Lord of the Porte; and the Porte hath now right good
  • men-at-arms, and captains withal younger and defter than I be. But now
  • suffer me to send a swain for my horse and arms, and another to the
  • captain of the watch at West-gate Bar that he be ready to open to me
  • and three of my friends, and to send me a let-pass for the occasion.
  • So shall we go forth ere it be known that the brother of the Lord of
  • the Porte is abiding at the Lamb. For verily I see that the Lady hath
  • spoken truth; and it is like that she is forseeing, even as thou hast
  • grown to be. And now I bethink me I might lightly get me a score of
  • men to ride with us, whereas we may meet men worse than ourselves on
  • the way."
  • Said Ralph: "All good go with thy words, Richard; yet gather not
  • force: there may stout men be culled on the road; and if thou runnest
  • or ridest about the town, we may yet be stayed by Blaise and his men.
  • Wherefore now send for thine horse and arms, and bid the host here open
  • his gates with little noise when we be ready; and we will presently
  • ride out by the clear of the moon. But thou, beloved, shalt don thine
  • armour no more, but shalt ride henceforth in thy woman's raiment, for
  • the wild and the waste is well nigh over, and the way is but short
  • after all these months of wandering; and I say that now shall all
  • friends drift toward us, and they that shall rejoice to strike a stroke
  • for my father's son, and the peaceful years of the Friend of the Well."
  • To those others, and chiefly to Ursula, it seemed that now he spoke
  • strongly and joyously, like to a king and a captain of men. Richard
  • did his bidding, and was swift in dealing with the messengers. But the
  • Sage said: "Ralph, my son, since ye have lost one man-at-arms, and
  • have gotten but this golden angel in his stead, I may better that. I
  • prithee bid thy man Richard find me armour and weapons that I may amend
  • the shard in thy company. Thou shalt find me no feeble man when we
  • come to push of staves."
  • Ralph laughed, and bade Richard see to it; so he dealt with the host,
  • and bought good war-gear of him, and a trenchant sword, and an axe
  • withal; and when the Sage was armed he looked as doughty a warrior as
  • need be. By this time was Richard's horse and war-gear come, and he
  • armed him speedily and gave money to the host, and they rode therewith
  • all four out of the hostel, and found the street empty and still, for
  • the night was wearing. So rode they without tarrying into Westgate and
  • came to the Bar, and speedily was the gate opened to them; and anon
  • were they on the moonlit road outside of Whitwall.
  • CHAPTER 14
  • They Ride Away From Whitwall
  • But when they were well on the way, and riding a good pace by the clear
  • of the moon, Richard spake to Ralph, and said: "Wither ride we now?"
  • said Ralph: "Wither, save to Upmeads?" "Yea, yea," said Richard, "but
  • by what road? shall we ride down to the ford of the Swelling Flood, and
  • ride the beaten way, or take to the downland and the forest, and so
  • again by the forest and downland and the forest once more, till we come
  • to the Burg of the Four Friths?"
  • "Which way is the shorter?" said Ralph. "Forsooth," said Richard, "by
  • the wildwood ye may ride shorter, if ye know it as I do." Quoth the
  • Sage: "Yea, or as I do. Hear a wonder! that two men of Swevenham know
  • the wilds more than twenty miles from their own thorp."
  • Said Ralph: "Well, wend we the shorter road; why make more words over
  • it? Or what lion lieth on the path? Is it that we may find it hard to
  • give the go-by to the Burg of the Four Friths?"
  • Said Richard: "Though the Burg be not very far from Whitwall, we hear
  • but little tidings thence; our chapmen but seldom go there, and none
  • cometh to us thence save such of our men as have strayed thither. Yet,
  • as I said e'en now in the hostel, there is an air of tidings abroad,
  • and one rumour sayeth, and none denieth it, that the old fierceness and
  • stout headstrong mood of the Burg is broken down, and that men dwell
  • there in peace and quiet."
  • Said the Sage: "In any case we have amongst us lore enough to hoodwink
  • them if they be foes; so that we shall pass easily. Naught of this
  • need we fear."
  • But Richard put his mouth close to Ralph's ear, and spake to him
  • softly: "Shall we indeed go by that shorter road, whatever in days gone
  • by may have befallen in places thereon, to which we must go a-nigh
  • tomorrow?" Ralph answered softly in turn: "Yea, forsooth: for I were
  • fain to try my heart, how strong it may be."
  • So they rode on, and turned off from the road that led down to the ford
  • of the Swelling Flood, anigh which Ralph had fallen in with Blaise and
  • Richard on the day after the woeful slaying, which had made an end of
  • his joy for that time. But when they were amidst of the bushes and
  • riding a deep ghyll of the waste, Richard said: "It is well that we
  • are here: for now if Blaise send riders to bring us back courteously,
  • they shall not follow us at once, but shall ride straight down to the
  • ford, and even cross it in search of us." "Yea," said Ralph, "it is
  • well in all wise."
  • So then they rode thence awhile till the moon grew low, and great, and
  • red, and sank down away from them; and by then were they come to a
  • shepherd's cot, empty of men, with naught therein save an old dog, and
  • some victual, as bread and white cheese, and a well for drinking. So
  • there they abode and rested that night.
  • CHAPTER 15
  • A Strange Meeting in the Wilderness
  • On the morrow betimes they got to the road again; the country at first,
  • though it was scanty of tillage, was not unfurnished of sheep, being
  • for the most part of swelling hills and downs well grassed, with here
  • and there a deep cleft in them. They saw but few houses, and those
  • small and poor. A few shepherds they fell in with, who were short of
  • speech, after the manner of such men, but deemed a greeting not wholly
  • thrown away on such goodly folk as those wayfarers.
  • So they rode till it was noon, and Richard talked more than his wont
  • was, though his daily use it was to be of many words: nor did the Sage
  • spare speech; but Ursula spoke little, nor heeded much what the others
  • said, and Ralph deemed that she was paler than of wont, and her brows
  • were knitted as if she were somewhat anxious. As for him, he was grave
  • and calm, but of few words; and whiles when Richard was wordiest he
  • looked on him steadily for a moment whereat Richard changed
  • countenance, and for a while stinted his speech, but not for long;
  • while Ralph looked about him, inwardly striving to gather together the
  • ends of unhappy thoughts that floated about him, and to note the land
  • he was passing through, if indeed he had verily seen it aforetime,
  • elsewhere than in some evil dream.
  • At last when they stopped to bait by some scrubby bushes at the foot of
  • a wide hill-side, he took Richard apart, and said to him: "Old friend,
  • and whither go we?" Said Richard: "As thou wottest, to the Burg of the
  • Four Friths." "Yea," said Ralph, "but by what road?" Said Richard:
  • "Youngling is not thine heart, then, as strong as thou deemedst last
  • night?" Ralph was silent a while, and then he said: "I know what thou
  • wouldst say; we are going by the shortest road to the Castle of
  • Abundance."
  • He spake this out loud, but Richard nodded his head to him, as if he
  • would say: "Yea, so it is; but hold thy peace." But Ralph knew that
  • Ursula had come up behind him, and, still looking at Richard, he put
  • his open hand aback toward her, and her hand fell into it. Then he
  • turned about to her, and saw that her face was verily pale; so he put
  • his hands on her shoulders and kissed her kindly; and she let her head
  • fall on to his bosom and fell a-weeping, and the two elders turned away
  • to the horses, and feigned to be busy with them.
  • Thus then they bided some minutes of time, and then all gat to horse
  • again, and Ursula's face was cleared of the grief of fear, and the
  • colour had come back to her cheeks and lips. But Ralph's face was
  • stern and sorrowful to behold; howbeit, as they rode away he spake in a
  • loud and seeming cheerful voice: "Still ever shorteneth more and more
  • the way unto my Fathers' House: and withal I am wishful to see if it be
  • indeed true that the men of the Burg have become mild and peaceful; and
  • to know what hath befallen those doughty champions of the Dry Tree; and
  • if perchance they have any will to hold us a tilting in courteous
  • fashion."
  • Richard smiled on him, and said: "Thou holdest more then by the Dry
  • Tree than by the Burg; though while agone we deemed the Champions worse
  • men to meet in the wood than the Burgers."
  • "So it is," said Ralph; "but men are oft mis-said by them that know
  • them not thoroughly: and now, if it were a good wish, O Sage of
  • Swevenham, I were fain to fall in with the best of all those champions,
  • a tall man and a proper, who, meseems, had good-will toward me, I know
  • not why."
  • Quoth the Sage: "If thou canst not see the end of this wish fulfilled,
  • no more can I. And yet, meseems something may follow it which is akin
  • to grief: be content with things so done, my son."
  • Now Ralph holds his peace, and they speed on their way, Ursula riding
  • close by Ralph's side, and caressing him with looks, and by touch also
  • when she might; and after a while he fell to talking again, and ever in
  • the same loud, cheerful voice. Till at last, in about another hour,
  • they came in sight of the stream which ran down toward the Swelling
  • Flood from that pool wherein erst the Lady of Abundance had bathed her
  • before the murder. Hard looked Ralph on the stream, but howsoever his
  • heart might ache with the memory of that passed grief, like as the body
  • aches with the bruise of yesterday's blow, yet he changed countenance
  • but little, and in his voice was the same cheery sound. But Ursula
  • noted him, and how his eyes wandered, and how little he heeded the
  • words of the others, and she knew what ailed him, for long ago he had
  • told her all that tale, and so now her heart was troubled, and she
  • looked on him and was silent.
  • Thus, then, a little before sunset, they came on that steep cliff with
  • the cave therein, and the little green plain thereunder, and the rocky
  • bank going down sheer into the water of the stream. Forsooth they came
  • on it somewhat suddenly from out of the bushes of the valley; and there
  • indeed not only the Sage and Richard, but Ursula also, were stayed by
  • the sight as folk compelled; for all three knew what had befallen
  • there. But Ralph, though he looked over his shoulder at it all, yet
  • rode on steadily, and when he saw that the others lingered, he waved
  • his hand and cried out as he rode: "On, friends, on! for the road
  • shortens towards my Fathers' House." Then were they ashamed, and shook
  • their reins to hasten after him.
  • But in that very nick of time there came forth one from amidst the
  • bushes that edged the pool of the stream and strode dripping on to the
  • shallow; a man brown and hairy, and naked, save for a green wreath
  • about his middle. Tall he was above the stature of most men; awful of
  • aspect, and his eyes glittered from his dark brown face amidst of his
  • shockhead of the colour of rain-spoilt hay. He stood and looked while
  • one might count five, and then without a word or cry rushed up from the
  • water, straight on Ursula, who was riding first of the three lingerers,
  • and in the twinkling of an eye tore her from off her horse; and she was
  • in his grasp as the cushat in the claws of the kite. Then he cast her
  • to earth, and stood over her, shaking a great club, but or ever he
  • brought it down he turned his head over his shoulder toward the cliff
  • and the cave therein, and in that same moment first one blade and then
  • another flashed about him, and he fell crashing down upon his back,
  • smitten in the breast and the side by Richard and Ralph; and the wounds
  • were deep and deadly.
  • Ralph heeded him no more, but drew Ursula away from him, and raised her
  • up and laid her head upon his knee; and she had not quite swooned away,
  • and forsooth had taken but little hurt; only she was dizzy with terror
  • and the heaving up and casting down.
  • She looked up into Ralph's face, and smiled on him and said: "What hath
  • been done to me, and why did he do it?"
  • His eyes were still wild with fear and wrath, as he answered: "O
  • Beloved, Death and the foeman of old came forth from the cavern of the
  • cliff. What did they there, Lord God? and he caught thee to slay thee;
  • but him have I slain. Nevertheless, it is a terrible and evil place:
  • let us go hence."
  • "Yea," she said, "let us go speedily!" Then she stood up, weak and
  • tottering still, and Ralph arose and put his left arm about her to stay
  • her; and lo, there before them was Richard kneeling over the wild-man,
  • and the Sage was coming back from the river with his headpiece full of
  • water; so Ralph cried out: "To horse, Richard, to horse! Hast thou
  • not done slaying the woodman?"
  • But therewith came a weak and hoarse voice from the earth, and the
  • wild-man spake. "Child of Upmeads, drive not on so hard: it will not
  • be long. For thou and Richard the Red are naught lighthanded."
  • Ralph marvelled that the wild-man knew him and Richard, but the
  • wild-man spake again: "Hearken, thou lover, thou young man!"
  • But therewith was the Sage come to him and kneeling beside him with the
  • water, and he drank thereof, while Ralph said to him: "What is this
  • woodman? and canst thou speak my Latin? What art thou?"
  • Then the wild-man when he had drunk raised him up a little, and said:
  • "Young man, thou and Richard are deft leeches; ye have let me blood to
  • a purpose, and have brought back to me my wits, which were wandering
  • wide. Yet am I indeed where my fool's brains told me I was."
  • Then he lay back again, and turned his head as well as he could toward
  • the cavern in the cliff. But Ralph deemed he had heard his voice
  • before, and his heart was softened toward him, he knew not why; but he
  • said: "Yea, but wherefore didst thou fall upon the Lady?" The wild-man
  • strove with his weakness, and said angrily: "What did another woman
  • there?" Then he said in a calmer but weaker voice: "Nay, my wits shall
  • wander no more from me; we will make the journey together, I and my
  • wits. But O, young man, this I will say if I can. Thou fleddest from
  • her and forgattest her. I came to her and forgat all but her; yea, my
  • very life I forgat."
  • Again he spoke, and his voice was weaker yet: "Kneel down by me, or I
  • may not tell thee what I would; my voice dieth before me."
  • Then Ralph knelt down by him, for he began to have a deeming of what he
  • was, and he put his face close to the dying man's, and said to him; "I
  • am here, what wouldst thou?"
  • Said the wild-man very feebly: "I did not much for thee time was; how
  • might I, when I loved her so sorely? But I did a little. Believe it,
  • and do so much for me that I may lie by her side when I am dead, who
  • never lay by her living. For into the cave I durst go never."
  • Then Ralph knew him, that he was the tall champion whom he had met
  • first at the churchyard gate of Netherton; so he said: "I know thee
  • now, and I will promise to do thy will herein. I am sorry that I have
  • slain thee; forgive it me."
  • A mocking smile came into the dying man's eyes, and he spake
  • whispering: "Richard it was; not thou."
  • The smile spread over his face, he strove to turn more toward Ralph,
  • and said in a very faint whisper: "The last time!"
  • No more he said, but gave up the ghost presently. The Sage rose up
  • from his side and said: "Ye may now bury this man as he craved of
  • thee, for he is dead. Thus hath thy wish been accomplished; for this
  • was the great champion and duke of the men of the Dry Tree. Indeed it
  • is a pity of him that he is dead, for as terrible as he was to his
  • foes, he was no ill man."
  • Spake Richard: "Now is the riddle areded of the wild-man and the
  • mighty giant that haunted these passes. We have played together or
  • now, in days long past, he and I; and ever he came to his above. He
  • was a wise man and a prudent that he should have become a wild-man. It
  • is great pity of him."
  • But Ralph took his knight's cloak of red scarlet, and they lapped the
  • wild-man therein, who had once been a champion beworshipped. But first
  • Ursula sheared his hair and his beard, till the face of him came back
  • again, grave, and somewhat mocking, as Ralph remembered it, time was.
  • Then they bore him in the four corners across the stream, and up on to
  • the lawn before the cliff; and Richard and the Sage bore him into the
  • cave, and laid him down there beside the howe which Ralph had erewhile
  • heaped over the Lady; and now over him also they heaped stones.
  • Meanwhile Ursula knelt at the mouth of the cave and wept; but Ralph
  • turned him about and stood on the edge of the bank, and looked over the
  • ripple of the stream on to the valley, where the moon was now beginning
  • to cast shadows, till those two came out of the cave for the last time.
  • Then Ralph turned to Ursula and raised her up and kissed her, and they
  • went down all of them from that place of death and ill-hap, and gat to
  • horse on the other side of the stream, and rode three miles further on
  • by the glimmer of the moon, and lay down to rest amongst the bushes of
  • the waste, with few words spoken between them.
  • CHAPTER 16
  • They Come to the Castle of Abundance Once More
  • When they rode on next morning Ralph was few-spoken, and seemed to heed
  • little so long as they made good speed on the way: most of the talk was
  • betwixt Richard and the Sage, Ralph but putting in a word when it would
  • have seemed churlish to forbear.
  • So they went their ways through the wood till by then the sun was well
  • westering they came out at the Water of the Oak, and Richard drew rein
  • there, and spake: "Here is a fair place for a summer night's lodging,
  • and I would warrant both good knight and fair lady have lain here
  • aforetime, and wished the dark longer: shall we not rest here?"
  • Ralph stared at him astonished, and then anger grew in his face for a
  • little, because, forsooth, as Richard and the Sage both wotted of the
  • place of the slaying of the Lady, and he himself had every yard of the
  • way in his mind as they went, it seemed but due that they should have
  • known of this place also, what betid there: but it was not so, and the
  • place was to Richard like any other lawn of the woodland.
  • But thought came back to Ralph in a moment, and he smiled at his own
  • folly, howbeit he could not do to lie another night on that lawn with
  • other folk than erst. So he said quietly: "Nay, friend, were we not
  • better to make the most of this daylight? Seest thou it wants yet an
  • hour of sunset?"
  • Richard nodded a yeasay, and the Sage said no word more; but Ursula
  • cast her anxious look on Ralph as though she understood what was moving
  • in him; and therewith those others rode away lightly, but Ralph turned
  • slowly from the oak-tree, and might not forbear looking on to the short
  • sward round about, as if he hoped to see some token left behind. Then
  • he lifted up his face as one awaking, shook his rein, and rode after
  • the others down the long water.
  • So they turned from the water anon, and rode the woodland ways, and lay
  • that night by a stream that ran west.
  • They arose betimes on the morrow, and whereas the Sage knew the
  • woodland ways well, they made but a short journey of it to the Castle
  • of Abundance, and came into the little plain but two hours after noon,
  • where saving that the scythe had not yet wended the tall mowing grass
  • in the crofts which the beasts and sheep were not pasturing, all was as
  • on that other tide. The folk were at work in their gardens, or herding
  • their cattle in the meads, and as aforetime they were merry of
  • countenance and well-clad, fair and gentle to look on.
  • There were their pleasant cots, and the little white church, and the
  • fair walls of the castle on its low mound, and the day bright and
  • sunny, all as aforetime, and Ralph looked on it all, and made no
  • countenance of being moved beyond his wont.
  • So they came out of the wood, and rode to the ford of the river, and
  • the carles and queans came streaming from their garths and meads to
  • meet them, and stood round wondering at them; but an old carle came
  • from out the throng and went up to Ralph, and hailed him, and said:
  • "Oh, Knight! and hast thou come back to us? and has thou brought us
  • tidings of our Lady? Who is this fair woman that rideth with thee? Is
  • it she?"
  • Spake Ralph: "Nay; go look on her closely, and tell me thy deeming of
  • her."
  • So the carle went up to Ursula, and peered closely into her face, and
  • took her hand and looked on it, and knelt down and took her foot out of
  • the stirrup, and kissed it, and then came back to Ralph, and said:
  • "Fair Sir, I wot not but it may be her sister; for yonder old wise man
  • I have seen here erst with our heavenly Lady. But though this fair
  • woman may be her sister, it is not she. So tell me what is become of
  • her, for it is long since we have seen her; and what thou tellest us,
  • that same shall we trow, even as if thou wert her angel. For I spake
  • with thee, it is nigh two years agone, when thou wert abiding the
  • coming of our Lady in the castle yonder But now I see of thee that thou
  • art brighter-faced, and mightier of aspect than aforetime, and it is in
  • my mind that the Lady of Abundance must have loved thee and holpen
  • thee, and blessed thee with some great blessing."
  • Said Ralph: "Old man, canst thou feel sorrow, and canst thou bear it?"
  • The carle shook his head. "I wot not," said he, "I fear thy words."
  • Said Ralph: "It were naught to say less than the truth; and this is
  • the very truth, that thou shalt never see thy Lady any more. I was the
  • last living man that ever saw her alive."
  • Then he spake in a loud voice and said: "Lament, ye people! for the
  • Lady of Abundance is dead; yet sure I am that she sendeth this message
  • to you, Live in peace, and love ye the works of the earth."
  • But when they heard him, the old man covered up his face with the folds
  • of his gown, and all that folk brake forth into weeping, and crying
  • out: "Woe for us! the Lady of Abundance is dead!" and some of the
  • younger men cast themselves down on to the earth, and wallowed, weeping
  • and wailing: and there was no man there that seemed as if he knew which
  • way to turn, or what to do; and their faces were foolish with sorrow.
  • Yet forsooth it was rather the carles than the queans who made all this
  • lamentation.
  • At last the old man spake: "Fair sir, ye have brought us heavy
  • tidings, and we know not how to ask you to tell us more of the tale.
  • Yet if thou might'st but tell us how the Lady died? Woe's me for the
  • word!"
  • Said Ralph: "She was slain with the sword."
  • The old man drew himself up stiff and stark, the eyes of him glittered
  • under his white hair, and wrath changed his face, and the other
  • men-folk thronged them to hearken what more should be said.
  • But the elder spake again: "Tell me who it was that slew her, for
  • surely shall I slay him, or die in the pain else."
  • Said Ralph: "Be content, thou mayst not slay him; he was a great and
  • mighty man, a baron who bore a golden sun on a blue field. Thou mayst
  • not slay him." "Yea," said the old man, "but I will, or he me."
  • "Live in peace," said Ralph, "for I slew him then and there."
  • The old man held his peace a while, and then he said: "I know the man,
  • for he hath been here aforetime, and not so long ago. But if he be
  • dead, he hath a brother yet, an exceeding mighty man: he will be coming
  • here to vex us and minish us."
  • Said Ralph: "He will not stir from where he lies till Earth's bones be
  • broken, for my sword lay in his body yesterday."
  • The old man stood silent again, and the other carles thronged him; but
  • the woman stood aloof staring on Ralph. Then the elder came up to
  • Ralph and knelt before him and kissed his feet; then he turned and
  • called to him three of the others who were of the stoutest and most
  • stalwarth, and he spake with them awhile, and then he came to Ralph
  • again, and again knelt before him and said: "Lord, ye have come to us,
  • and found us void of comfort, since we have lost our Lady. But we see
  • in thee, that she hath loved thee and blessed thee, and thou hast slain
  • her slayer and his kindred. And we see of thee also that thou art a
  • good lord. O the comfort to us, therefore, if thou wouldest be our
  • Lord! We will serve thee truly so far as we may: yea, even if thou be
  • beset by foes, we will take bow and bill from the wall, and stand round
  • about thee and fight for thee. Only thou must not ask us to go hence
  • from this place: for we know naught but the Plain of Abundance, and the
  • edges of the wood, and the Brethren of the House of the Thorn, who are
  • not far hence. Now we pray thee by thy fathers not to naysay us, so
  • sore as thou hast made our hearts. Also we see about thy neck the
  • same-like pair of beads which our Lady was wont to bear, and we deem
  • that ye were in one tale together."
  • Then was Ralph silent awhile, but the Sage spake to the elder: "Old
  • man, how great is the loss of the Lady to you?" "Heavy loss, wise old
  • man," said the carle, "as thou thyself mayst know, having known her."
  • "And what did she for you?" said the Sage. Said the elder: "We know
  • that she was gracious to us; never did she lay tax or tale on us, and
  • whiles she would give us of her store, and that often, and abundantly.
  • We deem also that every time when she came to us our increase became
  • more plenteous, which is well seen by this, that since she hath ceased
  • to come, the seasons have been niggard unto us."
  • The Sage smiled somewhat, and the old man went on: "But chiefly the
  • blessing was to see her when she came to us: for verily it seemed that
  • where she set her feet the grass grew greener, and that the flowers
  • blossomed fairer where the shadow of her body fell." And therewith the
  • old man fell a-weeping again.
  • The Sage held his peace, and Ralph still kept silence; and now of these
  • men all the younger ones had their eyes upon Ursula.
  • After a while Ralph spake and said: "O elder, and ye folk of the
  • People of Abundance, true it is that your Lady who is dead loved me,
  • and it is through her that I am become a Friend of the Well. Now
  • meseemeth though ye have lost your Lady, whom ye so loved and
  • worshipped, God wot not without cause, yet I wot not why ye now cry out
  • for a master, since ye dwell here in peace and quiet and all wealth,
  • and the Fathers of the Thorn are here to do good to you. Yet, if ye
  • will it in sooth, I will be called your Lord, in memory of your Lady
  • whom ye shall not see again. And as time wears I will come and look on
  • you and hearken to your needs: and if ye come to fear that any should
  • fall upon you with the strong hand, then send ye a message to me, Ralph
  • of Upmeads, down by the water, and I will come to you with such
  • following as need be. And as for service, this only I lay upon you,
  • that ye look to the Castle and keep it in good order, and ward it
  • against thieves and runagates, and give guesting therein to any
  • wandering knight or pilgrim, or honest goodman, who shall come to you.
  • Now is all said, my masters, and I pray you let us depart in peace; for
  • time presses."
  • Then all they (and this time women as well as men) cried out joyfully:
  • "Hail to our lord! and long life to our helper." And the women withal
  • drew nearer to him, and some came close up to him, as if they would
  • touch him or kiss his hand, but by seeming durst not, but stood
  • blushing before him, and he looked on them, smiling kindly.
  • But the old man laid his hand on his knee and said: "Lord, wouldst thou
  • not light down and enter thy Castle; for none hath more right there now
  • than thou. The Prior of the Thorn hath told us that there is no
  • lineage of the Lady left to claim it; and none other might ever have
  • claimed it save the Baron of Sunway, whom thou hast slain. And else
  • would we have slain him, since he slew our Lady."
  • Ralph shook his head and said: "Nay, old friend, and new vassal, this
  • we may not do: we must on speedily, for belike there is work for us to
  • do nearer home."
  • "Yea, Lord," said the carle, "but at least light down and sit for a
  • while under this fair oak-tree in the heat of the day, and eat a morsel
  • with us, and drink a cup, that thy luck may abide with us when thou art
  • gone."
  • Ralph would not naysay him; so he and all of them got off their horses,
  • and sat down on the green grass under the oak: and that people gathered
  • about and sat down by them, save that a many of the women went to their
  • houses to fetch out the victual. Meanwhile the carles fell to speech
  • freely with the wayfarers, and told them much concerning their little
  • land, were it hearsay, or stark sooth: such as tales of the wights
  • that dwelt in the wood, wodehouses, and elf-women, and dwarfs, and such
  • like, and how fearful it were to deal with such creatures. Amongst
  • other matters they told how a hermit, a holy man, had come to dwell in
  • the wood, in a clearing but a little way thence toward the north-west.
  • But when Ralph asked if he dwelt on the way to the ford of the Swelling
  • Flood, they knew not what he meant; for the wood was to them as a wall.
  • Hereon the Sage held one of the younger men in talk, and taught him
  • what he might of the way to the Burg of the Four Friths, so that they
  • might verily send a messenger to Upmeads if need were. But the country
  • youth said there was no need to think thereof, as no man of theirs
  • would dare the journey through the wood, and that if they had need of a
  • messenger, one of the Fathers of the Thorn would do their errand,
  • whereas they were holy men, and knew the face of the world full well.
  • Now in this while the folk seemed to have gotten their courage again,
  • and to be cheery, and to have lost their grief for the Lady: and of the
  • maidens left about the oak were more than two or three very fair, who
  • stood gazing at Ralph as if they were exceeding fain of him.
  • But amidst these things came back the women with the victual; to wit
  • bread in baskets, and cheeses both fresh and old, and honey, and
  • wood-strawberries, and eggs cooked diversely, and skewers of white wood
  • with gobbets of roasted lamb's flesh, and salad good plenty. All these
  • they bore first to Ralph and Ursula, and their two fellows, and then
  • dealt them to their own folk: and they feasted and were merry in
  • despite of that tale of evil tidings. They brought also bowls and
  • pitchers of wine that was good and strong, and cider of their orchards,
  • and called many a health to the new Lord and his kindred.
  • Thus then they abode a-feasting till the sun was westering and the
  • shadows waxed about them, and then at last Ralph rose up and called to
  • horse, and the other wayfarers arose also, and the horses were led up
  • to them. Then the maidens, made bold by the joy of the feast, and
  • being stirred to the heart by much beholding of this beloved Lord, cast
  • off their shamefacedness and crowded about him, and kissed his raiment
  • and his hands: some even, though trembling, and more for love than
  • fear, prayed him for kisses, and he, nothing loath, laughed merrily and
  • laid his hands on their shoulders or took them by the chins, and set
  • his lips to the sweetness of their cheeks and their lips, of those that
  • asked and those that refrained; so that their hearts failed them for
  • love of him, and when he was gone, they knew not how to go back to
  • their houses, or the places that were familiar to them. Therewith he
  • and his got into their saddles and rode away slowly, because of the
  • thronging about them of that folk, who followed them to the edge of the
  • wood, and even entered a little thereinto; and then stood gazing on
  • Ralph and his fellows after they had spurred on and were riding down a
  • glade of the woodland.
  • CHAPTER 17
  • They Fall in With That Hermit
  • So much had they tarried over this greeting and feasting, that though
  • they had hoped to have come to the hermit's house that night, he of
  • whom that folk had told them, it fell not so, whereas the day had aged
  • so much ere they left the Plain of Abundance that it began to dusk
  • before they had gone far, and they must needs stay and await the dawn
  • there; so they dight their lodging as well as they might, and lay down
  • and slept under the thick boughs.
  • Ralph woke about sunrise, and looking up saw a man standing over him,
  • and deemed at first that it would be Richard or the Sage; but as his
  • vision cleared, he saw that it was neither of them, but a new comer; a
  • stout carle clad in russet, with a great staff in his hand and a
  • short-sword girt to his side. Ralph sprang up, still not utterly
  • awake, and cried out, "Who art thou, carle?" The man laughed, and
  • said: "Yea, thou art still the same brisk lad, only filled out to
  • something more warrior-like than of old. But it is unmeet to forget
  • old friends. Why dost thou not hail me?"
  • "Because I know thee not, good fellow," said Ralph. But even as he
  • spoke, he looked into the man's face again, and cried out: "By St.
  • Nicholas! but it is Roger of the Ropewalk. But look you, fellow, if I
  • have somewhat filled out, thou, who wast always black-muzzled, art now
  • become as hairy as a wodehouse. What dost thou in the wilds?" Said
  • Roger: "Did they not tell thee of a hermit new come to these shaws?"
  • "Yea," said Ralph. "I am that holy man," quoth Roger, grinning; "not
  • that I am so much of that, either. I have not come hither to pray or
  • fast overmuch, but to rest my soul and be out of the way of men. For
  • all things have changed since my Lady passed away."
  • He looked about, and saw Ursula just rising up from the ground and the
  • Sage stirring, while Richard yet hugged his bracken bed, snoring. So
  • he said: "And who be these, and why hast thou taken to the wildwood?
  • Yea lad, I see of thee, that thou hast gotten another Lady; and if mine
  • eyes do not fail me she is fair enough. But there be others as fair;
  • while the like to our Lady that was, there is none such."
  • He fell silent a while, and Ralph turned about to the others, for by
  • this time Richard also was awake, and said: "This man is the hermit of
  • whom we were told."
  • Roger said: "Yea, I am the hermit and the holy man; and withal I have
  • a thing to hear and a thing to tell. Ye were best to come with me, all
  • of you, to my house in the woods; a poor one, forsooth, but there is
  • somewhat of victual here, and we can tell and hearken therein well
  • sheltered and at peace. So to horse, fair folk."
  • They would not be bidden twice, but mounted and went along with him,
  • who led them by a thicket path about a mile, till they came to a lawn
  • where-through ran a stream; and there was a little house in it, simple
  • enough, of one hall, built with rough tree-limbs and reed thatch. He
  • brought them in, and bade them sit on such stools or bundles of stuff
  • as were there. But withal he brought out victual nowise ill, though it
  • were but simple also, of venison of the wildwood, with some little deal
  • of cakes baked on the hearth, and he poured for them also both milk and
  • wine.
  • They were well content with the banquet, and when they were full, Roger
  • said: "Now, my Lord, like as oft befalleth minstrels, ye have had your
  • wages before your work. Fall to, then, and pay me the scot by telling
  • me all that hath befallen you since (woe worth the while!) my Lady
  • died,--I must needs say, for thy sake."
  • "'All' is a big word," said Ralph, "but I will tell thee somewhat. Yet
  • I bid thee take note that I and this ancient wise one, and my Lady
  • withal, deem that I am drawn by my kindred to come to their help, and
  • that time presses."
  • Roger scowled somewhat on Ursula; but he said: "Lord and master, let
  • not that fly trouble thy lip. For so I deem of it, that whatsoever
  • time ye may lose by falling in with me, ye may gain twice as much again
  • by hearkening my tale and the rede that shall go with it. And I do
  • thee to wit that the telling of thy tale shall unfreeze mine; so tarry
  • not, if ye be in haste to be gone, but let thy tongue wag."
  • Ralph smiled, and without more ado told him all that had befallen him;
  • and of Swevenham and Utterbol, and of his captivity and flight; and of
  • the meeting in the wood, and of the Sage (who there was), and of the
  • journey to the Well, and what betid there and since, and of the death
  • of the Champion of the Dry Tree.
  • But when he had made an end, Roger said: "There it is, then, as I said
  • when she first spake to me of thee and bade me bring about that meeting
  • with her, drawing thee first to the Burg and after to the Castle of
  • Abundance, I have forgotten mostly by what lies; but I said to her that
  • she had set her heart on a man over lucky, and that thou wouldst take
  • her luck from her and make it thine. But now I will let all that pass,
  • and will bid thee ask what thou wilt; and I promise thee that I will
  • help thee to come thy ways to thy kindred, that thou mayst put forth
  • thy luck in their behalf."
  • Said Ralph: "First of all, tell me what shall I do to pass unhindered
  • through the Burg of the Four Friths?" Said Roger: "Thou shalt go in at
  • one gate and out at the other, and none shall hinder thee."
  • Said Ralph: "And shall I have any hindrance from them of the Dry Tree?"
  • Roger made as if he were swallowing down something, and answered: "Nay,
  • none."
  • "And the folk of Higham by the Way, and the Brethren and their Abbot?"
  • said Ralph.
  • "I know but little of them," quoth Roger, "but I deem that they will
  • make a push to have thee for captain; because they have had war on
  • their hands of late. But this shall be at thine own will to say yea or
  • nay to them. But for the rest on this side of the shepherds' country
  • ye will pass by peaceful folk."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "what then hath become of the pride and cruelty of
  • the Burg of the Four Friths, and the eagerness and fierceness of the
  • Dry Tree?"
  • Quoth Roger: "This is the tale of it: After the champions of the Dry
  • Tree had lost their queen and beloved, the Lady of Abundance, they were
  • both restless and fierce, for the days of sorrow hung heavy on their
  • hands. So on a time a great company of them had ado with the Burgers
  • somewhat recklessly and came to the worse; wherefore some drew back
  • into their fastness of the Scaur and the others still rode on, and
  • further west than their wont had been; but warily when they had the
  • Wood Perilous behind them, for they had learned wisdom again. Thus
  • riding they had tidings of an host of the Burg of the Four Friths who
  • were resting in a valley hard by with a great train of captives and
  • beasts and other spoil: for they had been raising the fray against the
  • Wheat-wearers, and had slain many carles there, and were bringing home
  • to the Burg many young women and women-children, after their custom.
  • So they of the Dry Tree advised them of these tidings, and deemed that
  • it would ease the sorrow of their hearts for their Lady if they could
  • deal with these sons of whores and make a mark upon the Burg: so they
  • lay hid while the daylight lasted, and by night and cloud fell upon
  • these faineants of the Burg, and won them good cheap, as was like to
  • be, though the Burg-dwellers were many the more. Whereof a many were
  • slain, but many escaped and gat home to the Burg, even as will lightly
  • happen even in the worst of overthrows, that not all, or even the more
  • part be slain.
  • "Well, there were the champions and their prey, which was very great,
  • and especially of women, of whom the more part were young and fair: for
  • the women of the Wheat-wearers be goodly, and these had been picked out
  • by the rutters of the Burg for their youth and strength and beauty.
  • And whereas the men of the Dry Tree were scant of women at home, and
  • sore-hearted because of our Lady, they forbore not these women, but
  • fell to talking with them and loving them; howbeit in courteous and
  • manly fashion, so that the women deemed themselves in heaven and were
  • ready to do anything to please their lovers. So the end of it was that
  • the Champions sent messengers to Hampton and the Castle of the Scaur to
  • tell what had betid, and they themselves took the road to the land of
  • the Wheat-wearers, having those women with them not as captives but as
  • free damsels.
  • "Now the road to the Wheat-wearing country was long, and on the way the
  • damsels told their new men many things of their land and their unhappy
  • wars with them of the Burg and the griefs and torments which they
  • endured of them. And this amongst other things, that wherever they
  • came, they slew all the males even to the sucking babe, but spared the
  • women, even when they bore them not into captivity.
  • "'Whereof,' said these poor damsels, 'it cometh that our land is
  • ill-furnished of carles, so that we women, high and low, go afield and
  • do many things, as crafts and the like, which in other lands are done
  • by carles.' In sooth it seemed of them that they were both of stouter
  • fashion, and defter than women are wont to be. So the champions, part
  • in jest, part in earnest, bade them do on the armour of the slain
  • Burgers, and take their weapons, and fell to teaching them how to
  • handle staff and sword and bow; and the women took heart from the
  • valiant countenance of their new lovers, and deemed it all bitter
  • earnest enough, and learned their part speedily; and yet none too soon.
  • For when the fleers of the Burg came home the Porte lost no time, but
  • sent out another host to follow after the Champions and their spoil;
  • for they had learned that those men had not turned about to Hampton
  • after their victory, but had gone on to the Wheat-wearers.
  • "So it befell that the host of the Burg came up with the Champions on
  • the eve of a summer day when there were yet three hours of daylight.
  • But whereas they had looked to have an easy bargain of their foemen,
  • since they knew the Champions to be but a few, lo! there was the
  • hillside covered with a goodly array of spears and glaives and shining
  • helms. They marvelled; but now for very shame, and because they scarce
  • could help it, they fell on, and before sunset were scattered to the
  • winds again, and the fleers had to bear back the tale that the more
  • part of their foes were women of the Wheat-wearers; but this time few
  • were those that came back alive to the Burg of the Four Friths; for the
  • freed captives were hot and eager in the chase, casting aside their
  • shields and hauberks that they might speed the better, and valuing
  • their lives at naught if they might but slay a man or two of the
  • tyrants before they died.
  • "Thus was the Burg wounded with its own sword: but the matter stopped
  • not there: for when that victorious host of men and women came into
  • the land of the Wheat-wearers, all men fled away in terror at first,
  • thinking that it was a new onset of the men of the Burg; and that all
  • the more, as so many of them bore their weapons and armour. But when
  • they found out how matters had gone, then, as ye may deem, was the
  • greatest joy and exultation, and carles and queans both ran to arms and
  • bade their deliverers learn them all that belonged to war, and said
  • that one thing should not be lacking, to wit, the gift of their bodies,
  • that should either lie dead in the fields, or bear about henceforth the
  • souls of free men. Nothing lothe, the Champions became their doctors
  • and teachers of battle, and a great host was drawn together; and
  • meanwhile the Champions had sent messengers again to Hampton telling
  • them what was befallen, and asking for more men if they might be had.
  • But the Burg-abiders were not like to sit down under their foil.
  • Another host they sent against the Wheat-wearers, not so huge, as well
  • arrayed and wise in war. The Champions espied its goings, and knew
  • well that they had to deal with the best men of the Burg, and they met
  • them in like wise; for they chose the very best of the men and the
  • women, and pitched on a place whence they might ward them well, and
  • abode the foemen there; who failed not to come upon them, stout and
  • stern and cold, and well-learned in all feats of war.
  • "Long and bitter was the battle, and the Burgers were fierce without
  • head-strong folly, and the Wheat-wearers deemed that if they blenched
  • now, they had something worse than death to look to. But in the end
  • when both sides were grown weary and worn out, and yet neither would
  • flee, on a sudden came into the field the help from the Dry Tree, a
  • valiant company of riders to whom battle was but game and play. Then
  • indeed the men of the Burg gave back and drew out of the battle as best
  • they might: yet were they little chased, save by the new-comers of the
  • Dry Tree, for the others were over weary, and moreover the leaders had
  • no mind to let the new-made warriors leave their vantage-ground lest
  • the old and tried men-at-arms of the Burg should turn upon them and put
  • them to the worse.
  • "Men looked for battle again the next day; but it fell not out so; for
  • the host of the Burg saw that there was more to lose than to gain, so
  • they drew back towards their own place. Neither did they waste the
  • land much; for the riders of the Dry Tree followed hard at heel, and
  • cut off all who tarried, or strayed from the main battle.
  • "When they were gone, then at last did the Wheat-wearers give
  • themselves up to the joy of their deliverance and the pleasure of their
  • new lives: and one of their old men that I have spoken with told me
  • this; that before when they were little better than the thralls of the
  • Burg, and durst scarce raise a hand against the foemen, the carles were
  • but slow to love, and the queans, for all their fairness, cold and but
  • little kind. However, now in the fields of the wheat-wearers
  • themselves all this was changed, and men and maids took to arraying
  • themselves gaily as occasion served, and there was singing and dancing
  • on every green, and straying of couples amongst the greenery of the
  • summer night; and in short the god of love was busy in the land, and
  • made the eyes seem bright, and the lips sweet, and the bosom fair, and
  • the arms sleek and the feet trim: so that every hour was full of
  • allurement; and ever the nigher that war and peril was, the more
  • delight had man and maid of each other's bodies.
  • "Well, within a while the Wheat-wearers were grown so full of hope that
  • they bade the men of the Dry Tree lead them against the Burg of the
  • Four Friths, and the Champions were ready thereto; because they wotted
  • well, that, Hampton being disgarnished of men, the men of the Burg
  • might fall on it; and even if they took it not, they would beset all
  • ways and make riding a hard matter for their fellowship. So they fell
  • to, wisely and deliberately, and led an host of the best of the carles
  • with them, and bade the women keep their land surely, so that their
  • host was not a great many. But so wisely they led them that they came
  • before the Burg well-nigh unawares; and though it seemed little likely
  • that they should take so strong a place, yet nought less befell. For
  • the Burg-dwellers beset with cruelty and bitter anger cried out that
  • now at last they would make an end of this cursed people, and the
  • whoreson strong-thieves their friends: so they went out a-gates a great
  • multitude, but in worser order than their wont was; and there befell
  • that marvel which sometimes befalleth even to very valiant men, that
  • now at the pinch all their valour flowed from them, and they fled
  • before the spears had met, and in such evil order that the gates could
  • not be shut, and their foemen entered with them slaying and slaying
  • even as they would. So that in an hour's space the pride and the
  • estate of the Burg of the Four Friths was utterly fallen. Huge was the
  • slaughter; for the Wheat-wearers deemed they had many a grief whereof
  • to avenge them; nor were the men of the Dry Tree either sluggards or
  • saints to be careless of their foemen, or to be merciful in the battle:
  • but at last the murder was stayed: and then the men of the
  • Wheat-wearers went from house to house in the town to find the women of
  • their folk who had been made thralls by the Burgers. There then was
  • many a joyful meeting betwixt those poor women and the men of their
  • kindred: all was forgotten now of the days of their thralldom, their
  • toil and mocking and stripes; and within certain days all the sort of
  • them came before the host clad in green raiment, and garlanded with
  • flowers for the joy of their deliverance; and great feast was made to
  • them.
  • "As for them of the Burg, the battle and chase over, no more were
  • slain, save that certain of the great ones were made shorter by the
  • head. But the Champions and the Wheat-wearers both, said that none of
  • that bitter and cruel folk should abide any longer in the town; so that
  • after a delay long enough for them to provide stuff for their
  • wayfaring, they were all thrust out a-gates, rich and poor, old and
  • young, man, woman and child. Proudly and with a stout countenance they
  • went, for now was their valour come again to them. And it is like that
  • we shall hear of them oft again; for though they had but a few weapons
  • amongst them when they were driven out of their old home, and neither
  • hauberk nor shield nor helm, yet so learned in war be they and so
  • marvellous great of pride, that they will somehow get them weapons; and
  • even armed but with headless staves, and cudgels of the thicket, woe
  • betide the peaceful folk whom they shall first fall on. Yea, fair sir,
  • the day shall come meseemeth when folk shall call on thee to lead the
  • hunt after these famished wolves, and when thou dost so, call on me to
  • tell thee tales of their doings which shall make thine heart hard, and
  • thine hand heavy against them."
  • "Meantime," said Ralph, "what has betid to the Fellowship of the Dry
  • Tree? for I see that thou hast some grief on thy mind because of them."
  • Roger kept silence a little and then he said: "I grieve because
  • Hampton is no more a strong place of warriors; two or three carles and
  • a dozen of women dwell now in the halls and chambers of the Scaur.
  • Here on earth, all endeth. God send us to find the world without end!"
  • "What then," said Ralph, "have they then had another great overthrow,
  • worse than that other?" "Nay," said Roger doggedly, "it is not so."
  • "But where is the Fellowship?" said Ralph. "It is scattered abroad,"
  • quoth Roger. "For some of the Dry Tree had no heart to leave the women
  • whom they had wooed in the Wheat-wearer's land: and some, and a great
  • many, have taken their dears to dwell in the Burg of the Four Friths,
  • whereas a many of the Wheat-wearers have gone to beget children on the
  • old bondwomen of the Burgers; of whom there were some two thousand
  • alive after the Burg was taken; besides that many women also came with
  • the carles from their own land.
  • "So that now a mixed folk are dwelling in the Burg, partly of those
  • women-thralls, partly of carles and queans come newly from the
  • Wheat-wearers, partly of men of our Fellowship the more part of whom
  • are wedded to queans of the Wheat-wearers, and partly of men, chapmen
  • and craftsmen and others who have drifted into the town, having heard
  • that there is no lack of wealth there, and many fair women unmated."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "and is all this so ill?" Said Roger, "Meseems it
  • is ill enough that there is no longer, rightly said, a Fellowship of
  • the Dry Tree, though the men be alive who were once of that
  • fellowship." "Nay," said Ralph, "and why should they not make a new
  • fellowship in the Burg, whereas they may well be peaceful, since they
  • have come to their above of their foemen?"
  • "Yea," said Roger slowly, "that is sooth; and so is this, that there in
  • the Burg they are a strong band, with a captain of their own, and much
  • worshipped of the peaceful folk; and moreover, though they be not cruel
  • to torment helpless folk, or hard to make an end of all joy to-day,
  • lest they lose their joy to-morrow, they now array all men in good
  • order within the Burg, so that it shall be no easier for a foeman to
  • win that erst it was."
  • "What, man!" said Ralph, "then be of better cheer, and come thou with
  • us, and may be the old steel of the champions may look on the sun down
  • in Upmeads. Come thou with me, I say, and show me and my luck to some
  • of thy fellows who are dwelling in the Burg, and it may be when thou
  • hast told my tale to them, that some of them shall be content to leave
  • their beds cold for a while, that they may come help a Friend of the
  • Well in his need."
  • Roger sat silent as if he were pondering the matter, while Richard and
  • the Sage, both of them, took up the word one after the other, and urged
  • him to it.
  • At last he said: "Well, so be it for this adventure. Only I say not
  • that I shall give up this hermitage and my holiness for ever. Come
  • thou aside, wise man of Swevenham, and I shall tell thee wherefore."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, laughing, "and when he hath told thee, tell me not
  • again; for sure I am that he is right to go with us, and belike shall
  • be wrong in his reason therefore."
  • Roger looked a little askance at him, and he went without doors with
  • the Sage, and when they were out of earshot, he said to him: "Hearken,
  • I would have gone with my lord at the first word, and have been fain
  • thereof; but there is this woman that followeth him. At every turn she
  • shall mind me of our Lady that was; and I shall loath her, and her
  • fairness and the allurements of her body, because I see of her, that
  • she it is that hath gotten my Lady's luck, and that but for her my Lady
  • might yet have been alive."
  • Said the Sage: "Well quoth my lord that thou wouldst give me a fool's
  • reason! What! dost not thou know, thou that knowest so much of the
  • Lady of Abundance, that she it was who ordained this Ursula to be
  • Ralph's bedmate, when she herself should be gone from him, were she
  • dead or alive, and that she also should be a Friend of the Well, so
  • that he might not lack a fellow his life long? But this thou sayest,
  • not knowing the mind of our Lady, and how she loved him in her inmost
  • heart."
  • Roger hung his head and spake not for a while, and then he said: "Well,
  • wise man, I have said that I will go on this adventure, and I will
  • smooth my tongue for this while at least, and for what may come
  • hereafter, let it be. And now we were best get to horse; for what with
  • meat and minstrelsy, we have worn away the day till it wants but a
  • little of noon. Go tell thy lord that I am ready. Farewell peace, and
  • welcome war and grudging!"
  • So the Sage went within, and came out with the others, and they mounted
  • their horses anon, and Roger went ahead on foot, and led them through
  • the thicket-ways without fumbling; and they lay down that night on the
  • farther side of the Swelling Flood.
  • CHAPTER 18
  • A Change of Days in the Burg of the Four Friths
  • There is naught to tell of their ways till they came out of the thicket
  • into the fields about the Burg of the Four Friths; and even there was a
  • look of a bettering of men's lives; though forsooth the husbandmen
  • there were much the same as had abided in the fields aforetime, whereas
  • they were not for the most part freemen of the Burg, but aliens who did
  • service in war and otherwise thereto. But, it being eventide, there
  • were men and women and children, who had come out of gates, walking
  • about and disporting themselves in the loveliness of early summer, and
  • that in far merrier guise than they had durst do in the bygone days.
  • Moreover, there was scarce a sword or spear to be seen amongst them,
  • whereat Roger grudged somewhat, and Richard said: "Meseems this folk
  • trusts the peace of the Burg overmuch since, when all is told, unpeace
  • is not so far from their borders."
  • But as they drew a little nigher Ralph pointed out to his fellows the
  • gleam of helms and weapons on the walls, and they saw a watchman on
  • each of the high towers of the south gate; and then quoth Roger: "Nay,
  • the Burg will not be won so easily; and if a few fools get themselves
  • slain outside it is no great matter."
  • Folk nowise let them come up to the gate unheeded, but gathered about
  • them to look at the newcomers, but not so as to hinder them, and they
  • could see that these summerers were goodly folk enough, and demeaned
  • them as though they had but few troubles weighing on them. But the
  • wayfarers were not unchallenged at the gate, for a stout man-at-arms
  • stayed them and said: "Ye ride somewhat late, friends. What are ye?"
  • Quoth Ralph: "We be peaceful wayfarers save to them that would fall on
  • us, and we seek toward Upmeads." "Yea?" said the man, "belike ye shall
  • find something less than peace betwixt here and Upmeads, for rumour
  • goes that there are alien riders come into the lands of Higham, and for
  • aught I know the said unpeace may spread further on. Well if ye will
  • go to the Flower de Luce and abide there this night, ye shall have a
  • let-pass to-morn betimes."
  • Then Ralph spake a word in Roger's ear, and Roger nodded his head, and,
  • throwing his cowl aback, went up to the man-at-arms and said: "Stephen
  • a-Hurst, hast thou time for a word with an old friend?" "Yea, Roger,"
  • said the man "is it verily thou? I deemed that thou hadst fled away
  • from all of us to live in the wilds."
  • "So it was, lad," said Roger, "but times change from good to bad and
  • back again; and now am I of this good lord's company; and I shall tell
  • thee, Stephen, that though he rideth but few to-day, yet merry shall he
  • be that rideth with him to-morrow if unpeace be in the land. Lo you,
  • Stephen, this is the Child of Upmeads, whom belike thou hast heard of;
  • and if thou wilt take me into the chamber of thy tower, I will tell
  • thee things of him that thou wottest not."
  • Stephen turned to Ralph and made obeisance to him and said: "Fair Sir,
  • there are tales going about concerning thee, some whereof are strange
  • enow, but none of them ill; and I deem by the look of thee that thou
  • shalt be both a stark champion and a good lord; and I deem that it
  • shall be my good luck, if I see more of thee, and much more. Now if
  • thou wilt, pass on with thine other fellows to the Flower de Luce, and
  • leave this my old fellow-in-arms with me, and he shall tell me of thy
  • mind; for I see that thou wouldest have somewhat of us; and since, I
  • doubt not by the looks of thee, that thou wilt not bid us aught
  • unknightly, when we know thy will, we shall try to pleasure thee."
  • "Yea, Lord Ralph," said Roger, "thou mayest leave all the business with
  • me, and I will come to thee not later than betimes to-morrow, and let
  • thee wot how matters have sped. And methinks ye may hope to wend
  • out-a-gates this time otherwise than thou didest before."
  • So Ralph gave him yeasay and thanked the man-at-arms and rode his ways
  • with the others toward the Flower de Luce, and whereas the sun was but
  • newly set, Ralph noted that the booths were gayer and the houses
  • brighter and more fairly adorned than aforetimes. As for the folk,
  • they were such that the streets seemed full of holiday makers, so
  • joyous and well dight were they; and the women like to those fair
  • thralls whom he had seen that other time, saving that they were not
  • clad so wantonly, however gaily. They came into the great square, and
  • there they saw that the masons and builders had begun on the master
  • church to make it fairer and bigger; the people were sporting there as
  • in the streets, and amongst them were some weaponed men, but the most
  • part of these bore the token of the Dry Tree.
  • So they entered the Flower de Luce, and had good welcome there, as if
  • they were come home to their own house; for when its people saw such a
  • goodly old man in the Sage, and so stout and trim a knight as was
  • Richard, and above all when they beheld the loveliness of Ralph and
  • Ursula, they praised them open-mouthed, and could scarce make enough of
  • them. And when they had had their meat and were rested came two of the
  • maids there and asked them if it were lawful to talk with them; and
  • Ralph laughed and bade them sit by them, and eat a dainty morsel; and
  • they took that blushing, for they were fair and young, and Ralph's face
  • and the merry words of his mouth stirred the hearts within them: and
  • forsooth it was not so much they that spake as Ursula and the Sage; for
  • Ralph was somewhat few spoken, whereas he pondered concerning the
  • coming days, and what he half deemed that he saw a-doing at Upmeads.
  • But at last they found their tongues, and said how that already rumour
  • was abroad that they were in the Burg who had drunk of the Water of the
  • Well at the World's End; and said one: "It is indeed a fair sight to
  • see you folk coming back in triumph; and so methinks will many deem if
  • ye abide with us over to-morrow, and yet, Lady, for a while we are
  • well-nigh as joyous as ye can be, whereas we have but newly come into
  • new life also: some of us from very thralldom of the most grievous, and
  • I am of those; and some of us in daily peril of it, like to my sister
  • here. So mayhappen," said she, smiling, "none of us shall seek to the
  • Well until we have worn our present bliss a little threadbare."
  • Ursula smiled on her, but the Sage said: "Mayhappen it is of no avail
  • speaking of such things to a young and fair woman; but what would
  • betide you if the old Burgers were to come back and win their walls
  • again?" The maid who had been a thrall changed countenance at his
  • word; but the other one said: "If the Burgers come back, they will find
  • them upon the walls who have already chaced them. Thou mayst deem me
  • slim and tender, old wise man; but such as mine arm is, it has upheaved
  • the edges against the foe; and if it be a murder to slay a Burger, then
  • am I worthy of the gallows." "Yea, yea," quoth Richard, laughing, "ye
  • shall be double-manned then in this good town: ye may well win, unless
  • the sight of you shall make the foe over fierce for the gain."
  • Said the Sage "It is well, maiden, and if ye hold to that, and keep
  • your carles in the same road, ye need not to fear the Burgers: and to
  • say sooth, I have it in my mind, that before long ye shall have both
  • war and victory."
  • Then Ralph seemed to wake up as from a dream, and he arose, and said:
  • "Thou art in the right, Sage, and to mine eyes it seemeth that both
  • thou and I shall be sharers in the war and the victory." And therewith
  • he fell to striding up and down the hall, while the two maidens sat
  • gazing on him with gleaming eyes and flushed cheeks.
  • But in a little while he came back to his seat and sat him down, and
  • fell to talk with the women, and asked them of the town and the
  • building therein, and the markets, whether they throve; and they and
  • two or three of the townsmen or merchants answered all, and told him
  • how fair their estate was, and how thriving was the lot of one and all
  • with them. Therewith was Ralph well pleased, and they sat talking
  • there in good fellowship till the night was somewhat worn, and all men
  • fared to bed.
  • CHAPTER 19
  • Ralph Sees Hampton and the Scaur
  • When it was morning Ralph arose and went into the hall of the hostelry,
  • and even as he entered it the outside door opened, and in came Roger,
  • and Richard with him (for he had been astir very early) and Roger, who
  • was armed from head to foot and wore a coat of the Dry Tree, cried out:
  • "Now, Lord, thou wert best do on thy war-gear, for thou shalt presently
  • be captain of an host." "Yea, Roger," quoth Ralph, "and hast thou done
  • well?" "Well enough," said Richard; "thine host shall not be a great
  • one, but no man in it will be a blencher, for they be all champions of
  • the Dry Tree."
  • "Yea," quoth Roger, "so it was that Stephen a-Hurst brought me to a
  • company of my old fellows, and we went all of us together to the
  • Captain of the Burg (e'en he of the Dry Tree, who in these latest days
  • is made captain of all), and did him to wit that thou hadst a need; and
  • whereas he, as all of us, had heard of the strokes that thou struckest
  • in the wood that day when thy happiness first began, (woe worth the
  • while!) he stickled not to give some of us leave to look on the
  • hand-play with thee. But soft, my Lord! abound not in thanks as yet,
  • till I tell thee. The said Captain hath gotten somewhat of the mind of
  • a chapman by dwelling in a town, 'tis like (the saints forgive me for
  • saying so!) and would strike a bargain with thee." "Yea," said Ralph,
  • smiling, "I partly guess what like the bargain is; but say thou."
  • Said Roger: "I like not his bargain, not for thy sake but mine own;
  • this it is, that we shall ride, all of us who are to be of thy
  • fellowship, to the Castle of the Scaur to-day, and there thy Lady shall
  • sit in the throne whereas in past days our Lady and Queen was wont to
  • sit; and that thou shalt swear upon her head, that whensoever he
  • biddeth thee come to the help of the Burg of the Four Friths and the
  • tribes of the Wheat-wearers, thou shalt come in arms by the straightest
  • road with such fellowship as thou mayst gather; and if thou wilt so do,
  • we of the Dry Tree who go with thee on this journey are thine to save
  • or to spend by flood or field, or castle wall, amidst the edges and the
  • shafts and the fire-flaught. What sayest thou--thou who art lucky, and
  • hast of late become wise? And I will tell thee, that though I hope it
  • not, yet I would thou shouldst naysay it; for it will be hard for me to
  • see another woman sitting in our Lady's seat: yea, to see her sitting
  • there, who hath stolen her luck."
  • Said Ralph: "Now this proffer of the Captain's I call friendly and
  • knightly, and I will gladly swear as he will; all the more as without
  • any oath I should never fail him whensoever he may send for me. As for
  • thee, Roger, ride with us if thou wilt, and thou shalt be welcome both
  • in the company, and at the High House of Upmeads whenso we come there."
  • Then was Roger silent, but nowise abashed; and as they spoke they heard
  • the tramp of horses and the clash of weapons, and they saw through the
  • open door three men-at-arms riding up to the house; so Ralph went out
  • to welcome them; they were armed full well in bright armour, and their
  • coats were of the Dry Tree, and were tall men and warrior-like. They
  • hailed Ralph as captain, and he gave them the sele of the day and bade
  • come in and drink a cup; so did they, but they were scarce off their
  • horses ere there came another three, and then six together, and so one
  • after other till the hall of the Flower de Luce was full of the gleam
  • of steel and clash of armour, and the lads held their horses without
  • and were merry with the sight of the stalwart men-at-arms. Now cometh
  • Ursula down from her chamber clad in her bravery; and when they saw her
  • they set up a shout for joy of her, so that the rafters rang again; but
  • she laughed for pleasure of them, and poured them out the wine, till
  • they were merrier with the sight of her than with the good liquor.
  • Now Roger comes to Ralph and tells him that he deems his host hath come
  • to the last man. Then Ralph armed him, and those two maidens brought
  • him his horse, and they mount all of them and draw up in the Square;
  • and Roger and Stephen a-Hurst array them, for they were chosen of them
  • as leaders along with Ralph, and Richard, whom they all knew, at least
  • by hearsay. Then Roger drew from his pouch a parchment, and read the
  • roll of names, and there was no man lacking, and they were threescore
  • save five, besides Roger and the way-farers, and never was a band of
  • like number seen better; and Richard said softly unto Ralph: "If we
  • had a few more of these, I should care little what foemen we should
  • meet in Upmeads: soothly, my lord, they had as well have ridden into
  • red Hell as into our green fields." "Fear not, Richard," said Ralph,
  • "we shall have enough."
  • So then they rode out of the Square and through the streets to the
  • North Gate, and much folk was abroad to look on them, and they blessed
  • them as they went, both carles and queans; for the rumour was toward
  • that there was riding a good and dear Lord and a Friend of the Well to
  • get his own again from out of the hands of the aliens.
  • Herewith they ride a little trot through the Freedom of the Burg, and
  • when they were clear of it they turned aside from the woodland highway
  • whereon Ralph had erst ridden with Roger and followed the rides a good
  • way till it was past noon, when they came into a very close thicket
  • where there was but a narrow and winding way whereon two men might not
  • ride abreast, and Roger said: "Now, if we were the old Burgers, and the
  • Dry Tree still holding the Scaur, we should presently know what
  • steel-point dinner meaneth; if the dead could rise out of their graves
  • to greet their foemen, we should anon be a merry company here. But at
  • last they learned the trick, and were wont to fetch a compass round
  • about Grey Goose Thicket as it hight amongst us."
  • "Well," said Ralph, "but how if there by any waylaying us; the Burgers
  • may be wiser still than thou deemest, and ye may have learned them more
  • than thou art minded to think."
  • "Nay," said Roger, "I bade a half score turn aside by the thicket path
  • on our left hands; that shall make all sure; but indeed I look for no
  • lurkers as yet. In a month's time that may betide, but not yet; not
  • yet. But tell me, fair Sir, have ye any deeming of where thou mayst
  • get thee more folk who be not afraid of the hard hand-play? For Richard
  • hath been telling me that there be tidings in the air."
  • Said Ralph: "If hope play me not false, I look to gather some stout
  • carles of the Shepherd Country." "Yea," said Roger, "but I shall tell
  • thee that they have been at whiles unfriends of the Dry Tree." Said
  • Ralph: "I think they will be friends unto me." "Then it shall do
  • well," said Roger, "for they be good in a fray."
  • So talked they as they rode, but ever Roger would give no heed to
  • Ursula. but made as if he wotted not that she was there, though ever
  • and anon Ralph would be turning back to speak to her and help her
  • through the passes.
  • At last the thicket began to dwindle, and presently riding out of a
  • little valley or long trench on to a ridge nearly bare of trees, they
  • saw below them a fair green plain, and in the midst of it a great heap
  • of grey rocks rising out of it like a reef out of the sea, and on the
  • said reef, and climbing up as it were to the topmost of it, the white
  • walls of a great castle, the crown whereof was a huge round tower. At
  • the foot of the ridge was a thorp of white houses thatched with straw
  • scattered over a good piece of the plain. The company drew rein on the
  • ridge-top, and the Champions raised a great shout at the sight of their
  • old strong-place; and Roger turned to Ralph and said: "Fair Sir, how
  • deemest thou of the Castle of the Scaur?" but Richard broke in: "For my
  • part, friend Roger, I deem that ye do like to people unlearned in war
  • to leave the stronghold ungarnished of men. This is a fool's deed."
  • "Nay, nay," said Roger, "we need not be over-hasty, while it is our
  • chief business to order the mingled folk of the Wheat-wearers and
  • others who dwell in the Burg as now."
  • Then spake Ralph: "Yet how wilt thou say but that the foemen whom we
  • go to meet in Upmeads may be some of those very Burgers: hast thou
  • heard whether they have found a new dwelling among some unhappy folk,
  • or be still roving: maybe they shall deem Upmeads fair."
  • Spake Michael a-Hurst: "By thy leave, fair Sir, we have had a word of
  • those riders and strong-thieves that they have fetched a far compass,
  • and got them armour, and be come into the woodland north of the Wood
  • Debateable. For like all strong-thieves, they love the wood."
  • Roger laughed: "Yea, as we did, friend Michael, when we were thieves;
  • whereas now we be lords and gentlemen. But as to thy tidings, I set
  • not much by them; for of the same message was this word that they had
  • already fallen on Higham by the Way; and we know that this cannot be
  • true; since though forsooth the Abbot has had unpeace on his hands, we
  • know where his foemen came from, the West to wit, and the Banded
  • Barons."
  • "Yea, yea," quoth the Sage, "but may not the Burgers have taken service
  • with them?" "Yea, forsooth," quoth Roger, "but I deem not, or we had
  • been surer thereof."
  • Thus they spake, and they lighted down all of them to breathe their
  • horses, and Ursula spake with Ralph as they walked the greensward
  • together a little apart, and said: "Sweetheart, I am afraid of to-day."
  • "Yea, dear," said he, "and wherefore?" She said: "It will be hard for
  • me to enter that grim house yonder, and sit in the seat whence I was
  • erewhile threatened by the evil hag with hair like a grey she-bear."
  • He made much of her and said: "Yet belike a Friend of the Well may
  • overcome this also; and withal the hall shall be far other to-day when
  • it was."
  • She looked about on the warriors as they lay on the grass or loitered
  • by their horses; then she smiled, and her face lightened, and she
  • reddened and cast down her eyes and said: "Yea, that is sooth; that day
  • there were few men in the hall, and they old and evil of semblance. It
  • was a band of women who took me in the thorp and brought me up into the
  • Castle, and mishandled me there, and cast me into prison there; whereas
  • these be good fellows, and frank and free of aspect. But O, my heart,
  • look thou how fearful the piled-up rocks rise from the plain and the
  • walls wind up amongst them; and that huge tower, the crown of all!
  • Surely there is none more fearful in the world."
  • He kissed her and laughed merrily, and said: "Yea, sweetheart, and
  • there will be another change in the folk of the hall when we come there
  • this time, to wit, that thou shouldst not be alone therein, even were
  • all these champions, and Richard and the Sage away from thee. Wilt
  • thou tell me how that shall be?"
  • She turned to him and kissed him and caressed him, and then they turned
  • back again toward their fellows, for by now they had walked together a
  • good way along the ridge.
  • So then they gat to horse again and rode into the thorp, where men and
  • women stood about to behold them, and made them humble reverence as
  • they passed by. So rode they to the bailly of the Castle; and if that
  • stronghold looked terrible from the ridge above, tenfold more terrible
  • of aspect it was when the upper parts were hidden by the grey rocks,
  • and they so huge and beetling, and though the sun was bright about
  • them, and they in the midst of their friends, yet even Ralph felt
  • somewhat of dread creep over him: yet he smiled cheerfully as Ursula
  • turned an anxious face on him. They alighted from their horses in the
  • bailly, for over steep for horse-hoofs was the walled way upward; and
  • as they began to mount, even the merry Champions hushed their holiday
  • clamour for awe of the huge stronghold, and Ralph took Ursula by the
  • hand, and she sidled up to him, and said softly: "Yea, it was here
  • they drave me up, those women, thrusting and smiting me; and some would
  • have stripped off my raiment, but one who seemed the wisest, said,
  • 'Nay, leave her till she come before the ancient Lady, for her gear may
  • be a token of whence she is, and whither, if she be come as a spy.' So
  • I escaped them for that moment. And now I wonder what we shall find in
  • the hall when we come in thither. It is somewhat like to me, as when
  • one gets up from bed in the dead night, when all is quiet and the moon
  • is shining, and goes out of the chamber into the hall, and coming back,
  • almost dreads to see some horror lying in one's place amid the familiar
  • bedclothes."
  • And she grew paler as she spake. Then Ralph comforted her and trimmed
  • his countenance to a look of mirth, but inwardly he was ill at ease.
  • So up they went and up, till they came to a level place whereon was
  • built the chief hall and its chambers: there they stood awhile to
  • breathe them before the door, which was rather low than great; and
  • Ursula clung to Ralph and trembled, but Ralph spake in her ear: "Take
  • heart, my sweet, or these men, and Roger in especial, will think the
  • worse of thee; and thou a Friend of the Well. What! here is naught to
  • hurt thee! this is naught beside the perils of the desert, and the
  • slaves and the evil lord of Utterbol." "Yea," she said, "but meseemeth
  • I loved thee not so sore as now I do. O friend, I am become a weak
  • woman and unvaliant, and there is naught in me but love of thee, and
  • love of life because of thee; nor dost thou know altogether what befell
  • me in that hall."
  • But Ralph turned about and cried out in a loud, cheerful voice: "Let us
  • enter, friends! and lo you, I will show the Champions of the Dry Tree
  • the way into their own hall and high place." Therewith he thrust the
  • door open, for it was not locked, and strode into the hall, still
  • leading Ursula by the hand, and all the company followed him, the clash
  • of their armour resounding through the huge building. Though it was
  • long, it was not so much that it was long as that it was broad, and
  • exceeding high, so that in the dusk of it the great vault of the roof
  • was dim and misty. There was no man therein, no halling on its walls,
  • no benches nor boards, naught but the great standing table of stone on
  • the dais, and the stone high-seat amidst of it: and the place did
  • verily seem like the house and hall of a people that had died out in
  • one hour because of their evil deeds.
  • They stood still a moment when they were all fairly within doors, and
  • Roger thrust up to Ralph and said, but softly: "The woman is
  • blenching, and all for naught; were it not for the oath, we had best
  • have left her in the thorp: I fear me she will bring evil days on our
  • old home with her shivering fear. How far otherwise came our Lady in
  • hither when first she came amongst us, when the Duke of us found her in
  • the wood after she had been thrust out from Sunway by the Baron whom
  • thou slewest afterward. Our Duke brought her in hither wrapped up in
  • his knight's scarlet cloak, and went up with her on to the dais; but
  • when she came thither, she turned about and let her cloak fall to
  • earth, and stood there barefoot in her smock, as she had been cast out
  • into the wildwood, and she spread abroad her hands, and cried out in a
  • loud voice as sweet as the May blackbird, 'May God bless this House and
  • the abode of the valiant, and the shelter of the hapless.'"
  • Said Ursula (and her voice was firm and the colour come back to her
  • cheeks now, while Ralph stood agaze and wondering): "Roger, thou lovest
  • me little, meseemeth, though if I did less than I do, I should do
  • against the will of thy Lady that was Queen in this hall. But tell me,
  • Roger, where is gone that other one, the fearful she-bear of this crag,
  • who sat in yonder stone high-seat, and roared at me and mocked me, and
  • gave me over into the hands of her tormentors, who haled me away to the
  • prison wherefrom thy very Lady delivered me?"
  • "Lady," said Roger, "the tale of her is short since the day thou sawest
  • her herein. On the day when we first had the evil tidings of the
  • slaying of my Lady we were sad at heart, and called to mind ancient
  • transgressions against us; therefore we fell on the she-bear, as thou
  • callest her, and her company of men and women, and some we slew and
  • some we thrust forth; but as to her, I slew her not three feet from
  • where thou standest now. A rumour there is that she walketh, and it
  • may be so; yet in the summer noon ye need not look to see her."
  • Ralph said coldly: "Roger, let us be done with minstrels' tales; lead
  • me to the place where the oath is to be sworn, for time presses."
  • Scarce were the words out of his mouth ere Roger strode forward and gat
  • him on to the dais and went hastily to the wall behind the high-seat,
  • whence he took down a very great horn, and set it to his lips and
  • winded it loudly thrice, so that the great and high hall was full of
  • its echoes. Richard started thereat and half drew his sword; but the
  • Sage put his hand upon the hilts, and said: "It is naught, let the
  • edges lie quiet." Ursula stared astonished, but now she quaked no more;
  • Ralph changed not countenance a wit, and the champions of the Tree made
  • as if naught had been done that they looked not for. But thereafter
  • cried Roger from the dais: "This is the token that the men of the Dry
  • Tree are met for matters of import; thus is the Mote hallowed. Come up
  • hither, ye aliens, and ye also of the fellowship, that the oath may be
  • sworn, and we may go our ways, even as the alien captain biddeth."
  • Then Ralph took Ursula's hand again, and went up the hall calmly and
  • proudly, and the champions followed with Richard and the Sage. Ralph
  • and Ursula went up on to the dais, and he set down Ursula in the stone
  • high-seat, and even in the halldusk a right fair-coloured picture she
  • looked therein; for she was clad in a goodly green gown broidered with
  • flowers, and a green cloak with gold orphreys over it; her hair was
  • spread abroad over her shoulders, and on her head was a garland of
  • roses which the women of the Flower de Luce had given her; so there she
  • sat with her fair face, whence now all the wrinkles of trouble and fear
  • were smoothed out, looking like an image of the early summer-tide
  • itself. And the champions looked on her and marvelled, and one
  • whispered to the other that it was their Lady of aforetime come back
  • again; only Roger, who had now gone back to the rest of the fellowship,
  • cast his eyes upon the ground, and muttered.
  • Now Ralph draws his sword, and lays it naked on the stone table, and he
  • stood beside Ursula and said: "Champions of the Dry Tree, by the blade
  • of Upmeads which lieth here before me, and by the head which I love
  • best in the world, and is best worthy of love" (and herewith he laid
  • his hand on Ursula's head), "I swear that whensoever the Captain of the
  • Dry Tree calleth on me, whether I be eating or drinking, abed or
  • standing on my feet, at peace or at war, glad or sorry, I shall do my
  • utmost to come to his aid straightway with whatso force I may gather.
  • Is this rightly sworn, Champions?"
  • Said Stephen a-Hurst: "It is sworn well and knightly, and now cometh
  • our oath."
  • "Nay," said Ralph, "I had no mind to drive a bargain with you; your
  • deeds shall prove you; and I fear not for your doughtiness."
  • Said Stephen: "Yea, Lord; but he bade us swear to thee. Reach me thy
  • sword, I pray thee."
  • Then Ralph reached him his sword across the great stone table, and
  • Stephen took it, and kissed the blade and the hilts; and then lifted up
  • his voice and said: "By the hilts and the blade, by the point and the
  • edge, we swear to follow the Lord Ralph of Upmeads for a year and a
  • day, and to do his will in all wise. So help us God and Allhallows!"
  • And therewith he gave the sword to the others, and each man of them
  • kissed it as he had.
  • But Ralph said: "Champions, for this oath I thank you all heartily.
  • But it is not my meaning that I should hold you by me for a year,
  • whereas I deem I shall do all that my kindred may need in three days'
  • space from the first hour wherein we set foot in Upmeads."
  • Stephen smiled friendly at him and nodded, and said: "That may well
  • be; but now to make a good end of this mote I will tell thee a thing;
  • to wit, that our Captain, yea, and all we, are minded to try thee by
  • this fray in Upmeads, now we know that thou hast become a Friend of the
  • Well. And if thou turn out as we deem is likest, we will give thee
  • this Castle of the Scaur, for thee and those that shall spring from thy
  • loins; for we deem that some such man as thou will be the only one to
  • hold it worthily, and in such wise as it may be a stronghold against
  • tyrants and for the helping of peaceable folk; since forsooth, we of
  • the Dry Tree have heard somewhat of the Well at the World's End, and
  • trow in the might thereof."
  • He made an end; and Ralph kept silence and pondered the matter. But
  • Roger lifted up his head and broke in, and said: "Yea, yea! that is
  • it: we are all become men of peace, we riders of the Dry Tree!" And he
  • laughed withal, but as one nowise best pleased.
  • But as Ralph was gathering his words together, and Ursula was looking
  • up to him with trouble in her face again, came a man of the thorp
  • rushing into the hall, and cried out: "O, my lords! there are weaponed
  • men coming forth from the thicket. Save us, we pray you, for we are
  • ill-weaponed and men of peace."
  • Roger laughed, and said: "Eh, good man! So ye want us back again?
  • But my Lord Ralph, and thou Richard, and thou Stephen, come ye to the
  • shot-window here, that giveth on to the forest. We are high up here,
  • and we shall see all as clearly as in a good mirror. Hast thou shut
  • the gates, carle?" "Yea, Lord Roger," quoth he, "and there are some
  • fifty of us together down in the base-court."
  • Ralph and Richard and Stephen looked forth from the shot window, and
  • saw verily a band of men riding down the bent into the thorp, and
  • Ralph, who as aforesaid was far-sighted and clear-sighted, said: "Yea,
  • it is strange: but without doubt these are riders of the Dry Tree; and
  • they seem to me to be some ten-score. Thou Stephen, thou Roger, what is
  • to hand? Is your Captain wont to give a gift and take it back...and
  • somewhat more with it?" Stephen looked abashed at his word; and Roger
  • hung his head again.
  • But therewith the Sage drew up to them and said: "Be not dismayed,
  • Lord Ralph. What wert thou going to say to the Champions when this
  • carle brake in?"
  • "This," said Ralph, "that I thanked the Dry Tree heartily for its gift,
  • but that meseemed it naught wise to leave this stronghold disgarnished
  • of men till I can come or send back from Upmeads."
  • Stephen's face cleared at the word, and he said: "I bid thee believe
  • it, lord, that there is no treason in our Captain's heart; and that if
  • there were I would fight against him and his men on thy behalf." And
  • Roger, though in a somewhat surly voice, said the like.
  • Ralph thought a little, and then he said: "It is well; go we down and
  • out of gates to meet them, that we may the sooner get on our way to
  • Upmeads." And without more words he went up to Ursula and took her hand
  • and went out of the hall, and down the rock-cut stair, and all they
  • with him. And when they came into the Base-court, Ralph spoke to the
  • carles of the thorp, who stood huddled together sore afeard, and said:
  • "Throw open the gates. These riders who have so scared you are naught
  • else than the Champions of the Dry Tree who are coming back to their
  • stronghold that they may keep you sure against wicked tyrants who would
  • oppress you."
  • The carles looked askance at one another, but straightway opened the
  • gates, and Ralph and his company went forth, and abode the new-comers
  • on a little green mound half a bowshot from the Castle. Ralph sat down
  • on the grass and Ursula by him, and she said: "My heart tells me that
  • these Champions are no traitors, however rough and fierce they have
  • been, and still shall be if occasion serve. But O, sweetheart, how
  • dear and sweet is this sunlit greensward after yonder grim hold.
  • Surely, sweet, it shall never be our dwelling?"
  • "I wot not, beloved," said he; "must we not go and dwell where deeds
  • shall lead us? and the hand of Weird is mighty. But lo thou, here are
  • the newcomers to hand!"
  • So it was as he said, and presently the whole band came before them,
  • and they were all of the Dry Tree, stout men and well weaponed, and
  • they had ridden exceeding fast, so that their horses were somewhat
  • spent. A tall man very gallantly armed, who rode at their head, leapt
  • at once from his horse and came up to Ralph and hailed him, and Roger
  • and Stephen both made obeisance to him. Ralph, who had risen up,
  • hailed him in his turn, and the tall man said: "I am the Captain of
  • the Dry Tree for lack of a better; art thou Ralph of Upmeads, fair
  • sir?" "Even so," said Ralph.
  • Said the Captain: "Thou wilt marvel that I have ridden after thee on
  • the spur; so here is the tale shortly. Your backs were not turned on
  • the walls of the Burg an hour, ere three of my riders brought in to me
  • a man who said, and gave me tokens of his word being true, that he had
  • fallen in with a company of the old Burgers in the Wood Debateable,
  • which belike thou wottest of."
  • "All we of Upmeads wot of it," said Ralph. "Well," said the Captain,
  • "amongst these said Burgers, who were dwelling in the wildwood in
  • summer content, the word went free that they would gather to them other
  • bands of strong-thieves who haunt that wood, and go with them upon
  • Upmeads, and from Upmeads, when they were waxen strong, they would fall
  • upon Higham by the Way, and thence with yet more strength on their old
  • dwelling of the Burg. Now whereas I know that thou art of Upmeads, and
  • also what thou art, and what thou hast done, I have ridden after thee
  • to tell thee what is toward. But if thou deemest I have brought thee
  • all these riders it is not wholly so. For it was borne into my mind
  • that our old stronghold was left bare of men, and I knew not what might
  • betide; and that the more, as more than one man has told us how that
  • another band of the disinherited Burgers have fallen upon Higham or the
  • lands thereof, and Higham is no great way hence; so that some five
  • score of these riders are to hold our Castle of the Scaur, and the rest
  • are for thee to ride afield with. As for the others, thou hast been
  • told already that the Scaur, and Hampton therewith is a gift from us to
  • thee; for henceforward we be the lords of the Burg of the Four Friths,
  • and that is more than enough for us."
  • Ralph thanked the Captain for this, and did him to wit that he would
  • take the gift if he came back out the Upmeads fray alive: said he,
  • "With thee and the Wheat-wearers in the Burg, and me in the Scaur, no
  • strong-thief shall dare lift up his hand in these parts."
  • The Captain smiled, and Ralph went on: "And now I must needs ask thee
  • for leave to depart; which is all the more needful, whereas thy men
  • have over-ridden their horses, and we must needs go a soft pace till we
  • come to Higham."
  • "Yea, art thou for Higham, fair sir?" said the Captain. "That is well;
  • for ye may get men therefrom, and at the least it is like that ye shall
  • hear tidings: as to my men and their horses, this hath been looked to.
  • For five hundred good men of the Wheat-wearers, men who have not
  • learned the feat of arms a-horseback, are coming through the woods
  • hither to help ward thy castle, fair lord; they will be here in some
  • three hours' space and will bring horses for thy five score men,
  • therefore do ye but ride softly to Higham and if these sergeants catch
  • up with you it is well, but if not, abide them at Higham."
  • "Thanks have thou for this once more," said Ralph; "and now I have no
  • more word than this for thee; that I will come to thee at thy least
  • word, and serve thee with all that I have, to my very life if need be.
  • And yet I must say this, that I wot not why ye and these others are
  • become to me, who am alien to you, as very brothers." Said the
  • Captain: "There is this to be said of it, as was aforesaid, that all we
  • count thy winning of the Well at the World's End as valiancy in thee,
  • yea, and luck withal. But, moreover, she who was Our Lady would have
  • had thee for her friend had she lived, and how then could we be less
  • than friends to thee? Depart in peace, my friend, and we look to see
  • thee again in a little while."
  • Therewith he kissed him, and bade farewell; and Ralph bade his band to
  • horse, and they were in the saddle in a twinkling, and rode away from
  • Hampton at a soft pace.
  • But as they went, Ralph turned to Ursula and said: "And now belike
  • shall we see Bourton Abbas once more, and the house where first I saw
  • thee. And O how sweet thou wert! And I was so happy and so young."
  • "Yea," she said, "and sorely I longed for thee, and now we have long
  • been together, as it seemeth; and yet that long space shall be but a
  • little while of our lives. But, my friend, as to Bourton Abbas, I
  • misdoubt me of our seeing it; for there is a nigher road by the by-ways
  • to Higham, which these men know, and doubtless that way we shall wend:
  • and I am glad thereof; for I shall tell thee, that somewhat I fear that
  • thorp, lest it should lay hold of me, and wake me from a dream."
  • "Yea," said Ralph, "but even then, belike thou shouldst find me beside
  • thee; as if I had fallen asleep in the ale-house, and dreamed of the
  • Well at the World's End, and then awoke and seen the dear barefoot
  • maiden busying her about her house and its matters. That were naught
  • so ill."
  • "Ah," she said, "look round on thy men, and think of the might of war
  • that is in them, and think of the deeds to come. But O how I would
  • that these next few days were worn away, and we yet alive for a long
  • while."
  • CHAPTER 20
  • They Come to the Gate of Higham By the Way
  • It was as Ursula had deemed, and they made for Higham by the shortest
  • road, so that they came before the gate a little before sunset: to the
  • very gate they came not; for there were strong barriers before it, and
  • men-at-arms within them, as though they were looking for an onfall.
  • And amongst these were bowmen who bended their bows on Ralph and his
  • company. So Ralph stayed his men, and rode up to the barriers with
  • Richard and Stephen a-Hurst, all three of them bare-headed with their
  • swords in the sheaths; and Stephen moreover bearing a white cloth on a
  • truncheon. Then a knight of the town, very bravely armed, came forth
  • from the barriers and went up to Ralph, and said: "Fair sir, art thou
  • a knight?" "Yea," said Ralph. Said the knight, "Who be ye?" "I hight
  • Ralph of Upmeads," said Ralph, "and these be my men: and we pray thee
  • for guesting in the town of my Lord Abbot to-night, and leave to depart
  • to-morrow betimes."
  • "O unhappy young man," said the knight, "meseems these men be not so
  • much thine as thou art theirs; for they are of the Dry Tree, and bear
  • their token openly. Wilt thou then lodge thy company of strong-thieves
  • with honest men?"
  • Stephen a-Hurst laughed roughly at this word, but Ralph said mildly:
  • "These men are indeed of the Dry Tree, but they are my men and under my
  • rule, and they be riding on my errands, which be lawful."
  • The knight was silent a while and then he said: "Well, it may be so;
  • but into this town they come not, for the tale of them is over long for
  • honest men to hearken to."
  • Even as he spake, a man-at-arms somewhat evilly armed shoved through
  • the barriers, thrusting aback certain of his fellows, and, coming up to
  • Ralph, stood staring up into his face with the tears starting into his
  • eyes. Ralph looked a moment, and then reached down his arms to embrace
  • him, and kissed his face; for lo! it was his own brother Hugh. Withal
  • he whispered in his ear: "Get thee behind us, Hugh, if thou wilt come
  • with us, lad." So Hugh passed on quietly toward the band, while Ralph
  • turned to the knight again, who said to him, "Who is that man?" "He is
  • mine own brother," said Ralph. "Be he the brother of whom he will,"
  • said the knight, "he was none the less our sworn man. Ye fools," said
  • he, turning toward the men in the barrier, "why did ye not slay him?"
  • "He slipped out," said they, "before we wotted what he was about." Said
  • the knight, "Where were your bows, then?"
  • Said a man: "They were pressing so hard on the barrier, that we could
  • not draw a bowstring. Besides, how might we shoot him without hitting
  • thee, belike?"
  • The knight turned toward Ralph, grown wroth and surly, and that the
  • more he saw Stephen and Richard grinning; he said: "Fair sir, ye have
  • strengthened the old saw that saith, Tell me what thy friends are, and
  • I will tell thee what thou art. Thou hast stolen our man with not a
  • word on it."
  • "Fair sir," said Ralph, "meseemeth thou makest more words than enough
  • about it. Shall I buy my brother of thee, then? I have a good few
  • pieces in my pouch." The captain shook his head angrily.
  • "Well," said Ralph, "how can I please thee, fair sir?"
  • Quoth the knight: "Thou canst please me best by turning thy horses'
  • heads away from Higham, all the sort of you." He stepped back toward
  • the barriers, and then came forward again, and said: "Look you,
  • man-at-arms, I warn thee that I trust thee not, and deem that thou
  • liest. Now have I mind to issue out and fall upon you: for ye shall be
  • evil guests in my Lord Abbot's lands."
  • Now at last Ralph waxed somewhat wroth, and he said: "Come out then, if
  • you will, and we shall meet you man for man; there is yet light on this
  • lily lea, and we will do so much for thee, churl though thou be."
  • But as he spoke, came the sounds of horns, and lo, over the bent showed
  • the points of spears, and then all those five-score of the Dry Tree
  • whom the captain had sent after Ralph came pouring down the bent. The
  • knight looked on them under the sharp of his hand, till he saw the Dry
  • Tree on their coats also, and then he turned and gat him hastily into
  • the barriers; and when he was amongst his own men he fell to roaring
  • out a defiance to Ralph, and a bolt flew forth, and two or three
  • shafts, but hurt no one. Richard and Stephen drew their swords, but
  • Ralph cried out: "Come away, friends, tarry not to bicker with these
  • fools, who are afraid of they know not what: it is but lying under the
  • naked heaven to-night instead of under the rafters, but we have all
  • lodged thus a many times: and we shall be nigher to our journey's end
  • to-morrow when we wake up."
  • Therewith he turned his horse with Richard and Stephen and came to his
  • own men. There was much laughter and jeering at the Abbot's men amidst
  • of the Dry Tree, both of those who had ridden with Ralph, and the
  • new-comers; but they arrayed them to ride further in good order, and
  • presently were skirting the walls of Higham out of bow-shot, and making
  • for the Down country by the clear of the moon. The sergeants had
  • gotten a horse for Hugh, and by Ralph's bidding he rode beside him as
  • they went their ways, and the two brethren talked together lovingly.
  • CHAPTER 21
  • Talk Between Those Two Brethren
  • Ralph asked Hugh first if he wotted aught of Gregory their brother.
  • Hugh laughed and pointed to Higham, and said: "He is yonder." "What,"
  • said Ralph, "in the Abbot's host?" "Yea," said Hugh, laughing again,
  • "but in his spiritual, not his worldly host: he is turned monk,
  • brother; that is, he is already a novice, and will be a brother of the
  • Abbey in six months' space." Said Ralph: "And Launcelot Long-tongue,
  • thy squire, how hath he sped?" Said Hugh: "He is yonder also, but in
  • the worldly host, not the spiritual: he is a sergeant of theirs, and
  • somewhat of a catch for them, for he is no ill man-at-arms, as thou
  • wottest, and besides he adorneth everything with words, so that men
  • hearken to him gladly." "But tell me," said Ralph, "how it befalleth
  • that the Abbot's men of war be so churlish, and chary of the inside of
  • their town; what have they to fear? Is not the Lord Abbot still a
  • mighty man?" Hugh shook his head: "There hath been a change of days at
  • Higham; though I say not but that the knights are over careful, and
  • much over fearful." "What has the change been?" said Ralph. Hugh
  • said: "In time past my Lord Abbot was indeed a mighty man, and both
  • this town of Higham was well garnished of men-at-arms, and also many of
  • his manors had castles and strong-houses on them, and the yeomen were
  • ready to run to their weapons whenso the gathering was blown. In
  • short, Higham was as mighty as it was wealthy; and the Abbot's men had
  • naught to do with any, save with thy friends here who bear the Tree
  • Leafless; all else feared those holy walls and the well-blessed men who
  • warded them. But the Dry Tree feared, as men said, neither man nor
  • devil (and I hope it may be so still since they are become thy
  • friends), and they would whiles lift in the Abbot's lands when they had
  • no merrier business on hand, and not seldom came to their above in
  • their dealings with his men. But all things come to an end; for, as I
  • am told, some year and a half ago, the Abbot had debate with the
  • Westland Barons, who both were and are ill men to deal with, being both
  • hungry and doughty. The quarrel grew till my Lord must needs defy
  • them, and to make a long tale short, he himself in worldly armour led
  • his host against them, and they met some twenty miles to the west in
  • the field of the Wry Bridge, and there was Holy Church overthrown; and
  • the Abbot, who is as valiant a man as ever sang mass, though not
  • over-wise in war, would not flee, and as none would slay him, might
  • they help it, they had to lead him away, and he sits to this day in
  • their strongest castle, the Red Mount west-away. Well, he being gone,
  • and many of his wisest warriors slain, the rest ran into gates again;
  • but when the Westlanders beset Higham and thought to have it good
  • cheap, the monks and their men warded it not so ill but that the
  • Westlanders broke their teeth over it. Forsooth, they turned away
  • thence and took most of the castles and strong-houses of the Abbot's
  • lands; burned some and put garrisons into others, and drave away a
  • mighty spoil of chattels and men and women, so that the lands of Higham
  • are half ruined; and thereby the monks, though they be stout enough
  • within their walls, will not suffer their men to ride abroad. Whereby,
  • being cooped up in a narrow place, and with no deeds to hand to cheer
  • their hearts withal, they are grown sour and churlish."
  • "But, brother," said Ralph, "howsoever churlish they may be, and howso
  • timorous, I cannot see why they should shut their gates in our faces, a
  • little band, when there is no foe anear them."
  • "Ralph," said Hugh, "thou must think of this once more, that the Dry
  • Tree is no good let-pass to flourish in honest men's faces; specialiter
  • if they be monks. Amongst the brothers of Higham the tale goes that
  • those Champions have made covenant with the devil to come to their
  • above whensoever they be not more than one to five. Nay, moreover, it
  • is said that there be very devils amongst them; some in the likeness of
  • carles, and some (God help us) dressed up in women's flesh; and fair
  • flesh also, meseemeth. Also to-day they say in Higham that no
  • otherwise might they ever have overcome the stark and cruel carles of
  • the Burg of the Four Friths and chased them out of their town, as we
  • know they have done. Hah! what sayest thou?"
  • "I say, Hugh," quoth Ralph angrily, "that thou art a fool to go about
  • with a budget of slanderous old wives' tales." Hugh laughed. "Be not
  • so wroth, little lord, or I shall be asking thee tales of marvels also.
  • But hearken. I shall smooth out thy frowns with a smile when thou hast
  • heard this: this folk are not only afeard of their old enemies, the
  • devil-led men, but also they fear those whom the devil-led men have
  • driven out of house and home, to wit, the Burgers. Yet again they fear
  • the Burgers yet more, because they have beaten some of the very foes of
  • Higham, to wit, the Westland Barons; for they have taken from them some
  • of their strong-holds, and are deemed to be gathering force."
  • Ralph pondered a while, and then he said: "Brother, hast thou any
  • tidings of Upmeads, or that these Burgers have gone down thither?" "God
  • forbid!" said Hugh. "Nay, I have had no tidings of Upmeads since I was
  • fool enough to leave it."
  • "What! brother," said Ralph, "thou hast not thriven then?"
  • "I have had ups and downs," said Hugh, "but the ups have been one rung
  • of the ladder, and the downs three--or more. Three months I sat in
  • prison for getting me a broken head in a quarrel that concerned me not.
  • Six months was I besieged in a town whither naught led me but ill-luck.
  • Two days I wore in running thence, having scaled the wall and swam the
  • ditch in the night. Three months I served squire to a knight who gave
  • me the business of watching his wife of whom he was jealous; and to
  • help me out of the weariness of his house I must needs make love myself
  • to the said wife, who sooth to say was perchance worth it. Thence
  • again I went by night and cloud. Ten months I wore away at the edge of
  • the wildwood, and sometimes in it, with a sort of fellows who taught me
  • many things, but not how to keep my hands from other men's goods when I
  • was hungry. There was I taken with some five others by certain
  • sergeants of Higham, whom the warriors of the town had sent out
  • cautiously to see if they might catch a few men for their ranks. Well,
  • they gave me the choice of the gallows-tree or service for the Church,
  • and so, my choice made, there have I been ever since, till I saw thy
  • face this evening, fair sir."
  • "Well, brother," said Ralph, "all that shall be amended, and thou shalt
  • back to Upmeads with me. Yet wert thou to amend thyself somewhat, it
  • might not be ill."
  • Quoth Hugh: "It shall be tried, brother. But may I ask thee
  • somewhat?" Said Ralph: "Ask on." "Fair Sir," said Hugh, "thou
  • seemedst grown into a pretty man when I saw thee e'en-now before this
  • twilight made us all alike; but the men at thy back are not wont to be
  • led by men who have not earned a warrior's name, yet they follow thee:
  • how cometh that about? Again, before the twilight gathered I saw the
  • woman that rideth anigh us (who is now but a shadow) how fair and
  • gentle she is: indeed there is no marvel in her following thee (though
  • if she be an earl's daughter she is a fair getting for an imp of
  • Upmeads), for thou art a well shapen lad, little lord, and carriest a
  • sweet tongue in thy mouth. But tell me, what is she?"
  • "Brother," said Ralph kindly, "she is my wife."
  • "I kiss her hands," said Hugh; "but of what lineage is she?"
  • "She is my wife," said Ralph. Said Hugh: "That is, forsooth, a high
  • dignity." Said Ralph: "Thou sayest sooth, though in mockery thou
  • speakest, which is scarce kind to thine own mother's son: but learn,
  • brother, that I am become a Friend of the Well, and were meet to wed
  • with the daughters of the best of the Kings: yet is this one meeter to
  • wed with me than the highest of the Queens; for she also is a Friend of
  • the Well. Moreover, thou sayest it that the champions of the Dry Tree,
  • who would think but little of an earl for a leader, are eager to follow
  • me: and if thou still doubt what this may mean, abide, till in two days
  • or three thou see me before the foeman. Then shalt thou tell me how
  • much changed I am from the stripling whom thou knewest in Upmeads a
  • little while ago."
  • Then was Hugh somewhat abashed, and he said: "I crave thy pardon,
  • brother, but never had I a well filed tongue, and belike it hath grown
  • no smoother amid the hard haps which have befallen me of late. Besides
  • it was dull in there, and I must needs try to win a little mirth out of
  • kith and kin."
  • "So be it, lad," quoth Ralph kindly, "thou didst ask and I told, and
  • all is said."
  • "Yet forsooth," said Hugh, "thou hast given me marvel for marvel,
  • brother." "Even so," said Ralph, "and hereafter I will tell thee more
  • when we sit safe by the wine at Upmeads."
  • Now cometh back one of the fore-riders and draweth rein by Ralph and
  • saith that they are hard on a little thorp under the hanging of the
  • hill that was the beginning of the Down country on that road. So Ralph
  • bade make stay there and rest the night over, and seek new tidings on
  • the morrow; and the man told Ralph that the folk of the thorp were
  • fleeing fast at the tidings of their company, and that it were best
  • that he and some half score should ride sharply into the thorp, so that
  • it might not be quite bare of victuals when they came to their night's
  • lodging. Ralph bids him so do, but to heed well that he hurt no man,
  • or let fire get into any house or roof; so he takes his knot of men and
  • rides off on the spur, and Ralph and the main of them come on quietly;
  • and when they came into the street of the thorp, lo there by the cross
  • a big fire lighted, and the elders standing thereby cap in hand, and a
  • score of stout carles with weapons in their hands. Then the chief man
  • came up to Ralph and greeted him and said: "Lord, when we heard that an
  • armed company was at hand we deemed no less than that the riders of the
  • Burg were upon us, and deemed that there was nought for it but to flee
  • each as far and as fast as he might. But now we have heard that thou
  • art a good lord seeking his own with the help of worthy champions, and
  • a foeman to those devils of the Burg, we bid thee look upon us and all
  • we have as thine, lord, and take kindly such guesting as we may give
  • thee."
  • The old man's voice quavered a little as he looked on the stark shapes
  • of the Dry Tree; but Ralph looked kindly on him, and said: "Yea, my
  • master, we will but ask for a covering for our heads, and what victual
  • thou mayst easily spare us in return for good silver, and thou shalt
  • have our thanks withal. But who be these stout lads with staves and
  • bucklers, or whither will they to-night?"
  • Thereat a tall young man with a spear in his hand and girt with a short
  • sword came forth and said boldly: "Lord, we be a few who thought when
  • we heard that the Burg-devils were at hand that we might as well die in
  • the field giving stroke for stroke, as be hauled off and drop to pieces
  • under the hands of their tormentors; and now thou hast come, we have
  • little will to abide behind, but were fain to follow thee, and do thee
  • what good we can: and after thou hast come to thine above, when we go
  • back to our kin thou mayst give us a gift if it please thee: but we
  • deem that no great matter if thou but give us leave to have the comfort
  • of thee and thy Champions for a while in these hard days."
  • When he had done speaking there rose up from the Champions a hum as of
  • praise, and Ralph was well-pleased withal, deeming it a good omen; so
  • he said: "Fear not, good fellows, that I shall forget you when we have
  • overcome the foemen, and meanwhile we will live and die together. But
  • thou, ancient man, show our sergeants where our riders shall lie
  • to-night, and what they shall do with their horses."
  • So the elders marshalled the little host to their abodes for that
  • night, lodging the more part of them in a big barn on the western
  • outskirt of the thorp. The elder who led them thither, brought them
  • victual and good drink, and said to them: "Lords, ye were best to keep
  • a good watch to-night because it is on this side that we may look for
  • an onfall from the foemen if they be abroad to-night; and sooth to say
  • that is one cause we have bestowed you here, deeming that ye would not
  • grudge us the solace of knowing that your valiant bodies were betwixt
  • us and them, for we be a poor unwalled people."
  • Stephen to whom he spake laughed at his word, and said: "Heart-up,
  • carle! within these few days we shall build up a better wall than ye
  • may have of stone and lime; and that is the overthrow of our foemen in
  • the open field."
  • So there was kindness and good fellowship betwixt the thorp-dwellers
  • and the riders, and the country folk told those others many tales of
  • the evil deeds of the Burg-devils, as they called them; but they could
  • not tell them for certain whether they had gone down into Upmeads.
  • As to Ralph and Ursula they, with Richard and Roger, were lodged in the
  • headman's house, and had good feast there, and he also talked over the
  • where-abouts of the Burgers with the thorp-dwellers, but might have no
  • certain tidings. So he and Ursula and his fellows went to bed and
  • slept peacefully for the first hours of the night.
  • CHAPTER 22
  • An Old Acquaintance Comes From the Down Country to See Ralph
  • But an hour after midnight Ralph arose, as his purpose was, and called
  • Richard, and they took their swords and went forth and about the thorp
  • and around its outskirts, and found naught worse than their own watch
  • any where; so they came back again to their quarters and found Roger
  • standing at the door, who said to Ralph: "Lord, here is a man who
  • would see thee." "What like is he?" said Ralph. Said Roger "He is an
  • old man, but a tough one; however, I have got his weapons from him."
  • "Bring him in," said Ralph, "and he shall have his say."
  • So they all went into the chamber together and there was light therein;
  • but the man said to Ralph: "Art thou the Captain of the men-at-arms,
  • lord?" "Yea," said Ralph. Said the man, "I were as lief have these
  • others away." "So be it," said Ralph; "depart for a little while,
  • friends." So they went but Ursula lay in the bed, which was in a nook
  • in the wall; the man looked about the chamber and said: "Is there any
  • one in the bed?" "Yea," said Ralph, "my wife, good fellow; shall she go
  • also?" "Nay," said the carle, "we shall do as we are now. So I will
  • begin my tale."
  • Ralph looked on him and deemed he had seen him before, but could not
  • altogether call his visage to mind; so he held his peace and the man
  • went on.
  • "I am of the folk of the shepherds of the Downs: we be not a many by
  • count of noses, but each one of us who is come to man's yean, and many
  • who be past them, as I myself, can handle weapons at a pinch. Now some
  • deal we have been harried and have suffered by these wretches who have
  • eaten into the bowels of this land; that is to say, they have lifted
  • our sheep, and slain some of us who withstood them: but whereas our
  • houses be uncostly and that we move about easily from one hill-side to
  • another, it is like that we should have deemed it wisest to have borne
  • this trouble, like others of wind and weather, without seeking new
  • remedy, but that there have been tokens on earth and in the heavens,
  • whereof it is too long to tell thee, lord, at present, which have
  • stirred up our scattered folk to meet together in arms. Moreover, the
  • blood of our young men is up, because the Burg-devils have taken some
  • of our women, and have mishandled them grievously and shamefully, so
  • that naught will keep point and edge from seeking the war-clash.
  • Furthermore, there is an old tale which hath now come up again, That
  • some time when our folk shall be in great need, there shall come to our
  • helping one from afar, whose home is anigh; a stripling and a great
  • man; a runaway, and the conqueror of many: then, say they, shall the
  • point and the edge bring the red water down on the dear dales; whereby
  • we understand that the blood of men shall be shed there, and naught to
  • our shame or dishonour. Again I mind me of a rhyme concerning this
  • which sayeth:
  • The Dry Tree shall be seen
  • On the green earth, and green
  • The Well-spring shall arise
  • For the hope of the wise.
  • They are one which were twain,
  • The Tree bloometh again,
  • And the Well-spring hath come
  • From the waste to the home.
  • Well, lord, thou shalt tell me presently if this hath aught to do with
  • thee: for indeed I saw the Dry Tree, which hath scared us so many a
  • time, beaten on thy sergeants' coats; but now I will go on and make an
  • end of my story."
  • Ralph nodded to him kindly, for now he remembered the carle, though he
  • had seen him but that once when he rode the Greenway across the downs
  • to Higham. The old man looked up at him as if he too had an inkling of
  • old acquaintance with Ralph, but went on presently:
  • "There is a woman who dwells alone with none to help her, anigh to
  • Saint Ann's Chapel; a woman not very old; for she is of mine own age,
  • and time was we have had many a fair play in the ingles of the downs in
  • the July weather--not very old, I say, but wondrous wise, as I know
  • better than most men; for oft, even when she was young, would she
  • foretell things to come to me, and ever it fell out according to her
  • spaedom. To the said woman I sought to-day in the morning, not to win
  • any wisdom of her, but to talk over remembrances of old days; but when
  • I came into her house, lo, there was my carline walking up and down the
  • floor, and she turned round upon me like the young woman of past days,
  • and stamped her foot and cried out: 'What does the sluggard dallying
  • about women's chambers when the time is come for the deliverance?'
  • "I let her talk, and spake no word lest I should spoil her story, and
  • she went on:
  • "'Take thy staff, lad, for thou art stout as well as merry, and go
  • adown to the thorps at the feet of the downs toward Higham; keep thee
  • well from the Burg-devils, and go from stead to stead till thou comest
  • on a captain of men-at-arms who is lord over a company of green-coats,
  • green-coats of the Dry Tree--a young lord, fair-faced, and kind-faced,
  • and mighty, and not to be conquered, and the blessing of the folk and
  • the leader of the Shepherds, and the foe of their foeman and the
  • well-beloved of Bear-father. Go night and day, sit not down to eat,
  • stand not to drink; heed none that crieth after thee for deliverance,
  • but go, go, go till thou hast found him. Meseems I see him riding
  • toward Higham, but those dastards will not open gate to him, of that be
  • sure. He shall pass on and lie to-night, it may be at Mileham, it may
  • be at Milton, it may be at Garton; at one of those thorps shall ye find
  • him. And when ye have found him thus bespeak him: O bright Friend of
  • the Well, turn not aside to fall on the Burgers in this land, either at
  • Foxworth Castle, or the Longford, or the Nineways Garth: all that thou
  • mayest do hereafter, thou or thy champions. There be Burgers
  • otherwhere, housed in no strong castle, but wending the road toward the
  • fair greensward of Upmeads. If thou delay to go look on them, then
  • shall thy work be to begin again amid sorrow of heart and loss that may
  • not be remedied.' Hast thou heard me, lord?"
  • "Yea, verily," said Ralph, "and at sunrise shall we be in the saddle to
  • ride straight to Upmeads. For I know thee, friend."
  • "Hold a while," said the carle, "for meseemeth I know thee also. But
  • this withal she said: 'But hearken, Giles, hearken a while, for I see
  • him clearly, and the men that he rideth with, and the men that are
  • following to his aid, fierce and fell are they; but so withal are the
  • foemen that await them, and his are few, howsoever fierce. Therefore
  • bid him this also. Haste, haste, haste! But haste not overmuch, lest
  • thou speed the worse: in Bear Castle I see a mote of our folk, and
  • thee amidst of it with thy champions, and I see the staves of the
  • Shepherds rising round thee like a wood. In Wulstead I see a valiant
  • man with sword by side and sallet on head, and with him sitteth a tall
  • man-at-arms grizzle-headed and red-bearded, big-boned and mighty; they
  • sit at the wine in a fair chamber, and a well-looking dame serveth
  • them; and there are weaponed men no few about the streets. Wilt thou
  • pass by friends, and old friends? Now ride on, Green Coats! stride
  • forth, Shepherds! staves on your shoulders, Wool-wards! and there goes
  • the host over the hills into Upmeads, and the Burg-devils will have
  • come from the Wood Debateable to find graves by the fair river. And
  • then do thy will, O Friend of the Well.'"
  • The carle took a breath, and then he said: "Lord, this is the say I
  • was charged with, and if thou understandest it, well; but if it be dark
  • to thee, I may make it clear if thou ask me aught."
  • Ralph pondered a while, and then he said: "Is it known of others than
  • thy spaewife that the Burgers be in Upmeads?" "Nay, lord," said the
  • carle, "and this also I say to thee, that I deem what she said that
  • they be not in Upmeads yet, and but drawing thitherward, as I deem from
  • the Wood Debateable."
  • Ralph arose from his seat and strode up and down the chamber a while;
  • then he went to bed, and stood over Ursula, who lay twixt sleeping and
  • waking, for she was weary; then he came back to the carle, and said to
  • him: "Good friend, I thank thee, and this is what I shall do: when
  • daylight is broad (and lo, the dawn beginning!) I shall gather my men,
  • and ride the shortest way, which thou shalt show me, to Bear Castle,
  • and there I shall give the token of the four fires which erewhile a
  • good man of the Shepherds bade me if I were in need. And it seems to
  • me that there shall the mote be hallowed, though it may be not before
  • nightfall. But the mote done, we shall wend, the whole host of us, be
  • we few or many, down to Wulstead, where we shall fall in with my friend
  • Clement Chapman, and hear tidings. Thence shall we wend the dear ways
  • I know into the land where I was born and the folk amongst whom I shall
  • die. And so let St. Nicholas and All Hallows do as they will with us.
  • Deemest thou, friend, that this is the meaning of thy wise she-friend?"
  • The carle's eyes glittered, and he rose up and stood close by Ralph,
  • and said: "Even so she meant; and now I seem to see that but few of
  • thy riders shall be lacking when they turn their heads away from
  • Upmeads towards the strong-places of the Burg-devils that are
  • hereabouts. But tell me, Captain of the host, is that victual and
  • bread that I see on the board?"
  • Ralph laughed: "Fall to, friend, and eat thy fill; and here is wine
  • withal. Thou needest not to fear it. Wert thou any the worse of the
  • wine that Thirly poured into thee that other day?"
  • "Nay, nay, master," said the carle between his mouthfuls, "but mickle
  • the better, as I shall be after this: all luck to thee! Yet see I
  • that I need not wish thee luck, since that is thine already. Sooth to
  • say, I deemed I knew thee when I first set eyes on thee again. I
  • looked not to see thee more; though I spoke to thee words at that time
  • which came from my heart, almost without my will. Though it is but a
  • little while ago, thou hast changed much since then, and hast got
  • another sort of look in the eyes than then they had. Nay, nay," said
  • he laughing, "not when thou lookest on me so frankly and kindly; that
  • is like thy look when we passed Thirly about. Yea, I see the fashion
  • of it: one look is for thy friends, another for thy foes. God be
  • praised for both. And now I am full, I will go look on thy wife."
  • So he went up to the bed and stood over Ursula, while she, who was not
  • fully awake, smiled up into his face. The old man smiled back at her
  • and bent down and kissed her mouth, and said: "I ask thy pardon, lady,
  • and thine, my lord, if I be too free, but such is our custom of the
  • Downs; and sooth to say thy face is one that even a old man should not
  • fail to kiss if occasion serve, so that he may go to paradise with the
  • taste thereof on his lips."
  • "We are nowise hurt by thy love, friend," said Ursula; "God make thy
  • latter days of life sweet to thee!"
  • CHAPTER 23
  • They Ride to Bear Castle
  • But while they spake thus and were merry, the dawn had wellnigh passed
  • into daylight. Then Ralph bade old Giles sleep for an hour, and went
  • forth and called Roger and Richard and went to the great barn. There
  • he bade the watch wake up Stephen and all men, and they gat to horse as
  • speedily as they might, and were on the road ere the sun was fully up.
  • The spearmen of the thorp did not fail them, and numbered twenty and
  • three all told. Giles had a horse given him and rode the way by Ralph.
  • They rode up and down the hills and dales, but went across country and
  • not by the Greenway, for thuswise the road was shorter.
  • But when they had gone some two leagues, and were nigh on top of a
  • certain low green ridge, they deemed that they heard men's voices anigh
  • and the clash of arms; and it must be said that by Ralph's rede they
  • journeyed somewhat silently. So Ralph, who was riding first with
  • Giles, bid all stay and let the crown of the ridge cover them. So did
  • they, and Giles gat off his horse and crept on to the top of the ridge
  • till he could see down to the dale below. Presently he came down again
  • the old face of him puckered with mirth, and said softly to Ralph: "Did
  • I not say thou wert lucky? here is the first fruits thereof. Ride over
  • the ridge, lord, at once, and ye shall have what there is of them as
  • safe as a sheep in a penfold."
  • So Ralph drew sword and beckoned his men up, and they all handled their
  • weapons and rode over the brow, and tarried not one moment there, not
  • even to cry their cries; for down in the bottom were a sort of men, two
  • score and six (as they counted them afterward) sitting or lying about a
  • cooking fire, or loitering here and there, with their horses standing
  • behind them, and they mostly unhelmed. The Champions knew them at once
  • for men of their old foes, and there was scarce time for a word ere the
  • full half of them had passed by the sword of the Dry Tree; then Ralph
  • cried out to spare the rest, unless they offered to run; so the foemen
  • cast down their weapons and stood still, and were presently brought
  • before Ralph, who sat on the grass amidst of the ring of the Champions.
  • He looked on them a while and remembered the favour of those whom he
  • had seen erewhile in the Burg; but ere he could speak Giles said softly
  • in his ear: "These be of the Burg, forsooth, as ye may see by their
  • dogs' faces; but they be not clad nor armed as those whom we have met
  • heretofore. Ask them whence they be, lord."
  • Ralph spake and said: "Whence and whither are ye, ye manslayers?" But
  • no man of them answered. Then said Ralph: "Pass these murderers by
  • the edge of the sword, Stephen; unless some one of them will save his
  • life and the life of his fellows by speaking."
  • As he spake, one of the youngest of the men hung down his head a
  • little, and then raised it up: "Wilt thou spare our lives if I speak?"
  • "Yea," said Ralph. "Wilt thou swear it by the edge of the blade?" said
  • the man. Ralph drew forth his sword and said: "Lo then! I swear it."
  • The man nodded his head, and said: "Few words are best; and whereas I
  • wot not if my words will avail thee aught, and since they will save our
  • lives, I will tell thee truly. We are men of the Burg whom these
  • green-coated thieves drave out of the Burg on an unlucky day. Well,
  • some of us, of whom I was one, fetched a compass and crossed the water
  • that runneth through Upmeads by the Red Bridge, and so gat us into the
  • Wood Debateable through the Uplands. There we struck a bargain with
  • the main band of strong-thieves of the wood, that we and they together
  • would get us a new home in Upmeads, which is a fat and pleasant land.
  • So we got us ready; but the Woodmen told us that the Upmeads carles,
  • though they be not many, are strong and dauntless, and since we now had
  • pleasant life before us, with good thralls to work for us, and with
  • plenty of fair women for our bed-mates, we deemed it best to have the
  • most numbers we might, so that we might over-whelm the said carles at
  • one blow, and get as few of ourselves slain as might be. Now we knew
  • that another band of us had entered the lands of the Abbot of Higham,
  • and had taken hold of some of his castles; wherefore the captains
  • considered and thought, and sent us to give bidding to our folk south
  • here to march at once toward us in Upmeads, that our bands might meet
  • there, and scatter all before us. There is our story, lord."
  • Ralph knitted his brow, and said: "Tell me (and thy life lieth on thy
  • giving true answers), do thy folk in these strongholds know of your
  • purpose of falling upon Upmeads?" "Nay," said the Burger. Said Ralph:
  • "And will they know otherwise if ye do them not to wit?" "Nay," again
  • said the man. Said Ralph: "Are thy folk already in Upmeads?" "Nay,"
  • said the captive, "but by this time they will be on the road thither."
  • "How many all told?" said Ralph The man reddened and stammered: "A
  • thousand--two--two thousand--A thousand, lord," said he. "Get thy
  • sword ready, Stephen," said Ralph. "How many, on thy life, Burger?"
  • "Two thousand, lord," said the man. "And how many do ye look to have
  • from Higham-land?" Said the Burger, "Somewhat more than a thousand."
  • Withal he looked uneasily at his fellows, some of whom were scowling on
  • him felly. "Tell me now," said Ralph, "where be the other bands of the
  • Burgers?"
  • Ere the captive could speak, he who stood next him snatched an
  • unsheathed knife from the girdle of one of the Dry Tree, and quick as
  • lightning thrust it into his fellow's belly, so that he fell dead at
  • once amongst them. Then Stephen, who had his sword naked in his hand,
  • straightway hewed down the slayer, and swords came out of the scabbards
  • everywhere; and it went but a little but that all the Burgers were
  • slain at once. But Ralph cried out: "Put up your swords, Champions!
  • Stephen slew yonder man for slaying his fellow, who was under my ward,
  • and that was but his due. But I have given life to these others, and
  • so it must be held to. Tie their hands behind them and let us on to
  • Bear Castle. For this tide brooks no delay."
  • So they gat to horse, and the footmen from Garton mounted the horses of
  • the slain Burgers, and had the charge of guarding the twenty that were
  • left. So they rode off all of them toward Bear Castle, and shortly to
  • say it, came within sight of its rampart two hours before noon. Sooner
  • had they came thither; but divers times they caught up with small
  • companies of weaponed men, whose heads were turned the same way; and
  • Giles told Ralph each time that they were of the Shepherd-folk going to
  • the mote. But now when they were come so nigh to the castle they saw a
  • very stream of men setting that way, and winding up the hill to the
  • rampart. And Giles said: "It is not to be doubted but that Martha
  • hath sent round the war-brand, and thou wilt presently have an host
  • that will meet thy foemen without delay; and what there lacks in number
  • shall be made good by thy luck, which once again was shown by our
  • falling in with that company e'en now."
  • "Yea truly," said Ralph, "but wilt thou now tell me how I shall guide
  • myself amongst thy folk, and if they will grant me the aid I ask?"
  • "Look, look," said Giles, "already some one hath made clear thine
  • asking to our folk; and hearken! up there they are naming the ancient
  • Father of our Race, without whom we may do nought, even with the
  • blessed saints to aid. There then is thine answer, lord."
  • Indeed as he spoke came down on the wind the voice of a chant, sung by
  • many folk, the words whereof he well remembered: SMITE ASIDE AXE, O
  • BEAR-FATHER. And therewith rose up into the air a column of smoke
  • intermingled with fire from each of the four corners of that stronghold
  • of the Ancient Folk. Ralph rejoiced when he saw it, and the heart rose
  • within him and fluttered in his bosom, and Ursula, who rode close
  • behind him, looked up into his face well pleased and happy.
  • Thus rode they up the bent and over the turf bridge into the plain of
  • the garth, and whatso of people were there flocked about to behold the
  • new-come warriors; sooth to say, there were but some two hundreds, who
  • looked but few indeed in the great square place, but more were
  • streaming in every minute. Giles led him and his men into the
  • north-east corner of the castle, and there they gat off their horses
  • and lay down on the grass awaiting what should betide.
  • CHAPTER 24
  • The Folkmote of the Shepherds
  • In about an hour all the folk within the castle began to set toward the
  • ingle wherein lay Ralph and his fellows, and then all rose up, while
  • the folk of the Shepherds took their places on the slopes of the earth
  • walls, but on the top hard by the fire, which was still burning, stood
  • up an old hoar man with a beard exceeding long; he had a sallet on his
  • head, and held a guisarme in his hand. All men held their peace when
  • they saw him standing there; and straightway he proclaimed the
  • hallowing of the Mote in such form of words as was due amongst that
  • folk, and which were somewhat long to tell here. Then was silence
  • again for a little, and then the old man spake: "Few words are best
  • to-day, neighbours; for wherefore are we met together?" There arose a
  • hum of assent from the Shepherds as he spoke and men clashed their
  • weapons together; but none said any clear word. Then spake the old
  • man: "We be met together because we have trouble on hand, and because
  • there is a helper to hand, of whom the words of the wise and tales of
  • old have told us; and because as he shall help us, so shall we help
  • him, since indeed our trouble is his also: now, neighbours, shall I say
  • the word for you which ye would say to this young man, who is
  • nevertheless old in wisdom, and true-hearted and kind?"
  • Then came the hum of yeasay again, the clashing of weapons, and the old
  • man spake again: "Ralph of Upmeads, there thou standest, wilt thou
  • help us against the tyrants, as we shall help thee?"
  • "Yea," said Ralph. Said the Elder: "Wilt thou be our Captain, if we
  • do according to thy bidding? For thou needest not fear our failing
  • thee."
  • "Yea verily," said Ralph.
  • Said the Elder: "Ralph of Upmeads, wilt thou be our Captain as an
  • alien and a hireling, or as a brother?"
  • "As a brother," quoth Ralph.
  • "Come up here then, Captain of our folk, and take my hand in thine, and
  • swear by our fathers and thine to be a true brother of us, and take
  • this ancient staff of war in thine hand. And, ye kindred of the
  • Shepherds, bear witness of his swearing. Yea and ye also, O neighbours
  • of the Dry Tree!"
  • So Ralph went up on the wall-top and took the Elder's hand, and took
  • from him the ancient guisarme, which was inlaid with gold letters of
  • old time; and he swore in a loud voice to be a true brother of the
  • Shepherd-folk, and raised the weapon aloft and shook it strongly, and
  • all the Folk cried, "Hail our brother!" and the Champions shouted
  • gladly withal, and great joy there was in that ingle of the ancient
  • work.
  • Then spake the Elder and said: "Ye champions of the Dry Tree, will ye
  • wend with us under the Captain our brother against his foemen and ours?"
  • Then stood forth Stephen a-Hurst and said, "Master shepherd, for nought
  • else are we come hither."
  • Said the Elder: "Will ye come with us as friends or as hirelings? for
  • in any case we would have you by our sides, and not in face of us; and
  • though we be shepherds, and unhoused, or ill-housed, yet have we
  • wherewithal to wage you, as ye know well enough, who have whiles lifted
  • our gear."
  • Then Stephen laughed and said: "True it is that we have whiles driven
  • prey in your country, yea, and had some hard knocks therein; but all
  • that was in playing the game of war, and now since we are to fight side
  • by side, we will be paid by our foes and not by our friends; so neither
  • hair nor wool will we have of yours, whatever we may have of the
  • Burgers; and it is like that we shall be good friends of yours
  • hence-forward."
  • Once more all they that were there shouted. But once more the Elder
  • spoke and said: "Is any man now wishful to speak?" None answered till
  • a big and burly man rose up and said: "Nay, Tall Thomas, thou hast said
  • and done all that need was, and I deem that time presses; wherefore my
  • mind is that we now break up this mote, and that after we have eaten a
  • morsel we get ourselves into due array and take to the road. Now let
  • any man speak against this if he will."
  • None gainsaid him; nay, all seemed well-pleased. So the Elder
  • proclaimed the breaking up of the mote, and they went from out the
  • hallowed place and sat down in the dyke on the outside of the rampart
  • and behind the country which stretched out all lovely and blue before
  • them, for the day was bright and fair. There then certain women
  • brought victual and drink to them, and served the strangers first.
  • So when they had eaten and drunk, Ralph bade the Shepherds array them
  • duly, and appointed them leaders of tens and hundreds with the help of
  • Giles, who was now clad in a hauberk and mail-coif and looked a proper
  • man-at-arms. Then they told over their company, and numbered of the
  • Dry Tree one hundred and fifty champions, outtaken Stephen and Roger;
  • of the men of Garton were twenty and two, and of the Shepherds three
  • hundred and seventy and seven stout carles, some eighty of whom had
  • bows, and the rest glaives and spears and other staff-weapons. There
  • was not much armour of defence amongst them, but they were one and all
  • stark carles and doughty.
  • So when they were told over and made five hundred and fifty and four,
  • they gat them into array for the road; and Ralph went afoot with no
  • armour but his sallet, and a light coat of fence which he had gotten
  • him in the Burg. He would have had Ursula ride on her palfrey with the
  • Sage, but she would not, and held it for mirth and pleasure that she
  • should go afoot through the land, now she was so nigh come home to her
  • lord's house; so she went forth by Ralph's side with her broidered gown
  • trussed through her girdle so that the trimness of her feet drew the
  • eyes of all men to them. As for Richard, he took a half score of the
  • champions, and they rode on ahead to see that all was clear before the
  • main host; which he might well do, as he knew the country so well.
  • CHAPTER 25
  • They Come to Wulstead
  • Thus went they, and nought befell them to tell of till they came anigh
  • the gates of Wulstead hard on sunset. The gates, it has been said; for
  • whereas Ralph left Wulstead a town unwalled, he now found it fenced
  • with pales, and with two towers strongly framed of timber, one on
  • either side the gate, and on the battlements of the said towers they
  • saw spears glittering; before the gate they saw a barrier of big beams
  • also, and the gleaming of armour therein. Ralph was glad when he saw
  • that they meant some defence; for though Wulstead was not in the lands
  • of Upmeads, yet it was always a friendly neighbour, and he looked to
  • eke out his host therein.
  • Wulstead standeth on a little hill or swelling of the earth, and the
  • road that the company of Ralph took went up to the gate across the
  • plain meadows, which had but here and there a tree upon them, so that
  • the going of the company was beheld clearly from the gate; as was well
  • seen, because anon came the sound of the blowing of great horns, and
  • the spears thickened in the towers. Then Ralph stayed his company two
  • bowshots from the barriers, while he himself, with his sword in his
  • sheath, took Ursula's hand and set forth an easy pace toward the gate.
  • Some of his company, and specially Roger and Stephen, would have letted
  • him; but he laughed and said, "Why, lads, why? these be friends."
  • "Yea," quoth Roger, "but an arrow knoweth no kindred nor well-willers:
  • have a care, lord." Said the Sage of Swevenham: "Ye speak but after
  • the folly of men of war; the hands and the eyes that be behind the bows
  • have other hands and eyes behind them which shall not suffer that a
  • Friend of the Well shall be hurt."
  • So Ralph and Ursula went forth, and came within a stone's cast of the
  • barrier, when Ralph lifted up his voice and said: "Is there a captain
  • of the townsfolk within the timber there?" A cheery voice answered him:
  • "Yea, yea, lad; spare thy breath; I am coming to thee."
  • And therewith a man came from out the barrier and did off his headpiece
  • and ran straight toward Ralph, who saw at once that it was Clement
  • Chapman; he made no more ado, but coming up to Ralph fell to clipping
  • him in his arms, while the tears ran down his face. Then he stood
  • aloof and gazed upon him speechless a little while, and then spake:
  • "Hail, and a hundred times hail! but now I look on thee I see what hath
  • betid, and that thou art too noble and high that I should have cast
  • mine arms about thee. But now as for this one, I will be better
  • mannered with her."
  • Therewith he knelt down before Ursula, and kissed her feet, but
  • reverently. And she stooped down and raised him up, with a merry
  • countenance kissed his face, and stroked his cheeks with her hand and
  • said: "Hail, friend of my lord! Was it not rather thou than he who
  • delivered me from the pain and shame of Utterbol, whereas thou didst
  • bring him safe through the mountains unto Goldburg? And but for that
  • there had been no Well, either for him or for me."
  • But Clement stood with his head hanging down, and his face reddening.
  • Till Ralph said to him: "Hail, friend! many a time we thought of this
  • meeting when we were far away and hard bestead; but this is better than
  • all we thought of. But now, Clement, hold up thine head and be a stout
  • man of war, for thou seest that we are not alone."
  • Said Clement: "Yea, fair lord, and timely ye come, both thou and thy
  • company; and now that I have my speech again which joy hath taken away
  • from me at the first, I shall tell thee this, that if ye go further
  • than the good town ye shall be met and fought withal by men who are
  • over-many and over-fierce for us." "Yea," said Ralph, "and how many be
  • they?" Quoth Clement: "How many men may be amongst them I wot not, but
  • I deem there be some two thousand devils."
  • Now Ralph reddened, and he took Clement by the shoulder, and said:
  • "Tell me, Clement, are they yet in Upmeads?" "Sooth to say," said
  • Clement, "by this while they may be therein; but this morn it was yet
  • free of them; but when thou art home in our house, thy gossip shall
  • belike tell thee much more than I can; for she is foreseeing, and hath
  • told us much in this matter also that hath come to pass." Then spake
  • Ralph: "Where are my father and my mother; and shall I go after them
  • at once without resting, through the dark night and all?"
  • Said Clement, and therewith his face brightened: "Nay, thou needest go
  • no further to look for them than the House of Black Canons within our
  • walls: there are they dwelling in all honour and dignity these two days
  • past." "What!" said Ralph, "have they fled from Upmeads, and left the
  • High House empty? I pray thee, Clement, bring me to them as speedily
  • as may be."
  • "Verily," said Clement, "they have fled, with many another, women and
  • children and old men, who should but hinder the carles who have abided
  • behind. Nicholas Longshanks is the leader of them down there, and the
  • High House is their stronghold in a way; though forsooth their stout
  • heads and strong hands are better defence."
  • Here Ralph brake in: "Sweetling Ursula, though thy feet have worn a
  • many miles to-day, I bid thee hasten back to the company and tell
  • Richard that it is as I said, to wit, that friends, and good guesting
  • await them; so let them hasten hither and come within gates at once.
  • For as for me, I have sworn it that I will not go one step back till I
  • have seen my father and mother in their house of Upmeads. Is it well
  • said, Clement?" "Yea, forsooth," said Clement; but he could not take
  • his eyes off Ursula's loveliness, as she kilted her skirts and ran her
  • ways like one of Diana's ladies in the wildwood. At last he said,
  • "Thou shalt wot, fair sir, that ye will have a little band to go with
  • thee from us of Wulstead; forsooth we had gone to-morrow morn in any
  • case, but since thou art here, all is well." Even as he spake a great
  • shout broke out from the company as Ursula had given her message, and
  • then came the tramp of men and horses and the clash of weapons as they
  • set forward; and Clement looked and beheld how first of all the array
  • came Ursula, bearing the hallowed staff in her hand; for her heart also
  • was set on what was to come. Then cried out Clement: "Happy art thou,
  • lord, and happy shalt thou be, and who shall withstand thee? Lo! what
  • a war-duke it is! and what a leader that marches with fate in her hands
  • before thine host!"
  • Therewith were they all joined together, and Ursula gave the guisarme
  • into Ralph's hand, and with his other hand he took hers, and the bar of
  • the barrier was lifted and the gates thrown open, and they all streamed
  • into the street, the champions coming last and towering over the
  • footmen as they sat, big men on their big horses, as if they were very
  • bodyguards of the God of War.
  • CHAPTER 26
  • Ralph Sees His Father and Mother Again
  • Thus came they into the market-place of Wulstead nigh to Clement's
  • house, and there the company stood in ordered ranks. Ralph looked
  • round about half expecting to see his gossip standing in the door; but
  • Clement smiled and said: "Thou art looking round for thy gossip, fair
  • sir; but she is upon the north gate in war-gear; for we be too few in
  • Wulstead to spare so clean-limbed and strong-armed a dame from our
  • muster; but she shall be here against thou comest back from the Austin
  • Canons, wither forsooth thou mayst go at once if thou wilt let me be
  • master in the matter of lodging." Said Ralph, smiling: "Well, Ring of
  • Wulstead, since thou givest leave I will e'en take it, nor needest thou
  • give me any guide to the House of St. Austin, for I know it well.
  • Sweetheart," said he, turning to Ursula, "what sayest thou: wilt thou
  • come with me, or abide till to-morrow, when I shall show thee to my
  • kinsmen?" "Nay," she said, "I will with thee at once, my lord, if thou
  • wilt be kind and take me; for meseemeth I also have a word to say to
  • thy father, and the mother that bore thee."
  • "And thou, Hugh," said Ralph, "what sayest thou?" "Why, brother," said
  • Hugh, "I think my blessing will abide the morrow's morn, for I have
  • nought so fair and dear to show our father and mother as thou hast.
  • Also to-morrow thou wilt have more to do; since thou art a captain, and
  • I but a single varlet." And he smiled a little sourly on Ralph; who
  • heeded it little, but took Ursula's hand and went his way with her.
  • It was but a few minutes for them to come to the House of the Canons,
  • which was well walled toward the fields at the west of the town, so
  • that it was its chief defence of that side. It was a fair house with a
  • church but just finished, and Ralph could see down the street its new
  • white pinnacles and the cross on its eastern gable rising over the
  • ridge of the dortoir. They came to the gate, and round about it were
  • standing men-at-arms not a few, who seemed doughty enough at first
  • sight; but when Ralph looked on them he knew some of them, that they
  • were old men, and somewhat past warlike deeds, for in sooth they were
  • carles of Upmeads. Him they knew not, for he had somewhat cast down
  • the visor of his helm; but they looked eagerly on the fair lady and the
  • goodly knight.
  • So Ralph spake to the porter and bade him show him where was King Peter
  • of Upmeads and his Lady wife; and the porter made him obeisance and
  • told him that they were in the church, wherein was service toward; and
  • bade him enter. So they went in and entered the church, and it was
  • somewhat dim, because the sun was set, and there were many pictures,
  • and knots of flowers in the glass of the windows.
  • So they went halfway down the nave, and stood together there; and the
  • whole church was full of the music that the minstrels were making in
  • the rood-loft, and most heavenly sweet it was; and as Ralph stood there
  • his heart heaved with hope and love and the sweetness of his youth; and
  • he looked at Ursula, and she hung her head, and he saw that her
  • shoulders were shaken with sobs; but he knew that it was with her as
  • with him, so he spake no word to her.
  • Now when his eyes cleared and he was used to the twilight of the
  • church, he looked toward the choir, and saw near to the Jesus altar a
  • man and a woman standing together even as they were standing, and they
  • were somewhat stricken in years. So presently he knew that this would
  • be his father and mother; so he stood still and waited till the service
  • should be over; and by then it was done the twilight was growing fast
  • in the church, and the sacristan was lighting a lamp here and there in
  • some of the chapels, and the aisles of the choir.
  • So King Peter and his wife turned and came slowly down the nave, and
  • when they were come anigh, Ralph spake aloud, and said: "Hail, King
  • Peter of Upmeads!" And the old man stopped and said unto him: "Yea,
  • forsooth, my name is Peter, and my business is to be a king, or a
  • kinglet rather; and once it seemed no such hard craft; but now it all
  • goes otherwise, and belike my craft has left me; even as it fares with
  • a leech when folk are either too well or too ill to need his
  • leech-craft."
  • Then he looked at Ralph and at Ursula, and said: "Either my eyes are
  • worse than I deemed yesterday, or thou art young, and a gallant knight,
  • and she that is standing by thee is young, and fair. Ah, lad! time was
  • when I would have bid thee come home, thou and thy sweetling, to my
  • house with me, and abide there in ease and feastfully; but now the best
  • rede I can give thee is to get thee gone from the land, for there is
  • all unpeace in it. And yet, forsooth, friend, I know not where to send
  • thee to seek for peace, since Upmeads hath failed us."
  • While he spoke, and Ralph was sore moved by the sound of his voice, and
  • his speech wherein kindness and mocking was so blended, the Dame of
  • Upmeads came to Ralph and laid her hand on his arm, and said in a
  • pleasant voice, for she was soft-hearted and soft-spoken both: "Will
  • not the fair young warrior and his mate do so much for an old man and
  • his wife, who have heard not tidings of their best beloved son for two
  • years well nigh, as to come with them to their chamber, and answer a
  • little question or two as to the parts of the world they have seen of
  • late?"
  • Ralph nodded yeasay and began to move toward the porch, the Dame of
  • Upmeads sticking close to him all the time, and King Peter following
  • after and saying: "Yea, young man, thou mayst think the worse of me
  • for hanging about here amongst the monks, when e'en now, for all I
  • know, the battle is pitched in Upmeads; but Nicholas and all of them
  • would have it so--Yea, and all my sons are away, fair sir; though of
  • the eldest, who meseems was born with a long head, we hear that he is
  • thriving, and hath grown great."
  • As he spake they were come into the porch, and passed into the open
  • air, where it was still light; then the Dame turned round on Ralph and
  • caught him by the two arms and cried out and cast her arms about his
  • neck; and when she could sunder herself a little from him, she said: "O
  • Ralph, I deemed that I knew thy voice, but I durst not halse thee till
  • I knew it was mine own flesh and blood, lest I should have died for
  • grief to think it was thee when it was not. O son, how fair thou art!
  • Now do off thy sallet that I may see thee, thy face and thy curly head."
  • So did he, smiling as one who loved her, and again she fell to kissing
  • and clipping him. Then his father came up and thrust her aside gently
  • and embraced him also, and said: "Tell me, son, what thou are become?
  • Thou art grown much of a man since thou stolest thyself away from me.
  • Is there aught behind this goodly raiment of thine? And this fair
  • lady, hath she stolen thee away from thy foes to bring thee home to us?"
  • Ralph laughed and said: "No less than that, father; I will tell thee
  • all presently; but this first, that I am the captain of a goodly
  • company of men-at-arms; and"----"Ah, son, sweetheart," said his mother,
  • "and thou wilt be going away from us again to seek more fame: and yet,
  • as I look on thee thou seemest to have grown great enough already. I
  • deem thou wilt not leave us."
  • "Mother, my dear," said Ralph, "to-morrow morn we shall go down to
  • battle in Upmeads, and the day after I shall come hither again, and
  • bring you back to the High House with all honour and glory. But look,
  • mother," and he took Ursula's hand, "here is a daughter and a darling
  • that I have brought back to thee, for this is my wedded wife."
  • Then Ursula looked beseechingly at the Dame, who took her in her arms
  • and clipped her and kissed her; and said, "Welcome, daughter; for I
  • feel thy body that thou lovest me."
  • Then said King Peter; "Forsooth, son, she is a sweet and dainty
  • creature. If there be a fairer than her, I wot not; but none so fair
  • have mine eyes looked on. Tell me whose daughter she is, and of what
  • lineage?" And therewith he took her hand and kissed her.
  • But Ursula said: "I am come of no earl or baron. I am a yeoman's
  • daughter, and both my father and my mother are dead, and I have no nigh
  • kin save one brother who loveth me not, and would heed it little if he
  • never saw my face again. Now I tell thee this: that if my lord
  • biddeth me go from him, I will depart; but for the bidding of none else
  • will I leave him."
  • King Peter laughed and said: "Never will I bid thee depart." Then he
  • took her hand and said: "Sweetling, fair daughter, what is thy name?"
  • "Ursula," she said. Said he: "Ursula, thy palms are harder than be
  • the hands of the dainty dames of the cities, but there is no churls'
  • blood in thee meseemeth. What is thy kindred of the yeoman?" She
  • said: "We be come of the Geirings of old time: it may be that the
  • spear is broken, and the banner torn; but we forget not our
  • forefathers, though we labour afield, and the barons and the earls call
  • us churls. It is told amongst us that that word is but another way of
  • saying earl and that it meaneth a man."
  • Then spoke Ralph: "Father and mother both, I may well thank thee and
  • bless thee that your eyes look upon this half of me with kind eyes.
  • And now I shall tell thee that for this woman, her heart is greater
  • than a king's or a leader of folk. And meseemeth her palms have
  • hardened with the labour of delivering me from many troubles."
  • Then the Dame of Upmeads put her arms about Ursula's neck again, and
  • bade her all welcome once more, with sweet words of darling and dear,
  • and well-beloved daughter.
  • But King Peter said: "Son, thou hast not told me what thou are become;
  • and true it is that thou hast the look of a great one."
  • Said Ralph: "Father and King, I have become the Lord of the Little
  • Land of Abundance, the sworn brother of the Champions of the Dry Tree,
  • the Lord of the Castle of the Scaur, the brother and Warduke of the
  • Shepherds; and to-morrow shall I be the Conqueror of the robbers and
  • the devils of the Burg. And this be not enough for me, hearken! I and
  • my wife both, yea and she leading me, have drunk of the Well at the
  • World's End, and have become Friends thereof."
  • And he looked at his father with looks of love, and his father drew
  • nigh to him again, and embraced him once more, and stroked his cheeks
  • and kissed him as if he had become a child again: "O son," said he,
  • "whatsoever thou dost, that thou dost full well. And lo, one while
  • when I look on thee thou art my dear and sweet child, as thou wert
  • years agone, and I love thee dearly and finely; and another while thou
  • art a great and mighty man, and I fear thee; so much greater thou
  • seemest than we poor upland folk."
  • Then smiled Ralph for love and happiness, and he said: "Father, I am
  • thy child in the house and at the board, and that is for thine helping.
  • And I am thy champion and the fierce warrior afield, and that also is
  • for thine helping. Be of good cheer; for thine house shall not wane,
  • but wax." And all those four were full of joy and their hearts were
  • raised aloft.
  • But as they spake thus came a lay-brother and bent the knee before King
  • Peter and bade him and the Dame of Upmeads to supper in the name of the
  • Prior, and the Captain and the Lady therewith; for indeed the rumour of
  • the coming of an host for the helping of the countryside had gotten
  • into that House, and the Prior and the brethern sorely desired to look
  • upon the Captain, not knowing him for Ralph of Upmeads. So into the
  • Hall they went together, and there the holy fathers made them great
  • feast and joy; and King Peter might not refrain him, but told the Prior
  • how this was his son come back from far lands, with the goodly Lady he
  • had won to wife therein; and the Prior and all the fathers made much of
  • Ralph, and rejoiced in their hearts when they saw how goodly a man of
  • war he had gotten to be. And the Prior would lead him on to tell him
  • of the marvels he had seen in the far parts of the world; but Ralph
  • said but little thereon, whereas his thought was set on the days that
  • lay even before his feet; yet some deal he told him of the uncouth
  • manners of the lands beyond Whitwall, and at last he said: "Father,
  • when the battles be over here, and there is peace on our lands again, I
  • will ask thee to give me guesting for a night, that I may tell thee all
  • the tale of what hath befallen me since the last summer day when I rode
  • through Wulstead; but now I ask leave of thee to depart, for I have
  • many things to do this even, as behoveth a captain, before I sleep for
  • an hour or two. And if it be thy will, I would leave the Lady my wife
  • with my mother here at least till morrow morn."
  • So the Prior gave him leave, loth though he were, and Ralph kissed his
  • father and mother, and they blessed him. But Ursula said to him
  • softly: "It is my meaning to go with thee down into Upmeads to-morrow;
  • for who knoweth what may befall thee." Then he smiled upon her and
  • went his ways down the hall and out-a-gates, while all men looked on
  • him and did him worship.
  • CHAPTER 27
  • Ralph Holds Converse With Katherine His Gossip
  • Ralph went straight from St. Austin's to Clement's house, and found
  • much people about the door thereof, what of the townsmen, what of the
  • men of his own host. He passed through these, and found Clement in his
  • chamber, and with him a half score of such company as was without, and
  • amongst them Roger and the Sage; but Stephen and Richard both were
  • amongst their men doing what was needful. All men arose when Ralph
  • entered; but he looked around, and could see nought of his gossip
  • amongst them. Then he sat down by Clement and asked if he had any
  • fresh tidings; and Clement did him to wit that there had come in a
  • carle from out of Upmeads, who had told them by sure tokens that the
  • foe were come into the Upmeads-land at noon that day, and between then
  • and sunset had skirmished with Nicholas and them that were holding the
  • High House, but had gotten nought thereby. This man, said Clement,
  • being both bold and of good sleight had mingled with the foe; and had
  • heard the talk of them, and he said that they had no inkling of the
  • Shepherds or the Dry Tree coming against them; but they looked to have
  • aid from their own folk from the lands of Higham; wherefore they made a
  • mock of the defence of the Upmeads' men; and said that since, when they
  • were all joined together in Upmeads, they might enter where they would
  • without the loss of a half-score men, therefore they would risk nought
  • now; nor would they burn either the High House or the other steadings,
  • since, said they, they were minded to keep them sound and whole for
  • their own.
  • These tidings seemed good to Ralph; so he took a cup of wine and
  • pledged the company, and said: "My masters, such of you as list to
  • sleep long to-night had best be abed presently, for I warn you that the
  • trumpets will blow for departure before the sun riseth to-morrow; and
  • he that faileth to see to-morrow's battle will be sorry for his lack
  • all his life long."
  • When he had thus spoken they all cried hail to him, and anon arose and
  • went their ways. Then Ralph bade Clement come with him that he might
  • visit the quarters of his men-at-arms, and see that all the leaders
  • knew of the muster, and of the order of departing on the morrow; and
  • Clement arose and went with him.
  • As they were on the way Ralph asked Clement what ailed his gossip
  • Katherine that she had not come to meet him already; and Clement
  • laughed and said: "Nought, nought; she is somewhat shamefaced to meet
  • thee first amongst a many folk, and she not able belike to refrain her
  • kisses and caresses to thee. Fear not, she is in her bower-aloft, and
  • we shall find her there when we come back from our errand; fear not!
  • she will not sleep till she hath had her arms about thee." "Good is
  • that," said Ralph; "I had looked to see her ere now; but when we meet
  • apart from folk, something we shall be able to say to each other, which
  • belike neither she nor I had liked to leave unsaid till we meet again."
  • So came they to the chief quarters of the fighting men, and Ralph had
  • all the leaders called to him, and he spake to them of how they should
  • do on the morrow, both footmen and horsemen, whatwise they should stand
  • together, and how they should fall on; and he told them all as clearly
  • as if he were already in the field with the foe before him; so that
  • they wondered at him, so young in years, being so old in the wisdom of
  • war. Withal they saw of him that he had no doubt but that they should
  • come to their above on the morrow; and all men, not only of the tried
  • men-at-arms of the Dry Tree, but they of the Shepherds also, even those
  • of them who had never stricken a stroke in anger, were of high heart
  • and feared not what should befall.
  • So when all this business was over, they turned about and came their
  • ways home to Clement's house again.
  • They saw lights in the chamber or ever they entered, and when they came
  • to the door, lo! there within was Katherine walking up and down the
  • floor as if she knew not how to contain herself. She turned and saw
  • Ralph at the door, and she cried aloud and ran towards him with arms
  • outspread. But when she drew nigh to him and beheld him closely, she
  • withheld her, and falling down on her knees before him took his hand
  • and fell to kissing it and weeping and crying out, "O my lord, my lord,
  • thou art come again to us!" But Ralph stooped down to her, and lifted
  • her up, and embraced her and kissed her on the cheeks and the mouth,
  • and led her to the settle and sat down beside her and put his arm about
  • her; and Clement looked on smiling, and sat him down over against them.
  • Then spake Katherine: "O my lord! how great and masterful hast thou
  • grown; never did I hope to see thee come back so mighty a man." And
  • again she wept for joy; but Ralph kissed her again, and she said,
  • laughing through her tears: "Master Clement, this lord and warrior
  • hath brought back with him something that I have not seen; and belike
  • he hath had one fair woman in his arms, or more it may be, since I saw
  • him last. For though he but kisses me as his gossip and foster-mother,
  • yet are his kisses closer and kinder than they were aforetime."
  • Said Clement: "Sooth is the Sage's guess; yet verily, fair sir, I have
  • told her somewhat of thy journeys, so far as I knew of them."
  • Said Katherine: "Dear lord and gossip, wilt thou not tell me more
  • thereof now?"
  • "What!" said Ralph; "shall I not sleep to-night?"
  • "Dear gossip," she said, "thou art over-mighty to need sleep. And ah!
  • I had forgotten in the joy of our meeting that to-morrow thou goest to
  • battle; and how if thou come not again?"
  • "Fear nought," said Ralph; "art thou not somewhat foreseeing? Dost
  • thou not know that to-morrow or the day after I shall come back unhurt
  • and victorious; and then shall both thou and Clement come to Upmeads
  • and abide there as long as ye will; and then shall I tell thee a many
  • tales of my wanderings; and Ursula my beloved, she also shall tell
  • thee."
  • Katherine reddened somewhat, but she said: "Would I might kiss her
  • feet, dear lord. But now, I pray thee, tell me somewhat, now at once."
  • "So shall it be," said Ralph, "since thou wilt have it, dear gossip;
  • but when I have done I shall ask thee to tell me somewhat, whereof hath
  • long been wonder in my mind; and meseemeth that by the time we are both
  • done with tales, I shall needs be putting on my helm again.--Nay, again
  • I tell thee it is but a show of battle that I go to!"
  • So then he went and sat by Clement's side, and began and told over as
  • shortly as might be the tidings of his journeys. And oft she wept for
  • pity thereat.
  • But when he was done and he had sat beholding her, and saw how goodly a
  • woman she was, and how straight and well knit of body, he said:
  • "Gossip, I wonder now, if thou also hast drunk of the Well; for thou
  • art too fair and goodly to be of the age that we call thee. How is
  • this! Also tell me how thou camest by this pair of beads that seem to
  • have led me to the Well at the World's End? For as I said e'en now, I
  • have long marvelled how thou hadst them and where."
  • "Fair sir," said Clement, "as for her drinking of the Well at the
  • World's End, it is not so; but this is a good woman, and a valiant, and
  • of great wisdom; and such women wear well, even as a well-wrought piece
  • of armour that hath borne many strokes of the craftsman's hand, and
  • hath in it some deal of his very mind and the wisdom of him. But now
  • let her tell thee her tale (which forsooth I know not), for night is
  • growing old."
  • CHAPTER 28
  • Dame Katherine Tells of the Pair of Beads, and Whence She Had Them
  • Katherine cast friendly looks on them and said: "Gossip, and thou,
  • Clement, I will make a clean breast of it once for all. In the days
  • when I was first wedded to Master Clement yonder, he found his bed cold
  • without me, for he was a hot lover; therefore would he often have me
  • with him on his journeys, how hard soever or perilous the way might be.
  • Yea, Clement, thou lookest the sooth, though thou sayest it not, I was
  • nought loth thereto, partly because I would not grieve thee, my man;
  • but partly, and belike mostly, because I was wishful to see the ways of
  • the world even at the risk of being thrust out of the world. So it
  • befell us on a time to make a journey together, a journey exceeding
  • long, in the company of certain chapmen, whereof some, and not a few,
  • died on the way. But we lived, and came into the eastern parts of the
  • earth to a city right ancient, and fulfilled of marvels, which hight
  • Sarras the Holy. There saw we wonders whereof were it overlong to tell
  • of here; but one while I will tell thee, my lord. But this I must
  • needs say, that I heard tell of a woman dwelling there, who was not old
  • by seeming, but had in her the wisdom of ten lives, and the longing gat
  • hold of me to see her and learn wisdom of her. So I entreated many who
  • were called wise, some with prayers, and some with gifts also, to help
  • me to speech of her; but I gat nothing either by praying or giving;
  • they that would have helped me could not, and they that could would
  • not. So, what between one thing and another, the longing to see the
  • Wise Woman grew as it were into a madness in me. Amidst of which we
  • fell in with a merchant exceeding wise in ancient lore, who looked at
  • me (though Clement knew it not) with eyes of love. Of this man I asked
  • concerning the Wise Woman, and he seeing my desire, strove to use it
  • merchant-like, and would deal with me and have in payment for his
  • learning a gift which I had nought to do to give. Howbeit madness and
  • my desire for speech with the Wise Woman got the better of me, and I
  • promised to give no less than he would, trusting to beguile him after I
  • had got my desire, and be quit of him. So he led me to the woman and
  • went his ways. She dwelt all by herself in a nook of an ancient ruined
  • palace, erst the house of the ancientest of all the kings of Sarras.
  • When I came to her, I saw nought dreadful or ugsome about her: she was
  • cheerful of countenance and courteous of demeanour, and greeted me
  • kindly as one neighbour in the street of Wulstead might do to another.
  • I saw her, that she was by seeming a woman of some forty winters, trim
  • and well-fashioned of body, nowise big, but slender, of dark red hair
  • and brown eyes somewhat small.
  • "Now, she said to me, 'I have looked for thee a while; now thou art
  • come, thou shalt tell me what thou needest, and thy needs will I
  • fulfil. Yet needs must thou do a thing for me in return, and maybe
  • thou wilt deem it a great thing. Yet whereas thou has struck a bargain
  • before thou camest hither, if I undo that for thee, the bargain with me
  • may be nought so burdensome. How sayest thou?'
  • "Well, I saw now that I was in the trap, for ill had it been in those
  • days had Clement come to know that I had done amiss; for he was a
  • jealous lover, and a violent man."
  • Clement smiled hereat, but said nought, and Katherine went on: "Trap or
  • no trap, if I were eager before, I was over-eager now; so when she bade
  • me swear to do her will, I swore it without tarrying.
  • "Then she said: 'Sit down before me, and I will teach thee wisdom.'
  • What did she teach me? say ye. Well, if I told you belike ye would be
  • none the wiser; but so much she told me, that my heart swelled with joy
  • of the wisdom which I garnered. Say thou, Clement, if I have been the
  • worser woman to thee, or thy friends, or mine."
  • "Nay, goodwife," said Clement, "I have nought against thee."
  • Katherine laughed and went on:
  • "At last the Wise Woman said, 'Now that thou hast of me all that may
  • avail thee, comes the other part of our bargain, wherein I shall take
  • and thou shalt give.'
  • "Quoth I, 'That is but fair, and thou shalt find me true to thee.' She
  • said, 'If thou be not, I shall know it, and shall amend it in such wise
  • that it shall cost thee much.'
  • "Then she looked on me long and keenly, and said afterward: 'Forsooth I
  • should forbear laying this charge upon thee if I did not deem that thou
  • wouldst be no less than true. But now I will try it, whereas I deem
  • that the days of my life henceforward shall not be many; and many days
  • would it take me to find a woman as little foolish as thee and as
  • little false, and thereto as fairly fashioned.'
  • "Therewith she put her hand to her neck, and took thence the self-same
  • pair of beads which I gave to thee, dear gossip, and which (praise be
  • to All Hallows!) thou hast borne ever since; and she said: 'Now
  • hearken! Thou shalt take this pair of beads, and do with them as I bid
  • thee. Swear again thereto.' So I swore by All Angels; and she said
  • again: 'This pair of beads shall one day lead a man unto the Well at
  • the World's End, but no woman; forsooth, if a woman have them of a
  • woman, or the like of them, (for there be others,) they may serve her
  • for a token; but will be no talisman or leading-stone to her; and this
  • I tell thee lest thou seek to the Well on the strength of them. For I
  • bid thee give them to a man that thou lovest--that thou lovest well,
  • when he is in most need; only he shall not be of thine own blood. This
  • is all that I lay upon thee; and if thou do it, thou shalt thrive, and
  • if thou do it not, thou shalt come to harm. And I will tell thee now
  • that this meeting betwixt us is not by chance-hap, but of my bringing
  • about; for I have laboured to draw thee to me, knowing that thou alone
  • of women would avail me herein. Now shalt thou go home to thine
  • hostel, and take this for a token of my sooth-saying. The wise merchant
  • who led thee unto me is abiding thine homecoming that he may have of
  • thee that which thou promisedst to him. If then thou find him at thine
  • hostel, and he take thee by the hand and lead thee to bed, whereas
  • Clement is away till to-morrow even, then shalt thou call me a vain
  • word-spinner and a liar; but if when thou comest home there, the folk
  • there say to thee merchant Valerius is ridden away hastily, being
  • called afar on a message of life and death, then shalt thou trow in me
  • as a wise woman. Herewith depart, and I bid thee farewell.'
  • "So I went my ways to my hostel trembling, and at the door I met the
  • chamberlain, who said to me, 'Lady, the merchant Valerius hath been
  • here seeking thee, and he said that he would abide thy coming; but
  • amidst of his abiding cometh a man who would speak to him privily;
  • whereof it came that he called for his horse and bade me tell thee,
  • Lady, that he was summoned on a matter of life and death, and would
  • return to kiss thine hands in five days' space.'
  • "So I wotted that the woman had spoken sooth, and was wise and
  • foreseeing, and something of a dread of her came upon me. But the next
  • even back cometh Clement, and the day after we rode away from Sarras
  • the Holy, and Valerius I saw never again. And as to the beads, there
  • is nought to tell of them till they came into thine hands; and
  • something tells me that it was the will of the Wise Woman that to no
  • other hands they should come."
  • Here Katherine made an end, and both the men sat pondering her tale a
  • little. As for Ralph, he deemed it certain that the Wise Woman of
  • Sarras would be none other than she who had taught lore to the Lady of
  • Abundance; but why she should have meant the beads for him he wotted
  • not. Again he wondered how it was that the Lady of Abundance should
  • have given the beads to Ursula, and whether she knew that they had no
  • might to lead her to the Well at the World's End. And yet further he
  • wondered how it was that Ursula, unholpen by the talisman, should have
  • done so much to bring him to the Well; yea, and how she was the first
  • to see it while he slept. But his heart told him that whereas he was
  • seeking the Well with her, she must needs come thither with him, unless
  • they were both cast away; withal Katherine looked at him and said:
  • "Yea, dear lord, I wot what thou art thinking of; but couldest thou
  • have left her, when thou hadst once found her again, Well or no Well?"
  • "Sooth is that," said Ralph, "yet for all that she hath done without
  • help of talisman or witchcraft is she the more worshipful and the
  • dearer."
  • Then speech came into Clement's mouth, and he said: "Wife, it is as I
  • said before, when thy gossip had just departed from us. It was meet
  • enough that thou shouldst have loved him better than me; but now it is
  • even less to be undone than ever, when he has come back bringing with
  • him a woman so valiant and lovely as is my Lady Ursula. So thou must
  • e'en take the life that fate hath sent thee." Katherine laughed through
  • her tears, and said: "Withal, goodman, I have been no bad wife to
  • thee. And moreover, look thou, gossip dear: when I was wandering about
  • with Clement amongst many perils, when our need seemed sorest, then
  • would I think to give the beads to Clement; but so soon as I began to
  • speak to him of the Well at the World's End he would belittle the tale
  • of it, and would bid me look to it if it were not so, that where the
  • world endeth the clouds begin."
  • As she spoke, Ralph lifted up his hand and pointed to the window, and
  • said: "Friends, as we were speaking of all these marvels we were
  • forgetting the need of Upmeads and the day of battle; and lo now! how
  • the dawn is widening and the candles fading."
  • Scarce were the words out of his mouth, when on the quietness of the
  • beginning of day brake out the sound of four trumpets, which were
  • sounding in the four quarters of the town, and blowing men to the
  • gathering. Then rose up both Ralph and Clement and took their weapons,
  • and they kissed Katherine and went soberly out-a-doors into the
  • market-place, where already weaponed men were streaming in to the
  • muster.
  • CHAPTER 29
  • They Go Down to Battle in Upmeads
  • Before it was light were all men come into the market-place, and Ralph
  • and Richard and Clement and Stephen a-Hurst fell to and arrayed them
  • duly; and now, what with the company which Ralph had led into Wulstead,
  • what with the men of the town, and them that had fled from Upmeads
  • (though these last were mostly old men and lads), they were a thousand
  • and four score and three. Ralph would go afoot as he went yesterday;
  • but today he bore in his hand the ancient staff of war, the
  • gold-written guisarme; and he went amongst the Shepherds, with whom
  • were joined the feeble folk of Upmeads, men whom he had known of old
  • and who knew him, and it was as if their hearts had caught fire from
  • his high heart, and that whatever their past days had been to them,
  • this day at least should be glorious. Withal anon comes Ursula from
  • St. Austin's with the Sage of Swevenham, whose face was full smiling
  • and cheerful. Ursula wore that day a hauberk under her gown, and was
  • helmed with a sallet; and because of her armour she rode upon a little
  • horse. Ralph gave her into the warding of the Sage, who was armed at
  • all points, and looked a valiant man of war. But Ralph's brother,
  • Hugh, had gotten him a horse, and had fallen into the company of the
  • Champions, saying that he deemed they would go further forth than a
  • sort of sheep-tending churls and the runaways of Upmeads.
  • As for Ralph, he walked up and down the ranks of the stout men of the
  • Down-country, and saw how they had but little armour for defence,
  • though their weapons for cutting and thrusting looked fell and handy.
  • So presently he turned about to Giles, who, as aforesaid, bore a long
  • hauberk, and said: "Friend, the walk we are on to-day is a long one
  • for carrying burdens, and an hour after sunrise it will be hot. Wilt
  • thou not do with thy raiment as I do?" And therewith he did off his
  • hauberk and his other armour save his sallet. "This is good," said he,
  • "for the sun to shine on, so that I may be seen from far; but these
  • other matters are good for folk who fight a-horseback or on a wall; we
  • striders have no need of them."
  • Then arose great shouting from the Shepherds, and men stretched out the
  • hand to him and called hail on his valiant heart.
  • Amidst of which cries Giles muttered, but so as Ralph might hear him:
  • "It is all down hill to Upmeads; I shall take off my iron-coat coming
  • back again." So Ralph clapped him on the shoulder and bade him come
  • back whole and well in any case. "Yea, and so shalt thou come back,"
  • said he.
  • Then the horns blew for departure, and they went their ways out of the
  • market-place, and out into the fields through the new wooden wall of
  • Wulstead. Richard led the way with a half score of the Champions, but
  • he rode but a little way before Ralph, who marched at the head of the
  • Shepherds.
  • So they went in the fresh morning over the old familiar fields, and
  • strange it seemed to Ralph that he was leading an host into the little
  • land of Upmeads. Speedily they went, though in good order, and it was
  • but a little after sunrise when they were wending toward the brow of
  • the little hill whence they would look down into the fair meads whose
  • image Ralph had seen on so many days of peril and weariness.
  • And now Richard and his fore-riders had come up on to the brow and sat
  • there on their horses clear against the sky; and Ralph saw how Richard
  • drew his sword from the scabbard and waved it over his head, and he and
  • his men shouted; then the whole host set up a great shout, and hastened
  • up the bent, but with the end of their shout and the sound of the tramp
  • of their feet and the rattle of their war-gear was mingled a confused
  • noise of cries a way off, and the blowing of horns, and as Ralph and
  • his company came crowding up on to the brow, he looked down and saw the
  • happy meadows black with weaponed men, and armour gleaming in the clear
  • morning, and the points of weapons casting back the low sun's rays and
  • glittering like the sparks in a dying fire of straw. Then again he
  • looked, and lo! the High House rising over the meadows unburned and
  • unhurt, and the banner of the fruited tree hanging forth from the
  • topmost tower thereof.
  • Then he felt a hand come on to his cheek, and lo, Ursula beside him,
  • her cheeks flushed and her eyes glittering; and she cried out: "O thine
  • home, my beloved, thine home!" And he turned to her and said; "Yea,
  • presently, sweetheart!" "Ah," she said, "will it be long? and they so
  • many!" "And we so mighty!" said Ralph. "Nay, it will be but a little
  • while. Wise man of Swevenham, see to it that my beloved is anigh me
  • to-day, for where I am, there will be safety."
  • The Sage nodded yeasay and smiled.
  • Then Ralph looked along the ridge to right and left of him, and saw
  • that all the host had come up and had a sight of the foemen; on the
  • right stood the Shepherds staring down into the meadow and laughing for
  • the joy of battle and the rage of the oppressed. On the left sat the
  • Champions of the Dry Tree on their horses, and they also were tossing
  • up their weapons and roaring like lions for the prey; and down below
  • the black crowd had drawn together into ordered ranks, and still the
  • clamour and rude roaring of the warriors arose thence, and beat against
  • the hill's brow.
  • Now so fierce and ready were the men of Ralph's company that it was a
  • near thing but that they, and the Shepherds in especial, did not rush
  • tumultuously down the hill all breathless and in ill order. But Ralph
  • cried out to Richard to go left, and Giles to go right, and stay the
  • onset for a while; and to bid the leaders come to him where he stood.
  • Then the tumult amidst his folk lulled, and Stephen a-Hurst and Roger
  • and three others of the Dry Tree came to him, and Giles brought three
  • of the Shepherds, and there was Clement and a fellow of his. So when
  • they were come and standing in a ring round Ralph, he said to them:
  • "Brothers in arms, ye see that our foes are all in array to meet us,
  • having had belike some spy in Wulstead, who hath brought them the tale
  • of what was toward. Albeit methinks that this irks not either you nor
  • me; for otherwise we might have found them straggling, and scattered
  • far and wide, which would have made our labour the greater. Now ye can
  • see with your eyes that they are many more than we be, even were
  • Nicholas to issue out of the High House against them, as doubtless he
  • will do if need be. Brethren, though they be so many, yet my heart
  • tells me that we shall overcome them; yet if we leave our strength and
  • come down to them, both our toil shall be greater, and some of us,
  • belike many, shall be slain; and evil should I deem it if but a score
  • of my friends should lose their lives on this joyous day when at last I
  • see Upmeads again after many troubles. Wherefore my rede is that we
  • abide their onset on the hillside here; and needs must they fall on us,
  • whereas we have Wulstead and friends behind us, and they nought but
  • Nicholas and the bows and bills of the High House. But if any have
  • aught to say against it let him speak, but be speedy; for already I see
  • a stir in their array, and I deem that they will send men to challenge
  • us to come down to them."
  • Then spake Stephen a-Hurst: "I, and we all meseemeth, deem that thou
  • art in the right, Captain; though sooth to say, when we first set eyes
  • on these dogs again, the blood so stirred in us that we were like to
  • let all go and ride down on them."
  • Said Richard: "Thou biddest us wisdom of war; let them have the hill
  • against them." Said Clement: "Yea, for they are well learned and well
  • armed; another sort of folk to those wild men whom we otherthrew in the
  • mountains."
  • And in like wise said they all.
  • Then spake Stephen again: "Lord, since thou wilt fight afoot with our
  • friends of the Shepherds, we of the Dry Tree are minded to fare in like
  • wise and to forego our horses; but if thou gainsay it----"
  • "Champion," said Ralph, "I do gainsay it. Thou seest how many of them
  • be horsed, and withal ye it is who must hold the chase of them; for I
  • will that no man of them shall escape."
  • They laughed joyously at his word, and then he said: "Go now, and give
  • your leaders of scores and tens the word that I have said, and come
  • back speedily for a little while; for now I see three men sundering
  • them from their battle, and one beareth a white cloth at the end of his
  • spear; these shall be the challengers."
  • So they did after his bidding, and by then they had come back to Ralph
  • those three men were at the foot of the hill, which was but low. Then
  • Ralph said to his captains: "Stand before me, so that I be not seen of
  • them until one of you hath made answer, 'Speak of this to our leader
  • and captain.'" Even so they did; and presently those three came so nigh
  • that they could see the whites of their eyes. They were all three well
  • armed, but the foremost of them was clad in white steel from head to
  • foot, so that he looked like a steel image, all but his face, which was
  • pale and sallow and grim. He and his two fellows, when they were right
  • nigh, rode slowly all along the front of Ralph's battles thrice, and
  • none spake aught to them, and they gave no word to any; but when they
  • came over against the captains who stood before Ralph for the fourth
  • time, they reined up and faced them, and the leader put back his sallet
  • and spake in a great and rough voice:
  • "Ye men! we have heard these three hours that ye were coming, wherefore
  • we have drawn out into the meads which we have taken, that ye might see
  • how many and how valiant we be, and might fear us. Wherefore now, ye
  • broken reivers of the Dry Tree, ye silly shepherds of silly sheep, ye
  • weavers and apprentices of Wulstead, and if there by any more, ye
  • fools! we give you two choices this morn. Either come down to us into
  • the meadow yonder, that we may slay you with less labour, or else,
  • which will be the better for you, give up to us the Upmeads thralls who
  • be with you, and then turn your faces and go back to your houses, and
  • abide there till we come and pull you out of them, which may be some
  • while yet. Hah! what say ye, fools?"
  • Then spake Clement and said: "Ye messengers of the robbers and
  • oppressors, why make ye this roaring to the common people and the
  • sergeants? Why speak ye not with our Captain?"
  • Cried out the challenger, "Where then is the Captain of the Fools? is
  • he hidden? can he hear my word?"
  • Scarce was it out of his mouth ere the captains fell away to right and
  • left, and there, standing by himself, was Ralph, holding the ancient
  • lettered war-staff; his head was bare, for now he had done off his
  • sallet, and the sun and the wind played in his bright hair; glorious
  • was his face, and his grey eyes gleamed with wrath and mastery as he
  • spake in a clear voice, and there was silence all along the ranks to
  • hearken him:
  • "O messenger of the robbers! I am the captain of this folk. I see
  • that the voice hath died away within the jaws of you; but it matters
  • not, for I have heard thy windy talk, and this is the answer: we will
  • neither depart, nor come down to you, but will abide our death by your
  • hands here on this hill-side. Go with this answer."
  • The man stared wild at Ralph while he was speaking, and seemed to
  • stagger in his saddle; then he let his sallet fall over his face, and,
  • turning his horse about, rode swiftly, he and his two fellows, down the
  • hill and away to the battle of the Burgers. None followed or cried
  • after him; for now had a great longing and expectation fallen upon
  • Ralph's folk, and they abode what shall befall with little noise. They
  • noted so soon as the messenger was gotten to the main of the foemen
  • that there was a stir amongst them, and they were ordering their ranks
  • to move against the hill. And withal they saw men all armed coming
  • from out the High House, who went down to the Bridge and abode there.
  • Upmeads-water ran through the meadows betwixt the hill and the High
  • House, as hath been said afore; but as it winded along, one reach of it
  • went nigh to the House, and made wellnigh a quarter of a circle about
  • it before it turned to run down the meadows to the eastward; and at
  • this nighest point was there a wide bridge well builded of stone.
  • The Burg-devils heeded not the men at the Bridge, but, being all
  • arrayed, made but short tarrying (and that belike only to hear the tale
  • of their messenger) ere they came in two battles straight across the
  • meadow. They on their right were all riders, and these faced the
  • Champions of the Dry Tree, but a great battle of footmen came against
  • the Shepherds and the rest of Ralph's footmen, but in their rearward
  • was a company of well-horsed men-at-arms; and all of them were well
  • armed and went right orderly and warrior-like.
  • It was but some fifteen minutes ere they were come to the foot of the
  • hill, and they fell to mounting it with laughter and mockery, but
  • Ralph's men held their peace. The horsemen were somewhat speedier than
  • those on foot, though they rode but at a foot's pace, and when they
  • were about halfway up the hill and were faltering a little (for it was
  • somewhat steep, though nought high), the Champions of the Dry Tree
  • could forbear them no longer, but set up a huge roar, and rode at them,
  • so that they all went down the hill together, but the Champions were
  • lost amidst of the huge mass of the foemen.
  • But Ralph was left at the very left end of his folk, and the foemen
  • came up the hill speedily with much noise and many foul mocks as
  • aforesaid, and they were many and many more than Ralph's folk, and now
  • that the Champions were gone, could have enfolded them at either end;
  • but no man of the company blenched or faltered, only here and there one
  • spake soft to his neighbour, and here and there one laughed the
  • battle-laugh.
  • Now at the hanging of the hill, whenas either side could see the whites
  • of the foemen's eyes, the robbers stayed a little to gather breath; and
  • in that nick of time Ralph strode forth into the midst between the two
  • lines and up on to a little mound on the hill-side (which well he
  • knew), and he lifted up the ancient guisarme, and cried on high: "Home
  • now! Home to Upmeads!"
  • Then befell a marvel, for even as all eyes of the foemen were turned on
  • him, straightway their shouts and jeering and laughter fell dead, and
  • then gave place to shrieks and wailing, as all they who beheld him cast
  • down their weapons and fled wildly down the hill, overturning whatever
  • stood in their way, till the whole mass of them was broken to pieces,
  • and the hill was covered with nought but cravens and the light-footed
  • Shepherds slaughtering them in the chase.
  • But Ralph called Clement to him and they drew a stalworth band
  • together, and, heeding nought the chase of the runaways, they fell on
  • those who had the Champions in their midst, and fell to smiting down
  • men on either hand; and every man who looked on Ralph crouched and
  • cowered before him, casting down his weapons and throwing up his hands.
  • Shortly to say it, when these horsemen felt this new onset, and looking
  • round saw their men fleeing hither and thither over the green fields of
  • Upmeads, smitten by the Shepherds and leaping into the deep pools of
  • the river, they turned and fled, every man who could keep his saddle,
  • and made for the Bridge, the Dry Tree thundering at their backs. But
  • even as they came within bowshot, a great flight of arrows came from
  • the further side of the water, and the banner of the Fruitful Tree came
  • forth from the bridge-end with Nicholas and his tried men-at-arms
  • behind it; and then indeed great and grim was the murder, and the proud
  • men of the Burg grovelled on the ground and prayed for mercy till
  • neither the Champions nor the men of Nicholas could smite helpless men
  • any longer.
  • Now had Ralph held his hand from the chase, and he was sitting on a
  • mound amidst of the meadow under an ancient thorn, and beside him sat
  • the Sage of Swevenham and Ursula. And she was grown pale now and
  • looked somewhat scared, and she spake in a trembling voice to Ralph,
  • and said: "Alas friend! that this should be so grim! When we hear the
  • owls a-nighttime about the High House, shall we not deem at whiles that
  • it is the ghosts of this dreadful battle and slaughter wandering about
  • our fair fields?" But Ralph spake sternly and wrathfully as he sat
  • there bareheaded and all unarmed save for the ancient glaive: "Why did
  • they not slay me then? Better the ghosts of robbers in our fields by
  • night, than the over-burdened hapless thrall by day, and the scourged
  • woman, and ruined child. These things they sought for us and have
  • found death on the way--let it be!"
  • He laughed as he spake; but then the grief of the end of battle came
  • upon him and he trembled and shook, and great tears burst from his eyes
  • and rolled down his cheeks, and he became stark and hard-faced.
  • Then Ursula took his hands and caressed them, and kissed his face, and
  • fell a-talking to him of how they rode the pass to the Valley of Sweet
  • Chestnuts; and in a while his heart and his mind came back to him as it
  • did that other time of which she spake, and he kissed her in turn, and
  • began to tell her of his old chamber in the turret of the High House.
  • And now there come riding across the field two warriors. They draw
  • rein by the mound, and one lights down, and lo! it is Long Nicholas;
  • and he took Ralph in his arms, and kissed him and wept over him for all
  • his grizzled beard and his gaunt limbs; but few words he had for him,
  • save this: "My little Lord, was it thou that was the wise captain
  • to-day, or this stout lifter and reiver!" But the other man was Stephen
  • a-Hurst, who laughed and said: "Nay, Nicholas, I was the fool, and this
  • stripling the wise warrior. But, Lord Ralph, thou wilt pardon me, I
  • hope, but we could not kill them all, for they would not fight in any
  • wise; what shall we do with them?" Ralph knit his brows and thought a
  • little; then he said: "How many hast thou taken?" Said Stephen: "Some
  • two hundred alive." "Well," quoth Ralph; "strip them of all armour and
  • weapons, and let a score of thy riders drive them back the way they
  • came into the Debateable Wood. But give them this last word from me,
  • that or long I shall clear the said wood of all strong-thieves."
  • Stephen departed on that errand; and presently comes Giles and another
  • of the Shepherds with a like tale, and had a like answer.
  • Now amidst all these deeds it yet lacked an hour of noon. So presently
  • Ralph arose and took Richard apart for a while and spoke with him a
  • little, and then came back to Ursula and took her by the hand, and
  • said: "Beloved, Richard shall take thee now to a pleasant abode this
  • side the water; for I grudge that thou shouldst enter the High House
  • without me; and as for me I must needs ride back to Wulstead to bring
  • hither my father and mother, as I promised to do after the battle. In
  • good sooth, I deemed it would have lasted longer." Said Ursula: "Dear
  • friend, this is even what I should have bidden thee myself. Depart
  • speedily, that thou mayst be back the sooner; for sorely do I long to
  • enter thine house, beloved." Then Ralph turned to Nicholas, and said:
  • "Our host is not so great but that thou mayst victual it well; yet I
  • deem it is little less than when we left Wulstead early this morning."
  • "True is that, little lord," said Nicholas. "Hear a wonder amongst
  • battles: of thy Shepherds and the other footmen is not one slain, and
  • but some five hurt. The Champions have lost three men slain outright,
  • and some fifteen hurt; of whom is thy brother Hugh, but not sorely."
  • "Better than well is thy story then," said Ralph. "Now let them bring
  • me a horse." So when he was horsed, he kissed Ursula and went his
  • ways. And she abode his coming back at Richard's house anigh the water.
  • CHAPTER 30
  • Ralph Brings His Father and Mother to Upmeads
  • Short was the road back again to Wulstead, and whereas the day was not
  • very old when Ralph came there, he failed not to stop at Clement's
  • house, and came into the chamber where sat Dame Katherine in pensive
  • wise nigh to the window, with her open hands in her lap. Quoth Ralph:
  • "Rejoice, gossip! for neither is Clement hurt, nor I, and all is done
  • that should be done." She moved her but little, but the tears came
  • into her eyes and rolled down her cheeks. "What, gossip?" quoth Ralph;
  • "these be scarce tears of joy; what aileth thee?" "Nay," said
  • Katherine, "indeed I am joyful of thy tidings, though sooth to say I
  • looked for none other. But, dear lord and gossip, forgive me my tears
  • on the day of thy triumph; for if they be not wholly of joy, so also
  • are they not wholly of sorrow. But love and the passing of the days
  • are bittersweet within my heart to-day. Later on thou shalt see few
  • faces more cheerful and merry in the hall at Upmeads than this of thy
  • gossip's. So be merry now, and go fetch thy father and thy mother, and
  • rejoice their hearts that thou hast been even better than thy word to
  • them. Farewell, gossip; but look to see me at Upmeads before many days
  • are past; for I know thee what thou art; and that the days will
  • presently find deeds for thee, and thou wilt be riding into peril, and
  • coming safe from out of it. Farewell!"
  • So he departed and rode to the House of St. Austin, and the folk
  • gathered so about him in the street that at the gate of the Priory he
  • had to turn about and speak to them; and he said: "Good people,
  • rejoice! there are no more foemen of Wulstead anigh you now; and take
  • this word of me, that I will see to it in time to come that ye live in
  • peace and quiet here."
  • Folk shouted for joy, and the fathers who were standing within the gate
  • heard his word and rejoiced, and some of them ran off to tell King
  • Peter that his son was come back victorious already; so that by then he
  • had dismounted at the Guest-house door, lo! there was the King and his
  • wife with him, and both they alboun for departure. And when they saw
  • him King Peter cried out: "There is no need to say a word, my son;
  • unless thou wouldst tell the tale to the holy father Prior, who, as ye
  • see, has e'en now come out to us."
  • Said Ralph: "Father and mother, I pray your blessing, and also the
  • blessing of the father Prior here; and the tale is short enough: that
  • we have overthrown them and slain the more part, and the others are now
  • being driven like a herd of swine into their stronghold of the Wood
  • Debateable, where, forsooth, I shall be ere the world is one month
  • older. And in the doing of all this have but three of our men been
  • slain and a few hurt, amongst whom is thy son Hugh, but not sorely."
  • "O yea, son," said his mother, "he shall do well enough. But now with
  • thy leave, holy Prior, we will depart, so that we may sleep in the High
  • House to-night, and feel that my dear son's hand is over us to ward us."
  • Then Ralph knelt before them, and King Peter and his wife blessed their
  • son when they had kissed and embraced each other, and they wept for joy
  • of him. The Prior also, who was old, and a worthy prelate, and an
  • ancient friend of King Peter, might not refrain his tears at the joy of
  • his friends as he gave Ralph his blessing. And then, when Ralph had
  • risen up and the horses were come, he said to him: "One thing thou art
  • not to forget, young conqueror, to wit, that thou art to come here
  • early one day, and tell me all thy tale at full length."
  • "Yea, Prior," said Ralph, "or there is the High House of Upmeads for
  • thee to use as thine own, and a rest for thee of three or four days
  • while thou hearkenest the tale; for it may need that."
  • "Hearken," said King Peter softly to the Dame, "how he reckons it all
  • his own; my day is done, my dear." He spake smiling, and she said:
  • "Soothly he is waxen masterful, and well it becometh the dear
  • youngling."
  • Now they get to horse and ride their ways, while all folk blessed them.
  • The two old folk rode fast and pressed their nags whatever Ralph might
  • do to give them pastime of words; so they came into the plain field of
  • Upmeads two hours before sunset; and King Peter said: "Now I account it
  • that I have had one day more of my life than was my due, and thou, son,
  • hast added it to the others whereas thou didst not promise to bring me
  • hither till morrow."
  • Ralph led them round by the ford, so that they might not come across
  • the corpses of the robbers; but already were the Upmeads carles at work
  • digging trenches wherein to bury them.
  • So Ralph led his father and his mother to the gate of the garth of High
  • House; then he got off his horse and helped them down, and as he so
  • dealt with his father, he said to him: "Thou art springy and limber
  • yet, father; maybe thou wilt put on thine helm this year to ride the
  • Debateable Wood with me."
  • The old man laughed and said: "Maybe, son; but as now it is time for
  • thee to enter under our roof-tree once more."
  • "Nay," said Ralph, "but go ye in and sit in the high-seat and abide me.
  • For did I not go straight back to you from the field of battle; and can
  • I suffer it that any other hand than mine should lead my wife into the
  • hall and up to the high-seat of my fathers; and therefore I go to fetch
  • her from the house of Richard the Red where she is abiding me; but
  • presently I shall lead her in, and do ye then with us what ye will."
  • Therewith he turned about and rode his ways to Richard's house, which
  • was but a half-mile thence. But his father and mother laughed when he
  • was gone, and King Peter said: "There again! thou seest, wife, it is
  • he that commands and we that obey."
  • "O happy hour that so it is!" said the Lady, "and happy now shall be
  • the wearing of our days."
  • So they entered the garth and came into the house, and were welcomed
  • with all joy by Nicholas, and told him all that Ralph had said, and
  • bade him array the house as he best might; for there was much folk
  • about the High House, though the Upmeads carles and queans had taken
  • the more part of the host to their houses, which they had delivered
  • from the fire and sword, and they made much of them there with a good
  • heart.
  • CHAPTER 31
  • Ralph Brings Ursula Home to the High House
  • Ralph speedily came to Richard's house and entered the chamber, and
  • found Ursula alone therein, clad in the daintiest of her woman's gear
  • of the web of Goldburg. She rose up to meet him, and he took her in
  • his arms, and said: "Now is come the very ending of our journey that we
  • so often longed for; and all will be ready by then we come to the High
  • House."
  • "Ah," she said, as she clung to him, "but they were happy days the days
  • of our journey; and to-morrow begins a new life."
  • "Nay," he said, "but rather this even; shall it be loathly to thee,
  • lady?"
  • She said: "There will be many people whom I knew not yesterday."
  • "There will be but me," he said, "when the night hath been dark for a
  • little."
  • She kissed him and said nought. And therewithal came some of Richard's
  • folk, for it was his house, and led with them a white palfrey for
  • Ursula's riding, dight all gay and goodly.
  • "Come then," said Ralph, "thou needest not to fear the ancient house,
  • for it is kind and lovely, and my father and my mother thou hast seen
  • already, and they love thee. Come then, lest the hall be grown too
  • dusk for men to see thy fairness." "Yea, yea," she said, "but first
  • here is a garland I made for thee, and one also for me, while I was
  • abiding thee after the battle, and my love and my hope is woven into
  • it." And she set it on his head, and said, "O thou art fair, and I did
  • well to meet thee in the dark wood." Then he kissed her dearly on the
  • mouth and led her forth, and none went with them, and they mounted and
  • went their ways.
  • But Ralph said: "I deem that we should ride the meadow to the bridge,
  • because that way lies the great door of the hall, and if I know my
  • father and Nicholas they will look for us that way. Dost thou yet fear
  • these dead men, sweetheart, whom our folk slew this morning?" "Nay,"
  • she said, "it has been a long time since the morning, and they, and
  • their fieriness which has so burned out, are now to me as a tale that
  • hath been told. It is the living that I am going to, and I hope to do
  • well by them."
  • Came they then to the bridge-end and there was no man there, nought but
  • the kine that were wandering about over the dewy grass of eventide.
  • Then they rode over the bridge and through the orchard, and still there
  • was no man, and all gates were open wide. So they came into the
  • base-court of the house, and it also was empty of folk; and they came
  • to the great doors of the hall and they were open wide, and they could
  • see through them that the hall was full of folk, and therein by the
  • light of the low sun that streamed in at the shot-window at the other
  • end they saw the faces of men and the gleam of steel and gold.
  • So they lighted down from their horses, and took hand in hand and
  • entered bright-faced and calm, and goodly beyond the goodliness of men;
  • then indeed all that folk burst forth into glad cries, and tossed up
  • their weapons, and many wept for joy.
  • As they went slowly up the long hall (and it was thirty fathom of
  • length) Ralph looked cheerfully and friendly from side to side, and
  • beheld the faces of the Shepherds and the Champions, and the men of
  • Wulstead, and his own folk; and all they cried hail to him and the
  • lovely and valiant Lady. Then he looked up to the high-seat, and saw
  • that his father's throne was empty, and his mother's also; but behind
  • the throne stood a knight all armed in bright armour holding the banner
  • of Upmeads; but his father and mother stood on the edge of the dais to
  • meet him and Ursula; and when they came up thither these old folk
  • embraced them and kissed them and led them up to the table. Then Ralph
  • bade Ursula sit by his mother, and made him ready to sit by his father
  • in all love and duty. But King Peter stayed him and said: "Nay, dear
  • son, not there, but here shalt thou sit, thou saviour of Upmeads and
  • conqueror of the hearts of men; this is a little land, but therein
  • shall be none above thee." And therewith he set Ralph down in the
  • throne, and Ralph, turning to his left hand, saw that it was Ursula,
  • and not his mother, who sat beside him. But at the sight of these two
  • in the throne the glad cries and shouts shook the very timbers of the
  • roof, and the sun sank under while yet they cried hail to the King of
  • Upmeads.
  • Then were the lights brought and the supper, and all men fell to feast,
  • and plenteous was the wine in the hall; and sure since first men met to
  • eat together none have been merrier than they.
  • But now when men had well eaten, and the great cup called the River of
  • Upmeads was brought in, the cupbearers, being so bidden before, brought
  • it last of all to King Peter, and he stood up with the River in his
  • hand and spoke aloud, and said: "Lords and warriors, and good people
  • all, here I do you to wit, that it is not because my son Ralph has come
  • home to-day and wrought us a great deliverance, and that my love hath
  • overcome me; it is not for this cause that I have set him in my throne
  • this even; but because I see and perceive that of all the kindred he is
  • meetest to sit therein so long as he liveth; unless perchance this
  • lovely and valiant woman should bear him a son even better than
  • himself--and so may it be. Therefore I do you all to wit that this
  • man is the King of Upmeads, and this woman is his Lady and Queen; and
  • so deem I of his prowess, and his wisdom, and kindliness, that I trow
  • he shall be lord and servant of other lands than Upmeads, and shall
  • draw the good towns and the kindreds and worthy good lords into peace
  • and might and well-being, such as they have not known heretofore. Now
  • within three days shall mass be sung in the choir of St. Laurence, and
  • then shall King Ralph swear on the gospels such oaths as ye wot of, to
  • guard his people, and help the needy, and oppress no man, even as I
  • have sworn it. And I say to you, that if I have kept the oath to my
  • power, yet shall he keep it better, as he is mightier than I.
  • "Furthermore, when he hath sworn, then shall the vassals swear to him
  • according to ancient custom, to be true to him and hardy in all due
  • service. But so please you I will not abide till then, but will kneel
  • to him and to his Lady and Queen here and now."
  • Even so he did, and took Ralph's hand in his and swore service to him
  • such as was due; and he knelt to Ursula also, and bade her all thanks
  • for what she had done in the helping of his son; and they raised him up
  • and made much of him and of Ralph's mother; and great was the joy of
  • all folk in the hall.
  • So the feast went on a while till the night grew old, and folk must
  • fare bedward. Then King Peter and his wife brought Ralph and Ursula to
  • the chamber of the solar, the kingly chamber, which was well and goodly
  • dight with hangings and a fair and glorious bed, and was newly decked
  • with such fair flowers as the summer might furnish; and at the
  • threshold King Peter stayed them and said: "Kinsman, and thou, dear
  • friend, this is become your due chamber and resting-place while ye live
  • in the world, and this night of all others it shall be a chamber of
  • love; for ye are, as it were, new wedded, since now first ye are come
  • amongst the kindred as lover and beloved; and thou, Ursula, art now at
  • last the bride of this ancient house; now tell me, doth it not look
  • friendly and kindly on thee?"
  • "O yea, yea," she said. "Come thou, my man and my darling and let us
  • be alone in the master-chamber of this ancient House."
  • Then Ralph drew her unto him; and the old man blessed them and prayed
  • for goodly offspring for them, that the House of Upmeads might long
  • endure.
  • And thus were they two left alone amidst the love and hope of the
  • kindred, as erst they lay alone in the desert.
  • CHAPTER 32
  • Yet a Few Words Concerning Ralph of Upmeads
  • Certain it is that Ralph failed not of his promise to the good Prior of
  • St. Austin's at Wulstead, but went to see him speedily, and told him
  • all the tale of his wanderings as closely as he might, and hid naught
  • from him; which, as ye may wot, was more than one day's work or two or
  • three. And ever when Ralph thus spoke was a brother of the House
  • sitting with the Prior, which brother was a learned and wise man and
  • very speedy and deft with his pen. Wherefore it has been deemed not
  • unlike that from this monk's writing has come the more part of the tale
  • above told. And if it be so, it is well.
  • Furthermore, it is told of Ralph of Upmeads that he ruled over his
  • lands in right and might, and suffered no oppression within them, and
  • delivered other lands and good towns when they fell under tyrants and
  • oppressors; and for as kind a man as he was in hall and at hearth, in
  • the field he was a warrior so wise and dreadful, that oft forsooth the
  • very sound of his name and rumour of his coming stayed the march of
  • hosts and the ravage of fair lands; and no lord was ever more beloved.
  • Till his deathday he held the Castle of the Scaur, and cleansed the
  • Wood Perilous of all strong-thieves and reivers, so that no high-street
  • of a good town was safer than its glades and its byways. The new folk
  • of the Burg of the Four Friths made him their lord and captain, and the
  • Champions of the Dry Tree obeyed him in all honour so long as any of
  • them lasted. He rode to Higham and offered himself as captain to the
  • abbot thereof, and drave out the tyrants and oppressors thence, and
  • gave back peace to the Frank of Higham. Ever was he true captain and
  • brother to the Shepherd-folk, and in many battles they followed him;
  • and were there any scarcity or ill hap amongst them, he helped them to
  • the uttermost of his power. The Wood Debateable also he cleared of
  • foul robbers and reivers, and rooted out the last of the Burg-devils,
  • and delivered three good towns beyond the wood from the cruelty of the
  • oppressor.
  • Once in every year he and Ursula his wife visited the Land of
  • Abundance, and he went into the castle there as into a holy place, and
  • worshipped the memory of the Lady whom he had loved so dearly. With
  • all the friends of his quest he was kind and well-beloved.
  • In about two years from the day when he rode home, came to him the Lord
  • Bull of Utterbol with a chosen band, of whom were both Otter and
  • Redhead. That very day they came he was about putting his foot in the
  • stirrup to ride against the foemen; so Bull and his men would not go
  • into the High House to eat, but drank a cup where they stood, and
  • turned and rode with him straightway, and did him right manly service
  • in battle; and went back with him afterwards to Upmeads, and abode with
  • him there in feasting and joyance for two months' wearing. And thrice
  • in the years that followed, when his lands at home seemed safest and
  • most at peace, Ralph took a chosen band, and Ursula with them, and
  • Clement withal, and journeyed through the wastes and the mountains to
  • Utterbol, and passed joyous days with his old thrall of war, Bull Nosy,
  • now become a very mighty man and the warder of the peace of the
  • Uttermost lands.
  • Clement and Katherine came oft to the High House, and Katherine
  • exceeding often; and she loved and cherished Ursula and lived long in
  • health of body and peace of mind.
  • All the days that Ralph of Upmeads lived, he was the goodliest of men,
  • and no man to look on him had known it when he grew old; and when he
  • changed his life, an exceeding ancient man, he was to all men's eyes in
  • the very blossom of his age.
  • As to Ursula his wife, she was ever as valiant and true as when they
  • met in the dark night amidst of the Eastland wood. Eight goodly
  • children she bore him, and saw four generations of her kindred wax up;
  • but even as it was with Ralph, never was she less goodly of body, nay
  • rather, but fairer than when first she came to Upmeads; and the day
  • whereon any man saw her was a day of joyful feast to him, a day to be
  • remembered for ever. On one day they two died and were laid together
  • in one tomb in the choir of St. Laurence of Upmeads. AND HERE ENDS THE
  • TALE OF THE WELL AT THE WORLD'S END.
  • End of Project Gutenberg's The Well at the World's End, by William Morris
  • *** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE WELL AT THE WORLD'S END ***
  • ***** This file should be named 169.txt or 169.zip *****
  • This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
  • http://www.gutenberg.org/1/6/169/
  • Produced by John Hamm. HTML version by Al Haines.
  • Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
  • will be renamed.
  • Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
  • one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
  • (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
  • permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
  • set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
  • copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
  • protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
  • Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
  • charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
  • do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
  • rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
  • such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
  • research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
  • practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
  • subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
  • redistribution.
  • *** START: FULL LICENSE ***
  • THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
  • PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
  • To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
  • distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
  • (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
  • Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
  • http://gutenberg.net/license).
  • Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic works
  • 1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
  • and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
  • (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
  • the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
  • all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
  • If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
  • terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
  • entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
  • 1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
  • used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
  • agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
  • things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
  • even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
  • paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
  • and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works. See paragraph 1.E below.
  • 1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
  • or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
  • collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
  • individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
  • located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
  • copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
  • works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
  • are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
  • freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
  • this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
  • the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
  • keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
  • 1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
  • what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
  • a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
  • the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
  • before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
  • creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
  • Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
  • the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
  • States.
  • 1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
  • 1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
  • access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
  • whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
  • phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
  • Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
  • copied or distributed:
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net
  • 1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
  • from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
  • posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
  • and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
  • or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
  • with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
  • work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
  • through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
  • Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
  • 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
  • with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
  • must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
  • terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
  • to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
  • permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
  • 1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
  • work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
  • 1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
  • electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
  • prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
  • active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License.
  • 1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
  • compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
  • word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
  • distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
  • "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
  • posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.net),
  • you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
  • copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
  • request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
  • form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
  • 1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
  • performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
  • unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
  • access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
  • that
  • - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
  • the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
  • you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
  • owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
  • has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
  • Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
  • must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
  • prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
  • returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
  • sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
  • address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
  • the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
  • - You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
  • you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
  • does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License. You must require such a user to return or
  • destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
  • and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
  • Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • - You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
  • money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
  • electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
  • of receipt of the work.
  • - You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
  • distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • 1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
  • forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
  • both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
  • Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
  • Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
  • 1.F.
  • 1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
  • effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
  • public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
  • "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
  • corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
  • property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
  • computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
  • your equipment.
  • 1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
  • of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
  • liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
  • fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
  • LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
  • PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
  • TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
  • LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
  • INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
  • DAMAGE.
  • 1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
  • defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
  • receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
  • written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
  • received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
  • your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
  • the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
  • refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
  • providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
  • receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
  • is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
  • opportunities to fix the problem.
  • 1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
  • in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
  • WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
  • WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
  • 1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
  • warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
  • If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
  • law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
  • interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
  • the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
  • provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
  • 1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
  • trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
  • providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
  • with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
  • promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
  • harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
  • that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
  • or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
  • work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
  • Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
  • Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
  • Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
  • electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
  • including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
  • because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
  • people in all walks of life.
  • Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
  • assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
  • goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
  • remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
  • and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
  • To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
  • and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
  • and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
  • Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
  • Foundation
  • The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
  • 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
  • state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
  • Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
  • number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
  • http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
  • permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
  • The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
  • Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
  • throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
  • 809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
  • business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
  • information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
  • page at http://pglaf.org
  • For additional contact information:
  • Dr. Gregory B. Newby
  • Chief Executive and Director
  • gbnewby@pglaf.org
  • Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation
  • Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
  • spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
  • increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
  • freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
  • array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
  • ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
  • status with the IRS.
  • The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
  • charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
  • States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
  • considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
  • with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
  • where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
  • SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
  • particular state visit http://pglaf.org
  • While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
  • have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
  • against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
  • approach us with offers to donate.
  • International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
  • any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
  • outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
  • Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
  • methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
  • ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
  • donations. To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
  • Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works.
  • Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
  • with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
  • Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
  • Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
  • editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
  • unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
  • keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
  • Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
  • http://www.gutenberg.net
  • This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
  • including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
  • Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
  • subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.